Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My Public Portal
About
ORD13385
BILL NO.. 2002-16_._._ SPONSORED BY COUNCILMAN Jackson ORDINANCE NO. _ / 37 y5"_ AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI, AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR AND CITY CLERK TO EXECUTE AGREEMENT NO. 2 WITH FRANK & FRANK CONTRACTING, INC. FOR ALGOA REGIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT FACILITY. WHEREAS, Frank & Frank Contracting, Inc. has become the apparent lowest and best bidder on the Algoa Regional Wastewater Project, Phase 2; BE IT ENACTED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI, AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. The Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized and directed to execute an Agreement No. 2 with Frank & Frank Contracting, Inc. for Algoa Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Facility, Section 2. The agreement shall be substantially the same in form and content as that agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. Section 3. This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after the date of its passage and approval, Passed. , �` ; Approved:_ ri` f Presidin g Y Officer or ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Clerk �y Co'unselor 1 DOCUMENT 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 1: _ �0 wo Issued to All Bid Document Holders of Record ~" STIE E 2 V0"K W s Date: April 30, 2002 E•113030 All Project Name: Algoa Regional Wastewater facilities Mon„��e Contract Name: Wastewatcr Treatment Plant Improvements Contract No.: 2 This Addendum forms a part of the Contract described above. The original Contract Documents and any prior Addenda remain in full force and effect except as modified by the following which shall take precedence over any contrary provisions in the prior documents. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS: 1. CONTRACT'nMr. Paragraph 113-24. Change to react as follows: "The contract time shall be two hundred forty Five (245) calendar days." BID FORM: 4, 2. TIME OF COMPLETION. Lines 318 and 319: Change "one hundred seventy live (175) working days" to "two hundred forty five (245) calendar days." AFFIDAVIT COMPLIANCh; WITH PREVAILING WAGE, LAWS: 3. Line 545: Change "Annual Wage Order No. 9" to "Annual Wage Order No. 8." MISSOURI DIVISION OF LABOR S'T'ANDARDS: 4. Annual Wage Order: Replace Annual Wage Order No, 9 with Annual Wage Order No. 8 attached. CONS'T'RUCTION CONTRACT: 5. Manner And Time For Completion: Line 628: Change "one hundred seventy five (175) working days" to "two hundred }'orty five (245) calendar day:,." 6. Prevailing Wages: Line 638: Change "Annual Wage Order No. 9" to "Annual Wage Order No. 8." • )(- 00)00 nin�l-c2.Al.aon.lx)r. 0090 I 042198 DOCUMENT 00900 - ADDENDUM NO. 1: continued SPECIFICAnONS: 7. Pa*e 1 1 100-2. Delete Paragraph 1.05. 8. Page 1 1 100-2. Paragraph 1.06, A, 2. Change to read as follows: "2. The equipment (looted shall be of a proven design and shall he referenced by at least three installations of similar size and same design, having been in successful operation for a period of not less than five (5) years." 9. Pa*e 1 1 100-3,. Paragraph 2.02, F. Change to read as follows: "F. The air laterals may be either floating or submerged (2 1'ect below water siu-face) air laterals." 10. Pale l l 100.3. Delete Paragraph 2.02, G. 11. Page 1 1 100-3. Paragraph 2.02, J, 1-4. Change to read as follows: "J. The EDI diffuser assembly shall he ballasted by the 316 stainless steel hub and a polyurethane encapsulalted plate which shall be attached to the bottom of the hub by stainless steel hardware. Parkson's diffusers shall be ballasted using an internal weight. The units shall have a submerged wcif:ht sufficient to offset any buoyant force under all operating conditions." 12. Page 1 1 100-4. Paragraph 2.02, K. 2. Change to read as follows: "Galvanized rectal or uncoated carbon steel is not acceptabic for ballast or ballast components," 13. P -t 1100-4, Paragraph 2.04, B. Add the following: 662. The steel aeration piping shall be as specified in PRESSURE PIPE, SECTION 02510." 14. Page 1 1 100-4. Paragraph 2,04, F, 1. Change to read as follows: 641. Install each diffuser at 9.0 feet water depth and provide sufficient flexible f-IDPE or EPDM airlines." 15. Page 1 1 100-5. Paragraph 2.04, 1-1. Change to raid as follows: ".II. The I-IDPE tee assembly at the air lateral shall be a nlirlinwm of I-inch and be factory assembled." 00900-ADD i-c2.Ar.coA.Doc ()()9()0_21 042198 Y ' DOCUMENT 00900 - ADDENDUM NO. I; continued 16. Page 11100-7. Paragraph 2.06, A. Revise Paragraph A to read as follows. Delete Paragraphs B-F and 11. "A. Design shall be as specified in Section 1 1100, 2.05, M, 8." CONT'RAC'T' DRAWINGS: 17. Drawing :11. Add Note 7, which shall read as follows: "All aeration piping from Lagoon to Blower Building shall be provided by Diffused Aeration System MilnufaClul-er." 18. Drawing 1'3. Add Note 3, which shall read as follows: "All blower discharge and intake piping to be supplied by the Diffused Aeration System Manufacturer." Each Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by affixing his signature below, by noting this Addendum on his Bid Form, and by attaching this Addendum to his Bid. Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company P.O. Box 419173 Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6173 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The undersigned acknowledges receipt of this Addendum and the Bid submitted is in accordance with information, instructions and stipulations set forth herein. Bidder: By: Date: END OF DQGUMENT 00900 00900-ADD l-cIALGOADOC 00900-3 042198 0 issoun Division Of Labor Standards WAGE AND HOUR SECTION -r• -�^ �6x f. • iu) F �O� .?�y MncccX� BOB HOLDEN, Governor Annual Wage Order N 8 1%mmo Sedion 026 COLE COUNTY In accordance with Section 290.262 RSMo 1994, within thirty (30) days after a certified copy of this Annual Wage Order has been filed with the Secretary of State as indicated below, any person who may be affected by this Annual Wage Order may object by filing an of jection to triplicate with the Labor and Industrial Relations Commission, N.O. Box 599, Jefferson City, MO 65102-0599. Such objections must set forth In writing the speciflc grounds of objection, Each objection shall certify that. a copy has been furnished to the Division of Labor Standards, N.O. Box 449, Jefferson City, MO 65102-0449 pursuant to 8 CSR 20-5.010(1). A certified copy of the Annual Wage Order has been file;d with the Secretary of Slate of Missouri. RECEIVED & FILED MAR 0 J 2001 wleen A. Baker, Director _ Division of Labor Standards Filed With Secretary of State: SECRETARY OF STATE Last Date Objections May Be tiled: APR 0 0 2001 Prepared by Missouri Department of Labor and Industrial Relations Building Construction Rates for REPLACEMENT PAGE Section 026 COLE County ec ive Basic Over- OCCUPATIONAL TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Total Fringe Benefits Increase Rates Rates Rates Asbestos Worker 10101 $27.91 55 60 $9.24 Bollermaker 9/01 $24,66 57 7 $11.645 Bricklayers-Stone Mason 9/01 $22.10 1 59 7 _$5.80 Carpenter $18.13 60 15 _ $6.26 _ Cement Mason _ $18,61 9 3 $5.65 Electrician Inside Wlreman $21.43 28 7 $7,66+ 13% Communication Technician USE ELECTRICIAN I( NSIDE WIREMAN) RATE Elevator Constructor 7/01 a $28.655 26 54 $8.115 Operating Engineer Group 1 5/01 $21.67 86 66 $11,64 Group II 5/01 $21,67 86 66 Group III y- 5/01 $20.42 86 66 _ $11.64 Group III-A 5101 $21.67 86 66 $11.64 Group IV 5101 $22.37 86 66 $11.64 Group V 5/01 $23.67 86 66 r $11.64 Pipe Fitter 7/01 b $27.75 91 69 _ $11.83 Glazier $13,00 FED $1.89 Laborer(Building): General $15.35 1 110 7 $5,85 First Semi-Skilled $16.20 110 7 $5.85 Second Semi-Skilled $16,2.0 110 _ 7 $5.85 Lather USE CARPENTER RATE: �+ Linoleum Layer&Cutter USE CARPENTER RATE Marble Mason 9/01 $22.10 59 7 $5,80 Millwright $19.13 GO 15 $6.26 40 _ Iron Worker 8/01 $20.56 11 8 $11.29 Painter 4/01 $16.94 _18 7 $4.83 Plasterer $17.68 94 5 $5.39 Plumber 1 20.75 FED $2.26 Pile Driver $19.13 60 15 $6.26 Rooter 9/01 $22.50 12 4�^ $6.49 Sheet Metal Worker 7/01 $21.61 40 23 $7.36 Sprinkler Fitter 1/02 _ $26.69 33 19 _$8,55 Terrazzo Worker 9/01 $22.10 _59 7 $5,80 Tile Setter 9/01 $22.10 59 7 _ $5,80 Truck Driver-Teamster Group 1 4/01 , $18,05 101_ _._.5 $4,25 Group 11 4/01 $18.75 101 5 $4.25 __- Group III 4101 $18,45 101 5 $4.25 Group IV _ 4101 $18.75 101 5 $4.25 Traffic Control Service Driver $14.1 Ei 48 49 +_ $2.44 Well Driller USE BLDG CONST. ENGINEER GROUP it RATE Welders-Acetylene & Electric I Fringe Benefit Percentage is of the Basic Hourly Rate Attention Workers: If you are not being paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe bonefits contact tho Division of Labor Standards at 1.800-475-2130, "Annual Incremental Increase 'SEE FOOTNOTE PAGE ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO,8 1102 Building Construction Rates for REPLACEMENT PAGE Section 026 ANk COLE County Footnotes `Eft ve as c ver- OCCUPATIONAL TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Total Fringe Benefits Increase Rates Rates Rates * Welders receive rate prescribed for the occupational title performing operation to which welding is Incidental. Use Building Construction Rates on Buildings) and All Immediate Attachments. Use Heavy Construction rates for remainder of project. For the occupational titles not listed in Heavy Construction Sheets, use Rates shown on Building Construction Rate Sheet. Vacation; Employees over 5 years - 8%; Employees under 5 years - 6% - All work over$3.5 Million Total Mechanical Contract - $27.75, Fringes-$11.83 All work under$3.5 Million Total Mechanical Contract -$26.41, Fringes -$10.08 'Annual Incremental Increase ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 8 7/01 COLE COUNTY OVERTIME RATES--BUILDING CONSTRUCTION FED: Minimum requirement. per Fair Labor Standards Act morns time rend orhhalf(I ''/2) shall be paid for all work in excess of filrty (40) hours per work week. NO. 9: Means the regular workday starting time of 8:00 a.m. (and resulting quitting time of 4:30 p.m.) may be moved forward to 6:00 a.m. or delayed one hour to 9:00 a.m. All work performed in excess of the regular work day and on Saturday shall be compensated at one and onbalf'(1'/2) times the regular pay. In the event time is lost during the work tusk due to weather conditions, the Innployer may schedule work on the Bellowing Saturday at straight time. All work accomplished on Sunday and holidays shall be compensated for at double the regular rate of wages. The work week shall be Monday through I rday, except Im midweek holidays. NO. 11: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute a clay's work, with the starting time to be established between 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 a.m, from Monday to Friday. Timc and orhhalf' (1'/z) shall be paid for first two (2) hours S overtime Monday through I ridgy and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday. All other overtime hours Monday through Saturday shall he paid at double (2) time rate. Double (2) thrie shall be paid for all time U11 Slrrlday and recognized holidays or the days observed in lieu of lhesc holidays, NO. 12: Means the work week shall commence on Monday at 12:01 a.m. and shall continue through the following Friday, inclusive of each week. All work performcd by employees anywhere in excess of filrty (40) hours in onc(I) work week, shall be paid for at the rate of one and one-mall' (I '/z) times the regular hourly wage scale. All work performed within the regular working hours which shall consist of a ten (10) Inour work day except in emergency situations. Overtime work and Saturday work shall be paid at one and onehaii'(1'/2) times the regular hourly rate. Work on recognized holidays and Sundays shall be paid at two (2) times the regular hourly rate. NO. 18: Moors the regular work day shall be eight (8) hours. Workirigllotlrs are from six (6) hours before Noon (12:00) to six (6) hours after Noon (12:00). The regular work week shall be forty (40) hours, beginning between 6:00 a.m, and 12:00 Noon on Monday and ending between 1:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. on Friday. Saturday wil be paid al time and onolialf(1'/). Sundav and Holidays shall be paid at double (2) lime. Saturday can be a nnaktup day if the weather has forced a day ol'f, but Only in the week of the day being lost. Any tine before six (6) hours before Noon or six (6) hours after Noon will he paid at time and ondiall'(1 '/2). NO. 26: Means that the regular working (lay shall consist of eight (8) hours worked between 6:00 a.m., and 5:00 p.nl., five (5) days per week, Monday to Friday, inclusive. I fours of work at each jobsite shall be those established by the general contractor and worked by the majority of trades. (tile above working hours may be changed by mutual Agrecnlenl). Work performed on Construction Work on Saturdays, Sundays and beliore and after the regular woerilag clay on Monday to Friday, inclusive, shrill be classified us overtime, and paid fir at double (2) the rate (A single time. 'lThc rate of pay tin• all work perfiornled on holidays shall be at two tinges (2) the single time rate of pay. ANNUAL WAGE ( RDE'R No . s AN18026 Still 01,duc Pav I uP6 Pubes C(7L1:COlIN I'1'OVI:R'I'lntl: RA•TFti—BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO, 28: Means eight (8) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. shall constitute a day's work five (5) days a week, Monday through Friday inclusive, shall constitute a work week. The Fi nployer has the option firs a workday/workweek of fixer (4) tell (10) hour clays (4-10's) provided -`Hie project must be Ior a llllrlllllum of*four (4) consec(:tive days. -Starting lime may be within one (1 ) hour cilher side of 8:00 -Work week trust begin on eilhcr a Monday or Tuesday: Ifa holiday falls within that week it shall he it conscculi,c work clay. (Allernale: Ifa holiday falls in the middle ofa week, then the regular eight (8) hour schedule play he implemented). -Any fink worked in excess ofany ten ( 10) hour work clay (in a 410 hour work week) shall he at file approprialc ovtrtime tile. All work outside of the regular walking hours as provided, ( OIRIay through tia(urday, shall he paid at olle &, ono-half(I ',!) links (lie cnlplovec's regular rate of pay. All wort: performed from 12:00 a.m. Sunday through 8:00 ;1,111. Monday and recognized kuliday.s shall lie paid at double (2) the straight time hourly rate of pity. NO. 33: Means the slandard \York day shall be cighl (8) consecutive hours of\vork between the hours of(x:00 a.m, and 6:00 p.nl., excluding the lunch period, or shall colilbrill to lhetpcticc oil the job site. Dour (4) clays at tell (10) hours allay may be worked at straight time, Monday through Friday and need not be consecutive. All overtime, except for Sundays and holidays shall be at the rate of time and onell.111, (I V+ Overtime worlid oil Sundays and holidays shall be it double (2) tinge. NO. 35: Means the normal work week shall consist elf five (5) eight (8) hour ditys 101- a total forty (40) hours, starting on Monday at 4:00 ;► n1. and ending on Friday at 4:30 p.rn. The starling lime cm he flexible hct\vecn 6:00 a.m. and 8:00 a.m., and ending at 2:30 p.m. respectively. All work belore designated starting time and after quitting tinge shall he paid at the rate of time and one-hall (I ' ). All work in the excess of eight (8) hours per daylrr forty (40) hours per week Monday through Friday, shall he paid fin• al the rate of time and olxhalf( I '::). All hours worked Oil Satur(1;1ys, Sundays, or I Iolidays shall he paid at the double (2) time rate. NO, ill: Means the regular working week shall conitil of live (5) consecutive (8) hour (lays' labor on the job beginning \with Monday and ending with Friday of each week, Four (4) I•f)our days Inay constitute the regular work week. The regular working, day shall consist of eight (8) hours labor on the .job luginning as early as 7:00 ;I,nl. and ending its late as 5:30 p.m. All lull or part tulle labor perlirrnled during such hours Shall he recognized as regular working hours and paid for at the regular hourly rate. All hours worked on tiaturday and Al hours workedn excess of eil;ht (8) hours but not nloro thall t\velve ( 12) hours (luring the regular working week shall he paid for at tine and onelmil( I ',/:) the regular hourly rate. All hours worked tin 511ndays and holidays and till hours worked n1 excess of Iwclvc ( 12) h►ars during the regular working day shall be paid at two (2) times the regular hourly rate. In ►he weal of, rain, sno\v, cold or excessively windy weather fill it regular \\,orking day, Saturday may be dt:.'ignatcd as a "makaip" (lily. Sitttlyd;ly 111:1y ilist) be deClgnited ifs it "make-tip" (lily, fir all elllployce \vhU lias Illiss .'d it day of' work, for• personal or other reasons. Pay firr "makalp" (lays drill be at regular rates. ANNUAL. NVAC E,, 014D :It No . tl A\V8026 Stilt OT.d"v Pap(.2 tit h Par!cs COLE,COUNTY OVEIRT1Nt1; RATES- BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO. 48: Means the regularly scheduled work week shall he live (5) consecutive days, Monday through Fr•idary or Tuesday through S;Uurduy. Eight (8) how's shall constitute it day's work. Starting time shall not be earlier than 7:00 a.m, nor later than 10:00 a.m. Forty (40) hours shall constitute a week's work. Overtime at the rate of'time and oiubalf(I'/z) will he paid liar all work in excess of Ior•ty (40) hours in any one work week. Oil the Monday through Friday schedule, all work pedbrined on Saturday will he time and ondiaii'(I '/�,) unless time has been lost daring the week, in which case Saturday will he it mak, up day to the extent of the lost time. On the Tuesday through Saturday schedule, all work performed on Monday will he time and ollbalf (1 '/7.) unless time has been lost during the week, in which case Monday will he a makup day to the extent ol'the losttime. Any work pallormcd on Sunday will he douhlc (2) tittle. Ifcn)ployces work oil any of the recognized holidays, they shall be paid time and onball' (I '/,,) Ihcir regular rate of pay 101- all hours worked. NO. 55: Means the regular work (lily shall he cighl(8) hours between 0:00 a.m, and 4:30 p.ni. The first two (2) hours of work perfiomed in excess of the eight (8) hour work (lay, Monday through Friday, and the first ten (10) hours ofwork on Saturday, shall Ile paid at one & onball' (1 '/7.) times the straiglt time rate, All work performed on Sunday, observed holidays and in excess of ten (10) hours it (lily, Monday through Saturday, shall he IMid at douhlc (2) the straight time rate. NO. 57: Means eight (8) hours per day shall constitute a day. work and firm` (40) hours [let- week, Monday through Friday, shall constitute a week. work. The regular starting little shall he 8:00 a.m. The above may be changed by mutual consent of authorized 17crsonnc1. When circumstances warrant, the Employer may change the regulnworkweek to firur (4) ten-hour days a( the regular time rate of pay. It being understood that all other pertinent information must he adjusted accordingly. All (in)e worked bel'orc and after the established workday of eight (8) hours, Monday through Friday, all time worked on Saturday, shall he paid at the rate of tinge and one-half(1 %z) except in cases where work is part ol'an employcc.l• regular Friday shift, All tinge worked on Sun(lay and t•ccognizal holidays shall he 1);11(1 at tile douhlc (2) ling. rate of lv. NO. 59: Means that except as herein provided, eight (8) hours a day (which may begin as early as 6:00 a,m.) shall constitute it standard %vork (lay, and forty (40) hours per week shall constitute it week's work. All tinge worked outside of the standar&-ight (8) hour work day and on Saturday shall he classilied as overtime and paid the rate ol' time and onhalf (1'/:). All time worked on Sunday and holidays shall he classified as overtime and IMid nt the rate of double (2) (title. The Employer has the optirn of working, either live (5) eight hour days or four (4) tell hour days to constitute it normal fluty (40) hour work week. When the firur (4) lediour work week is in effect, till' Standard work (lay shall Ile consecutive ten ( 10) lgour• periods be'twee'n the h( unt 6:30 a.m. and 0:30 p.ng. Forty (40) hours per week shall constitute a weeks work, Monday through Thursday, Inclusive. In the event the joh is down tier .any reason beyulld the I niployer•'s control, then Friday and/or Saturday ngay, at the option of the I..uglulyer, hc, worked as it ttgak(s1up (lay; straight tinge not to exceed left (10) hours or linty (40) hours per week. When the five day (8) hour work week is in cf7cct, fluty (40) hours per week shall constitute a week's work, Monday through Friday, inclusive. Ill he event (he jog, is down fi)r any (reason beyond (lie I"sngployer's control, then Saturday nlay, at the option of the I:nlployer, he worked as a makup day; straight (inie not to exceed eight (8) hours or• ftrrly (40) hours per \vcck, ANNUAL \VM;F ORDER NO. 8 A\18026 SUp(YI•.ilnc PaCr i(,I 6I',iE cs COLE COUN'TV OVER'I•INIE� RATEIS-- BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO, 60: Means the I mplover slial have the option of working live 8hour days or lour I(yllotur days Monday through Friday. If ;►n I?niploycr elects to work five Atom- days during slily work week, hours worked more than eight (8) her clay or lilrty (110) per wcck shall be paid at time and one-h;tlf (I'/2) the hourly ws►gc rate plus li-inge helreflts Monday through Friday. SATURDAY MAKP'.UP DAY: If sill I"niployer is prevented I'roni working Forty (110) lours, Monday through Friday, or any part thercol' by reason of inclement weather (rain or much, Saturday onny hart thereof may be worked as a makeup day at the straight time rate, It is agreed by file parties 01;11 the make-up day is not to he used to make up lime lost (tile lo rec(,gnized holidays. If" an l:nlployer elects to work four 10hour days, hclween the Imur:s ol'6:30 a.m, and 6:30 p,n1, in any week, work performed inure than icr) (10) lours per day or filmy (110) hours per week shall be paid al lime and one 11;111'(1'/�) the hourly wage rate plus fringe benclits Monday through Friday. If an l:niployer is working 10hour days and loses a (I;►y (tile to inclement weather, the Employer may work ten (10) hours out Friday at straight lisle, Friday must he scheduled Im no more than tell ( 10) hours at the straight time rate, hill all hours worked over the lilrty (110) hours Monday through Friday will be paid at tinge and onelmll' (I V)) the hourly wage rate plus fringe benefits. All Millwright work perIbi-med ill excess of the regular work (lay and on Saturday shall be compensated fior at tinge and onelsllf (I %4) the regular Millwright lourly wage rate plus fringe benefits. The regular work day starling of 8:00 a.m. (and resulting quilling time. of 4:30 pm) may be moved l'orward to 6:00 a.m. or delayed one (1) hour to 9:00 a.m. All work accomplished on Sundays and recognized holidays, 0 clays observed as recognized holidays, shall he compensated lior at double (2) the regular hou►•ly rate of wages plus fringe henelits. NOT!?: All overtime is computed on the hourly wage rate phis ill amount equal to the fringe benefits. NO. Iiti: Means the regular work week shall consult ill fnc (S) (lays, Monday Ihrougl Friday, beginning at 8:00 a.m. and ending at 11:30 p.m. The regular work day beginning lime Illay be advanced one or Iwo hours or delayed by one (tour. All om-lime work perfi)r'med on Monday through Saturday shall be paid at lirlic and one-half ( I %) OI the hourly rate plus sill amount eclual to one-liall' (%) of tile hourly 'Total Indicated Fringe Benefits. All work perliormed on Sundays and recognized holidays shall be paid it double (2) the hourly (Al plus ;►n antot.unt equal to the hourly Total Indicated Fringe Benefils. NO. 91: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute a dayl work commencing ill 8:00 1.111, and ending at 11::30 p.rn., allowing omlialf(1/2) hour fur lunch. The option exists lily the f:urtploycl•o use a flexible starting time between the hours of 6:00 a,ni. Ind 9:00 a.nt The regular work week shall C0118ISt 01' lilrty (110) hiurS of live (5) work days, Monday Through Friday. I'Ite work week may consist of ibur (4) tell (10) hour days frr,nt Monday thl•ou[( Thursday, will) Friday as a rnak(rup day. II'the make-up day is a holiday, (lie employee shall be paid a( the double (2) lime rate. The e11ipl0yees s11a11 be paid double (2) Buie For wort: pallormed befiore the regular starting time or after the ref ill;u (luitln); time or over eight (8) hours per work week (unless working n 10iour \York day, then double (2) Mlle is paid lior work perlilrntcd over tell ( Ill) hours a clay) or over lilrty (110) 1101.11-8 per wort: week. Work perlormed on tialurdays, Sundays t►nd recognized holidays shall be paid at the double (2) time rate of pay. ANNUAL,WA(Ail ORDER NO,H AWS026 Slip 0T.doc of I�Pages COLE,COUN'T'Y OVEATIME RATFS M BUILDING CONS'T RUC'I 10N NO, 94: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute a clays work between the hours of 8:Ora r►.m. and 5:00 p.m. 'I'll(, regular workday starting time of 8:00 a.m. (and resulting quitting time of 4:30 p.m.) may be roved forward to 6:00 a.m. or delayed one (1) hour to 9:00 ami. All work performed. in excess of the regular work day and on Saturday shrill be compensated at one and one-half (1 '/2) tinges the regular pay. In the event time is lost during the work week du to weather Conditions, the Fnlployer may schedule work on the following Saturday at straight time. All work accomplished on Sunday and holidays shall he Coll►pen sated at (louble the regular rate of wages. NO, 101: Moms eight (8) hours a clay Shall constiUtc a standard work (lay, and fi►rly (40) hours per week shall constitute n week's work, which shall begin on Monday and cnd oil Friday. All time worked outside of the standard work clay and on Saturday Shall he classified as overtime and paid the rate of time and one-half (1112) (except as herein provided), All lime worked on Sunday and recognized holidays shall be paid at the rate of double (2) time. The regular Starling time (and resulting quitting time) may be moved Ibrward Iwo (2) hours to 6:00 a.m. or th st;uling time (and resulting quitting tinge) may be delayed one (1) hour to 9:00 a.n►. The Employer has the option of working either five (5) eight-hour days or IbUr(4) tet-hour days to constitute a normal Ibi-ty(40) hour work week. Whorl a tour (4) ten-hour clay work week is in eflcct, the standard work clay shall be Cunsccutive ten (10) hour periods between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. Forty (410) hours per week shall constitute a week's work Monday through 'Thursday, inclusive. In the event theol) is -.gown for any reason beyond the I mployer's control, then Friday and/or Saturday may, at the option of the L nlployer, be worked as a make-up day; straight lime not to exceed ten (10) hours per clay or lort,y (40) hours per week. All work over ten (10) hubs in one clay or forty (40) hours in a 410's work week shall be paid at the overtime rate of time and oneha if(I'/_�). When using a live (5) (Tay eight (8) hour work week, and the job is clown for any reason heyond the 1?t►lployer's control, then Saturday mayt the option of the f:mployer, be worked as a makeup day; straight time not to exceed eight (8) hour;~ per clay or Forty (40) hours per week. Makeup clays shall not be utilized Im Clays lust clue to holidays. ANNUAL, WAC E,,OICT11SR No. 8 A11'N076 Stip 0T disc Prato 5 o1'61'a cs COLT;COUNTY OVE, 1'1'IME, RATES--Il1111,111INC CONSTRUCTION REPLAC EMENT PAGN ? NO. 110: Means eight (8) lours between the hours of*11:00 a.m. and 4:30 p,m, shall constitute a work day. The starting time may be advanced one (1) or two (2) hours, Irnployees shall have a lunch period of thirty (30) minutes. The Employer may provide a lunch period of one (1) harts and in that event, the workday shall continence at 8:00 a.m. and end at 5:00 p.m. The workweek shall commence at 8:00 ami. on Monday and shall end at 4:30 p.m. on Friday (or 5:00 p.nn, on I"riday if' the Iinnployer grants a lunch period of one (1) lunar) or arr►d.itrsted by starting time change as stated above, All work performcd helore 8:00 a.m, rind afier 4:30 p.m. (or 5:00 p.m. where one (1) hour lunch is granted liar lunch) or as adjusted by starting time change as stated above or on Saturday, except as hercinprovided, shall be compensated at one and orxhalf'(1 '/z) Limes the regular hourly rate of pay for the work performed. All work perlormed on Sunday and on recognized holidays shall he compensated at double (2) the regular hourly rate of pay for the work perlorn►ed. II' rut Employer is prevented Crom working forty (40) hours, Monday through Friday, or any part thereof by reason of inclement weather (rain and rnud), Saturday or any part thereof' may be worked as a makoup day at the straight time rate. The Iinnplcyer shall have the option of working five eight (8) hour days or fur tell (10) hour days Monday through Friday. If all Employer elects to work live (5) eight (8) hour days during any work week, hours worked more than eight (8) per day or forty (40) hours pr week shall he paid at tirr►c and onehalf(1'/z) the hourly rate Monday through Friday, If all Employer elects to work Ciao• (4) ten (10) hour days in any week, work performcd more Ihan ten (10) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at tier: and unwhall'(I'iz) the hourly rate Monday through Friday. I f au l n►ployer is working ten (10) hour days and loses a day due to inclement weather, they may work tell (10) hours Friday at straight time. Friday r►nlst be scheduled for at (cast eight (8) hourand no more than ten (10) hours at the straight time rate, but all hours worked over the forty (40) hours Monday through Friday will be paid at tinne and ondnalf(I '/z) overtime rate. ANNUAL NVAGE'ORDFIR NO.8 AW8020 Slip 0T.doc PiIrte 0 orti Pages COLE COUNTY 1101ADAV RATE SCIILDULE— BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO. 3: All work done on New Year's Day, Decoration Day, .luly 4th, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double lime rate of pay. Whenever any such holidays fall cm a Sunday, the following Monday shall be observe~) as a holiday. NO, 4: All work clone on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, 'Thanksgiving and Christmas Day shall be paid at the. double Brae rate. ol'pay. II'any of the above holidays fall on Sunday, Monday will be observed as the recognized holiday. Ifany ofthe :►hove holidays fall on Saturday, Friday will he observed as the rccof;nixed holid:ly. NO. 5: All work that shall be done on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, fourth of July, Labor Day, Veteran'; Day, 'Flianksgiving Day, and Chris trnas Day shall be paid at the. double (2) time rate of pay. NO. 7: All work clone on New Year's Day, Memorial I lay, Indcpcndcnce Day, I.abor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day shall he paid at the double time rate ol'pay. If a holiday falls on a Sunday, it shall he observed on the Monday. Ifa holiday falls on a Saturday, it shall be observed on the preceding; Friday. NO. 8: All work done on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and C'hristnias Day, or clays observed as such, shall be paid at the double lime rate ofpay. The Friday fi►Ilowing'I'hankst;iving will be worked at the Employer?; option. 11'worked, it will he at (lie regular hourly rate ol'pay. NO, 15: All work accomplished on the recognized holidays of New Year's Day, Decoration Day • (Memorial Day), Independence Day (Fourth of.luly), Labor Day, Vcler,ml Day, 'I'hanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, or days observed as these named holidays, shall be compensated li►r at double (2) the regular hourly rate of wages plus fringe bc-nclits. Ifa holidrry lolls on Saturday, it shall be observed on the preceding Friday. 11'a holiday lolls on a Sunday, it shall he observed on the Billowing Monday. No work shall he performcd on Labor Day, Christmas Day, Decoration Day or Independence Day cxccpl to preserve life or properly. NO, 19: All work clone on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day shall be paid at (lie double time rate of pay. The employee may take off Friday lollowing Thanksgiving Day. I lowever, the employee shall notify his or her foreman, (.general Foreman or Superintendent on the Wednesday prccecling "I'hankr:L;ivinE; Day. When one of the above holidays falls on Sunday, the following mono ay shall he considered the holiday and all work perflormed on said clay shall beat the double (2) time rate. When one ofthe holidays lolls on Saturday, (lie preceding Friday shall he considered (lie holiday and all wort: perli,rmed on said clay shall beat the double (2) time rate. NO. 23; All work clone on Ncw Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day,''Thanksgiving Day, Chrislin"Is Dav and Sundays ~hall be recognized holidays and shall be paid at the double time rate ofpay, When a holiday falls on Sunday, (hc., BrlloNving Monday shall be considered a holiday, ANNUAI, 1VAGli ORDER Nc). 8 AWS026 hdy.dur rape I Id:I',,po, COLE COUNTY HOLIDAY HA'1'1? SCHEDULE— BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO. 49: The following days shall be observed as legal holidays: New Year's Day, Decoration Day, July 4th, Labor Day,'I'hanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, Finployee's hirthday and two (2) personal days. 'f he observance of'one (1) ol'the personal clays to he limited to the time: between December I and March I ol'the 1611owing year, 11'any ol'these holidays fall on Sunday, the lollowing Monday will lie observed as the holiday and if any of(heseholidays lull on Saturday, the preceding Friday will be observed as (lie holiday. if employees work on a►iy of theca hol'►dnys they shall he paid time d'c one-half(1'/�) their rcl,ular t•atc of•{r►y fi►r•,►11 h►►tu•;; worked, NO. 54: All work done on New Year's, Memorial Day, Indcpandence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, tilt I ridgy aftcr'I'hanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day shall he paid at (lie clouhlc (2) time rate ol•pay. When a holiday halls on Saturday, it shall he ohscr•ved on Friday. When a holiday falls on Sundry, it shall he observed on Monday. NO. 60: All work pei*Tormed on New Year's Day, Arroistice flay (veteral►'s Day), Decoration Day (Memorial Day), Independence. Day (Fourth of .Irrly), 'I'hanksf;iving Day and Christmas Day shall lie paid at the double tine rate of pay. No work shall he performed on Labor Day except when triple (3) tinie is paid, When a holiday lulls on Saturday, Friday will be observed as the holiday. When a holiday (tills on Sunday, the following Monday shall lie observed as the holiday. NO. 66: All work perlorned on Sundays and file hollowing recognized holidays, or the clays observed as such, of New Year( Day, Decoration Day, Fourth ot'hily, Labor Day, Veteran'; Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, shall he paid at double (2) life hourly ra to plus an amount equal to the hourly 'Total Indicated Fringe Benclits. Whenever any such holidays lull on a Sunday, ® the following Monday shall he observed as a holiday. NO. 69: All work perlbrned on New Ycar•- Day, Decoration Day, July fourth, labor Day, Veteran'; Day, Thanksgiving Day or Christmas Flay shall be compensated at double (2) their straight-tmie hourly rate of pay• Friday alter Thanksgiving and the clay hefOre Christmas will also he holidays, but if'(lie employer chooses to work these clays, theemployce, will hr paid at straight - time rate ofpay• 11•a holiday Bills on a Sunday in .I particular year, tale holiday will he observed on the hollowing Monday. NO. 71: All work perhi►rmed on the following. I'ccognind holidays ~hall ha paid al (he douhle (2) tine; rate ol*pay: New Ycarb Day, PIVSidantS Day, GO OLI Friday, Manorial Day, July file Fourth, Labor Day, Veterans Day,"I'hanksg iving; Day, Day after'f hanksl;iving• and Christmas Day, 11,11 holiday fulls on Sunday, it shall he celebrated on Monday. If a holiday tillls on SaUa•day, it shall be celebrated on the Friday preceding such Saturday. ANNt;A1 VVA61. ORDl;tt N(). S AW9020 hdy.doc P.ptc 2 of 2 Pares Heavy Construction Rates for REPLACEMENT RAGE Section 026 Aft COLE County ` fiiective 3 is Over- OCCUPATIONAL TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Total Fringe Benefits Increase Rates _ Rates Rates CARPENTER Journeymen _ 5/01^ $23.13 7 16 $6.24 Millwright 5/01 $23.13 _ 7 16 $6.24 Pile Driver Worker 5/01 _ $23,13 _ 7 16 $6.24 OPERATING ENGINEER Group 1 r 5/01 $2U.75y �21 5 $11,61 _ Groll II 5/01 $20,40 21 5 $11.61 Groue III 5/01 $20.20 21 5 $11.61 Group IV 5/01 $16.55 21� 5 $11.61 011er-Driver 5/01 $16.55 21 5 $11.61 LABORER AML eneral Laborer 5/01 $19.75 2 4 �~ $6.10 Skilled Laborer 5/01 $20.35 _ �2 4 $6.10 TRUCK DRIVER-TEAMSTER Group 1 5/01 $21.72 2 4 $5.25 Group II 5/011 $21.88 2 4 $5,25 GrOLIP 111 5/01 $2.1,67 _ 2 4 $5,25 Group IV 5/01 $21,J`;) _ 2 4 $5.25 For the occupational titles not listed on the Heavy Construction Rate Sheet, use Rates shown on the Building Construction Rate Sheet. 'Annual Incremental Increase ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 8 7/01 COLE COUNTY OVERTIm RATE SC11FDULE-- I11?AV1' (,ONS'f 1iU(."PION NO. 2: Moans a regular work week elf forly (410) hours will strut on Monday and end on Fri(lay. The regular work day shall he either eight (8) or ten (10) hours. Fa crew is prevented from working Corty (40) hours Monday through Friday, or any hart therdr by reason of inclement weather, Saturday or ru)y Bart Ihercol'may be worked as a makup day at (lie straight time rate to complete flirty (40) hours of work in a week. I;niployces who are part 01'a regular crew on a makeup day, notwithstanding the fact th( they Inay not have been employed the entire week, shall work Saturday at the straight time rate. Time & onerhaff(i''/,) shall he paid fir all hours in excess ofeighl (8) hours per day (if' working 5-8's) or tell (10) hours per day (if working 410'x), or flirty (40) hours per week, Monday through Friday. For all tine worked on Saturday (unless Saturday or any portion of said clay is worked as makeup to complete flirty Blurs), time and ondialf, ( I'i,) shall be paid. NO. 7: Means the regular work week shall wrt on Monday and end on Friday, except where the i:mployer elects to work Monday Through Thursday, tell (I0) hours per day. All work over ten (10) hours in a day or Dirty (40) hours in a week shall be at the overtime rate of onc and onehall'(I %,) tinics there}Iular hom-ly rate. The regular work clay shall be either eight (8) or ten (10) hours. I f a job can't work flirty (40) hours Monday through Friday because of inclement weather or other conditions beyond the control of the Employer, Friday or Saturday nlaybe worked as a mak+1-up day at straight time (il'working 4-10's). Saturday may be worked as a makeup day at straight tinu;.(if, working 5-8's). Malec-up days shall not he utilized fir days lost from holidays. lsxcept as worked as a mako-up day, tine on Satlyday shall he worked at one and onohall'(P/�) tinics the regular rate. Work performed on Sunday shall be paid at two (2) tinges till: regular rate. Work performed on recognized holidays or clays observed as such, shall also be paid at the double (2) time rat; of pay. NO. 21: Means the regular work week shall consist ol'five (5) eight (8) hour clays, Monday through Friday. The regular work day (or which employees shall be compensated at straight time hourly rate of pay shall begin ,it 8;00 a.m. and end at 40 p.m. however, the project starting tiniC play he advanced or delayed at the discretion of the 1:niploycr. At the discretion of'tile I?niployer, wlicii working a five (5) drry eight (8) hour schedule, Saturday may be used I01- a ruakNUp clay. The Employer may haw the option to schedule his work 1'roni Monday through "Thursday at ten (10) hours per clay at the straight time rate of pay with all hours in excess ol'ten (10) hour's in any one day to be paid at the overtime rate oftimc &c onehall'( 11X+ II'Ihe 1?niployer fleets to work from Monday through Thursday and is stopped due to circumstances beyond his control, lie shall have the option to work Friday or Saturday at the Strillght 61i1C rate 01'lirry to complete his flirty (40) horns per work week. Workmen shall be paid►axe & onahalf(I %z) till)es the regular rate of wages lbr all hours worked in excess of'eight (8) hours per clay (if working 5-8's), ur ten (10) Hours per clay (11'working 410'x), or flirty (40) hours per work week Monday through Friday (il'working $8's) or Monday through Thursday (if working 4-10's). Unless used as makeup days to complete Forty (410) hours per work week, time and onuliall'(1 'i,) shall be paid on Saturday (when working 58's) and an Friday or Saturday (when working 4).10's). Sundays and holidrNs shall be paid at the rate of double (2) time the regular rate of pay. aw8026 hvy ia.doc ANNU;'.I. \VA(& (.FILM:R N'().8 Pape I oI I COLE, COUNTY HOLIDAY RA'Z'E SCHEDULE,- IIEAVY CONS` RUCTION NO,4: All work performed on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, or days observed as such, shall be paid at the double time rate o['pay. When a holiday Calls on :► Sunday, Monday shall be observed. NO. S: The following days are recognized as holidays; New Ycar•.l• Day, Memorial D ly, fourth of.luly, Labor Day, `thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Ifa holiday Ihlls on a Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday. 11'a holiday fi►lis on a Saturday,it shall he observed on the preceding Friday, No work shall be performed on Labor Day except in case of jeopardy to work under construction. This rule is applied to protect Labor Day. When sr holiday fills during the normal work week, Monday through Friday, it shall be counted as eight (9) hours toward a 161-ty (40) hour week; however, no reimbursement for This eight (K) hours is to be paid the workman unless worked. Ifwor•kmen are required to work the above rcco�,nizcd holidays or days observed as such, or Sundays, they shall receive double (2) the regular rate ofpay for such work. The above shall apply to the four HA Monday through 'Thursday work wcc)c. The ten (10) hours shall be applied to the forty (40) hour work week, NO. 16: 'I he following clays are recognized as holidays; New Year' Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of'hily, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Ifa holiday falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday. Ifa holiday falls on Saturday, it shall be observed on the preceding Friday. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except in case of jeopardy to work under constnuction. This rule is applied to protect labor Day. When a holiday falls during the normal work week, Monday through Friday, it shall he cc.,tu►led as eight (8) hou►•s toward the lot•ty (40) hour week; however, no reimhunsemcrtl For this eight (R) hours is to be paid to the worker unless worked. Ifworkcrs are required to work the above recognized holidays or days observed as such, they shall receive double (2) the regular rate ofpay for such work. AW8026 livy hukioc ANNUAL WAGE' ORDER NO. 8 rage t ol,I OUTSIDE ELECTRICIAN 1114;PLAC:ENENT PAG1? These rates are to be used 161-the Following counties: Adair, Audrain, Boonc, Callaway, Camden, Carter,Chariton,Clark,Cole,Cooper,CrawRlyd, lent, Franklin,Gasconade, I loward, I lowell, Iran, .1011,rson, Knox, LevAs, Lincoln, Linn, Macon, Marics, Marion, Miller, Morlitcau, Monroe, Montgotnery, Morgan, Oregon,Osage, Perry, Phelps, Pike, Pulaski, Putnaull, Ralls, Randolph, Reynolds, Ripley, St. Charles, St. Francois, St. Louis City, St. Louis County, Ste, Genevieve, Schuyler, Scotland, tihannnn. Shelby, Sullivan, TCUS, Warren, and Washington C(?NINIERCIAi. 1VORK UccuJpa(ional 'I'itic --�---- _ _ Basic___....._-__._..._._._ ____._____.__..__l'otal I lourly Irate Renelils *Journeyman Lineman $27.48 $2.20 +- 42% *Lineman Operator $24.00 $2.20 -+-42%, *Gronndman S19,47 $2.20 -+-42% UTI1,ITY NVOItK Occu ational i itic Basic total Hourly {gunge Rate benefits *.loume_ tin Lineman 520.47 ` 2.20 .1 38%) *1 incman OLc rltor 522.85 $2.20 -1- 38%, __.._. ... . ._............ *Groundtilan S 17,67 $2.20-+- 38%, OVERTIME RATE: L?ight(8)hours shall constitute a work da,y b.,tween the hours ol'7:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Forty(40)hours within live(5)clays, Monday through Friday inch.tsive,shall Constitute the work week. Work perlomled in the 9l11 and I Oth hour,Monday Through Friday,sharll be paid art time and one -hall'(1!/2) the regular straight time rate of pay.Contractor has the option to pay two(2)hours per day at the tinge and one-half(1'h)the regular straight time rate ofpay between the hours ol'6:00 a.im and 5:10 p.m.,Monday through Friday. Work perlbrnlcd outside the regularly scheduled work-ing hour.,and on Saturdays, Sundays and recognized legal holidays,or days celebrated as such,shall be paid liar at the rate of clouhle(2) time. 1IOLIDAY RATE- All work perlirrmed on Ncw Ycau's Day, Memorial Day,Fourth of,luly, Labor Day, Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day,Chl•isUluls Day,or clays Celebrated as such,shall he paid at the double time rate of pay. When one of the f6rcgoing holidays lulls on Sunday,it Shall be celebrated on the following Monday. *Incronlental Increase ANNIJAL. WAG F. ORDFR N(), 8 % MY) sr►-Awx tn3Am �t+'to 4 City of e--re fferson s Thomas P. Rachers ° Mayor Mpartrnent of Community Development Patrick li.Sullivan,I't;Director 320 Bast McCarty sir�x t Phone.,(573)' V)63, 440 JelTerstn City,MO 65101 Fax:(573)03-1-64 57 I23' jepwrnJcabityrno,org July I, 2002 Mr. Paul Frank Drunk & Frank Contracting, Inc. 3632 A West Truinan Blvd. Jefferson City, MO 65109 IZE: Notice to Proceed, Algon Regional Wuslewil(er Facilities, Contract No. 2 Dear Mr. Prank: The City of Jefferson hereby issues it Notice to Proceed flor Contract No. 2 of the Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities. The Start Date Iior this project shall be July 8, 2002. Per the contract documents, this project shall be complete within 2,15 calendar days. Enclosed with this letter you will I ind a copy of the signed contract documents fir your records. The city will schedule Mr. Clary Oldelehr as construction inspector for this job. Mr. Oldelchr's phone number is (573)634-6134. Burns and McDonnell will provide additional inspection ® services as needed. I will be acting as project coordinator for the city. Please contact me at (573) 634-6531 ifyou have any questions regarding this project. Sincerely, ,� Kcnt Pectz, P.E. Assistant Wastewater Utilities Manager KAP:kp enclosure cc: Tom Jones, Wastewater Utilities Director Allen Garner, City Councilor Steve Yonker, Burns & McDonnell Charles O. 'Tillman, JR., Osage Tribal Council • 6CDRD DATHIMMIODI CERTIFICATE O LIABILITY INSURANV�ID D YY) �- 3 06/14/02 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Winter-Dent & Company HOLDER,THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR P.O. Box 1046 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Jefferson City MO 65102-1046 ne: 573-634-2122 Fax:573-636-7500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE ED - INSURER Continental Western Group INSURER B Frank & Frank Contracting, Inc __....._._..-_._.__..-_.____.__..__.._ �_.___ Mr. Paul Frank IN,uflr R r, 3632 A Went Truman Blvd. ,_.. ._._. 71 ___.-.--_--_.__...___.,__._____•.__------.._._.__..._....___._.__....__.__.._.. Jefferson City MO 65109-6119 IN!"uRT.RD COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN IZ;501 N TU TI 0;IWAffif U NAMLD A110VL FUH III(-'POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CON rRAC I OH OT)IFR DOGUNIENT VAIN RESPLC I'TO WTIICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE IS',UED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DCSCRIBLU Ifb(tt 111 I `iIJBJial I TO ALL ITIC PERMS.EXCLUSION!AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUC1.0 IIY PAID CLA11A;; INSa _ ......-- ..- __---_ ... I-POLICY EFFECTIVE"POLICY EXPIRATION-..__...__........_ ..__�._....-_...... .____._.....___ LTR� TYPE OF INSURANCE Y�POLICYNUMIJEH- —: DATEIMM/DD/YY) DATElMM/D� LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY I EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1000000 A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY HGO14021 12/31/01 i 12/31/02 IFIRE OAMAGEWy one Lrn) $ 250000 -- CLAIMS MADE �}(� OCCUR MED CXP(Any ono Parson) $ SOOO�L X Blanket Addl Insu ; PFRSGNAL F ADV INJURY 31000000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2000000 _._.._..-........_.. GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER. i PRODUCTS COMPIOPAGO 1s2000000 POLICY r 1 JIRt° �.._..� LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY �/��A��- ` COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT I S �- ANY AUTO INSURAN R(/y"{/1GYVGD �(EnacCldon1}ALL OWNED ALI ros / i BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS pp (Pur parson) l HIRED AUTOS J ,9 BODILY INJURY ( s NON-OWNED AUTO 5 / j lPar accident) date: ..... i..---- .... ._.. - ...__ .__..._—_ ._.__._.. PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Par dent) GARAGE LIABILITY i AUTO ONLY-EA ACCiDLNT S ANY AUTO � 0 11 ip.f2 TI IAN EA_..ACC $ _..._____._.._....___..._._._._.. -� AUTO ONLY nGG 8 EXCESS LIABILITY FACII OCCURRENCE 1 s 3000_00_0 - - - - A X OCCUR I CLAIMSMADC FIG01422 12/:31/01 12/31/02 AC;GREGAI"L � s 3000000 - _ DEDUCTIBLE 1s IX I RETENTION 110000 f 3 71-STATU' iO 11-1 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND TO --------- _---.- A HG01410 1.2/:31/01 12/31/02 EL EACIIACCIDENI $ 1000000 1 1,E L DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEEI $ 10_0_0000_ =I. D1SE nsE•POLICY LIMIT s 1000000 - OTHER +` DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS — RE: A-1goa Regional Wastewater Facilities, Project No. 31031-0302, Contract No.2r Wasterwater. Treatment Plant Improvements . CERTIFICATE HOLDER N I ADDITIONAL INSURED:INSURER LETTER: �~ CANCELLATION JE FFF-1 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATIC DAIC THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL Q.-DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE.TO DO 90 SHALL City Of Jefferson IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON T'HE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR 320 East McCarty REPRESENTATIVES. Jefferson City MO 65101. A01M7RrMJ1EPRESENTA1IVE IYA ACORD 26-5(7197) r0 Aff D CORPORATION 1988 INSURANCE BINDER OP ID D� DATE 1 06/14/02 E CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM, CONTRACT,SUBJECT -THIS EII.NDER IS A TEMPORARY INSURANCE CO C�, U6TEET 0 PRODUCER PHONE COMPANY I BINDER 0 573-634-2122 5448 L ,C :__ I 57_'i__6n6-7500 Continental 'Western Group ter-Dent & Company TIME DATE 11ME Box 1046 I y, I AM 1 X11201 A; ferson City MO 65102-1046 06/14/02 12 :01 _i-Plyl tm!; -DT01 EXTEND COVERAGE IN THE A(IOVI*NAMI-0 COMPANY jW11,01 F4(i!'.ISSUE co 0 8 14 2 4 oETcWiF-fi-o—N-6F"E-pc—RA-FioN—si�E-�;i-6—Lr-S/PROPF((7Y(Inclutfing Location) CUSTOMER ID: FRANK- INSURED Construction operations by owner Frank A Frank Contracting, 3632A W Truman, City of Jefferson Jefferson City, MO 65109 is responsible 320 E McCarty for premium and audit. Jefferson City M0 65101 COVERAGES LIMITS TYPE OF INSURANCE COVERAGEffORM5 DEDUCTIFILE COINS% AMOUNT PROPERTY CAUSES OF L053 BASIC BROAD SPEG GENERAL LIABILITY 1s2000000 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIA13IL11-Y FURL-0 A I AAGI.t Arty arto firv) CLAIMS MADF i occtm MED CAll(Ally(jr1f)porwri) X Owner & Contractor Prot PEPSONAI.&ADV INJURY I $ GENrRAI_AGGREGA- 0.0 0000 R[:rIk0D;,rj1 j'OP:'jA1fA!;MADL i PRODUCTS•COMP/OP AGG $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT S ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTO', BODILY INJUR Y(Pre accidont) IS CHEDULED Auros PROPLN TY DAMAGE i z IRED AUTOS MEDICAL PAYMENTS : 3 NO -OWNED Au'ros i PERSC)NAL INJURY PRID I $ ONINSURLDIAOTOR13T AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE Ali AC UAL(,.A',H VAI OF COLLISION iIAII Ij AIAOIRI F OTHER THAN COL ofllLik GARAGE LIABILITY AuloOfILY EAhGZ,1DE N T It ANY AUTO 0111!.R THAN A010 ONLY FACHArGIOLNT AGGREGATE t EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE I $ UMBRELLA FORM AC.(_JRt.GATE OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FOPIA [It:IRO DA 1!:I OR CLAIM)1,V01. Vic STATUTORY LIMITS WORKER'S COMPENSATION L 1. F.-CHACCIDENT $ AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY L L DISEASE•EA EMPLOYEE $ L L.Dl�FASF •POLICY Limir s SPECIAL S CONDITIONS/ ...... OTHER TAX[,Sc COVERAGES I IMAI ED V0 I At.PRPAIt1N1 NAME &ADDRESS INSURED I)AYI- OAN Al)[HORIZEDREPRESENTAI)VE ACORD 76-S(1/98) NOTE: IMPORTANT STATETN_r ON REVERSE SIDE Cr. CORD CORPORATION 199.,; OP ID DVI UATE ACQW. INSURANCE BINDER L— 0614/02 THIS BINDER IS A TEMPORARY INSURANCE CONTRACT,SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM, PRODUCER ---7PHONC*'--'----'-'-'---'—*'---" COMPANY 6iii6kk -2122 _5773-634 54 Continental Westorn Group ,,---rrFr.:cnvr,- Winter-Dent & Company DATE-_.-..l_._._.._....._.. TIME TIME Am Box 1046 12 01 A f City MO 65102-1046 06/14/02 12-01 1 08/14/02 NOOt 711�5 HINDI':1?IS 1!;!;UF-*D TO EXTEND COVERAGE IN THE AIJOVE U14AHD COMPANY coot: 081424 SUB CODE: PER�EXPIRING POLICY 0 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSfVCHICLES/PROPERTY(Including Laration) 7CU�2ST20MFRID: FRANK-3 _0 � INSURED Frank & Frank Contracting, Inc Builders Risk- Algoa Regional Wastewater & City of Jefferson Facility 3632 A West Truman Blvd. Jefferson City MO 65109-613.9 COVERAGES LIMITS TYPE OF INSURANCE COVERAGE IFORMS 1 DEDUCTIBLE COINS'!. 1 AMOUNT PROPERTY CAUSES OF LOSS BASIC BROAD E" GENERAL LIABILITY V.ACII OCCURRENCE COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY I FIRE DAMAGE(Any ana fire) CLAIMS MADE OCCUP MED LXP(Any ono parson) PEPSONAL P ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE I S _--- --------- R I,rRo DA f E 1:0P Cl AIMS MA01',W PRODUCTS•COMPIOP AGG I S AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COFABINFID SINGLE LIMIT S ANY AW 0 EWIDILYIN JURY(Per parson) j $ ALL OWNED AUTOS B0DI',,Y INJURY(Per accitlent) SCHEDULED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMA(,E IRED AUTOS I iUDIGAL PAYMENTS N ALI7OG PERSONAL INJURY PROF $ AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE DEDUCTILILL All W f IlCi I i)'ItA I)VLHICt L., ACTUAL CASI,I VALUE COLLISION STATE[)AMOUNT S oTHFR IRAN COL I ollIrIR GARAGE LIABILITY AIJIO ONLY-EA ACCIDE'N] i ANY AUTO I omi R ri IAN AU ro ONLY EACH ACCIDENT 3 j AGGREGATE .......... EXCESS LIABILITY FACH OCCURRENCE I S AGGiREGATE s UMBRELLA FORM OTHERTI,IAN UMBRELLA FORM SELF-INFURED Rt.,TENTION I S VA,STATUTORY LIMITS 1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION I LL EACHACCIOINI' AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY I El DISEASE_-EA EMPLOYEE 3 F I. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT I $ SPECIA $1,175,000 limit, special form, $500 doducta.ble COND TI ONS/ S ER TAXES ORERAGEs ESTIMATED T01'41.PREMIUM NAME&ADDRESS IWAU6A(A-F ACIDI I ICNAL INSURLO t.QAN 'TITIT, IZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 76-S (1/98) NOTE: IMPORTANT STATE INFORMATIMON REVERSE SIDE C,) CORD CORPORATION 199, May 9, 2002 Nlr. Thomas 13. Jones, P. 1?. Wastewater Utilities Division Directo" Department of Publie Works 320 East McCarty Street Jefferson City, MC) CS 101 Algoa Regional Wastewater Faeilitics Contract No. 2, Wastewater"1'reatnlcnt Plant Improvements City of Jefferson, tMissouri I3 & McD Prot No�26.131 Dear Mr. .[ones: 13- ids were received for Contract No. 2 on ct Ivry 7, 2002. Enclosed is a tabulation of bids received. We have reviewed the bid of the low bidder, frank & Drank Contracting, Inc. The schedule of adjustment unit prices included multiple pries rather than a single adjustment unit price for piles. We contacted Drank & Drank who subseyucntly hits agreed to a single adjustment unit price of'$35.00/1.1' 111 conformance with the I3id form Page, Page: I o1"2 as noted in their letter dated IMay 8, 2002 (copy enclosed). We have reviewed the experience record provided by Drank & Drank. Based on their acceptable performance on prior City projects, we cc�rlcludc, they havc acceptable experience Rm. this project. We, therefore I'ecolllnlelld a«=ccrci of'Contract No. 2 to Drank & Irani: Contracting, Inc. liar the lump suns price oI11,175,000.00, sincerck Stephen A. Yonker. P. I'.. Project ylanal;er ec: Mr. lent Peeti, 1'. I?. z: 9100 warn Pa►kway Kansas Gly,Missouri 6,1111.3310 rot,816 333.9,100 fox:816 333.3690 www.bu►nsmalcom 1-07-2002 03:23 FRAW & FWW CM4 RACT mr. 573 559 4422 P.02/03 FUNK & FUNK W mta�prd.,s0.ae«n�r M>ty 8,20(Y1 Tw, Btmm&McDonnell 9400 Ward Pnrktray Kttu=City, MO 64141 Attu: Stew Yanker Vin Fax: 816.882-3414 Re: Algoa Renal Wastewater Facilities Projc t No. 31051.0302 1 Mr.YonktT, Please sce refereuce Listed and unit price. 1. VA/UNIC Research rapansicw VA"ect#543-206 T-iaury S.Trwnnn M.W.10031 Vclesa.V 110.1 its3.l Cc�l:arnbia,.D�.o. , t"alms 4Iw.h.fcD43n(4( rIC7Ylr'�1 Vii, `'rills �yc 1'.�:. 1630 BkF St.... xmli•,AAa (`0131 31.1.8?1-901{a Vi).?iniu fAvenl lr.Pai.44b*-Stmm Y..�tes, 11.rnjtXt A 101801 Vuivenity of Missomi-Colombia, Mo. XogLTS-SCJJB d&E-41xxxillg Co. 8712 MAmbs-slet Road SL 41uiy, Mo. 631-V, T�1tri:�opFut L nartL 311.96.1-4353 .3. 1fn11 C:'J r E:owu 1NMm) l ai.(r: USA Fro6ed- tll:rrr O"11r WI>,itius3-T!U�tu C:osar,�.ac�.vi�'.:ulnhany ' 300 Enst luylm Road Baltimore,TVID )1281; L.ttwartl SchlonubAck 414-337-2-327 w�p:landlJac�tixtutlrl.oet iY-07-2002 03:23 FR" $, PF`fl" CC kMCT I N0 573 GS9 4422 P.0/03 TWFWKJl FRANK i®►' 4: Wear Povudw Comm Frtcay Expansion City of kffer xt Goodwin Aron, CanAruc6ou P.Oiuou 110 Crystal City,Mo, 63019 Larry Goodwin 636.931-6084 5. Agriadmw Lab.-CeMW Lab laVAC F.tsnorvato Rpcma 24W Pr*d# loo951 U:niva:�ity ofd-C.olutrtbia ltm Batu=W of Tvrsa=4 Ina 6 South Old Orchard Aveole , WebsW Grovcs,W. 63119 Willimn kl,.Ovauil-g a 1'E 314-9184383 AWc qXe Pay LeVh-Pilcm Unit Price 535.00 If ydu have any gm%6u Please call 573-635-4481. { Yot4 Ilatil L,Frank Frank&Frank Con adiog Inc. , wit I&WUft*OckoLsO , t L+ TOTAL<P Q3 ,s ACQRD,. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANC aPIO D DATE 06/1UUI0 RANK-3 06/14/02 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Winter-Dent & Company HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR P.O. Box 1046 -ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW, fferson City MO 653.02-1046 one: 573-634-2122 Fax:573•-636-•7500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE kED INSIIIt!N A Continental Wes tern Group ml:.u{a It u Frank & Frank Contracting, Inc Mr. Paul Frank Ial:;Nrt!Ir ; 3632 A West Truman Blvd, ItJIM10-Pit Jefferson City MO 65109-6119 IrISUltfrt r COVERAGES _ TIIE POLICIC.S 01'IN:;IJItANCL LI;1L111S!L(IV11(AVI HIT N I;;(;UI N I(,IIIt nE;NRI U NAtA!N AIUIVI I uu IIII Hni Ir Y P. kII1H INUII;A Il'N NGTVJITII;TANNING ANY REOIIIREME"NT TFRGI OR CONNI HON OI ANY CON I ItAL I OP 01111 H UOCIIN'1 NI V11 III RI!;I'!C I it I'MIICII I fit",(AA4III WA'1! MAY 141 I;;t*,OI U(1H MAY PFRIAIN 111C INSURANCE.Afl ORDCN BY fill I UI ICII S III:,CItIHfN{(I Ir!IN I':SUlLIF t:l R1 AI! lift 1111M'; I xCl I I:;IUIJ;;Ar1U CUNNI N(ttJt.ui SUCH POLICIES AGGREGATI:I.IMII S SIIONM MAY IIAVI R(I N TO OWA 0 HY PAII1 CI AIM INSR; POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE MMIUU/VY) GATE MMIUDlYY LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY Ln!;N OCi:UHltf NI'I 2 1.000000 A X COMMEFRCIALGLNFRAI.HAIMIVY HGO14021 12/31/01 12/31/02 Ilk) NAMAGI (Any onf:la,:) 1 250000 : CLAIMS MANE X OCCUR TAT If I xP(Arty an pe,•:un' 5000 ! X. Blanket Addl Insu I9 I150x1A1 nnV INJURY 1 1000000 GI NI I?A1 AGGRar;niC s 2000000 GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PFlt PPOOW:I:; COMPIOP AGG 1 2000000 _ POI ICY PRO . IOC JLCT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY C:uhIlllNf.0 C;ING!.I.I IMI I 2 ANY AUTO eciUnn!I AIA.OWNED AUTOS HOUILY INJURY 3, SCHEOULC:N AUTOS '('`'""•rs""' HIRLD AUTOS ` Iumn.Y INJURY � NON-OWNFO AU f 0b H I2O1'FR I Y DAMAGE r- 3 GARAGE LIABILITY _•._� �------_—. .._—.____�_—..___.—__._-______—_-___..�.._._._..._____.•AUI(7 UNLY-LA A(:CIUENI 2� - ANY AUTO OIl1(V.IRAN I A ACC g AT ONI Y AGi;. s EXCESS LIABILITY InCtlOC('URItl.NC1 3 3000000 1A +X OCCUR CI AIMSbIAT,! HG01422 12/31/01 12/31/02 nr,calfr:;nu 3000000 DEDUCTIBLE ? - X REIE:NTION $ 10000 _ ` WORKERS COMPENSATION AND I ORY I I10111;;. ER EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY A HG01410 12J31/01, 12./,1/02 ! 1 tAI:IIACCIO:NI $ 1000000 r I 11151.A.`if. LAt7df'L!IYFE '31000000 ( I IAStASL POIJCYIIMN $ 1000000 i OTHER I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONSNEIIICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADUEU BY FNDORSEMErIT/SPECIAI.IrROVI510N5 RE: Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities , Project Nu, 31051-•0302, Cr_,nt.ract No.2, Wasterwater Treatment: Plant Improvements, CERTIFICATE HOLDER N ADDITIONAL INSURED;INSURER LETTER: CANCELLATION JE FFE-1 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRAT10 DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURFR WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL .1..Q_,DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO 111F CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO'THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL Jefferson City 01° IMPOSE-NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR 320 East McCarty REPRESENTATIVES. ---� _ Jefferson City MO 65101 —EPRFSENTATIVE ACORD 26-S(7/97) �c� ORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT It the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL.INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In hou of such endarsemont(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverso side of this form does not constitute a contract between the Issuing Insurer(,),authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder,nor does It affirmatively or negatively amend,extend or otter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon, } 'X—CORD 25-S(7197 ........�..__.._....�.......r......_ � ACCORD,. INSURANCE BINDER OP ID D DATE . -t 06/14/02 _ __ _ _ _ �. w THIS BINDER IS A TEMPORARY_INSURANCE CONTRACT, SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SH__OWN ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM. PRODUCER (A/CONNr E.II. 573-6'34-2122 COMPANY BINDER 54A8 573-636-7500 Continontal Westorn Group EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION nter.-Dent & Company DATE TIME DATE_ TIME , Box 1046 X AM X 1.(JIA.M fferson City MO 65102-1046 06/14/02 12 :01 1'M 08/14/02 NOON +JrL';fJlNllt N t';IS;I:/f N 10 J.XIf NN(;UVLfiAr',f IIJ 1)11,AUOVI NAMI.D COMPANY CODE; 081.424 SUB CODE: hl ft I.KI'ptlfJ 1'(U I)'Y r AGENCY DESCNIPl IOfJ OF OPEHATIUNSfVEHICLESJPROPERTY(IncluUfn(I Locntlun) __ CUSTOMER m: FRANK-3 INSURED Const-.ruct.ion operations by owner frank & City of Jefferson Frank Contracting, 3632A W Truman, 320 E McCarty JoFfor.son City, MO 65109 is responsible y for. premium and audit. Jefferson City MO 651.01 COVERAGES LIMITS TYPE OF INSURANCE COVERAGE/FORMS DEDUCTIBLE COINS% AMOUNT PROPERTY CAUSES Of I OS:, BASIC 11ROAD SI F(: GENERAL LIABILITY L 2000000 M'U OCCIINItI NCI i COMMERCIAL GI'.WRAI,l.lA01LIIY f IRI NAMAGI. Inns nrn,fife) I CLAIMS MADL OCCIOR Ml D I.Xl'(Any nn.,1).11101)) q X Owner & Contractor Prot. PI W;0NAI &AOV INILINY ? �, GrIV RAI Ac,;RrGAII i,2000000 W'1140 OAT( FOR CI AIM!;N1Af)f P!tODIW I$"t;uf,Wi0P not; T _11 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY C(J\!HINt D SItJ(:Ll.l.IM111T b ANY AL110 110111 Y INAIRY IPeI pur,nn1 I ALL OWNCDAUTOS IIODILY INAIRY'O'er f,c(ulmil) - SCI EDUI.FOAU105 PROP(RIYLWAA(,f" ? 111PEOAU-105 MLOICAt I'AfMI NI; T NON-OWNED AU rOS I'I W;r 14Al INA 114Y PRO I ^ ^ IININtiUItLDf:1OIOIi1S'1 b AUTO PHYS(CAL DAMAGE ttF.I)IR:I1111 t At(.VI 111'.)I G 0.111 1Alt l N V•1 f Il(.I I L A,..IIJA( (•A5l)VAt Of COLLISION SiAD1AM0UNt @ OTHER t I TAN CO1 (D T I(I H GARAGE LIABILITY A01( OWY IAACCIOINI S ANY AL)10 01111'( Ii IAN d)I O UNI Y (ACIIACCIOf.NI .T . ..-- . AGGPL6A11 •t, EXCESS LIABILITY __._..._.._.___._._.__....__._.._..__------ —..__._..-----___.____._—.__.�,_,__._.—___� I"ACII i i(:r,lllt(t1 N(A S UMf)NCLLA FORM ACVWF(JAT 1. I O"fIlf:R IIIAN I1 11W I LA I ORM RI Hio PA I I I OR C(AIM;;WA1l SLI T IIJS(II<I D W II N il()ff 1 " 1111 _ _. _�__...___.__._,--_______,�._—...�_.. V•1R 51 n f t J f OR r t IM141 f S "�_ WORKER'S COMPENSATION f 1 LnCI(n!.;(af)Lf11 i AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY C 1 [Wil A51" 1 f,1 MPl 0Y(r I I l 161 A! . .IUI ICY I IMII t SPECIAL 1'11 - COND1710NSI COVERAGES rnxt P,I IMA f r 11 1()I Al.1'121 f lllif.4 I NAME&ADDRESS ~~ �^ f:1UR1(;i,i;l'1 .IOIhIIUN%.I IN:itJftl O __ I(IAN rr AUTHORIZED REPRESENTArlV[Y 1 I ACORD 76-S(1/08) NOTE: IMPORTANT STATE IN.FORMA i ON REVERSE SIDE (c( 7 CORD CORPORATION 1993 SEEN INSURANCE BINDER OP D DATE A�'O �' _ 06/14/02 THIS BINDER IS A TEMPORARY INSURANCE CONTRACT,SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM. PRODUCER PHONE (A/C,No,EMI): 573-634-2122 COMPANY BINDERn 5449 573-636-7500 Continental Western Group EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION nter-Dent & Company DATE TIME DATE O. Box 1046 X Ara ; X !12.01 AM 4ifferson City MO 65102-1046 06/14/02 ].2:01. I'ro: 08/14/02 i NOON THIS HINDFR I S ISSIII L)I O f-XrfND COVERAGE IIJ(liF ABOVE NAMLL)COMPANY CODE: 081424 SUB CODE: PER EXPIRING POI ICY)r CUBTQMER ID: FRANK-3 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSrVEHICLESIPROPERTY(Including Location) INSURED Frank & Frank Contracting, Inc Builders Risk Algoa Regional. Wastewater & City of Jefferson Facility 3632 A West Truman Blvd. Jefferson City MO 65109-6119 COVERAGES LIMITS TYPE OF INSURANCE COVERAGE/FORMS DEDUCTIBLE COINS% AMOUNT PROPERTY CAIISf:S Of LOS:; IIASIC BROAD SPEC I GENERAL LIABILITY LACHOCCURRI:NCI £ COMMERCIAL CFNCRAL I.IAHILITY T IIIC DAMAGE IAny one fire) $ - CLAIMS MADE OCCUR MED FXI'(Any Orin pur;on) PERSONAL f.ADV INJURY £ G[oNf RAr AGGREGATE £ _ .-....._._.._ Rf-TRO DAl C.f OR Cl AIMS MAUI: PRODUCT S-COM11/01'AG(; $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY �- -` _ V COMI)INED SINGL E LIMIT ANY ALITO HODILY INJURY fear person) ALL OWNLD AUTOS BODILY INJURY fflw accidonl) g SCHEDULED AU 105 PROPERTY DAMAGE $ j HIRED AIJI0S Ml DICAL r'AYMF.N'IS $ NOWOWNI:D ALIIO'S PCRSONAI INJURY PRO'I a - UNINM)RI.0 MUTORIS f $ _.._... AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE DEDUCTIHlf. Al t V1 IIIGI1.S ;(,III D111 C.D VfO A,!1; AC IUAL C:ASII VAL.IIE COLLISION !;IAfIDAM0I.IN1 $ 011iL:R'THAN COL OILIER ) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY L.A ACCIDI N 1 2 ANY AUTO 0111L1t I I IAN AL110 ONLY . LA;HAC:CIDCNI $ AGGREGATE g EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCl- $ UMBRI:L LA f ORM AGGRO(�A I T 01111R DIAN LIMHHIiLI.A FOIUA RE.IRO UAII f OR CI AIId5I,W)l !AA I IN:iIiRCD RLi f fN7lON WC:;V,II110rtYIIMITS _ -. WORKER'S COMPENSATION 1 L I.ACI I ACCIDf:NI $ AND - EMPLOYER'S LIABILITf 1:I UI'.ilAM:-LA EMPLOYL L $ l:l DIM.ASE POLICY LIMIT SPECIAL $1 ,175,000 limit, special form, $500 deductible rILS $ Y CONDITIONS/ __..._._ COVERAGES IAx1S g. _... . . 1.::IINIAIEDIOTALPREMIUM $ NAME&ADDRESS �! NIORl GA41 f ADDIIIONAI,IN:,UItLD 10;5 PAYE I LOAN a !S i AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVEM-- *— --- ACORD 76-S(1198) NOTE: IMPORTANT STATE INFORMATI ON REVERSE SIDE CJ CORD CORPORATION 1983 � 35g� � l City Jefferson,of Missouri Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities Project No. 31051-0301 Contract No. 1 Collection System Project Manual 2002 26431 Bidder's Name and Address 10 M : � )Q CV nC s f 0,�L OF t...... �h DOCUMENT 00900 - ADDENDUM NO. 1: ---r, YON Issued to All Bid Document Holders of Record M E �= Date: March 1, 2002 t=_•tnosa Project Name: Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities 4.......... � Contract Name: Collection System i,J11i11rrr00%�rL�Dy Contract No.: 1 This Addendum forms a part of the Contract described above. The original Contract Documents and any prior Addenda remain in full force and effect except as modified by the following which shall take precedence over any contrary provisions in the prior documents. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS: 1. CONTRACT TIME. Paragraph 113-24. Change to read as follows: "The contract time shall be two hundred fifty (2.50) calendar days." BID FORM: 2. BID FORM PAGE. Replace "Bid Form Page," Page 1 of 1, with the attached "Bid Form Page," Pages 1 of 2 and 2 of 2. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT: • 3. Change the last sentence of Paragraph 11, Payment, to read as follows: "The total amount of this contract shall not exceed ® Dollars ($ y ), SIIbjCCI to adjustment by the unit prices shown on the Bid Form page for actual quantities constructed. p SPECIFICATIONS: 4. Pie 01 1 10-2. Paragraph 1.07: Change to read as follows: "A. Unit Price Contracts: All Work indicated on the Contract Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents shall be included in the "Unit Price Schedule" in the Agreement. A Unit Price is an amount proposed by Contractor and stated in the Agreement as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services. 13. Specific Items: Measurement and payment of specific items shall be as follows: 1. Pump Station A: The lump sum price named in the Unit Price Schedule Shall inClude all Comperrsation for all materials, equipment and other work to complete the pump station including wet well, valve vault, piping and valves, electrical, and site work as indicated and specified. 2. Pump Station 13: The lump sum price named in the Unit Price Schedule shall include all compensation for all materials, equipment and other work to complete the pump station including grinder vault, wet well, valve vault, generator, piping and valves, mechanical, electrical, and site work as indicated and specified. 3. Lagoon Outfall Structure: The lump sum price named in the Unit Price • Schedule shall include all compensation for all rrtaterialS, Cduipillent and other work to complete the lagoon outfall structure including headwall, rip rap, piping, and site work as indicated and specified. • 00900-ADD I.ALGOA.DOC 00900-1 042198 s w DOCLIMFNT 009OO - ADDT NDUM Nn. 1: continued =f. Bank Stabilization: The Unit price named in the Unit Price Schedule shall represent all compensation for furnishing and installing bank stabilization (rip rap) including gCOtcxtilC fabric, as indicated and in additional locations to those indicated on the drawings when requested by City, Payment will be made at file 11a111ed Ulllt price for the actual number of square yards o('hank stabilization placed. 5. ripe in Place: The unit prices named in the Unit Price Schedule for each pipeline shall include all labor and materials required in Connection with clearing, blasting, trenching, stockpiling, disposal of waste material, dewatering, sheeting and shoring, protection of existing facilities, borrow, installing pipe, fittings, closure;, connection to existing facilities, pipe embedment and jointing materials, sediment and erosion control, COIRILICtirlg 'ICCCI)tiIIlCC tests, IrlSta11,160rl of anti-flotation collars and hacking blocks, hackfilling, topsoililig, seeding, replacement of pavement, fences, retaining walls, etc., Clean up, and all other items incidental to the pipe and trenching and backtilling operations unICSS specifically MIMIC(] herein. Tile Contractor's attention is called to the fact that no direct payulcnt will be made for earthwork of any type cold that Stich work will be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, Payment will he for the amial number of litlear tCCI of pipe installed at the applicable unit prices uan►ed in the Schedule of Prices as measured along file horizontal center line of the pipe through all fittings, rllanholes, and between the inner wall faces of Spccull structure's to the end of each size of pipe. 6. Concrete Flicasenlrnt: The unit prices named in the Unit i'rice Schedule for reinforced concrete encascinents shall represent all compensation for furnishing and placing concrete in total encasement as indicated and in locations additional to those c(CSig1l;►led un the drawings when requested by the City. The prices lialued include additional excavation, forming, steel, concrete, finishing, curing, and all other costs in connection with placing the Concrete. Payment will he at the applicable 11111t price 101 the actual number of linear feet as pleasured On the horizontal canter line; of each sire of pipe. Cncascd. 7, Utility Casings: The Unit price's i1a111rd Ill the Limit Price SChCdLlIC for utility casings shall represent all compensation for furnishing and installing Utility casings as indicated. The unit prices dallied include all luaterials, equipment and Other work to Complete Ills utility casings. Payment will he al the applicable imil price for mobilization IIIIIS tile actual nurl►ber of linear t'CCt of utility casing installed. S. Ma111101es: The unit prices n.uned in the ()Ili( Price Schedule shall include all compensation for each manhole including Illuwrials, equipment, y excavation, colicrele, slCps, fl-Lime and cCrver, appurtenances, pipe comicctiuns, backfillinb, and testing. Payment will he Inade at the 00900-A DI)t.n l.(.r(1n,U(1(' 00900-2 • 042199 V DOCUMENT 00900 - ADDENDUM NO. 1: continued applicable unit price for each manhole, plus the actual nuiliber of linear feet of each manhole in excess of fi feet in height as measured front invert elevation to top of Manhole (frame and cover). 9. 'french Stabilization Material: The unit price named in the Unit Price Schedule for each ton of trench stabilization material shall inclur.-le all materials, equipment and other Work required in connection with the placement or blending in place with trench stabilization material as specified or indicated. Payment will be based on the tonnage of trench stabilization material placed only in areas where authorized by City and where such operations are required by reason of unsuitable materials being encountered, and will include only such material placed below the surged elevation indicated on the Contract Drawings. No payment will be made for materials equipment or other Work required to restore the trench bottom to proper elevation when over-excavated Without authority, or for stabilizing trench bottom rendered unsuitable through negligence or improper operations. The number of"tolls of trench stabilization material for which payment will be made is to be determined by means of approved truck scales or other suitable weighing devices furnished or arranged for by Contract." 5. Pa e 02301-13. Delete Paragraph 3.07. 6. Page 02445-1. Change Paragraph 1.01 to read as follows: ® 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes casing pipe, installed by directional drilling or by boring and jacking," (remainder unchans;ed). • 7. Pine 02535-4. Change Paragraph 3.07.A.2 j. to read as follows: All manholes shall be vacuum tested by the Contractor using an appropriate manhole tester and vacuum pump furnished by the Owner as follows: (1) All lift holes shall be plugged with an approved non-shrink grout. (2) Manholes are to be tested after assembly and before backfilling. No standing water shall be allowed in the manhole c.rcrrvation during the vacuum test procedure. (3) All pipes and other openings into manholes shall be plugged and securely braced to prevent displacement elf the Plugs while the vacuum is drawn, (4) Installation and operating vacuum equipment shall be in accordance with equipment specifications and instructions provided by the equipment manufacturer. (5) The test head may he placed in the cone section of'tile manhole. The frame-cone joint will be visually inspected by Owner or Engineer. (6) A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn trnd the vact.lunl pump Shut off. The time I'or the vacuum to drop to 9 inches of mercury shall be recorded. (7) Acceptance for four (4) foot diameter manholes shall be def-i►led as the time to drop 11.0111 10 Inches of mercury to 9 inches oil mercury and meet • or exceed the following: 00900-ADD t.A LGOA.DOC 00700-3 042198 P DOCUMENT 00900 - ADDENDUM NO. 1: continued Manhole Denth Tirnc to Drop 1" of Mercury 10 feet or less 60 seconds 10 feet to 15 feet 75 seconds 15 feet to 20 feet 90 seconds (H) ]fit manhole fails to test, necessary repairs shall be made with an approved non-shrink grout while the vacuum is still being drawn. Re-testing shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained." CONTRACT' DRAWINGS: 8. Drawing C6. Replace .Section B with attached Sketch SK-1 C6. 9. Drawing P2. Revise Top Elevation of MH A7 to 553.5 feet. 10. Drawing* P6. Revise Top Elevation of MI-I B2 to 565.5 feet. Revise Top Elevation of Pump Station A to 559.0 feet and Line A Inv. El. for Pump Station A to 536.8 feet. Revise "Lower Inv. El." for Pump Station A to 538.0 feet. 11. Drawing P7. Revise Top Elevation of MI-1 B2 to 565.5 feet. Revise 8" Line A -- Force Main Centerline Elevation to 562.1 feet. 12. Drawing P9. Revise Top Elevation of MI-I B2 to 565.5 feet. 13. Drawing P 10. Revise Invert Elevation of MI-I B 1 to 561.4 feet. Revise 24" Line 13 — Gravity Inv. El. for MI-I B I to 560.4 feet. 14. Drawing P13. hump Station A Wet Well includes it connection for the Command Web . Service Line as shown on drawing P6. Revise 'Title of Sectional View "National Guard Service Line Riser Drop Connection Sectional View" to "Drop Connection Sectional View". Revise Upper Invert Elevations on Sectional View to 549.5 feet (National Guard Service Line) and 54.5.2 feet (Command Web Service Line). Revise Lower Invert Elevations on Sectional View to 538.0 feet (National Guard and Command Web Service Lines). Revise Pump Station A, Section A, 12" PVC Inv. El. to 536.8 feet and Lower Drop Connection for National Guard Service Line Inv. EI. to 538.0 feet. Each Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by affixing his signature below, by noting this Addendum on his Bid Form, and by attaching this Addendum to his Bid. Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company P.O. Box 4191'73 Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6173 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The undersigned acknowledges receipt of this Addendum and the [aid submitted is in accordance with information, instructions and stipulations set forth herein. Bidder: 13 y: _-----_____---- Date: • END OF DOCUMENT 00900 00900-ADD LALGOA.DOC 00900-4 042198 r CCTY OF JEh'FERSON, MISSOURI BID FORM PAGE ALGOA REGIONAL WAS'rrWA'TER FACILITIES CONTRACT NO. l - COLLECTION SYSTEM PROJECT NO. 31051-0301 A. Bid Price: Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following prices: UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE: No, Item Unit Unit Price QUantity 'total Price 1 Pump Station A LS 1 2 Pump Station B LS 1 3 Lagoon Outfall Structure LS I " 4 Bank Stabilization SY _ 4,800 5 Pipe in Place: 5.1 Line A Gravity (12") LF 2,377 5.2 Nat. Guard Service Line (8") LF 285 5.3 Line A Force Main (8") LF 5,058 5.4 Command Web Service Line (8") LF _ 650 _ 5.5 Line B Gravity (12") LF 1,539 5.6 Line B Force Main (8") LF 1,218 5.7 Line C (12") LF _ _ 839 5.8 Line D (24") LF 400 5.9 Lagoon Outfall (15") LF 2,073 6 Concrete, Encasement: 6.1 Line A Gravity (12") LF _ 100 6.2 Line A Force Main (8") LF _ 84 6.3 Command Web Service Line (8") LF _ 48 _ 6.4 Lagoon Uutfal l (15") I_F 48 Page I o1'2 V 7 Utility Casings: 7.1 Line A Gravity (24"): 7.1.1 Mobilizations LS 2 7.1.2 Installed Casing Pipe LF 430 7.2 Line A Force Main (36"): 7.2.1 Mobilization LS 1 7.2.2 Installed Casing Pipe LF 85 8 Manholes: 8.1 4' Dia. Precast Manholes EA 27 8.2 Height in Excess of 8' LF 50 9 Trench Stabilization Material Ton 1,500 TOTAL PRICE: Dollars ($ _ ). Bidder acknowledges that quantities are not guaranteed and final payment will be based on actual quantities determined as provided in the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturers: This Bid is based upon furnishing and installing major items of Equipment and Materials bythe following manufacturers: No. Item Manufacturer 1. Submersible Pumps f 2. Sewage Grinder 3. Slide Gates 4. Flap Gate 5. DIP Pressure Pipe 6. PVC Pressure Pipe 7. PVC Gravity Pipe Page 2 of 2 0 LLJ CD CD co LLJ J C3 A! cn ui <r co z- z 0 < I-- L)J Ln V) Cf) LU 0 `z LLB Llj Ln C) C:) CN Z XN 1,7 > Lki C-) �7 < < LLJ LL- Q LLJ U) Li co J U- LLJ uJ X C) (-D 'iqu to It cooe-qe,--7o b,,P,qD-jorjstppo 'ONI 'ANVdriOD ONIU33NION3 113NNOOOrl ONV SNdnB 1002 00 1HOIdAdOO • C'ily of*Jetfcrson City, Missouri Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities Contract No. 1, Collection System ?6131 DOC'I1MU.N"1'00005 - INDF?X AND CI RTIFICATION PAGF, tiII?CIFICATION 1ND1?A DOC I MENTI NUMBER DIVISION DESCR111TION _T OF PAGES µ Advertisement for Bid through Special Provisions G4 Div, I f icneral Requirements 51 Div. "' Si►c Construction Z19 Div. 3 Concrete 8 Div. 5 4letals and klisceltancous 17 Div. 9 Finishes 6 Div. I I Equipment 15 Div. 15 Mcchanical 15 Div, 16 Electrical 56 CT-RTIF1CATION S. .• ,A'"��uunuunnru,r �N1t101100�6VOppp •,,,•••l•�A ''���,/����i ta�,t�.'A',.`�`y"�"�•M..«..ay OF M�Ss ANGEL A �`' L ;••' :��� o �� ,�Q.,,.•• .,,0" AW R 1 rm C r -20001500 73 : y�'' ,, { ., � u -�►• UMBER y�ii��� ,'•hUU�••+i�•'',•, ,`����``\ .f'n�ti'� p''+woo...w..u°opOs_R�'9�Q'"� �.��.• 1E-24537 .•�``� pROFE591q<kPv``� �0,,,�•—s_.•• nnnamminupc" / f�•� O'9pd�t+yly9UA0A�a �Q efejnFESS\ 0% D V NN A ,,�♦a�rorrrrrrr,�J� �f�• I do o. . . 5TEPHqE � aa3• ,y ,.••• .�ls' 'ii YUN �J.r1UE� o � i �•�t .•1 t N E 180, JUY •1,/1..11 `/ ,� 4 •55 •�•.!{t� � �f Z, �-it urrtutuattt�� a f f A! J F FINL N.1 00005-1 olv. ?_ e TABLE OF CONTENTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS NOTICE TO BIDDERS INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS BID FORM BID BOND ANTI-COLLUSION STATEMENT CONTRACTORS AFFIDAVIT MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE STATEMENT MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION COMMITMENT AFFIDAVIT COMPLIANCE WITH PREVAILING WAGE LAW MISSOURI WAGE DETERMINATION AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS LAW EXCESSIVE UNEMPLOYMENT EXCEPTION CERTIFICATION CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND GUARANTEE BOND GENERAL, PROVISIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION T - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 110 - Summary of Work 01320 - Project Meetings, Schedules and Reports 01325 - Construction Photographs 01330 - Submittals 01420 - Definitions and Standards 01520 - Field Offices and Sheds 01530 - Temporary Barrier and Controls 01560 - Temporary Utilities and Facilities 01600 - Equipment and Materials 01631 - Substitutions 01750 - Manufacturer's Field Services 01780 - Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02301 - Site Preparation and Earthwork 02445 - Utility Casings 02510 - Pressure Pipe 02515 - Utility Valves and Accessories 02530 - Gravity Pipe 02532 - Utility Structures 02535 - Pipe Installation 02732 - Crushed Aggregate Surfacing 02820 - Chain Link Fences and Gates 02920 - Lawns DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE t` 03050 - Concrete �1 JEFTC.1 TC-I DIVISION 4 - UNASSIGNED DIVISION 5 - METALS AND MISCELLANEOUS 05120 - Steel 05500 •• Aluminum DIVISIONS 6 THROUGH 8 - UNASSIGNED DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09900 - Protective Coatings DIVISION 10 - UNASSIGNED DIVISION 1 1 - EQUIPMENT 11080 - Submersible Wastewater Pumps I i 100 - Sewage Grinder 1 1150 - Slide Gates DIVISIONS 12 THROUGH 14 - UNASSIGNED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 - General Requirements 15150 - Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15430 - Plumbing Specialties 15810 - Ducts and Accessories DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 - General Requirements 16111 - Conduit, Fittings and Accessories 16120 - Wire, Cable and Accessories 16150 - Motors and Accessories 16180 - Starters, Contactors, Relays, Switches, Circuit Breakers and Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors 16450 - Grounding 16500 - Lighting Devices, Switches and Receptacles 16620 - Emergency Power Generator 16900 - General Requirements- Instruments and Controls 16901 - Control Panels - Instruments and Controls 16950 - Field Testing TC-2 JEFTC.1 �� 82 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received at the office of the Purchasing Agent, 320 East McCarty 84 Street, Jefferson City, Missouri 65101 , until 1:30 p.m., on March 8, 2002. The bids 35 will be opened and read aloud in the Council Chambers at 1:30 p.m. on that same day. 36 The proposed work for the project entitled "Project No. 31051-0301, Collection 17 System" will include the furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment to construct JA gravity sewers, two pump stations, a grinder vault, two force mains and other necessary 3.9 appurtenances for a central wastewater collection system for the Algoa Regional 40 Wastewater Facilities. ,f A pre-bid conference will be held at 10:00 a.m., on February 21, 2002 in the large 42 conference room of City Hall, 320 E, McCarty Street, Jefferson City, MO 65101. All prospective bidders are urged to attend. .. Copies of the contract documents required for bidding purposes may be obtained from 45 Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company, 9400 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri 45 64141 (816-822-3800). A non-refundable deposit of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) 41 will be required for each set of plans and specifications. Individual full size sheets of 48 the plans may be obtained for Three Dollars ($3.00) per sheet. 49 The contract will require compliance with the wage and labor requirements and the 50 payment of minimum wages in accordance with the Schedule of Wage Rates 51 established by the Missouri Division of Labor Standards. 51 The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities therein, 5.1 to determine which is the lowest and best bid and to approve the bond. 54 CITY OF JEFFERSON 55 Terry Stephenson 56 Purchasing Agent 57 Publication Dates: _ AMEFF.001 February. 6,2002 V 66 NOTICE TO BIDDERS S9 Sealed bids will be received at the Office of the Purchasing Agent, City Hall, 320 East 60 McCarty Street, Jefferson City, Missouri, until 1:30 p.m. on March 8, 2002. The bids of will be opened and read aloud in the Council Chambers at 1:30 p.m. on that same day. 6.1 The proposed work for the project entitled "Project No. 31051-0301, Collection 611 System" will include the furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment to construct 64 gravity sewers, two pump stations, a grinder vault, two force mains and other necessary 66 appurtenances for a central wastewater collection system for the Algoa Regional 60 Wastewater Facilities. 67 A pre-bid conference will be held at 10:00 a.m., on February 21, 2002 in the large 66 coference room of City Hall, 320 E. McCarty Street, Jefferson City, MO 65101. All 69 prospective bidders are urged to attend. 70 All equipment, material, and workmanship must be in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents on file with the Director of Public Works, 77 Jefferson City, Missouri. -• » Copies of the contract documents required for bidding purposes may be obtained from 74 the Director of Public Works, 320 East McCarty Street, Jefferson City, Missouri. A non- is refundable deposit of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) will be required for each set of 76 plans and specifications. Individual full size sheets of the plans may be obtained for Three Dollars ($3.00) per sheet. 76 A certified check on a solvent bank or a bid bond by a satisfactory surety in an amount 79 equal to five (5) percent of the total amount of the bid must accompany each proposal. 60 A one-year Performance and Guarantee Bond is required. at The owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive informalities therein 62 to determine which is the lowest and best bid and to approve the bond. 19.1 CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI 61 Martin A. Brose, PE 6S Director of Public Works -/ AAJEFF.001 February 6,2002 A, INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 9 iB-1 SCOPE OF WORK 139 The work to be done under this contract includes the furnishing of all technical personnel, labor, 90 materials, and equipment required to perform the work included in the project entitled "Project 91 No. 31051-0301, Collection System" in accordance with the plans and specifications on file 9: with the Department of Public Works. The proposed work for this project will include the 91 furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment to construct gravity sewers, two pump 94 stations, a grinder vault, two force mains and other necessary appurtenances for a 95 central wastewater collection system for the Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities. x I13-2 INSPECTION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE OF WORK 97 The bidder is required to examine carefully the site of the proposed work, the bid, plans, 99 specifications, supplemental specifications, special provisions, and contract documents before 99 submitting a bid. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of the obligation to furnish 100 all materials and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the contract. fill 1113-3 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 102 If the bidder has any questions which arise concerning the true meaning or intent of the Plans, 109 Specifications or any part thereof, which affect the cost, quality, quantity, or character of the 104 project, he shall request in writing to the Purchasing Agent, City of Jefferson, 320 East McCarty 105 Street, Jefferson City, MO 65101, at least five (5) days prior to the date fixed for the bid 100 opening, that an interpretation be made and an addendum be issued by the City, which shall �d 107 then be delivered to all bidders to whom Plans and Specifications have been issued. All ,0e addenda issued shall become part of the contract documents. Failure to have requested an 109 addendum covering any questions affecting the interpretation of the Plans and Specifications ,i0 shall not relieve the Contractor from delivering the completed project in accordance with the intent of the Plans and Specifications to provide a workable project. I13-4 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS , The City of Jefferson may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the 114 ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to the City all such fill information and data for this purpose as the City may request. The City reserves the right to ..0 reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation of such bidder fails to satisfy the City that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract 9 and to complete the work contemplated therein. 119 I13-5 EQUIVALENT MATERIAL IX Wherever definite reference is made it) these Specifications to the use of any particular material or equipment, it is to be understood that any equivalent material or equipment may be used which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the general design, subject to the approval of the Engineer as specified in Division 1, General Requirements. A:IJEFF.COI October 2,2001 M 124 IB-6 BID $ECURIT� 125 Each bid must be accompanied by a certified check or bid bond made payable to the City of M Jefferson for five percent (5%) of the amount of the bid. Bid securities will be returned after 07 award of the contract except to the successful bidder. 126 Should the successful bidder fail or refuse to execute the bond and the contract required within 129 seven (7) days after he has received notice of acceptance of his bid, he shall forfeit to the City 130 as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. 131 I13-7 PREPARATION OF BIDS 132 Bids must be made upon the prescribed forms attached in these Contract Documents. Only 133 sealed bids will be considered, all bids otherwise submitted will be rejected as irregular. 134 All blank spaces in the bid must be filled in and no change shall be made in the phraseology of 135 the bid, or addition to the items mentioned therein. Any conditions, limitations or provisions 136 attached to bids will render them informal and may be considered cause for their rejection. 131 Extensions of quantities and unit prices shall be carried out to the penny. 136 I13-8 PRICES 139 The price submitted for each item of the work shall include all costs of whatever nature involved .., 140 in its construction, complete in place, as described in the Plans and Specifications. 141 Section 144,062 RSMo provides that the City's sales tax exemption may be used for the 142 purchase of goods and materials for this project, The contract for the project will authorize and 143 direct the Contractor to utilize the City's sales tax exemption in the purchase of goods and ° 144 materials for the project. This provision shall apply to only those purchases totaling over $500 145 from an individual supplier. 146 All sales taxes on those items which do not qualify for the use of the City's sales tax exemption 147 and for which sales tax might lawfully be assessed against the City are to be paid by the 146 Contractor from the monies obtained in satisfaction of the Contract. It being understood by the 149 bidder, that the bid prices submitted for those items shall include the cost of such taxes. 15o IB-9 APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES 151 In cases where any part or all of the bidding is to be received on a unit price basis, the quantities 152 stated in the bid will not be used in establishing final payment due the successful Contractor. 153 The quantities stated on which unit prices are so invited are approximate only and each bidder 154 shall make his own estimate from the plans of the quantities required on each item and calculate 155 his unit price bid for each item accordingly. Bids will be compared on the basis of number of 156 units stated in the bid. Such estimated quantities, while made from the best information 152 available, are approximate only. Payment of the Contract will be based on actual number of 156 units installed on the complete work. A:WEFF.001 July 19,2001 w ,so ICS-10 LUMP SUM ITEMS 160 Payment for each lump sum item shall be at the lump sum bid for the item, complete in place, tat and shall include the costs of all labor, materials, tools and equipment to construct the item as 187 described herein and to the limits shown on the Plans. M IB-11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS tat The Bid and the Bid Security guaranteeing the same shall be placed in a sealed envelope and tas marked "Project No. 31051-0301, Collection System". tae IB-12 ALTERNATE BIDS 187 In making the award, if alternate bids have been requested, the alternate bid which will be in the ,all best interest of the City will be used. tag IB-13 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 170 If a bidder wishes to withdraw his bid, he may do so before the time fixed for the opening, ,7t without prejudice to himself. No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of ninety (90) days 172 after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of bids. 173 No bids received after the time set for opening for bids will be considered. 174 IB-14 RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS ® ,7s The City reserve the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any informality in the bids received, 176 or to accept the bid or bids that in its judgement will be in the best interests of the City of 177 Jefferson. 178 IB-16 AWARD OF CONTRACT ,7G If, within seven (7) days after he has received notice of acceptance of his bid, the successful tan bidder or bidders shall refuse or neglect to come to the office of the Director of Public Works and tot to execute the Contract and to furnish the required Performance and Payment Bonds and ta? Insurance, properly signed by the Contractor and the Surety and Sureties satisfactory to the City tai of Jefferson as hereinafter provided, the bidder or bidders shall be deemed to be in default and 184 shall forfeit the deposit. . ,es IB-16 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND ,all A Performance and Payment Band in an amount equivalent to one hundred percent (100%) of 107 the Contract price, must be furnished and executed by the successful bidder or bidders. A form tall for the bidders use is contained in these Contract Documents. too The issuing Surety shall be a corporate Surety Company or companies of recognized standing too licensed to do business in the State of (Missouri and acceptable to the City of Jefferson. AAJEFF.001 July 19, 2001 4b a tot IB-17 INDC VINIFICATION AND INSURANCE 192 The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the City from all claims and suits for loss 193 of or damage to property, including loss of all judgments recovered therefore, and from all 194 expense in defending said claims, or suits, including court costs, attorney fees and other toy expense caused by any act or omission of the Contractor and/or his Subcontractors, their 106 respective agents, servants or employees. 197 The Contractor shall be required to provide the City of Jefferson with a Certificate of Insurance 106 outlining the coverage provided. too IB-18 BID SECURITY RETURNED TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER 200 Upon the execution of the Contract and approval of Bond, the Bid Security will be returned to 201 the bidder unless the same shall have been presented for collection prior to such time, in which 202 case the amount of the deposit will be refunded by the City. 207 IB-19 NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT 204 Contracts for work under this bid will obligate the Contractor and sUbcontractors not to 205 discriminate in employment practices. 206 IB-20 PREVAILING WAGE LAW �H 207 The principal contractor and all subcontractors shall pay not less than the prevailing wage hourly 206 rate for each craft or type of workman required to execute this contract as determined by the 209 Department of Labor and Industrial Relations of Missouri, pursuant to Sections 290.210 through 210 290.340 inclusive of the Revised Statutes of Missouri, 1994 as amended, (See Determination A 211 included herewith.) 2112 IB-21 GUARANTEE 213 The Contractor shall guarantee that the equipment, materials and workmanship furnished under 214 this contract will be as specified and will be free from defects for a period of one year from the 215 date of final acceptance. In aadition, the equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be 216 guaranteed to be free from defects in design. 212 Within the guarantee period and upon notification of the Contractor by the City, the Contractor 216 shall promptly make all needed adjustments, repairs or replacements arising out of defects 219 which, in the judgment of the City become necessary during such period. 220 The cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special tools, and supplies 221 required for replacement of parts, repair of parts or correction of abnormalities shall be paid by 222 the Contractor or by his surety under the terms of the Bond. 223 The Contractor also extends the terms of this guarantee to cover repaired parts and all 224 replacement parts furnished under the guarantee provisions for a period of one year from the 225 date of installation thereof. 226 If within ten days after the City gives the Contractor notice of defect, failure, or abnormality of AAJEFF.CO1 July 18. 2001 e 222 the work, the Contractor neglects to make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the zee necessary repairs or adjustments, the City is hereby authorized to make the repairs or 229 adjustments itself or order the work to be done by a third party, the costs of the work to be paid 2JU by the Contractor. 231 In the event of an emergency where, in the judgment of the City delays would cause serious loss 222 or damage, repairs or adjustments may be made by the City or a third party chosen by the City 273 without giving notice to the Contractor, and the cost of the work shall be paid by the Contractor 234 or by his surety under the terms of the Bond. 235 IB-22 NOTICE TO PROCEED 220 A written notice to begin construction work will be given to the Contractor by the City of Jefferson 2]2 within ten (10) days after the Contract is approved by the City Council. The time for completion 230 of the project shall begin to run on the date established in this notice. 279 IB-23 WORK SCHEDULE 240 To insure that the work will proceed continuously through the succeeding operations to its 241 completion with the least possible interference to traffic and inconvenience to the public, the 242 Contractor shall, at the request of the City, submit for approval a complete schedule of his 243 proposed construction procedure, stating the sequence in which various operations of work are 244 to be performed. ® 246 IB-24 CONTRACT TIME 216 The contract time shall be two hundred (200) working days. 241 IB-26 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 240 Liquidated damages shall be assessed at the rate of$1,000 per calendar day until the work is 249 complete, should the project not be completed within the contract time. 260 IB-26 POWER OF ATTORNEY 251 Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and 262 effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. 253 IB-27 BID PACKET 254 Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed forms and contain certain certifications and 266 documentation. 256 Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, 252 the bidder's address, and the name of the project for which the bid is being submitted. If 250 forwarded by mail,the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope 259 addressed as follows: AAJEFF.CQ1 July 19, 2001 `9 � Purchasing Agent 261 City of Jefferson, MO. ,262 320 E. McCarty Street . Lei - Jefferson City, MO 65101 26, For the convenience of bidding this project, a "BID PACKET" has been included with the project gas manual. This packet contains the necessary forms to be submitted with the laid proposal. The tee contents of this packet include the following: 267 1) BID FORM 266 2) BID BOND 260 3) ANTI-COLLUSION STATEMENT 270 4) CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT 271 5) MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION COMMITMENT 272 277 END OF INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS A:WEFF,C01 July 19,2001 v ' ' r �e BID-FORM 0 ,to Name of , r�-'' rye Bidder. < '/ � �w _ 1.�t3 `� �' Q!?, project ,al. The Address of Bidder (Z .1��T_ trr t7e To: CITY OF JEFFERSON rrr 320 East McCarty Street 260 Jefferson City, Missouri 65101 )er THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, having examined the plans, specifications, regulations rer of the Contract, Special Conditions, other proposed contract documents and all re, addenda thereto; and being acquainted with and fully understanding (a) the extend and ree character of the work covered by this Bid; (b) the location, arrangement, and specified res requirements for the proposed work; (c) the location, character, and condition of rea existing streets, roads, highways, railroads, pavements, surfacing, walks, driveways, rer curbs, gutters, trees, sewers, utilities, drainage courses, structures, and other ree installations, both surface and underground which may affect or be affected by the ree proposed work; (d) the nature and extent of the excavations to be made and the type, roc character, and general condition of materials to be excavated; (e) the necessary reI handling and rehandling of excavated materials; (f) the location and extent of necessary 20: or probable dewatering requirements; (g) the difficulties and hazards to the work which ror might be caused by storm and flood water; (h) local conditions relative to labor, ra transportation, hauling, and rail delivery facilities; and (i) all other factors and conditions ns affecting or which may be affected by the work. IN HEREBY PROPOSED to furnish all required materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and ror plant; to perform all necessary labor and supervision; and to construct, install, erect, no and complete all work stipulated, required by, and in accordance with the proposed 2" contract documents and the drawings, specifications, and other documents referred to .,0 therein (as altered, amended, or modified by addenda) in the manner and time 301 prescribed and that he will accept in full payment sums determined by applying to the 3302 quantities of the following items, the following unit prices and/or any lump sum 701 payments provided, plus or minus any special payments and adjustments provided in the specifications and he understands that the estimated quantities herein given are not guaranteed to be the exact or total quantities required for the completion of the work shown on the drawings and described in the specifications, and that increases or ar decreases may be made over or under the Contract estimated quantities to provide for needs that are determined during progress of the work and that prices bid shall apply to such increased or decreased quantities as follows: 9,2 AAJEFF COI July 19, 2001 w CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI BID FORM PAGE ALGOA REGIONAL WASTEWATER FACILITIES CONTRACT NO. I - COLLECTION SYSTEM PROJECT NO. 31051-0301 A. Bid Price: Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following prices: UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE: No. Item Unit Unit Price Ouantitv Total Price 1 Pump Station A LS 172loxw 1 _ 1 7��C00. OCR 2 Pump Station B I,S ZZ014M, 1 X20,ono .co 3 Lagoon Outfall Structure LS _ 1 CC 1 4 Bank Stabilization SY 36 4,800 (-0.O�) 5 Pipe in Place: 5.1 Line A Gravity (12") LF 7• C?D 2,377 _1_? QA!7.Q0 5.2 Nat. Guard Service Line (8") LI7 [,0�> 285 � , ", on 5.3 Line A Force Main (8") LF 21� _ 5,058 I l SQS .oo 5.4 Command Web Service Line (8") LF 35 .Gp7 650 5.5 Line B Gravity (12") LF 2_(d.0 b 1,539 _qC) , , co 5.6 Line B Force Main (8") LF 2 a, 1,218 _ �,2, cj�? 5.7 Line C (12") LF `?=, np 839 f', J`7, od 5.8 Line D (24") LF 400 P 1 Rno,(::0_ 5.9 Lagoon Outfall (15") LF ,CZ 2,073 [ 1 911 f(e)1 ,00 6 Concrete Encasement: 6.1 Line A Gravity (12") L.F .co 100 6.2 Line A Force Main (8") LI _?�� 84 _ ��� ?Q�.c1> _ 6.3 Command Web Service Line (8") LF �",(� 48 ,E � Co 6.4 Lagoon Outfall (15") LF 48 Page 1 of') 7 Utility Casings: 7.1 Line A Gravity (24"): 7.1.1 Mobilizations LS jC4 ,0o 27 _ p 7.1.2 Installed Casing Pipe LF �sC73.GU 430 Zqn o_ 7.2 Line A Force Main (36"): 7.2.1 Mobilization LS ,cito.co 1 OOa .ao 7.2.2 Installed Casing Pipe LF 227b Gb 85 2_q 8 Manholes: 8.1 4' Dia. Precast Manholes EA J44QQ, DO 27 37.4 Se--D.00 8.2 Height in Excess of 8' LF j 1p.co 50 -.5`ny.go 9 Trench Stabilization Material Ton Z2.02) 1,500 33 cn�s tom_ TOTAL PRICE: N�YZ�T'f- �iQT4�SEU ( A-Nn L4�Dollars ($S!3 Bidder acknowledges that quantities are not guaranteed and final payment will be based on actual quantities determined as provided in the Contract Documents, B. Manufacturers: This Bid is based upon furnishing and installing major items of Equipment and Materials by'the ® following manufacturers: No. Item Manufacturer 1. Submersible PumpsL 2. Sewage Grinder MoYND 3. Slide Gates 4. Flap Gate S. DIP Pressure Pipe U,5_RIVE 6. PVC Pressure Pipe �Q�(iAlr1'1, � 7. PVC Gravity Pipe WQ QrM'cr�" 1 Page 2 of 2 ,►, SUBCONTRACTORS If the Bidder intends to use any subcontractors in the course of the construction, lie shall list therm_ Main CDn5+(uC-6r► ) -Bc)rinn Cui+raC�vr TIME OF COMPLETION The undersigned hereby agrees to complete the project within two hundred fifty (250) „p calendar days, subject to the stipulations of the regulations of the Contract and the Special Provisions. It is understood and agreed that if this bid is accepted, the prices quoted above include all applicable state taxes and that said taxes shall be paid by the Contractor. „ The undersigned, as Bidder, hereby declares that the only persons or firms interested W4 in the bid as principal or principals is or are named herein and that no other persons or us firms than herein mentioned have any interest in this bid or in the Contract to be entered into; and this bid is made without connection with any other person, company, 327 or parties making a bid; and that it is in all respects fair and in good faith, without collusion or fraud. The undersigned agrees that the accompanying bid deposit shall become the property of the Owner, should he fail or refuse to execute the Contract or furnish Bond as called � for in the specifications within the time provided. If written notice of the acceptance of this bid is mailed, telegraphed, or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) days after the date of opening of bids, or any time �. thereafter before this bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days after us the date of such mailing, telegraphing, or delivering of such notice, execute and deliver 3W a Contract in the form of Contract attached. A;UEFF.Cot February 7,2002 The undersigned hereby designates as his office to which such notice of acceptance may be mailed, telegraphed or delivered: It is understood and agreed that this bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the scheduled time for the opening of bids or any authorized postponement thereof, Attached hereto is a Bid Bond for the sum of 5°o of iC ($_ ) Dollars (cashier's check), make payable to the City of Jefferson. Signature of Bidder: If an individual, _ , doing business as_ If a partnership, , member of firm. by If corporation, � ►' RU �_-� Ere iCVM, _IY)C• � by C k Title 'Re-sidenl SEAL Business Address of Bidder Jr' I! C�a�{eu�V_�/. _ If Bidder is a corporation, supply the following information: State in which incorporated or-( Name and Address of its: President) �(,(50n L;4-q� M U Secretary 6 KIL 110-- Date Marry, F, G ocp- r A:QEFF.CO1 July 19, 2001 � l.i• .fr ANTI-COLLUSION STATEMENT AV STATE OF ) COUNTY OF being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is ?1?5id:22i of TITLE OF PERSON SIGNING .� _ �gkf1ir7a Y(Q 402 y / rs°r4o,12,, .fix. NAME OF BIDDER that all statements made and facts set out in the bid for the above project are true and Of correct; and that the bidder (the person, firm, association, or corporation making said 417 bid) has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any 413 collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in 04 connection with such bid of any contract which result from its acceptance. 41S Affiant further certifies that bidder is not financially interested in, or financially affiliated 416 with, any other bidder for the above project, III 4 17 (BY) i�, C l A 416 (BY) 419 Sworn to before me this -day of . _, 2002 ( _ ? NOTARY PUBLIC TANYA RAE HOLT Notary Public - Notary Seal STATE OF MISSOURI u My commission expires: County of Cole —Nty-C-ommtssron->✓�pttes-Mefeh39��E}�---- A;UEFF.001 February 7,2002 CONTRAME5 AFFIDAVIT This affidavit is hereby made a part of the Bid, and an executed copy thereof shall „w accompany each Bid submitted. STATE OF / . ) COUNTY OF The undersigned, a h ,,, of lawful age, being? first duly sworn states upon oath that he is q, /PSIG� i' of 417 .N the contractor submitting the attached bid, that he knows of his own knowledge and .» states it to be a fact that neither said bid nor the computation upon which it is based .„ include any amount of monies, estimate or allowance representing wages, moneys or 177 expenses, however designated, proposed to be paid to persons who are not required .„ to furnish material or actually perform services upon or as a part of the proposed IN project. A , Ho r- AFFIANT "2 Subscribed and sworn to before me, a Notary Public, in and for the County and State aforesaid, this day of`�y��h �k ' 2009 _ H, ( / NS ,NOTARY PUBLIC TANYA RA f= HOLT 'N '� Notary PLIhhc , Nnf(-1ry Seal Ccur!y of Cole My Commission Expires: My Cr rt,,,g,r,�;; ., A:WEFF.00`l July 19, 2001 OIL w f. w The bidder must indicate the Minority Business Enterprise(s) proposted for utilization as part of this contract as follows: F Name and Addresses Nature of Dollar Value of ? of Minari y Firms P@rticipation Participation klwe2l- , )t p1no -1 y�.a, :,"fl61 moo_ ;t Total Bid Amount: s 3-52 ,2&-) Total: /60,000-0 a— i Percentage of Minority Enterprise Participation:_ % C. The bidder agrees to certify that the minority firm(s) engaged to provide materials or services in the completion of this project: (a) is a bona fide Minority th Business Enterprise; and (b) has executed a binding contract to provide specific materials or services for a specific dollar amount. r,s► A roster of bona fide Minority Business Enterprise firms will be furnished by the City of Jefferson. The bidder will provide written notice to the Liaison Officer of ® the City of Jefferson indicating the Minority Business Enterprise(s) it intends to use in conjunction with this contract. This written notice is due five days after notification to the lowest bidder. Certification that the Minority Business Enterprise(s) has executed a binding contract with the bidder for materials or services should be provided to the MBE Coordinator at the time the bidder's contract is submitted to the MBE Coordinator. Breach of this commitment constitutes a breach of the bidder's contract, if awarded. D. The undersigned hereby certified that he or she has read the terms of this commitment and is authorized to bind the bidder to the commitment herein set forth. y NAME OF AUORIZED OFFICER DATE I I, _— C SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER A:VEFF.001 July 19. 2001 w ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bard KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we STERLING EXCAVATION& ERECTION, INC. 511 Gateway Were insert lull name and address nr legal i,11# ul Conuauorl Jefferson City MO 65109 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA SAFECO Plaza flere insert lull name and address or legal hale of Suretyl Seattle WA 98185 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of WA as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CFTYOF JEFFERSON CfTY, -Here insert full name and address or lesal title of Owner) 320 East McCarty Street,Jefferson City.MO 65101 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Five percent of amoflnl bid.Dollars ($5%of Amount Bid ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for (llere mtrrf lull name,address and drsugnrun of protect) Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities Contract No. 1 - Collection System, Jefferson City, Missouri NOW, THEREFORE, it the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid,and give such bond or bonds as mast be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished In the prosecution thereof, or to the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified to said bid and such larger+mount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with anotheir party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwr5e to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 8th day of March 2002 STERLING EXCAVATION & ERECTION INC. . (Pnncrp+!) (Sea/) (Title)T SAFECO IN,tJ ANCE CO 'ANY OF AMERICA ( re ! I /seal) (Witness) _ Sue (Tide) Attorney-in-Fact AIA DOCUMENT All$• BID BOND•AIA fill FEBRUARY 1970 f0- fit( AMERICAN INSTITUTE of ARCHITECTS, 1715 N.Y AVE, N W., WASHINGroN, 0 C :ootXa h S A F E C �� POWER GENE O INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA .. !• OF ATTORNEY HOME OFFICE, SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98155 No 752 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS; That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,each a Washington corporation,does each hereby appoint ••••••••••SUE CAMARILLO:Kansas City,Missouri;110NDA LINZF,;Blue 51xmgs,Mtssoun;ROOrR FEASTER;DALE:A.GEBAUER;Lee's Surmtit,Missouri;JANICE A. Sf ARKE;Prairie Village,K.ttws;ST iVIIN.1.LANOL;Lrawfxxi K.uKU'••••••,•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• its true and lawful altoin"s)-in-fad, with full auttionty, to execdo on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakincjs and other documents of a stmitar character Issued in the course of its business,and to bind(tie respective company It-,(eby IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this )th.__ dayof Much WJ` 1001 R.A.PIERSON,SECRETARY _ MIKE M GAVICK,PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract frorm the 8y-laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Artice V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS .. the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surely operations,shad each have authority to appoint individuals as atlomoys•in-fad or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar rhancter issued by the company in the course of its business...On any Instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimife. On any instrument conferring such auftnty or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seat,or a facsimile thereof,may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced;provided,hcAwver,that the seal shall not rr be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking" ® Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL.INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA nd'opted July 28. 1970. "On any certificate executer)by Ile Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (1) The provisions of Article V,Section 13 of the By-Laws,and Ih (il) A copy of tho power-of-attorn ey appointment,exccut(ld put,It art thon:to,and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-altomuy appornUmrnl is in full forco and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimilo,;had tho seal of the Company may bo it fac:simdo teero(" 1,R.A.Pierson,Secxalary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of it Ro olution of the Board of Director!;of these corporations,and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto,are true and correct,and that Loth the By-Laws,the Ros+:lotion and tho Paver of Altornoy mo still in full Woo and effect IN WITNESS WHEREOF,Ih ave hereunto sot my hand nruJ,tlrrxcxf Uw faa,unife Scat of Saxl corporation the: j' f lay of y (�•� �� !vD n �I,Cf COApq E co Z �? COFMTE y SEAL a SEAL. ` J�fF 1953 L� In's 1 i��G� 0(Yf15't� R.A.PIERSON,SECRETARY 0 S•0974113AEF 7101 X)A ruyt5lefed If ddeittafk Of SAFECO Corporation 319101 POF 0 J66 BID 5-QNQ gee KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the 767 undersigned,._____-_ __ _ _ as Principal, 1511 and �' as Surety, are hereby held and firmly 369 bound unto the CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI , as owner, in the penal sum 370 of forthe payment of which,well and truly 371 to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, V2 successors and assigns, this day of , 20, 777 The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted 774 to the CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI a certain Bid, attached hereto and hereby made a part 716 hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the project entitled: 316 "Project No. 31051-0301, Collection System" »> NOW, THEREFORE, lle (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, 719 (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a 706 contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in ae, accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance 7809 of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing 3 3 materials in connection therewith, shall in all other respects perform the 364 agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, 366 then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being ]116 expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder 311? shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. aee The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said UP Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by the extension of the time within 990 which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such 391 extension. 79: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands 393 and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto 394 affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth 796 above. 796 _(L.S.) 397 Principal 796 SEAL 799 460 By: 4" A\.JEFF.CO1 July 19. 2001 .�j a 401 ANTI-COLLUSION STATEMENT 402 STATE OF IOJ . COUNTY OF 409 being first .a duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of 407 TITLE OF PERSON SIGNING 409 NAME OF BIDDER +10 that all statements made and facts set out in the bid for the above project are true and <„ correct; and that the bidder (the person, firm, association, or corporation making said 4 1 bid) has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any 417 collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in 414 connection with such bid of any contract which result from its acceptance. 415 Affiant further certifies that bidder is not financially interested in, or financially affiliated 1 16 with, any other bidder for the above project. . (BY) (BY) __�____ 09 Sworn to before me this —_day of .�., 2002 4,V NOTARY PUBLIC ..� My commission expires; A:UEFF.001 February 7,2002 s 414 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT 110 This affidavit is hereby made a part of the Bid, and an executed copy thereof shall 116 accompany each Bid submitted. 111 STATE OF ) 110 ) 119 COUNTY OF ) 430 The undersigned, 431 of lawful age, being first duly sworn states upon oath that he is 191 of 137 171 the contractor submitting the attached bid, that he knows of his own knowledge and 176 states it to be a fact that neither said bid nor the computation upon which it is based 436 include any amount of monies, estimate or allowance representing wages, moneys or 437 expenses, however designated, proposed to be paid to persons who are not required . > 176 to furnish material or actually perform services upon or as a part of the proposed 179 project. 110 441 AFFIANT 111 Subscribed and sworn to before me, a Notary Public, in and for the County and State 119 aforesaid, this __ day of , 20_, 111 116 NOTARY PUBLIC 116 My Commission Expires: AAJEFF.001 July 19,2001 v 447 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE STATEMENT 4111 Contractors bidding on City contracts shall take the following affirmative steps to assure 449 that small, women owned, and minority business are utilized when possible as sources .SO of suppliers, services, and construction items. 451 1. Contractors will submit the names and other information if any, about their MBE 4V sub-contractors along with their bid submissions. 457 2. Sufficient and reasonable efforts will be made to use qualified MBE sub- 454 contractors when possible on City contracts. 455 3. Qualified small, women owned, and minority business will be included on 455 solicitation lists as sub-contractors for City supplies, services, and construction. 457 4. Qualified small, women owned, and minority business will be solicited 45e whenever they are potential sources. 459 5. When economically feasible, Contractors will divide total requirements into r .Jp smaller tasks or quantities so as to permit maximum small, women owned, and .6f minority business participation. 462 6. Where the requirement permits, Contractor will establish delivery schedules 467 which will encourage participation by small, women owned and minority 464 businesses. 465 7. Contractor will use the services and assistance of the Small Business 466 Administration, the Office of Minority Business Enterprise, and the Community 467 Services Administration. 466 S. Forms for determining Minority Business Enterprise eligibility may be obtained 469 from Purchasing. A;UEFF.001 October 3,2001 470 MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION CQMMLTiVIENT 471 A. The bidder agrees to expend at least two (2) % of the contract, if awarded, for 4.'T Minority Business Enterprise (MBE). For purposes of this commitment, the term 413 "Minority Business Enterprise" shall mean a business: 414 1 Which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more minorities or women, 475 or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the 47E stock of which is owned by one or more minorities or women; and 471 2. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one 410 or more such individuals. 479 "Minority Group Member" or "Minority" means a person who is a citizen or lawful 400 permanent resident of the United States, and who is: ,S, 1. Black (a person having origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa); 4,72 2. Hispanic (a person of Spanish or Portuguese culture with origins in 463 Mexico, South or Central America, or the Caribbean Island, regardless of (- 4114 race); IDS 3. Asian American (a person having origins in any of the original peoples of 44E the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian sub-continent, or the Pacific • 461 Islands); 198 4. American Indians and Alaskan Native (a person having origins in any of 489 the original peoples of North America); 490 5. Member of other groups, or other individuals, found to be economically 491 and socially disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration under 492 Section 8(a) of the Small Business Act, as amended [15 U.S.C. 637(a)]. 491 6. A female person who requests to be considered as an MBE, and who "owns" and "controls" a business as defined herein. 495 Minority Business Enterprises may be employed as contractors, subcontractors, 496 or suppliers. A:4JFFF.001 July 19,2001 B. The bidder must indicate the Minority Business Enterprise(s) proposed for AG6 utilization as part of this contract as follows: 499 Name and Addresses Nature of Dollar Value of 5W of Minority Firms Participation Partici ap tion 5Q7 501 Total Bid Amount: Total: 505 Percentage of Minority Enterprise Participation: __% 506 C. The bidder agrees to certify that the minority firm(sj engaged to provide 5W materials or services in the completion of this project: (a) is a bona fide Minority Business Enterprise; and (b) has executed a binding contract to provide specific 500 materials or services for a specific dollar amount. s,o A roster of bona fide Minority Business Enterprise firms will be furnished by the 5„ City of Jefferson. The bidder will provide written notice to the Liaison Officer of 5,2 the City of Jefferson indicating the Minority Business Enterprise(s) it intends to use in conjunction with this contract. This written notice is due five days after 5,. notification to the lowest bidder. 515 Certification that the Minority Business Enterprise(s) has executed a binding 5,6 contract with the bidder for materials or services should be provided to the MBE 5,7 Coordinator at the time the bidder's contract is submitted to the MBE 5,6 Coordinator. Breach of this commitment constitutes a breach of the bidder's 510 contract, if awarded. 520 D. The undersigned hereby certified that tie or she has read the terms of this 521 commitment and is authorized to bind the bidder to the commitment herein set 522 forth. 577 524 _ NAME OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER 575 DATE 576 SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER AAJEFF.001 July 19,2001 r 522 AFF_I.IDAVIT 525 COMPLIANCE WITH PREVAILING 529 WAGE LAW DO Before me, the undersigned Notary Public, in and for the County of 571 State of , personally came and appeared 571 , 533 NAME POSITION $31 of the 575 NAME OF COMPANY 525 (A corporation) ( a partnership) (a proprietorship) and after being duly sworn did depose 57, and say that all provisions and requirements set out in Chapter 290, Section 290.210 5.75 through and including 290.340, Missouri Revised Statutes, pertaining to the payment sag of wages to workmen employed on public works projects have been fully satisfied and 515 there has been no exception to the full and complete compliance with said provisions 51, and requirements and with Annual Wage Order No. 8, Section 026, Cole County in $12 narrying out the contract and work in connection with Project No. 31051-0301, ® 513 t,:ollection System located at Jefferson City in Cale County, Missouri, and completed 511 ()n the day of , 20 P* 515 515 SIGNATURE 512 Subscribed and sworn to me this day of_ , 20._r 515 _ 519 ^�~ NOTARY PUBLIC 550 My commission expires: _._.. 55t STATE OF MISSOURI ) 552 )S5 557 COUNTY OF ,� ) A;UEFR= July 20,2001 P Missoun" Division Of Labor Standards WAGE AND HOUR SECTION `Q ' h � 0 p �L.OnVUiu � j �y MoeccxX � BOB HOLDEN, Governor Annual Wage Order N 8 R- Section 026 COLE COUNTY In accordance with Section 290.262 RSMo 1994. within thirty (30) days after a certified copy of this Annual Wade Order has been filed with the Secretary of State: as indicated below, any person who may be affected by this Annual Wage Order may object by filing an objection In triplicate: with the Labor and Industrial Relations Commission, 11.0, Box 599, Jefferson City, MO 65102-0599. Such objections must set. forth III writing the specific grounds of' objection, Each objection shall certify that a copy has been furnished to the Division of Labor Standards, P.O. Box 449, Jefferson City, MO 65102-0449 pursuant. to 8 CSR 20-5-0100 ). A certified copy of the Annual Wage Order has been filed with the Secretary of State of Missouri. RECEIVED & FILED / r MAR 0 9 2001 �o(Ie:enA, Baker, Director Division of labor Standards Filed With Secretary of State:: SECRETARY OF STATE � — Last Date Objections May Be Filed: _ __ _ APR 0 9 2001 Prepared by Missouri Department oP Labor• and industrial Relations Building Construction Rates for REPLACEMENT PAGE Section 026 COLE County _� �r eC IV(a iaSIC Ver- OCCUPATIONAL I IT1-E Date of Hourly -rime Holiday Total Fringe Benefits Increase Rales Rates Rates Asbestos Worker 10/01 $27.91 55 60 $924 Boilermaker _ 9/01 $24.66 57 7 $11.645 Brirkla ers-Stone Mason 9/01 i $22,10_1 59 7 $5,80 _ Car enter $18.13 60 _ 15 $6.26 Cement Mason $18.61 9 3 _ $5.65 n Electrician Inside Wirerna _ $21.43 28 1 � 7V _ $7.66 + 13% Communication Technician M ^_USE EI-EcTRiC1AN (INSIDE WIREMAN) RATE - Elevator Constructor 7/01 a $28.655 26 54 - $8.115 Operating Engineer Group 1 5/01 _ $21.67_ 86 66 $11.64 Group II 5/01 $21.67 86 � 66 $11.64 Group 111 -�� +u5/01 _$20.42 86 66 _ $11.64 Group 111-A 5/01 $21.67 86 66 $11.64 Group IV 5/01 $22.37 86 66 $11.64 Group V 5/01 $23.67 86 66 $11.64 Pipe Fitter _ 7/01 b $27.75 91 69 $11.83 Glazier $13.00 FED $1.89 Laborer(Building): I General $15.35 110 7 $5.85 First Semi-Skilled $16.20 110 7 $5.85 Second Semi-Skilled _ $16.20 110 7 $5,85 Lather USE CARPENTER RATE _ Linoleum La er& Cutter _ USE CARPENTER RATE Marble Mason 9/01 $22.10 59 7 $5.80 V' Millwright $19.13 _60 15 $6,26 Iron Worker 8/01 $20.56 11 8 _ $11,29 Painter _4/01 $16.94 18 _ 7 �- $4.83 w Plasterer $17.68 94 5 $5.39 _ Plumber $20.75 FED _ $2.26 _ Pilo Driver -.-.,-$19.13 ~60 15 $6.26 Roofer 9/01 $22.50 12 4 $649 Sheet Metal Worker T7/01 $21.61 40 23 $7.36 Sprinkler Fitter _ 1102 $26.69 33 19 _ $8.55 Terrazzo Worker 9/01 _ $22.10 �59 7 $5.80 Tile Setter 9/01 $22.10 59 7 $5.80 Truck Driver-Teamster _ ^- Group 1 4/01 $18,05 101 5 $4.25 --�-__ Group II 4101 _ $18,75 101 5 $4.25 Group p 11 4/01 $18,45 101 5 1 $4.25 Group IV 4/01 $16.75 1 101 5 _ $4,25 Traffic Control Service Driver _ $14.15 1 4fi �4�) - $2.44 Well Driller _ _ USE I3_L_DG CONST. ENGINEER GROUP II RATE -� Welders-Acetylene& Electric Fringe Benefit Percentage is of the Basic: Hourly Rate Attention Workers: If you are not being paid the appropriato waclo rate and Irnyo benefits contact the Division of Labor Standards at 1-800-475-2130 "Annual Incremental lncreaso 'SEE FOOTNOTE PAGE: ANNUAL WA(.;L-i ROCR 140 e 1102 r a Building Construction Rates for REPLACEMENT PAGE Section 026 COLE County Footnotes _ _ffedve ---Basic ver- i OCCUPATIONAL TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Total Fringe Benefits Increase Rates Rates Rates ` Welders receive rate prescribed for the occupational title performing operation to which welding is incidental. Use Building Construction Rates on Building(s) and All Immediate Attachments. Use Heavy Construction rates for remainder of project. For the occupational titles not listed in Heavy Construction Sheets, use Rates shown 0 Building Construction Rate Sheet. a -Vacation: Employees over 5 years - 8%; Employees under 5 years - 6% �. `b - All work over$3.5 Million Total Mechanical Contract - $2.7.75, Fringes - $11.83 All work under $3.5 Million Total Mechanical Contract - $26.41, Fringes - $10.08 'Annual Incremental Increase ANNUAL_WAGE ORDER NO. 6 7/01 • COLE COUNTY OWIIRTIME,, RATES - FED: Minimum requirement her Fair Labor Standards Act means time and orxhalf(1 1/.) shall he paid fir all work in excess of flirty (40) hour's per work week. NO. 9: Means the regular workday slarling lime ol'8:00 a.►n. (and resulting quitting time ol'4:30 p.m.) may be moved Forward to 6:00 a.m, or delayed one hour to 9:00 a.m. All work perforated in excess of*the regular work day and on Saturday shall be compensated at one and ottlaall'(I'/:) times the regular pay. In the event time is lust during the work auk (Ille to weather conditions, the L;ntployer may schedule work on the following Saturday at straight time. All work accomplished on Sunday and holidays shall he c(,mpensate(I lilt at double the regular talc of wades. The work week shall be Monday throtlg.h Frday, except for midweek holidays. NO. 11: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute a day's work, with the starting line to be established between 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 a.n►. 1'ron► Monday to Friday, Time and orthalf (1 iz) shall be paid For first two (2) hours (f overtime Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday. All other overtime hours Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double (2) time rate. DOUMC (2) time shall be paid fin• all time on Sunday and recognized holidays or the days observed in lieu ol'thcse holidays. NO. 12: Means the work week shall commence on Monday at 12:01 a.m. and shall continue through the fbIlowing Friday, inclusive of each week. All work performed by employees _ anywhere in excess of forty (40) hours in one( I ) work week, shall be paid [or at the rate ol'one " and one-hall' ( 1'/2) times the regular hourly wage scale. All work lm-l'or•med within the regular working hours which shall consist of a ten ( 10) hour work day except in emergency situations. Overtime work alld Saturday work shall he paid a1 one and ontdialf( I !/:1 times the regular hourly rate. Work on recognized holidays and Sundays shall be paid at two (2) times the regular hourly w rate. NO. 18: Ivlcans the regular work day shall be eight (8) hours. Workinglu►urs are From six (6) hours beli)re Noon ( 12:00) to six (6) hours after Noon ( 12:00). The regular work week shall be Ibrty (40) hours, beginning between 6:00 a,nt. and 12:00 Noon on !Monday and ending belweerl 1:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. on Friday. Saturday %vil he paid at 11mc and one+ha)l'( ) 11�0. Sunday and Holidays shall be paid al doubIc (2) lime. Saturday can he r► maktup day if' the weather has tirrced a day oft, but only in the week of the day being lust. Any rink bel'orc six (h) hours belilre Noon or six (6) hours after Noon will he prod at time ruin undlalf(P"), NO. 26: Means that the regular working day shrill consist of eil;ht (8) hours worked between 6:00 a.m., and 5:00 p.m., live (5) clays per week, Monday to Friday, inclusive. flours of work at each jobsite shall be those established by the general contractor and worked by the majority of trader, (tile above working hours may be changed by mutual Agreement). Work performed on Construction Work un Salur(.lays, Sundays and before and aficr the regular %volilg day on Monday to Friday, inclusive, shall he c)assilied as overlimc, and paid for al double (2) the rate of singe tin►c. The Tale of pay liar all work perfurr►led on holidays shall he at two tittles (2) the single time rate of pay, ANNFA1, 1t A(;1-; 0 lt1)VR Nt), 9 AN'8021t Sup M tin, P.1pt, ' ttl n Pape'. ('OI.P. ('()[!ti'l'l' O%"I-'.12'i'li ll-*, HATES- BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO, 28: Means eight (8) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 5:30 p,nl. shall constitute a day's work live (5) days a week, Monday through Frlday inclusive, shall COnStitll(e a work week. The l?mployer has the option Im a workday/workweek of Vour (4) Ica (10) hour days (4-1 O's) provided: project must be Ior a minimum of lmir (41) consecutive clays. -Starting time may he within one (I ) hour either side of,8:00 amt, -Work week must begin on cithcr a Monday ol-TtIcsday: Ifa holiday falls within (hat week it shall he a consccutiie work clay, (Alternate: Ifa holiday falls in the middle ol'a week, then the I•cgular eight (8) hour schedule play be implemented). -Any time worked in excess of any ten ( 10) hour work day (ill a 410 hour work week) shall he at the appropriate overtime n(e. All work outside Ol' the regular working hours as provided, Monday 1ltroulzh Saturday, shall be paid at one & on(dhalf(I'/) times the employee's regular rate of'pay. All work perli►rnled From 12:00 a.m. Sunday through 8:00 a.m. Monday and recognized knlidays shall be paid at double (2) the straight time hourly rate of pay. NO, 33: Means the standard work (lay shall be eight (8) consecutive hours ol'work between the luaus ol'6:00 a,m. and 6:00 p.m., excluding the lunch period, or shall conform to thelpctice on the job site. Four (4) days at ten ( 10) hours a clay may he worked at straight time, Monday through Friday and need not be consecutive. All overtime, except Cor Sundays and holidays shall be at the rate of time and oneliall' (W.0. Overtime work'd on Sundays and holidays shall be at double (2) time. NO. 35: Means the normal work week shall consist of five (5) eight (8) hour days lOI' a total w forty (40) hours, starting on Monday at 8:00 a,nl. and ending on Friday at 4:30 p.m. The starting time clue be flexible between 6:00 a,m. and 8:00 a.m., and ending at 2:30 p.m. respectively. All work before designated starting time and after quilling time shall he paid at the rate of time and one-half (I '/_), All work in the excess of eight (8) hours per dayor flirty (40) hours per week Monday through Friday. shall lie paid for at the rate ol'tinlc and onthalf'( 1 '!'). All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays, Or Ilolidays shall be paid at the (IOl1bIC (2) time rate. NO. 40: Means the regular working week shall Condit of five (5) consecutive (8) hour days' labor on the.job beginning with Monday and ending wilh Friday of each week. I:our (4) Moor days may constitute the regular work week. The regular working day shall consist of eight (8) hours labor on the job h!giuning as early as 7:00 a.m. and ending as late as 5:30 p.m. All full or part time labor perli)rmcd (luring such hours shall he recognized as regular working hours and paid for at the regular Dourly rate. All hours worked on Saturday and all hours workedn excess of eight (8) hours bill not more than twelve ( 12) hours durinp, the rct;ula►' working week shall be paid liar at time and oneliall'(l ii") the regular hourly rate. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked in excess of twelve ( 12) hmS (luring the regular working day shall be paid at two (2) times the regular hourly rate. In the event of rain, snow, cold or excessively windy weather oil it I-eg►Ilill' Working (Jay, Saturday maV be detilL!IIate(l as it "lililkdtlp" da}'. Sat(rday may also be deslgmIed as a "make-lip" day, fur an cinployce who has missed it day of work for personal or other reasons. Pay li)r "rnakalp" days shall be at regular rates. ANN(1AI.N'ACF OIZI)bat NU.tt AW8020 Still O I'doc Par.•2 or h 1'agc. Ox'1.12'1'1AlF• RAT "S-- MAIMING COtiti"i'l2[JCTION NO. 48: Mauls the regularly scheduled work week shall he five (5) consecutive clays, Monday through Friday or Tuesday through Saturday. Eight (h) hours shall constitute a dory's work, Starting time shall not be earlier than 7:00 a.m, nor later than 10:00 a.m, Forty (40) hours shall constitute a week's work. Overtime at the rate of tinic and omhalf*(I'/,) will he paid liar all work in excess of (Arty (40) hours in any one work week. (fin (lie Monday through Friday schedule, all work performed on Saturday will he time and ondralt'(i %2) unless time has been lust during the week, in which case Saturday will be a male up day to the extent of the lost time. On the 'ITucsday through Saturday schc(fule, all work perlitrmcd on Monday will be tinic and onbalf (1'/2) unless lime: has hccn lost during the week, in which case Monday will he a makup day to the extent of the lostlime. Any work performed oil Sunday will lie double (2) lime. II'employces work on any of the recognized holidays, they !,hall he paid time and otnhalt'(I 'i:) their regular rate of pay Im all hours worked. NO. 55: Means the regular work clay shall be eight(S) hours between 6:00 a.m. and 4:30 p,nl. The first two (2) hours of' work perlornie-d in excess of the eight (h) hour work day, Monday through Friday, and the first tell (10) hours of work on Saturday, shall be paid at one & onhall' (1 '/2) times the siraigli time rate. All work performed on Sunday, ohserved holidays and in excess of*tell (10) hours a day, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at double (2) the straight time rate. _ NO. 57: Morns eight (8) hours per (lily shall constitute a days work and tirr.y (40) hours per " week, Monday through Friday, shall constitute a weekl work. The regular starting time shall be 9:00 a.m. The above may be changed by mutual consent of authorized personnel. When circumstances warrant, the l.:mployer may change the reguinworkweck to toil[* (4) tcri•hour days at file regular tulle rate of pay. It being, understood that all other pertinent infiirniatioll trust he adjusted accordingly. All time worked before and after the established workday of eight (R) hours, Monday through Friday, all time worked on Saturday, shall be paid at the rate of tinge and one-half( 1 1/2) except in cases where work is part ol'an cnlploycck regular Friday shill, All time worked on Sunday and rcco}:niied holidays shall be paid at the double (2) tinic rate olity. NO. 59: Means that except as herein provided, eight (S) hours a day (which may begin as early as 6:00 a.111.) shall eonstilute a standard work day, and forty (40) hours per week shall constitute a week's work. All time worked outside of the standartEolit (8) hour work day and on Saturday shall lie classified as overtime and paid the rate of time and onhall' ( 1 ':). All time worked on Sunday and holidays shall be classified as ovcrtinic and paid al the rate o1'double (2) lime, The l;r»ployer has the opton of working either five (5) ei.:hl hour days or iirur (4) ten hour days to constitute a normal firrty (all) hoar- work week. When the Ii>ur (4) teriwur work week is in effect, the standard work day shall he consMItivc tell ( 10) hour periods hetween the houresf 6:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. Forty (40) hours per week shall constitute a weeks work, Monday through 'I•hursday, inclusive. In the event file job is down lint• any reason beyond the f mployer's control, then Friday and/or Saturday may, at the option of the I?ni)olycr, lie worked as a makevup day, straight time not to exceed ten (10) hours of forty (40) hours per week. Wlicn the Five day (8) hour work week is in effect, firrty (40) hours per week shall constitute a week's work, Monday through Friday, inclusive, In lie event the joh is down liar• any reason beyond the l nnployer•'s control, then Safurdav mav, at the option oi' the I:niployer, be worked as a makup day: straight time not to exceed eight (8) hours or forty (40) hours p,.r week. ANNI'AL WACE ORDER No.8 AWN0211 Sill)OT dui Pape b of h r'arws i CO1.1? COUNTY LIVE t•fIME' ItA'I'ES BUILDING CONSTRUCTION is NO. 60: Means the Employer steal have file option ()l• working five 8hour (lays or tirur 10 hour clays Monday through Friday. 1('an 1?mployor elects to work live ,`hour days du►•ing any work- week, hours worked more than eight (8) per day or linty (40) per week shall he pall at time and orle-hall' (1 '/,) file hourly wage rate plus fringe hearths Monday through Friday. SATIJIMAY MAKI;-UP DAY: 11'an Employer is prcvcnte(1 front working forty (40) hours, Monday through Friday, or any 11:11.1 thereof by reason of incicnlcIII weather (rain ur ttlud), Saturday onny part thereof may he worked as a maklau11 day at file straight time rate. It is agreed by the parties that the make-up clay is not to be used to make up lime lost clue to recognized holidays. If' an 1;nlployer elects to work lour I 011otu' days, hetwcen flee fours of 0:30 a fit. and 6:30 Imn, in any week, work performed more than ten ( 10) hours per clay or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at time and one half(1 %.) the hourly wage talc 1)lus fringe l-)ene(its Monday through Friday, If an Employer is working Whour (lays and loses a clay (file to inclement weather, the I;nlployet. may work ten (10) flours on Friday at straight tittle. Frld IV must he scheduled Fier 110 more 111:111 ten (10) hours at the straight little rate, hilt all hours worked over the Curly (40) hours Monday through Friday will be paid at time and onehall'(. I "") the hourly wage rate plus fringe IMIC111S. All Millwright work pertlornted in excess of fill: regular work clay ,►n(I on Saturday shall be compensated for at time and onehal(' (1',4) the regular Millwright burly wage rate plus fringe benefits. The regular work day starting of 8:00 a.m. (and resulting quitting !true o('4:30 p.m.) may be moved forward to 6:00 tt.n1. or (felayecf one (I ) hour to 9:00 a.m. All work accomplished Oil Sun(Iays and recognized holidays, o days observed ;1:; recotmiicd holidays., shall be compensated Fier at double (2) the regular hourly rate ol• wages plus fringe henclits. NO TF: All overtime is computed on the hourly wage rate plus an .111101111t equal to the benefits NO. 86: Means file regular work week shall consist ol' live (S) days. Monday through 1 ridgy, beginning at 8:00 a.,n, arld ending at 4:30 p.m. The regular work (lay beginning time may lie advanced one Or two hours or dCI Iyed by one hour. All overtime work perlornled on Monday through Saturday shall he paid at tittle ;tad onella(f,(I!:) of'tile hourly rate plus an anurtnit equal to one-hall (/!) of the Iultll'IV Total Indicated Fringe Benefits. All work perlornled on Sundays and recognized holidays shall be paid at double (2) the hourly tai plus an 111110(1111 er.Iua) to the hourly TOMI Indicated Fringe Bencllts. NO. 91: Means eight (8) hours sha11 constitute a dayk work commencing, at 8:00 a.n1. and ending at 4:30 p.m., allowing ou hall ( 1/2) I'1o111' lire lunch. The option exists for the Fltnployeru use :1 flexible starting time between the hours o('6:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. "1•he rct"ular work week shall consist of tarty (40) hours of five (S) work clays. Monday through Friday. The work week may consist of four (4) ten (10) hour days From Monday throw Thursday, with Friday as a mak(J►ul) clay. Ifthe makeup day is a holiday, the cmplovee shall be paid at the double (2) lime rate. The employees shall be paid double (2) time for work perfi • C(>LF. f.'!)I1NT1' O1'I.R'1'11f1. RATE'S-- BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO. 94: Means eight (9) hours shall constitute a days work between the Irotrrs of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 Imm The regular workday starting time of 8:00 a.m. (and resulting quitting time of 4:30 p.m.) may be moved forward to 6:00 a.m. or delayed one (1 ) hour to 9:00 aan. All work performed in excess of the regular work clay and on Saturday shall be compensated at one and one-half (1 '/1) times the regular pay. In the event time is lost during the work week dtt to weather conditions, the Employer may schedule work on the 1i011owing Saturday at straight time. All work accomplished on Sunday and holidays shall be compensated at double the regular rate of wages. NO. 101: Means eight (9) hours a day shall constitite a standard work day, and forty (40) hours per week shall constitute a week's work, which shall begin on Monday and end on Friday. All time worked outside of the standard work day and on Saturday shall be classified as overtime cool paid the rate of time and ono-half (1'/z) (except as herein provided). All time worked on Sunday and recognized holidays shall be paid at the rate of double (2) time. The regular starting time (and resulting quitting time) may be moved forward two (2) hours to 6:00 a,m. or tb starting time (and resulting quitting time) may be delayed one (I) hour to 9:00 a.m. The l.;mployer has the option of working either five (5) eight-hour days or four(4) ten-hour clays to constitute a normal florty (40) hour work week. When a four (4) tcrt-hour day work week is in e('(ect, the standard work day shall be wnsccutivc tell (10) hour periods between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 6:30 lr,m. Forty (40) hours per week shall constitute a week's work Monday through Thursday, inclusive. In the event theq�) is down for any reason beyond the Employer's control, then Friday and/or Saturday may, at file option of the Employer, be worked as a mako-up day; straight time not to exceed ten (10) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week. All work over ten (10) hairs in one day or forty (40) hours in a 410's work week shall be paid at the overtime rate of time and onehalf'(P/z). When using a five (5) day eight (R) hour work week, and the job is down fir any reason beyond the l;mployer's control, then Saturday mayl. the option of "r the E-,mployer, be worked as it makeup clay; straight time not to exceed eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week. Make}up days shall not be utilized for days lost due to holidays. ANNUAL WAGE, ORDER NO.S A\\1$020 Slip OT.doc Page S orb Pages s COLE COUNTY OV1{It'ITNIF RATE'S -- BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Itl,Pl,A('I NIENT PA G,E NO. 110: Mcans eight (x) hours between the hours elf ti:00 a.m. and 4:30 1).Ill. shall constitute a workday. 'Che starting bale rnuv be advanced one (I ) or two (2) hours. I:nlplovecs shall have a InnCll period of thirty (30) minutes. The hillployer may provide a lunch period of one (1) hmu and in that evenl, the workday shall continence at 8:00 a.m. and end at 5:00 p.m. The workweek shall commence at 8:00 a.m. on Monday and shall end at 4:30 p.m, on Friday (or 5.00 p.m. on Friday if' the Employcr grants a Iunch periocl of one (I ) hour) or asuljustcd by Starting time change as stated above. All •,vork pertornied before 8:00 a.m. and after 4:30 p.m, (or 5:00 p.n). where one (1) hour lunch is granted for lunch) or as adjusted by starting time change as stated above or on Saturday, except as hercinprovided, shall be conlpensatccl at one .uld OI)d1al1'(I'/z) times the regular hourly rate of pay fir (lie work perliO I'll leLl. All work performed on Sunday and on recognized holidays shall be compensated at double (2) the regular hourly rate of pay lily file work performed. II' an l:nlployer is prevented from working forty (40) hours, Monday through Friday, or any part thereof by reason of, inclement weather (ruin and rruul), Saturday or any part thereat'may be worked as a nlakaup clay at the straight time rate. The IAnplcycr shall have the option of working live eight (8) hour days or filar tell ( 10) hour days Monday through Friday. If an Employer elects to work five (5) eight (8) hour days during any work week, hours worked more than eight (8) per day or lorty (40) hoUrS pr week shall he paid at lime and onehall'(11/,) the hourly rate Monday through Friday. I I' r►n Finploycr elects to work lour (4) tcn (10) hour days in any week, work perForr►led more than ten ( 10) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at lulu and onc-hall'( I !r,) the hourly rate Monday through Friday. If an F;mployer is working fell ( I0) hour clays and loses a clay due to inclement weather, they may work ten 00) hour's Friday at straight time. Friday rinrst be scheduled for at least eight (8) hourend no more than ten ( 10) hours at the straight time rate, hilt all 110UrS worked over the forty (40) hours Monday through Friday will be paid at time and ondial l'( I ':) overtin►c rate. � ANNI'A1,WM IL1)KDFR NO. 8 AW9026 Slip OT due Page 0 of b('agr!; �' A COLE, COUNTY HOLIDAY RA'I'D; SCI IE' )t1Lh;— BUILi)ING CONSTRUCTION NO. 3: All work clone an New Year's Day, Decoration Day, July 401, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, "Thanksgiving Day rend Christmas Day shall he paid at the double time rate ol'pay. Whenever any such holidays full on a Sunday, the [fallowing Monday Shall he observul as a holiday. NO. 4: All wort: dune on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, "Thanksgiving and Christmas Day shall be paid al the double time rate ol'pay. lfany ol'the above holidays tall on Sunday, Monday will be observed as the rwognized holiday. if any ol'the above holidays fall cm Saturday, Friday will be observed as the recognized holiday. NO. 5: All work that shall be done on New Year's Day. Memorial Day, Fourth of.luly, Labor Day, Veteranl Day,Thanksgiving Day, and Chris tntas Day shall be paid at the double (2) time rate of pay. NO. 7: All work done on New Ycar's Day, Memorial Day. lndependcnce Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, 'Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double time rate of p ry. lfa holiday falls on a Sunday, it shall be observed on the 1`londay. If a holiday falls on a Saturday, it shall he observed on the preceding Friday. NO. 8: All work done on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, indepcnclence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day, or days observed as such, shall be paid at the double time rate of'pay. The Friday 6olluwing Thanksgiving will be worked at the Employed option, 11'worked, it will he at the regular hourly rate of pay. NO. IS: All work accomplishcd on the recognized holidays of Ncw Year's Day, Decoration Day (Memorial Day), Independence. Day (fourth ul'.luly), Labor Day, Veterank Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, or days observed as these named holidays, shall be compensated for at double (2) the regular hourly rate of wages plus fringe benefits. If a holiday falls on Saturday, it shall he observed on the preceding Friday. Ifa holiday ialls on a Sunday, it shall he observed on the Following Monday. No work shall he performed on Labor Day, Chrisums Day, Decoration Day or lndependcnce Day except to preserve life or properly. NO. 19: All work done on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, July 401, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day Shall be paid al the double time rate ol'pay. The employee allay take off Friday following Thanksgiving Day. I lowever, the employee shall notify his or her Foreman, General Foreman or Superintendent on the Wednesday prececiing'1'11anksgiviiig Day. When one of the above holidays fulls on Sunday. the lnlluwing Monday shall be considered the holiday and all work performed on said clay shall be at tine d(tUbie(2) lime rate. When One of the holidays lolls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered the holiday and all work performed on said clay Shall be al the double (2) time rate. NO. 23: All work dune un New Year's Day, Memorial Day, lndependcnce Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and Sundays shall be recognized holidays and shall be paid at the double time rate ol'pay. WhCll a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered a holiday. • A1\'8026 hily.dou Pa.-c I or:'Pago COL.ii: COUNTY HOLIDAY RA'1'Is SCIiI'DULI — BUILDING CONSTRUCTiON NO. 49: The following days shall be observed as legal holidays: New Year's Day, Decoration Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, i mployee's birthday and two (2) personal days. The observance of one (1 ) of the personal clays to he limited to the time between December 1 and March I ofthe following year, ifany of these holidays fall on Sunday, the following Monday will be observed as the holiday and if any of thcscholidays ('all on Saturday, the preceding Friday will be observed as the holiday. Ifemployees work on any of these holidays they shall be paid time & one-half(1 '/z) their• regular' rate ol'hay liar all hour~ worked. NO. 54: All work done on New Year's, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friciay after"thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double (2) time rate of pay. When a holiday falls on Saturday, it shall he observed on Friday. When a holiday halls on Sunday, it shall he observed on Monday. NO, 60: All work performed on New Year's i:)ay, Armistice Day (Veteran's Day), Decoration Day (Memorial Day), Independence Day (Fourth of.luly), "thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double tinic rate ol'pay. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except when triple (3) time is paid. When a holiday falls on Saturday, Friday will be observed as the holiday. When a holiday (ills on Sunday, the following Monday shall he observed as the holiday. NO. 66: All work performed on Sundays and the following recognized holidays, or the days observed as such, of New Yeark Day, Decoration Day, Fourth of'.Iuly, Labor Day, Veterank Day, "thanksgiving Day and Christmas Dav, shall be paid at double (2) the hourly ra to plus an amount equal to the hourly Total Indicated Fringc Benefits. Whenever any such holidays fall on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be observed as a holiday. NO. 69: All work performed on New Year?; Day, Decoration Day, .July Fourth, Labor Day, Veteran'; Day, Thanksgiving Day or Christmas Day shall he compensated at double (2) their straight-time hourly rate of pay. Friday after"Thanksgiving and the clay before Christmas will also be holidays, but i('the employer chooses to work these clays, thcemployce will be paid at straight - tmme rate of'pay. 11'a holiday halls on a Sunday in a particular year, the holiday will be observed on the following Monday. NO. 71: All work performed on the following recognized holidays shall be paid at the double (2) time rate ol'pay: New Yeark Day, presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial Dav, .July the Fourth, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving L)ay, Day after Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. If a holiday falls on Sunday, it shall be celebrated on Monday. Ifa holiday falls on Saturday, it shall be celebrated on the Friday preceding such Saturday. �w ANNUAL WA(;I: OI2DFR NO, 8 AW8020 lily doc Page 2(11,Pages Heavy Construction Rates for REPLACEMENT PAGE Section 026 COLE County_ Effective Basic TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Total Fringe Benefits Increase Rates_ Rates Rates _ CARPENTER Journeymen 5/01 $23.13 7 16 $6.24 Millwright 5/01 $23.13 7 16 $6.24 Pile Driver Worker 5/01 $23.13 7 16 $6.24 OPERATING ENGINEER Group 1 5/01 $20.75 21 5 $11.61 Group II 5/01 $20.40 21 5 $11.61 Group III 5/01 $20.20 21 5 $11.61 Group IV 5/01 $16.55 21 5 $11.61 Oiler-Driver 5/01 $16.55 21 5 $11.61 LABORER General Laborer 5/01 $19.75 2 4 $6.10 Skilled Laborer 5/01 $20.35 2 4 $6.10 TRUCK DRIVER-TEAMSTER Group 1 5/01 $21.72 2 4 $5.25 Group II 5/01 $21.88 2 4 $5.25 Group III 5/01 $21.87 2 4 $5.25 Group IV 5/01 $21.99 2 4 $5.25 For the occupational titles not listed on the Heavy Construction Rate Sheet, use Rates shown on the Building Construction Rate Sheet. 'Annual Incremental Increase ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 8 7/01 COLE COUNTY OVERTIME RA'Z'E SC'IIEDULE -- iil�;AN'1' ('ONS'i'iZIJC'i'ION NO. 2: Means a regular work week of forty (40) hours will ;:tart on Monday and cud em Friday. The regular work clay shall be either eight (8) or ten (10) hours, Ira crew is prevented from working lorly (•t0) hours Monday through Friday, or any part therdbby reason of inclement weather, Saturday Many part thereof may be worked as a lllakup day at the straight time rate to complete lorty (40) hours of work in a week. Employees who are part of a regular crew on a makeup day, ilntwithstanding the fact tht they may not have been employed the entire week, shall work Saturday at the straight time rate. Time & onwhalf(1 !,1) shall be paid lbr all hours in excess ofeight (8) hours per clay (it' working 5-8's) or ten (10) hours per clay (if working 410's), or forty (40) hours per week, Monday through Friday, For all lime worked oil Saturday (unless Saturday or any portion of said clay is worked as makeup to complete forty hours), time and onehalf (I%) shall be paid. NO. 7: Means the regular work week shall sort on Monday and end on Friday, except where the Employer elects to work Monday through "Thursday, ten (10) hours per day. All work over ter, (10) hours in a day or forty (40) hours in a week shall be at the overtime rate of one and onehalf(1 ii) tirtics lhcregular hourly rate. The regular work day shall be either eight (8) or ten ( 10) hours• i f a job can't work forty (40) hours Monday through Friday because of inclement weather or other conditions beyond the control of the Employer, Friday or Saturday maybe worked as a makeup day at straight time (ifworking 4-10's). Saturday play be worked as a nlakc-up day at straight time (if working 5-8's). Make-up days shall not he utilized for days lost from holidays. Except as worked as a nlako-up day, time on Saturday shall be worked at one and onehalf(1'/2) times the regular rate. Work performed on Sunday shall he paid at two (2)'tinges the regular rate. Work performed on recognized holidays or days observed as such, shall also be paid at the double (2) time rat; ofpay. NO. 21: Means till` I•Cgldrrl• work week shall consist or five (5) eight (8) hour days, Monday through Friday. The regular work clay for which employees shall be compensated at straight time hourly rate ol•pav shall begin at 8:00 a.m. and end at 40 p.m. Ilowevcr, the project starting tinge may lie advanced or delayed at the discretion of the Employer. At the discretion ofthe Finplover, when working a live (5) clay eight (8) hour schedule, Saturday may be used for a makeup day. The Employer may haw the option to schedule his work from Monday through Thursday at ten (10) hours per day at the straight time rate of'pay with all 11O1.1i•S in excess often (10) flours in any one clay to be paid at the overtime rate of time & onehalf( I '/). I f the F.nlployer ducts to work from Monday through Thursday and is stopped due to circumstances beyond his control, he shall have the option to work Friday or Saturday at the straight tinge rate of pay to complete his forty (40) hours per work week. Workmen shall be paid iw & one-half(I ''/2) tinges the regular rate of•wages for all hours worked in excess of'eigllt (8) hours per day (if working 5.8's), or ten (10) }lours per day (if working 410's), or forty (40) hours per work week Monday through Friday (11'working 58's) or Monday through Thursday (if working 4-10's). Unless used as nmk0u1) days to complete forty (40) hours per work week, time and one-half(1 !%) shall be paid on Saturday (when working 58's) and on Friday or Saturday (when Nvorking 410's). Sundays and holidays shall be paid at the rate of double (2) time the regular rate ol'pay. • ntv8026hvyot.doc ANNUAL \'dr\GE C)Itt)ER NO,8 Page I of q COLE COUN'rY HOLIDAY RATE SCHEDULE - 11EAVY CONSTRUCTION NO. 4: All work performed on New )'car's Day, Memorial Day, independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, or days observed as such, shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. When a holiday falls on a Sunday, Monday shall be observed. NO. 5: The following days are recognized as holidays: New Yearti Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Ifa holiday falls on a Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, Ifa holiday falls on a Saturday,it shall be observed oil the preceding Friday. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except in case of jeopardy to work under construction. This rule is applied to protect Labor Day. When a holiday falls during the normal work week, Monday through Friday, it shall he counted as eight (8) hours toward a forty (40) hour week; however, no reimbursement for this eight (8) hours is to be paid the workman unless worked. If workmen are required to work the above recognized holidays or days observed as such, or Sundays, they shall receive double (2) the regular rate of pay for such work. Tile above shall apply to the four I O> Monday through 'Thursday work week. The ten (10) hours shall be applied to the forty (40) hour work week. NO. 16: The following days are recognized as holidays: New Years Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Ifa holiday falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday. i f a holiday falls on Saturday, it shall be observed on the preceding Friday. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except in case of.jeopardy to work under construction. This rule is applied to protect Labor Day. When a holiday falls during the normal work week, Monday through Friday, it shall be counted as eight (8) hours toward the forty (40) hour week; however, no reimbursement for this eight (8) hours is to be paid to the worker unless worked. I f'workers are required to work the above recognized holidays or days observed as such, they shall receive double (2) the regular rate ofpay for such work. AW8026hvyholdoe ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 8 rage i of OUTSIDE' ELECTRICIAN RE,IILAC'l NlEIN'l' PAGE These rates are to he used tier the tilllowing counties: Adair,Audtain, Boonc, Callaway, Camden, Carter,Chariton,Clark, Cole,Cooper, Crawlbrd, Dent, Franklin,Gasconade, I loward, l Imell, Iron,.Icllcrson, Knox, Levis, Lincoln, Linn, Macon, Maries, Marion, Miller, Monitcau, Monroe, Montgomery, Morgan,Oregon,Osage, Perry, Phelps, Pike, Pulaski, Putnam, halls, Randolph, Rcynolds, Ripley, St. Charles, St. Francois, St. Louis City, St. Louis County, Ste. GC11CVieVe, Schuyler, Scotland, Shannon, Shelby, Sullivan,"Texas, Warren, and Washington C(.)i\ME'RCIAL WORK Occupational Titic------ - _ Basic ----�-�--------- _ Total Ilourly — Fringe -- Rate Benefits *.foumeyrnan Lineman a `527.48 _ ---- - — $2.20+421%, *Lineman Operator $24.60 _ `52.20+42% *Groundman $19.47 $2.20+42'Yo UTILITY WORK Occupational Title -- —` Basic —_-- I lourly --`^— _ _— Fringe -- — Rate _—`-_ Benefits *.lotime man Lineman - —�—__526.47 52.20+ 38%, *Lineman Operator ---- $22.85 ----. —� $2 20-+- 38%0 _ *Groundman ^� $17.67 —`^ $2.20-1- 38'X0 OVERTIME RATE: Bight(8)110ur-S Shall C0IlStitUIC a work day between the hours of 7:00 a.m.and 4:30 p.m. Forty(40)hours within five(5)days, Monday through Friday nlclusive,shall constitute the work week. Work performed in the 9th and I Oth hour,Monday through Friday,shall he paid at time and one -half(I!h) the regular straight time rate of pay.Contractor has the option to pay two(2)hours per day at the time and one-half(1'/2)the regular straight time rate of pay between the hours ol'6:00 a.m.and 5:30 p.m.,Monday through Friday. Work perf6mied outside the regularly scheduled working hours cold oil Saturdays, Sundays and recognized legal holidays,or days celebrated as such,shall be paid fir al the rate of double(2)time. HOLIDAY RATE:All work performed on New Year's Day, Memorial Day,Fourth of.luly,Labor Day, Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,or days celebrated as Such,shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. When one of the Ibregoing holidays falls on Sunday, it shall he celebrated on the fbllowing Monday. *incremental Increase ANNUAL. (.)RDI.:IZ NC1. 8 i rr1 OUT STt.A\V8 m1doc ti 556 AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS LAW 55o I, the undersigned, of lawful age, first 560 being duly sworn, state to the best of my information and belief as follows: 561 1. That I am employed as 561 by 563 2. That was awarded a public works 6" contract for Project No. 31051-0301, Collection System. 565 3. That I have read and am familiar with Section 290.290 RSMo (1994 as 566 amended) an act relating to public works contracts, which impose certain 567 requirements upon contractors and subcontractors engaged in a public 566 works construction project in the State of Missouri. 560 4. That has fully complied with the ® 570 provisions and requirements of Section 290.290 RSMo (1994 as 571 amended) r 572 FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT. 573 574 __.. AFFIANT 575 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 576 577 NOTARY PUBLIC 576 My Commission Expires: 579 STATE OF MISSOURI ) 560 )ss 561 COUNTY OF ) AAJEFF.001 July 19,2001 s S64 EXCESSIVE UNEMPLOYMENT EXCEPTIQN CERTIFICATION 567 I, the undersigned, _, of lawful age, 661 first being duly sworn, state to the best of my information and belief as follows: ses 1. That I am employed as , by 566 567 2. That _ was awarded a public see works contract for Project No. 31051-0301, Collection System. s69 3. That I have read and am familiar with Section 290.290 RSMo (1994 as 590 amended) an act relating to public works contracts, which impose certain 591 requirements upon contractors and subcontractors engaged in a public 594 works construction project in the State of Missouri. 593 4. Although there is a period of excessive unemployment in the State of 591 Missouri, which requires the employment of only Missouri laborers and 595 laborers from non-restrictive states on public works projects or 596 improvements, an exception applies as to the hiring of 694 since no Missouri r 596 laborers or laborers from non-restrictive states are available or capable 599 of performing 600 FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT. bo, 604 AFFIANT 603 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 601 605 NOTARY PUBLIC 606 My Commission Expires: 601 APPROVED BY: 606 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, CITY OF JEFFERSON, MO y A:UEFF.001 July 19,2001 r L 669 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT t THIS CONTRACT, made and entered into this j�l � day of�I_��s_i_� _�_ 2002, 610 by and between Sterling Excavation and Erection, Inc., hereinafter called "Contractor", 611 and the City of Jefferson, Missouri, a municipal corporation, hereinafter called "City". 61; WITNESSETH: That Whereas, the Contractor has become the lowest responsible 61) bidder for furnishing the supervision, labor, tools, equipment, materials and supplies .71.1 and for constructing the following City improvements: 615 Project No. 31051-0301, Collection System. 616 NOW THEREFORE, the parties to this contract agree to the following: 617 1. Manner and time for Completion. The Contractor agrees with the City to 619 furnish all supervision, labor, tools, equipment, materials and supplies necessary to 619 perform, and to pertorm, said work at Contractor's own expense in accordance with the contract documents and any applicable City ordinances and state and federal laws, within two hundred fifty (250) calendar days from the date Contractor is ordered to proceed, which order shall be issued by the Director of Public Works within ten (10) 6;3 days after the date of this contract. 629 2. Prevailing Wades. All labor utilized in the construction of the aforementioned 6:5 improvements shall be paid a wage of no less than the "prevailing hourly rate of wages" 6,^6 for work of a similar character in this locality, as established by Department of Labor 6;7 and Industrial Relations of the State of Missouri, and as established by the Federal 6:9 Employment Standards of the Department of Labor. Contractor acknowledges that 6:`9 Contractor knows the prevailing hourly rate of wages for this project because 630 Contractor has obtained the prevailing hourly rate of wages from the contents of the 631 current Annual Wage Order No. a, Section 026, Cole County in which the rate of 632 wages is set forth. The Contractor further agrees that Contractor will keep an accurate 633 record showing the names and occupations of all workmen employed in connection 634 with the work to be performed under the terms of this contract. The record shall show 6.115 the actual wages paid to the workmen in connection with the work to be performed 616 under the terms of this contract. A copy of the record shall be delivered to the Director K77 of Public Works each week. In accordance with Section 2.90.2.50 RSMo, Contractor 639 shall forfeit to the City Ten Dollars ($10.00) for each workman employed, for each 699 calendar day or portion thereof that the workman is paid less than the stipulated rates BJ6 for any work done under this contract, by the Contractor or any subcontractor under the 6,1 Contractor, A:IJEFF.001 April 2, 2002 r a: 3. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain at its own expense during the: 611 life of this contract: 6$4 (a) Workmen's--CorrirrCns�tion,_In ur nce for all of its employees to be engaged in work under this contract. ... (b) Contractor's Public Liability_InsLjCance in an amount not less than $2,000,000 for all claims arising Out of a single occurrence and $300,000 for any one person in a single accident or occurrence, except for those claims governed by the provisions of the Missouri Workmen's Compensation Law, Chapter 287, RSMo., and W'el Contractor's Property Damage Insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000 for all 55 claims arising out of a single accident or occurrence and $300,000 for any one person in a single accident or occurrence. (c) Automobile: t_iabiliiy insurance in all Jn►ount not less than $2,000,000 for all claims arising Out of a single accident or occurrence and $200,000 for any one person in a single accident or Occurrence. (d) Owner's Protective Liability Insurance - The Contractor shall also obtain at its own expense and deliver to the City an Owner's Protective Liability Insurance 6�8 Policy naming the City of Jefferson as the insured, in an ar1101-Int not less than $2,000,000 for all claims arising out of a single accident or occurrence and $300,000 «o for any one person in a single accident or occurrence, except for those claims governed by the provisions of the Missouri Workmen's Compensation Law, Chapter 287, RSMo, 5z No policy will be accepted which excludes Iiability for damage to underground nn, structures or by reason of blasting, i:xplosion or collapse. R4 (e) Subcontracts - In case any or all of this work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the Subcontractor to procure rind maintain Lill insurance required in F Subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) hereof and in like amounts. (f) Sco J�e of Insurance; and Special Hazard, The' insurance required under 6611 Sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) hereof shall provide adegLMte protectior► for the Contractor 669 and its subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from, operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by it, and also against any special hazards which may F, be encountered in the performance of this contract. 5,3 NOTE: Paragraph (f) is construed to require the procurement of Contractor's protective 611 insurance (or contingent public liability and contingent property damage policies) by a 615 general contractor whose subcontractor has employees working on the project, unless 676 the general public liability and property damage policy (or rider attached thereto) of the general contractor provides adequate protection against claims arising from operations 6;5 by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor. A.WEFF.COt April 2, 2002 r 679 4. Contractor's Responsibility for Subcontractors. It is further agreed that 61111 Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of its 661 subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by thern, as 662 Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons it directly employs. Contractor shall 66J cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relating to this work, to 664 bind all subcontractors to Contractor by all the terms herein set forth, insofar as 665 applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give Contractor the same power 666 regarding termination of any subcontract as the City may exercise over Contractor W under any provisions of this contract. Nothing contained in this contract shall create 666 any contractual relations between any subcontractor and the City or between any 6119 subcontractors. 690 5. I_tquidated Damages. The Director of Public Works may deduct $1,000 from 691 any amount otherwise due under this contract for every calendar day the Contractor 692 fails or refuses to prosecute the work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence 69J as will insure the completion by the time above specified, or any extension thereof, or 694 fails to complete the work by st.ich time, as long as the City does not terminate the right 695 of Contractor to proceed. It is further provided that Contractor shall not be charged with 696 liquidated damages because of delays in the completion of the work due to 697 unforeseeable causes beyond Contractor's control and without fault or negligence on 666 Contractor's part or the part of its agents. 699 6. Termination. The City serves the right to terminate this contract h giving at .Y g Y 9 g loo least five (5) days prior written notice to time Contractor, without prejudice to any other 201 rights or remedies of the City should the Contractor be adjudged a bankrupt, or if 11112 Contractor should make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed for Contractor or for any of its property, or if Contractor 161 should persistently or repeatedly refuse or fail to supply enough properly skilled ,65 workmen or proper material, or if Contractor should refuse or fail to make prompt 206 payment to any person supplying labor or rnaterials for the work under the contract, or for persistently disregard instructions of the City or fail to observe or perform any 2011 provisions of the contract. 709 7. Cm's Right to Proceed. In the event this contract is terminated pursuant to Paragraph 6, then the City may take over the work and prosecute the same to 711 completion, by contract or otherwise, and Contractor and its sureties shall be liable to 112 the City for any costs over the arnot..nt of this contract thereby occasioned by the City. 713 In any such case the City may take possession of, and utilizer in completing the work, 714 such materials, appliances and structUres as may be on the work site and are 115 necessary for completion of time work. The foregoing provisions are in addition to, and 116 not in limitation of, the rights of the City under any other provisions of the contract, city 2 ordinances, and state and federal laws. A:\JEFF.COI April 2, 2002 8. Indemnity_. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall y indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its elected and appointed officials, employees, and agents, and the Engineer, from and against all claims, darnages, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees arising out or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the 7 n Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for those acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity Which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Paragraph. 9. Payment for Labor and Materials. 'the Contractor agrees and binds itself to pay for all labor clone, and for all the materials used in the construction of the work to be completed pursuant to this contract. Contractor shall furnish to the City a bond to insure the payment of all materials and labor used in the performance of this contract. /.i6 10. Supplies. The Contractor is hereby authorized and directed to utilize the City's :a, sales tax exemption in the purchase of ,goods and materials for the project as set out ;JB in Section '144.062 RSMo 1904 as amended. Contractor shall keep and maintain records and invoices of all such purchases which shall be submitted to the City. 11. Payment_ The City Hereby agrees to pay the Contractor for the work done pursuant to this contract according to the payment schedule set forth in the Contract /.!_ Documents upon acceptance of said work by the Director of Public Works and in ;43 accordance with the rates and/or amounts stated in the bid of Contractor dated March I$4 8, 2002 which are by reference made a part hereof. No partial payment to the ; Contractor shall operate as approval or acceptance of work done or materials furnished hereunder. The total amount of this contract shall not exceed One Million Three Hundred Thirty-Seven Thousand Five Hundred Forty-Six Doi la rs,--strbjeot-44 roe adjt tr err�-l�q-tf���-trrrit-l7rices-stun V I I vn-ttm-turd-Farm-t:>ege-fer=•a�:t iat-c{tuafl-t-iti= -�•'" -� So 12. Contract Documents. The contract documents shall consist of the following; ;5. a. This Contract g. General Provisions b. Addenda h. Special Provisions 753 c. Information for Bidders i. Technical Specifications �..a d. Notice to Bidders j. Drawings and/or sketches e. Signed Copy of Bid k. Change orders A:\JEl77FG0 t APM 2, 2002 a ISO f. Bonds 751 This contract and the other docurents enumerated in this paragraph, form the ,56 Contract between the parties. _ These documents are as fully a part of the contract as 5o if attached hereto or repeated herein. 13, Nondiscrimination. The Contractor agrees in the performance of this contract 76, not to discriminate on the ground or because of race, creed, color, national origin or 161 ancestry, sex, religion, handicap, age, or political opinion or affiliation, against any 767 employee of Contractor or applicant for employment and shall include a similar 76 provision in all subcontracts let or awarded hereunder. 765 14. Notices. All notices required to be in writing may be given by first class mail 766 addressed to the Director of Public Works, City of Jefferson, 320 East McCarty, 761 Jefferson City, Missouri 65101, and Contractor at 511 Gateway Drive, Jefferson City, 766 Missouri 65109. The date of delivery of any notice shall be the second full day after 749 the day of its mailing. 710 15. Jurisdiction. This agreement and every question arising hereunder shall be 77 interpreted according to the laws and statutes of the State of Missouri. M A:\JEFF.CO1 April 2,2002 1 779 16, IN T,g=,§TIMONY WgEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals 773 this L_ �. day of ,/� , 2002. f 774 CITY OF JEFFE SO , M ,SOURI 779 a y r 777 APPRO ED AS T dRM��` ATTEST: 779 �...� ��r' �'t--�"� �• ,� : /��� ,,� 770 . City , n e of City,,Clerk 790 CONTRACTOR 79� Title: 'Presid�nf 797 ATTEST: 798 Title: `15ecre*ary / (req-surer AMEFF.Col April 2,2002 PERFORMANCE. PAYMENT AND GUARANTEE BOND tb: 6113237 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned Sterling Excavation and Erection, Inc. hereinafter, referred tons "Contractor" and 1o,. ur'xl(-.() (a,vv, ny of /Weriui a Corporation organized under the fjl' �.flld JUthOrlZi3d to transact in the laws of the State of State Of Missouri as Surety, are held and firn-fly bound unto the City of Jefferson, Missouri hereinafter referrod to as "Owner" -IREE HUNDRED THIRTY SEVEN THOUSAND in the penal sum of ONE MILLION TI FIVE HUNDRED FORTY SIX DOLLARS ($1,337,546.00), lawful money of the United States of America for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves and Our heirs, executors, administrators, Successors, and assigns, jointly and severally by these presents. N9 THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT; !I/ A - WHEREAS, the above bounded Contractor has on the day of 1)" 1') 5,11 2002, entered into a written contract with tyre furnishing all e aforesaid Owner for Ll 1101 materials, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, and other facilities and 303 accessories, for the construction of certain improvements as designated, defined and d0j described in the said Contract and the Conditions thereof, and in accordance with the ans specifications and plat-is therefore-, a copy of said Contract being attached hereto and made a part hereof: NOW THEREFORE, if the said Contractor shall and will, in all partiCLII�11'S, well, duly -.-Ind faithfully observe, perform and abide by each and every covenant, condition, and part 210" of the said Contract, and the Conditions, Specifications, Plans, Prevailing Wage Law and nd other Contract Documents thereto attached or, by reference, made a part thereof, according to the true intent and meaning in each case, and if said contractor shall replace all defective parts, material and workmanship for a period of one year after acceptance by lhe Owner, then this obligation shall be. and lhecomc-_� null and void-, 4 4 otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, A,\JEFF.C(D I April 2, 20021 d,5 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if the said Contractor fails to duly pay for any labor, Bid materials, sustenances, provisions, provender, gasoline, lubricating oils, fuel oils, 9,v greases, coal repairs, equipment and tools consumed or used in said work, groceries 9,E and foodstuffs, and all insurance premiums, compensation liability, and otherwise, or 9,9 any other supplies or materials used or consumed by such Contractor or his, their, or 920 its subcontractors in performance of the work contracted to be done, the Surety will pay 921 the same in any amount not exceeding the amount of this Obligation, together with 022 interest as provided by law: 9:3 PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and 9:4 agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the 975 contract, or the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications accompanying X29 the same, shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive 9:7 notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to 'the terms of the 9:9 contract, or to the work, or to the specifications: 029 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if the said Contractor fails to pay the prevailing hourly rate 8,10 of wages, as shown in the attached schedule, to any workman engaged in the construction of the improvements as designated, defined and described in the said 972 contract, specifications and conditions thereof, the Surety will pay the deficiency and 933 any penalty provided for by law which the contractor incurs by reason of an act or ® 334 omission, in any amount not exceeding the amount of this obligation together with 935 interest as provided by law: 976 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the said Contractor has hereunto set his hand, and the 937 said Surety has caused these presents to be executed in its name, and its corporate 9,9 seal to be hereunto affixed, by it attorney-in-fact duly authorized thereunto so to do, at 919 on this the 940 17V/ day of_ , 2002. 94f Safeco Insurance (, fvany__o /W:,vic< ._.__Sba,linaE•cavation and Erection_, inc. s4z SURETY COMPANY CONTRACTOR BY (SEAT_) 13Y____ ,'Z,!!_' �.f(. �YU _c.�__(SEAL) 914 BY , SEAt BY;, i;_ ,� ,,• <.�.- , SEAL 95 Attorney-in-fact `,,'ut� Crmtri I l,�! (State-: Representative) . 945 (Accompany this bond with Attorney-in--fart's authority f(0111 the Surety Company certified to include the date of the bond.) AA.1EFF C01 April 2, 2002 n AUTHORIZATION TO INSERT DATE OF CONTRACT ON BONDS April 4,2002 THE UNDERSIGNED IS AN AuTHORILED REPRESENTATIVE OF: Safeco Insurance Company of America THE SURETY FOR: Sterlint! I xravution and I rcction, lnc. THE CONTRACTOR FOR AND DURING THE ENTIRE PROJECT DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: Proicet No.310.51-0301,Collection System AUTHORIZATION IS HEREBY GIVEN BY THE SURETY TO City of Jefferson City,Missouri TO INSERT THE DATE OF THE EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT ON THE BONDS AND THE POWER OF ATTORNEY Safeco E fir•ancc Conmanv of A scricsl `°"S e Camarillo, Attorney in fact M �^ ^ POWER SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA S A F E C GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA OF ATTORNEY HOME OFFICE. SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE,WA HI NGTON 98183 No. 752 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS; That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,each a Washington corporation,does each hereby appoint ••'•'•"'•SUE CANIARlLLO;Kansm City,Mfssoun,BRENDA LfNZE;Blue Springs,Missouri;ROGER FEAS TER;DALE A.GEDAUE•R;Lee's Summit,tilissouri;JANICE A, SPARKE;Prairie Village,Kansas;STEVEN M.LANCE Leawood,Y❑i, ...•'•"'••'••••••••"•••••'•••'•"'•••••"•"•'••••••••••••••••............................. its true and lawful attomey(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bards or undertakings and other documents of a similar character Issued in the course of its business,and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents MIS 9;h day of Mauch 2001 R.A. /Lill PIERSON.SECRETARY ~ _ MIKE MCGAVICK,PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY ANO SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice Presidunt ;hp Sec•e!ary, -end any Assistant Vice Prosident appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations,shall eadi have authority to appoint individuals as attomf:ys-in•fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to executo on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and Other documenss of similar character ISSLied oy the company in the course of Its business...On any instrument making or evidenung such appointment the signatures may be affixed by facsimilo. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal,or a facsimile thereof,may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced;provided,however,that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." EAtract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors o(SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted Juty 2a, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (i) The provisions of Article V,Section 13 of the By-Laws,and (fl) A copy of the power-of-attomey appointment,executea pursuant lhereln,and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile,and the seal of the Company may boa facsimile thereef" I,R.A.Pierson,Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,do hereby cerbty that Ute foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations,and of a Power of Altomey issued pursuant thereto,are true and correct,and that both the By-Laws,the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,Ih ave hereunto set my hand and affixed the faC,•imile Se31 of Said corporation this �r'L 1�._�__.__�_ __.. dry of __.�� Jtif [ P`0_02 �AGO o rfWc C E CdMP�y p CORPORATE. v SEAL , SEAL 1953 1 ,� r lsfl Of wASM ' u('rviSD' � R.A, PIERSON, SECRL,rARY 5•JB!arSAEF 1;Ot A req'vioe,t it iwvii art of SAFECO Ccraoration 19101 POF 11+1 GENERAL PROASIONS a+s FORWARD a+a The following Articles GP-1 through GP-49 are"General Provisions of the Contract", modified as set forth 8+7 in the Special Provisions. e+a GP-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, 8+9 It is expressly understood and agreed that the Contract Documents comprise the Notice to Bidders, asa Instruction to Bidders, General Provisions, Special Provisions, Bid, Contract, Performance and One Year 1151 Guarantee Bond, Specifications, other documents listed in the Table of Contents and bound in this 115: Volume. Plans, all Addenda thereto issued prior to the time of opening bids for the work, all of which are 1153 hereto attached, and other drawings, specifications, and engineering data which may be furnished by the as+ Contractor and approved by the Owner, together with such additional drawings which may be furnished ass by the Engineer from time to time as are necessary to make clear and to define in greater detail the intent asa of the specifications and drawings, are each and all component parts to the agreement governing the 857 work to be done and the materials equipment to be furnished. All of these documents are hereby defined 8511 as the Contract Documents, 1159 The several parts of the Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall 1160 be as binding as if called for by all. The intention of the Documents is to include the furnishing of all 1181 materials, labor, tools, equipment and supplies necessary for constructing complete and ready to use the 8112 work specified. Materials or work described in words which so applied have a well known technical or 663 trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. aa+ The Contract shall be executed in the State and County where the Owner is located. Three (3) copies 11115 of the contract documents shall be prepared by the Contractor, each containing an exact copy of the aaa Contractor's bid as submitted, the Performance Bond properly executed, a Statutory Bond where required, 867 and the contract agreement signed by both parties thereto. These executed contract documents shall 11811 be filed as follows: 869 One (1) with the City Clerk of the City of Jefferson 1170 One (1) with the Jefferson City Director of Public Works 1171 One (1) with the Contractor aI. GP-2 DEFINITIONS 1177 Wherever any work or expression defined in this article, or pronoun used in its stead, occurs in these 97+ contract dOCUrnents, it shall have and is mutually understood to have the meaning herein given: 1115 1. "Contract"or"Contract Documents"shall Include all of the documents enumerated in the previous 876 article. 677 2. "Owner", "City", or words "Party of the First Part", shall mean the party entering into contract to 1170 secure performance of the work, covered by this Contract and his or its duly authorized officers 1179 or agents. Generally this will be the"City of Jefferson". Sao 3. "Contractor" or the words"Party of the Second Bart" shall mean the party entering into contract oaf for the performance of the work covered by this contract and his duly authorized agents or legal eel representatives. 9113 4. "Subcontractors"shall mean and refer to a corporation, partnership, or individual having a direct A:IJEFF C01 July 19,2001 i A AA<i contract with the Contractor, for performing work at the job site. 887 5. "Engineer" shall mean the firm, company, individual, or its/his/her duly authorized ANA representatives) under separate agreement with the City of Jefferson that prepared the plans, AA9 spE cifications, and other such documents for the work covered by this contract. A90 G. "Re.aident Project Representative" shall mean the engineering or technical assistant duly 091 authorized by the Engineer limited to the particular duties entrusted to him or them as 1192 subsequently set forth herein. 09.1 7. "Date of Award of Contract" or words equivalent thereto, shall mean the date upon which the 119: successful bidder's proposal is accepted by the City. A99 8. "Day" or "days", unless herein otherwise expressly defined, shall mean a calendar day or days A9A of twenty-four hours each. 897 9. "The work" shall mean the work to be done and the equipment, supplies and materials to be 8911 furnished under this contract, unless some other meaning is indicated by the context. 899 10. "Plans" or"drawings" shall mean and include all drawings which may have been prepared by the 900 Engineer as a basis for proposals, all drawings submitted by the successful bidder with his Wf proposal and by the Contractor to the City, if and when approved by the Engineer, and all 90: drawings submitted by the City to the Contractor during the progress of the work, as provided for 903 herein. 904 11. Whenever in these contract documents the words "as directed", "as required", "as permitted", "as 905 allowed", or words or phrases of like impart are used, it shall be understood that the direction, - 908 requirement, permission, or allowance of the City and Engineer is intended. 901 12. Similarly the words "approved", "reasonable", "Suitable", "acceptable", "properly", "satisfactory", 908 or words of like effect and import, unless otherwise particularly specified herein, shall mean 9()9 approved, reasonable, suitable, acceptable, proper or satisfactory in the judgment of the City and • 910 Engineer. 9.. 13. Whenever any statement is made in these Contract Documents containing the expression "it is 9: understood and agreed" or any expression of the like import, such expression means the mutual 919 understanding and agreement of the Contractor and the City. 91. 14. "Missouri Highway Specifications" shall mean the latest edition of the "Missouri Standard 915 Specifications for Highway Construction" prepared by the Missouri Highway acrd Transportation 916 Commission and published before the date of this contract. 917 GP-3 THE CONTRACTOR Pill It is understood and agreed that the Contractor, has by careful examination satisfied himself as to the 919 nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the 9W materials to be encountered, the character of the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and V1 during the prosecution of the work, the general local conditions, and all other matters which can in any 92: way affect the work under this Contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or 920 employee of the City, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the 984 terms or obligations herein contained, A:UEFF.CO1 October 3,2001 1 925 The relation of the Contractor to the City shall be that of an independent contractor. 928 GP4 1 E ENPINEER 927 The Engineer shall be the City's representative during the construction period and he shall observe the 9711 work in process on behalf of the City by a series of periodic visits to the job site. He shall have authority 979 to act on behalf of the City. 9)0 The Engineer assumes no direction of employees of the Contractor or subcontractors and no supervision 931 of the construction activities or responsibility for their safety. The Engineer's sole responsibility during 971 construction is to the City to endeavor to protect defects and deficiencies in the work. 933 Any plan or method of work suggested by the Engineer, or other representative of the City, to the 9,74 Contractor, but not,specified or required, if adopted or followed by the Contractor in whole or in part, shall 975 be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor; and the Engineer and the City will assume no 936 responsibility therefore. 977 GP-5 BOND Pia Coincident with the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish a good and sufficient surety 9i9 bond in the full amount of the contract sum. This surety bond, executed by the Contractor to the City, 940 shall be a guarantee: (a) for the faithful performance and completion of the work in strict accordance with 94f the terms and intent of the contract documents; (b) the payment of all bills and obligations arising from 942 this contract which might in any manner become a claim against the City; (c) for the payment to the City 943 of all sums due or which may become due by the terms of the contract, as well as by reason of any 944 violation thereof by the Contractor; and for a period of one year from and immediately following the 945 acceptance of the completed project by the City, the payment to the City of all damage loss and expense 946 which may occur to the City by reason of defective materials used, or by reason of defective or improper 94? workmanship done, in the furnishing of materials, labor, and equipment in the performance of the said 948 contract. 949 All provisions of the bond shall be complete and in full accordance with statutory requirements. The bond 950 shall be executed with the property sureties through a company licensed and qualified to operate in the 95T state and approved by the City. Bond shall be signed by an agent resident in the state and date of bond 952 shall be the date of execution of the contract. 953 If at any time during the continuance of the contract the surety on the Contractor's bond becomes 954 irresponsible, the City shall have the right to require additional and sufficient sureties which the Contractor 9.5.5 shall furnish to the satisfaction of the City within ten (10) days after notice to do so. In default thereof, the 956 contract may be suspended, all payments or money due the Contractor withheld, and the contract 957 completed as hereinafter provided. 956 GP-6 INSURANCE 959 GP-6.1 GENERAL: 960 The Contractor shall secure, pay for and maintain during the life of the Contract, insurance of such types gat and amounts as necessary to protect himself, and the City, against all hazards enumerated herein, All 96: policies shall be in the amounts, form and companies satisfactory to the City. 967 The insuring company shall deliver to the City certificates of all insurance required, signed by an 964 authorized representative and stating that all provisions of the following specified requirements are 9a5 complied with. AAJEFF C01 July 19, 2001 t r • 966 All certificates of insurance required herein shall state that ten (10) days written notice will be given to the 962 City before the policy is canceled or changed. All certifications of insurance shall be delivered to the City 9611 prior to the time that any operations under this contract are started. 069 All of said Contractor's certificates of insurance shall be written in an insurance company authorized to to do business in the State of Missouri. 921 GP-6.2 BODILY INJURY LIABILITY & PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY INSURANCE 922 (1) Bodily Injury Liability insurance coverage providing limits for bodily injuries, including death, of not less 91.1 than $2,000,000 per person and $300,000 per occurrence. 924 (2) Property Damage Liability insurance coverage for limits of not less than $2,000,000 per one 925 occurrence nor less than $2,000,000 aggregate to limit for the policy year. 926 GP-6.3 CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE BODILY INJURY LIABILITY & PROTECTIVE PROPERTY 922 DAMAGE LIABILITY INSURANCE: CO( VERING OPERATIONS OF SUBCONTRACTORS) 9211 (1) Contractors contingent policy providing limits of at least $300,000 per person and $2,000,000 per 929 occurrence for bodily injury or death. 9110 (2) Property Damage Liability providing limits of at least $2,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000.000 96, aggregate. 962 GP-6.4 CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY 9113 Property Damage coverage with $2,000,000 aggregate limit. 9114 GP-6.5 OWNER'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE 9115 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Owner's Protective Liability and Property Damage insurance 966 issued in the name of the Owner and the Engineer as will protect both against any and all claims that 962 might arise as a result of the operations of the Contractor or his subcontractors in fulfilling this contract. 9116 The minimum amount of such insurance shall be the same as required for Bodily Injury Liability and 969 Property Damage Liability Insurance. This policy shall be filed with the Owner and a copy filed with the 990 Engineer. 99r GP-6.6 EXCLUSIONS 992 The above requirements GP-6.2, 6.3, 6.5 for property damage liability shall contain no exclusion relative M to. 994 (1) Blasting or explosion. (Consult Technical Specifications Part I for possible deletion of this 99.5 requirement on subject project.) 996 (2) Injury or destruction of property below the surface of the ground, such as wires, conduits, pipes, 992 mains, sewers, etc., caused by the Contractor's operations. 996 (3) The collapse of, or structural injury to, any building or structure on or adjacent to the City's premises, 999 or injury to or destruction of property resulting therefrom, caused by the removal of other buildings, two structures, or supports, or by excavations below the surface of the ground. toot GP-6.7 U� TOMOBILE BODILY INJURY_LIA!BILI Y & AUTOMOBILE PROPERTY DAMAGE AAJEFF.001 July 19, 2001 r root .LIABiUTY INS!RA CC_E 1003 Contractor shall carry in his name, additional assured clauses protecting City, Liability Insurance with 1004 Bodily Injury or Death Limits of not less than $300,000 per person and $2,000,000 per occurrence, and 1005 property damage limits of not less than $300,000 with hired car and non-owned vehicle coverage or 1076 separate policy carrying similar limits. 1007 The above is to cover the use of automobiles and trucks on and off the site of the project. I" GP-6.8 EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY AND WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION 1009 Employer's and Workmen's Compensation Insurance as will protect him against any and all claims 1010 resulting from injuries to and death of workmen engaged in work under this contract, and in addition the 1011 Contractor shall carry occupational disease coverage with statutory limits, and Employer's Liability with 10,2 a limit of$300,000 per person. The "All State"endorsement shall be included. 1013 In case any class of employees is not protected under the Workmen's Compensation Statute, the 1014 Contractor shall provide and cause such contractor to provide adequate employer's liability coverage as 1015 will protect him against any claims resulting from injuries to and death of workmen engaged in work under 1016 this contract. 1017 GP-6.9 INSTALLATION FLOATER INSURANCE 1076 This insurance shall insure and protect the Contractor and the City from all insurable risks of physical loss 1019 or damage to materials and equipment, not otherwise covered under Builder's Risk Insurance, when in 1020 warehouses or storage areas, during installation, during testing and until the work is accepted. It shall 1021 be of the"All Risks"type, with coverage designed for the circumstances which may occur in the particular 1022 work included in this contract. The coverage shall be for an amount not less than the value of the work 1023 at completion, less the value of the material and equipment insured under Builder's Risk Insurance. The 1024 value shall include the aggregate value of the City-furnished equipment and materials to be erected or IM installed by the Contractor not otherwise insured under Builder's Risk Insurance. 1026 Installation Floater Insurance shall also provide for losses, if any, to be adjusted with and made payable 1022 to the Contractor and the City as their interests may appear. 1026 If the aggregate value of the City-furnished and Contractor-furnished equipment is less than $10,000 such 1029 equipment may be covered under Builder's Risk Insurance, and if so covered, this Installation Floater 1030 Insurance may be omitted, 1031 GP-6.10 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR OTHER LOSSES 1032 For the considerations in this agreement heretofore stated, in addition to Contractor's other obligations, 1033 the Contractor assumes full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools 103+ owned by the mechanics, any tool machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the 1035 Contractor's, his agents, sub-contractors, material men or his or their employees; to sheds or other ro36 temporary structures, scaffolding and staging, protective fences, bridges and sidewalk hooks. The 1037 Contractor shall also assume responsibility for all loss or damage caused by, arising out of or incident to 1030 larceny, theft, or any cause whatsoever(except as hereinbefore provided) to the structure on which the 1039 work of this contract and any modifications, alterations, enlargements thereto, is to be done, and to 1040 materials and labor connected or to be used as a part of the permanent materials, and supplies necessary 1041 to the work. 1042 GP-6.11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY ON DAMAGES& CLAIMS INDEMNIFYING CITY A:UEFF.CO1 July 19, 2001 t 1a3 The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City and Engineer and their officers and agents, 1044 of and from all losses, damages, costs, expenses, judgments, or decrees whatever arising out of action 1045 or suit that may be brought against the City or Engineer or any officer or agent of either of them, for or on 1045 account of the failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor to do and perform any of the covenants, acts, 1042 matters, or things by this contract undertaken to be done or performed, or for the injury, death or damage 11Hh caused by the negligence or alleged negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or his or their 10+0 agents, or in connection with any claim or claims based on the lawful demands of subcontractors, 1050 workmen, material men,or suppliers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools and supplies 1051 incurred in the fulfillment of this contract. 1052 GP-6.12 NOTIFICATION IN EVENT OF LIABILITY OR DAMAGE 1053 Upon the occurrence of any event, the liability for which is herein assumed, the Contractor agrees to 1054 forthwith notify the City, in writing such happening, which notice shall forthwith give the details as to the 1055 happening, the cause as far as can be ascertained, the estimate of loss or damage done, the names of 1056 witnesses, if any, and stating the amount of any claim, 1052 GP-7 SSA IGNMENT OF CONTRAC 1058 The Contractor shall not assign or transfer this contract nor sublet it as a whole, without the written 1054 consent of the City and of the Surety on the Contractor's bond. Such consent of Surety, together with 1000 copy of assignment, shall be filed with the City. No assignment, transfer or subletting, even though 1081 consented to, shall relieve the Contractor of his liabilities under this contract. Should any assignee fail 1082 to perform the work undertaken by him in a satisfactory manner, the City may at his option annul and 1087 terminate Assignee's contract. 10" GP-8 SUBCONTRACTS PRINCIPAL MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT 1085 Prior to the award of the contract, the Contractor shall submit for approval of the City a list of 1088 subcontractors and the sources of the principal items of materials and equipment which he proposes to 1082 use in the construction of the project. • load The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the City for the acts and orissions of his 1080 subcontractors and of person either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and 1020 omissions or persons directly employed by him. Any notices to the Contractor shall be considered as 101 notice to any affected subcontractors. 1022 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any 1023 subcontractor and the City, 1074 No officer, agent or employee of the City, including the Engineer, shall have any power or authority 1015 whatsoever to bind the City or incur any obligation in its behalf to any subcontractor, material supplier or 1028 other person in any manner whatsoever. 1077 GP-9 OTHER CONTRACTS 1028 The City reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this work. The Contractor shall afford 1020 other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the 1080 execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs, 1081 If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results on the work of any other 1002 contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defect in such work that 1087 renders it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. AAJEFF.CO1 July 19, 2001 1 w 10A4 His failure so to inspect and report all constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and 106.9 proper for the reception of his work, except as to drrfects which may develop in the other contractor's work 1060 after the execution of his work. 106 Wherever work being done by the City's forces or by other contractors is contiguous to work covered by lo"A this Contract, the respective rights of the various interests involved shall be established by the Engineer, 1609 in order to secure the completion of the various portions of the work in general harmony. 1090 GP-10 LEGAL RESTRICTIONS PERMITS AND REGULATIONS 1o91 The Contractor shall procure at his own expense all necessary licenses and permits of a temporary nature 109: and shall give due and adequate notice to those in control of all properties which may be affected by his 109, operations. Bights-of-way and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing 1094 facilities shall be provided by the City unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and 1095 comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn or 1096 specified. 1097 GP-11 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 1090 It is agreed that all royalties for patents or patent claims, infringement whether such patents are for 1099 processes or devices, that might be involved in the construction or use of the work, shall be included in 1100 the contract amount and the Contractor shall satisfy all demands that may be made at any time for such 1101 and shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements, and the Contractor shall at his own 1102 expense, defend any and all suits or proceedings that may be instituted at any tirne against the City or 11011 Engineer for infringement or alleged infringement of any patent or patents involved in the work, and in 1104 case of an award of damages, the said Contractor shall pay such award; final payment to the Contractor 1105 by the City will not be made while any such suits or claims remain unsettled. • 1106 GP-12 SCOPE AND INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS 1107 GP-12.1 GENERAL 1100 These Specifications and Project Plans are intended to supplement, but not necessarily duplicate each 1109 other, and together constitute one complete set of Specifications and Plans so that any work exhibited 1110 in the one and not in the other, shall be executed just as if it has been set forth in both, in order that the 1111 work shall be completed according to the complete design of the Engineer. 111. Should anything be omitted from the Specifications and Plans which is necessary to a clear understanding 111, of the work,or should it appear various instructions are in conflict, then the Contractor shall secure written 1114 instructions from the Engineer before proceeding with the construction affected by such omissions or 1115 discrepancies. It is understood and agreed that the work shall be performed and completed according 1116 to the true spirit, meaning and intent of the contract, specifications and plans. 1117 GP-12.2 FIGURED DIMENSIONS TO GOVERN IIIA Dimensions and elevations shown on the plans shall be accurately followed even though they differ from 1119 scaled measurements. No work shown on the plans, the dimensions of which are not indicated shall be 1120 executed until the required dimensions have been obtained from the Engineer. 1121 GP-12.3 CONTRACTOR TO CHECK PLANS AND SCHEDULES IM, The Contractor shall check all dimensions, elevations and quantities shown on the plans, and schedules 112.7 given to him by the Engineer, and shall notify the Engineer of any discrepancy between the plans and the 01124 conditions on the ground, or any error or omission in plans, or in the layout as given by stakes, points, or A:UFFF.c:01 October 3,2001 11:5 Instructions, which he may discover in the course of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to take advantage of any error or omission in the plans or contract documents, as full instructions will be furnished 11.^7 by the Engineer should such error or omission be discovered, and the Contractor shall carry Out such 11:.7 instructions as if originally specified. 11:9 The apparent silence of the Plans and Specifications as to any detail or the apparent omission from them 11:111 of a detailed description concerning any point, shall be regarded as meaning that only the best general 1131 practices, as accepted by the particular trades or industries involved, shall be used 11.1.. GP-12.4 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 107 Reference to standard specifications of any technical society, organization or association, or to codes of 11.74 local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative specification 1131 adopted and published at the date of taking bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 1.111 GP-13 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE AT PROJECT ,137 The Engineer may furnish a "Resident Project Representative" to observe the work performed under this 1130 Contract, to the end that said work is performed, in substantial accordance with the plans and 1179 specifications therefor. 1140 The Resident Project Representative assumes no direction of employees of the Contractor or 1141 Subcontractors and no supervision of the construction activities or responsibility for their safety. The sole 114: duty of the Resdident Project Representative during the construction is to the City to endeavor to protect 1143 against defects and deficiencies in the work. 1144 The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of the Resident Project " 1145 Representative so appointed,when the same are consistent with the obligations of this contract and the 114" specifications therefor, provided, however, that should the Contractor object to any order given by the 1147 Resident Project Representative,the Contractor may make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision. 114.7 The Resident Project Representative and other properly authorized representatives of the City shall be 1149 free at all times to perform their duties, an intimidation or attempted intimidation of any one of them by the 115.7 Contractor or by any of his employees shall be sufficient reason, if the City so decides, to annul the 1151 contract. 115: Such resident project representation shall riot relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform said 115.1 work strictly in accordance with the plans and specifications or any modifications thereof as herein 1154 provided, and work riot so constructed shall be removed and made good by the Contractor at his own 1155 expense, and free of all expense to the City, whenever so ordered by the Engineer, without reference to 1156 any previous oversight in observation of work. Any defective material or workmanship may be rejected 1157 by the Engineer at any time before the final acceptance of the work, even through the same may have 11519 been previously overlooked and estimated for payment. 1159 The Resident Project Representative shall have no authority to permit any deviation from the plans and 1111" specifications except on written order from the Engineer, aril the Contractor will be liable for any deviation 11111 except on such written order. 116: All condemned work shall be promptly taken out and replaced by satisfactory work, and all condemned 11(1.7 materials shall be promptly removed from the vicinity of the work. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to 11"4 comply with instructions in this respect the City may, upon cerlification by the Engineer, withhold payment 1105 or proceed to terminate contracts as herein provided. 1166 Reexamination of questioned work may be ordered by the Engineer, and if so ordered the work must be AMIEFF.CO1 October 3,2001 M 11E7 uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be done in accordance with the Contract Documents, the City 1 F68 shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If such work be found not In accordance with the flog Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost, unless he shall show that defect in the work was +,70 caused by another contractor of the City and in that event the City shall pay such cost. 1,7f The Contractor shall furnish samples of testing purposes of any material required by the Engineer, and +177 shall furnish any information required concerning the nature or source of any material which he proposes 1177 to use. 1174 GP-14 LINES AND GRADES f,7K The Department of Public,Works will set construction stakes establishing lines, scopes, and continuous 117e profile grade in road work, and center-line and bench marks for culvert work, and appurtenances as may 1177 be deemed necessary, and will furnish the Contractor, with all necessary information relating to lines, ilia slopes, and grades, to lay out the work correctly. The Contractor shall maintain these lines, grades, and 1179 bench marks and use them to lay out the work he is to perform under this contract. ffoo The Contractor shall notify the Department of Public Works not less than 48 hours before stakes are flat required. No claims shall be made because of delays if the contractors fail to give such notice. 1187 The Contractor shall carefully preserve stakes and bench marks. If such stakes and bench mark become damaged, lost, displaced, or removed by the Contractor, they shall be reset at his expense and deducted from the payment for the work. BIAS Any work done without being properly located and established by base lines, offset stakes, bench marks, 113E or other basic reference points checked by the Construction Representative may be ordered removed and 11117 replaced at the Contractor's expense. • I100 GP-16 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS „E9 The Contractor shall be responsible for the condition of all materials furnished by him, and he shall 1190 replace at his own cost and expense any and all such material found to be defective in design or 1+91 manufacture, or which has been damaged after delivery. This includes the furnishing of all materials and 1197 labor required for replacement of any installed materials which is found to be defective at any time prior 119) to the expiration of one year from the date of final payment. 1191 The manufacturer of pipe for use on this project shall certify in writing to the City that all materials 1195 furnished for use in this project do conform to these specifications. Whenever standard tests are 1,96 conducted, he shall forward a copy of the test results to the City. 1177 GP-16 WATER 1198 All water required for and in connection with the work to be performed shall be provided by the Contractor 1199 at his sole cost and expense. 1700 GP-17 POWER r7o1 � ..� .707 All power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's plant or equipment or for any other use by the 1707 Contractor, shall be provided by the Contractor at his sole cost and expense. 1704 GP-18 SUPERINTENDENCE AND WORKMANSHIP 1705 The Contractor shall keep on his work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any 1706 necessary assistants. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions 1707 given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. 1708 The Contractor shall provide proper tools and equipment and the services of all workmen, mechanics, AAJEFF.CO1 July 19,2001 S 1709 tradesmen, and other employees necessary in the construction and execution of the work contemplated 1f10 and outlined herein. The employees of the Contractor shall be competent and willing to perform fill satisfactorily the work required of them. Any employee who is disorderly, intemperate or incompetent 121 or who neglects or refuses to perform his work in a satisfactorily manner, shall be promptly discharged. 1213 It is called particularly to the Contractor's attention that only first class workmanship will be acceptable X214 GP-19 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 1215 Whenever any street is closed, the Police Department, Fire Department, and Ambulance Services shall f9l6 be notified prior to the closing. When a portion of the project is closed to through traffic, the Contractor :2,, shall provide proper barricades and shall mark a detour route around the section of the project if .9.a applicable. The route of all detours shall be approved by the Director of Public Works. All detour signing f7l9 shall conform to the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices". 1270 Throughout the project, wherever homes are served directly from a street or portion of a street which is Y221 to be reconstructed under this project, the Contractor shall make every effort to provide access to each +917 home every night. This work shall be subsidiary to the construction and no direct payment will be made f2:3 for it. 1211 GP-20 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS 1225 All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected 1226 by means of effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall 1727 be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. 1.178 All open trenches and other excavations shall be provided with suitable barriers, signs, and lights to the 1279 extent that adequate protection is provided to the public, Obstructions, such as material piles and 1270 equipment, shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. - �231 All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated by means of warning lights at night. All lights used �?J? for this purpose shaft be kept burning from sunset to sunrise. Materials stored upon or alongside public 173) streets and highways shall be so placed, and the work at all times shall be so conducted, as to cause the QJ4 minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public. 0 1275 All barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity 1236 with applicable statutory requirements, and in conformance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control 1937 Devices. All necessary barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices will be furnished, installed Pill and maintained by the Contractor. This work shall be subsidiary to the construction and no direct payment 039 will be made for it. I7 40 GP-21 EXISTING UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS AND STRUCTURES t241 Pipe lines and other existing underground installations and structures in the vicinity of the work to be done 124: hereunder are indicated on the plans according to the best information available to the City. The City 1147 does not guarantee the accuracy of such information. The Contractor shall make every effort to locate 1714 all underground pipe lines, conduits and structures by contacting owners of underground utilities and by 1245 prospecting in advance of the excavation 1116 Any delays to the Contractor caused by pipe lines or other underground structures or obstructions not 1247 shown by the plans, or found in locations different than those indicated, shall not constitute a claim for 124a extra work, additional payment or damages. x.49 No payment will be made to the Contractor for locating and protecting utilities and cooperating with their 1250 owners, and any damages caused to the utilities by the Contractor's negligence shall be repaired entirely 1.5f at the Contractor's expense. 1957 Utilities, other than sanitary sewers and water mains, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, must be A.UEFF.001 July 19, 2001 r. 1253 moved will be moved by the utility company at no cost to the Contractor, Sanitary sewers which must be 1251 moved shall be re-laid by the Contractor and paid for at the prices bid. Only sewers which must be moved 1155 because of direct conflict with the storm sewer conduit will be paid for in this manner. Sewers damaged 1256 by excavation but not in direct conflict with the storm sewer will be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 1257 GP-22 PROTECTION OF WORK AN_ D PROPERTY 1256 The Contractor shall be accountable for any damages resulting from his operations. He shall be fully 1252 responsible for the protection of all persons including members of the public, employees of the City and 1260 employees of other contractors or subcontractors and all public and private property including structures, 1261 sewers and utilities above and below ground, along, beneath, above, across or near the site or sites of 1262 the work, or other persons or property which are in any manner affected by the prosecution of the work. 1262 The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all necessary safety equipment such as barriers, signs,warning 126. lights and guards as required to provide adequate protection or persons and property. 1265 The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owner or owners of public or private property and 1266 utilities when such property is liable to injury or damage through the performance of the work, and shall 126? make all necessary arrangements with such owner or owners relative to the removal and replacement 1266 or protection of such property or utilities. 1269 In an emergency affecting the safety of life or of the work or of adjoining property, the Contractor, without 1270 special instruction or authorization, is hereby permitted to act at his discretion to prevent such threatened 1271 loss or injury, and he shall so act. Any compensation, claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency 1272 work, shall be determined by agreement or arbitration. 1277 The Contractor agrees to hold the City harmless from any and all loss or damages arising out of 1274 jurisdictional labor disputes or other labor troubles of any kind that may occur during the construction or 1275 performance of this contract. 1276 GP-23 GUARANTEE OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP • 1277 The Contractor hereby guarantees the work in connection with this contract against faulty materials or 1276 poor workmanship during the period of one (1) year after the date of completion of the contract. 1279 GP-24 NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS 1269 Neither observation of work by the City or any of their officials, employees, or agents, nor any order by 1261 the City for payment of money, or any payment for, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the work 1262 by the City, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the City or its employees, shall 1281 operate as a waiver of any provision of this contract, or of any power herein reserved to the City, or any 1264 right to damages herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach in this contract be held to be a 1285 waiver of any other or subsequent breach. 1266 GP-25 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS 128? If desired by the City, portions of the work may be placed in service when completed or partially completed 1288 and the Contractor shall ,give proper access to the work for this purpose; but such use and operation shall 1269 not constitute an acceptance of the work, and the Contractor shall be liable for defects due to faulty 1290 construction until the entire work under this Contract is finally accepted and for the guarantee period 1201 thereafter. 1292 GP-26 ADDITIONAL, OMITTED, OR CHANGED WORK AAJEFF.001 July 19,2001 3 1297 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order additional work to be done in connection with the 1294 Contract or may alter or deduct from the work, the Contract sum to be adjusted accordingly, All such work 1295 shall be executed to the same standards of workmanship and performance as though therein included. 1290 The Engineer shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, riot involving cost, and not 1292 inconsistent with the purposes of the work. 1298 Except for adjustments of estimated quantities for unit price work or materials to conform to actual pay 1299 quantities therefor as may be provided for in the Special Conditions, all changes and alterations in the 1300 terms or scope of the Contract shall be made under the authority of duly executed change orders issued 130f and signed by the Owner and accepted and signed by the Contractor. All work increasing the cost shall 1]02 be done as authorized by the Owner and ordered in writing by the Engineer, which order shall state the 1303 location, character, amount, and method of compensation. No additional or changed work shall be made 1361 unless in pursuance of such written order by the Engineer, and no claim for an addition to the Contract 1305 sum shall be valid unless so ordered. 1306 If the modification or alteration increases the amount of work to be done, and the added work or any part I302 thereof is of a type and character which can be properly and fairly classified under one or more unit price 1108 items of the Proposal, then such added work or part thereof shall be paid for according to the amount 1399 actually done and at the applicable unit price or prices therefor. Otherwise, such work shall be paid for 1710 as "Extra Work" as hereinafter provided in this Article GP-26. 191 If the modification or alteration decreases the amount of work to be done, such decrease shall not 1312 constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on work affected by such decrease. 137 Where the value of omitted work is not covered by applicable unit prices, the Engineer shall determine U14 on an equitable basis the amount of. 1315 1. Credit due the Owner for Contract work not done as a result of an authorized change. , (lid 2. Allowance to the Contractor for any actual loss incurred in connection with the purchase, delivery 1712 and subsequent disposal of materials or equipment required for use on the work planned and 1718 which could not be used in any part of the work as actually built. ' F319 3. Any other adjustment of the Contract amount where the method to be used in making such 1720 adjustments is not clearly defined in the contract documents. 1321 Statements for extra work shall be rendered by the Contractor not later than fifteen (15) days after the 022 completion of each assignment of extra work and if found correct will be approved by the Engineer and 1727 submitted for payment with the next regular monthly estimate. 1324 The Owner reserves the right to contract with any person or firm other than the Contractor for any or all I925 extra work. The Contractor's attention is especially called to the fact that he shall be entitled to no claim 1326 for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of the work that may be omitted. M? Extra Work• 13.18 (a) The term "Extra Work" shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required to 1729 accomplish any change or alteration in or addition to the work shown by the Plans or reasonably implied 1330 by the Specifications and not covered by the Contract proposal items and which is not otherwise provided M1 under this Article GP-26. 1722 (b) The Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Engineer when authorized by 1777 the Owner. The compensation to be paid the Contractor for performing extra work shall be determined 074 by one or more of the following methods: A:UEFF.001 duly 19, 2001 r 1,)5 1. Method A: By agreed unit price 1136 2. Method B: By agreed lump sum 1137 3. Method C, If neither Method A or B can be agreed upon before the work is started, then the work 1.116 shall be by force account as per Section 109, Measurement and Payment, of the Missouri 1179 Standard Specification for Highway Construction, as published by the Missouri State Highway and 1.149 Transportation Commission 1341 GP-27 SUSPENSION OF WORK 1342 The Owner may at any time suspend the work, or any part thereof by giving ten (10) days notice to the 043 Contractor in writing. "("he work shall be resumed by the Contractor within ten (10) days after the date 1341 fixed in the written notice from the Owner to the Contractor to do so. tits But if the work, or any part thereof, shall be stopped by the notice in writing aforesaid, and if the Owner 1346 does not give notice in writing to the Contractor to resume within a reasonable period of time, then the 1347 Contractor may abandon that portion of the work so suspended and fie will be entitled to the estimates 1346 and payments for all work done on the portions abandoned, if any. 1319 GP-28 OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK 13$0 If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any provision of this 1751 contract, the Owner, after ten (10) days written notice to the Contractor, may, without prejudice to any 1752 other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the 1757 payment then or thereafter due the Contractor. 1351 GP-29 OWNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT 1355 If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the q 1356 benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should 1957 persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, 1156 to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt 1759 payment to subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances or the 13617 instructions of the Engineer, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the 1361 Contract, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the 1762 Contractor five (5)days written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession 1761 of the premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever 1761 method he may deem expedient. 1765 In such case, no further payment will be made the Contractor until the work is finished. If the unpaid 1366 balance of the contract price shall exceed the expense of finishing the work, including compensation for 1361 additional managerial and administrative services, such expenses shall be paid to the Contractor. If such 1966 expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 1769 GP-30 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT 1.770 If the work should be stopped under an order of any court, or other public authority, for a period of three sill months, through no act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone employed by him, them the Contractor may, 1572 upon five (5) days written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, stop work or terminate his contract and 1.71 recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and any loss sustained upon any plant or materials 1374 and reasonable profit and damages. 1175 GP-31 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES A WEF:F.001 July 19,2001 Y 18;,1 All loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work to be done, of from the action of the elements, or from floods or overflows, or from ground water, or from any unusual obstruction of difficulty, or any other 10;8 natural or existing circumstancos either known or unforeseen, which may he encountered in the 1810 prosecution of the said work, shall be sustained and home by the Contractor at his own cost grid expense. 1.1110 GP-32 SUNDAY, HOLIDAY AND NIGHT WORK IN" No work shall be done between the hours of 6:00 p.m, and 7:00 a.m., nor on Sundays or legal holidays, 1002 without the written approval of tide City. However, work necessary in case of emergencies or for the 64N8 protection of equipment or finished work may be done without the City's approval. 18114 Night work may be established by the Contractor as a regular procedure with the written permission of 1,115 the City; such permission however, may be revoked at any time by the City if the Contractor fails to Oar maintain adequate equipment and supervision for the proper prosecution and control of the work at night. I887 GP-33 UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS 1.748 During unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other suitable construction conditions, the Contractor shall 1:1110 confine his operations to work which will not be affected adversely thereby. No portion of the work shall 12x1 be constructed under conditions which would affect adversely the quality or efficiency thereof, unless 1501 special means or precautions are taken by the Contractor to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory 1819 manner. 18.08 GP-34 OMITTED tofu GP-35 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1845 Unless specifically provided otherwise in each cruse, all materials and equipment furnished for permanent • 10 fi installation In the work shall be new, unused, and undamaged whon installed or otherwise incorporation 100; in the work. No such material or equipment shall be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than 18011 that intended or specified, unless such use is specifically authorize(i by the Engineer In each case. C 1849 GP-36 DEFENSE OF SUITS 1400 In case any action at law or suit in egl.liry is brought r.rgainst the City or Eric lineer or any officer or agent 1401 of them for or on account of the failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor to do and perform any of 140: the covenants, acts, matters, or things by this contract undcartaken to be done or performed, or for the 1407 injury or damage caused by the negligence or alleged necligonce of the Contractor or his subcontractors 1404 or his or their agents, or in connection with any claim or claims based on the lawful demands of 140-, subcontractors,workmen, material men, or suppliers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power 14110 tools, and supplies incurred in the fulfillrnent of this contract, the Contractor shall indemnify and save 1407 harmless the City and E=ngineer and their officers and agents, of and from all losses, damages, costs, 14011 expenses, judgments, or decrees whatever /arising out of such action or suit that may be brought as 1401, aforesaid. 1410 GP-37 CHANGE ORDER 1411 Any changes or additions to the scope of work shall he throul:Ih a written order from the Engineer to the 141: Contractor directing such changes in the work as rrrrdo necessary or cfosir<abin- by unforeseen conditions 141:1 or events discovered or occurring during the progunss of the work 1414 GP-38 CONTRACT TIME 1415 The time for the completion of the work is Specified and it is an essential part of the contract. The A:WEFF.CQI Oclobor 2,2001 r M +.n Contractor will not be entitled to any extension of contract time because of unsuitable weather condition unless suspension of the work for such conditions was authorized in writing by the Engineer. .� II the time for the completion of the work is based upon working days, this time will be specified in the , u contract. A working day is defined as any day when, in the judgment of the Engineer, soil and weather conditions are such as would permit any thin major operation of the project for six (6) hours or over unless other unavoidable conditions prevent the Contractor's operation. II conditions are such as to stop , work in less than six (6) hours, the day will not be counted as a working day. 1V 1 No working days will be counted from Decernber 15 to March 15, both dates inclusive. Saturdays, 14i.4 Sundays, and City holidays will not be counted as working days any time during the year. GP-39 CONTRACT TIME EXTENSION 14 WO The Engineer may make allowance for time lost due to causes which he deems justification for extension 14T1 of contract time. If the Contractor claims an extension of contract time on the grounds that he is unable „:, to work duo to causes beyond his control, he shall state his reasons in writing, furnish proof to establish 14:N his claim and state the approximate number of days tie estimates he will be delayed. Notice of intention 14.11) to claim an extension of contract time on the above grounds shall be filed with the Engineer at the time the cause or causes occur and the claim shall be filed in writing within 30 days after the claimed cause 1411 for the delay has ceased to exist. 1411 GP-40 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 1474 Time is an essential element of the contract and it is therefore important that the work be pressed 1415 vigorously to completion. Should the Contractor or in case of default the surety fail to complete the work 14.16 within the time specified in the contract, or within such extra time as may be allowed in the manner set 1411 out in the preceding sections, a deduction of an amount as set out in the contract will be made for each ® 14.1t day and every calendar day that such contract remains uncompleted after the time allowed for the OU completion. The said amount set out in the proposal is hereby agreed upon, not as a penalty but as 1 440 liquidated damages for loss to the City and the public, after the expiration of the time stipulated in the 1+41 contract, and will be deducted from any money due the Contractor under the contract, and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for any and all liquidated damages. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the expiration of the specified time, or after any extension of the 1+++ time, shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the City or any of its rights under the contract. 144', GP-41 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT I,+N (a) BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1+47 Contractor will be paid for quantities actually constructed or performed as determined by field ,,,N measurement (except as may be hereinafter provided) at the unit price bid for the items listed in the 04+9 schedule of the Bid or for such extra work as may be authorized and approved by the Engineer. The cost 1+5,, of incidental work not listed in the schedule of the Bid but necessary for the completion of the project shall 1451 be included in bid items. +5: (b) DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTED WORK „s,I if the Engineer deems it expedient not to correct work that has been damaged or that was not done in 1451) accordance with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the Contract price shall be made therefore. 145-i (c) LUMP SUM ITEMS „M Payment for each lump sum item shall be at the lump sum bid for the item, complete in place, and shall AAtEi=F.coi Octobor a,200i s 71 147 include the costs of all labor, materials, tools, and equipment to construct the item as described herein V.%14 and to the limits shown on the plans. ,.-,a (d) PARTIAL PAYMENT, Partial payment will be made on a monthly basis. The payment shall be based on the work that has been 1461 found generally acceptable under the contract by the City Engineer or inspector. A retainer equal to 10% ",:- of the amount of work completed to date shall be withheld. (e) ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT 1464 Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Engineer will +fi„ promptly make such inspection, and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed he will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the 14x7 work required by this contract has been completed and is acceptable by film under the terms and )46B conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained N610 percentage, shall be paid to the Contractor by the City of ,Jefferson within thirty (30) clays after the date UIO of said final certificate. 1471 (f) AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE f472 Monies due to the Contractor will not be delivered to the Contractor without presentation to the Department of Public Works a Affidavit of Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law on prescribed form „74 attached to the back of these contract documents. 1475 GP-42 RELEASE OF LIABILITY 1476 The acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment shall operate as and shall be a release to the • 1179 Owner and every officer and agent thereof, from all claims and liability to the Contractor for anything done f47p or furnished for, or relating to the work, or for ariy act or neglect of the Owner or of any person relating 1171) to or affecting the work. • 100 GP-43 CERTIFICATIONS 1401 GP-43.1 All suppliers of materials such as drainage pipe or handrail anti all suppliers of asphaltic 141V concrete or portland cement concrete mixtures shell certify in writing that the product as 140.9 supplied conforms fully with these specifications. Such certification shall 1-e delivered 14114 in triplicate to the Department of Public Works at least 24 hours before the product is to 1IBS be used on the project. „H,, GP-43.2 The City, at its option, may perform or have performed such tests as may be deemed 1447 necessary to further assure that only specified materials are incorporated into the work. IIHA GP-44 LOCAL PREFERENCE WUV In making purchases or in letting contracts for the performance of any job or service, the purchasing agent 1490 shall give preference to all firms,corporations or individuals which maintain offices or places of business 1491 within the corporate limits of the City of Jefferson, when the quality of the commodity or performance promised is equal or better and the price quoted is the same or less. N93 GP-45 PREFERENCE FOR U.S. MANUFACTURED GOODS 1494 On purchases in excess o($5,000, the City shall select products manufactured, assembled or produced 140 in the United States, if quantity, quality, and price are equal. Every contract for public works construction A:MEFF.001 Octobor 3,2001 r w n ,a k; or maintenance in excess of$5,000 shall contain a provision requesting the contractor to use American products in the performance of the contract. 14911 GP-46 AWARD OF CONTRACT- REJECTION OF BIDS 0491) All bidders are required to submit with bid Minority Business Enterprise Eligibility Forms for all WO subcontractors and suppliers who the contractor intends to use on the project. Compliance with this requirement and the Minority Business Enterprise Program shall be a consideration for award of this ,%o: contract. The contract will be awarded to the lowest and best responsible bidder on the base bid proposal, �,. complying with the conditions of the Advertisement for bids and Specifications, providing the bid is s reasonable and it is in the interest of the City of Jefferson, Missouri to accept same. The bidder to whom an award is made will be notified at the earliest possible date. The City of Jefferson, however, reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive all informalities in bids received whenever such rejection OWN? or waiver Is in their interest. „99 GP-47 AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLIC WORKS' CONTRACTS LAW ,,,,, Upon completion of project and prior to final payment, each contractor and subcontractor hereunder shall ,F„ file with the City of Jefferson, Missouri, Public Works Department, an affidavit stating that the contractor or subcontractor has fully complied with the provisions and requirements of Section 290.290, RSMo (1994 1.51.9 as amended), an act relating to Public Works contracts. The City of Jefferson shall not issue a final payment until such affidavit is filed. GP-48 MISSOURI LABORER REQUIREMENT Whenever there is a period of excessive unemployment in Missouri, which is defined as any month immediately following two consecutive calendar months during which the level of unemployment in the State has exceeded five percent (5%) as measured by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics in its monthly publication of employment and unemployment figures, only Missouri laborers or laborers from non. • ,5:„ restrictive states may be hired by the contractor or subcontractors to work on this Public Works'contract. An exception shall exist when Missouri laborers or laborers from non-restrictive states are not available or are incapable or performing the particular type of work involved, if so certified by the contractor or subcontractor hereunder and approved by the Public, Works Director of the City of Jefferson, Missouri. Nor does this provision apply to regularly employed non-resident executive, supervisory or technical personnel or projects where federal aid funds are being utilized in the act and this provision would conflict with any federal statute, rule or regulation. Laborers from non-restrictive states means persons who are residents of a state which has riot enacted state laws restricting Missouri laborers from working on public works projects in that state, as determined by the Missouri Labor and Industrial Relations Commission. A Missouri laborer means any person who has resided in Missouri for at least thirty(30) days and intends to become or remain a Missouri resident. GP-49 LIABILITY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS LAW AND MISSOURI LABORER REQUIREMENT In the event a contractor or subcontractor hereunder files with the City of Jefferson an affidavit stating that the contractor or subcontractor has fully complied with the provisions and requirements of Section 290.290, RSMo (1994 as amended), when in fact the contractor or subcontractor has not complied, to the extent that any liability is assessed against the City of Jefferson, Missouri, or any additional expenses are incurred by the City of Jefferson, Missouri, any contractor rnaking the false statement, or whose subcontractor makes a false statement, shall hold harmless and indemnify the City for any liability assessed against it or any additional expenses incorrect. ANJEFF-.001 000b3r 3,2001 t �sto Any'contractor who falls to comply with the requirements of hiring only Missouri laborers or laborers from non,restrictive states,absent statutory exceptions,whenever there Is a period of excessive unemployment isrr in Missouri,agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City of Jefferson, Missouri, for any liability that may be assessed against It or any additional expenses incurred by the City of Jefferson, Missouri, because of the contractor or subcontractor's failure to comply. END OF GENERAL._PROVISIONS A;JEFF,CO1 July 19,2001 t., ti 1554 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1555 FORWARD: The provisions of this section take precedence over any other Is56 provisions in these specifications. 15s7 5-EA PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE ,5s6 The City reserves the right to accept any part or all of the bid for the project. 15s9 Ss_.-2 PREVAILING WAGE LAW ism Bidders are hereby advised that compliance with the Prevailing Wage Law, Sections 061 290.210 through 290.340 inclusive of the Revised Statutes of Missouri, is a requirement 1567 of this contract. (Reference Section I6-20). 1561 Section 290.265 requires that a clearly legible statement of all prevailing hourly wage 1564 rates shall be kept posted in a prominent and easily accessible place at the site by each 1565 contractor and subcontractor engaged in public works projects, and that such notice shall 1566 remain posted during the full time. 1567 ae':3 PROOF QF INSURANCE 1566 All certificates of insurance provided for this project shall be issued directly from the 1569 company affording coverage. Certification from a local agent is not acceptable without 1570 the necessary paperwork empowering and authorizing the agent to sign the surety's 1571 name. 1577 In addition, when an aggregate amount is included, a statement of the amount of that 1577 aggregate available to date shall also be attached. 1574 SP-4 MAILBOXES, 1575 If U.S. Postal Service access to any mailboxes will be interrupted during construction, the 1576 Contractor shall contact the U.S. Postal Service to determine where the mailboxes 1517 should be set during construction. 1576 Mailboxes shall be reset at appropriate locations by the Contractor once work is 1579 complete. 1560 Any materials damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced with material of better or 1561 equal type and quality at the Contractor's expense. 156: SPAS ACCESS O AbJACENT PROPERTIES Prior to the removal of the driveways to any dwellings or buildings, the Contractor shall 1564 notify the inhabitants of such structures that the use of the 1565 driveways or access will be temporarily affected. Notice shall be of sufficient length to 1566 allow the persons affected to remove vehicles and other items that may be inaccessible 1567 during construction activities. 1566 Pedestrian access shall be maintained at all times. Suitable access shall be provided 1569 across trenches, ditches or other barriers and obstacles for pedestrian traffic. 1590 Appropriate devices shall be used to warn the public of the dangers that may be present. A:UEFF.COI July 20, 2001 1< 1so1 Ste- P QTECTION OffkDJACEf�T PROPERTIES 1su7 Surface water shall be diverted and otherwise prevented from entering or damaging 1su1 adjacent property as a result of precipitation during construction. +0+ SQ_7 TILL E5 1595 Underground obstructions and utility facilities known to the City are indicated on the plans. 15911 The locations and elevations thereof are shown on the basis of information furnished by 13617 utility companies and others, and are not guaranteed to be either complete or correct 1496 The Contractor shall notify utilities prior to excavating and make arrangements for their 1649 field location and marking of their facilities within the limits of the area or trench to be frk)o excavated. fool The Contractor shall expose all utility crossings to establish location and depths.prior to laoa construction and shall exercise care to avoid damaging them. 16J7 SP-8 REPAIR OF DRINQS RFACE 164 All sections of pavement damaged or removed during construction shall be replaced in faos accordance with the following requirements 1606 Existing 1607 Ppve e Eiase Surf ace 1606 PCC Street ---- 6" PCC 16w Bituminous Street 5" PCC 1-%7" AC w 1610 Cold mix shall be used on a ternporary basis when asphaltic concrete hot mix is not fall available. The cold mix, shall be removed and the permanent hot rnix shall be. installed 1617 when it becomes available tali Chat drives, alleys, and parking areas shall be resurfaced with crushed stone in the 1614 areas disturbed pals In all areas disturbed by construction activities, replacement and repair of the driving fold surface shall be subsidiary to construction, fen ASP-9 ADJUSTMENT OF_UTILITY SERVICES tape The necessary adjustment of utility services such as water, gas, telephone, and electric, 1419 including meters, valves and other appurtenances shall be subsidiary to the work 1670 SP-1U SUBSURFACE INf'O MA710.[J fall Certain subsurface information has been obtained at, or in the vicinity of, the Site of the 1677 Work. Copies of such subsurface information will be issued only to prospective Bidders 1623 who request such subsurface information and sign a receipt therefor_ There is no M4 express or implied guarantee as to the accuracy or completeness of the subsurface W's information, nor the- mterhretation thereof by the City, the Engineer, or any of their 1616 representatives. The subsurface information or copies thereof do not form a part of this fall or any contract document issued by the City or Engineer A:1,lEFF.001 July 2.0, 2001 ✓f y 16:6 SP-11 CONSTRUCTION STAKING 1616 The Contractor will be responsible for all construction staking. 1670 SP-12 CORPS OF ENGINEERS PERMIT 1611 The provisions, general conditions, and special conditions of the United States Army 16:I? Corps of Engineers Permit Numbers 200100890 and 200200560 as issued to the City 157.1 of Jefterson,Missouri shall be part of the contract requirements for this project. A copy 167, of the executed permits are included as part of this Special Provision. Pursuant to the 16:15 conditions of these permits, the City will retain an archaeologist who shall provide training 16,6 to the Contractor prior to the start of construction concerning identification of 1677 archaeological materials and procedures to be followed if archaeological materials are 1676 encountered, be available during construction to respond to archaeological issues which 16.7,1 may arise, and be on site during the construction of the lagoon outfall. 16+0 SP-13 UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY AGREEMENT 16+1 The Contractor shall complete the "Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement", furnish the 16+1 required certificate of insurance, and pay the required fee prior to commencing any work 16+7 on the Union Pacific Railroad Company right of way in accordance with the Union Pacific Ir.++ Railroad Company letter and attachments dated September 14, 2001, a copy of which 16+5 is included as part of this Special Provision. The Contractor shall comply with all the 16+L requirements of the Union Pacific Railroad Company during the performance of all work 1647 on its right of way. 16.16 SP-14 MISSOURI DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES REQUIREMENTS 1649 The Missouri Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) issues permits for storm water 1656 discharges through the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System under the Clean 1651 Water Act. For any land disturbance activities that impact five or more acres, permit 165: MO-R101000 must be obtained from MDNR. The permit requires a Storm Water 165.1 Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP)be developed before a permit can be issued and prior 165+ to commencement of construction. The SWPPP requires the permittee to use Best 1655 Managerrlent Practices (BMP's) to reduce the amount of sediment and other pollutants 1656 in the storm water runoff from land disturbance activities during construction. The 1657 permittee must fully implement the provisions of the SWPPP required under the general 16511 permit throughout the duration of all land disturbance activities during construction. As 1659 part of these requirements, the Contractor shall provide to MDNR completed Forms E ,669 (Application for General Permit) and G (Application for Storm Water Permit under the 1661 General Permit: Land Disturbance), The Contractor shall also prepare a SWPPP 1661 containing BMP's to control erosion and sedimentation to be maintained and implemented 1667 at the project site during all land disturbance activities until the land is stabilized and 166. construction is completed. AMEFF.001 February 7,2042 t ,s DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY KANSAS CITY DISTRICT, CORPS OF ENGINECRS STATC RiCOULATORY PROGRAM CIFFICC • M16SOUR1 22 1 nOLIVAR STRCCT, SUITC 1 03 A JI:{•PC{7SUN CITY, missouR1 65101 RCV1Y Ttl 7,0 September 2001 ATTENTION or: Missouri State Regulatory Office (200100890) (COLE, MO, NW 12 ) Mr. Steve Yonker, project Manager Burns & McDonnell 9400 Ward Parkway Kansas City, Missouri 6411.4 -3319 Dear Mr. Yonker : This is in response to your company' s letter received on March 12 , 2001 , as the authorized agent for the city of Jefferson City, requesting a Department of the Army (DA) permit • determination concerning proposed regional sewer and treatment improvements by the city in an area referred to as "Algoa" . The proposed project involves construction of two (2) new pump stations, a new outfall structure, three (3) sewer lines and modifications to existing sewage lagoons . The project will include construction and the discharge of fill material below the ordinary high water (OHW) mark in the Missouri River near river mile 137 . 0 , Rising Creek and an adjacent wetland in Sections 19 and 20, Township 44 north, Range 10 west , Cole County, Missouri . Any work or structures in, over, or under a navigable water of the United States require prior authorization from the Corps of Engineers under Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899 (33 USC 403 ) . The Missouri River has been determined to be a navigable water . Also, Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 USC 1344 ) , which is administered under Federal regulations 33 CFR 320-330 , provides the Corps of Engineers with regulatory jurisdiction over all waters of the United States . These prov .sions require prior authorization from the Corps of Engineers for the discharge of dredged or fill material in waters of the United Stags , including wetlands . The enclosed Jurisdictional Determination (JD) form describes waters of the United States on the project site . Also, the enclosed Notification of Administrative Appeal Options and Process and Request for Appeal. form (FORM) describes your options in Section D of the FORK. If you choose to appeal , and you have new information concerning the elevation of the OHWM, you should complete Section II of the FORM and return the FORM to this office . If you choose to appeal, but have no new information, please submit the completed FORM directly to U. S . Army Corps of t Engineers, Commander, Northwestern Division (ATTN: CENWD-MR-ET- C) , 12565 West Center Road, Omaha, NE 68144-3869 . We have reviewed your revised project plans provided to us by letter dated June 19, 2001 , and we have reviewed and accept your wetland delineation of the project area provided to us by letter dated July 30 , 2001 . Also, we have completed our consultation with the Osage Native American Tribe of Oklahoma, and have satisfactorily resolved the tribe ' s cultural resource issues for purposes of Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation regulations 36 CFR part 800 , provided you resolve the tribe ' s concerns . Based on our recent telephone conversation with Allen Garner, Jefferson City Counselor, it is our understanding that the city has agreed to fulfill all five (5) conditions listed in the tribe' s letter to us dated August 30 , 2001 (Appendix I) . Therefore, we have determined that construction of a force main sewer line and a outfall structure designed with a 40-foot wide outlet canal using' approximately 53 cubic yards of riprap is authorized by nationwide permit (NWP) No. 12 , provided you adhere to all S conditions listed in the Osage Tribe' s August 30 , 2001, letter . You must also ensure that the conditions listed in the enclosed copy of excerpts from the March 9 , 2000 Federal Register, Final Notice of Issuance and Modification of Nationwide Permits (65 FR 12893) are met . General condition 14 requires you to sign and submit the enclosed "Compliance Certification" upon completion of the authorized work and any required mitigation . • In addition to the general conditions of the permit, the following special condition applies to your project regarding Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act . The permittee understands and agrees that , if future operations by the United States require the removal , relocation, or other alteration, of the structure or work herein authorized, or if , in the opinion of the Secretary of the Army or his authorized representative , said structure or work shall cause unreasonable obstruction to the free navigation of the navigable waters, the permittee will be required, upon due notice from the Corps of Engineers, to remove, relocate, or alter the structural work or obstructions caused thereby, without expense to the United States . No claim shall be made against the United States on account of any such removal or alteration . This NWP verification requires your compliance w•!th the following site specific conditions : a . �Iou must use cnly graded rock and/or quarry-run rock for riprap. The material must be reasonably well graded, consisting of pieces varying in size from 20 pounds up to and including at least 150 pound pieces . Generally, the maximum weight of any piece should not be more than 500 pounds . Gravel and dirt =should not exceed 15!k of the total fill. volume . 1 ti r b. The rock lined outf:all canal must extend to the government revetment with the riprap blanket at the outfall 2 . 5- feet thick at the juncture point . C . You must contact Mr. Dave Sheridan of our Missouri River Area Office at 790 East 224 Highway, Napoleon, Missouri 64074 , telephone No. 816-240-8131 , prior to completing work along the Missouri River to coordinate the disposal of any rock moved from the government revetment . Rock removed from the government revetment remains the property of the US Government . This NWP verification is valid for a period of two years from the date of this letter. Should your project plans change or if your activity is not complete within this two year period, you must contact this office for another permit determination . Although an individual DA permit is not required, other Federal, state and/or local permits may be required . You should verify this yourself . The Missouri Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) has certified that this NWP will not violate existing state water quality standards provided you comply with the conditions included in their attached letter. All conditions ` included in the water quality certification become conditions of the NWP authorization, please carefully review all conditions associated with this NWP . If you have any questions concerning state water quality standards or compliance issues with the associated certification conditions, please contact MDNR at 573- 751-7428 , Water Pollution control. Program, P.O. Box 176 , Jefferson City, MO 65102-0176 , Mr. James A. Ptacek, Environmental Protection Specialist , reviewed the information furnished and made this determination. If you have any questions concerning this matter, please feel free to contact Mr . Ptacek at 573-634 -4837 (FAX 573 -634 -7960) . Enclosure Copies Furnished : Missouri. Department of Natural Resources wo/enclosures Missouri Department of Conservation wo/enclosure; City of Jefferson, Missouri Department of Public Works 320 East McCarty Street Jefferson City, MO 65101 w/enclosures ATTEN: Tom Jones Allen Garner Osage Tribal Council 813 Grandview, P.O. Box 779 Pawhuska, OK 74056 - ATTEN: Anthony P. Whitehorn FO-MO wo/enclosures RE-C wo/enclosures r • x p' i r •r CHARLES O. TILLMAN, JR. APPENDIV I ..iEMBERS OF COUNCIL PrinCipal Chief SOL p KENNETH N.Otr.HOASE JOHN P.E"tEV CAMILLE W.PANGOURN HARRY RED EAGLE, JR. JOHN W.TAL LCMEx Assistant Prenclpat Cheer JOE A.TRUMBLY F_VERM M.WALLER GEORGE J.WALLER ROSEMARY WOOD OSAGE TRIBAL COUNCIL 8-30-2001 U.S.Array Corp of Engineers Missouri State ReguLitory Office 221 Bolivar Street Jeifemn City, Mo 65101 Attw James Ptacek RE:Algoa Sewer Project Dear Mr. Ptacck: The Osage Tribe of Oklahoma has evaluated the above reference sites, and we have determined that this site does have rcligious or cultural significance to the Osage Tribe being our former reservation&homeland. The Osage Notion would ask that the following terms urc included when the Corp issues permits on this project. 1. The Osage Tribe would like to be notified when the project starts. The tree also needs to be given time line for this project. 2. The Osage Tribe would ask dust an archeologist be on site during the trenching of the discharge line into the Missouri River. This would be from the trra,tmewnt facility to the river. 3. If at any time during the work on this project expose any archeological materials, such as bone, pottery, chipped alone, etc., we ask that construction activities cease, and this office be contacted so that an evaluation can be made. 4. We ask that when any materials are found SHPO, the local authorities and the Osage Nation be notified through Councilman Everett ivl. Waller and Anthony P. Whitebom at 813 Grandview Pawhuska, OK 74056, phone(918) 287-1085, cc]] (918) 625-0177. S. The Osage Tribe would like SHPO to collect hold remains for Tri-be until repatriation d7brts cmi occur. If you have any questions plcarc contact our office (918)287-1085. Osage Tribal Council, P.O. Box 779, Pawhusl:a, OK 74056, (9 19) 2.87-1085, PAX(918)287.2257 Principal Chief, 627 Grandview, Pawhuska, OK 74056, (918 287-1128. FAX (918) 287-1259 S Ste'-10-2001 09 :i5 CITY OF JEFFERSON F 1 NANCE 5736346329 �3iO3 APPENDIX I S11xCC!'ely, • Lid. "'����Lf/i/. BvcrW A Walla Osage Tribal Council cc: Brunt VoUman mpU 4Uen Cramer City of Jefferson. nomas B.Jones City ofJeffarson _ i t. t < ff. t ,l 0 �. •r r +.4 In. 4J,,1 l Li ft1 � . a �mt n t �n , '�'' ' 1 f-/r DIE T OF NATURAL R.ESOU � -"'G1V]Si0N OF ENVIRONI�:E ti'T6.1 (�UAl-:i�' 110 Bax 176 )cFtezon Cary; MO 65102.0;76 June 7, 2000 Colonel Gcorge H. Hazcl �Jr~ District Eneincer !�'" U.S. Army Carps o. Engineers } Kansas City District t 700 Federal Building Kansas City, MO 64106-2896 Re: Water Quality Certification for Newly Issued Nationwide Permits Dear Colonel Hazel: This water au_-?ity certification is issued in response to the issuance of the nationwide permits ("V1VPs) issued on March 6, 2000. The Water Pollution Control Program of the Missouri Depa_rment ofhatural Resources has worked with the five Corps districts in Missour,' and the resource agencies over the pas: several vears toward developing a nationwide permit prcgr -m a that both accomplishes the economies of general permits while providing the required protection of the state and nation's ® water resources. The issuance of these new permits and the issuance of this water quality ® certification for those permits continues that process, A On April 20, 2G00, the department sent a letter to you that contained a brief discussion o,the conditions that were being considered for including in the water quality certification, This letter requested comments on the draft conditions from the Corps of Engineers and ofi-ered to meet to discuss any concerns the Corps might have. We received no written response or any request to meet from any of the three Corps divisions or five Corps districts. The departrnem also contacted the four Other Corps distr ictg in Missouri for comments and was informed that the Kansas City District was taking the lead and would provide comments for the five Missouri districts. Staff did solicit verbal comments from Corps sta±Tmembers and have taken those comments into account in the final certification as presented below This office certifies that the ongoing activities apparently will not cause the general or numeric criteria to be exceeded nor impair beneficial uses established in Water Quality Standards, 10 CSR 207.031, provided the conditions in this letter and enclosures are met. The existing water quality certifications for existing nationwide permits (3, 7, 12, and 14) is renewed, with the additional considerations or changes as noted below. The conditions for these existing or revised certifications are enclosed, Mining activities similar to those proposed to be authorized by Ir'WP 44 were previously certified as General Permit 34K and those same conditions appear to have continuing applicability. For some L'3 Colonel George H, Hazel Page 2 N"A?s this certification includes individual review by this office for any project located in or along a water listed as impaired pursuant to Section 303(4) for contaminants that are involved in the permitted activity, including but not limited to sediment, flow alteration, nutrient enrichment, suspended solids, habitat destruction, temperature and dissolvca oxygen. For NWPs 12, 14, 39, 40, 43, and 44, these activities will not be authorized under NMNR's certification if the activities are located in or occurs within two miles upstream of a designated outstanding state or national resource area or a stream segment listed as being in non-attainment under the Clean Water Act, Section 303(d) for any of the following: sediment, flour• alteration, nutrient enrichment, suspended solids, habitat loss, temperature and low dissolved oxygen levels, Also enclosed are the water quality certification conditions for each of the new nationwide permts. Water Quality Standards must be met during any operations authorized by these permits. If compliance with Water Quality Standards is not maintained, you will be notified and the certification for any specific project or for the use of the INNNT maybe withdrawn, The Department ofNarural Resources can pursue a civil action under Section 644,076, RSMo, through the Attorney General of Missouri or the county prosecuting attorney for violations of Ml issoun Clean Water Lain, regulations, or water quality standards, and assess civil penalties of 5:0,000 per day or any pa.- thereof during the time that a violation has occurred or cont.i::ues to occur. This certification is issued under the authority of Section. 401 of Public Law 95-217, the Clean Watcr Act of 1977. This certification or any condition may be appealed to the Missouri Clean Water ; Commission pursuant to state regulation 10 CSR 20-6,060, Authorization of an activity by this cert,ification does not authorize the "take" of a state listed endangered species under the Wildlife Code of.Missouri, nor does it imply ccm-plia.ace with any other state or 'local requirements. A If there are any concerns with these conditions or needs to make modifications, please contact this office at your earliest convenicrnce. Sincerely, WATER POLLUTION CON-MOL PROOKAJM Edwin P(Knight r Director EDK:Ivd Enclosures c: Corps Divisions Corps Districts FWS, MDC, EPA t Missouri General Water Quality Certification Conditions for N'%T 12, Utility Line Activities 1. This certification does not authorize any water withdrawal. 2. Material resulting from trench excavation may riot be temporarily sidecast into a water of the suite for more than one month. %� 3. The use of grouted riprasp is prohibited unless specifically authorized as part of an engineered structure. 4. This certification is not valid for more than a total of 300 feet of utility crossings. S, Access roads shall be construCcd as near a;, possible to pcipendicular to the strearn. 6, Directional boring under the stream bed to avoid impacts to waters of the state is reco=Cridcd. For utility crossings that must disturb the streambed, work shall be conducted in such a manner es to seal off the work Area from flow while allowing stream Dow to pass in a separate channel. This technique is generally known as "fluorin_ ," 7. Utility line crossings shall be placed as close to perpendicular as possible, and be limited to a maximum, crossing length of no more :ha.^ one and one-half times the wide of the stream. 8. No utility lines shall be buried below the ordinary high water mark (Ol-'V;'vfl in any chiunnel except for crossings as described above. • 9. Care s1~-t be taken to keep machinery out of the waterway as much as possible. 10. Fuel, oil, other pear oleurn products, equipment and any solid waste shall not be stored below the N • 0HVvIM at any time or in the adjacent floodway beyond normal working hours. 11, Petroleum products spilled into any waterbody or on the banks where the material may enter waters of the state sh:Jl be immediately cleezed up end disposed of properly. 12. Clearing of vegetation/trees shall be the minimum necessary to accomplish the activity. 13. The rips.-:an area, banks, etc., shall be restored to a stable condition to protect water quality as soon as possible. Seeding, mulching and needed fertilization shall be within 3 days of final contouring. On-site inspections of these areas shall be conducted as necessary to ensure successful revegetxtion and stabilization, and to ensure that erosion and deposition of soil in waters of the state is not occurring from this project. 14. Only clean nonpolluting fill shall be used. 15. Work shall be conducted during low flow whenever possible. NW 12, Utility Line Activities = Page 2 16. The following are not suitable as bank stabilization materials and shall not be used: M-then fill, gravel, broken concrete where the majority of material is less than 12 inches in diameter, concrete with exposed rebar, asphalt, tires, vehicles or vehicle bodies, constnuc-tion or demolition debris or liquid concrete, including grouted riprap. Recycled concrete may be used provided that it is clean mate^a1 broken into appropriately sized pieces of riprap with no protruding rebar. 17. Any land disturbance activities disturbing 5 or more acres of total area for the entire project requires a storm water permit from the Water Pollution Control Program (%4?CP) for land disturbance activities. Note that this is 5 acres of area disturbed for the total project, not 5 acres of waters of the united States. In this regard, please contact the WPCP at (573) 751-6825. 18. The stream bed gradient shall not be altered during project construction, 19. The permittee is required to restore the construction area to pre-construction condition, including grading to original contours and revegetation immediately upon completion of the project, except for permanent above-ground fills. 20. Non-structural measures such as riprap and/or vegetation shall be used to stabilize banks. 21. This water quality certification is not valid for any Section 404 permit issued on a water listed as impaired pursuant to Section 303(d) for contaminants that are involved in the per pitted activity, including but not lunited to sediment, flow alteration, nutrient eru-ichment, suspended solids, habitat destruction, temperature and dissolved oxygen or if the activities are located in or occurs within 2 miles ups-ream of a designated outstanding state or national resource area • (10 CSR 20-7.031). - :•r`a'w;'T.••l�l;..r�,v',;,(+y'' r EXCERPTS Fi OPNI MARCO 9, 2(100 171,11?LRAL RE'GIS')<'Eii C. Nationwide Permit General CI►nclitions The follm\ink± general condition:; must tic followed in order for any authorization by an NWP to he valid: I• 1`Iav ig atimi No activity may cause 11101•C than a nliniinal adverse effect on navilzation. .'.. Pm )er Maintenance. Any structure or till authorized shall he properly maintained. including maintenance to ensure public safety. 3. Soil Erosion and Sediment Controls. Appropriate soil erosion anl.l sediment controls n1u: he usccf and maintained in effective operating condition during construction, and all exposed soil and other fills. as well as any work below the ordinary high \\atcr marl: or high tide iinc, must he pernlanentl'. sulhilized at the earliest practicable date. 4. Acitic Life Movements. No activits ma substantially disrupt tilt: movement of those species of aquatic lile indigenous to the \vaterbodv. including, those species which norn1a11y miurate (1lrotl,,h the area. miles., the activity's primary purpose is to impound water. Culverts placed in ti[I'eallls must he installed to maintain I(m flow conditions. 5. E(Luji milt. Heavy erluipment working in \\etlands must he placed yin mats, or oilier measures must be taken to Ill ill Ill]lZe soil disturbance. e G. Re,,�ionul and Lase-hy-Case Conditions. T'he IcilvilV must comply with any r•e,_ionai conditions which nut\ have hcen added by the division engineer (See 33 Cf=R 330.44)) and with an\ ease specitiC Conditions added by the Corps or by the State or tribe in its Section -101 water quality certification and Coastal Zone Manai-,ement Act consistency determination. Wild and Scenic Rivers, No actk it% ma\ occur ill a component of the National \\•ild and Scenic River S\:,tem: or ill a river officially desiummed h\ Congress as a "sttid\ river- for possihle inclu:,ion in the wS(em. \\1111e the river Is in an official stud\ status: unless (lie appropriate FC(JCral a,�cncy. Will) direct 111411MUcnlent resporisihility for such river. has determined in \vritin!L that the proposal lCti\ it\ \\ill not adyersCIV aflcct the Wild amid ticcllic Ri\"Cr desWIWlion, or stud. ~tarns. Inforn1,111on on \\°ilil and Scenic Rkers nlay he obtained from the appropriate Federal land ntan:.12CII]C t auenCY in the area (e.�.. National Park Service, I..!.S. Forest Service. Bureau uf'L,and MmiagcIllent. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service). 8• 'Tribal Rights. No activity or its operation relay inlpail reserved Iribal rights. includirrh, but not limited to. reserved water riuhts and treat\ IISIIin`, Mid illlntinL I-Wilh. 9. Water Quality. (a) In certain States and tribal lands an individual -101 water quality Cer'tilication must he obtained or waived (See 33 CFR 330.4(c)). (b) For NWI's 12, 14, 17, 18, 32, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44. where the State or tribal 401 certiFication (either generically or individually) does not require or approve II water quality management plan, the permit-tee must include design criteria art(] techniques that will ensure that the authorized work does not result in more than minimal degradation of water quality. An important component ol'a water quality management plan includes stormwater management that minimizes degradation of"the down strenIII aquatic system, inc Iuding water quality, Refer to Gencrnl Condition 21 for stormwa ter management requirenlenls. Another important component Ofa Mftl'qualify Illtlllilgerllellt plall is rile establishment and maintenance of vegetated buffers next to open waters, including streams. Refer to General Condition Its for vegetated buffer requirements for the NWPs. 10. Coastal zolle IN'tall"lu 'll eat. I11 certain states, ;ill individual state coastal Lollc Illallagcllleill consistency concurrence must he obtained oi- waivcd (see Section 330.4(d)). 11. Endan,_1cred Species. (a) NO activity is authorized under any NWP which is likely to jeopardize the Continued existence of a threatened or endangered species or it species proposed for Such designation, as identified under the Federal Endangered Species Act. or Which Will destroy or adversely mortify the critical habitat ol'such species. Noll-federal pernlittees shall notify the District Filgincer ifany listed specie; or desiunated critical habitat be aflccted or is in the vicillit\ of'tile project, or is located in the tlesh.mated critical habitat anti shall not bCUilt \\ork on the activity until motif led I'y the District Fiwineer that the requirements of'the f:ndangered Species Act have heell satisfied told that the activity is authorized. For acli\'iIiCS that i1mv affect Federally-listed endangered or threatened species or designated critical habitat. the notiticatioll nitlst include the nrtlue(s) ol'the endangered Or threatened species that may be affected by the proposed work or that utilize the designated critical habitat that may be affected by the proposed \\ork. As a result of formal or infornull consultation With the lAVS or NNIFS, the District Engineer In;ly add species-specific regional endangered species conditions to the N\VPs. (b) Authorization ofan activity by a nationwide permit does not authorize the "take" ofa tlu'eatcnctl or endangered species as defined under the Federal Endangered Species A:t. In the absence ofseparate authorization (e.g., an ESA Suction 10 Permit, ;t Biological Opinicnl \\'lilt "incidental take" provisions, etc. ) front the U.S. Fish 'Ind Wildlife Service or the National Marine Iisheries Service. both lethal and non-lethal "takes" ot'prOICCIccl species are in violation of the Fndalt1_1Cl'CL1 Species Act. information oil file location ofthreatened and endangered species and their critical habitat can be obtained direct!\ from the offices of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife SerVlCC ;lad National Marine Fisheries Service or their \\oriel wide web pages at 111111• wwk% f*wS.!2ov/rcicndrpLend Llttnil and htt��/�c�\\\_nthts..�u\ trot rrsrsahcnnc.html. reSpeetivrly. 13. Historic Protm-tics. No activity which may affect historic properties listed, or eligible for lisr.illU. in the National Register of I listoric Places is :ltuhorized. until the DF. h'I", complied \11111 the pro\Islolts of 33 CFR 325. Appendix C. The prospective petallike must notify the I)ISlrict I:II_L'illeel' i( the ;.►uthorized activity nlav affect any historic properties listed, determined to be eligible, or which the perspective pernlittee has reason to believe Illay he elicibltr Iclr listing on the National Register of I listoric Places. and shall not bcuin the activity until limificd by the District L ll(!ineer tllm the reyuirctllcnts ol,the National Historic Preservation Act have heen satisfied and thilt the activity is authorized. Irtfornlation on the location and e"JStcnce of historic resources call be obtained 11'olll file State Historic Preservation Office and the National Register of Historic Places (sec 33 CTR 330.4(r)). For activities that play affect historic properties listed ill, or eligible liar listing: in, the National Ret.6ster of I listoric Places, the notification must state Which historic property may be affected by the proposed \\ork ur include a vicinity nla,y indicating the location of'the historic property. 13. Notification, (a) Tinting: Where required by the terms ofthc. NWP, the prosl)ecttve perl111ttce Inlist ilotlfy the District Engineer with a prcconstruction notification (PCN) as early as possible. The District Engineer must determine il'the PCN is complete within 30 clays of the date of receipt and can request the t 2 additional information necessary to make the PCN complete only once. I-lowevcr. if the prosp.ctive permittee does not provide all ofthe requester) information, then the District Engineer will notify the prospective pernlittee that the PCN Is still incomplete and the PCN review process will not comillcnce until all ol'the requested hilormation has been received by the District Engineer . The prospective pernlittee shall not begin the activity; (I) Until notified in writing by the District Engineer that the activity may proceed under file NWP with any spacial conditions imposed by the District or Division Engineer: or (2) Ifnotified in writing by the District or Division (:ngin'.cr that an individual perrllit is required; or (3) Unless 4) clays Ic►ve passed from the District hngineer's receipt ofthe complete notilication and the prospective pern►irtce has not received written notice I'ronl the District or Di\ ision l;nglncer. Srlbscquently, the perlrlittee's right to proceed under the NWII may be nlodilIC(I, suspended, or rcvol.ed onl\ in accordance with the procedure set lurth in 3 i C -R 330.5(d)(2). (b) Contents of-Notification: The notification must be in writing, and illCIl1dC the foiloWulg information; ( I) Name. address. and telephone numbers ofthe prospective permittee: (2) Location ofthe proposed project: (3) Brief description 0011C proposed project: the projects purpose: direct and indirect adverse em ironlrlent,tl effects the project lwnld tense: any other NWP(s). regional general pernlit(s). or indi\ iduai pernill(s) usQd or intended to lie used to authorize ally part ol'the proposed project or ally related activity: and H) I-or NWPs 7, 1 14, 1 S. ' I. 34, 38. 19, 40, 4 I. 41. and 43, the I'I;:N must also include a delineation 01',11fCCted special ,;leant sites, inclir(linlz wCtlan(is, ye��.Ctatcd Shallows (c.g., suhmer4ged aglliltic ye!UM:11ion. scaVNass bcLls). 111d riffle and I)ool complexes (see paragraph 13(f)): (>) For NWT 7, Omfnll Structures ;uld %laimenance. file PCN must include information re Lm •dII1L! (lie or,uillltl design Capacities alld Coll f gniratlolls (If those ue;tti of file Illclllty Where 11-militelmlice dredul,1I1: llr e\Ca1'i1tl0I1 1!i pro)pos(.o . (6) For N1\\T Id, Linear Transportation I'rossings, the I'C'N must include a Colllpensatory MitiLation proposal to offset permanent losses ol'\.vaters ()Rite Unil�:d States and a statement descr•ibule how temporary losser> of w;ue:rs of the United States will be minirnizeii to the maxirnunl extent practicable. (7) For NWP 2l, Surkace Cosh Mining Activities, the PCN must include an Office of Surface Mining (OSM) or state-approved mitigation plan. (R) For NWP 217, Stream and Weiland Restoration, the PCN niust include documentation of the prior condition of the site that will be reverted by the permittee. M (9) For NWP 29, Single-Family Mousing, the PCN must also include: 3 r (i) Ally past use ofthis NWP by the Individual permittee and/or the permittec's spouse, A statement that the single-family housing, activity is fiu- a personal residence ofthe permittec; A description of the Crltlrc parcel. including its sire, ;111(1 a delineation of wellands. 1.of- file purpose of this NW11, parcels ol,land measuring VI acre or less will nut require a 101.111a1 ()11-site delineation. I lowcver. the applicant shall provide all indication of where the arc alid the a1111iunt ol'wetlancls that exists on the property. For p(u•cels -,realer than ''l acre in size. a formal v;cfland delineation nttlst he prepared ill accordance with the current rltcfhod required by the C'urOS. (.See I1NINIgapla 13(I*I)*, {iv 1 A \%rittcn description ofall land (includinu, it' availahic. Ic a! dcscriptions) owlied by the prospective pernlittce ;lttdtur the prospective permiftce's spouse, within a one mile radius ofthe parcel, in arty form of ownership (includinY, ally land ownc(1 as a partner. corporation,joint tenant, co-tenon. or as atenant-hv-the-entirety► and any land on which a purchase art(S sale aareenacttt or other contract lily sale or purchase Ins been cxecttted. - ( I U) For N\V!' _> I. ;Maintcnancc of I:xisting Flood C'untrol I'rojccts, (he pruspc: ivc permitlec must either notify the District I iwhiecr with ;r I'(.'N prior to cacti nmint malice activity or submit a five \car (ur less) maintenance plan. In addi(icrra, the PCN imist • include all of the follom inn,: " (i) `lIfficitnt baseline information so as tit identify the approved channel depths and Coll lirpuratlolls amen existing facilitles. Minor dc\iations are authorized, provided the approveI.1 1100(S control profectioll ur drainaue is not increased; delincali(On ofam affected special aquatic :;Iles. irtcludin-, wetlands: and. (iii) I.,)catiu11 of the dlrcd„cd material disposal site. ( I I ) For iN\VP 333, fcrtipormA construction, ;Access. and Dewaterina. the PUNT must also include a restoration plan ofrcasonable measures to avoid and rnimmiz.e adverse effects (rt aquatic; resources. ( 12) For N\VI's 31), 43. and •14, the P(.'N must also include a written statement to (he District I ngineer explaining how avoidance and nlil►imization of losses ofwaters calf the United States were achieved can the project site. (13) For NWP 39, Residential, Corrtnercial, and institutional Dcveloprnents, and NWP 42, Recreational Facilities, the PCN must iticlude a compensatory mitigation proposal that offsets unavoidable losses of waters of the United States or justification explaining why coin pensatory mitigation should not be required. S 4 (1.1) For NEVI' .IO, Agricultural Activities, Ills I c('j must include a compensatory mitigation proposal to offset losses of'wnterti of the United States, ( 15) For NWI) 11, Slorm%vater Nl;ln;luctncrll Favililic:,, Ills I)('N must include, 101- tilt, Construction of Ile\\' St()1'111\1';lll'1' management (acuities, it maintenance ante plan (111 accordance with Slate and local rc(juircnWI1h;, i1'0pl)1icablc) and a conlpellsatory mitigation proposal to o1TSCI lo,scs ol'\vaters ol'the I Illited Slates. { Ih) 1-or NW11 •14, Nlininr� Activilies, the I'(:N amid include a deScrilrrion of;III \enter•:; ()('tile (United Sinks a(lecrsele affected by the project. a (lcscril)tion of rllcamlics taken to minimiic adverse cl*fMs 1() \ulers of,the Unite(! ';late:;, a description t)f lic . trc'; taken to eunlpl.\ %%lilt the criteria of the NFL I', and a rechiliallon Dian I lire w, ,,hate lnnlillw.! ; elk Illc', Ili I:oohed waters and n()II-tld;u 1\'Clhll(1', adial'cllt t)I 11(';'.,,\;Ilcls and ;111\ hard rock/mInclal mining aciivitics). ( 17) F()I- act ivhies I mt ilia\ ad\ all'cct F cdCr;111\ -1 IS Cndarlccred or thrc;lleIv( ',pecles. (he I'( , must Ill'Jude tilt: nanle(s) of'those endallumed (,r threatened :species I11a1 Ina\ he al' ;cd by Ills proposed \c )rk )I Milli(' 111r dc';iLnated critical habitat that mile be affected h\ the proposed work. 118) hit, i1clivities that ills(\ "11TV::t historic propertic, Ii,Ied in, or clicilhle 161- listing, in. the National (:e titilCr of I listuric Places. the P( 'N imv,,t titale \\filch historic property ilia\ he al'lected by the proposed \cork or incltIdV ;I \ icinil\ Inap in(ficalina the location of the historic properly. - ( It)) For N%\'I's I'. 1.1. _1t). .�t►. •1(1. •{�, .l a. and 'I.1, \\hcic 111c plopu;cgl \e()rk ille()I\'cs discharges of dredLcd or (ill material 11110 \\;I[vI,S (0,111c I Iniled Slalcs resultinc in permanent, ahoee-L!nldc lily \\ithin IO(►-er;o• 11malplatlls (as iticnlilicd un Flood Insuralice Rate ()r I FNIA-apps kk'Cd Io(:;ll I10u'( 1 l,lill nl:)p,l. the notiticaliull nlusl include (h,clullcntautul (lcnloIhIratim 111;11 the prt)potied \\()rk (:()nlplieS \\'Ill the ;appropriate ITN IA m. I C x IA-appro\cd Ioc;ll Ilu()dplaill C()n1.fructi()rl rc(luircnlents. (c) (:oral of'N()tilication: The sland;rd indieidoal peril((! applicaliuu 1,01-111 if-mm -134• ,,) rule he used as the notification hill rllust clear(\ Indic.11c Illilt It i, a IVN, ;old loud rllclutrc all ()Pike inf()rmatioii required in (b)( I )-( I'►) of( ;ener'll ( 'ollditioll 1.1 A letter containingg, the requisite inli)1'nlation nlav aL;() be (ISC(I: (d) District l::nuinccr's Decision: In rc% iewimg the I'CN f'ur the proposed activily, the District Engineer will determine whether the actieile authorized h\ the NWT \%ill result in lucre than minimal iIIdividual 01- cun)ulatreC a(lecr:,e environmental effects ()r moy he contrary to the public interest. The prospccti\c permittee ilia\, optionally, submit it proposed mlliLatioll plan with talc 1'(:'N to expedite the process and the District l ncincer will consider any proposed c()nlpensatory mitigation the applicant has included in the proposal in determining whether the net adverse environmental effects to the aquatic environment of*tile propoy,ed work are minimal. Iftle District Engineer determines that the activity Complies with the terms and conditions of the N'VI' and I1111t the adverse effects on the aquatic environment are minimal. the District Fogineer will notify the permittee and include any cond►tiotls tie District Engineer deems necessary. Any compensatory mitigation proposal must be approved by file District Engineer prior to 1 commencing work. Ifthe prospective permittee is required to submit a compensatory mitigation 5 proposal with tits PCN, the proposal may lie either, conceptual or detailed. If the prospective pernlittce elects to submit a Coll Ipensatory mitigation plan with the PCN, the r)istricl rilgineer will expeditiousiv review the proposed conlpe►rsatory mitigation plan. Tile District Engineer must review file plan within 45 days ofrcceiving I complete PCN and determine whether the conceptual or specific proposed mitigation would Ctlsure no more thm it minimal adverse eflccts on the aquatic en\ irollincnl. Iftile net adverse cll'ects oflhc project (ill the aquatic environment (alter Considercrtiorl ul'IhC COMI)Cnsiltory nlitis;atioil proposal) are determined by the District F'11, inecr to he miltinrill. the I)islrict kimincer will provide it tinlcfv written response to the applicant stating that the project call proceed 1111der the ternis and colldition� of IhC nationwide pCrnlit . II'the District 1:111vuleer deternlirles that file ndver:,c -�It'ecr•, (11'111c proposed work ill more than minimal. shell he \�111 notify the applicant either: t I I I flat the pro}ect dov" lio[ qualify for authorization under tilt N\VP and uritruct the ,rpplic;lnl on the procedures 10 s,eCk aulhorvalion under an Milk ideal perinW (�) Iluu lire protect is author i;ed raider the N WP ;object to the applicalm", suhnlissiou of,l nliti,-ation proposal that maid reduce the adverse effects oil the agoat1C Cnvlronrllcnt to lht nlininla) lei el: or (3) dial the project is authorized ;older the NEVI' with specific 111 1.101Cations or Collditusns. �1 Ilcre the !)istrtct nlitlgiurull i, reytlircd in order t�, eltsure nu nlr>rc' 111,111 nlinunal a(I\else Cflccts nn tllc iu.luatir CllvirunnlCru• the activlt'. \%ill bC aulhorlied \�ithln the 4�-day PCN period. inchldinc the necessar` ,:onceImlaf or npecilic nllti'u'alion or a I'CCluirenlenl that the applicant :,ilhlnit a rllltlsation proposal 111,11 mmlrl reduov the adverse effects tut ncc aquatic cnvirolllimil to the nlininl,ll Ic e) 11 hen conceptual ulrticalion h included, or a rllltil:atlon plan i,, required under item t'_') ;Iho\c, oo truck in walCrs of the I ;ni1c•d States will Ccur until the I)ISniCI f nC�.irrccr Ilan appw\ed a spu6t1w I1111 uilllon plan. (e) ;1L!cllcv i'oorelinaliun: I he l )15rr1c1 1:1WHIM' %till conslder ,ory l'rolll federal and SMIC AUCncics concelrninit the proposed .IL,lip 11% compliance tc Ith the terns iuld conditions tit'tile NWI'•, and the need 1*01 n11112MIrnl fO leduk:c the adverse elfetA." on (he aquatic Cnvironnlenl to it nlininlal Icvcl• I•ctr rlctk ill 's r'equil'lll!11IUtlll(:illlull h) 1111.• I)11Irict 1'livillcel that r'e'itilt Ill (lie loss of! i�larinc l isherics SCI'ylee within 3O days; oCrcceipt ul'any lasential fish I labitat conservation rt-cn►ttntendatiuns, Applicants are encouraged to provide. life (.'ores multiple copies oCnotificntions to expedite agency notification. (f) Wed"Ind Delineations; Wetland delir►eations Iuost he prepared in accordance with the current method required by the ('orps. For N\\'I' 29 see paragraph (h)((>)(iii) CO" parcels less than Vi acre in ;izc. "I'Ite permittcc may ask the C'orps' to delineate the special aquatic site. 'there may be some delay ifthc Corps does the delineation. Furthermore, the '15-day period will not start until the wetland dclineation has 11c:r:11 contplered ;Illd ';uhn►itted to the turps, where appropriate. 1=1. Com tliany ("crtilication. Fvcry permittee who hay; received ;I ' !1( lwide permit verilication front the. Corps will suhn►it a "Itmed certification Ill('Ih(' (:onlpletCd \eorl, an:l any rcquircd mitigation. '('ht- certification will he forwarded by tilt- Corps with life ,IUthoriiation The certilication \%ill include: (if) A sta►terltcnt that the authorized MWk was (lone file au►horizalloll. incluclilw. ;ulv uenend or specific cunclill'Ol ,: (b► a sfarcn►cnt that an\ reynlrcd mitigation was complewd in accorclarlce with the permit conditions: alld (c► the siunature ol'the perrt►ltfee ct-rtil'ving the Completion ()I*thc \%ork and niitication, 15. Ilse of;l,lnitii)ly Notionwide Pef-rnits. fife use ot'ntorc thin one NWI' I'or ;,. sim-de and complete projecl is pro11111"cl, except "'hen the ;ICrc;IL'V loss ul'��aters ol'the (Ir►ited States authorized by the NWPs does not exceed the acr'ca'c limit oCthe NWI' with the hiullest acrea!ve limit. For example, if a road cros-;inL over tidal \caters is constructed under N\Vl' 1.1. ccith associated banl\ fi stahilization authorized h� N11'I' 1 .;, the ma\ilnunl acro.'aue loss ol'c\atcrs ol'the I Inited �UIICS f'or the total project cannot exceed 1 3 acre. Ib. 1 -mer Sumily Intakes. No um if%. Iticludin,z structure; and cork ut nnvil.able eaters of the United `hates or di;charues of,dred'-'rd m fill miltem.d. 11mv occur' in the pik'ximil\ ofa public ";Ilcr supply intake except where the acm rte r, Im repair. of the public water mippl\ inlal:e sn'ctcmres or adjacent bank srcbilization. 17. Shellfish Heds. No activity. includins "1111 :h(res and '.corl. in rim-w"Ible waters ol'lhe I Iniled titatcs of.discltarues ol'dredged or sill material. Ina, oc,:ur in are;;s of concentrated shellfish pol ill lilt loll S. unless the activily is directly related Io a ..helllkh h;use tine ,icnvit\ authorwed h� N\VP -1. 18. Suitable (\l,ite►•ial. No activity, mCludiu., slrnctures and \pork in llilvwahle waters ol'the flouted States or discharges ul'dredged or lilt filmerull, play consist of um;tlitahlc: if;Itcriai (c.;;., trash, debris, car bodies, asphalt. etc,) and material wred 101, Cor►struction nr dischari;cd Inu:;t he Crce Crom toxic pollmants ill toxic an►ounts (see Section .107 of'tile Clean Water Act). Mitll,l►!i m. The project n►ust be designed ,fuel constructed to avoid and minimize adverse el'lects to waters of the United States to file nmxinuntt extent practicable al the ltr()jec►. site (i.e., on site). Mitigation will be required when necessary to ensure that the adverse CiTects to the aquatic enviror►►rtent are minimal. 1'Ite District Lilgineer will consider the factors discussed below when determining; the acceptability ol'appropriate and practicable mitigation necessary to offset adverse of ects on the aquatic environment that are more than minimal, 7 (a) Compensatory mitigation at a miltimum I:I ratio will he required for all wetland impacts requiring .t I'CN, Consistent with National policy, the District Engineer will establish a preference lilr restoration of wetlands to illeet (fie minimum compensatory mitigation ratio, with preservation used only in exceptional circtnllstanccs, (b) To be practicable, the mitigation must he available and capable ofbeing done considering costs, existing techllology and logistics in light of the overall project purposes, (:maniples of nlitigatiorl that may he appropriate and practicable include, but are not limited to: reducim,, the sire ol'the project; establishing and maintaining wetland or upland vegetated buffers to protect open waters such as streams; and replacing losses of aquatic resource Iunctions and values by crealing, reslorinh, enhancing, or preserving similar functions and valves, preferably in the same watenshul. (c) The District hl.Lineer will require 1'l'siol'.11 ioll. crcarion, ell] ancclullI, or preservatic)n ol'other aquatic resources in order to offset Ills authorized impacts to file extent neccssmy to ensure that the adverse effects on the aquatic environnlcnt are minimal. Ail important element ofally compensatory mitigation plan Im projects in ur near streams or other open waters Is the establishment and ma111tellance. to till` Illaxillltlin extent practicable, 01'vegetated bllffel'S next to open waters on the project site, l'lie vegetated buffer should consist of*native species. 'fhe District Engineer will deternline the appropriate width of the vegetated buffer and in which cases if will he required. Normally, the vegetated buffer will lie 25 to 50 feet wide on each side ol'the stream. but the District Engineer may require wider vuetated hullers to address doctimcnIed water quality concerns, iflhere are open waters oil the project site and the District Engineer requires compensatory mitigation li)r wetland r impacts to ensure that flee net adverse elfccts oil ilic aquatic l'livil-olllllellt are 11111.lillial, any vec.etated butler c\ill comprise no more than 1/3 acre ell' the remaining compensmory mitigation acreage after the permanently Iilled wetlands have hcell replaced on a one-to-one i acreage hasis. In addition. compensatory mitigation must address adverse effects on �sctland functions and values and cannot he used to oft:set the acreage ofwetland losses that \\ould occur in order to :Beet the acre'lue limits of'Sonle of the NWI's for NWP 39, acre ofwetlands cannot be created to change a 1, acre loss ofwetlands to a ';.. acre loss: ll0\1Cye1', !!' acre ot'crcalcd \�Cllands can be used to reduce the impacts ol'a 1/3 acre loss of \\ellaiids►. If the prospective pernlittee is required to submit a compensatory mitigation proposal wilh the PC'N, fhe proposal play he either conceptual or detailed. (d) 'Fu the extent appropriate, penllittees should consider mitigation hankirlg and oilier appropriate 1'01-nls of compensatory Illitigafion, II'the District I:Ilgiaecr detcrillirles that corllpensatory nliti`gauon is necessary to oll'sct losses of'\uicrs ol'the United States 111d ensure that the uet adverse effects of the authori/ed work on the aquatic environinent are minimal, consolidated mitigation approaches, such as mitigation hanks, will be the preFerred Inethod ol'providing Compellsalory Imtigation, unless till' District I;Ilgllleel' determines that Activity-SpecdlC Compeilsalory I11Ilivatloll Is more appropriate, hased oil which is best IN- the aquatic environment. 'These lypes of mitigation are preferred because they involve larger blocks of protected aquatic environnlcnt, are more likely to meet the miti:�ation goals, and are more easily checked for compliance, 11'a mitigation bank or other consolidated mitigation approach is nut available in the watershed, the District Englneel will consider other appropriate Corms ol'compensatory mitigation to ofl'set the losses ot'waters oflhe United States to ensure that the act adverse: effects of the authorized work on the aquatic environment are mininial. ti 20, witmning Arras. Activities, including structures and wort( in navigt►ble waters ol'the United States or discharges of dredged or fill material, in spawning areas during spawning seasons must be avoided to the maxirll[Irll extent practicable. /activities that result in file physicaI destruction (e.g., excavate, fill, or smother downstream by substantial turbidity) of an important spawning area are no authorized. 21. Nlanr�ment of Water Flows, To the maxinlunl extent practicable, the activity must be designed to maintain preconstructlon downstream Ilow conditions (e.g., location. capacity, and flow rate's). Furthermore, the activity must not permanently restrict or impede the passage elf normal or expected high flows (unless the primary purpose ol'the fill Is to imp(ltrnd waters) and the structure or discharge of dredged or fill material must withstand expected hi`,h (lows. The activity must, to the maximum extent practicable, provide for retaining excess Iloccs f'roni the silo, provide 161. imlintaining surface flrnc rates front the site similar to preconstructioll conditions, and must not increase water flews from the project site, relocate water, or redirect water Ilcm beyond preconstructiou conditions. In addition, the activity must. to the nlaxinl[ult extent practicable. reduce adverse clTec:ts such as flooding or erosion drnvnsiream and upstream of the project site, unless the activity is part oJ•a dargcr s\Sleln designed to rlumay water Ilows. 22. Adverse EATects From Impoundments. I I'the activity-, includinu, structures and work in navivable waters ol'the Unitcd States of-discharge of dredged o►• till material. creates an impoundment of water, adverse effects on the aquatic system ca[rscd by the accelerated passage ot'water and/or the restriction of its flow shall be n►irlimized to the maxinlunl extent practicable. 23. Waterfowl limedfnt< :Arras. Activities. indtidinf! strucnrres .111(1 work in navigable waters 0I'Ilie United States car'discharges ol'dredeed or fill material, into areas J'or nli.tratory wsucrfm I must be avoided to rile maximum extent practicable. 2 4, Removal of"Fempoi-a►ry Fills. All% temporary fills must he removed in their entirety and the al•fected arras returnul to their preexi;tinu, elevation. 25. Desi1_1naled l:'Htical Resout-ce Wours, Critical resoru-cc %suers iiicludc, N( )AA-klesiulialed marine sanctuaries, National I:stuarine Research Reserves, National Wild and Scenic Rivers, critical habitat lily Federally listul threatened and endallLm-ed species. coral reel's. State natural heril"lue sires, and otastrul(ling national resource waters or other Nvatcrs oJlicially designated h\ a Stale as havilw part icuI'll- environmental or ecology le'll sk-milicilllcc ;end identified b\ the District C;nginccr alter notice and (7ppill'l[Illl[y for public conunent. The f_>isu•ict I:n_incer inav also deli_mate additional critical resource waters aher notice ;old 0pp0rtuoity for comment. W F\cept as noted belo\s, diSchar1!es ofcire(lued or 1,111 material lino waters ol'the United StOICS arc not uuthurizcd by NWIls 7. 12. I.1. 10. 17. 21, 29, .; I, 35. 39, 40, 4'. 4.), and 44 liar any activity within. or dir..:ctk stl•fectirlg. critical resource waters, including cetlands adjacent to such writers. Discharges ol'dred'ecd or fill materials into waters ol•thc• United States may be authorized by the above NWI's in National Wild and Scenic Rivers if the activity complies with (icnaal Condition 7. I"urther, such discharges may he authorized in desigmated critical habitat Ior Federally listed threatened or encdanp,ered species il'the activity complies with General C'011dili011 I I and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service or the National Marine Fisheries Scrvice has concurred ill a determination ofcompliance with this condition. (b.) For NWPs 3, 8, 10, 13, 15, 18, 19, 22 23, 25, 27, 28, 30, 33, 34, 36, 37, and 38, notification is required in accordance with General Condition 13, !~r►' qtly activity proposed in the designated critical resource waters including wetlands adjacent to those waters, The 9 District Engineer may authorize activities under these NWT's only after Ile dctermines that the impacts to the critical resource waters will be no more than minimal. 26. Fills Within 11111-Year- Floodhtains. Vor purposes of this general condition, lilt)-ycal, tloodplaills will be identifies{ through the federal I mcrgency Management Agency's (ITAAA) Hood 11►SM-1111CC hate Maps or fEMA-approved local Iloodplaiu slaps. (a) Discharges Below I leadwaters. Discharges ofdredged or fill nlarcrial into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above-grade fills within (lie 100-year floodplairl at or below the point on a stream where the average amoral flow is live cuhic feet per second (i.e,, llclow headwaters) are not amhorized by NVIP.S 29, 31), 40, .12. 43), and 44. J.'o, ':11 ps 12 and 14. the prospective permittee must notify the Listrict 17.11gincer in acew '.,,,Ice ��ith General condition 13 and the notification must include docunicl►tatiorl ally permanent. above-},trade fills in waters ol•the United States within the Itl(1•veaar :ouclplain !,claw headwaters comply with VENIA or FI1".NIA-approved local Ilo ,,gain Construct loll rrduircntent,;, (h) Discha rues in Headwaters (i.e., above the poi ,t on a strcantl where the averacc annual flow is five cuhic feet per second) (I) I'lood I rin)e. Di -narges of dredged or sill material into waters of the !United States resulting in pernuulem. above :,acle [ills within the flood fringe ofthe 100-year Iloodplain of'headwaters at, - not authorized by NWI)s 12. 1--1. 29. 39, -10, •12, -0. and 4.1. unless the prospective * .rmjttce notifies the District L n!ginecr in accordance with General Concfition "fhe notification must include documentation that such discharees comply with r;:ail 1 c,r ft NIA-approved local Iloodplain construction recitOrements. i (1) ! loodway, Discharges of dredged of- fill n►alterial into waters of the United States resulting Ill permallent, above-grade tills within the floockuv of,the I00-vear floodplain ot'headwaters are not au11106,:ed by NWPs 29, 39, -10, -i_', 43, and 4.1. 1`or NW['s 12 and 1.1, the perrnittee must notif's cite District 1-1,111gincer in accordance with (;encral Condition 13 and the notification must Include doculnewatioll that ill!\ permallellt. above -r1de fills proposed in the Iloodwa\ comply with IT"NIA or f.1 NIA-approved local floodpfain construction rccluir�mcnts. 10 t DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY KANSAS CITY DISTRICT, CORPS OF ENOINCERS • �` S7r\TG REOULATDRf Pngt3RAM Oi"rICC Mlt)t.1tJU111 E1, 221 BOLIVAR STFIErr, SIJITC I0:3 .tern:r4sw4 CITY, M19SC)UPI 69101 pr.nLr In A"EWIUN 1101 Missouri. Stat e Regulatory Offic-e (200200560) (COLE, MO, NUJ 13 ) Mr . Steve 1'c;►11:+.: ►: , [-'roje.ct Maliagor Burns, 9400 1:)arkway Kansas C':i t:y, Mi r,3ouri 64114 --332S) Dear. Mr . Yor1k' zr : This l.`-1 in ]_espol'1 ►Ce to your letter, cis authorized aat nt for the city Of Jefferson City, M s., our i , Yt'CF-dved on il<":1 iuziry 8 , 2007 , requesting Deepartltient of the Army (DA) permit aut ho..i. ization to Construct rock reve�t:ment:s on the i.�'f:t desc::tendicig Yank of Rising Creak Mic-Iosur:'e 1) The activity is pi:irt. of tAi e r(-gional sewer and treatment. improvements previously �tuthor'.i zed in t:.he area referred Lo as 11Algoa l' The project is lucat:e d .n :1F.ctY.ion 7.9, TOWFIShip 114 north, Range 10 west' , Coale County, " The Corp::, of Engineers his j uris,d:ict ion OW-A .a 1..1. wnt.+=_r . Of r-he United S)tat:(_. Di.3c.:harrges of dredged or fall. mjit—e�z:i.al. in waters of the United a=lt rtCS, .illcluding wel-. ands, r:'e.Cllli.ro_� prior authorizat-ion frc.)111 the Corps under Section 404 af. 1.111: Clean Water. Act (33 USC 1.344 ) The imp leement:inq I:egul.-it:.ion for this Ac-:t is found at 33 Ci-R 320 - 3:30 . I'll(e e:'n)::le_) ;te(.l 1Ur.'i.F�C1.i Ct:i Glia 1. DC t-ertrli nl It io11 (iI' i"oi:'I11 dt( c r.bes rAle extt1 1"1t:, of wat_,t:_-rs of the U17ited ;.-_aces oti l:}1E'. prC>j+'�c:C. Site, (Fnch)sul" ' 2 ) Also, the renc.i.osed Notif:icatioii ol: Administrative Appeal. aiv1 Process_ and Request. 1:or Appeal form ( E'URM) describes youzr ol.-)t:i.orl , in Seca:loo F of the FF011.M W:' have reviewed y )urr project' plai,is t.i? chancle tht; alignment of cl sc-�ct ion Of Wr_'.r" line "AI to tho t,ol.ith of the previously <ut-,horiz.ed loc::�it..ion . The, rlew alt e� ignmrlt. will. move the line c:losei—,- to the left d+. sce idiii l bank- of. Rising C ret+ k, south of the Command WI�d.) Center . In associwoon with t-he c:htll,lge. in alignment. you have proposed to seal ili e is of 1:1.slriq Creek l s left descending brink with three (3) .rock r,ceve-:tment.a . Each revetmeiit:., w_-L1..1_ measure e le:-,,s thcatti 320• l''ett, lotiq . F3f.tsed all the furnished , we licive that t:>arh I'evetment is indavyClUZ111.y aiahor. ized by nat.ionwi.Clte Permit (NWP) No . 1.3 , provided you adhere. tC) tile cond.itionS 11.:�': �Ci rl t11e 0�_: .1(- e rrtbe l s August 30 , 2001 , 1. tt .:L' (Fnclosu?re 4 ) Al.�o, vr: u must: censure r that the coridition:-.-) in c.-.-nc1c),-,ed copy '-A; from the March 9 , 2000 Peck--ral Final Nor.ice� A and Modification ot" Nationwide Permits (65 Y-IR 1281)3 ) "Al"i'-., General condition 14 -recjuj'.r(!s you to Sign and rht*'. enc,'Tos(-2(1 "Complianc'e, upon of t.Ll I .-III linr-i :•'ed work . This NMI verifi('-It_ :i.oji J."; an us't_�; of-, '_JY"'Idt I:c,c k and/ar qu.--irry-i.-un rock for reve- LfnenLs . 11,110 fmfl:el.-ilal he reasonably wt-I.A. grad,:"A , 041- piecee;.-' Va.1-.-Y1.ng i'Il from 20 pounds up t-.o Cind iricludii-IC4 at: 1.50 1)C)Urld (.3 x';AVey1. and dirt. :,,houLd ii(:)L exce_,kl .15 of Lhe ":.OLal fil.l volumt:! . Thio NWP i.s Valid until, February -1.1 , 2002 , C.)r until Febi.uary 11 , 2003 , if your project is underway or under contract Lo begin Lef-,ore Pebruary 11. , 2002 . Should Your project plans change or if YCAII.- -ICt-.".Vity iS not COMP.let-e- WitAIiTI the speciEif d veriticaul.on term, you must contact" this for another perm.'U Although an indiv.-Ldual. DA permit iss not: rF�quired , othe4l.- Federal , state and/or local permits may be- requli.red . You should verify this yourself . We suggest: that you coord:i. I at e -Iny '7_;0_wer line modiEications, in the Algoa area , Lhat do not inv(.-)].ve waters of the United Seat es , wit-11 LhCz! OS,-Age Tril3e , The Missnui.--i Department of N�.itural Rc-:,,;ouT-cc_,,, (MDNR) 11,15 Certified that: 'EIAS NWp Will. rji_)t: Vl(- e (__X 4 S t i rig S L:a te water quality s t7.a n d 1i rd E, provided you comply with the conditions included i.n (-hiil: attaclied All c-onditi,"'Ms included in the wat..er qua.lit-'y certifl.cat,-J.on conditions of the NWP Please care.LUlly revit-w all. eoridiLion.,_; kssc)ciatecl w:i.Vh t-_hl_.,, NWP . If: you have any cjt.Iestiori.r., concerning state water qualir.y 1�,Irds or compliance issu(:!s, with the assc)(..,iated please contact MDNR at- 573 -• 51 -7428 , WaLe_r Pollution control Program, 0 . Box 17 6 , J f f er.son ('21.t y, MID 6 51.0 2 1.'76 . -3 Mr. James A. Ptacek, Regulatory Specialist , reviewed the .information furnished and made this determination . If you have any questions concerning this matter, please feel free to contact Mr. Ptacek at 573 -634 -4837 (FAX 573-634 -7960) . Enclosures Copies Furnished: Missouri Department of Natural Resources wo/enclosures Missouri Department of Conservation wo/enclosures City of Jefferson, Missouri Department of Public Works 320 East McCarty Street Jefferson City, MO 65101 Osage Tribal Council 813 Grandview Post Office Bost 779 Pawhuska, OK 74:056 Atten. Anthony P . Whitehorn • LV j - M SEP-t.0-2001 09:35 CITY OF JEFFERSON FINANCE: 5736346329 P.02/03 CHARLES O. TILLMAN, JR. ..rEMBERS OF COUNCIL Prfn*al chief SEAL Op KE*.NNL•TH H.SIGHORSE JOHN P.E:SSLEY CAW=W.PANOSURN HARRY RED EAGLE, JR, JOHN W.TAL LCHIEP Asslatam Principal chief JOE A.TRUMBLY EVERETT M.WAL.LER C,EORGE J.WALLER 1 ROSEMARY WOOL) OSAGE TRIBAL COUNCIL C . . 5-30-2001 U.S. Army Corp of Engineers Missouri State Regulatory Office 221 Bolivar Str=t Jefferson City, Mo 651.01 Attn: James Ptacek RE:Algoa Sewer Project Dear Mr. Ptaeck: The Osage Tribe of Oklahoma has evaluated the above reference sites, and we have determined that this site does have religious or cultural signi ficanee to the Osage Tribe being our former reservation&homeland. The Osage Nation would ask that the following terms arc included when the Corp issues permits on this project. 1. The Osage Tribe would like to be notified when the project starts. The tribe also needs to be given time line for this project. 2. The Osage Tribe would ask that an archeologist be on site during the trenching of the discharge line into the Missouri River. This would be from the treatment facility to the river. 3. If at any time during the work on this project expose any archeological materials, such as bone,pottery,chipped stone,etc., we ask that construction activities cease, and this office be contacted so that aft evaluation can be made. 4. We ask that when any materials are found SHPO, the local authorities and the Osage Nation be notified through Councilman Everett M. Waller and Anthony P. Whitehom at 813 Grandview Pawhuska,OK 74056,phone(918) 287-1085,cell (918) 625-0177. 5. The Osage Tnbe would like SBPO to collect hold remains for Tribe until repatriation clTbrts = occur. If you have any questions plc-uc contact our office (918) 287-1085. Osage Tribal Council, P.O. Box 779, Pawbuska., OK 74056, (9I8)287-1085, FAX(918) 287-7257 Principal Chief, 627 Grandview, Pawhuska, Off" 74056, (918 287--1 128, FAX (9 18) 287-1259 z Y NATIONWIDE P1;RAUT NO.13 13ANK STAI3ILIZ,kTION Bank stabilization activities necessary for erosion prevention provided the activity meets all of.. the following criteria: a. No material is place ill excess of the minimum needed fir erosion protection; b. The bank stabilization activity is less than 500 feet in length: e. 'Fite activity will not exceed rill average of one cubic yard pf:r running Im placed along the bank below the plane of*the ordinary hieh water mark or the hiuh tide line; (1. No material is placed in any special aquatic site, including wetlands: e. No material is of the type, or is placed in any location, or in any manner, so as to impair surface water flow into or out ol'any wetland area: 1'. No material is placed in a manner that will be erode'(] by normal or expected high flows (properly anchored trees and treetops may be used in low energy areas): and. g. 'File activity is part of a single and complete project. Bank stabilization activities in excess of'500 feet in length or greater than an average ofonc cubic yard per running foot may be authorized if the permittee notifies e District Engineer i accordance with the "Notification" general condition and the District Engineer determines the activity complies with the other terins and conditions of the NWP and the adverse environmental effects are nlirli►Tial both individually and cumulatively. This NWP may not be used for the channelization of water of-'the United States. (Sections 10 and 4104) w r r Nationwide Permit No. 12 Utility Line Activities Activities required for the construction, maintenance, and repair ol'utility lint, and L facilities in watcrs of the United States cts follows: (i) Utility liners: The construction, maintenance, or repair of utility lines, including outfall and intake structures and the associated excavation, backfill, or bedding for the utility lines, in a1J waters of the United States, provided there is no change in preconstruction contours. A "utility line" is defined as any pipe or pipeline for the transportation of any gaseous, liquid, liquctiable, or slurry substance, t'or any purpose, curd any cable, line, or wire for the transmission for any purpose of electrical energy, telephone, and telegraph messages, and radio and television communication (see Note 1, below). Material resulting from trench excavation may be temporarily sidecast (up to three months) into waters of the United States, provided the material is not placed in such a mariner that it is dispersed by currents or other forces. The District Engineer may extend the period of temporary side casting not to exceed a total of 180 days, where appropriate. In wetlands, the top 6" to 12" of the trench should normally be bacldilled with topsoil from the trench. Furthermore, the trench cannot be constructed in such a manner as to drain waters of the United States (e.g., backfllling with extensive gravel • layers, creating a french drain effect). For example, utility line trenches can be backfilled with clay blocks to ensure that the trench does not drain the waters of the United States through which the utility line is installed. Any exposed slopes and stream banks must be stabilized immediately upon completion of the utility line crossing of each waterbody. h (ii) Utility line substations: The construction, maintenance, or expansion of a substation facility associated with a power line or utility line in non-tidal waters of the United States, excludinl! non-tidal wetlands adjacent to tidal waters, provided the activity does not result in the loss of greater than 1/2 acre of non-tidal waters ofthe United States. (iii) Foundations for overhead utility line towers, poles, and anchors: The construction or maintenance of foundations for overhead utility line towers, poles, and anchors in all waters of the United States, provided the foundations are the minimum size necessary and separate footings for each tower leg (rather than a larger single pad) are used where feasible. (iv) Access roads: The constnrction ofaccess roads for the construction and maintenance of utility lines, including overhead power lines and utility line substations, in non-tidal waters of the United States, excluding non-tidal wetlands adjacent to tidal waters, provided the discharge does not cause the loss of greater than 1/2 acre of non- tidal waters of the United States. Access roads shall be the minimum width necessary (see Note 2, below). Access roads must be constructed so that the length of the road minimizes the adverse effects on waters of the United States and as near as possible to preconstruction contours and elevations (e.g., at grade corduroy roads or geotextile/gravel roads). Access roads constructed above preconstruction contours and elevations in waters of the United States must be properly bridged or cuJverted to maintain surface flows. r • Nationwide Permit No. 12 Utility Litic Activities (co,nt'd) The term "utility line" doers not include activities which drain a water of the United States, such as drainage the or french drains; however, it does apply to pipes conveying, drainage from another area. For the purposes of this NW11, the loss of waters of the United States includes the filled area plus waters ofthe United States that arc adversely affected by flooding, excavation. or drainage as a result of the project, Activities authorized by paragraphs (i) through (iv) may riot exceed a total of 1/2 acre loss of waters of the United States. Waters of the United States temporarily affected by filling, flooding, excavation, or drainage, where the project area is restored to preconstruction contours and elevations, are riot included in the calculation of permanent loss of waters of the United States. This includes temporary construction mats (e.g., timber, steel, geotextile) used during construction and removed upon completion of the work. IAIhere certain functions and values of waters of the United States are permanently adversely affected, such as the conversion of a forested wetland to a herbaceous wetland in the permanently maintained utility line right-of-way, mitigation will be required to reduce the adverse effects of the project to the minimal level. Mechanized landclearing necessary for the construction, maintenance, or repair of utility lines and the construction, maintenance, and expansion'of utility line substations, , foundations for overhead utility lines, and access roads is authorized, provided the cleared area is kept to the minimum necessary and preconstruction contours are maintained as near as possible. The area of waters of the United States that is filled, excavated, or flooded must be limited to the minimum necessary to construct the utility line, substations, foundations, and access roads. Excess material must be removed to upland areas immediately upon completion of construction. This NWP may authorize Utility lines in or affecting navigable waters of the United States, even if there is no associated discharge of dredged or fill material (See 33 CFR Part 322). Notification: Tile permittee must notify the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 13, if any of the following criteria are met: (a) [Mechanized land clearing in a forested wetland for the utility line right-of- way; (b) A Section 10 permit is required; (c) The utility line in waters of the United States. excludinp overhead lilies, exceeds 500 feet; (d) The utility line is placed within a jurisdictional area (i.e.. a water of the United States), and it runs parallel to a stream bed that is within that jurisdictional area; ( ) Discharges Disch es associated with the construction of utility line substations that result in the loss of greater than 1/10 acre of waters of the United States; s r Nationwide Permit No . 12 Utility Line .Activities (cont'd) (f) Permanent access roads constructed above grade in waters of the United States for a distance of more than 500 feet; or (g) Permanent access roads constructed in waters of the United States with impervious materials. (Sections 10 and 404) Note 1: Overhead utility lines constructed over Section 10 waters and utility lines that are routed in or under Section 10 waters without a discharge of dredged or fill material require a Section 10 permit; except for pipes or pipelines used to transport gaseous, liquid, liquefiable, or slurry substances over navigable waters of the United States, which are considered to be bridges, not utility lines, and may require a permit from the U.S. Coast Guard pursuant to Section 9 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899. However, any discharges of dredged or fill material associated with such pipelines will require a Corps permit under Section 404. Note 2: Access roads used for both construction and maintenance may be authorized, provided they meet the terms and conditions of this NWP. Access roads used solely for construction of the utility line must be removed upon completion of the work and the area restored to preconstntction contours, elevations, and wetland conditions. v ` Temporary access roads for construction may be authorized by NVVP 33. Note 3: Where the proposed utility line is constructed or installed in navigable waters of the United States (i.e., Section 10 waters), copies of the PCN and NWP verification will be sent by the Corps to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Ocean Service, for charting the utility line to protect navigation. i i ElCERPTS FROM MARCH 9, 2000 FEDEAZAi, REGISTER C. Nationwide Permit General Conditions The following general conditions must be followed in order for any authorization by an NWP to be valid: 1. Navigation. No activity may cause more than a rnlnrnlal adverse effect on navigation. 2. Proper Maintenance. Any structure or fill authorized shall be properly maintained, including maintenance to ensure public safety. 3. Soil Erosion and Sediment Controls. Appropriate soil erosion and sediment controls must be used and maintained in effective operating condition during construction, and all exposed soil and other fills, as well as any work below the ordinary high water mark or high tide line, rnust be permanently stabilized at the earliest practicable date. 4. Aguatic Life Nlovements. No activity may substantially disrupt the movement of those species of aquatic life indigenous to the waterbody, including those species which normally migrate through the area, unless the activity's primary purpose is to impound water. Culverts placed in streams must be installed to maintain low flow conditions. 5. Etluipment. Heavy equipment working in wetlands must be placed on mats, or other measures must be taken to minimize soil disturbance. Y 6. Regional and Case-bv-Case Conditions. The activity must comply with any regional conditions which may have been added by the division engineer (see 33 CFR 330.4(e)) and with any case specific conditions added by the Corps or by the State or tribe in its Section 401 water quality certification and Coastal Zone Management Act consistency determination. 7. Wild and Scenic Rivers. No activity may occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System; or in a river officially designated by Congress as a"study river' for possible inclusion in the system, while the river is in an official study status; unless the appropriate Federal agency, with direct management responsibility for such river, has determined in writing that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the Wild and Scenic River designation, or study status. Information on Wild and Scenic Rivers may be obtained from the appropriate Federal land management agency in the area (e.g., National Park Service, U.S. Forest Service, Bureau of Land Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service). 8. Tribal Rights. No activity or its operation may impair reserved tribal rights, including, but not limited to, reserved water rights and treaty fishing and hunting rights. 9. Water Ouali!y. (a) In certain States and tribal lands an individual 401 water quality certification mast be obtained or waived (See 33 CFR 330.4(c)). (b) For NWPs 12, 14, 17, 18, 32, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44, where the State or tribal 401 certification (either generically or individually) does not require or approve a water quality management plan, tile permittee must include design criteria and techniques that will ensure that the authorized work does not result in more than minimal degradation of water quality. An important component of a water quality management plan includes stormwater management that minimizes degradation of the n downstream aquatic system, including water quality. Refer to Gener d Condition 21 for stormwater management requirements. Another important contp<ment of a water quality management plan is the establishniew and maintenance of vegetated buffers next to open waters, including streams. Refer to General Condition 19 for vegetated buffer requirements for the: NWPs. 10. Coastal Zone ManaLernent. In certain states, an individual state coastal zone management consistency concurrence must lie obtained or waived (see Section 330.4(4)). 11. Endanecred Species. (a) No activity is authorized under any N WP which is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species or a species proposed for such designation, as identified under the Federal Endangered Species Act, or which will destroy or adversely modify the critical habitat of such species. Non-federal permittees.shall notify the District Engineer if any listed species or designated critical habitat might be affected or is in the vicinity of the project, or is located in the designated critical habitat and shall not begin work on the activity until notified by the District Engineer that the requirements of the Endangered Species Act have been satisfied and that the activity is authorized. For activities that may affect Federally-listed endangered or threatened species or designated critical habitat, the notification must include the narne(s) of the endangered or threatened species that may be affected by the proposed work or that utilize the designated critical habitat that may be affected by the proposed work. As a result of formal or informal consultation with the FWS or NMFS, the District Engineer may add species-specific regional endangered species conditions to the NVA'Ps. (b) Authorization of an activity by a nationwide permit does not authorize the "take" of a • threatened or endangered species as defined under the Federal Endangered Species Act. In the absence P P of separate authorization (e.g., an ESA Section 10 Permit, a Biological Opinion with "incidental take" provisions, etc. ) from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Set-vice or the National Marine I-isheries Service, both N lethal and non-lethal "takes" of protected species are in violation of the Endangered Species Act. Information on the location of threatened and endangered species and their critical habitat can be obtained directly from the offices of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and National Marine Fisheries Service or their world wide web pages at fittr.:'/wwNv.fivs.,zov%r9etndsl2p/endspn.html and http://www.nfms.eov/prot res/esahorne.html, respectively. 12. Historic Properties. No activity which may affect historic properties listed, or eligible for listing, in the National Register of Historic Places is authorized, until the DE has complied with the provisions of 33 CFR 325, Appendix C. The prospective permittee must notify the District Engineer if the authorized activity may affect any historic properties listed, determined to be eligible., or which the perspective permittee has reason to believe may be eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places,. and shall not begin the activity until notified by the District Engineer that the requirements of the National Historic Preservation Act have been satisfied and that the activity is authorized. Information on the location and existence of historic resources can be obtained from the State Historic Preservation Office and the National Register of Historic Places (see 33 CFR 330.4(g)). For activities that may affect historic properties listed in, or eligible for listing in, the National Register of Historic Places, the notification must state which historic property may be affected by the proposed work or include a vicinity may indicating the location of the historic property. 13. Notification. (a) Timing: Where required by the terms of the NR'I', the prospective permittee must notify the District Engineer with a preconstruction notification (PCN)as early as possible. The District Engineer must determine if the PCN is complete within 30 days of the date of receipt and can request the 2 additional information necessary to make the i'CN complete only once. However, if the prospective permittce does not provide all ofthe requested information, then the District Filgincer will notify tile prospective permittce that the PCN is still incomplete and the PCN review process will not contntence, until all of the requested information has been received by the District Engineer . 'file prospective permittce shall not begin the activity: (1) Until notified in writing by the District Engineer that the activity may proceed tinder the NWl' with any special conditions imposed by the District or Division Engineer; or (2) lfnotified in writing by the District or Division Engineer that an individual permit is required; or (3) Unless 115 days have passed from the District Engineer's receipt of the complete notification and the prospective permittce has not received written notice from the District or Division Engineer. Subsequently, the permittee's right to proceed under the NWP may be modified, suspended, or revoked only in accordance with Elie procedure set forth in 33 CFR 330.5(d)(2). (b) Contents of Notification: The notification must be in writing and include the following information: (1) Name, address, and telephone numbers of the prospective permittce; (2) Location of the proposed project; ® . (3) Brief description of the proposed project; the project's purpose, direct and indirect adverse environmental effects the project would cause; any other NWP(s), regional general permit(s), or individual perrnit(s) used or intended to be used to authorize any part of the proposed project or any related activity; and (4) For NWPs 7, 12, 14, 13, 21, 34, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, and 43, the PCN must also include a delineation of affected special aquatic sites, including wetlands, vegetated shallows (e.g., submerged aquatic vegetation, seagrass beds), and riffle and pool complexes (see paragraph 13(17)); (5) For NWP 7, Outf all Structures and Maintenance, the PCN must include information regarding the original design capacities and configurations of those areas of the facility where maintenance dredging or excavation is proposed. (6) I-or NWP 14, Linear Transportation Crossings, the PCN must include a compensatory mitigation proposal to offset permanent losses of waters of the United States and a statement describing how temporary losses of waters of the United States will be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. (7) For NWP 21, Surface Coal Mining Activities, the PCN must include an Office of' Surface Mining (OSM) or state-approved mitigation plan. (8) For NWP 27, Stream and Wetland Restoration, the PCN must include documentation of the prior condition of the site that will be reverrted by the permittee, (9) For NWP 29, Single-Family Housing, the PCN must also include: 3 (i) Ally past use of this NWP by the individual permittee and/or the pernlittcc's Spouse; A statement that the single-fltnrily housing activity is for a personal residence of the perrniltee; A description of the entire parcel, including its size, and a delineation of wetlands. For the purpose of this NWP, parcels of land measuring 114 acre or less will riot require a formal on-site delineation. However, the applicant :;hall provide an indication of where the wetlands are and the amount of wetlands that exists on the property. For parcels greater than '/', acre in size, a formal wetland delineation must be prepared in accordance with the current method required by the Corps. (See paragraph 1?(1)); (iv) A written description of all land (including, if available, legal descriptions) owned by the prospective pc'rmittee and/or the prospective permittee's spouse. within a one mile radius of the parcel, in any form of ownership (including any land owned as a partner, corporation,joint tenant, co-tenant, or as a tenant-by-the-entirety)and ar►v land on which a purchase and sale agreement or other contract for sale or purchase has been executed. , (10) For NWP 31, Maintenance of Existing, Flood Control Projects, the prospective pennittee must either notify the District En�dneer with a PCN prior to each maintenance activity or submit a five year(or less) maintenance plan. In addition, the PCN must include all of the following: (i) Sufficient baseline information so as to identify the approved channel depths and configurations and existing facilities. Minor deviations are authorized, provided the approved flood control protection or drainage is not increased; A delineation of any affected special aquatic sites, including wetlands; and. Location of the dredged material disposal site. (1 1) For NWP 33, Temporary Construction, Access, and Dewatering, the PCN must also include a restoration plan of'reasonable rneasures to avoid and minimize adverse effects to aquatic resources. (12) For NWPs 39, 43, and 44, the PCN must also include a written statement to the District Engineer explaining how avoidance and minimization of losses of waters of the United States were achieved on the project site. (13) For NWP 39, Residential, Commercial, and Institutional Developments, and NWP 42, Recreational Facilities, the PCN must include a compensatory mitigation proposal that offsets unavoidable losses of waters of the United States or justification explaining why compensatory mitigation should not he required. 4 (14) For NWP 40, Agricultural Activities, the PCN must include a compensatory mitigation proposal to offset losses of waters of the United States. (15) For NWP 43, Stormwater Management Facilities, the PCN must include, for the construction of new stormwater management facilities, a maintenance plan (in accordance with State and local requirements, if applicable) and a compensatory mitigation proposal to offset losses of waters of the United States. (1 G) For NWP 44, Mining Activities, the PCN must include a description of all waters of the United States adversely affected by the project, a description of'►neasures taken to minimize adverse effects to waters of the United States, a description ofineasures taken to comply with the criteria ofthe NWP, and a reclamation plan (for aggregate raining activities in isolated waters and non-tidal wetlands adjacent to headwaters and any hard rock/mineral mining activities). (17) For activities that may adversely affect Federally-Iisted endangered or threatened species, the PCN must include the name(s) of those endangered or threatened species that may be affected by the proposed work or utilize the designated critical habitat that may be affected by the proposed work. (18) For activities that may affect historic properties listed in, or eligible for listing in, the National Register of Historic Places, the PCN must state which historic property may • be affected by the proposed work or include a vicinity_ reap indicating the location of the historic property. (19) For NWPs 12. 14, 29, 39, 40, 42. 43, and 44, where the proposed work involves • discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above-grade fills within 100-year floociplains (as identified on FEMA's Flood Insurance Rate Maps or FENIA-approved local lloodplain reaps), the notification must include documentation demonstrating that the proposed work complies with the appropriate FEM,-% or FENIA-approved local floodplain construction requirements. (c) Form of Notification: The standard individual permit application form (Form 4345) may be used as the notification but must clearly indicate that it is a PCN and must include all of the information required in (b)(1)-(19) of'General Condition 13. A letter containing the requisite information may also be used: (d) District Engineer's Decision: in reviewing the PCN for the proposed activity, the District Engineer will determine whether the activity authorized by the NWT' will result in more than minimal individual or cumulative adverse environmental effects or may be contrary to the public interest. The prospective permittee may, optionally, submit a proposed mitigation plan with the PCN to expedite the process and the District Engineer will consider any proposed compensatory mitigation the applicant has included in the proposal in determining whether the net adverse environmental effects to the aquatic environment of the proposed work are minimal. If the District Engineer determines that the activity complies with the terms and conditions of the NWP and that the adverse effects on the aquatic environment are minimal, the District Engineer will notify the permittee and include any conditions the District Engineer deems necessary. Any compensatory mitigation proposal must be approved by the District Engineer prior to ` commencing work. If the prospective permittee is required to submit a compensatory mitigation 5 proposal with the PCN, the proposal may he either conceptual or detailed. I1'',Ire prospective permittee elects to submit a compensatory mitigation plan with the PCN, the District Engineer will expeditiously review the proposed compensatory mitigation plan. The District Engineer must review the plant within 45 days ofrecciving a complete PCN and determine whether the c►.rrnceptual or specific proposed mitigation would ensure no more than minimal adverse effects on the aquatic environment. If the net adverse effect; ofthe project un the aquatic environment (after consideration of the compensatory rnitigation proposal) are determined by the District Engineer to he minimal, the District Engineer will provide a timely written response to the applicant stating that the project can proceed ►under the terms and conditions of'tile nationwide permit . If the District Engineer determines that the adverse effects of the proposed wort: are trrore than minimal, then he will notify the applicant either: (1} That the project dues not qualify for authorization under the NWI—) and Instruct the applicant on the procedures to seek authorization under an individual permit; (2) that the pro iect is authorized under the NWI1 subject to the applicant's subrrrission of a mitigation proposal that would reduce the adverse effects on the aquatic environment to the minimal level: or (3) that the project is authorized under the NW13 with specific modifications or conditions. Where the District Engineer determines that rnitigation is required in order to ensure no more than minimal adverse effects on the aquatic environment, the activity will be authorized within the 45-day PCN period, including the necessary conceptual or specific rnitigation or a requirement that the applicant submit a mitigation proposal that would reduce the adverse effects on the aquatic environment to the nninirnal level. When conceptual mitigation is included, or a mitigation plan is required under item (?) above, no work in waters ofthe United States will occur until the District Engineer has approved a specific rnitigation plan. (e) Agency Coordination: The District Engineer will consider any comments from Federal and State agencies concerning the proposed activity's compliance with the terms and conditions ofthe NWPs and the need for mitigation to reduce (lie project's adverse effects on the aquatic environment to a minimal level. For activities requiring notification to the District Engineer that result in the loss of greater than acre of waters ofthe United States, the District Engineer will, upon receipt of a notification, provide immediately (e.g,, via firesimile transmission, overnight mail, or other expeditious manner), a copy to the appropriate voices ofthe Fish and Wildlife Service, State natural resource or water quality agency, CPA, State Historic Preservation Officer(SHPO), and, if appropriate, the National Marine Fisheries Service. With the exception of NWP 37, these agencies will then have 10 calendar days from the date the material is transmitted to telephone or fax the District Engineer notice that they intend to provide substantive, site-specific comments. If so contacted by an agency, the District Engineer will wait an additional 15 calendar days before making a decision on the notification. The District Engineer will fully consider agency comments received within the specified time frame, but will provide no response to the resource agency, except as provided below. The District Engineer will indicate in the administrative record associated with each notification that the resource agencies' concerns ware considered. As required by Section 305(b)(4)(B) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, the District Engineer will provide a response to the National i 6 Marine Fisheries Service within 30 days of receipt of any Essential Dish I labitat conservation recommendations. Applicants are encouraged to provide the Carps nrultiplc copies of notifications to expedite agency notification. (f) Wetland Delineations: Wetland delineations must be prepared in accordance with the current method required by the Carps. For NWP 29 see paragraph (b)(9)(iii) for parcels less than 'ia acre in size. The permittee may ask the Corps to delineate the special aquatic site. 'There may be some delay if the Corps does the delineation. Furthermore, the 45-dory period will not start until the wetland delineation has been completed and submitted to the Corps, where appropriate. 14. Compliance Certification. Every permit-tee who has received a Nationwide permit verification from the Corps will submit a signed certification regarding the completed work and any required mitigation. The certification will be forwarded by the Corps with the authorization letter. The certification will include: (a) A statement that the authorized wort: was done in accordance with the Corps authorization, including any general or specific conditions; (b) a statement that any required mitigation was completed in accordance with the permit conditions: and (c) the signature of the permittee certifying the completion of the work and initictation. 15. Use of Multiple Nationwide Permits. The use of more than one NWP for a single and complete project is prohibited, except when the acreage loss of waters of,the United States authorized by the NWPs does not exceed the acreage limit ofthe NNVP with the highest specified acreage limit. For example, if a road crossing over tidal waters is constructed under NWP 14, with associated bank stabilization authorized by NWP 13, the maximum acreage loss of waters of the United States for the total project cannot exceed 1/3 acre. 16. Water Suyoly Intakes. No activity, including structures and work in navigable waters of'the United States or discharges of dredged or fill material, may occur in the proximity of a public water supply intake except where the activity is for repair of the public water supply intake structures or adjacent bank stabilization. 17. Shellfish Beds. No activity, including structures and work in navigable waters of the United States or discharges of dredged or fill material, rnav occur in areas of concentrated shellfish populations, unless the activity is directly related to a shellfish harvesting! ;►ctivity authorized by NWP 4, IS. Suitable Material. No activity, including su ur.tures and work in navigable waters of the t.!nited States or discharges ofdredged or fill material, may consist of unsuitable material (c.c., trash, debris, car bodies, asphalt, etc.) and material used for construction or discharged must be free from toxic pollutants in toxic amounts (see Section 307 of the Clean water Act). 19. Mitigation. The project must be designed and constructed to avoid and minimize adverse effects to waters of the United States to the maximum extent practicable at the project site (i.e., on site). Mitigation will be required when necessary to ensure that the adverse effects to the aquatic environment are minimal, The District Engineer will consider the factors discussed below when determining the acceptability of appropriate and practicable mitigation necessary to offset adverse effects on the aquatic environment that are more than minimal. 7 (a) C'onipcnsatory mitigation nt a rtrinintunl I :I ratio will he required for all vmland impacts requiring a PC:N. Consistent with National policy, the Iaistrict I llgincer will establish a prcicrencc for restoration of•wctlands to meet the in it)utlunl Cortlperlsatory mitigation ratio. NNith preservation used only in exceptional circurrrslances. (b) To be practicable, the mitigation must he available and capable of•being done Considering costs, existing iechnolog,y acrd logistics in ligtht of the overall project purposes. Examples of,ntitivatioll that may he appropriate and practicahl% include, but are not limited tel: Neducing the size of the project. establishing and maintaining wetland or upland vegetated buffers to protect open wafers such as streams.- and replacing losses of aquatic: resource functions and values by Creating, restoring,, enhancing„ or preserving siinilar functions and values, preferably in the same watershed. (e) The District Engineer will require restoration, creation, enhancenlent, or preservation of'other aquatic resources in order to offset the authorized impacts to the extent necessary to ensure that the adverse effects on the acluatic environment are minurial. An important element of any compensatory mitigation plan for projects in or near streams or other open waters, Is the establishment and maintenance, to the nlaxnnurn extent practicable, of vegetated buffers next to open waters oil the project site. The vegetated buffet- should consist of native species. 'file District Engineer will determine the appropriate width of the vegetated buffer and in which cases it will he required. Norimally, the vegetated buffer will be 25 to 50 feet wide on each side of the stream. but the District Engineer may require wider vegetated buffers to address documented water quality concerns. If there are open waters oil � the project site and the District Engineer requires coinpensatory mitigation For wetland impacts to ensure that the net adverse effects on the aquat1C environment are minimal, any vegetated buffer will comprise no more than 1/3 acre of the remaini ng compensatory mitigation acreage after the permanently filled wetlands have been replaced on a one-to-one acreage hasis. In addition, compensatory mitigation must address adverse effects on wetland functions and values and cannot be used to of'l'sct the acreage of wetland losses that would occur in order to sleet the acreage limits of some of*the NWfls (e.o., For N%VP 39, !:, acre of wetlands cannot be created to ehange a ''/ acre loss of wetlands to a '/: acre loss; however. '/ acre of created wetlands can be used to reduce the impacts of a 113 acre loss of wetlands). If the prospective perinittee is required to submit a compensatory Mitigation proposal with the ITN, the proposal may be either conceptual or detailed. (d) To the extent appropriate, perinittees should consider iliitigation hanking and other appropriate forms ofeorn Pell satory Mitigation, ll'the District Engineer determines that corn Pell satory mitigation is necessary tit offset IOSSCS of waters of the United States :old ensure that the net adverse effects elf the authorized work on the ugtratic environment are minimal• consolidated mitigation approaches, such as mitigation banks, will be the preferred method of`provicling Corllperlsatrny mitigation, unless the 1.)istricl Engineer determines that activity--specific compensatory mitigation is more appropriate, based oil \vIlich is petit for the aquatic environment. These types of mitirtation are preferred because they involve larger blocks of protected aquatic Cnvirollincrtt, are more likely to meet the mitigation goals, and are more easily cliecked for compliance. 11'a mitigation bank or other consolidated mitigation approach is not available in the watershed, tlrc District Engineer will Consider other appropriate f0rnls of compensatory mitigation to offset the losses of waters of the United States to ensure that the net adverse effects of the authorized work on the aquatic em,iron ment are minimal. i 8 20. Spawning Areas. Activities. including structures, and work in navigable waters of'the United States or discharges ofdredged or fill material, in spnwninc areas during spawtlinb seasons exist be avoided to the nlaxinlnnl extent practicable. ;Activities that result in the physical destruction (e.g., excavate, fill, or smother downstream by substantial turbidity) of an important spawning area are no authorized. 21. Nunwayervent of Water Flows. To the nlaxiinum extent practicable, lire activity must be designed to Maintain preconstruction downstream Flow conditions (e.g., location, capacity, and now rates). Furthermore, the activity must not permanently restrict or irnpede the passage of normal or expected high flows (unless the primary purpose of the till is to impound waters) and the structure or discharge of dredged or fill material irrn4t withstand expected high flc»vs. 'I he activity must, to the maximum extent practicable, provide for retaining excess flows frmn the site, provide for maintaining surface• flow rates from the site similar to preconstruction conditions, and must not increase water flows from the project site, relocate water, or redirect water flow heyond preconstruction conditions. In addition, the activity must, to the maximum extent practicable, reduce adverse effects such as flooding or erosion downstream and upstream of the project site, unless the activity is part of a larger system designed to manage water flows, 22. .Adverse Effects From Impoundments. If the activity, including structures and work in navigable waters of the United States or discharge of' dredged or fill material, creates an impoundment of water, adverse effects on the aquatic system caused by the accelerated passage of water and/or the restriction of its flow shall be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. • 23. Waterfowl Breeding Areas. Activities, including structures and work in navigable waters of the United States or discharges of dredged or till material, into breeding areas for migratory waterfowl must be avoided to the maximum extent practicable. 24. Removal of Temporary Tills. Any temporary tills must be removed in their entirety and the affected areas returned to their preexisting elevation. 25. Desip-nated Critical Resource Waters, Critical resource waters include, NOAA-designated marine sanctuaries, National Estuarine Research Reserves, National Wild and Scenic lavers, critical habitat for Federally listed threatened and endangered species. coral reefs, State natural heritage sites, and outstanding national resource waters or other waters officially designated by a State as having particular environmental or ecological significance and identified by the District Engineer after notice and opportunity for public comment. Tile District Engineer may also designate additional critical resource waters after notice and opportunity for comment. (a) Except as noted below, discharges of'dredLed or fill material into waters of the United States are riot authorized by N%VPs 7, 12, 14. 16, 17, 21. 29, 31, 35, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44 for any activity within, or directly affecting. critical resource waters, including wetlands adjacent to such waters. Discharges of dredged or fill materials into waters of the United States may be authorized by the above NW13s in National Wild and Scenic Rivers if the activity complies with General Condition 7. Further, such discharges may be authorized in designated critical habitat for Federally listed threatened or endangered species if the activity complies with General Condition I 1 and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service or the National Marine Fisheries Service has concurred in a determination of'compliance will', this condition. (b) For NWPs 3, 8, 10, 13, 15, 18, 19, 22, 23, 25, 27, 28, 30, 33, 34, 36, 37, and 38, notification is required in accordance with General Condition 13, for any activity proposed in the designated critical resource waters including wetlands adjacent to those waters. Tile 9 • District Engineer may authorize activities under these N\VPs only after he determines that the impacts to the critical resource waters will be no more tl►an minimal. 26. Fills Within 100-Year Floodtrlains. For purposes of'this general condition, 100-year floodplains will be identified through the Fcdcra) Emergency Management Agcncv's (FEN1A) Flood 111SUrance Rate Maps or FERIA-approved local floodplain maps. (a) Discharges Below Hcadwaters. Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above-grade fills within the 100-year floodplain at or below the point un a stream where the average annual flow is five cubic feet per second (i.e., below headwaters) are not authorized by NWI's 29, 39, 40, .42, 43, and 44. For NWI's 12 and 14, the prospective permittee trust notify the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 13 and the notification must include documentation that any permanent, above-grade fills in waters of the United States within the 100-year floodplain below headwaters comply with i-ENIA or FEMA-approved local floodplain construction requirements. (b) Discharges in Headwaters (i.e.. above the point on a stream where the average annual flow is five cubic feet per second). (1) Flood Fringe. Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above-gradc fills within the flood fringe of the 100-year r floodplain of headwaters are not authorized by NWPs 12, 14, 29, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44, unless the prospective permittee notifies the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 13. The notification must include documentation that such discharges comply with FERIA or FERIA-approved local floodplain construction requirements. ; (2) Floodway. Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above-grade fills within the floodway of the 100-year floodplain of headwaters are not authorized by NWPs 29, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44. For NVVPs 12 and 14, the permittee must notify the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 13 and the notification must include documentation that any permanent, above trade fills proposed in the floodway comply with FENiA or FERIA-approved local floodplain construction requirements. f 10 + TA T ��"11:�:, R11 Met Cunxaar..Gn.ctnnr Stmncn M.MahiomL Dir-coot DI kT T O F NATLI�q.L R,S 0 U RCES „ - \ ' f.F •+�.� .J1'r iJIU?fit �:• :..?•r'V llt�lV�VI C�� 1111-Q�.J.`.T.11 1 �,- � - x•; 1.0, B=176 jam. on �sn. MO G�I O�-O i i u De^.,ember 1, 1995 CoL Gromc H- U.S. Army Comps ofP:ns'e=-s N"NP ;; mesas CirSr Dis:1i� - 601 E. '-th S mt :,arms Cit),, MO 64106 Derr Lt. Col. :=el: The Mssouri Deowr=ea: of Mars.W� P out-„ , wa= Pollution Cow of Prog�, has developed and issued this general Raze. Qua.iity Cet-=�on for Narion-wide Pe. t 13 (Baal: Stabiiz-a ion). Activities which are - ,_..Itted by the Cocos u n°NazYonv ide Permit 13 are includ°d in this gene a1 c�rrin;:tion. " 0=1 C. '-LE S r~ - t.IIe on QInQ ac- i17e', aL)t)c.^.Iltltir ;�Zll not "' e the gene:"`al Or IILSilerlC ate.^3 o be nor i=as beae�rial uses r f �� a:ar uasr✓ Stand---L, -.0_ 1, . bl�s:�1 in ��- Q - 10 can _o-; Provided the follova g conditions are met. 1. Care be a;.t: to keep tna:,hiner-� out ai the i-zaerway as much as possible. 2. Fuel, oil, other pcmoIe= prodL=s, equipment and any sa.iid shall'not be stored below the ordin—ary Ean rater xm:i: (Oh-Wi-f) at =,, time or in the a.aiace.nt flood,,;,-ay beyond normj worlang, hours. - - =. Cle.°..ring of vegeT. ees shall be the m:-�num ae:.essw to a=rnulish the acdvim 4. The riparian arcs;bans, etc., -I be restored."to a s'�ie clonditzoa ths'Qugh recontourinc and myegyr,tarion ofthe arer, a.S ne--=---y, as soon as possible. T"rd,, will normally be Ri*_hin three woridng days of Lind contou nz,. 5. Only clean nonpollutx.-ig ll shall be :Iced. 6. V,'ori: shall be conducted during low `lor; whenever possible. Col. George Ii Haze' (NW'P 13) Deccembe.*31, 1998 Page 2 7. The following are not suitable as bank and sh,,Jl not be used: earzd en fill, ave.1, broken concete where the ratio it of=xial is less than 12 inches in dia*-te:c,, concrete with exposed rebar, :sprit, tires, vehicles or vehicle bodies, construction or demolition debris or liquid concrete, including grouted .:prnp. 8. Any land distunance acthiries d.isr".rbing 5 or more ac cs oftotal area for the =tire project rewires a stormwater permit from the Rater Pollution Control Program (v.VPCP) for land disturbance activities. Note that this is 5 =w of arza ding =* cd t-or the total project, not 5 a== of waters of the united S=cs. In this re,=-';, please contact +,lac: V.YTCP at 9. The strertn bed gradient shall not be alter-_-ci du.�a prujec: cons—minion. Water Quality Standards must be me: duriag any ope--_lions =rt orzed by the�sc per;rits. 1°you have any questions, please call Linda Vogt or John M4ar�.s of the Planning Se:'don at (573) 751-7. 38. This cer-aEcarion is being issued under Se won 401 ofPubiic L sw 95-217, The Clean Bracer Ac, of 1977. AL--thori=tion of an activity by this c:r:.Hcation docz not authcrize the "take" ox a state lined • endanger e. species under the tiV�li dlife Cade of NvEssourii, nor does it imply complianc:.• .with any ether sate or loc:I requirements. rncew e�y, WATER POLLUTION COY ROL PROGR--M Edwin D. Knight Director EDK:jmd c: Joe Hughes, Army Corps of.Eng?neer:, vmsas' City Distr+ic: Danny McClendon, St. Louis Disuict Dice Mochow, Memphis Disuict Little Rock District Rock Island District Environmental Protection Age:cy Fish & wildlife Service Missouri Dena.*-gneat of Consery ation /;C1 �_ � �, •_ ,7 ;1"., r V k-:, . Z: "-V t UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY Real Estate Department R D Uhnch J L Hawkins Assistant Vice President Director-Otreralrens;;uprxvt J A Anthom) M E Heenan Direclor-Contracis Drrector•Admrnrstratron R Budgets D D Drown D H Lrghtwrne Drreclor-Real Estate Duector•Real Estate M W Casey 1000 Farnam Street T K Love General Director.Special Properties Omaha,Nebraska rna reef DVCctor•Rew Estate J P Gaoe D rector•Facddy Management Fax 1402)997.3601 September 14, 2001 Folder No: 02015-44 To the Contractor: Before the Railroad Company can permit you to perform work on its right of way for the installation of pipeline crossing for CITY OF JEFFERSON, it will be necessary to complete the enclosed Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement as follows: 1. Fill in the complete legal name of the contractor in the space provided on Page I of the Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement. if a corporation, give the state of incorporation. If a partnership, give the names of all partners. 2. Fill in the date construction will begin and be completed in Article VI, Paragraph A. 3. Fill in the name of the contractor in the space provided in the signature block at the end of the Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement. If the contractor is a corporation, the person signing on ° its behalf must be an elected corporate officer. 4. Return all copies of the Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement, together Nvith your Certificate of Insurance, identifying Folder No. 02015-44. as required in Exhibit I3-1, in the attached self- addressed envelope. 5. Check, -with Folder No. 02015-44 written on the front, made payable to the Union Pacific Railroad Company in the amount of FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS (5500.00). If you require formal billing, you may consider this letter as a formal bill. In compliance with the Internal Revenue Service's new policy regarding their Form 1099, 1 certify that 94-6001323 is the Railroad Company's correct Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and that Union Pacific Railroad Company is doing business as a corporation. Under Exhibit B-1 of the enclosed Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement, you are required to procure Railroad Protective Liability Insurance (RPLI) for the duration of this project. As a service to you, Union Pacific is making this coverage available to you. You are not required to purchase this coverage from the Railroad and are encouraged to shop the market for the best available rate. If you decide, however, that acquiring this coverage from the Railroad is of benefit to you, simply follow the instructions on the enclosed form. t r After approval of the Contraetor's Right of Entry Agreement and the Insurance Certificate; your fully-executed document will be returned to you, with instructions to proceed. In no event should you p Y begin %vorkuntil you have received a copy ofthc signed Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement. If you have tiny questions, please contact me at (402) 997-3642. Yours truly, Roland 'Acdige Contracts Representative w RL'•QUCsSTS FOR APPLICATION FORM RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE ($2,000,000 per occurrence/$6,000,000 aggregate) Applications forms for inclusion in the Railroad's Blanket Railroad Protective Liability. Insurance Policy may be obtained from Union Pacific's web page at: if www.uprr.coin/reus/Liroup/rrinsure or by calling: Judi Scott at (402) 271-2215 and requesting that a copy of the application form be mailed to you by the Railroad's Insurance Carrier. Form Aprtovrd. AVP-La++ I-oldcr No: 02015-44 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT OF EN,rRY AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is madc and entered into as of the day of 20 . by and between UNION PACIFIC. RAILROAD COMPANY. a Delaware corporation, (hereinafter the "Railroad") and a _ corporation/partnership. whose address is (hereinafter the "Contractor"), RECITALS: The Contractor has been employed by CITY OF JEFFERSON for the purpose of constructing (hereinafter "work") only a 8 in. domestic sewage pipeline crossing on and across property of the Railroad at or near Mile Post 1 19.480, .Jefferson City Subdivision/Branch, near Jefferson City, Cole County. Missouri. The Contractor has requested the Railroad to permit it to perform the work and Railroad is agreeable thereto, subject to the following terms and conditions. AGREEMENT: NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the Railroad and Contractor, as follows: Article I. DEFINITION OF CONTRAC'T'OR. For purposes of this Agreement, all references in this Agreement to the Contractor shall include the Contractor's contractors, subcontractors, officers, agents and employees, and others acting under its or their authority. Article II. RIGHT GRANTED, PURPOSE. The Railroad hereby grants to the Contractor the right, during the term hereinafter stated and upon and subject to each and all of the terms, provisions and conditions herein contained, to enter upon and have ingress to and egress from the property described in the Recitals hereof and as shown on the attached print dated July 19, 2001, marked Exhibit A, for the purpose of performing the work described in the Recitals above. The right herein granted to Contractor is limited to those portions of the Railroad's property specifically described herein, or designated by the Railroad representative named in Article V. t Article 111. TERMS AND CONDITIONS C'ON'I'AINEI) IN EXHIBITS 13 AND 13-1, 'File terms and conditions contained in fAhibils 13 and B-1, hereto attached. arc herehy made a part of this Agreement. Article IV. ADMINISTRATIVE, FEE,. Applicant shall pay to the Railroad FIVE HUND1tE1) DOLLARS (S500.00) as reimbursement for clerical, administrative and handling expense in connection with the processing of this Agreement. Article V. ALL EXPENSES TO BE ROME I Y CONTRACTOR; RAILROAD REPRESENTATIVE. I'lle Contractor shall bear any and all costs and expenses associated with any work performed by the Contractor, or any costs or expenses incurred by the Railroad relating to this Agreement. All work performed by Contractor on Railroad's property shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the respective local Superintendent of Transportation Services of the Railroad or his authorized representative (hereinafter the "Railroad Representative"). Article Vf. TERM; TERMINATION, A. The grant of right herein made to Contractor shall commence on and continue until unless sooner terminated as herein provided, or at such time as Contractor has completed its work on Railroad's property, whichever is earlier. Contractor agrees to notify the Railroad Representative in writing when it has completed its work on Railroad property. B. This Agreement may be terminated by either party on ten (10) days' written notice to the other party. Article VII. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. A. Before commencing any work, the Contractor will provide the Railroad with a Certificate, identifying Folder No. 02015-44, issued by its insurance carrier providing the insurance coverage required pursuant to Exhibit B-1 of this Agreement in a policy which contains the following type of endorsement. UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY is named as additional insured with respect to all liabilities arising out of' Insured's, as Contractor, performance of any work on the property of the Railroad. B. Contractor warrants that this Agreement has been thoroughly reviewed by its insurance agent(s)fbroker(s) and that said agent(s)/broker(s) has been instructed to procure insurance coverage and an endorsement as required herein. 3 Y C. All insurance correspondence shall be directed to: bolder No. 02015-44. Union Pacific Railroad Company. Real Estate Department. 1800 1{arnam Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68102. Article VIII. CI-IOICL OF FORUM. Litigation arising out of or connected with this Agreement may be instituted and maintained in the courts of the States of Nebraska and N4isSOUri only, and the parties consent to jurisdiction over their person and over the subject matter of any such litigation, in those courts, and consent to service of process issued by such courts. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in duplicate as of the date first herein written. UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY By Contracts Representative (Contractor Name) By Title: Telephone: Fax: MAIN RAILROAD CROSSING PLACE ARROW INDICATING NORTH r0liki f)r• r14r,.1. II DIRECTION RELATIVE TO CROSS IEICI " I'I V. `' ' SIN wwww.uprr.COM C. -Y, EsNll. A,1S 1' NON-FLAMMABLE r°v � N PIPELINE CROSSING N07F: A1.1 AVA11,AHLE DIMENSIONS MUS1 Bf NO SCAi._E f II.LE Ii (N TO PROCESS I H I S APPI.I CA I I ON. _ I Co __1800 r _ — - — rI. 1 @412 F T. -- -- 500 FT.� (1C[ NOT[ 1 H �,) _ (SEE NOTE 3 A 51 1OOFT. .° r u, 90 00 00 - Jefferson City r o-W Osage City 10 ,6 J (ANGLE Of CROSSING) o.•• IO .NEAREST A.P. fOWN, 3 M,IN 7PAt. - ! tNII ARELT N N, ";;N, \.Militia Drive Railroad Svwr J 11W ' Iof SCNIOF IIAED OBJLCII 1 (DESCRIBE FIXED ON ECI)) ("CC Not[ 6) ,i (5CC NOfI SI h Lam?�rw` IDISTAHCE ALONG IRACK (POM STC110N LINE CROSSINGI n 50 FT. 1800 F I.-- -- t (NOTE: tH1s OIMCHSION PCOUIRED IN Aft CASES. h AT LOCAI ION5 NOT USING, 5ECf IONS, OIS1a NCC (� - EO A LEGAL SURVEY LINO IS RCOUIRID) - RP'S — 42.5 FT. 15 FT. 9225 FT. — GRa„o STEEL CASING WALL MIN. 01ST I I SLVIf ACE ',-x THICKNESS CHART l a (See NO,. 2) - `-` MINIMUM DIAMETER OF I �`t-•i=� L .� l SLSGRAOC I THICKNESS CASING PIPE I Tro10176---I 2 .' OR LESS 35 I . 25" S116" OVER 12'-18" 10 Z r- 3750: OVER 18--22" � (n,5 iT HIN.1 4375" 7116. OVER 22'-28' 9 (VF T. (20 Fr. MAX.1 3.4s F T, star CAS INC 5000" 112" OVER 28'-34' • (3 n. InN,) 5625" 91x6" OVER 34'-42' SEAL eA!INC !/ e.SN/r, rIP {5.e NO,. A) 6250' 510' OVER 42'-48' - - -j-- - - r --- --- ----- - OVER 48' MU5T BE i CARRIER PIPE ♦ APPROVED BY R.R. CO. OR SMOOTH STEEL ICASIN OY O°/ G I I I I PIPE WITH MINIMUM YIELD ♦ I i -� 5TRENGTH OF 35,000 PSI. 35 Ft __.I I.__.__.� 35 rT FORMULA TO FIGURE CASING LENGTH WITH ANGLE OF FT. ------•- - I CROSSING OTHER THAN 90e Ili HOT[$ : (CASING LCNGTII MACH MEASURED ALONG PIPELINE.) 1) ALL HOR)ZONTAL DISTANCES f0 BE MEASURED AT RIOHI ANGLES FRO"Q Of TRACK. 46 SIN 1111!A1.21 CASING TO E%TEND BEYOND IRE 4 OF TRACK AT RIGHT ANGLES THE LRCAILR Or 20 • 20 F1.. CYU 30 FT.AND a(T0No LIMIT Or RA(LROAO R(C1/1-OF-WAY IF NECESSARY 10 PROVIDE PROPER LCN01N OUTSIDE Of TRACK. MIN,DIST, 31 M)NILOUM OF 50' FRW THE END OF ANY RAILROAD BRIDGE, R. Of AHY CLl VCR), ON FROM I,IY SMI ICNI NL AREA. ( TE 7) 41 SIGNAL REPRESENTATIVE MUST BE PRESENT DURING INSTALLATION IF RAILROAD SIGNALS ARC IN THE VICINITY Or CROSSING. 51 ALLOWABLE riXEo OBJECTS INCLUDE: SACKWALLS OF BRIDGES) R OF ROAD CROSSINGS B OVLRNEAO VIADUCTS IOIvE ROAD NAME), OR CULVERTS. t) CASING AND CARRIER PIPE MUST BE PLACED A MINIMUM Or 2 rLEI BELDH IHF EXISTING FIBER OPTIC CABLE. ANY EXCAVATION REOUIRE6 WITHIN S FElI Of THE EXISTING FIBER OPTfC CABLE M1SF BE HAND OUC. _ A) IS PIPELINE CROSSING WITHIN DEDICATED STREET ?__YES; X NO; EXHIBIT "A" B) IF YES, NAME OF STREET - r,OA RAIIAOAD US[ DNLYI 0) DISTRIBUTION LINE _ X OR TRANSM1551ON L 114 _ C) CARRIER PIPE : UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD CO. COMMODITY TO BE CONVEYED Domestic Sewage _ OPERATING PRESSURE 33 PSI WALL THICKNESS aX_W_;O I AME T ER._-..@"_--.;IJA rFR JAL 1 SUBDIVISION. E1 CASING PIPE 0.5625 36" Stcel M. P � ��, E. S. �►�oJ/� /�� WALL THICKNESS ;DIAMETER ;MATERIAL NOTE 'CASING MUST HAVE 2" CLEARANCE BETWEEN GREATEST' ENCASED CROSSING AT OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF CARRIER PIPE AND INTERIOR DIAMETER OF -� CASING PIPE. WHEN FURNISHING DIMENSIONS, GIVE OUTSIDE OF S✓� �P,rL� C/LY ccee �Q CARRIER PIPE AND INSIDE OF CASING PIPE. -- NIAA(SI Lff,l c1A.1„ Slue F) METHOD OF INSTALLING CASING PIPE UNDER TRACKi S1: G1� DA' J►�C��!'R�f�� X DRY BORE. AND JACK ( WET BORE NOT PERM+ITTEOI ; IM,ICANII TUNNEL ; OTHER - FIR FILE NO. DATE GI WILL CONSTRUCTION BE BY AN OUTSIDE CONTRACTOR°_&,_YES;_—N0; H1 DISTANCE FROM CENTER LINE OF TRACK TO NEAR FACE OF BORING AND W A R N I N G JACKING PITS WHEN MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO TRACKS' APPL 1 CANT HAS CONTACTED 1-800-336-9193, (3n' MIN.) IN Al.a OCCASIONS, U. P. cwu+ruf IOC U. P. COMMUNICATION DEPARTMENT, AND HAS DETERMINED FIBER DCPARTAENT WSt BE CONTACIEO IN ADVANCE Of ANY WORK TO DETERMINE EXISTENCE AND 7 OPTIC CABLE XDOES ;—DOES NOT Ex15T IN VICINITY OF LOCATION Or FIBER OPTIC CABLE. 0.. WORK TO BE PERFORMED . TICKET NO. 0 508024 RHONE I I-IOD-33A-1113 UTILITIES X& E ROE 490701 sForm Appioved,AVI'•law EXHIt31T R TO CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY AGREEMENT Section 1. NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT OF 1VORK - FLAGGING. The Contractor agrees to notify the Railroad Representative at least 48 hours in advance of Contractor commencing its work and at least 24 hours in advance of proposed performance of an)'work by the Contractor in which any person or equipment will be within 25 feet of any track, or will be near enough to any track that am equipment extension(such as, but not limited to,a crane boom) will reach to within 25 feet of any track. Upon receipt of such notice,the Railroad Representative will determine and inform the Contractor whether a flagman need be present and whether the Contractor need implement an) special protective or safet-, measures. If any flagmen or other special protective or safety measures are performed by the Railroad,such services will be provided at Contractor's expense with the understanding that if the Railroad provides any flagging or other services the Contractor shall not he relieved of an) of its responsibilities or liabilities set forth herein. Section 2. NO INTERFERENCE WITH RAILROAD'S OPERATION. No work performed by Contractor shall cause any interference with the constant,continuous and uninterrupted use of the tracks,property and facilities of the Railroad its lessees, licensees or others, unless specifically permitted under this agreement, or specifically authorized in advance by the Railroad Representative. Nothing shall be done or suffered to be done by the Contractor at any time that would in any manner impair the safety thereof. When not in use, Contractor's machinery and materials shall be kept at least 50 feet from the centerline of Railroad's nearest track,and there shall be no vehicular crossings of Railroad's tracks except at existing open public crossings. Section 3. MECHANIC'S LIENS. The Contractor shall pay,in full all persons who perform labor or provide materials for the work to be performed by Contractor. The Contractor shall not create, permit or suffer any mechanic's or materialmen's liens of any kind or nature to be created or enforced against any 6 roperry of the Railroad for any such work performed. The Contractor shall indemmnify and hold harmless the Railroad from and against an) and lens,claims,demands,costs or expenses of whatsoever nature in any way connected with or growing out of such work done, labor performed, aterials furnished. Section 4. PROTECTION OF FIBER OPTIC CABLE SYSTEMS. a). Fiber optic cable systems may be buried on the Railroad's property. Protection of the fiber optic cable systems is of extreme importance since any break could disrupt service to users resulting in business interruption and loss of revenue and profits. Contractor shall telephone the Railroad at 1-800-336-9193 to determine if fiber optic cable is buried anywhere on the Railroad's premises to be used by the Contractor. If it is, Contractor will telephone the telecommunications company(ies) involved,arrange for a cable locator, make arrangements for relocation or other protection of the fiber optic cable, all at Contractor's expense, and will commence no work on the right of way until all such protection or relocation has been accomplished. b). In addition to other indemnity provisions in this Agreement, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Railroad harmless from and against all costs,liability and expense whatsoever(including,without limitation,attorneys' fees,court costs and expenses)arising out of any act or omission of the Contractor, its contractor, agents and/or employees, that causes or contributes to (1) any damage to or destruction of any telecommunications system on Railroad's property, and/or (2) any injury to or death of art)' person employed by or oil behalf of any telecommunications company,and/or its contractor,agents and/or employees,on Railroad's property. Contractor shall not have or seek recourse against Railroad for any claim or cause of action for alleged loss of profits or revenue or loss of service or other consequential damage to a telecommunication company using Railroad's property or a customer or user of services of the fiber optic cable on Railroad's property. Section 5. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. In the prosecution of the work covered by this agreement,the Contractor shall secure any and all necessary permits and shall comply with all applicable federal,state and local laws, regulations and enactments affecting the work, The Contractor shall use only such methods as are consistent with safety, both as concerns the Contractor, the Contractor's agents and employees,the officers,agents, employees and property of the Railroad and the public in general.The Contractor(without limiting the generality of the foregoing)shall comply with all applicable state ederal occupational safety and health acts and regulations. All Federal Railroad Administration regulations shall be followed when work untied on the Railroad's property. If any failure by the Contractor to comply with any such laws, regulations,and enactments,shall result fine,penalty,cost or charge being assessed, imposed or charged against the Railroad,the Contractor shall reimburse and indemnify the Page I of 3 Exhibit B UTILITIES X& E ROF 4140070 11 Form Approved.AvP-1.,rµ Railroad for any such fine,penalty,cost,or charge, including without limitation attorney s'fees, court casts and expenses 'file Contractor furthe agrees in the event of any such action, upon notice thereof being provided b\ the Railroad.In(1rfend such action free of cost,charge.or expense to the Railroad. Section 6. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS. Safety of personnel, property,rail operations and the public is of paramount importance in the prosecution of the work pursuant to this agreement. As reinforcement and in furtherance of overall safety measures to be observed by the Contractor(and not by wad of limitation), the following special safety rules shall be followed: a). The Contractor shall keep the job site free frorn safety and health hazards and ensure that its employees are competent and adequately trained in all safety and health aspects of the job. The Contractor shall have proper first aid supplies available on the job site so that prompt first aid services can be provided to any person that may be injured on the job site. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Railroad of any U.S.Occupational Safety and Health Administration reportable injuries occurring to any person that may arise during the work performed on the jab site. Tile Contractor shall have it non-delegable duty to control its employees,while they are on the job site or any other property of the Railroad to be certain they do not use, be under the influence of,or have in their possession anv alcoholic beverage,drug,narcotic or other substance that may inhibit the safe performance of work by the employee. b). The employees of the Contractor shall be suitably dressed to perfonn their duties safely and in a manner that will not interfere with their vision, hearing or free use of their hands or feet. C1ml% waist length shins with sleeves and trousers that cover the entire leg are to be worn. If flare-legged trousers are worn, the trouser bottoms roust be tied to prevent catching. The employees should %%,car sturdy and protective work boots and at least die following protective equipment; (1) Protective head gear that meets American National Standard-Z89.I-latest revision. It is suggested that all hardhats be affixed with Contractor's or subcontractor's company logo-or name. (2) Eye protection that meets American National Standard for occupational and educational eve and face protectio v' ob do such a welding, �rindi q 287,1-latest revision. Additional eve protection must be provided to meet specafic situations s h s g, E ng. burning, etc.; and (3) Hearing protection which affords enough attenuation to give protection from noise levels that will be occurring on ; the job site. c). All heavy,equipment provided or leased by the Contractor shall be equipped with audible back-up waming devices. If in the opinion of the Railroad Representative any of Contractor's or any of its subcontractor's equipment is unsafe for use on the Railroad's right-of-way, the Contractor, at the request of the Railroad Representative, shall remove such equipment from the Railroad's right-of-way. Section 7. INDEMNITY. a). As used in this Section, "Railroad" includes other railroad companies using the Railroad's property at or near the location of the Contractor's installation and their officers, agents, and employees; "Loss" includes loss, damage, claims, demands, actions, causes of action, penalties,costs,and expenses of whatsoever nature, including court costs and attorneys' fees, which may result from: (a)injury to or death of persons whomsoever(including the Railroad's officers,agents, and employees, the Contractor's officers,agents, and employees,as well as any other person);and/or(b)damage to or loss or destruction of property whatsoever(including Contractor's property,damage to the roadbed, tracks. equipment,or other property of the Railroad,or property in its care or custody). b). As a major inducement and in consideration of the license and permission herein granted,the Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Railroad from any Loss which is due to or arises from any cause and is associated in whole or in part with the work performed under this agreement,a breach of the agreement or the failure to observe the health and safety provisions herein,or any activity, omission or negligence arising out of performance or nonperformance of this agreement. However, the Contractor shall riot indemnify the Railroad when the Loss is caused by the sole negligence of the Railroad. t c). The Contractor shall maintain whatever insurance coverage is necessary to adequately underwrite its general and contractual liabili '! under the terms of this Agreement. I'agt 2 of 3 Eshrho B • UTILITIES X&E FLOE 990701 Form Approved.AVP•Liiw Section 8. RESTORATION OF PROPERTY. in the event the Railroad authorizes the Contractor to take down any fence of the Railroad or in any manner move or disturb any of the other property of the Railroad in connection with the work to be performed by Contractor, then in that event the Contractor shall, as soon as possible and at Contractor's sole expense,restore such fence and other property to the same condition as the same were in before such fence was taken down or'such other property was moved or disturbed. Section 9. WAIVER OF BREACH. The waiver by the Railroad of the breach of any condition,covenant or agreement herein contained to be kept,observed and performed by the Contractor shall in no way impair the right of the Railroad to avail itself of and,remedy for any subsequent breach thereof. Section 10. ASSIGNMENT-SUBCONTRACTING. The Contractor shall not assign,sublet or subcontract this agreement,or any interest therein,without the written consent of the Railroad and any attempt to so assign,sublet or subcontract without the written consent of the Railroad shall be void. If the Railroad gives the Contractor permission to subcontract all or any portion of the work herein described, the Contractor is and shall remain responsible for all work of subcontractors and all work of subcontractors shall be governed by the terms of this agreement. M M Pagc 3 of 3 Exhibit B CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY INS.02/16101 INVOLVING PIPELINE,WIRELINE&DRAINAGE WORK Form Approved,AVP-Law 40 EXHIBIT B-1 Union Pacific Railroad Company Insurance Provisions For Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement Involving Pipeline, Wireline, or Drainage Work on Union Pacific Property Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain during the life of this Agreement the following insurance coverage: A. Commercial General Liability insurance. This insurance shall contain broad form contractual liability with a single limit of at least $2,000,000 each occurrence or claim and an aggregate limit of at least $4,000,000 Coverage must be purchased on a post 1998 ISO or equivalent form, including but not limited to coverage for the following: • Bodily injury including death and personal injury • Properly damage • Fire legal liability(Not less than the replacement value of the portion of the premises occupied) • Products and completed operations The policy shall also contain the following endorsements which shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance: • "For purposes of this insurance, Union Pacific Railroad payments related to the Federal Employers Liability Act or a Union Pacific Wage Continuation Program or similar programs are deemed not to be either payments made or obligations assumed under any Workers Compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or similar law." • The exclusions for railroads (except where the Job site is more than fifty feet (50') from any railroad including but not limited to tracks, bridges, trestles, roadbeds, terminals, underpasses or crossings), and explosion, collapse and underground hazard shall be removed. • Coverage for Contractor's (and Railroad's) employees shall not be excluded • Waiver of subrogation S. Business Automobile Coverage insurance. This insurance shall contain a combined single limit of at least $2,000,000 per • occurrence or claim, including but not limited to coverage for the following: h • Bodily injury and property damage • Any and all motor vehicles including owned, hired and non-owned The policy shall also contain the following endorsements which shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance: • For purposes of this insurance, Union Pacific Railroad payments related to the Federal Employers Liability Act or a Union Pacific Wage Continuation Program or similar programs are deemed not to be either payments made or obligations assumed under any Workers Compensation, disability benefits,or unemployment compensation law or similar law," • The exclusions for railroads (except where the Job site is more than fifty feet (50') from any railroad including but not limited to tracks, bridges, trestles, roadbeds, terminals, underpasses or crossings), and explosion, collapse and underground hazard shall be removed. • Motor Carrier Act Endorsement- Hazardous materials clean up (MCS-90) if required by law. C. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability insurance including but not limited to: • Contractor's statutory liability under the workers'compensation laws of the state(s)affected by this Agreement • Employers' Liability (Part B) with limits of at least $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit $500,000 each employee If Workers Compensation insurance will not cover the liability of Contractor in states that require participation in state workers' compensation fund, Contractor shall comply with the laws of such states. If Contractor is self-insured, evidence of state approval must W hvided along with evidence of excess workers compensation coverage. Coverage shall include liability arising out of the U. S. oremen's and Harbor Workers'Act,the Jones Act,and the Outer Continental Shelf Land Act, if applicable. icy shall also contain the following endorsement which shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance: • Alternate Employer Endorsement a Pape 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY INS.02/16101 r INVOLVING PIPELINE,WIRELINE&DRAINAGE WORK Form Approved,AVP•Law D. Umbrella or Excess Policies In the event Contractor utilizes Umbrella or excess policies, these policies shall "follow form" a� afford no less coverage than the primary policy. E. Railroad Protective Liability insurance naming only the Railroad as the insured with a combined single limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence with a $6,000,000 aggregate. The policy shall be broad form coverage for "Physical Damage to Properly" (ISO Form CG 00 35 07 98 or equivalent). A binder stating the policy is in place must be submitted to the Railroad until the original policy is forwarded to the Railroad. Other Requirements F. Punitive damage exclusion must be deleted,which deletion shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance. G. Contractor agrees to waive its right of recovery, and its insurers, through policy endorsement, agree to waive their right of subrogation against Railroad. Contractor further waives its right of recovery, and its insurers also waive their right of subrogation against Railroad for loss of its owned or leased property or properly under its care, custody and control. Contractor's insurance shall be primary with respect to any insurance carried by Railroad. All waivers of subrogation shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance. H. All policy(ies) required above (excluding Workers Compensation) shall provide severability of interests and shall name Railroad as an additional insured. Severability of interest and naming Railroad as additional insured shall be indicated on the certificate of Insurance. I. Prior to commencing the Work, Contractor shall furnish to Railroad original certificate(s) of insurance evidencing the required coverage, endorsements, and amendments. The certificate(s) shall contain a provision that obligates the insurance company(ies) Issuing such policy(ies)to notify Railroad in writing of any cancellation or material alteration. Upon request from Railroad, a certified • duplicate original of any required policy shall be furnished. J. Any insurance policy shall be written by a reputable insurance company acceptable to Railroad or with a current Best's Insurance Guide Rating of A-and Class VII or better, and authorized to do business in the state(s) in which the service is to be provided. A K. Contractor WARRANTS that this Agreement has been thoroughly reviewed by Contractor's insurance agent(s)/broker(s), who have been instructed by Contractor to procure the insurance coverage required by this Agreement and acknowledges that Contractor's insurance coverage will be primary. L. The fact that insurance is obtained by Contractor or Railroad on behalf of Contractor shall not be deemed to release or diminish the liability of Contractor, including, without limitation, liability under the indemnity provisions of this Agreement. Damages recoverable by Railroad shall not be limited by the amount of the required insurance coverage. c Page 2 of 2 v DIVISION 1 - GENERAL, REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 1 10 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section summarizes the Work covered in detail in the complete Contract Documents, B. Owner: City of Jefferson City, Missouri, is contracting for Work described in the Contract Documents. 1. Contract Identification: Contract No. ], Collection System. 1 Work Site Location: Algoa Industrial Site, East of Jefferson City, Missouri. C. Engineer: The Contract Documents were prepared by Burns& McDonnell Engineering Company, Inc., 9400 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri 64114. 1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION: A. Description of Project: The Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities include new wastewater collection and treatment facilities to serve the Algoa Industrial Site and other entities on a regional basis. B. Work Covered by Contract Documents: Gravity sewers, two pumping stations and force mains, and a grinder vault. 1.03 WORK BY OTHERS: ® A. Work Under Other Contracts: Contract No. 2, Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements, includes an expansion and upgrade of the existing Algoa Correction Center aerated lagoon system to provide treatment capacity for the Project service area. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES: A. Limited Use: 1. Limit use of the premises for storage and execution of the Work to allow for work by other contractors and Owner occupancy. �. Coordinate with other separate contractors and Owner to avoid interference of operations. 3. Conduct operations so as to ensure the least inconvenience to Owner and the general public. 1.05 OWNER'S USE 01' PREMISES: A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of the Project, prior to Substantial Completion provided that such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance ofthe total Work. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE: A. General: Construction sequence shall be determined by Contractor subject to Owner's need for continuous operation of existing facilities. B. Continuous Service of Existing Facilities: Exercise caution and schedule operations to ensure that functioning of present facilities will not be disrupted. Shutdown of Owner's operating facilities to perform the Work shall be held to a minimum length of time and shall be coordinated Nvith Owner who shall have control over the timing and schedules of such shutdowns. O l 1 10-1 JEFO 11 10.1 a SECTION 01110- SUMMARY OF WORK: continued 1.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: A. Lump Sum with Adjustment Unit Price Contracts: All Work indicated and specified in the Contract Documents shall be included in the Lump Sum Contract Price, with adjustment to that price made upon final determination of measurements and in accordance with items and prices stated in "Schedule of Adjustment Unit Prices" in the Agreement. 1.08 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS: A. Furnished Copies: After execution of Agreement, Contractor will be furnished at no cost, a maximum of 10 sets of Contract Documents consisting of full-size Contract Drawings including revised Drawings,and the Project Manual, in addition to those used in execution of the Agreement. B. Additional Copies: Additional copies of above documents will be supplied by Engineer upon request at printing and delivery cost. 1.04 LIST OF DRAWINGS (AND SCHEDULES): A. Contract Drawings: I. Each sheet of the Contract Drawings bears the following general title: Contract No. 1, Collection System. 2. Individual sheet numbers and titles are as stated on index sheet under"Contract Drawings." PART 2 - PRODUCTS -Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION -Not Applicable. END OF SECTION 01110 a 01110-2 JEF01110.1 a SECTION 01320- PROJECT MEETINGS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: A. Project Meetings: 1. Preconstruction conference. 2. Coordination schedules. 3. Progress meetings. 4. Coordination meetings. B. Schedules and Reports: 1. Initial coordination schedules. 2. Construction progress schedule. 3. Procurement schedule. 4. Construction progress reports. 5. Schedule of values. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. For Submittal Requirements: SECTION 01330. 1.02 PROJECT MEETINGS: A. Preconstruction Conference: 1. Engineer will conduct a meeting within 20 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, to review items stated in the following agenda and to establish a working • understanding between the parties as to their relationships during performance of the Work. 2. Preconstruction conference shall be attended by: 1. Contractor and his superintendent. w b. Engineer and Resident Project Representative if any. Representative(s)of Owner. d. At Owner's option, representatives of principal Subcontractors and Suppliers. 3. Meeting Agenda: a. Construction schedules. b. Critical Work sequencing. C. Designation of responsible personnel. d. Project coordination. e. Procedures and Processing of: (1) Field decisions. (2) Substitutions. (3) Submittals. (4) Change Orders. (5) Applications for Payment. f. Procedures for testing. g. Procedures for maintaining record documents. h. Use of Premises: (1) Office, work, and storage areas. (2) Owner's requirements. i. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids. j. Temporary utilities. k. Safety and first-aid. 1. Security. 4. Location of Meeting: At or near the Project Site. JEF01320.1 01320-1 SECTION 01320— PROJECT MEETINGS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS: continued 5. Reporting: a. Within 5 working days after the meeting, Engineer will prepare and distribute minutes of the meeting to Owner and Contractor. b. Contractor shall provide copies to Subcontractors and major Suppliers. B. Coordination Schedules: 1. Engineer will conduct a meeting at least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment to finalize the initial coordination schedules requested under ARTICLE 1.03 this Section. 2. The meeting shall be attended by: a. Contractor and his superintendent. b. At Owner's option, representatives of principal Subcontractors and Suppliers. C. Engineer and Resident Project Representative if any. d. Representative(s)of Owner. C. Progress Meetings: 1. Engineer will schedule and conduct a meeting at least monthly and at other times requested by Engineer. Representatives of the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall be present at each meeting. With Engineer's concurrence, Contractor may request attendance by representatives of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities concerned with current program or involved with planning, coordination, or performance of future activities. All participants in the meeting shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Contractor and each Subcontractor represented shall be prepared to discuss the current construction progress report and any anticipated future changes to the schedule. Each • Subcontractor shall comment on the schedules of Contractor and other Subcontractors and advise if their current progress or anticipated activities are compatible with that Subcontractor's Work. 3. If one Subcontractor is delaying another, Contractor shall issue such directions as are a necessary to resolve the situation and promote construction progress. 4. Meeting Agenda: a. Review of construction progress since previous meeting. b. Field observations, interface requirements, conflicts. C. Problems which impede construction schedule. d. Off-site fabrication. C. Delivery schedules, f. Submittal schedules and status. g. Site use. h. Temporary facilities and services. i. Hours of Work. j. Hazards and risks. k. Housekeeping. I. Quality and Work standards. m. Change Orders. n. Documentation of information for payment requests. o. Corrective measures and procedures to regain construction schedule if necessary. p. Revisions to construction schedule. q. Review of proposed activities for succeeding Work period. r. Review proposed Contract modifications for: (1) Effeet on construction schedule and on completion date. (2) Effect on other contracts of the Project. S. Other business. 01320-2 J13F01320.1 SlICI'ION 01320— PROJ C1'MEETINGS, SCHEDULES. ANE') 10-TORTS: continued S. Location of Meetings: At or near Project Site. C. Reporting: a. Within 5 working days after each meeting, Ingineer will prepare and distribute minutes of the meeting to Owner and Contractor. b. Contractor shall distribute copies to principal Subcontractors and Suppliers. D. Multiple Contract Coordination Meetings: I. Engineer may conduct coordination meetings to be attended by Owner or his representative and prime contractors at the Site. Contractor shall participate in such conferences, accompanied by Subcontractors as requested by Engineer. 2. Agenda will be similar to that stated above fir Progress Meetings. 3. Location of Meetings: At or near the Project Site. 1.03 SCHEDULES AND REPORTS: A. Initial Coordination Schedules: I. Within 10 days after the Effective Date of Agreement, Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review and acceptance: a. A preliminary construction progress schedule. 'file schedule shall show the Work in it horizontal bar chart or other graphic format, and indicate the times (number of days or dates) f'or starting and completing the various stages of the Work including any milestones specified in the Contract Documents. b. A preliminary procurement schedule of Equipment and Materials. C. A preliminary schedule of values for partial pay purposes. d. A preliminary schedule of Submittals, as stated in SECTION 01330. 13. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. After submittal of preliminary construction progress schedule as stated above, submit a detailed construction progress schedule within 30 days after the l ffectivc Date of Agreement. Base the schedule on the preliminary construction progress schedule and incorporate review comments and other feedback. Submit 5 copies to E'nginecr for review and acceptance. ". The schedule shall show the Work in a horizontal bar chart or other graphic format suitable for displaying scheduled and actual progress. a. The schedule shall indicate phases ofthe Work, starting date, major milestones, and dates of Substantial Completion and f inal completion. b. Breakdown Work phases into separate tinnc bar fir cacti significant construction activity entry, with dates Work is expected to begin and be completed. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10% increments. C. Scale and spacing shall allow room (or notations and revisions. d. Shect Size: Minimum I I x 17 inches. 3. Provide subschedules to define in more detail critical portions ol'schedulcs, including inspections and tests. 4. Coordinate construction progress schedule with schedule of values, Submittal schedule, procurement schedule, progress reports, and payment requests. .5. E=ngineer will review and comment on construction progress schedule and, upon agreement Between Engineer and Contractor on necessary changes: a. Contractor shall print and distribute 5 copies of the accepted schedule to Engineer. Contractor shall print additional copies (or Subcontractors and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates, one copy to each party. 6. Revise the construction progress schedule after cacti meeting, event, or activity where revisions have been recognized and accepted in accordance with the Cif:NERAI. PROVISIONS. 6 " JEF01320.1 01320-3 SECTION 01320-- PROJEC'1" MI.'sF..TINGS SCHEDULES AND RI TORTS: continued 7. Update and submit 5 copies to Engineer of the revised schedule at least once each month to show actual progress compared to the originally accepted schedule and any proposed changes in the schedule of remaining Work. include with construction progress report. C. Procurement Schedule: I. After submittal of preliminary procurement schedule as stated above under"Initial Coordination Schedules", submit a detailed schedule for procurement of Equipment and Materials to be furnished by Contractor, Subcontractors, manufacturers,and Suppliers. Do not include minor items which are known to be regularly stocked by local suppliers or readily available upon short notice. Submit to Engineer for review with the construction progress schedule. 2. Engineer will review and comment on the schedule for procurement, and upon agreement with Contractor concerning any necessary revisions, the schedule will be accepted. 3. Procurement schedule shall coincide with the construction progress schedule and the Submittal schedule, and shall indicate the date each item will be needed at the Site and the time required for delivery after order is placed. 4. Update the accepted schedule for procurement at least once each month to show the status of orders placed, Submittals, and delivery. Submit with the construction progress report. 5. If requested by Engineer, submit copies of purchase orders placed by Contractor or Subcontractors. D. Construction Progress Reports: I. Submit a report on actual construction progress on a monthly basis. More frequent reports may be required should the Work fall behind the accepted schedule. 2. Construction progress reports shall consist of the revised construction progress schedule and a narrative report which shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Comparison of actual progress to planned progress shown on originally accepted schedule. " b. Summary of activities completed since the previous construction progress report. C. Identification of problem areas. d. A description of current and anticipated delaying factors, ifany. C. Impact of possible delaying factors. f. Proposed corrective actions. 3. Submit a construction progress report to Engineer with each application for partial payment. Work reported complete but not readily apparent to Engineer must be substantiated with supporting data when requested by Engineer. 4. If a schedule update reveals that,through no fault of Owner, the Work is likely to be completed later than the Contract completion date, Contractor shall: a. Establish a plan for making tip lost tirne. (1) Increase number of workers, or (2) increase amount or kinds of tools, or (3) Work overtime or additional shifts, or (4) A combination of 2 or more of the above 3 actions. b. Submit plan to Owner and Engineer before implementing the plan. C. Take actions as necessary to get the Work back on schedule at no additional cost to Owner. E. Schedule of Values: 1. Submit as set firth in GFNIRAL PROVISIONS, based on the preliminary schedule of values. 2. Coordinate preparation of'sehedule ofvalues with preparation and content of construction progress schedule. A 01320-4 JET01320,1 A SECTION 01320— PROJECT MEETINGS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS: continued 3. Content: a. Schedule small list the installed value of the component parts of the Work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. b. Follow the construction progress schedule breakdown of Work activities as format for listing component items and assigning;values, C. Follow the table of contents of these Contract Documents as the format for listing component items. (1) Identify each line item with the number find title of the respective major Division or Section of the Specifications. d. For each major line item list subvalues of major products or operations under the item. (1) Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit. (2) For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials received, but not installed, break down the value into: (a) The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded, including taxes paid unless taxes are exempted. (b) The total installed value. C. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Price. PART 2 - PRODUCTS -Not Applicable. PART 3----EXE=CUTION -Not Applicable, CND OF SECTION 01320 JEF01320.1 01320-5 i SI-'CI'ION 01325 - CONSTR(1CI'ION PHOTOGRAPHS PART I - GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for construction photographs. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit prints as specified in SICTTON 01330 - SUBMIT T'AL.S and in PART 3 - this Section, B. Photographer shall submit 2 sample prints of the type and quality required during construction, f'or review and acceptance by Engineer. C. Electrographer shall submit two examples of prior work of the type and quality required during performance of Work, for review and acceptance by Engineer, 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. All photographs shall be taken and processed by a qualified and established commercial photographer experienced in construction photography. B. All photography shall be taken and processed by an established professional eleetrographer experienced in the production of color audio/video tape documentation for the construction industry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHIC REQUIREMENTS: Specified in PART 3, this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS SITE: PHOTOGRAPHS: A. Contractor shall be responsible for photographs of the Site to show the existing and general progress of the Work. Engineer will advise as to which views are of interest. Photographs shall be taken of the following areas and at the following times. I. Existing Site conditions before Site work is started. Number of views shall be adequate to cover the Site. 2. Progress ofthe Work from mobilization throughout construction. There shall be six different views taken on or about the first of each month. 3. Finished Project after completion of Work. Number of views shall be adequate to show the finished Work. 4. If Project is not completed during the Contract Time or authorized extensions, photographs shall continue to be taken at no increase in Contract Price. B. Photographic Prints: 1. All prints shall be color, smooth glossy finish, 8" x 10" in size, taken with medium format camera with minimum negative size oft-1/4" x 2-114", inserted into archival quality polypropylene photographic binder pages and punched for insertion into a standard 3-ring binder. Provide binders identified by Contract name and Contract number, C. Print Negatives: 1. Negatives for 8" x 10" prints shall be identified using the respective matching label, individually protected in negative sleeves. ► JEP01325.1 01325-1 SECTION 01325 - CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS-IS: continued 1). Identification: 1. Identify each photographic print on the reverse side with a label which contains the Contract name and Contract number, date of exposure, and description of view. Prints shall also bear the photographer's name or trademark. 2. Identify electronic media with date digital photographs were taken. E. Provide three prints of each view, F. Deliver prints to 1�.nginecr. G. Deliver photographic negatives to: Burns & McDonnell 1;ngineering Co, Publications Dept. - Mr. W. R. Crippen 9400 Ward Parkway Kansas City, MO 641 14 3.02 ROUT(: P1-1OTOGRAIIIIS: A. Contractor shall be responsible for photographs along the entire construction route showing the condition ofthe terrain previous to any alterations by Contractor and before construction is started. These same views shall he rephotographed after completion of all construction. "Three days' notice shall be given to Engineer and Owner prior to this Work to allow them to accompany photographer. 13. The principal reason for obtaining photographs is so that items such as cracked curbs, shrubs, lawns, broken pavement or sidewalks, plugged culverts in driveways, or other problems along the construction route may be more clearly shown and recorded. This will to sonic degree preclude the possibility of post constructions litigation with property owners adjacent to the Work. C. Photographs shall be taken at intervals of not more than 100 feet and at other intervals deemed necessary to record detailed conditions, possible field conflicts, mud as may be designated by Engineer. D. Each photograph shall be identified in the view using an identification hoard stating the Contract name and Contract number, station number, (street or other suitable identification) date and sequential view number. L. Contractor shall keep a log of all photographs noting detailed information or comments pertinent to each photograph. I'. Photographic Prints: 1. All prints shall he color, 8" x 10" in size, taken with medium format camera with minimum ncgltive size oft-1/4" x 2-1/4", smooth/glossy finish, inserted into archival quality polypropylene photographic hinder page and punched Isir insertion into a standard 3-ring hinder. Provide hinders identified by Contract name 111(1 number. Include a copy of each respective log sheet in the appropriate binder. G. Print Negatives: 1. Negatives for 8" x 10" prints shall he identified using the respective matching label, individually protected in negative sleeves. 1-I. Identification: 1. Identify each print on the reverse side with a label which identifies the Contract nannc and number, date ofexposure, description of view, and comments or detailed information from the log sheet. Prints shall also hear the photographer's name or trademark. 2. Identify electronic media with date digital photographs were taken. 1. Provide 2 prints ofeach view. J. Deliver prints to Engineer. 01325-2 .11:101325.1 ES ;C'T'm 01325 - QONS'rizu m PHOTOOIRAPl IS: continued K, Deliver negatives to: Burns & McDonnell Engineering Co, Publications Dept, - Mr. W.R. Crippen 9400 Ward Parkway Kansas City, MO 641114 3.03 ADDITIONAL PHOTOGRAPHS: A. from time to time Engineer may issue requests for additional photographs, in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order, and are not included in the Contract Price or an Allowance. I. Engineer will give the photographer 3 days' notice, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations, the photographer shall take additional photographs within 24 hours of Engineer's request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to: a. Substantial Completion of it major phase or component of Work. b. Owner's request for special publicity photographs. C. Special events planned at Project Site. d. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. C. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project Site. f. Extra record photographs at t.imc of final acceptance. END Of SECTION 01325 F • M r • JEf01325.1 01325-3 a SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS PART I - GENERAL 1,01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes definitions, descriptions, transmittal, and review of Submittals. B. Related Work Specified I.-Isewhere: 1. Project Meetings, Schedules, and Reports: SECTION 01320, 2. Construction Photographs: StiCTION 01325. 3. Contract Closeout: S1:CTION 01780. 1.02 Gl?N13RAl. INFORMATION: A. Definitions~ 1. Shop Drawings, product data, and Samples arc technical Submittals prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor, manufacturer. or Supplier and submitted by Contractor to E-Aigincer as a basis fir approval of the use of Equipment and Materials proposed for incorporation in the Work or needed to describe installation, operation, maintenance, or technical properties. U. Shop Drawings include custom-prepared data of all types including drawings, diagrams, performance curves, material schedules, templates, instructions, and similar information not in standard printed form applicable to other projects. b. Product data includes standard printed information on materials, products, and systems; not custom-prepared fir this Project, other than the designation of • selections from available choices. C. Samples include both lubricated and unfubricated physical examples of materials, products, and Work; both as complete units and as smaller portions of units of Work; either for limited visual inspection or(where indicated) for more detailed • testing and analysis. Mock-ups arc a special firm of Samples which are too large to R lie handled in the specified manner for transmittal of Sample Submittals. 2. Informational Submittals are those technical reports, administrative Submittals, certificates, and guarantees not defined as Shop Drawings, product data, or Samples. a, 'Technical reports include laboratory reports, tests, technical procedures, technical records, and Contractor's design analysis. b. Administrative Submittals are those nontechnical Submittals required by the Contract Documents or deemed necessary for administrative records. These Submittals include maintenance agreements, Bonds, Project photographs, physical work records, statements of applicability, copies of industry standards, Project record data, security/protection/safety data, and similar type Submittals. C. C:ertificatcs and guarantees are those Submittals on Equipment and Materials where a written certificate or guarantee from the manufacturer or Supplier is called for in the Specifications. 3. Refer to ARTICLE'S 1.03 and 1.04 of this Part for detailed lusts of documents and specific requirements. 13. Quality Requirements: I. Submittals such as Shop Drawings and product data shrill be of suitable quality for legibility and reproduction purposes. Every line, character, and letter shall be clearly legible. Drawings such as rcproclucibles shall be useable for further reproduction to yield legible hard copy. 2. Documents submitted to Engineer that do not conliorm to specified requirements shall be subject to rejection by FAngineer, and upon request by l,Mgincer, Contractor shall resubmit J1sf'01330.1 01.330.1 • SEC`I'ION 01330 - SU13M1'1°I'AI.S: continued canformulg documents. Ifconforming Submittals cannot he obtained, such documents shall be retraced, redrawn, or photographically restored as may be necessary to meet such requirements. Contractor's(or his Subcontractor's) failure to initially satisfy the legibility quality requirements will not relieve Contractor(or his Subcontraclors) from meeting the required schedule for Submittals. C. Language and Dimensions: I. All words and dimensional units shall be in the English language. 2. Metric dimensional unit equivalents may be stated in addition to the English units. I lowever, English units of nleasurenlent shall prevail. D. Submittal Completeness: I. Submittals shall be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials of construction, and other information specified to enable Engineer to review the information effectively. 2. Where standard drawings are furnished which cover a number of variations ofthe general class of Equipment, each drawing shall be annotated to indicate exactly which parts of the drawing apply to the Equipment being furnished. Use hatch marks to indicate variations that do not apply to the Submittal. The use of"highlighting markers" will not be an acceptable means of annotating Submittals. Annotation shall also include proper identification of the Submittal permanently attached to the drawing. 3. Reproductions or copies of Contract Drawings or portions thereof will not be accepted as complete fabrication or erection drawings. Contractor may use a reproduction of Contract Drawings for erection drawings to indicate information on erection or to identify detail drawing references. Whenever the Drawings are revised to show this additional • Contractor information, Engineer's title block shall be replaced with a Contractor's title block, and Engineer's professional seal shall be removed from the drawing. The Contractor shall revise these erection drawings for subsequent Engineer revisions to the Contract Drawings. • 1.03 TECI INICAL SUBMITI'ALS: A. Items shall include, but not be limited to, the following: I. Manufacturer's specifications. 2. Catalogs, or pans thereof', ofmanufrrctur'cd Equipment. 3. Shop fabrication and erection drawings. 4. General outline drawings of Equipment showing overall dimensions, location of major components, weights, and location ofrequired building openings and floor plates. S. Detailed Equipment installation drawings, showing foundation details, anchor bolt sizes and locations, baseplate sizes, location of Owner's connections; and all clearances required for erection, operation, and disassembly for maintenance. 6. Schematic diagrams For electrical items, showing external connections, terminal block numbers, internal wiring diagrams and one-line diagrams. 7. Bills of material and spare parts list. 8. Instruction books and operating manuals. 9. Material lists or schedules. 10. Performance tests on F(juipment by manufacturers. 11. Concrete mix design information. 12. Samples and color charts. 13. All drawings, catalogs or parts thereof, manufacturer's specifications and data, samples, instructions, and other information specified or necessary: 01330-2 J11'01330.1 SECTION 01330- SUBMITTALS: continued a. For Engineer to determine that the lquipment and Materials conform with the design concept and comply with the intent of the Contract Documents, b, For the proper erection, installation,operation, and maintenance of tiie lquiprnent and Materials which Engineer will review for general content but not for basic details. Cl For Engineer to detennine what supports, anchorages, structural details, connections, and services are required for the Equipment and Materials, and the effects on contiguous or related structures and Equipment and Materials. B, Schedule of Submittals: 1. Prepare for Engineer's concurrence, a schedule for submission of all Submittals specified or necessary for Engineer's approval of the use of 1"quipment and Materials proposed for incorporation in the Work or needed for proper installation,operation, or maintenance. Submit the schedule with the procurement schedule and construction progress schedule. Schedule submission of all Submittals to permit review, fabrication, and delivery in time so as to not cause a delay in the Work of Contractor or his Subcontractors or any other contractors as described herein. 2. In establishing schedule for Submittals, allow 20 days in Engineer's office for reviewing original Submittals and 15 days in Engineer's office for reviewing resubmittals. 3. The schedule shall indicate the anticipated dates of original submission for each item and Engineer's approval thereof, and shall be based upon at least one resubmission of each item. 4. Schedule all Submittals required prior to fabrication or manufacture for submission within 90 days of the Notice to Proceed. Schedule Submittals pertaining to storage, installation, and operation at the Site for Engineer's approval prior to delivery of the Equipment and Materials. 5. Resubmit Submittals the number of times required for Engineer's "Submittal Approved." However, any need for resubmittals in excess of the number set forth in the accepted schedule, or any other delay in obtaining approval of Submittals, will not be grounds for extension of the Contract Times, provided Engineer completes his reviews within the times specified. C. Transmittal of Submittals: 1, All Submittals for Equipment and Materials furnished by Contractor, Subcontractors, manufacturers, and Suppliers shall be submitted to Engineer by Contractor. 2. After checking and verifying all field measurements, transmit all Submittals to E=ngineer for approval as follows: a. Submittal ln('ormation Block: (1) Affix to all paper copies whether Submittal is prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor, or Supplier. Use transparent decal type Submittal Information Blocks tier Shop Drawings and use gununred paper type for product data Submittals. All Submittal information Blocks needed ('or this Contract will be furnished to Contractor at no charge at the initial coordination conference. (2) An example of the Submittal Information Block is included as an appendix to this Section. b. Mark each Submittal by Project name and number, C=ontract title and number, and the applicable Specification Section and Article number. Include in the letter of transmittal the Drawing number and title, sheet number (if applicable), revision number, and electronic filenanie (if applicable). Unidentifiable Submittals will be returned for proper identification. JE:F01330.1 01330-3 A SECTION OE330- SUBM13"1'ALS: continued C. Check and include Contractor's approval for Submittals of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and manufacturers prior to transmitting them to Engineer. Contractor's approval shall constitute a representation to Owner and Eriginecr that Contractor has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, or Contractor assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that Contractor has coordinated each Submittal with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. d. At the time of cacti submission, call to the attention of Engineer in the letter of transmittal any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Make all modifications noted or indicated by Engineer and return revised Submittals until approved. Direct specific attention in writing, or on revised Submittals, to changes other than the modifications called for by Engineer on previous Submittals. After paper copy Submittals have been approved, submit copies thereof for final distribution. Previously approved Submittals transmitted for Final distribution will not be further reviewed and are not to be revised. If errors arc discovered during manufacture or fabrication, correct the Submittal and resubmit for review. f. Following completion of the Work and prior to final payment, furnish record documents and approved Samples and Shop Drawings necessary to indicate "as constructed" conditions, including field modifications, in the number of copies specified. Furnish additional copies for insertion in Equipment instruction books and operating manuals as required. All such copies shall be clearly marked "PROJECT RECORD." g. Keep a copy or sample of each Submittal in good order at the Site. 3. Quantity Requirements: a. Except as otherwise specified, transmit all Shop Drawings in the following quantities: (1) Initial Submittal: (a) Paper- Six copies to Engineer. Two copies will be returned to Contractor. (2) Resubmittals: (a) Paper- Six copies to Engineer. Two will be returned to Contractor. (3) Submittal for final distribution: (a) Paper- Four copies plus the number required by Contractor, to Engineer. (4) As.-constructed documents: (a) Paper- Four copies to Engineer. b. 'Transmit Submittals of product data as Collows: (1) Initial Submittal: (a) Paper- Six copies to Engineer. Two copies will be returned to Contractor. (2) Resubrnittals: (a) Paper- Six copies to Engineer. Two copies will be returned to Contractor. (3) Submittal for final distribution: (a) Paper- Four copies plus the number of copies required by Contractor, to Engineer. C, Transmit Submittals of Material Samples, color charts, and similar items as follows: (1) Initial Submittal - Four to Engineer. r • 01330-4 JE1:01330.1 a a SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS: continued (2) Resubmittal - Dour to l;ngineer. (3) Upon approval, One Sample will be returned to Contractor. d. Transmit Submittals of Equipment instruction books and operating manuals as follows: (1) Initial Submittal: (a) Paper- Four copies to Engineer. Only Lngineer's comments will be returned to Contractor. (2) Resubmittals: (a) Paper- four copies to Engineer. Only Engineer's comments will be returned to Contractor. (3) Submittal for Final Distribution - Four paper copies to Engineer. C. Transmit Submittals for reference only: (1) Paper- Four copies to Engineer. f. When all Submittals have been updated to "as-constructed" conditions, transmit to Engineer and to Owner in electronic format. g. Owner may copy and use for internal operations and staff training purposes any and all document Submittals required by this Contract and approved for final distribution, whether or not such documents are copyrighted, at no additional cost to Owner. If permission to copy any such Submittal for the purposes stated is unreasonably withheld from Owner by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer,or Supplier, Contractor shall provide to Engineer 10 copies plus the number of copies required by Contractor at each final distribution issue. U. Engineer's Review: ® I. Engineer will review and return Submittals to Contractor with appropriate notations. Instruction books and similar Submittals will be reviewed by Engineer for general content but not for basic details. 2. Work requiring a Submittal shall not be commenced or shipped until the Submittal has been marked " Submittal Approved" or "Submittal Approved as Noted" by Engineer. 3. Engineer's approval of'Submittals will not relieve Contractor from Contractor's responsibility as stated in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. E. Submittal Action Stamp: I. Engineer's review action stamp, appropriately completed, will appear on all Submittals of Contractor when returned by Engineer. Review status designations listed on Engineer's action stamp are defined as follows: A - SUBMITTAL APPROVED: Signifies Equipment or Material represented by the Submittal conforms with the design concept and complies with the intent of the Contract Documents and is approved for incorporation in the Work. Contractor is to proceed with fabrication or procurement of the items and with related Work. Copies of the Submittal are to be transmitted to Engineer for final distribution. B - SI.IBMITi'AL APPROVED AS NOTED (RESUBMIT): Signifies Equipment and Material represented by the Submittal conforms with the design concept and complies with the intent of the Contract Documents and is approved for incorporation in the Work in accordance with Engineer's notations. Contractor is to proceed with fabrication or procurement of the items and with related Work in accordance with Engineer's notations and is to submit a revised JEF01330.1 01330-5 A SECTION 01330 - SUBMirm.,S: continued Submittal responsive to notations marked on the returned Submittal or written in the letter of transmittal. C - SUBMITTAL RETURNED FOR REVISION (RESUBMIT'): Signifies Equipment and Material represented by the Submittal appears to conform with the design concept and comply with the intent of the Contract Documents but information is either insufficient in detail or contains discrepancies which prevent Engineer from completing his review. Contractor is to resubmit revised information responsive to Engineer's annotations on the returned Submittal or written in the letter of transmittal. Fabrication or procurement of items represented by the Submittal and related Work is not to proceed until the Submittal is approved. D- SUBMITTAL,NOT APPROVED(SUBMIT ANEW): Signifies Equipment and Material represented by the Submittal does not conform with the design concept or comply with the intent of the Contract Documents and is disapproved for use in the Work. Contractor is to provide Submittals responsive to the Contract Documents. E- PRELIMINARY SUBMITTAL: Signifies Submittals of such preliminary nature that a determination of conformance with the design concept or compliance with the intent of the Contract Documents must be deferred until additional information is furnished. Contractor is to submit such additional information to permit layout and related activities to proceed. " F - FOR REFERENCE,NO APPROVAL REQUIRED: Signifies Submittals which are for supplementary information only; pamphlets, general information sheets, catalog cuts, standard sheets, bulletins and similar data, all of which are useful to Engineer or Owner in design, operation, or maintenance, but which by their nature do riot constitute a basis for determining that items represented thereby conform with the design concept or comply with the intent of the Contract Documents. Engineer reviews such Submittals for general content but not for basic details. G - DISTRIBUTION COPY (PREVIOUSLY APPROVED): Signifies Submittals which have been previously approved and are being distributed to Contractor, Owner, Resident Project Representative, and others for coordination and construction purposes. F. Instruction Books and Operating Manuals: 1. Equipment instruction books and operating manuals prepared by the manufacturer shall include the following: a. index and tabs. b. Instructions for installation,start-up, operation, inspection, maintenance, parts lists and recommended spare parts, and data sheets showing model numbers. 01330-6 JEF01330.1 i 0 SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS: continued C. Applicable drawings. d. Warranties and guarantees. e. Address ofncarest manufacturer-authorized service facility. f. All additional data specified. 2. Information listed above shall be bound into hard-back binders of three-ring type. Sheet sire shall be 8-1/2 x 11. Binder color shall be black. Capacity shall be it minimum of I- 1/2-inches, but sufficient to contain and use sheets with Case. a. Provide with following accessories: (1) Label holder. (2) Business card holder. (3) Shectliftcrs. (4) Horizontal pockets. b. The following information shall be imprinted, inserted or affixed by label on the binder front cover: (1) Equipment name. (2) Manufacturer's name. (3) Project name. (4) Contract name and number. C. The following information shall be imprinted, inserted, or affixed by label on the binder spine: (1) Equipment name. (2) Manufacturer's name. (3) Volume number(if applicable). G. Samples: 1. Office Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate the following: a. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and w attachment devices. b. Full range of color,texture, and pattern. 2. Field Samples and Mock-ups: a. Contractor shall erect field Samples and mock-ups at the Project Site and at a location acceptable to Engineer. b. Size or area shall be as specified in the respective Specification Section. C. Fabricate each Sample and mock-up complete and finished. d. Remove mock-ups at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to the Engineer if not a permanent part of construction. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: A. Informational Submittals are comprised of technical reports, administrative Submittals, and guarantees which relate to the Work, but do not require Engineer approval prior to proceeding with the Work. Informational Submittals include: 1. Welder qualification tests. 2. Welding procedure qualification tests. 3. X-ray and radiographic reports. 4. Hydrostatic testing of pipes. S. Field test reports. G. Concrete cylinder test reports. 7. ASME pressure vessel test reports. 8. Certification on Materials: It. Steel mill tests. JE'01330.1 01330-7 A SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS: continued b. Roofing lab tests. C. Brick and concrete masonry unit lab tests. d. faint lab tests, c, Metal paneling lab tests. f. Cement tests. 9. Soil test reports. 10. Air handling balancing reports. 11. Temperature records. 12. Piping stress analysis. 13. Shipping or packing lists. 14. Job progress schedules. 15. Equipment and Material delivery schedules. 16. Progress photographs. 17. Warranties and guarantees. 18. Fire protection and hydraulic calculations. B. Transmittal of Informational Submittals: 1. All informational Submittals furnished by Subcontractors, manufacturers,and Suppliers shall be submitted to Engineer by Contractor unless otherwise specified. a. Identify each informational Submittal by Project name and number, Contract title and number, and the Specification Section and Article number marked thereon or in the letter of transmittal. Unidentifiable Submittals will be returned for proper identification, b. At the time of each submission, call to the attention of Engineer in the letter of • transmittal any deviations from the requirements of'the Contract Documents. 2, Quantity Requirements: a. Technical reports and administrative Submittals except as otherwise specified: (1) Engineer: Two copies. w b. Written Certificates and Guarantees: (1) Engineer: Two copies. 3. Test Reports: a. Responsibilities of Contractor, Owner, and Engineer regarding tests and inspections of Equipment and Materials and completed Work are set forth elsewhere in these Contract Documents. b. The party specified responsible for testing or inspection shall in each case, unless otherwise specified, arrange for the testing laboratory or reporting agency to distribute test reports as follows: (1) Owner: Two copies. (2) Engineer: One copy. (3) Resident Project Representative: One copy. (4) Contractor: Two copies. (5) Manufacturer or Supplier: One copy. C. Engineer's Review: I. Engineer will review informational Submittals for indications of Work or Material deficiencies. 2. Engineer will respond to Contractor on those informational Submittals which indicate Work or Material deficiency. Y 01330-8 JEFO1330.1 a SECTION 01330- SURMIII"I'AIaS: continued PART 2 = PRODUCTS -Not Applicable; PART 3 - EXECUTION—Not Applicable. END OF SECTION 01330 1. JEF01330.1 " 0.1330-9, r, a Submittal Information Block For the use of Engineer Contractor: Fill in all blanks without preprinted information. Project Name _ E Project No. W Contract Title o Contract No. a Spec. Sect, No. Art No. e Contractor's Approval (See Contract Documents) lit Contractor • _Engineer's Action -- (See Contract Documents) Approved By Date Received Date Initials&Date Initials&Date A E (Do not send drawing to Engineer B F without Contractor's prior Approval.) C G D Contractor: Fill in this block on all Submittals. I, Use this decal on all Shop Drawings,whether prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor,or Supplier. Place as near as possible to the drawing title in the lower right corner. 3. Affix the gummed edge paper Submittal Information Blocks to all "product data"type Submittals immediately inside the front cover. SECTION 01330- Appendix aMcD 031097 SECTION 01420 - DI"IRNITIONS AND STANDARDS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Definitions: 1. Basic contract definitions used in the Contract Documents are defined in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. Definitions and explanations are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for the Work. 2. General Requirements are the provisions or requirements of DIVISION i Sections, and which apply to the entire Work of the Contract. B. Related Information Specified f;lsewhere: Specification standards and associations applicable to the Work are specified in each Section. 1.02 SPECIFICA'T'ION FORMAT AND CON'1'1:N'i" F XPI,ANATIONS: A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's (CSI) Section Format and MasterFornnat numbering system. Some portions may not fully comply and no particular significance will be attached to such compliance or noncompliance. I. Divisions and Sections: For convenience, a basic unit of Specification text is a "Section," each unit of which is numbered and named. These are organized with related Sections, into "Divisions," which are recognized as the present industry consensus on uniform organization and sequencing of Specifications. The Section title is not intended to limit e meaning or content of Section, nor to be fully descriptive of requirements specified ® therein, nor to be an integral part of text. 2 Section Numbering: Used For identification and to facilitate cross-references in Contract Documents. Sections are placed in numeric sequence; however, numbering sequence is ` not complete, and listing of Sections in Table of Contents at beginning of the Project Manual must be consulted to determine numbers and names of Specification Sections in these Contract Documents. 3. Page Numbering: Numbered independently for each Section. Section number is shown with page number at bottom of each page, to facilitate location oftext. 4. Parts: Each Section of Specifications generally has been subdivided into three basic "parts" for uniformity and convenience (PART i - GENERAL., PART 2 - PRODUCTS, and PART 3 - EXECUTION). These "Parts" do not limit the tmeaning of text within. Some Sections may not contain all three "Parts" when no applicable, or may contain more than three "Parts" to add clarity to organization of Section. 5. Underscoring of Titles: Used strictly to assist reader of Specification in scanning text For Ivey words in content. No emphasis on or relative importance is intended except where underscoring may be used in body of text to emphasize a duty, critical requirement, or similar situation. 6. Project Identification: Project file number and identification are recorded at bottom of each page of Specifications to mininnize possible misuse of Specifications, or confusion with other Project Specifications. Li, Specification Content: I. These Specifications apply certain conventions in the use of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as fellows: a. Imperative and Streamlined Language: These Specifications are written in imperative and abbreviated form. ' his inoperative language of the technical p JEF01420.1 01420-1 SE1C'1'iON 01420- DI;i-INI'i'IONS A1JD S'1'ANDAitDS: continued Sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall," "the Contractor shall," and "shall be," and similar mandatory phrases by inference in tile,same manner as they are applied to notes on the Drawings. The words "shall be" shall be supplied by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. Except as worded to the contrary, fulfill (perform) all indicated requirements whether stated imperatively or otherwise. b. Specifying Methods: The techniques or methods of specifying requirements varies throughout text, and may include "prescriptive," "compliance with standards," "performance," "proprietary," or a combination of these. The method used for specifying one unit of Work has no bearing on requirements for another unit of Work. C. Overlapping and Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more industry standards or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those different standards or requirements establishes different or conflicting minimums or levels of quality, notify Engineer for a decision as specified in GENERAL PROVISIONS. d. Abbreviations: 'throughout the Contract Documents are abbreviations implying words and meanings which shall be appropriately interpreted. Specific abbreviations have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and in conjunction with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Drawings and in schedules. These are normally defined at first instance of use. Organizational and association names and titles of general standards are also ► abbreviated. C. Assignment of Specialists: In certain instances, Specification text requires that specific Work be assigned to specialists in the operations to be performed. 'T'hese specialists shall be engaged for performance of those units of Work, and assignments are requirements over which : Contractor has no choice or option. These assignments shall not be confused with, and are not intended to interfere with, enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, local trade and union jurisdictions, and similar conventions. Nevertheless, final responsibility for fulfillment of Contract requirements remains with Contractor. D. Trades: Except as otherwise specified or indicated, the use of titles such as "carpentry" in Specification text, implies neither that the Work must be performed by an accredited or unionized tradesperson of corresponding generic name (such as "carpenter"), nor that specified requirements apply exclusively to work by tradespersons of that corresponding generic name. 1.03 DRAWING SYMBOLS: A. Except as otherwise indicated, graphic symbols used on Drawings are those symbols recognized in the construction industry for purposes indicated. Refer instances of uncertainty to Engineer for clarification. 1.04 INDUS'T'RY S'T'ANDARDS: A. Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference and are stated in each Section. 1. Referenced standards, referenced directly in Contract Documents or by governing regulations, have precedence over nonreferenced standards which are recognized in industry fcnr applicability to the Work. 01420-2 JET01420.1 A SECTION 01420 - DEFINITIONS AND S'T'ANDARDS: continued 2. Where an applicable code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the Contract Documents and before performance of Work affected, the Engineer will decide whether to issue a Change Order to proceed with the updated standard. 3. In every instance the quantity or quality level shown or specified shall he the minimum to be provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly, within specified tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values, as noted, or appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding. 4. Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. a. Where copies of standards are needed for performance of a required construction activity, Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. B. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where such acronyms or abbreviations arc used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. PART 2 - PRODUCTS -Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Applicable. END OF SECTION 01420 A Y JEF01420.1 01420-3 A SECTION 01520 - FIELD OFFICES AND Slll?DS PART I - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes requirements for temporary field off ices and other structures required for office and storage space required by Contractor and Engineer. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Equipment and Materials: SI:CT'ION 01600. 2. Temporary Utilities and Facilities: SECTION 01560. C. Use of Existing Facilities: 1. Existing facilities at the Site shall not be used for field offices. D. Use of Permanent Facilities: 1. Permanent facilities when substantially completed shall not be used for field offices or for storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIELD OFFICES: A. General: 1. Provide trailers, mobile buildings, or buildings constructed with floors raised aboveground, with steps, landings, and railings at entrance doors. 2. Buildings shall be structurally sound, secure, and weathertight. • 3. Provide appropriate type fire extinguishers at each office and storage area. 4. Maintain offices during progress of the Work. 5. Install office spaces ready for occupancy 15 days after date stated in Notice to Proceed. B. Contractor's Office: 1. Provide a field office for Contractor's superintendent on the Site. 2. It shall be of size required for general use, with lights, heat, furnishings, telephone service, and other necessary facilities and utilities required by Contractor's operations. C. Resident Project Representative's Office: 1. Provide a separate field office for Engineer's Resident Project Representative on the Site. 2. Provide the following minimum requirements: a. 14-square-meter(150-square-foot)minimum, with minimum dimension of 2.4 meters (8 feet). b. Secure entrance doors - one set of keys. C. Windows with operable sash and insect screens. d. Lockable storage closet. C. Resilient floor covering. f. Furnishings: (1) One standard size desk with three drawers, swivel desk chair with arms. (2) One throw table of sufficient size for full size Drawings and Submittals. (3) One plan rack to hold a minimum of'six racks of Drawings. (4) One standard 4-drawer legal-size metal filing cabinet with lock and key. (5) Two linear meters (Six linear feet)of bookshelves, 250-mm (10-inch) minimum depth. (6) Two straight chairs. (7) One waste basket per desk and table. (8) One tackboard, 900 mm x 750 mm (36" x 30"). JEF01520.1 01520-1 SECTION 01520 - FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS: continued g. Services: (1) Lighting: 538 lux (50 footcandles) at desktop height. Exterior lighting at entrance door. (2) Heating and air conditioning. (3) Electrical Service: Minimum of two circuits, I I OV, 60 hertz. Minimum of four 1 l OV duplex convenience outlets. (4) 'Toilet facilities. (5) Separate line telephone. See SECTION 01560. (6) Electric water cooler. 2.02 STORAGE SHEDS AND TRAILERS: A. On Site: 1. Provide temporary buildings or trailers needed for storage of Equipment and Materials installed under this Contract. 2. Provide ventilation and heating as required by Equipment and Material stored. B. Off Site: 1. Advise Engineer of any arrangements made for storage of Equipment and Materials in a place other than Owner's Site. Furnish evidence of insurance coverage with Application for Payment in conformance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE: A. General: 1. Place temporary buildings, trailers, and stored materials in locations acceptable to Owner or Engineer. 2. Install field offices and sheds to resist winds and elements of the locality where installed. 3. Remove when no longer needed at the Site or when Work is completed. 4. Keep approach walks free of leaves, mud, water, ice, or snow. 5. At completion of Work, remove temporary buildings and trailers, foundations(if any), utility services, and debris. 6. Prepare ground or paved areas as specified in applicable Sections. END OF SECTION 01520 01520-2 JEF01520.1 i SECTION 01530 - TEMPORARY 13ARRIERS AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes General Requirements for: 1. Safety and protection of Work. 2. Safety and protection of existing property. 3. Farriers. 4. Security, 5. Environmental controls, 6. Access roads and parking areas. 7. Traff is control and use of'roadways. 8. Railroad service. F. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Temporary Utilities and Facilities: SECTION 01560. PART 2 - PRODUCTS -Not Applicable. PART 3 --EXECUTION 3.01 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY: A. General: 1. Provide for the safety and protection of the Work as set forth in GENERAL ® CONDITIONS. Provide protection at all times against rain, wind, storms, frost, freezing, condensation, or heat so as to maintain all Work and Equipment and Materials free from injury or damage. At the end of each day, all new Work likely to be damaged shall be appropriately protected. 2. Notify Engineer immediately at any time operations are stopped due to conditions which make it impossible to continue operations safely or to obtain proper results. 3. Construct and maintain all necessary temporary drainage and do all pumping necessary to keep excavations, floors, pits,trenches, manholes, and ducts free of water. 4. Protect floors from damage by proper covering and care when handling heavy equipment, painting, or handling mortar or other such materials. Use proper cribbing and shoring to prevent overloading of floors while moving heavy equipment. Provide metal pans under pipe-threading machines and clean such pans daily, keeping oil off floors. Restore floors to former condition where damaged or stained. 5. Concrete floors less than 28 days old shall not be loaded without written permission from Engineer. 6. Restrict access to roofs except as required by the Work. Where access is required, provide protection with plywood, boards, or other suitable materials. F, Property Other than Owner's: I. Provide Ior the safety and protection of property as set forth in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. Report immediately to the owners thereof and promptly repair damage to existing facilities resulting from construction operations. 2. Names and telephone numbers of representatives of agencies and utilities having jurisdiction over streets and utilities in the Work area can be obtained from Engineer for the agencies listed below. Concerned agencies or utilities shall be contacted a minirnum of 24 hours prior to performing Work, closing streets and other traffic areas, or excavating near underground utilities or pole lines. JEF01530.1 01530-1 M S[-CTION 01530 - TRMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS: continued a. Water. b. Gas. C. Sanitary sewers. d. Storm drains. C. Pipeline companies. f. Telephone. g. Electric. h. Municipal streets. i. State highways. j. City engineer. k. Fire. I. Police. 3. Operation of valves or other appurtenances on existing utilities, when required, shall be by or tinder the direct supervision of the owning utility. 4. Where fences are to be breached on private property, the owners thereof shall be contacted and arrangements made to ensure proper protection of any livestock or other property thus exposed. 5. The applicable requirements specified for protection of the Work shall also apply to the protection of existing property of others. 6. Before acceptance of the Work by Owner, restore all property affected by Contractor's operations to the original or better condition. 3.02 BARRIERS: A. General: 1. Furnish, install, and maintain suitable barriers as required to prevent public entry, protect the public, and to protect the Work, existing facilities,trees, and plants from construction operations. Remove when no longer needed or at completion of Work. 2. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but shall not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards or regulatory agencies. 3. Barriers shall be of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance, structurally adequate for the required purposes. 4. Maintain barriers in good repair and clean condition for adequate visibility. Relocate barriers as required by progress of Work. 5. Repair damage caused by installation and restore area to original or better condition. Clean the area. B. Tree and Plant Protection: 1. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants at the Site which are designated to remain and those adjacent to the Site. 2. Provide temporary barriers around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Construct to a height of 6 feet around trees, and to a height to adequately protect plants. 3. Consult with Engineer and remove agreed-on roots and branches which will interfere with construction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove and to treat cuts. 4. Protect root zones of trees and plants as follows: a. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking. b. Do not store materials or products. C. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. d. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. 5. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. is 01530-2 J1:1'01530.1 i • SECTION 01530 - TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS: continued 6. Remove and replace, or suitably repair, trees and plants which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations, and which were designated to remain. 3.03 ENViRONMENTAL CONTROLS: A. Dust Control: I. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations; and to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. 2. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis until painting is finished. 3. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces. B. Water and Erosion Control: I. Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project, the Site,or adjoining properties. 2. Plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas,to prevent erosion and sedimentation. a. Hold the areas of bare soil exposed at one time to a minimum. b. Provide temporary control measures such as berms,dikes, and drains. 3. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct surface drainage away from excavations, pits, tunnels, and other construction areas, and to direct drainage to proper runoff. • 4. Provide, operate, and maintain hydraulic equipment of adequate capacity to control surface and groundwater. 5. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the Site or to adjoining areas. 6. Provide temporary drainage where the roofing or similar waterproof deck construction is completed prior to the connection and operation of the permanent drainage piping system. C. Rodent Control: 1. Provide rodent control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas. a. Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Site or adjoining properties. b. Should the use of rodenteides be considered necessary, submit an informational copy of the proposed program to Owner with a copy to Engineer. Clearly indicate: ()) 'file area or areas to be treated. (2) 'file rodenteides to be used, with a copy of the manufacturer's printed instructions. (3) The pollution preventive measures to be employed. 2. The use of any rodenticide shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and regulatory agencies. D. Debris Control and Clean-Up: I. Keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of debris, waste materials, and rubbish caused by construction operations and employees. Responsibilities shall include: a. Adequate trash receptacles about the Site,emptied promptly when filled. b. Periodic cleanup to avoid hazards or interference with operations at the Site and to maintain the Site in a reasonably neat condition. t JEF01530.1 01530-3 SECTION 01530 - TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS: continued C. The keeping of construction materials such as forms and scaffolding neatly stacked. d. Immediate cleanup to protect the Work by removing splattered concrete, asphalt, oil, paint, corrosive liquids, and cleaning solutions from walls, floors, and metal surfaces before surfaces are marred. 2. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillages on access and haul routes. Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements. 3. Final cleanup is specified in SECTION 01780 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. E. Pollution Control: 1. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of hazardous or toxic substances from construction operations. 2. Provide equipment and personnel, perform emergency measures required to contain any spillages, and remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off Site in approved locations, and replace with suitable compacted till and topsoil. 3. Take special measures to prevent hannful substances from entering public waters, sanitary, or storm sewers. 3.04 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS: A. New Temporary On-Site Roads and Parking Areas: 1. Locate roads, drives, walks, and parking facilities to provide access to construction offices, mobilization, Work, storage areas,and other areas required for execution of the Contract. a. Consult with Engineer regarding any desired deviation therefrom. b. Size of parking facilities shall be adequate to provide for needs of Contractor's personnel, Resident Project Representatives, and visits to Site by Engineer and Owner. 2. Provide access for emergency vehicles. Maintain driveways a minimum of 15 feet wide between and around combustible materials in storage and mobilization areas. 3. Maintain traffic areas free of excavated materials, construction equipment, snow, ice, and debris. 4. Construct temporary bridges and culverts to span low areas and allow unimpeded drainage. 5. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and accessible for use. 6. Construction: a. Clear areas required. b. Fill, compact, and grade areas as necessary to provide suitable support for vehir.ular traffic under anticipated loadings. Materials and construction shall be as specified in DIVISION 2. C. Provide for surface drainage of facilities and surrounding areas. d. Maintain roads, walks, and parking areas in a sound, clean condition. Repair or replace portions damaged during progress of Work. 7. Removal: a. Completely remove temporary materials and construction when construction needs can be met by use of permanent installation, unless construction is to be integrated into permanent construction. Remove and dispose of compacted materials to depths required by various conditions to be met in completed Work. b. Restore areas to original, better, or specified condition at completion of Work. 01530-4 JEF01530.1 1 SECTION 01530- TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS: continued B. Existing On-Site Roads and Parking Areas: I. Designated existing on-Site streets and parking facilities may he used for construction traffic. a. Provide temporary additional roads as needed for required construction access. b. Maintain existing construction, and restore to original, better, or specified condition at completion of Work. C. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in parking areas. 2. Do not allow existing on-Site streets, parking facilities, or walks to be used for construction traffic, equipment, or personnel. 3.05 TRAFFIC CONTROL,AND USE OF ROADWAYS: A. Traffic Control: 1. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment, services, and personnel, with traffic control and protective devices,as required to expedite vehicular traffic flow an haul routes, at Site entrances, on-Site access roads, and parking areas. This includes traffic signals and signs, flagmen, flares, lights, barricades, and other devices or personnel as necessary to adequately protect the public. 2. Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required. Restore grounds to original, better,or specified condition when no longer required. 3. Provide and maintain suitable detours or other temporary expedients if necessary. 4. Bridge over open trenches where necessary to maintain traffic. 5. Consult with governing authorities to establish public thoroughfares which will be used as haul routes and Site access. All operations shall meet the approval of owners or agencies having jurisdiction. B. Maintenance of Roadways: 1. Repair roads, walkways, and other traffic areas damaged by operations. Keep traffic areas as free as possible of excavated materials and maintain in a manner to eliminate dust, mud, and hazardous conditions. 2. All operations and repairs shall meet the approval of owners or agencies having jurisdiction. 3.06 RAILROAD SERVICE: A. Maintenance: 1. Schedule operations and exercise care to avoid any interruption to continuous service over the railroads within or adjacent to the Work area. 2. Before transporting Equipment and Materials across railroad tracks or performing Work within any railroad right-of-way, obtain permission or any necessary permits from the railroads. 3. 'file Work shall be subject to all supervision, inspection, and other conditions required by the affected railroads. I:ND OF SECTION 01530 JEF01530.1 01530-5 P SECTION 01560 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES ['ART 1 - GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes requirements of temporary nature not normally incorporated into final Work. It includes the following: 1. Utility services. 2. Construction and support facilities. 3. Construction aids. 4. Safety and health. 5. Fire protection. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Temporary Barriers and Controls: SECTION 01530. 2. Field Offices and Sheds: SECTION 01520. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Association (ANSI): I. A 10 Series- Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition. B. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA): i. Electrical Design Library- Temporary Electrical Facilities. C. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): I. 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers. 2. 70 -National Electrical Code. 3. 241 - Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). E. Underwriters Laboratories(UL). 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. B. implementation and Termination Schedule: Submit a schedule indicating implementation and termination of each temporary utility within 15 days of the date established for commencement of the Work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building Code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, Fire Department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241, and ANSI A10 Series standards "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 2. Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70. C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. ,; JEF01560.1 01560-1 e SECTION 01560 - TEMPORARY U'ril.,1111:S AND FACILITIES: continued ( l.)5 PRUJ[,C I CONDIT IONS: A. 'Temporary t Itilitics: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temp)rary utility. B. Conditions ol'Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in it safe and efficient manner. 'fake necessary fire prevention treasures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the Site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Provide new materials and equipment. If acceptable to Engineer, undamaged previously used materials and equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials and equipment suitable for the use intended, of capacity for required usage, and meeting applicable codes and standards. Comply with requirements of DIVISIONS 2 through 16. B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. C. Water I-loses: Provide 3/4-inch (19-mm), heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 feet(30 m) long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of'tile water distribution system. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at hose discharge. D. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120V plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment. E. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard-service cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do riot exceed safe length-voltage ratio. w F. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered-glass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. G. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL,, PM, or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being consumed. 1.1. fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand-carried, portable. U1.,- rated, Class ABC, dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA- recommended classes for the exposures. Comply with NFPA 10 and NF-PA 241 ('()r classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TEMPORARY UTIL.ITiES: A. General: 1. Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part ofthe service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations, 2. Provide adequate utility capacity at each stage ol'construction. Prior to availability of temporary utilities at the site, provide trucked-in services as required for start-up of construction operations. 01560-2 Jf:l'01560.1 SECTION 01560- TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES: continued 3. Obtain and pay for temporary easements.required to bring temporary utilities to the Project Site, whcrc the Owner's permanent casement cannot be used for that purpose. 4. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary utilities required for adequate construction, safety, and security. Modify, relocate, and extend systems as Work progresses. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Grade the areas of Site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and grades, and clean the area. Remove on completion of Work or until service or facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 5. The types of temporary construction utilities and facilities required include, but not by way of limitation, water distribution, drainage, dewatering equipment, enclosure of Work, heat, ventilation, electrical power distribution, lighting, hoisting facilities, stairs, ladders,and roads. 6. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for required inspections and tests by governing authorities, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 7. Materials used for temporary service shall not be used in the permanent system unless so specified or acceptable to Engineer. 3.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING: A. New Service: 1. Arrange with utility company and provide service required for power and lighting. 2. Connect temporary service in a manner directed by utility company officials. Provide separate meter for metering of power used by all entities authorized to be at or perform Work at the Project Site. 3. The electric service shall be of'sufficient capacity and characteristics for the various construction tools, machinery, lights, heating and air conditioning, pumps, and other tools required by Contractor and his Subcontractors. 4. Provide weatherproof, grounded, power distribution system cuff icient to accommodate construction operations requiring power, use of power tools, electrical heating, and lighting. Provide:overload protection. Locate multiple outlets spaced so that entire area of construction can be reached by power tools on a single extension cord of 100-foot maximum length. Supply power for electric welding, if any, from either temporary power distribution system or by engine-driven, power-generator sets at Contractor's option. 5. Provide all necessary temporary wiring, panelboards, switches, outlets, and other devices so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction area. include meters, transformers, overload protection disconnects, automatic ground fault interrupters, and main distribution switch gear. Include overcurrent protection on all conductors of the temporary system. 6. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of Work when natural light is not adequate for Work. a. Sufficient light shall be provided for general construction areas and floor areas, with additional sufficient lighting for specific tasks and to meet safety requirements. 13. Costs of Installation and Operation: 1. Pay fees and charges for permits and applications. 2. Pay costs of installation, maintenance, removal oftemporary services, and restoration of any permanent facilities used. 3. Pay costs of electrical power used. O JEF01560.1 01560-3 SECTION 01560 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FAC'ILYI IES: continued 4. Obtain and pay costs for temporary casements required across properties other than that of Owner. 3.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VEN1'1LA7'TON: A. General: 1. Provide temporary heat, ventilation and cooling as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage. Protect from adverse affects of low temperatures or high humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 2. Methods of heating and fuel shall be suitable for particular purposes. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units with controls. B. Costs of Installation and Operation: I. Pay fees and charges for applications, permits, and inspections. 2. Pay costs of installation,operation, maintenance, removal of equipment, and restoration of existing or permanent facilities if used. 3. Pay cost of power and fuel used. 3.04 TEMPORARY WATER: A. New Service: 1. Arrange with utility service company to provide water for construction purposes. 2. Connect service to water main in a manner directed by utility company officials. Provide with meter and shut off valve near connection to tine water plain. 3. Size water service to provide adequate volume for all anticipated construction uses, and to maintain minimum required pressure. 4. Install piping with outlets located so that water is available throughout the construction area. 5. Prevent freezing of water distribution system. Maintain hose connections and outlet valves in leakproof condition. 6. Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. B. Costs of Installation and Operation: I. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance, and removal. 2. Pay costs for water used. 3.05 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE: A. General: I. Arrange with local telephone service company and provide direct line telephone service at the construction Site for-the use of construction personnel and employees. 2. Minimum Service Required: a. One direct line instrument in superintendent's field office. b. One direct line instrument in Resident Project Representative's field office. C, Adequate number ofservice lines and instruments for needs of trades. d. Other instruments and pay telephone station(s) at the option of Contractor, or as required by regulations. C. Provide a dedicated telephone line for a facsimile(fax) machine in each of the Superintendent's and Resident Project Representative's field office. B. Costs of Installation and Operation: I. Pav all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by the party who places the call. 01560-4 JEF01560.1 s SECTION 01560 - TEMPORARY UTILiTIES AND FACILITIES: continued 3.06 TEMPORARY ORARY SANi'I ARY FACILITIES: A. Contractor-Furnished Facilities: 1. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use through construction period. Remove on completion of Work. 2. Provide for all construction workers under this Contract and representatives at the Site. 3. Toilet facilities shall be of the chemical,aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented, and fully enclosed with a glass- fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. 4. Water and sewer connected facilities may be installed to extent permitted by governing regulations. a. Provide lavatories, mirrors, urinals(where applicable), and water closets in water and sewer connected units. Provide only potable water at lavatories. Provide individual compartments for water closets where the unit is intended for occupancy by more than one person. Provide suitable enclosure with nonabsorbent sanitary finish materials and adequate heat, ventilation and lighting. b. Provide separate toilet facilities for male and female construction personnel as required. 5. Wash Facilities: Install potable water-supplied wash facilities at locations convenient to construction personnel involved in the handling of compounds and materials where wash-up is necessary to maintain a safe, healthy and sanitary condition. Where recommended or required by governing authorities and regulations or recognized standards provide emergency safety showers, emergency eye-wash fountains, showers, and similar facilities. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply soap and other cleaning compounds appropriate for each condition. 6. Drinking Water Fixtures: Provide containerized tap-dispenser type drinking water units. Provide drinking water fountains if piped potable water is reasonably accessible from permanent or temporary lines. 7. Supply and maintain toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials as appropriate for each facility. Provide appropriate covered waste containers for used material. 3.07 SEWERS AND DRAINAGE: A. General: Where sewers or drainage facilities are not available f-or discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the Site in a lawful manner. If existing sewers are available for temporary drainage near the Site prior to completion of permanent sewers, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged into the sewers. If existing sewers cannot be used for discharge, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, waste stabilization ponds, and similar discharge facilities to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged in that manner. B. Connect temporary sewers to the municipal sewer systems in the manner directed by the sewer department officials. C. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. Following heavy usage, restore to normal conditions promptly. Provide and maintain temporary earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around construction excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff ofstorm water from heavy rain storms. -5 JEF01560.1 01560 A SECTION 01560- TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES: continued 3.08 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AiDS: A. General: 1. Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, and other such facilities and equipment. 2. Materials may be new or used, must be suitable for the intended purpose, and meet the requirements of applicable codes, regulations, and standards. 3. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms, and railings for use by construction personnel. 3.09 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES_: A. New Construction: 1. Provide temporary enclosure of exterior walls as Work progresses, to provide acceptable working conditions, weather protection for interior materials, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. a. Provide temporary exterior doors with hardware, including being lockable. b. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for Work and for handling of materials. 2. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition. 3.10 TEMPORARY SAFETY AND HEALTH: A. General: Contractor shall be responsible for development of'safety and health programs for personnel at Project Site as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. 3.11 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION: A. General: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for development ofa fire prevention and protection program for all Work under this Contract. 2. The program shall comply with the applicable provisions for safety and protection as set forth in the GENERAL PROVISIONS and with applicable parts of the NF13A 10 and 241. 3. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near such usable stairwell. 4. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 5. Maintain unobstructed access to lire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas. 6. Provide supervision of welding operations and similar sources of fire ignition. !. Post warning and instructions at each extinguisher location, and instruct construction personnel on proper use of extinguishers and other available facilities at Project Site. Post local fire department telephone number on or near each telephone instrument at Project Site. B. Permanent Fire Protection: 1. Complete each fire protection facility at earliest reasonable date, place into operation, and make ready for emergency use. 2. Instruct personnel at Site on availability and proper use. 01560-6 JEF01560.1 ; a SECTION 01560 -TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES: continued 3.12 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL: A. Relocation: Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, storage limitations, or Work requirements and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors at the Site. B. Removal: Remove temporary materials, equipment,and services when construction needs can be ►net and allowed by use of permanent construction, or at completion of the Project. C. Repair: Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids. 2. Grade the areas of the Site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and clean the area. END OF SECTION 01560 1i JEF01560.1 01560-7 SECTION 01600 - EQUIPM[ NT AND MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. For the applicability of industry standards to products specified: DIVISIONS 2 through 16. 2. For submittal of Contractor's construction progress schedule and the Submittal schedule: SECTIONS 01320 and 01330. 3. For handling requests fir substitutions made after award of the Contract: SEC'TiON 01631. 1.02 DEFINITIONS: A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in these Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structures," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well-recognized meanings in the construction industry, 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. 'file term "product" includes the terms "Material," "Equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. a. "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 2. "Materials" are products substantially shaped,cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational or nonoperational parts, whether motorized, or manually operated, that may require service connections, such as wiring or piping. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittal of preliminary procurement schedule is specified in SECTION 01320 - PROJECT MEETINGS, SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS. B. Submittals for products are specified in SECTION 01330 and in applicable Sections of DIVISIONS 2 through 16. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between 2 or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Nameplates: Along with required labels and operating data, manufacturer or producer's nameplates, imprints, or trademarks may be placed on surfaces exposed to view. I. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surfaces or, where required for observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power-operated Equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface that is JEF01600,1 01600-1 SECTION 01600 - EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: continued 0 inconspicuous in Occupied Spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data: a. Name ofproduct and manufacturer including address (raid telephone number). b. Model and serial number. C. Capacity. d. Speed. C. Ratings. D. Year 2000 Compliance: 1. Contractor warrants that all equipment, devices, items, systems, software, hardware, and firmware provided shall be Year 2000 compliant, meaning that they shall properly, appropriately, and consistently function and accurately process date and time data (including without limitation: calculating, comparing, and sequencing)on and after December 31, 1999, including leap year calculations. This warranty supersedes anything in the Specifications or other Contract Documents which might be construed inconsistently. This warranty is applicable whether the equipment, device, item, system, software, hardware, or firmware is specified with or without reference to a manufacturer's name, make, or model number. 1.05 'i'RANSPORTATION AND SHIPMENT: A. Shipment Preparation: 1. Contractor shall require manufacturers and Suppliers to prepare products for shipment in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling, and to protect against damage, deterioration, or unnecessary eXposure to the elements in transit and storage. Provisions ' for protection shall include the following: a. Crates or other suitable packaging materials. b. Covers and other means to prevent corrosion, moisture damage, mechanical injury, and accumulation of dirt in motors, electrical equipment, and machinery. d C. Suitable rust-preventive compound on exposed machined surfaces and unpainted iron and steel. d. Grease packing or oil lubrication in all bearings and similar items. B. Marking: Each product item shall be tagged or marked as identified in the delivery schedule or on Submittals. Complete packing lists and bills of material shall be included with each shipment. Each piece of every item need not be marked separately, provided that all pieces of each item are packed or bundled together and the packages or bundles are properly tagged or marked. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the Site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. Allow ample time to avoid delay of the Work. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to the Site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system,complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and Installing. 4. inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. Inspect shipment to assure: 01600-2 JEF01600.1 SECTION 01600 - EQUIPMI NI'AND MATERIALS: continued a. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed Submittals. b. Quantities are correct. C. Containers and packages are intact and labels are legible. d. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 5. Store products at the Site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Mark deliveries of component parts of Equipment to identify the Equipment, to permit easy accumulation of parts, and to facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy Materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, and with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. &. Protect motors, electrical Equipment, plumbing fixtures, and machinery of all kinds against corrosion, moisture deteriorations, mechanical injury, and accumulation of dirt or other foreign matter. 9. Protect exposed machined surfaces and unpainted iron and steel as necessary with suitable rust-preventive compounds. 10. Protect bearings and similar items with grease packing or oil lubrication. H. Handle and store steel plate, sheet metal, and similar items in a manner to prevent deformation. • 12. For storage of pipe and other products on casements and rights-of-way in residential and commercial areas, do not exceed the minimum required by scheduled laying operations, and conform to all requirements of public authorities. Store or place pipe along roads, set back from shoulder or curb, and at an angle tending to deflect vehicles if struck. Place or block pipe to preclude its accidental movement. B. Handling: 1. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to unload and handle products, by methods to prevent damage or soiling to products, or packaging. 2. Handle by methods to prevent bending or overstressing. Where lifting points are designated, lift components only at those points. 3. Provide additional protection to surrounding surfaces as necessary to prevent damage. C. Maintenance of Storage: I. Inspect stored products on a scheduled basis. 2. Verify that storage facilities comply with manufacturer's product storage requirements, including environmental conditions continually maintained. 3. Verify that surfaces of products exposed to elements are not adversely affected; that any weathering of finishes is acceptable under requirements of Contract Documents. q. For mechanical and electrical Equipment in long-term storage, provide manufacturer's service instructions to accompany each item, with notice of enclosed instructions on exterior of package. Service Equipment on a regularly scheduled basis. D. Protection After Installation: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from subsequent construction operations. Remove coverings when no longer needed or as specified. JEFO 1600.1 01600-3 SECTION 01600 - EQUI I'M ENf AND MATERIALS: continued PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS ELECTI ON: A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise specified or indicated, new at the time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect. 2. Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Continued Availability: Where, because of the nature of its application, Owner is likely to need replacement parts or additional amounts of a product at a later date, either for maintenance and repair or replacement, provide standard products for which the manufacturer has published assurances that the products and its parts are likely to be available to Owner at a later date. 4. Conform to applicable Specifications, codes, standards, and regulatory agencies. 5. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by Engineer. 6. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages, to be interchangeable. C. Equipment and Materials shall be suitable for service conditions intended. d. Equipment capacities, sizes, and dimensions indicated or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing by Engineer. C. Provide labels and nameplates where required by regulatory agencies or to state identification and essential operating data. d 7. Do not use products for any purpose other than that for which designed. 8. To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind front a single source. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS: A. C0111ply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products ill the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place except as required for proper movement and performance, and accurately located and aligned with other Work. 1. Obtain and distribute copies of manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations if not a part of Submittals, containers, or packaging to parties involved in the installation, including a copy to Engineer and Resident Project Representative, 2. Maintain one complete set of instructions at the Site during installation and until completion. 3. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in accordance with such instructions and in conformance with specified requirements. ShOUld job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions,consult Nvith Engineer for further instructions. B. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. CND OF S{.0 I ION Ol 60 ) 01600-4 JEF01600.1 4 SECTION 01631 - SUBSTITUTIONS PART I - GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Requirements for submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule: SECTIONS 01320 and 01330, 2. Requirements governing Contractor's selection of products: SECTION 01600. 1.02 DEFINITIONS: A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, B. Substitutions: Changes in products, Materials, Equipment, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be requests for substitutions: 1. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by Owner or Engineer. 2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract Documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Substitution Request Submittal: Engineer will consider written requests for substitution if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 60 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of Engineer. 1. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in the form and according to procedures required for Change Order proposals. Requests for substitution shall not be submitted in the form of a Request for information (RFi). 2. Identify the Equipment or Material, the fabrication, or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section/Article and Drawing numbers. 3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: a. Statement indicating why specified product or method of construction cannot be provided. b. Coordination information. including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. C. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. d. Product data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. C. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Identification of available sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. g. A statement indicating the effect of the substitution on Contractor's construction progress schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on the overall Contract Times, !f JEFO 1631.1 01631-1 SECTION 01631 - SlJBs'fiTUTIONS: continued specified product cannot be provided within the Contract Times, provide letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating; lack of availability or delay in delivery. h. An itemized estimate of costs that will result directly or indirectly from approval of the substitution, including: (1) A proposal of the net change, if any, in the Contract Price. (2) Costs of redesign required by the proposed change. (3) Costs of resulting claims as determined in coordination with other contractors having work on the Project affected by the substitution. i. Statement indicating whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. j. Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents, will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, is similar in substance to that specified, and is suitable for same use as that indicated and specified. k. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 4. Engineer's Action: if necessary, Engineer will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. Engineer will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within two weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBSTiTUTIONS: A. Conditions: Engineer will receive and consider Contractor's request for substitution when one 4 or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by Engineer. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. i. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed substitution is in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 3. Substitution request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted. 4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Times. Engineer will not consider the request if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 5. The request is directly related to an "or-equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 6. The requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage, in cost,time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. 7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 01631-2 JEF01631.1 c SECTION 01631 - SUBSTITUTIONS: continued 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The'specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. B. Engineer's review and acceptance of Submittals shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Engineer's acceptance of Submittals not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval of a substitute. Acceptance by Engineer shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Submittals. PART 3 - EXECUTION -Not Applicable. END OF SECTION 01631 y Y JEF01631.1 01631-3 SECTION 01750 - MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes requirements of manufacturers for services to he performed at the Project Site in regards to erection, start-up, and testing of Equipment. 1.02 SERVICES REQUIRED: A. Services with Equipment and Materials Furnished Under this Contract: 1. Furnish the services of qualified field personnel from the Suppliers or manufacturers of Equipment furnished and installed under this Contract, as required to perform all manufacturer's Field Services called for in the Specifications. Field personnel shall be certified by the Supplier or manufacturer of the specific product or system as having the necessary knowledge and experience to perform the required functions. 2. Where such service is specified, Contractor shall not perform any Work related to the installation or operation of Equipment furnished and installed under this Contract without direct observation and guidance of the Supplier's or manufacturer's field personnel uniess Engineer concurs otherwise. 3. Contractor shall arrange for the Supplier's or manufacturer's field personnel to perform the following: a. Observe the erection, installation, start-up, and testing of Equipment. b. Instruct and guide Contractor in proper procedures. C. Supervise the initial start-up, operational check, and any required adjustments of Equipment, e d. instruct Owner's designated personnel in proper operation and maintenance of all Equipment. C. Furnish a written report to Engineer covering all Work done at least once each week and when Work on each item of Equipment or system is completed. 4. Advise Engineer of arrival at the Site of all Supplier's and manufacturer's field personnel. PART 2- PRODUCTS: Specified inapplicable Sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 OPERATION AND TESTING: A. Placing Equipment in Operation: 1. Place all Equipment installed under this Contract into successful operation according to instructions of the Supplier, manufacturer, or field representative, including making all required adjustments,tests,operation checks, and the following: a. Cleaning, sounding, blowing-out, and flushing of lubricating oil and water systems, and other pipelines. b. Lubrication (lubricants supplied by Contractor unless specified to be furnished by Owner or others). C. Tests of lubrication system safety interlocks and system performance. d. Final alignment checks and measurements made under observation of Engineer and Owner. Alignment checks shall include opening connections, if required, to ensure there are no abnormal stresses on Equipment from pipes, ducts, or other attachments. Alignment shall be within tolerances specified by the manufacturer, and measurements shall be recorded and furnished to Engineer. C. Motor rotation checks before connecting couplings. f. Inspection of sleeve bearings for adequate contact. JEF01750.1 01750-1 SECTION 0 175- MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: Continued g. Checking of anchor-bolt tensions, grout,and shims. Tighten anchor bolts with calibrated torque wrenches using care not to over stress bolts. 2. After "run-in" and acceptance of alignment, affix major Equipment in place using standard tapered dowels with jack-out nuts at head end to facilitate removal. 3. Record all above operations on forms furnished by Engineer. 4. Furnish all necessary attendants and personnel as part of the Work to accomplish the above operations until such time as individual items, systems, Equipment, or sections of the plant arc acceptable for operation by Owner. 5. Provide attendants on a continuous basis as required to complete events without interruption once they have been started. 6. Contractor shall provide electricity, water, and lubricants for placing Equipment in operation. Owner's operating personnel will assist. B. Performance Tests: 1. Equipment Furnished Under this Contract: a. Owner may conduct acceptance tests after installation to determine if the Equipment installed as part of the Work perform in accordance with Contract Documents and as guaranteed. Final acceptance of Equipment(or Substantial Completion)will be based on acceptable results of such tests. b. No tests will be conducted on Equipment for which Supplier's or manufacturer's Field Service is specified unless Supplier's or manufacturer's field representative is present and declares in writing that the Equipment is ready for such test. C. Contractor will be notified by Owner so that Contractor can have a representative or manufacturer's representative present during any tests of Equipment for which • Supplier's or manufacturer's Field Service is not specified. d. The tests will be made as set forth in the Contract Documents unless the interested parties mutually agree upon some other manner of testing. END OF SECTION 01750 01750-2 JEF01750.1 w SECTION 01780 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: I. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Instruction book and operating manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning, B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections of the Specifications. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion and final Acceptance: GI:NERAI, PROVISIONS. 2. Submittals: SECTION 01330. 3. Manufacturer's Field Service: SECTION 01 750. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLP,,riON: A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the fallowing. List exceptions in the request. • I. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial ® Completion is claimed, show 100% completion for the portion of'the Work claimed as Substantially Complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Price. b, If 100%completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete Work, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship Bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and subunit releases enabling Owner unrestricted use of,the Work and access to services and utilities, Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, instruction books and operating manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record inforn-iation. G. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7, Make final changeover of'permanent locks and transmit keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the Site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar clernents. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. "Pouch tip and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspcetiou, Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of unfilled illed requirements. Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise Contractor of construction that must lie completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. JEFO1780.1 01780-1 SECTION 01780 - CONTRACT CLOS[,,OUT: continued 1. Engineer will repeat inspection when requested and assured by Contractor that the Work is Substantially Complete. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements f'or final acceptance. 1.03 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement,accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Price. 3. Submit a certified copy of Engineer's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by Engineer. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by Engineer. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the Date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance , requirements. • B. Reinspection Procedure: Engineer will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to Engineer. I. Upon completion of reinspection, Engineer will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. 3 If the Work is incomplete, Engineer will advise Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. 1.04 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMI'i"PALS: A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for Engineer's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 2. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. Mark each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. 3. Mark new information that is important to Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 4. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 01780-2 JEFO1780.1 w SEC'I'ION 01780 - CONTitAC f CLOSEOU i': continued 5. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, Bind sets with durable-paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. 6. Upon completion of the Work, submit record drawings to Engineer for Owner's records. 7. include the following: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. C. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. d. Where Submittals are used for mark-up, record a cross-reference at corresponding location on Drawings. c. Field changes of dimension and detail. f. Changes made by Change Order or other Modifications. g. Details not on original Contract Drawings. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Contract Documents including Addenda. Include with the Contract Documents one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and Modifications issued in printed form during construction. I. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and product data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to Engineer for Owner's records. t 5. include the following: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of Equipment actually installed, particularly optional and substitute items. b. Changes made by Addendum, Change Order, or other Modifications. C. Related Submittals. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each product data Submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the Site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record product data to Engineer for Owner's records. E, Record Samples Submitted: immediately prior to Substantial Completion, Contractor shall meet with Engineer and Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to Owner for record purposes. Comply with Owner's instructions regarding packaging, identification, and delivery to Owner. F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and Submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion,complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to Engineer for Owner's records. JL'•F01780.1 01780-3 e SECTION 01780 - CON'T'RACT CLOSEOUT: continued G. Instruction Books and Operating Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size as specified in SECTION 01330. 1-1. Warranties and Bonds: Specified in GENERAL PROVISIONS and SECTION 01330. 1.05 SPAIiE PARTS: A. Products Required: 1. Provide to Owner the quantities of products, spare parts, maintenance tools, and maintenance materials specified in individual Sections, in addition to that required for completion of Work. 2. Products shall be identical to those installed in the Work. Include quantities required from Supplier or manufacturer of'original purchase to avoid variations in manufacture. B. Storage, Maintenance: 1. Coordinate with Owner. Deliver and unload spare products to Owner at Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. 2. For portions of the Work accepted and occupied by Owner prior to Substantial Completion, deliver the applicable spare products to Owner at time of acceptance. Obtain receipt. 3. Maintain spare products in original containers with labels intact and legible, until delivery to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable. A PAR•r 3 - EXECUTION • 3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of Equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with Owner's personnel at Project Site to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: I. Instruction books and operating manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5, Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards, hazardous chemicals data sheets. 10. Cleaning. It. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating Equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Start-up. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustnents. 5. Safety procedures, 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 01780-4 XF01780.1 M a SECTION 01780 - C'ON l'IZAC'I' C'I.OSI--'()11'1': continued C. Manufieturer's field Services: Specified in SI C'I'ION 01750. 3.02 FINAL, C'I,EANING: A. General The GENl;RAL PROVISIONS require general cleaning during construction. Regular Site cleaning is included in SECTION 01530, 13. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners For final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in it normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. I. Complete the Following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. It, Remove labels that are not permanent labels. b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable, vision- obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. C. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Clean concrete floors to it "broom clean" condition. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical Equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. e. Remove debris and surface dirt from limited-access spaces including roof's, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment Vaults, manholes, in(] similar spaces. f. Clean the Site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and t other Foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even-textured surface. g. Clean and polish plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains including those resulting from water exposure. It, Clean light fixtures and lamps so as to function with full efficiency. 2. Remove temporary structures, tools, equipment, supplies, and surplus materials. 3. Remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed to protect previously completed Work. 4. Special Cleaning: Cleaning for specific units of Work is specified in applicable Sections of Specifications. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations ofauthorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials front the Site and dispose of lawfully. 1. Extra I11aterialS Of VaIIIC remaining tiller completion of associated Work become Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by Owner. E. Repairs: 1. Repair damaged protective coated surfaces. JEF01780.1 017110-5 SECTION 0178gCQNTRACT uoswUT: continued 2. Repair roads, walks, fences,and other items damaged or deteriorated because of construction operations, 3. Restore all ground areas affected by construction operations. END or, sL'CTION 01780 1 01780-6 JEF01780.1 Mimi r. A DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION S1 CTION 02301 - SIT I" PREPAIWHON AND FARTI IWORK PART I - 01-iNI;RAI, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes all excavating, trenching, filling, embankment construction, backfrlling, compacting, grading, and all related items necessary to complete the Work indicated or specified. 1.02 R1I ERBNCEIS: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. C88 - Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. b. D698 - 'Pest Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-Ibf%ft'). C. D1241 - Materials for Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses. d. D2167 - Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of'Soil In-Place by Rubber Balloon Method. e. D2922 - 'Pest Methods for Density of'Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear • Methods(Shallow Depth). I'. D3017 - 'Pest Method far Moisture Content of soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth). g. D4253 - 'rest Method for Maximum Index Densitv and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. Ii. D4254 - Test Method firr Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. i. D43 Ili - 'rest Method for I-iquid limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. J. D4546 - 'rest Methods for One-Dimensional Swell/Settlement Potential of Cohesive Soils. 2. Occupational Safety and I Iealth Administration (OSHA): a. Part 1926 - Safely surd health Regulations for Construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Where selecting an option for excavation, trenching, and shoring in compliance with local, state, or federal safety regulations such as "OSI IA Part 1926" or successor regulations, which require design by a registered professional engineer, submit (For information only and not for Ingineer approval) the following: I. Copies of design calculations and notes 1'or sloping, benching, support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems prepared by or under the supervision of a professional engineer legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. 2. Documents provided with evidence of registered professional engineer's seal, signature, and date in accordance with appropriate state licensing requirements. JEF-02301.1 02301-1 A SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARA'T'ION AND EARTHWORK: continued PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ENCOUNTER I D: A. Materials suitable for use in embankment and fill include material that is free of debris, roots, organic matter, frozen matter, and which is free of stone having;any dimension greater than 2 inches in areas requiring a high degree of compaction, or 4 inches in other embankment and (ill areas: i. Co}nesionlcss materials include gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, sands, and gravelly sands generally exclusive of clayey and silty material--materials which are free-draining, for which impact compaction will not produce a well-defined moisture-density relationship curve, for which the maximum density by impact methods will generally be less than by vibratory methods, and for which generally less than I S% by dry weight of'soil particles pass a No. 200 square-mesh sieve. 2. Cohesive materials include silts and clays generally exclusive of sands and gravel--materials for which impact compaction will produce a well-defined, moisture- density relationship curve. B. Materials unsuitable for use in embankment and fill include all material that contains debris, roots, organic matter, frozen matter, gravel, stone, or shale particles with any dimension greater than 2 inches in areas requiring a high degree of compaction or 4 inches in other embankment and (ill areas, or other materials that are determined by Engineer as too wet or otherwise unsuitable for providing a stable subgrade or stable foundation for structures. C. Material encountered for embankment or till: I. Borrow materials shall not exhibit characteristics of high shrink-swell potential as • determined from Atterberg limit tests (ASTM D4318)and/or swell/pressure tests (ASTM D454G). 2. For soils used below structural elements, such as footings, slabs, pavements, and mats, that portion of material passing the No. 40 square-nnesh sieve shall have a liquid limit not exceeding 40 and a plasticity index not exceeding 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D43 IS. D. All materials encountered, regardless of type, character, composition and condition thereof shall be unclassified. Estimate quantity of various nnatcrials included prior to submitting Bid Form. Rock encountered shall be handled at no additional cost to Owner. L. Waste material includes excess usable materials and materials unsuitable for use in the Work, in accordance with Paragraph 3.02.F. F. Borrow materials include the following: I. Acceptable fill materials, granular materials, and topsoil obtained from locations arranged for by Contractor off'the Site. Required to (lie extent sufficient suitable materials are not obtained from excavation and trenching. 2. Obtaining, excavating, handling, and Imal disposal of materials. 2.02 GRANULAR MATERIAL: A. Crushed stone or gravel indicating a loss of not more than 15% alter 5 cycles when tested for soundness with sodiunn sulfate as described in ASTM C88 and ofthe fallowing gradation: Standard Square-Mesh Sieve Percent Passim U.S. Size or No. 100 3/4-inch 60-100 1/2-inch 0-5 No. 4 02301-2 JEF02301.1 A SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARATION AND I;AI21'I-IWOIZK: continued 2.03 l Ml3ANKMENT AND FILL MA'T'ERIAL,: A. Material shall be free of roots,or other organic matter, refuse, ashes, cinders, frozen earth, or other unsuitable material. B. Use suitable material sufficiently friable for embankment to provide a dense mass free of voids and capable of satisfactory compaction. C. Do not use material containing gravel, stones, or shale particles greater in dimension than one- half the depth of the layer to be compacted. D. Moisture content shall be that required to obtain specified compaction of the soil. E. Perform moisture curing by wetting;or drying of the material as required to attain required compaction criteria. 2.04 rRENCI-I STABILIZATION MAT'f;R1AL: A. Quarry-run stone 70-90% by weight greater than 2-inch size stones shall be durable, free from cracks and other defects.. 2.05 RIPRAN: A. Quarry-run stone with average size stones weighing 36 to 68 kilograms(80 to 150 pounds) each. At least 90% shall weigh more than 36 kilograms (80 pounds) each. 13. Stones shall be durable, free from cracks, seams, and other defects which would tend to increase deterioration from natural causes. C. Dirt, sand or clay shall not exceed 5% by weight. A PART 3 - EXI'C.0"PION 3.01 SITFI' PREPARATION: A. Clraring, Grubbing, and Demolition: 1 1. Perform only in areas where earthwork or other construction operations are to be performed. 2. Protect tops, trunks, and roots of existing trees which are to remain on the Site. 3. Clear areas and dispose of other trees, brush, and vegetation before starting construction. 4. I:emove tree stumps and roots larger than 3 inches in diameter and backfill-resulting excavations with approved material. 5. Remove existing construction to limits indicated or as required to accommodate new construction. 6. Dispose of debris off the Site or by burying on the Site in a manner acceptable to Owner. 13. Stripping: I. Remove topsoil From areas within limits of excavation, trenching and borrow, and areas designated to receive embankment and compacted rill as follows: 2. Scrape areas clean of all brush, grass, weeds, roots, and other material. 3. Strip to depth of approximately 6 inches or to a sufficient depth to remove excessive roots in heavy vegetation or brush areas rind as required to segregate topsoil. 4. Stockpile topsoil in areas where it will not interfere with construction operations or existing facilities. Stockpiled topsoil shall be reasonably free ofsubsoil, debris, and stones larger than 2 inches in diameter. 5, Remove waste fronn the Site. JEF02301.1 02301-3 SI:CI'ION 02301 - SI'I'1: PRI I'AItA'I'ION AND f?AIZ'I'I IWOItK: continual 3.02 EXCAVATION AND'I'R FIN C:IIING: A, Sheeting an(] Bracing: I. Design, furnish, place, maintain, and subsequently remove, to the extent required, a system of temporary supports for cut and cover, open cut, or trench excavations, including bracing, dewatering, and associated items to support the sides and ends of the excavations where excavation slopes might endanger in-place or proposed improvements, extend beyond construction right-of ways, or as otherwise specified or indicated. 2. Provide on Site prior to start of excavation in each section, and make such adjustments as are required to meet unexpected conditions, 3. Space and arrange sheeting and bracing as required to exclude adjacent material and according to the stability of excavation slopes. 4, Contractor shall make his own assessment of existing conditions including adjacent property, the possible effects of his proposed temporary works and construction methods, and shall select and design such support systems, methods, and details as will assure safety to the public, adjacent property, and the completed Work, 5. Modify or relocate Underground Facilities, at no additional cost to Owner or Engineer, if existing Underground Facilities interfere with Contractor's proposed method of support. G. f:mploy caution in the areas of Underground facilities, which shall be exposed by hand or other excavation methods acceptable to Owner. 7. Perforn•r sheeting, shoring, and bracing for trench excavation, Underground Facilities, and fir other purposes in accordance with the safety and protection requirements of the General Conditions. 8, Provide sheeting, shoring, and bracing for trench excavation in the subgrade of the • excavation to prevent movement cif the main excavation support system. 9. Provide shoring, sheeting, and bracing as indicated or as needed to meet the following requirements: I. Prevent undermining and damage to all structures, buildings, Underground l Facilities, pavements, and slabs. b. Excavations shall be accomplished with vertical banks where necessary For construction activities or as indicated, and also within all limits of excavation noted on the Drawings. C. Design excavation support system and components to support lateral earth pressures, unrelieved hydrostatic pressures, utility loads, traffic ancf construction loads, and building and 011ie• surcharge loads to allow the safe and expeditious construction ofthe permanent structures without movement or settlement of the ground, and to prevent damage to or rturventent ol'acdjacent buildings, structures, Underground Facilities, and tither improvements. The design shall account for stated removal of bracing to suit the scqueice ofconcrete placement for permanent structures and backfill. d. I-,xcepl as otherwise specified herein, shoring and sheeting materials may be extracted and reused at Contractor's option; however, Contractor shall remove and replace any existing structure or Underground Facility damaged during shoring and sheeting. Remove sheeting and bracing; as backfill progresses, Fill voids left after withdrawal with sand or other material approved b;,, Engineer. V, ` Mitre shoring and sheeting materials must be left in-place in the completed Work to prevent settlements to or damage within adjacent structures or as direcled by Resident Project Representative, backfill the excavation to 3 feet below the finished grade and remove the remaining exposed portion of the shoring before completing the backfill. I f soldier piles and wood lagging are used for shoring, remove wood 02301-4 JEF02301.I SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARATION AND FAR'T'1IWORK: continued lagging to within 3 feet of finished grade in incremental steps of approximately 6 inches as the hackfill is constructed, or to Contractor's design if more stringent. The location of all shoring and sheeting left in-place shall be documented opt drawings and provided to Engineer and Owner. 10. Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper design, installation, operation, maintenance, and any failt.rre of any component of the system. Review by Engineer of the drawings and data submitted by Contractor shall not in any way be considered to relieve Contractor from full responsibility for errors therein or (roan the entire responsibility for complete and adequate design and performance of the sheeting and shoring system. 11. Provision For Contingencies: a. The performance of the components of the support system shall be monitored for both vertical and horizontal movement three tinnes a week. b. A contingency plan or alternative procedure shall be provided for implementation, if the desired system does not adequately perform. C. The materials and equipment necessary to implement the contingency plan shall be kept readily available. 12. Damages: a. Contractor shall document all existing damage to adjacent facilities and submit the information to Owner prior to performing any excavation. Documentation shall include a written description, diagrams, measurements, and appropriate • photographs. b. Repair all damage resulting from Contractor's excavation and remove and replace all undermined pavements with Owner-approved equal, either concrete or asphalt, at Contractor's expense. 13. Explosives: Blasting will not be permitted. t C. Excavation for Structures: I. Excavate area adequate to pernnit efficient erection and removal of forms. 2. Trim to neat lines where details call for concrete to be deposited against earth. 3. Excavate by hand in areas where space and access will not permit use of machines. 4. Notify Engineer immediately when excavation has reached the depth indicated. 5. Restore bottom of excavation to proper elevation with compacted granular material in areas overexcavated. 17. Trenching for Underground Utilities: 1. Side Walls: a. Make vertical or sloped within specif icd trench width limitations below a plane 12 inches above top of pipe. b. Make vertical or sloped as required for stability, above a plane 12 inches above top of pipe. C. Excavate without undercutting. 2. Trench Depth: a. Excavate to depth sufficient to provide the mininnum bedding ri:quements for the ir pipe being placed. b. Do not exceed that indicated where conditions of hottonn are satisfactory. C. Increase depth as necessary to remove unsuitable supporting materials. 3. Trench Bottom: a. Protect and maintain when suitable natural materials are encountered. • 1). Remove rock fragments and materials disturbed during excavation or raveled from trench walls. w • JEF02301.1 02301-5 S1:C"I'ION 023(11 - SI'l'f? I'Itl?I'AlZA'1'1(')N ANh {;Ali'I l IWOItK: continued C. Restore to proper subgrade with trench stabilization material when overexcavated. Payment shall conform to the Unit Price stipulated in the Bid form for authorized replacement ofunsuitablc materials. Correct at no additional coA to(honer when french is overexcavuted without authority or to stabilize hollonl rendered unsuitable through negligence or improper operations. 4. Trench width: a. Iixcavatc trench to it width which will permit satisfactory jointing of the pipe and thorough tamping ofbedding. h. Do not exceed following trench widths: (I} Below it plane 12 inches above lop of pipe: 2 feet greater than outside diameter of pipe. (2) Above plane defined in 1., no maximum limit. (3) Maximum trench width limitations shall apply in all areas more than 3 feet from manhole or structure walls. (4) Maximum width shall be as near the minimum specified its can he controlled by construction equipment and methods used. S. Pill and Embankment Areas: Perform trenching only after compacted fill or embankments have reached an elevation of'not less than I foot above the top of the pipe. 13, I)ewatering: I. General: a. Contractor shall design and provide the (IGwatering system using accepted and prolessional methods of'design and engineering consistent with the best current practice to eliminate water entering the excavation under hydrostatic head from the bottom and/or sides. The system shall he designed to prevent differential hydrostatic head which may occur front rising water levels front adjoining or nearby bodies of water, proximity of excavation tit phreatic groundwater level, or surface runoff; and which would result in floating out soil particles in it manner termed as a "quick" or "boiling" condition. System shall not be dependent solely upon sumps anti/or pumping water front within the excavation where differential head would result in it "quick" condition, which would continue to worsen the integrity of the excavation's stability. h. Provide dewatering system ol'a sufficient size and capacity as required to control ground and surfitce water flow into tilt excavation and to allow all Work to be installed in a try condition, including the obtaining of a licensed well-driller, where retluired. C. Control, by acceptable means, all water regardless of source and be fully responsible For disposal of the water. d. Conine all discharge piping and/or ditches to the available casement or to additional casement obtained by Contractor. Provide all necessary means (or disposal ofthc water, including the obtaining ofall necessary permits and of additional easement at no additional cost to Owner. e. Control groundwater in it manner that preserves the strength of the foundation soils, does not cause instability or raveling ol'lhe excavation slopes, and does not result in damage to existing structures. Where necessary to these purposes, lower the water level in advance ofexcavation, using wells, wellpoinls,jet eductors, or similar positive methods. The water level as measured in piezometers shall be maintained a minimum of I meter(3 feet) below the prevailing excavation level. f. Commence dewatering with means to provide positive dewatering of all water sources prior to any appearance oflvater Ill excavation and eowinue Until Work is 02301-6 JEF02301.1 As SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARA'TiON AND I AR'TIIWORK: continued complete to the extent that no damage results from hydrostatic pressure, floatation, or other causes. g. open pumping with sumps and ditches shall be allowed, provided it (foes not result in boils, loss of tines, softening of the ground, or instability of slopes. h. install wells and/or wellpoints, if required, with suitable screens and fillers, so that continuous pumping of lines does not occur, Arrange the discharge to facilitate collection of samples by Owner or Resident Project Representative. During normal pumping, and upon development of well(s), levels of fine ,,and or silt in the discharge water shall not exceed 5 ppm. Install a sand tester on the discharge of each pump during testing to verify that levels are not exceeded. i. Install, operate, and maintain the dewatering system required to control surface and/or groundwater. J. Control grading around excavations to prevent surface water from flowing into excavation areas. k. Drain or pump as required to continuously maintain all excavations and trenches Free of water or mud from any source, and discharge to approved drains or drainage channels. Commence when water First appears and continue until Work is complete to the extent that no damage will result from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other causes. I. No additional payment will be made for any supplemental measures to control seepage, groundwater, or artesian head. 0 2. Design: Contractor shall designate and obtain the services of a qualif led dewatering specialist or expert to provide a dewatering plan as may be necessary to complete the Work. Contractor shall provide dewatering plan at the time of Bid submission. Rents to lie provided shall include, but not be limited to, the following: fi (i) Drawings indicating the general location and sire of berms, dikes, ditches, all deep wells, observation piezometer wells, wellpoints,jet. eductors, sumps and discharge liner;, including their relation to water disposal ditches. (2) Make, model and capacities of pumps, prime movers, power generators, and standby equipment. (3) Design calculations, including any computer modeling, to show adequacy of system and selected equipment, estimated (low rate of water to be discharged, and estimated duration for groundwater to be drawn down to elevations required for excavation. (d) Detailed description of dewatering procedure and maintenance method. (5) Description of emergency plan to protect in-place construction in the event of an Unanticipated rise in groundwater(file to loss of power or other unexpected conditions or inundation from surfince water. (6) Additional details, as requested by ingincer. (7) Specific iterlls to be included addressing dewatering operations using wells, wellpoints, or jet eductors shall consist ofthe following: (a) Diameter of hole drilled. (b) 'Type of equipment and method of well installation. (c) Diameter and material type of well casing inserted. (d) Elevation of top of each well. (e) Screen opening sizes. (1) Screened interval or elevations of segments in well that are screened. (g) Backfill gravel pack zone elevations. w » JI1'02301.1 02301-7 SEC.'HON 02301 - SITU" PREPARATION AND EARTIIWORK: continued (h) Gravel pack gradation. (i) Size of pumps(watts) [(horsepower)j, (,j) Anticipated pumping capacity(I,/s) j(gpm)j. (k) Drawdown in well with time during pumping, (1) Drawdown in piezometers with time during pumping. (m) Number and location of wells. (n) Number and location of piezomcters. (o) Wellpoint details, (p) Certification license of'well-driller, where required. b. In preparing the dewatering plan,Contractor shall consider all available inforn►ation, together with Site constraints, excavation/sheeting requirements, and construction schedule. Other potential problems may require specific reference and amplification within the dewatering plan. C, After completion of the dewatering installation ;uul prior to commencement of excavation, Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review a detailed plan of the dewatering system as constructed, together with test data and computations demonstrating;that the.system is capable of achieving the specified results. d. Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper design, installation, operation, maintenance, and any failure of any component of'the system. Notice to Proceed issued by Owner or submittal ol'the dewatering plans and data by Contractor shall not relieve Contractor from full responsibility for errors therein or for complete and adequate design and performance of the system in controlling,the water level in the � excavated areas and for control of the hydrostatic pressures to the depths specified. e. Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy ol'the drawings, design data, and operational records required by this Section. f. Piezonteters and Groundwater Monitoring: {I) Contractor shall install as a minimum 10 piezon►eters, in addition to any t required by regulating agencies having jurisdiction, at locations prior to excavation below the groundwater level for the purpose of monitoring groundwater elevations in the vicinity of the excavation. The design and location of the piezomcters will he subject to approval by Engineer. (2) (.)[)serve and record twice daily the elevation of the groundwater at all of the piezomcters on a daily basis 7 days a week, and furnish a daily written summary of the observations to Resident Project Representative. Record groundwater elevations to the nearest 30 mm (0.1 foot), with observations conducted throughout the duration of any dewatering, and until dewatering is no longer required. (3) Monitor upstream and downstream river/stream levels to anticipate rising groundwater levels. (4) Repair or replace within 24 hours piezomcters that become inactive, damaged, or destroyed. If required, suspend excavation and construction activities in areas where piezomcters are not functioning properly until reliable observations can be made. Add or remove water front piezcmteter risers and demonstrate that piezomcters are functioning properly. (5) Remove and grout piezomcters when dewatering is completed, and in accordance with jurisdictional agencies. 3. Damages: a, Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair without cost to Owner any dan►age to work in place, other contractor's equipment, utilities, residences, 02301-8 J1:1:02301.1 • Sf:CTION 02301 - SITfi PR1,TARATION AND) FARTI-(WORK: continual highways, roads, railroads, private and municipal Well systems, adjacent structures, and the excavation, including damage to the bottom clue to heave and including but not limited to, removal and pumping slut of the excavated area that may result frolll Contractor's negligence, inadequate or improper design and operation of the dcwatering system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of the dcwatering system. b. Remove subgrade materials rendered unsuitable by excessive wetting and replace with approved backf ill material at no additional cost to Owner. 4. Maintaining Excavation in Dewatered Condition: a. Dewatering shall be a continuous operation. Interruptions due to power outages, or any other reason shall not be pennitted. b. Continuously maintain excavation ill a dry condition with positive dewatcring methods during preparation of subgrade, installation of pipe, and construction of structures until the critical period ofconstruction and/or bar.kfill is completed to prevent damage of subgrade support, piping, structure, side slopes, or adjacent facilities from flotation, or other hydrostatic pressure imbalance. C. provide standby equipment on Site, installed, wired, and available, for immediate operation if required to maintain dcwatering on a continuous basis in event any part of'system becomes inadequate or fails. If dcwatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatcring system, perform such work as play be required to restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional cost to Owner. d. Subsequent to completion of excavation and during the installation of all Work in the excavated area, Contractor shall maintain the excavation in a dewatered condition. C. System maintenance shall include but not be limited to 24-hour supervision by { personnel skilled in the operation, maintenance, and replacement of system Components, and any other work required to maintain the excavation in a dewatered condition. 5. System Removal: a. Contractor shall remove all dewatcring equipment from the Site, including related temporary electrical service. b. All wells shall be removed or cut offa minirntim of I teeter(3 feel) below the final ground sm-acc, capped, and abandoned in accordance with regulations by agencies having,jurisdietion. e. Removal work required under this paragraph does not include any of the Site cleanup work as required elsewhere in these Specifications. 6. R ivcr/Stream Crossings: a. River/Stream crossings exist as indicated along this Project, requiring excavation below potential stream or river phreatic levels. Dcwatering methods shall incorporate means to account for rising or varying water levels associated with these bodies of water and their interconnected waterways, whether surface or subsurface, to prevent threatening the integrity of the excavation, existing facilities, and Work under construction. b. Conforms to applicable requirements in all related Sections. C. Maintain area drainage during construction. d. Complete channel protection expeditiously following excavation. JEF02301.1 02301-9 A SECTION 02301 - tiff(: PREPARATION AND FAR'1 HWORK: continued 3.03 FARTIIWORK: A. Compaction: I. General: a. Excavate or backfill as required to construct subgrades to the elevations and grades indicated. b. Remove all unsuitable material and replace with acceptable fill material and perform all wetting, drying, shaping and compacting required to prepare subgrade. C. Exposed area to receive fill, hackfill, or embankment shall be proofrolled to detect localized zones of'excessively wet, unstable, organic, or low bearing capacity materials to the extent as follows: (I) Proofroll as a single-pass operation with conventional compaction equipment during subgrade preparation and prior to placement of fill, and as a spot check process without the need for complete coverage per unit area of tire. Soft spots shall be overexcavaled, backfilled, and compacted with suitable material. 2. Subgrade for fills and Embankments: Roughen by discing or scarifying and wet or dry top G inches as required to bond with fill or embankment. 3. Subgrade for Roadways, Drives, Parking Areas: a. Extend subgrade the full width of the pavement or base course, plus 1 foot in each direction. b. Except for the top f inches, compact subgrade embankments to 90% of maximum dry density within the moisture content range from 3% below optimum to 2% above • optimum. Optimum moisture and maximum dry density shall be determined by ASTM DG98. C. Compact the top G inches of subgrade for traflie areas and railroads in embankment or excavation to 95% of maxitnum dry density within the moisture content range 1 from 3% below optimum to 2% above optimum. Optimum moisture and maximum dry density ,hall be determined by ASTM D698. 13. Embankments and fills: I. Construct embankments to the contours and elevations indicated, using suitable approved material from excavations and borrow areas: a. Place fill material in 4-inch to 8-inch layers in areas requiring a high degree of compaction and in 8-inch to 12-inch layers in other embankment areas. b. Place embankment only on subgrades approved by fingincer. C. Do not place snow, ice, or frozen earth in fill; do not place fill on a frozen surface. 2. Obtain compaction by the controlled movement of equipment during the placing and grading of layers and to the minimum density specified for indicated locations. 3. Except as indicated otherwise, compact embankments and fills to 90% of maximum dry density within the moisture content range from 3% below optimum to 2% above optinitim. Optimum moisture and maximum dry density shall be as determined by ASTM D698, C. Pipe Embedment: I. Pipe bedding shall he as indicated using granular material. 2. Place granular embedment as follows: a. With level bottom layer at proper grade to receive and unili0rmly support pipe barrel throughout its length. b. form shallow depression under eacli joint to facilitatc jointing. e. Add second layer simultaneously to both sides of the pipe with care to avoid displacement. M 02301-10 JEf02301.1 y SI C'I'ION 02301 - SITR PRI PARATION AND FARTI f WORK: continued d. Complete promptly after completion of,jointing operations. C. Substitute for any part of earth backfill to within 2 feet of final grade at Contractor's option. 3. Compact granular embedment as fellows: a. In lifts not exceeding 12 inches in compacted depth. b. Rod, spade, or use pneumatic or vibratory equipment: (1) As required to obtain not less than 80% relative density as determined by ASTM Method D4253 and D4254. (2) Throughout depth of embedment. 4. Earth pipe embedment shall be as indicated and shall be used at impervious trench checks. Shape trench bottom to fit the pipe and backfill throughout depth of trench with impervious materials. Compact to 95% of maximum dry density within the moisture content range from 3% below optimum to 2% above optimum. Optimum moisture and maximum dry density shall be determined by ASTM D698. D. Back,filling: I. Backfill for structures and trenches shall be as specified in PART 3, Paragraph 3.0313 - I.-M13ANKMENTS AND FILLS, this Section, with the following additional provisions: 2. Structures: a. I3ackfill only after concrete has attained 70% design strength. b. fackfill adjacent to structures only after a sufficient portion of the structure has been built to resist the imposed load. C. Remove all debris from excavation prior to placement of material. " d. Place backfill in level layers of thickness within compacting ability of equipment used. C.c, 1'erfornt trtck(illing simultaneously on all sides of structures. 3. 'Trenches: j a. backfill for trenches shall he as specified for structures and as fellows: ( I) Complete promptly upon completion of pipe embedment and approval to proceed. (2) lJse hand methods to a plane 12 inches above top of pipe. (3) Mechanical methods shall be acceptable where hand backfill is not required. (4) Backf ill in layers of thickness within compacting ability of equipment used. (5) Until compacted depth over conduit exceeds 3 feet, do not drop fill material over 5 feet. Distance may then be increased 2 feet Cor each additional foot of cover. E. Site Grading: I. Excavate, fill, compact till, and rough grade to hring Project area Outside buildings to subgradcs as follows: a. For surfaced areas, to underside of respective surfacing or base course. b. For lawn and planted areas, to a minimum of 4 inches below finished grade. C. When rock is encountered in grading areas Outside buildings, overexcavate to depth specified and backfill to grade with earth compacted-in-place: (I) Under surfaced areas, to C inches below top of respective subgrades for such areas. (2) Under lawn and planted areas, to 24 inches helow finished grade except that boulder or protruding; rock outcrop, if so Indicated, shall he left undisturbed. JF.,F02301.1 02301-11 4 SECTION 02301 - SITF, PRI PARATION AND EARTHWORK: continued 2. Rough Grading: a. Grade and compact all areas within the Project area, including excavated and filled sections and adjacent transition areas, reasonably smooth, and free From irregular surface changes. b. Degree of finish shall be that ordinarily obtained from blade grader or scraper operations except as otherwise specified. C. Finished rough grades shall generally be not more than 0.5 foot above or below those indicated with (file allowance for topsoil. d. Tolerance for areas within 10 feet of building and areas to he paved shall not exceed 0.15 foot above or below established suhgradc. e, finish all ditches, swales, and gutters to drain readily. f. Unless otherwise indicated, slope the strbgrade evenly to provide drainage away (ron► building walls in all directions at a grade not less than 1/4 inch per foot. g. Provide roundings at top and bottom of hanks and at other breaks in grade. F. Topsoiling: 1. Material: Use the most suitable material obtained from excavation and stripping operations and borrow when required. 2. Placement: a. Clear areas free of vegetation, rock, and other materials which would interfere with grading and tillage operations. b. Bond topsoil to the subgrade by scarifying the subgr•ade to a depth of 2 inches. C. Spread topsoil to a minirnurn depth of 4 inches where grading; operations have left it less than 4 inches of topsoil in place. d. Grade topsoil to bring areas to grades as indicated and to ensure that all surfaces are Iclt in an even and properly compacted condition and to prevent ponding of water in depressions. 3. Cleanup: � a. Clean surface free of all stones or athcr ohjectc, larger than 2 inches in least dimension, all roots, brush, ►N ire, grading stakes, and other objectionable materials. b. Keep paved areas clean and promptly remove rock and dirt dropped upon surfacing. 3.04 RIPRAP: A. foundation Preparation: 1. Trim and dress areas r•aluir•ing riprap to confbrrn with lines as indicated within an allowable tolerance of t175 arm (:t3 inches) from the theoretical slope lines and grades. 2. fill areas below tolerance limit with suitable material and compact. 3. Do not place riprap until the hose has been accepted. 13. Placement: I. Place stones to full course thickness in one operation and in a manner to avoid displacing; the underlying material. 2. Place stone on the prepared base to produce a reasonably well-graded mass of stone in close contact and with a minimum of voids. 3. Place within a tolerance of 05 ►ntn (t 3 inches) from the theoretical slope lines and grades, but tolerance shall not exceed an area greater than 18 square meters(200 square feet). 4. Maintain the riprap protection Until accepted. replace any nur(cria) displaced, 3.05 MA1N'1T,'NANCf?• A, Protect newly graded and topsoiled areas from actions of the elements. 02301-12 .f F.F02301.1 SECTION 02301 - S11'[i i'REPAiZA'1'ION AND I?AR'1'I1WOiZK: continued 13. Fill and repair settling or erosion occurring prior to seeding and reestablish grades to the required elevations and slopes. C. Under provisions of the guarantee, Contractor is responsible for correcting any settlement of backfill and damages created thereby, within I year after acceptance of the Work. Make repairs within 10 days after notification by Owner of backfill settlement. 3.06 FIFLD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Compaction: I. Owner will, through services of an independent lahoratory, test all embankments, fills, and subgrades under this Contract to determine conformance with specified density relationships. 2. Method of test may be either of the following at Engineer's option: tt. ASTM 02167. b. ASTM D2922. C. ASTM D3017. 3. The frequency of tests shall be in compliance with jurisdictional requirements or as otherwise required by Owner. B. Subgrades: 1. Engineer will inspect all subgrades to determine conformance with indicated lines and grades. 2. Subgrades for roadways, drives, parking areas, and railroads shall have a maximum deviation ofnot more than 1/2 inch in any 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to file centerlines of subgrade areas, except that subgrades to receive aggregate-type surfacing shall have a maximum deviation of not more than 1 inch. 3.07 M1 ASUREMf":NT AND PAYMENT: A. 'french Stabilization Material: 1. The fixed prier: named in the Schedule of Prices for each ton of trench stabilization material shall include all materials, equipment and other Work required in connection with the placement or blending in place with trench stabilization material as specified or indicated. 2. Payment will be based on the tonnage of trench stabilization material placed only in areas where such operations are required by reason of unsuitable materials being enCOUntered, and will include only such material placed below the subgrade elevation indicated on the Contract Drawings, 3. No pa)'ment will be made for materials equipment or other Work required to restore the trench bottom to proper elevation when overexcavated without authority, or for stabilizing trench bottom, rendered unsuitable through negligence or improper operations. A. The number of tons of trench stabilization material for which payment will be made is to he determined by means of approved truck scales or other suitable weighing devices furnished or arranged For by Contractor. END OF SECTION 02301 J I�F02301.1 02301-13 SrxnON 02445 - UTILITY CASINGS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes casing pipe, installed by boring and jacking, carrier pipe alignment skids, sand sill, and end seals where indicated or where constructed at Contractor's option. Use when required to pass other utilities, streets, highways, railroads or obstructions without open excavation. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Petroleum Institute(API): a. API RP1102- Recommended Practice for Liquid Petroleum Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways. b. API 1104 - Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): a. A36- Structural Steel. b. A570- Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality. C. C32 - Sewer and Manhole Brick(Made from Clay or Shale). d. C270- Mortar for Unit Masonry. 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C200 - Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches (150 mm)and Larger. b. C206 - Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 't 4. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): a. SP-3 - Power Tool Cleaning. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Submit the following for acceptance prior to shipment: 1. Pipe alignment guides. 2. Guide spacer bands. C. Affidavits: I. Furnish for acceptance prior to shipment to jobsite. 2. Certify compliance with applicable standards for the following: a. Casing material. b. Casing paint coating/lining system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Casing Pipe: New, smooth wall, welded steel pipe fabricated from ASTM A36 plate or ASTM A570 sheet with a minimum yield point of 248 MPa(36,000 psi), conforming to AWWA C200. Furnish pipe with minimum wall thickness as follows: N JEF02445.1 02445-1 SECTION 02445 - UTILITY CASINGS: continued 1, Minimum Casing Thicknesses: Wall Thickness Under Under Casing Diameter Highways Railroads in, in. in. 24 0.281 0.4375 36 0.344 0,5625 2. Minimum casing inside diameter shall exceed outside diameter of carrier pipe joints or couplings by 100 mm (4 inches). 3. Schedule: Carrier Pipe Carrier Pipe Carrier Joint Casing Casing Min, Location Diameter Material Diameter Diameter Thickness Militia Drive 12" PVC 18" 24" 0.344" RR between One Color Way and Fence Line Road 2 x 8" PVC 2 x 9.17" 36" 0.5625" 1 x 2" RR Spur 12" PVC 18" 24" 0.4375" R B. Coatings and Linings: I. Coat exterior and line interior of all casing pipe with iron oxide primer applied at 0.04 mm (1,5 mils) minimum thickness. 2. Mold coatings back from end joints to be welded at least 50 nim (2 inches)each side of 1 joint.. C. Joints: I. All joints in steel pipe casings shall be Field welded to conform to API 1 104 or AW WA C206. 2. Clean to SSPC-SP3 and apply iron oxide field coating to all exterior joints after field welding. 3. Clean to SSPC-SP3 and apply iron oxide field coating to all interior joints on casings 600 mm (24-inch) diameter and larger afler field welding, PART 3 - EXECU'T'ION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. All Work shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of AN RP1 102 and the highway, railroad, or utility having jurisdiction, and shall be subject to their inspection and approval. M, Install Casing Pipes: 1, By boring with continuous flight auger, pneumatic or hydraulic jacking, or other acceptable method. Reinforce leading end of casing with jacking band, 2. Including measures for maintaining indicated line and grade for casings less than 600 mm (24-inch)diameter within a plus or minus tolerance of 0,5%. Maintain indicated line and grade for casings 600 ntm (24-inch) and larger within a plus or minus tolerance of 75 mm (3 inches)over length of casing, 02445-2 JEF02445.1 a SECTION 02445 - UTILITY CASINGS: continued 3. With working pits of adequate size to provide safe working conditions. Install sheeting and bracing to conform to DIVISION 2. 4. In such a manner as not to disrupt traffic or damage the roadway grade or surface. 5. Casings rejected due to misalignment or other failures to conform to Specifications shall be abandoned in place and filled with concrete grout. Casing pipe shall not be recovered for reuse. 3.02 PIPE ALIGNMENT SKIDS: A. Furnish skids for pipe alignment guides as indicated for all carrier pipe to be installed in casing. 1. Minimum spacing of skids shall be 3 in (10 feet)or every pipe joint, whichever is the lesser. 2. Size to fit outside diameter of carrier pipe and inside diameter of casing pipe. 3. Skids to be sized slightly larger than carrier pipe's outside joint diameter. Q. Provide either of the following: I. Stainless steel casing spacers with plastic runners, Cascade Waterworks Style CCS or Enginecr-approved equal. 3.03 SAND FILL AND END SEALS: A. Construct end seals (and fill annual space boween carricr pipe and casing with dry sand)as indicated and as follows: 1. After inside of casing has been thoroughly cleaned and approved by Engineer. 2. After carrier pipe has been permanently placed inside casing, tested, and approved. ® 3. Place dry sand by Engineer-approved method and equipment. 4. Brick end seals shall conform to ASTM C32, Gradc MS. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C270, Type M, with "type 11 portland cement and 'Type S lime. 1 END OF SECTION 02445 JEF02445.1 02445-3 A SEC'T'ION 02510 - PREISSURE PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes all pressure pipe, fittings, speeials, and appurtenances. B. Related Work Specified I"Isewhere: 1. Pipe Installation: SECTION 02535. 2. Valves and Accessories: SEC'T'ION 02515. 3. Protective Coatings: SECTION 09900. 1.02 RE1`ERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Association of State I lighway and '1'ransportFttion Officials (AASI•ITO). 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. Cl 10 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 Inel►es Through 48 Inches(75 min 'through 1,200 nun), for Water and Other liquids. b. Cl I I - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. C. C 115 - flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. d. C150 - Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe. C. C 151 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids. f. C 153 - Ductile-Iron Compact Filtings, 3 in. "Through 24 In. (76 min Through 610 a mm) and 54 In. Through 64 In. (1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm), for Water Service. g. 0900 - Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 Inch through 12 Inch, for Water Distribution. h. C907 - Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water, 4 Inch through 8 Inch (100 nun Through 200 min), i. M23 - PVC Pipc-Design and Installation. j. M41 - Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. 1316.1 - Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. b. 1316.21 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets fir Pipe Flanges. 4. American Society fir Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A307 - Carbon Steel Bolls and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. b. 1)1248 - Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. c. 1`477 - Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 5. National Sanitation Foundation (NSI'): It. 61 - Drinking Water System Components - I lealth Effects. 6. Society fir Protective Coatings(SSPC): a. SP I - Solvent Cleaning. b. SP3 - Power'lbol Cleaning. C. S115 - White Metal Blast Cleaning. d. SP7 - Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit its specified in DIVISION 1. B. Submit the following for acceptance prior to fabrication: 1. Pipe and joint details. 2. Special, fitting, and coupling details. A JEF02510.1 02510-1 SECTION 02510— PRESSURE? PiPE: continued 3. Laying and installation schedule. 4. Specifications, data sheets, and affidavits of compliance for protective shop coatings and linings. 5. Manufacturer's design calculations. C. Certificates and Affidavits: Furnish the Following Prior to Shipment: I. Affidavit of compliance with applicable standard. 2. Certificate or origin for all steel flanges. Flanges shall be manufactured in the U.S.A. 3, Test certificates. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers shall be experienced in the design and manufacture of pipe, fittings, specials, or appurtenances for a minimum period of 5 years. B. All pipe manufactured to AWWA C-200 series specifications shall be Furnished by a manufacturer certified by the Steel Plate Fabrication Association (SPAA) for steel pipe fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PiPE RE UIQ REME.;NTS: A. Furnish pipe of materials,joint types, and sizes as indicated or specified. B. Pipe shall be designed to withstand all stresses resulting from external loads and internal pressures listed in the following table plus applicable allowance for surge unless otherwise specified: Nominal Design Maximum Pipe Cover Live Internal Test Location Size Dmlth Load Pressure Pressure Fence Line Road 8" 5' 11-20 35 psi 100 psi C. Pipe Marking: All pipe and fittings shall be marked conforming to the applicable standard specification under which the pipe is manufactured and as otherwise specified. 2.02 DUCTILE:-IRON PIPE: A. Design and Manufacture of Pipe: I. Ductile-iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C1 15, 0150 and C151 except as otherwise specified. B. Dimensions: The minimum thickness as defined by pressure class for mechanical or push-on- type joint ductile-iron pipe shall be as follows: Nominal Minimum Location Pipe Size _Pressure Class Pump Station 8" 125 C. Joints: I. Mechanical and Push-On Type: a. Provide mechanical or push-on-type joints for all buried pipe less than 750 mm (30 inches) in diameter unless otherwise specified or indicated. Provide push-on-type joints for sizes 750 mm (30 inches) in diameter and greater. b. Joints shall conform to AWWA CI 11. 02510-2 JEF02510.1 6 SEC'i'IQN 02,510-- Pi2ESSUIZf? i'IPE: continued 2. Flanged: a. Provide flanged.joints for all interior ripe where specified or indicated. b. Flanges for pipe shall be ductile iron and conform to the applicable provisions of AWWA C 110 and C 1 15 and shall be drilled ANSI 1316.1 Class 125, 1), Fillings: 1. Fittings shall conform to AWWA Cl 10 (or Cl 53) and shall have a pressure rating of not less than that specified For pipe. 2. Fittings shall be ductile iron, 3. Include all specials, taps, plugs, flanges, and wall fittings as required. 4. Provide openings for air valve, drain, sampling, sensing, testing, and other connections with threaded bosses or flange outlets sized and located where indicated. i . Lining: 1. All pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA 0104. F. Coating: 1. All iron pipe and fittings shall be Boated with manufacturer's standard bituminous paint coating, 2. Flange faces shall be coated in accordance with AWWA C 115. 2.03 PVC PIPE: A. Materials: I. Materials shall conform to AWWA C900 or C905. 2, Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477 and be synthetic rubber. • B, Design of Pipe: Design shall conform to AWWA 0900, 0905 and as specified: 1, Internal Loading: a. Internal pressure specified plus allowance for surge pressure conforming to AWWA C900 or 0905. b. Hydrostatic test pressure as specified. 2. External Loading: a. Farth dead load cover at 1920 kg/ni (120 pcf) plus AASI ITO 1-1-20 live loads. h, 5% deflection limit. C. Bedding condition as indicated, 3. Use E' of 700 and bedding angle of*90". C, Dimensions: The minimum pressure class for PVC pipe shall be as follows: Nominal Minimum Live Location 1'irie Sim iressure Class Load Force Main A&13 8" 150 11-20 D. Diameters: PVC; pressure pipe shall have Cast-Iron-Pipe-Eciurvalerrt (CI) outside diameters, E. Joints: Pipe shall be furnished with integral bell-type pipe ends designed fa•joint assembly using clastomeric gaskets. F. Fittings: I. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C 110 or 0153 and be ductile iron. Fittings shall be mechanical joint or push-on-type joint. 2. Fittings for 100 mm (4-inch) through 200 mm (8-inch) pipe shall be injection-molded PVC with push-on-type joint, Class 150, conforming to AWWA 0907. G. Marking: Identification markings on pipe shall conform to AWWA 0900 or('905. JEF02510.1 02510-3 SF,CfION 02510 "R1 SSlJItl. PIPI?: continued 2.04 SLITI'Vi,S ANi) COUPLINGS: A. Sleeves: 1. AWWA Cl 10 mccbanical joint ductile-iron transition-sleeve type: a. Pipe end space shall not exceed one-third of the sleeve laying length, b. interior,exposed, exterior, or buried service as indicated. B. Couplings: 1. Couplings for joining direct buried, exposed exterior, vault or pit installations of iron, or PVC pipe tip to 300 nun (12-inch)diameter shall be iron. Provide lined and coated steel couplings for larger pipe diameters. 2. Couplings for exposed interior iron or PVC pipe may be steel or irora. 3. fastener bolts shall be ductile iron or stainless steel ferr iron couplings and high-strength, low-alloy steel for steel couplings. Bolts For direct buried coupling; installations shall be stainless steel. 4. Centel-sleeve and end rings shall be: u. Ductile or malleable iron for iron couplings. b. Steel for steel couplings. 5. Lining and Exterior Coating: a. Use fir all steel couplings intended Im direct bury, exposed exterior, vault or pit installations. h. Completely coat center sleeve anti end rings. C. Ttvo-part epoxy or nylon fuse-coated to a minimum 0.25 mm (10 mils)thickness. d. Line interior of all steel couplings intended for exposed-interior installations. Coat � exterior with normal shop coating. C. Flanged Coupling Adapters: 1. Flanged end and body to be one unit conforming to AWWA C219. Coupling end to be compression gland type with follower ring. 2. Adapters for joining direct buried, exposed exterior, vault or pit installations of iron pipe t shall be iron. 3. Adapters for joining exposed interior iron pipe may be steel or iron. 4. Flanged end bolt circle, bolt sire, and spacing shall conform to the ,applicable provisions of ANSI 1316.1 and shall be drilled Class 125 for iron adapters. Flanges on steel adapters shall be AWWA C207, Class 1), drilled ANSI 1316.1 Class 125. 5. Bolts and nuts shall be ductile iron For iron adapters and high-strength, low-alloy steel for steel adapters. 6. Anchor studs shall not be used where joint restraint is required. Furnish adapters with tie rod harness assemblies where indicated. 7. Lining and Exterior Coating for Steel Adapters: a. Two-mart epoxy or nylon fuse-coated to a minimum 0.25 nun (10 mils)thickness. b. Completely coat adapter sleeve and end Follo4ver gland plus line interior For adapters intended for exposed exterior, vault or pit installations. C. Line interior of all adapters intended for exposed interior installations. Coat exterior with normal shop coating. 1). Anchored Couplings: i. Furnish where joint restraint required to offset internal pipeline Farces. 2. Provide harnessed sleeve couplings and flanged coupling adapters with tie rod harnesses where indicated. a. Harnesses shall consist of lugs or clamps welded or otherwise securely fastened to opposite joint elements with tie bolts between opposing, lugs. "Dog car" lugs shall be Fiabricated as indicated. 02510-4 JEF02510.1 „ a SECTION 02510— PRESSURE PIPIT: continued 3. Provide expansion couplings with limit rods, F?. Insulated Couplings: 1. Couplings shall be insulated to prevent electrical conductivity where indicated. 2. Insulated coupling design shall tie otherwise conforming to the standard types and styles specified. F. Dismantling Couplings: (Dismantling Joint): I. Consists of"I mechanical joint fitting located between two pipe flanges with restraining rods across; the mechanical joint section, providing it restrained system with integral space for removal of adjacent equipment. 2. Shall conform to AWWA C-219. 3. Materials shall be steel. 4. When connected to DIP system, install insulating flange kit. 2.05 GASKETS AND BOLTING MATERIALS: A. Provide all gaskets, bolts, lubricant, and other accessories required to install pipe, fittings, and specials complete and ready for service, B. Gaskets for flanged joints shall conform to ANSI [316.21, 3 nnm (1/8-inch)thick(full-face) (ring-type) synthetic rubber(or American Cast Iron Pipe Company Toruscal 3 mnn (1/8-inch) thick full-face gasket)(or U.S. Pipe Company Flange-"Type 3 nun (1/8-inch) thick ring gasket). Provide Full-face gaskets for all ptunp and equipment connections. C. Gaskets for ductile iron flanged pipe and fittings 300 nurt (12 inch) and smaller shall have "nominal" inside diameters, not the larger inside diameters per ANSI !316.21. • D. Bolts for flanged joints shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade 13. Nut and bolt heads shall be 11CXagOnal. E. Gaskets and bolts for other than flanged.joints shall be as otherwise specified for pipe and pipe joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION CUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Specified in SECTION 0535, 3.02 FIEILD TESTING: A. Specified in SECTION 02535. 3.03 FIELD PRO'I'! C'I'IVF; COATING: A. Specified in SECTION 09900. END OI' SECTION 02510 J - '625 10.1 02510-.5 SECTION 02515 - 11'1'11.,1TY VAI.VI;S AND ACCI?SSORIFS PART I - GI:NI?RA1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes tell valves ;Intl accessories, 13. Related Work Specified Fisewhere: 1. Pipe Installation: SI3C:TTON 02535. 2. Protective Coatings: SliC'1'ION 09900, 1.02 R(I.'rlZ ENC I;S: A, Applicable Standards: I. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. 1316.1 - Cast-fron Pipe Flanks and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. 2. American Society for'1'esting and Materials (ASTM): a. A 126 - Gray iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings. h. A276 - Stainless and )-feat Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes, C. A536 - Ductile Iron Castings. d. A564 - I lot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-l-lardening Stainless and I-feat Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. 3, American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. CI I I - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. b. C508 - Swirl);-Check Valves Im Waterworks Service, 2 Inch (50 mm) through 24 Inch (600 nu») NPS. C. 0550 - Protective Epoxy Interior Coaling~ fbr Valves and I lydrants. It. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a, 1963 - Screw Threads and Gaskets, Fire I lose Connections. t 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. 13, Include, but not limited to, the following: I. Catalog data or illustrations showing, principal dimensions, harts, and materials. 2. Sparc parts list referenced to illustration ofparts. 3. Assembly and disassembly or repair instructions. C. Certificates and Aflidavits: Furnish prior to shipment. Include the following: 1, Test certificates. 2. Affidavit ol'compliance Nvith applicable AWWA Standard, 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers shall be experienced in the design and maim Caut tire ol'specific valves and accessories Cora a minimum period of*5 years, 1.05 1 FLIVI RY STOI:AGR AND IIANDLING-. A, Ship all valves with suitahle end covers to prevent entrance of foreign material into valve body, 13. Protect valve threads, flanges, stems, and operators from damage. C. Ship valves 65 nun (2-1/2-inch) and larger to the Project Sitc tagged with the valve number shown on the Drawings. 'hag smaller valves to show the piping system in which it is to be USCCI. JEF02515.1 025)5-1 SIC'!'IC)N 0251 5 - ll"fll,l_I'Y VAI.VI;S nNl) AC( t: tiO1ZIII;S: continues) 1.06 RFSPC)NS1 III 1.ITY: A, Actuators, their controls, and accessories shall he the responsibility of*tlte valve manufacturer For sizing, assembly, certification, field testing, and any adjustments necessary to operate the valve as spccif ied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS TS 2.01 FC(T_N"f_KIC PLUG VAIAIFS: A. Acceptable lvlanufncturers: 1. heZunk, a unit of Gencral Signal Corporation. 2. Keystone Valve USA, Inc. 3. Milliken Va!,,,: Company, Inc. 4. Val-Matic hive and Manufacturing Corporation. 5. Victaulic C ompany of"America 13. Design: I. Quarter-turn nonhibricated eccentric type with resilient laced plug. Valves with vatic type scat rings are not acceptable. Shutoff up to scheduled rating with pressure in reverse direction where scheduled. 2. Confirm to criteria indicated in Valve Schedule table. 3. Flanged valve ends shall be Caced and drilled to conform to ANSI 1316.1, Class 125 for thickness and drilling. 4. Port areas for valves through 500 nun (20-inch) shall be at least 80% of full pipe area. Port areas of 600 non (24-inch) and larger valves shall he at least 70% of full pipe area. 5. Plugs shall he eccentric type with no backing ring or frame, 6. Valve body cavity shall he smooth without protrusions or haflles. C. Materials and Construction: I. Bodies shall be of ASTM A 126, Class 13 cast iron. r 2. Valve plug, shall he ASTM A 126, Class 13 cast iron or ASTNI A536 ductile iron. Resilient plug facing or replaceable style body scats shall he synthetic rubber, neoprene, or fauna N compound suitahle fiu' use With water and wastewater applications. :3. Scat rings shall be threaded, or WCI(Ied of corrosion-resistant 19-8 stainless steel, nickel, or Mono) confirming to AWWA 0504, Sprayed or plated mating scat surfaces are not acceptable. 4. Bearings shall he replaceable. Sleeve type and thrust bearings in the upper and lower journals shall he corrosion-resistant stainless steel. 5. Shaft seals shall he multiple O-ring or sell'-adjusting 1,1-cup or chevron type packing conforming to AA'WA C1'504. full-down packing is not acceptable. 6. Shaft seals shall he field adjustable c.rr• replaceable :ender pressure and without valve disassembly. 7. All exposed fastening hardware shall he Zinc plated or stainless steel. Provide stainless steel for buried service. D. Actuators: 1. Manual Actuators: a. All valves shall open counterclockwise. b, I'ruvide indicators to show position of'plug except on hnried actuators. C, Worm gear actuators Shall he totally enclosed, grease scaled, gear type furnished with AWWA nut, crank, handwheel, or chainwhecl. All valves with reverse pressure capacity resluiren►cnt shall he provided with worm pear actuators. Worrn gear actuators shall he sell-locking at all variable opening positions and sized to 02515-2 JEF02515.1 Y SECTION 02515 - UTILITY VALVES AND ACCESSOR11"S: continued meet the torque ratings of AWWA 0504. The shaft inn worm gear actuator shall have a nonmetallic sleeve type bearing. Submit manufacturer's parts and materials drawings, d. 1-landwheels shall be located in positions indicated or as otherwise determined when manufacturer's drawings are submitted. E. 'Testing: Furnish certified copies of results of tests prior to shipment. All valves shall be subjected to an AWWA C504 procedure cycle life and pressure leak test at 1034 kI'a (150 psi) and a body hydrostatic test at 2068 kl'a (300 psi). Valves shall be capable of providing drip-tight shutoff tip to the full leak test rating. Certify reverse pressure capacity. F. Valve Schedule: Valve Shaft Actuator No. Sire Location Installation L.,ncts Position Iync PSA/PVI-2 8 Pump Interior Flanged Vertical Lever Station A PSIS/PV 1-2 8 Pump Interior Flanged Vertical Lever Station 13 G. Shop Painting: Apply interior coating conforming to AWWA 0550 to exposed ferrous metal surfaces. Provide affidavit or certificate of compliance per AWWA 0550. 2.02 CUSHIONED SWING Cl IECK VALVES: + A. Acceptable Manulbcturers: I, APCO, Valve and Primer Corporation. 2 GA Industries, Inc. 13. Operational Requirements: ti 1. Prevent reverse flow without shock or hammer. 2. Scat tightly with internal pipeline Curers. 3. Cushioned with air cylinder controls in manner permitting adjustment of speed of closure. C. Design: Conform to AWWA 0508 and as specified. I. Swing disc type with single shaft and flanged body. Flanges shall be ANSI 1316,1, Class 125. 2. Cushion chambers) shall be mounted externally oil valve body. 3. Valve disc shall have external lever and counterweight to initiate closure. 4. Suitable for 1034 kPa (150 psi) operating pressure. D. Materials and Construction: i. Valve body shall be cast iron, ductile iron, or steel. 2. Valve disc shall be cast iron, ductile iron, or stainless steel. 3. Scats and scat ring shall be renewable. Seats shall be bronze or stainless steel. Scat rings shall be I3una-N or bronze. 2.03 FLAP GATES: A. Acceptable ManufacUu•crs: 1. Waterman, 2. Rodney Hunt. 3, Fontaine. 4, Engineer-approved equal. .113 515.1 02515-3 A • SECTION 02515 - UTILITY VALVES AND ACCESSORIES: continued B. Design: 1. Confonn to criteria indicated in bate schedule. 2. Pressure flow conditions(during 100-year flood only). 3. Maximum Seating Head: 0 ti. C. Materials and Construction: I. Frame and cover shall be of ASTM A 126, Class R cast iron or 304 SST. 2. Seating material shall be cast iron or 304 SST. 3. Hardware assembly shall be 3 Ib stainless steel. 4. Frame shall be cast iron or flat back design. 5. Cover shall be cast iron cast in one piece or 304 SST. An integral lifting eye shall be provided for manual operation. G. Surface coating shall be coal tar epoxy as specified in i:)IVISiON 9. D. Gate Schedule: No. Size Location installation Opening FG-I iS" Lagoon Concrete Outfall Circular Effluent StrueturC 2.04 AIR VALVES: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: I. APCO, Valve and Primer Corporation. 2. Crispin Valves, Multiplex Manufacturing Company. 3. GA Industries, Inc. • 4. Val-Matic Valve and Manufacturing Corporation. 5. ARL B. Design: Conform to AWWA C512 and as specified. 1. Valve shall be heavy-duty combination air release, sewage style. r 2. Body and cover shall be cast or ductile iron or stainless steel. 3. Float shall be stainless steel. 4. All internal parts shall be stainless steel or bronze with provisions to avoid galvanic action. C. Operation: i. Release air when filling line. 2. Admit air when emptying line. 3. Release accumulated air while pipeline is full and operating under pressure. D. Connection: 1. Connect air valves 50 mm (2 inches) and smaller to pipeline through corporation stops. 2. Connect air valves 75 nun (3 inches) and larger through tapped bosses or flanged outlets. 3. Connecting fittings and pipe shall be bronze, brass, or copper rated for 150 psi service. 4. Isolation valves shall be provided for all air valves and shall be bronze gate valves;Crane No. 424 or Engineer-approved equal for sizes 75 mm (3 inches)and smaller unless otherwise noted. Isolation valves 100 rani (4 inches) and larger shall be flanged AWWA 0504 butterfly valves. 5. Couplings or unions indicated between pipeline and air valve piping shall be insulated style. 02515-4 JEF02515.1 e F i SECTION 02515 - UTILITY VALVES AND ACCT SSORIES: contin ual 2,05 SHOP PAINTING: A. Prepare surfaces and paint or coat all valves, fire hydrants, floor stands,valve boxes, corporation stops, and all related accessories standard of the manufacturer unless otherwise specified herein. 13. Paint and coatings shall be suitable for the service intended, C, Submit type of paint or coating proposed with drawings and data fir Engineer approval prior to fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3,01 INSTAI.LA'TION: A. Comply with provisions ol'AWWA C600 and as specified, 13. 'Thoroughly clean and remove all stripping materials prior to setting. Operate all valves from fully opened to totally closed, C. Install eccentric plug valves in reverse position, flow and pressure against the plug line when closed, in lines with solids or stringy materials, When installed horizontally with shaft in the horizontal, the plug shall rotate open to the top recess of the valve body. D. Equip with anchorage where indicated. 3.02 FIELD PAINTING: Surhice preparation and finish painting are specified in SECTION 09900, r 3.03 FIELD TES'T'ING: A. Perform on piping and valves as specified in SECTION 02535 and for the following: I. Check valves. 2. Eccentric plug valves. r END OF SECTION 02515 JEF02515.1 02515-5 w N SECTION 02530 - GRAyrrY PIP ., Min I - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. 'I'his Section includes all gravity pipe, fittings and specials. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Utility Structures: SECTION 02532. 2. Pipe Installation: S1,C ION 02535. 3. Protective Coatings: SI,CTION 09900. 1.0'2 Rf,hI:RENCF,S: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): r►. A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts rind Studs, 60,000 PSI 'Tensile, b. D2680- Acryloni(rile-13irlrrdicnc-Styrenc(ABS)and Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Composite Sewer Piping. C, D3034 - Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. d. D3212 - Joints for Grain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. C. F477 - Elustomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. C. F679 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large - Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe rrnd Fittings. 2, Federal Specification (FS): It. SS-S-00210 - Scaling Compound. Preformed Plastic. (or l"Apansion .loints and Pipc Joints. 1.03 Sl_1BMITTALS: A. Submit as Specified in DIVISION I. 13. Submit the following fir acceptance prior to firbrication: 1. Pipc and joint details. 2. Special, fitting and coupling details. 3. Laying and installation schedule. C. Certificates and Affidavits: 1. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 2. Furnish the lolloNving prior to shipment: a. Affidavit ofcontplianee wilh applicable standard. b. 'Test certificates. 1.04 lC� JAITI_'_Y ASSURANCE,: A. Manufacturer: 1. Experienced in the design, manufacture and commercial supplying of the specific material fora minirttum period of three years. 2. Experienced in the design, manulac,ture, and commercial supplying of the specific size of pipe fora minimum period of one year. 3. Certify to above minimum experience requirements. JL1 02530.1 02530-1 V A SF.0 ION 02530 --(RAVITY_I'II'I;,: continued PART 2 - I'1t01)t IC"fS 2.01 I'll'!; 10,,OMIZI-"IvIIiNTS: 1%, I urnish pipe of materials,Joint types, sires, and strength classes indicated or specified. I lig;her strengths may lie furnished 111 Conlraetor's option, furnish rnaximnnl hire IcnPths producu-d by the inamifacturer 13. Pipe shall lie designed to wilhstalid all %tresses resrllling fi•on1 external locals its listed in the 161lowing; table: Design Live I.ocatio�i1 I'ilur tii_ic Cover_I_)chtli Load Between Militia Dr. & RR (Line A) 12 I0'-I5' II-20 Prison Access (toad (Line C) I:'_ R' 11-20 Prison Access (toad (Line C) 12 If 11-20 Prison Access Road (Line 13) 24 (i 11-20 C)utf1111 Line 15 5' 11-20 C. Pipe 13edding: As specified and as indicated. 1). Pipe Marking,: I. All pipe, fittings and specials shall be marked conlorming to the applicable standard specilicalion tinder which the pipe is tn"►nulilclured and as otherwise specified. 2. Mark field location ol'littings and specials by station, I?. Pipe Ciaskets: All clastomeric gaskets and seals shall be synthetic rubber. 2.03 PVC Sl"WF t 1'1111;: A. Materials and Man ul•slcttire: C'onfornl to ASTN1 1)303.1 and ASTM 1`679 for pipes with smooth interior and exterior. All PVC piping; Icr be as specilied and modified herein. I. Minimum wall thickness ol'ASTM D3034 and ASTM 1070 pipes shall be SDRI 26. 2. Minimum pipe stiffness, when measured at 5"'('1 dellection, shall be its follows: a. :310 kPa (.1i psi) for ASTM 1)3034 and ASTN11 F679 pipes. 3. Joints: a. Compression-type with the elastorner•ic ring gasket confined in the annular space between the hell end or socket and the spigot end of pipe, h. I astomeric gasket ring joints shall conliu•nt to the requirements OI'AS'I'N4 D32 12 or ASTNI 1.177. Gaskets shall hr neoprene (ti-other synthetic rubber material. c Plain end of,pipe shall lie marked with 11 rel'erence line to facililate assembly inspection. -1. Connections: Furnish !Illy special flexible cotlpling!s required 101. m!►nholc tie-ins or cinrrlcctions to other rigid slrticlures. 13. Inspection and Testing: 1. Primarily by manufacturcr's testing; dal) and quality control personnel. 2. Perlorm to avoid, insofar as possible, delivery of defective pipe, 3. May he witnessed by Owner, l?ng meer, or approved independent testing; laboratory. a. Independent testing; laboratory, when used, shall he retaine(I by Owner al no expense to Contractor. 1). Conlraetol.and 111antlfaClnrel'shall cooperate N ith (hu'rler's inspection and test personnel. Permit unrestricted access, Furnish reasonable space and Cacilities, and provide 5 working clays advance notice ol•lest schedule. 02530-2 Jh.F025:30.1 r a SECTION 02530—Of AVI Y I IPF': continued 4. Contractor shall provide 3 conics each of eertif ied test reports to I ngineer. III Include stiffness and deflection, dimension, and hydrostalic.joint tests per AS'I'M 1)3034, 03212, 1:679, 1'794, and F949. h. Furnish prior to delivery. C. I landling and Delivery: 1. Do not deliver until tests on representative specimens have been per(orrned. 2. Use equipment and methods acicquate to preserve quality of pipe and Io protect joint elements. 2,03 GASKETS AND BOLTING MATERIALS: A, Provide all gaskets, bolts, lubricant, and other accessories required to install pipe, fittings and specials complete and ready for service. 13. Gaskets for Ilanged joints shall conform to AWWA CI 15, 3 mm 0/9-inch)-thick, full-fs►ce synthetic rubber. C. Bolts for flanged joints shall conform to AS'I'M A307, Grs.►dc 13, Nut and bolt heads shall be hexagonal. I). Gaskets and bolts for other than flanged joints shall be as otherwise specified Cor pipe and pipe joints. PART - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Specified in SFCTION 02535; 3.02 FIELD 'fI;STING: Specified in S1.;('"I'ION 02535. IaND OI: SI,CTIC)N 02530 y JI?,1'02530.1 02530-3 SECTION 02532 - 1ITTI,I'IY_STRI)C"f(JRI'S PART I - GI?NI,'RAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following structures and relater) appurtenances: I. Mrtnitoles. 2, Valve Varrlt. 3. Pump Station Wet Wells. 4. Air Release Manholes, 5. Concrete Anchor and Thrust Blocks, 13. Related Work Specified I;Isewhere: I, Concrete: N VISION 3, 2. Masonry Mortar: DIVISION 4. C, Applicable Standards: 1. American Society fir Testing and Materials(ASTNI): a. A48 - Gray Iron Castings, b. C32 - Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay or Shale), C. 0270 - Morlar fir Unit Masonry, d. ('478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 2. Federal Specification (FS): a. F1'-1 I-100 - Ciencral I hardware, Builder's; Locks and Door Trim. h. SS-S-00210 - Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, fir f�,xpansion Joints and Pipe • Joints, PART 2_- PROD(IC'T'S 2.01 MATFRIAI_,S: A, Concrete: Rein(orced, 4000 psi. Conkirm to DIVISION I. B, C'asting's: 1, Manhole Steps: a. Steel reinforced polypropylene plastic or rubber, Nt.A, Induslrics Model I'S2-PI', American Step Company Model Nil- or crlual as ;rpprmed by I""ngincer. 2. Manhole Frames and Covers: rt, ASTM A48, Class 3011, paltcrn as specilied liar each structure under' PART 3, this Section. h, Interchangeable within same pattern. 3, Conform to Drawings in all esserntials of•design, Weight shall be within 100/0 of that listed for p;Iticrrt. 4. Machine-hearing ;rrrfirces to provide even seating. 5. Coat with coal-tar pitch varnish. I'A10' 3 - I'\I_C_'I ITION 3.01 MANIIOI,I?S1 VAI Vl VAULTS AND P(Will STATION„11 FT Wl."Ll., A. Design: I, Construct as follows: a, Precast manhole wilh cast-in-place concrete base or• precast concrete base: (1) Precast nurnhole shall conform to ASTNI C.'478, except riser shall Conform to ASTNI ('76, Class 11 pipe with rubber O-ring to concrete joint. JET-025311 02532-1 A S(!.CI"ION 02532 - UTILITY STRUCTURES: continued b, Con Form to Drawings. C. Provide Submittal for precasl rand cast-in-place reinforced concrete manholes prior to installation. d. Caulk and repair any larks or remove entire Work and rebuild to obtain watertight construction, 11, Manhole Frames and Cover: 1. Pattern 81594 as manufactUrrcd by Neenah. 2. Set frame level to proper grade on frill bed of mortar. C. Connections: I. install all piping wing mechanical joints. 2. Make provisions for future connections where indicated. 3. Place pipe stub in manhole wall with hell or coupling outside manhole wall to provide Ilexible joint as indicated. 4. 111Clllde plug or stopper capable of'withstanding 3 m (10 IM) 30 kPa (43 psi) of internal or external pressure without leakage Im future connections. 1). Invert Channels: I. Form invert channel with 2T6 NI Pa (1,000 psi) Type II port land cement concrete, 2. Make changes in direction of flow with smooth curves ofas large a radius as size of manhole permits. 3. Make changes in size and grade smoothly and uniformly. 4. Slope floor of manhole adjacent to channels as indicated. 5. Finish channel bottom smoothly without roughness, irregularity, or pockets. E. Waterproofing: I. Apply coal-tar coating to exterior wsdls on all manholes from base to finish grade: a. Carbolinc - Bitumastic 300M. b. International - Intertuf 100. C. Tnemec - i ili Tricniccol 46-465, 2. Apply coating in two coats to ntininrunr 0.3 nun ( 12-mil)dry-film thickness per coat. 3,02 AIR Ri:l,F1ASI: MANHOLE: A. Dcsign:� 1. Precast and masonry construction as Indicated. 2. Precast concrete Cootings. 3. Riscrof'ASTM C'76, (.'lass II pipc. 4. Top slab shall he precast as indicated, 13, Installation: I, Install within 2.4 nt (8 feet) ofstation indicated. 2. Set top of footing at c(:ntcr ol'pipe. Include fiberglass Batt to prevent transmission of fonds to pipe barrel. 3. Provide three courses of brick hetwccn trip slab and manhole frame: a, Lay in mortar. b. Reprove surplus mortar from inside joints and tool. C. Manhole Frame and Cover: i. Pattern R-1504 as manufactured by Neenah. 2. Set frame level and to grade in full bed of mortar. f). Insulation Dill: 1, Insulate all air release manhole,. Insulate inside ofvault around piping and air valve to prevent freezing,. 2, Use water-repellent granular firm ol'verrniculite known as masonry fill insulation. 02512-2 .11:1.02532.1 • sr-c ION 02532 - UTILITY STRUC'I'URFS: continued 3. Fill to depth to cover lop orair valve. Leo not block air valve's vent-piping outlet. 4. Install by pouring; do not rod or tamp. 3.03 CONCRP'rf ANCHOR AND TI MUST BLOCKS: A, Install at tees, elbows, bends, and dead ends where indicated, B. Placc against undisturl cd carth or rock. C. Ordesign indicated or specirred: 1. Apply two coats orenal-tar coaling; to minimum 0.5 nun (20-mil) dry-lilm thickness on anchor bars, straps, and hardware. END OF SECTION 02532 K • JGF02532.1 QfM.3 SECTION 02535 - PHT' INSTALLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes handling, installation and testing of pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances as indicated or specified. ied. 13. Related Work Specified 1?Isewhere: I. Utility Structures: SECTION 02532. 2. Gravity Pipe: Sf;C'I'ION 0:530. 3. Pressure Pipe: SECTION 02510, 4. Utility Valves and Accessories: SI?CTION 02515, 5. Protective Coatings: SLiC'I'ION 09000. G. Site Preparation and Earthwork: SECTION 02301. 1.02 REFERENCE'S: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society liar 'Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. x1417 - Installation Acceptance ol'Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. M23 - PVC Pipe - Design and Installation. 3. Federal Specifications (FS): a. SS-S-00210 - Scaling Compound, Pref'otmed Plastic, For Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints. 1.03 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: r A. Handle in it manner to ensure installation in sound and undamaged condition. 1. Do not drop or bump. 2. Use slings, lilting lugs, hooks, and other devices designed to protect pipe,joint elements, linings, and coatings. E. Ship, move, and store with previsions to prevent movement or shock contact with adjacent Units. C. Handle with equipment capable of work with adequate factor of safety against overturning or other unsafe procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Specified in respective Sections, this Division. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENf RAL: A. Use equipment, methods, and materials ensuring installation to lines and grades indicated. 1. Maintain within tolerances specified car acceptable laying schedule. It. Alignment: 1.25 runt (+I inch) per 30 m (100 feet) in open cut or tunnel. b. Grade: ±25 rani (2-1 inch) per 30 in (100 fi;et). 2. Do not lay on blocks unless pipe is to receive total concrete encasement. 3. Accomplish horizontal and vertical curve alignments with bends, bevels, and joint deflections. u. Use short specials preceding curves as required. 02535-1 JEF02535.1 e r SECTION 02535 — P1PF INSTALLATION: continued 4. Obtain acceptance of method proposed fir transi'er of line and grade from control to the Work. B. Install pipe of size, materials, strength class, and joint type with embedment indicated for plan location. C. Insofar as possible, install pipe with bell ends in direction of laying. Obtain Engineer approval for deviations therefrom. D. Clean interior of all pipe, fittings, and joints prior to installation. I'xclude entrance of foreign matter during installation and at discontinuance of installation. I. Close open ends of pipe with snug-fitting closures. 2. Do not let water fill trench. Include provisions to prevent flotation should water control measures prove inadequate. 3. Remove water, sand, mud, and other undesirable materials from trench before removal of end cap. G. Brace or anchor as required to prevent displacement aficr establishing final position. F. Perform only when weather and trench conditions are suitable. Do not lay in water. G. Observe extra precaution when hazardous atmospheres might be encountered. 3.02 JOINTING: A. General Requirements: 1. Locate joint to provide for differential movement at changes in type of pipe embedment, impervious trench checks, and structures. 2. Perform conforming to manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Clean and lubricate all joint and gasket surfaces with lubricant recommended. 4. Use methods and equipment capable of fully seating or making up joints without damage. 5. Check joint opening and deflection for spccif ication limits. B. Special Provisions for Jointing Ductile-Iron Pipe: 1. Conform to AWWA C600. 2. Visually examine while suspended and before lowering into trench. a. Paint bell, spigot,or other suspected portions with turpentine and dust with cement to check for cracks invisible to the eye. b. Remove turpentine and cement by washing when test is satisfactorily completed. C. Special Provisions for Jointing PVC Pipe: I. Conform to ASTM D232 1. (Pressure pipe installation shall also confortm to AWWA M23.) 2. Excavate bell holes at each joint or coupling to provide full length barrel support of the pipe and to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings. 3. Seal cut face of any joint of Composite Sewer Pipe installed to prevent exfiltration during air testing. 4. Connect pipe to new or existing; rigid structures or manhole tic-ins with manhole couplings. 3.03 CUTTING: A. Cut in neat manner without damage to pipe. B. Observe Specifications regarding joint locations. 3.04 CI_,OSURF.. PIECES. A. Connect two segments of pipeline or a pipeline segment and existing structure with short sections of pipe fabricated for the purpose. 02535-2 JET02535,1 • SCCTION 02535 — PIPE INSTALLATION: continued B. Observe Specifications regarding location of joints, type ofjoints,and pipe materials and strength classifications. C. Field-fabricated closures, where required, shall be concrete encased between adjacent flexible .joints. D, May be accomplished with sleeve coupling: 1. Of length such that gaskets are not less than 75 nun (3 inches) from pipe ends. 3.05 TEMPORARY PLUGS: A. Furnish and install temporary plugs at each end of Work for removal by others when completed ahead of adjacent contract. B. Remove from pipe laid tinder adjacent contract in order to complete pipe connection when work by other contractor is finished prior to work at connection point under this Contract. C. Plugs: 1. Test plugs as manufactured by pipe supplier. 2. Fabricated by Contractor of substantial construction. 3. Watertight against heads up to 6 in (20 feet)of water. 4. Secured in place in a manner to facilitate removal when required to connect pipe. 3.06 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING STC UCTURI S: A. Connect pipe to existing structures and pipelines where indicated. B. Prepare structure by making an opening with at least 75 min (3 inches)clearance all around fitting to be inserted. C. Observe pertinent articles of Specifications pertaining to joint locations and closures. D. Repair wall opening with nonshrinking grout. 3.07 _FIELD TESTING: t► A. Acceptance Tests f'or Gravity and Low-Pressure Pipelines: 1. Alignment: a. Sewer shall be inspected by flashing a light between manholes or by physical passage where space permits. b. Contractor shall clean pipe of excess mortar,joint sealant, and other dirt and debris prior to inspection. C. Determine from Illumination or Physical Inspection: (1) Presence of any misaligned, displaced, or broken pipe. (2) Presence of visible infiltration or other defects. d. Correct defects as required prior to conducting leakage tests. 2. Leakage Test: a. Contractor shall perform by extiltration method on all pipe installed (except where air tests permitted at Contractor's option). b. Furnish water and all facilities required including: (1) Necessary piping connections. (2) Test pumping equipment, (3) Water meter. (4) Pressure gauge. (5) Bulkheads. (6) All miscellaneous items required. C. Obtain approval of equipment and acceptance of methods proposed for use. d. Conduct initial test on first section of pipe laid by each crew. (1) 111Cltide a rnimmum of 10 lengths of pipe but not to exceed 90 in (300 feet). JEF02535.1 02535-3 SECTION 02535 — PIPf? INSTALLATION: continued (?) Perform before bncktilling, (3) Satisfactorily complete test before crew is permitted to continue pipe installation. e. Test remaining pipe in sections determined by Contractor and approved by Engineer. f. Perform at test pressures specified as measured: Not less than 4 feet of water above the invert of the sewer at the upstream manhole nor more than 20 feet of water. g Maintain test its necessary to locate all leaks but not less than two hours. h. Repeat as necessary after repairs of leaks and defects until leakage as measured does not exceed 50 gallons per day per inch of nominal pipe diarw!tcr per mile for sewers less than 24-inch diameter. i. Protect manholes and other structures by means of bulkheads to prevent bursting pressures frorn being applied inside the structure. j, Exfiltration testing of all manholes shall he performed by Contractor and shall be tested separately from the pipe. (1) Manholes shall be tested by plugging all openings in a watertight manner which will withstand the hydrostatic pressure when manhole is filled with water. (2) Testing shall continence 12 hours alter manhole has contained the test water. (3) Manholes having it depth greater than 25 feet shall be tested for only 25 feet head of water. Manholes 25 feet deep or less shall be tested full of water. (4) Exfiltration shall not exceed 1.14 gallons per day per vertical foot of manhole. k. Dewater pipe and manholes upon completion of testing. 3. Air'T'esting: Perform air tests per ASTM C828 for clay or F1417 for plastic pipe at Contractor's option in lieu ofexfiltration test for pipe sires up to and including 1050 mm (42 inches) in diameter. a. Furnish all facilities required including: (1) Necessary piping connections. (2) Test pumping equipment. (3) Pressure gauges or manometers. (4) Bulkheads. (5) All miscellaneous items required. b. Obtain approval of equipment and acceptance of methods proposed for use, C. Conduct initial test on first section of pipe laid by each crew, (I) Include it minimum of 10 lengths of pipe but 1101 to exceed 90 m (300 feet). (2) Perform before backfilling. (3) Satisfactorily complete test before crew is permitted to continue pipe installation, d, Test remaining pipe in sections determined by Contractor and approved by Engineer. C. A wetted interior pipe surface on clay pipe is desirable and will produce more consistent test results. f. Plug ends of line and cap or plug all connections to withstand internal test pressures. g. Introduce low-pressure air until internal air pressure is 28 kPa(4,0 psi)greater than the average back pressure of ground water above the pipe invert. h. Allow two to Five minutes for air pressure to stabilize. Adjust pressure to 24 kPa (3.5 psi) anil start test. 02535-4 JEF02535.1 M Y SECTION 02535— PIPE INSTALLATION: continued i. Timc required tier pressure to decrease 7 kPa (1.0 psi) from 24 to 17 kPa(3.5 to 2.5 psig) greater than the average back pressure of any ground water above the pipe invert shall not be less than the minimum test time in the following table for the given diameters: j. Repeat test as necessary after all leaks and defects have been repaired. B. Acceptance Tests for Pressure Pipelines: I. Perform hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests. a. Conform to AWWA C600 procedures. (1) As modified herein. (2) Shall apply to all pipe materials specified. b. Perform after backfilling. 2. Test separately in segments between sectionalizing valves, between a sectionalizing valve and a test plug, or between test plugs. a. Select test segments such that adjustable seated valves are isolated for individual checking. b. Contractor shall furnish and install test plugs. (1) Including all anchors, braces, and other devices to withstand hydrostatic pressure on plugs. (2) Be responsible for any damage to public or private property caused by failure of plugs. 3. Limit fill rate of line to available venting capacity. Fill rate shall be regulated to limit velocity in lines when flowing full to not more than 0.15 to 0.30 m/s(0.05 to 1 fps). ' 4. Owner shall make water for testing available to Contractor at nearest source (at Owner's lowest rate step). 5. Pressure and Leakage Test: a. Provide a test pressure of 100 psi at a gauge elevation of 544.5 feet. M b. Be at least 2-hour duration. Maintain pressure throughout test :t 34.5 kPa(±5 psi)of' test pressure. C. Leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the pressure test. d. Acceptable when leakage does not exceed that determined by the following formula: (1) In metric units: L,,,= 0.0000014 SD(P)"' in which L,,, allowable leakage, in liters per hour S = length of pipe tested in meters D = nominal diameter ol'the pipe, in millimeters 1'= average actual leakage test pressure in kPa (2) In English units: L =0.0000075 SD(P)"'2, in which 1.,= allowable leakage, in gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, in feet D = nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches P = average actual leakage test pressure in psig C. These formulas are based on an allowable leakage of 1.08 L/day/km/mm (1 I.G5 gpd/mile/in)of nominal diameter at a pressure of' 1034 kPa(150 psi). C When testing against closed metal-seated valves, an additional leakage per closed valve of 1.2 mlJh/mm (0.0078 gal/hr/in) of nominal valve size shall be allowed. JEF02535.1 02535-5 M SECTION 02535 —PIPE INSTALLA'T'ION: continued g. Repeat test as necessary. (1) 1 After location of leaks and repair or replacement of defective joints, pipe, fittings, valves or hydrants. All visible leaks are to be repaired regardless of the arnount of leakage. (2) Until satisfactory performance of test. h. Engineer will witness pressure and leakage test. C. Deflection Testing: 1. Maximum installed deflections of flexible pipe shall be as follows: Deflection- Percent Type of Pipe of Mean Internal Diameter PVC Pipe 5 2. Engineer shall require Contractor to test flexible pipe after backfill has been in place 30 days. a. Provide rigid ball or mandrel deflection testing equipment and labor. b. Obtain approval of equipment and acceptance of method proposed for use. Test shall be performed without mechanical pulling devices. C. Remove and replace pipe exceeding deflection limits. 3.08 FIELD PAINTING: Specified in SECTION 09900. END OF SECTION 02535 02535-6 JEF02535.1 '` r SECTION 02732 - CItUSI II:D ACiCiRIiGA"i'l? Si.IRFACING PART I - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Ti,is Section includes crushed aggregate surfacing. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Earthwork and Site Preparation: SECTION 02301. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Association of State Highway and 'Transportation Officials (AASI ITO): a. T99 - The Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5-11ound Rantmer and a 12-Inch Drop, PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Crushed aggregate surfacing shall have a gradation conforming to Section 1006 of Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, Grade A or E. 2.02 ECJUIPMENT: A. General Requirements: w 1. Maintain all equipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of'the Work required by this Section in a satisfactory working condition at all times. 2. Equipment shall be subJect to the approval of Engineer. B. Power Rollers: I. Rollers shall be self-propelled, 3-wheel, or tandem-type with wheels equipped with adjustable scrapers. 2. Weight shall not be less than 8 tons. C. Tamping Rollers: 1. Rollers shall consist of one or more units arranged to adapt to uneven ground surfaces. 2. Rolling units of multiple type shall be pivoted on the main frame. 3. When fully loaded, rollers shall exert at least 300 psi on the combined areas of tamping feet in contact with the ground. 4. Each unit shall be equipped with a watertight cylindrical drum with length 48 inches or greater. 5. Tamping feet shall project not less than 7 inches from drum surface, with feet spaced not less than 10 inches, nor more than 10 inches measured diagonally from center to center. D. Rubber-Tired Rollers: 1. Rollers shall consist of'two axles on which are mounted not less than nine pneumatic- tired wheels, mounted so the rear group of tires do not follow in the tracks of the forward wheels but will be centered between the forward wheels. 2. The axles shall be mounted in a rigid frame provided with a loading platform or body suitable for ballast loading. 3. Inflate tires uniformly. 4. May be self-propelled. 5. Tow with pneumatic-tired tractors or other pneumatic-tired equipment. E. Blade graders shall be self-propelled with a wheelbase of not less than 15 feet, and a blade of not less than 10 feet. ' JEF02820.1 02732-1 SI:C'1'ION 02732 ; C'RUSlif.l) A(i(iRl:(:.A'1'h, tit iR1 AC'INCi: continued F. Sprinkling equipment shall consist of tank trucks, pressure distributors, or other similar equipment designed to apply water uniformly and in controlled quantities to variable width of surface. G. Flauling equipment shall consist of pneumatic-tired vehicles and dump bodies suitable fi)r dumping materials in windrows or layers on the subgrade. I-l. Tampers shall be mechanical of an approved type and hand-operated, ..eight not less than 50 pounds, and have a face area ol'not more than 100 square inches. 1. Miscellaneous equipment shall consist of scarifier~, tractors, spring-tooth or spikc•.tooth harrows, windrow equalizers, spreaders, and other equipment suitable for construction of crushed aggregate surfacing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL, REQUIREMENTS: A. Stockpiles: 1. Clear and level storage sites prior to stockpiling. 2. Place in the manner and at locations designated by Engineer, providing separate stockpiles for materials froth separate sources. 13. Cold Weather Limitations: 1. Crushed aggregate surfacing construction shall be prohibited when atmospheric temperature is below 35T. 2. Do not place crushed aggregate surfacing on frozen subgrade. 3. Protect crushed aggregate surfacing and subgrade in freezing weather and repair areas ' damaged by freezing, by reshaping, and recornpacting. C. Preparation of Subgrade: 1. Clean of'all foreign substances. 2. Correct any ruts, soft yielding spots, or any areas with inadequate compaction. .► D. Grade Control: Establish and maintain by means of'grade stakes at 25-foot intervals, placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the area to be surfaced and spaced so string lines may be stretched between stakes. 3.02 MIXING AND PLACING OF MA'T'ERIALS: A. Use road-mix method: 1. Place material without segregation of sizes and spread from spreader boxes or moving; vehicles equipped to spread material in layers of uniform thickncss. 2. Add water to the extent necessary to prevent segregation during mixing operations. 3. Add material to the mixture in such amounts and sizes as requested by Engineer. 13. Shaping and Compacting Mixed Materials: I. Compact in layers no less than 3 inches nor more than 7 inches thick. 2. Roll to specified compaction requirements throughout full depth of layer with tamping rollers, power rollers, rubber-tired rollers. or combination. 3. Shape and smooth by blading and rolling with power roller or rubber-tired roller or both. 4. I laird-tamp in places not accessible to rolling;equipment. 5. Aerate by blade graders, harrows, or other approved equipment when mixture is moistened by rain. C. [degree of Compaction: I. Base compaction on weight per cubic loot of material passing :3/4-inch sieve and compact to at least 100% of'density at optimum moisture. 2. Determine and control compaction in accordance with AASI ITO T99. 02732-2 JFT-02732.1 Y r b SECTION 02732—CRUSHED AGGRC:OATE SURI-ACING: continued D, Smoothness 'Pest: 1. Surface shall show no deviation in excess of 9 mm in any 3/8-inch in any 10 feet when tested with a I0-foot straightedge applied parallel with and.at right angles to the centerlines of the paved area. 2. Correct any deviation in excess of this amount by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, watering,and compacting as requested by Engineer, 3.03 WAYBILLS AND DELIVERY TICKE'T'S: A. Submit daily to Engineer during progress of Work. END OF SECTION 02732 A JEF02732.i 02732-3 SEC'T'ION 02820 - CHAIN-FINK FENCES AND GATES PART I - GENEIRAl, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes chain-link fabric fence, gates, and related components. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Concrete: DIVISION 3. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A 123 - Zinc (Not-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel. b. A 153 - Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. C. A392 - Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric. d. F1083 - Pipe, Steel, I-lot Dipped, "Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) Weldcd, for Fence Structures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1, B. Includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Product data: Manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installation instructions for fence and gate posts, fabric, gates, and accessories. 2. Shop Drawings: Showing layout, location of fence, gates, posts, and including details illustrating fence height, sizes of posts, rails, braces, gates, hardware list, and accessories. 3. Mill certification that materials meet specifications of member size, strength, wall thickness, and coatings. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Provide chain-link fences and gates as complete units, including necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings, from a single source or manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE; MANUFACTURERS: A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: I. Galvanized Steel Fencing and Fabric: a. Allied"Cube and Conduit Corp. b. Anchor Fence, Inc. 2.02 GENERAL: A. Pence height and gate width shall be as indicated. B. Dimensions indicated for pipe, roll-formed, and H-sections are outside dimensions, exclusive of coatings. 2.03 FABRIC: A. Steel Fabric: 1. No. 9 gage, 2-inch diamond-mesh steel,chain-link fabric. Furnish I-piece fabric widths for fencing up to IT-0" high. 2. Galvanized: Conform to ASTM A392 with zinc coating, 1.2 ounces minimum per square foot of wire surface. JEF02820.1 02820-1 4 SECTION 02820 - CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES: continued 2.04 FRAMING AND ACCESSORIES: A. Steel Framework: 1. General: Galvanized steel, ASTM 1.1083 or ASTM A 123, with not less than 1.8-ounce zinc per square foot of surface, or steel conforming to ASTM A569 externally triple- coated with hot-dip galvanizing at 1.0 ounce/square foot, chromatic conversion coating and clear acrylic polyurethane and coated internally with zinc-rich coating. 2. Fittings and Accessories: Galvanized, ASTM A 153, with zinc weights per 'fable 1. 2.05 STEEL., POSTS, (TOP RAIL)('TENSION WIRE), AND BRACES: A. Minimum size and weight of steel components shall be as follows: 1. Posts for Fabric Height Over 6 Feet: a. End, Angle, Corner, or Pull Posts: 2.875 inches od at 5.79 pounds per Loot. b. Line Posts - 2.375 inches od at 3.65 pounds per foot. C. In lieu of pipe specified above, steel pipe conforming to ASTM A569 of greater strength but less wall thickness, will be acceptable. 2. Gate Posts: a. Furnish posts for supporting single-gate leaf, or one leaf of a double-gate installation, for nominal gate widths as follows: Leaf Width Gate Post lbs/lin. ft Up to 6' 3.5" x 3.5" 4.85 roll-farmed section or 2.875" od pipe 5.79 + Over 6' to 13' 4.000" od pipe 9.11 Over 13' to 18' 6.625" od pipe 18.97 Over 18' 8.625" od pipe 28.55 • 3. 'Top Rail: a. 1.660 inches od at 2.27 pounds per foot. b. 18-foot minimum length of each section. C. Expansion-type couplings for each joint, approximately 6 inches long. 4. Tension Wire: No. 7 gage coiled spring wire, metal and finish to match fiabrie. Locate at bottom of fabric. 5. Wire Tics: l 1-gage galvanized steel (to match fabric core material). 2.06 BARBED WIRE AND SUPPORTING ARMS: A. Supporting Arms: 1. One for each post. 2. Single vertical arm. 3. Constructed for attaching three rows of barbed wire to each arm and designed as a weathertight closure cap where tubular posts are used. 4. Designed for 200-pound minimum pull-down load. 5. Attached to steel posts or integral with post top. 6. Provided with openings to receive top rail. 7. Malleable iron or pressed steel. B. Barbed Wire: I. Two-strand, 12-1/2-gage steel wire with 14-gage, 4-point barbs 5 inches oc. 2. Metal and Finish to match Iabric. 3. Three rows required. 02820-2 JEF'02820,1 a SECTION 02820 - CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES: continued 2.07 GATES: A. Manual-Swing: 1. Framing: a. Fabricate perimeter frames of gates from metal and finish to match fence framework. b. Provide intermediate horizontal and vertical members for proper gate operation and for attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. Space so that frame members are not more than 8 feet apart unless otherwise indicated. C. Frames assembled by welding or watertight galvanized steel rigid fittings. d. Provide with same fabric as for fence. Install fabric with stretcher bars at vertical and top and bottom edges. C. Diagonal cross bracing of 3/8-inch diameter adjustable truss rods to ensure frame rigidity without sag or twist. f. Where barbed wire is indicated or specified, extend gate end members 1 foot above top members to receive barbed wire. 2. Hardware: a. Hinges of pressed or forged steel, or malleable iron, nonlift.-off type, offset to permit 180° gate opening, 1-1/2 pair per leaf. b. Latches and Gate Stops: Double- leaf. (1) Plunger-bar type latch, full gate height, designed to engage gate stop of flush-plate type, with anchors. (2) Locking device and padlock eyes an integral part of latch. (3) Keeper to automatically engage gate leaf and secure free end of gate in open position. C. Latches: Single-leaf. (1) Forked type to permit operation from either side of gate. IL (2) Padlock eye as integral part of latch. 3. Coating: Galvanize conforming to A 153. 2.08 CONCRE'TF.: A. As specified in DIVISION 3. 2.09 CRUSHED ROCK: A. Gradation of 3/4-inch to 1-inch sizes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Grading: Perform final grading prior to installation of fence. B. Placing Crushed Rock: 1. Place prior to installing fabric. 2. Place to a depth of G inches below grade and 2-foot width, centered along post lines. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Fence: I. Follow general contour of ground and properly align. Install as indicated. 2. Posts: a. Set in concrete bases. 'Trowel-finish tops of footings and dome to direct water away from posts. JEF02820.1 02820-3 4 A SECTION 02820 - CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES: continued b, 'Temporarily brace until concrete in bases has sut. C. Install plumb and in straight aligmilent. d. Space 10 feet center-to-center maximum. C. Install corner posts at changes in direction ol'30"or store. f. Install pull posts at changes in direction of' )0" to 30". g. Install pull posts at all abrupt changes in grade. 3. Post Bracing: a. Install at each end, pull and gate post, and each side ol'each corner post. b. Install after concrete in post bases has set. C. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under tension. 4. Top Rails: a. Run continuously through post caps or barbed wire supporting arms. (Bend to radius for curved runs.) b. Install expansion couplings at each joint. 5. Tension Wire: Weave through the fabric and tic to each post with minimum 6-gage wire. G. fabric: a. Stretch taut with equal tension on each side of line posts. b. Install fabric on security side of fence and anchor to framework so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. C. Use U-shaped wire, conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least two full turns. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons or clothing. d. Fasten fabric to steel posts with wire ties spaced 12 inches oc maximum. C. Fasten fabric to top rail with wire ties spaced at 24 inches oc maxinlunl. f. Fasten fabric to tension wire using 1 1-gage hog rings ofsanlc material and finish as fabric wire, spaced at 24 inches oc. 7. Stretcher Bars: M a. Thread through or clamp to fabric 4 inches oc. b. Secure to posts with metal bands spaced 15 inches oc maximum. C. Install at each gate, pull and end post, and each side of corner post. 8. Post Tops and Barbed Wire Supporting; Arnls: Install on each post. 9. Barbed Wire: a. Attach three rows to each barbed wire supporting arm, Pull wire taut and fasten securely to each arm. b. Install three rows above fabric and on extended gate end members of swing gates, 10. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and hardware bolts on side offence opposite fabric side. B. Manual-Swing Gates: I. Install plumb and level. 2. Install all hardware, tracks, framing, supports, and appurtenances as required I'or gate type. 3. Install keepers, ground-set items, and flush plate in concrete for anchorage. 4. Adjust and lubricate its necessary for smooth operation. C. Repairing Damaged Coatings: 1. Repair any damaged coatings in the shop or field by recoating with compatible and similar coating. 2. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 02820 02820-4 JEF02820.1 1 SECTION 02920— LAWNS ( net t I - C,LNI:;RAI. U) SUMMARY: A. 'this Section includes the following areas of Work: 1, Preparation of lawn areas. 2. Seeding, 3. Mulching. 4. Fertilizing of lawn areas. 5. Maintenance. 13, Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. 13arthwork anti Site Preparation: SE"C"TION 02301. 1,02 R EVER F.NCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - Equivalent AASEITO standards may be substituted as approved: a, D977 - Emulsified Asphalt, 1.0:3 SUBMITTALS: A. Certificates: I. Seed and fertilizer shall be accompanied by certificate from vendors certifying they meet requirements of these Specifications, stating botanical name. percentage by weight, percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed for each grass seed species. ® PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 'T'OPSOIL: Specified in SECTION 02300. 2.02 GRASS SEED: A. Provide fresh, clean, new crop seed complying with tolerance for purity and germination established by Official Seed Analysts of'North America and as required below. B. Be labeled according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture Federal Seed Act and shall be furnished in containers with tags showing seed mixture, purity, germination, weed content, name of seller, and date on which seed was tested: 1. Seed M ixture: a. Meet the following minimum percentage requirements for purity and germination: Botanical and Mix '% Min % Min % Max `Yo Common Name 2y Ivt. Germination Purity Weed Seed "Derby" Rye 60 85 98 1.00 Creeping fescue 2() 85 97 1.00 Bluegrass 20 85 85 1.00 2. Moldy seed or seed that has been damaged in storage shall not be used. 2.03 FERT11,1ZER: A. Commercial fertilizer of neutral character, With some elements derived from organic sources, containing not less than 4% phosphoric acid, 2%potassium, and percentage of nitrogen JEF02920.1 02920-1 t SECTION 02920- LAWNS: continued required to provide not less than 1.0 lb of actual nitrogen per 1,000 square feet of lawn area. Provide nitrogen in form that will be available to the lawn during initial period of growth. B. Deliver to site in labeled bags or containers. 2.04 LIMING MA'rERIAL: A. Shall consist of agricultural liming material or approved equivalent. B. Material used for soil neutralization, unless otherwise specified, shall be agricultural lime with not less than 90% passing the No. 8 sieve and containing not less than 65% calcium carbonate equivalent. C. Manufacturer's certification shall include the minimum pounds of ENN1 (effective neutralizing material) per ton of the material to be supplied. 2.05 MULCi-1: A. Vegetative Antierosion Mulch: Seed-free salt hay or threshed straw of wheat, rye, oats, barley, or other approved materials. B. Tackifiers: I. Asphalt Emulsion: Conform to ASTM D977, Type SS-l. 2. Organic Glue: Hydrobond as manufactured by Erosion Control Products or approved equal. C. Wood Cellulose Fiber: 1. Not contain germination or growth-inhibiting ingredients. 2 Dyed an appropriate color to aid in visual inspection. 3. Be easily and evenly dispersed when agitated in water. 4. Supply in packages of not more than 100-pound gross weight, and be marked by the manufacturer to show the air dry weight content. 2.06 LEGUME SEED iNOCULANT: A. All leguminous seed shall be inoculated or treated with the proper quantity of cultures approved for the particular legume to be sown. Leguminous seed include Korean Lespedeza, Red Clover, Marion Lespedeza, Sweet Clover, White Clover, Crown Vetch, and Ladina Clover. 1. The inoculant for treating leguminous seed shall be a pure culture of nitrogen-fixing bacteria. The containers of the inoculant shall be plainly marked with the expiration date for the manufacturer's directions for inoculating seed. 2.07 ,JUTE NETTING: A. Uniform, open, plain weave mesh of smolder-resistant, unbleached single-jute yarn: 1. Yarn of loosely twisted construction and not vary in thickness by more than one-half its normal diameter. B. Furnish in rolled strips and as follows: 1. Minimum width of 42 inches. 2. 5.5 wrap yarns by 3.5 filling yarns per inch. C. Staples of No. 1 1 gage or heavier steel wire, U-shaped and not less than 150 mm (6 inches) in length. 02920-2 JEF02920.1 1 r SECTION 02920 - LAWNS: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SO11., PR TARATION: A. Dispose of any growth, rocks, or other obstructions which might interfere with tilling, seeding, sodding, or later maintenance;operations. Remove stones over 1-1/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter. B. Thoroughly loosen and pulverize topsoil to a depth of at least 4 inches. C. Grade lawn areas to a smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas which can be planted within immediate future. D. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Witter thoroughly and allow surface to dry off before planting of lawns. Do not create it muddy soil condition. E. Restore prepared areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and prior to planting. F. Spread planting soil mixture to depth required to meet thickness, grades, and elevations indicated after light rolling and natural settlement. G. Allow for sod thickness in areas to be sodded. 1.1. Preparation of Unchanged Grades: 1. Where lawns are to be planted in areas that have not been altered or disturbed by excavating, grading, or stripping operations, prepare soil for lawn planting as follows: a. 'Till to a depth of not less than 6 inches. R b. Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers. C. Remove high areas and fill in depressions. ® d. Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture, free of lumps, clods, stones, roots, and other extraneous matter. r 3.02 LiME FERTiLIZING: A. Lime and fertilizer shall be applied separately, but may be incorporated into the soil in one operation. 13. Lime and fertilizer shall be applied not more than 48 hours before the seeding or sodding unless otherwise authorized by Engineer. C. Contractor shall take a minimum of three Samples of the topsoil stockpile and through the services of an independent laboratory have test run to ascertain the rates of applications of soil amendments required to provide at least the quantity of effective neutralizing material and fertilizers to nourish new growth. D. Apply limc and fertilizer at the rates recommended by soil analysis in kilograms per hectare (pounds per acre) to prepared seedbeds and sodbeds. E. Incorporate fertilizer into the soil to a depth of at least 3 inches by discing, harrowing, or raking, except where applied hydraulically on slopes steeper than 2 horizontal to I vertical. 3.03 LEGUME SEED INOCULATION: A. Legume seed inoculation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's directions for the particular species of legume. "rhe tinic lapse for sowing the seed following inoculation shall not exceed 24 hours. if hydraulic slurry seeding is used, a quantity of'inoculant equal to five times the normal rate required to inoculate only the legume seed shall be used. The inoculant shall be placed directly into the slurry and thoroughly mixed immediately before seeding. If' other than the hydraulic slurry method is used, the Icgume seed may be inoculated at the normal rate if it is to be sown alone or if the legume seed is inoculated prior to mixing with other seed. A seed mixture which contains a legume that was not inoculated prior to mixing .1EF02920.1 02920-3 SE'C'TION 02920 - LAWNS: continued - • and is not to be seeded by the slurry method, shall be inoculated with sufficient inoculant to coverall seed. 3.04 I-ERTILIZING: A. Apply fertilizer at the rate of 350 pounds per acre to prepared seedbeds and sodbeds. 13. Incorporate fertilizer into the soil to a depth of at least 2 inches by discing, harrowing, or raking, except where applied hydraulically on slopes steeper than 21 horizontal to 1 vertical. 3.05 SEEDING NE-'W LAWNS: A. Do not use wet seed or seed which is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. B. Do not seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 miles per hour. Di stribule seed evenly over entire area by sowing equal quantity in two directions at right angles to each other, C. Sow not less than rate of 300 pounds per acre. D. Rake seed lightly into top I/8-inch of soil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray, E. Seasonal Limitations: 1. Perform seeding only during the following seasons: a. Spring or Fall. F, Methods of Application: 1. Dry Seeding: Spreader or seeding machine. 2. Hydroseeding: Mix seed, fertilizer and pulverized mulch with water and constantly agitate. Do not add seed to water more than 4 hours hefore application: a. On slopes of 2 horizontal to I vertical or flatter, apply seed separately from fertilizer. Cover seed with soil to an average depth of 1/2-inch by raking or other approved methods. b. On slopes steeper than 2 horizontal to I vertical, seed and fertilizer may he applied in a single operation. Incorporation into the soil will not be required. 3.06 MULCHING: A. Apply a mulch covering to all seeded areas. B. Apply vegetative mulch to loose depth of 1-1/2 inches by means of a mechanical spreader or other approved methods. C. Immediately following the application of the mulch, water the seeded area in one watering, in sufficient amount to penetrate the seedbed to a minimum depth of 2 inches. Perform so as not to cause erosion or damage to the seeded surface. D. Protect seeded areas against hot, dry weather or drying,winds by applying; mulch not more than 24 hours after completion of seeding operations. 3.07 RECONDITIONING LAWNS: A. Recondition lawn areas damaged by Contractor's operations, including storage of materials or equipment and movement of vehicles. Also recondition lawn areas where settlement or . washouts occur or where minor regrading is required. Recondition other existing lawn areas where indicated. B. Provide fertilizer, seed or sod, and soil amendments its specified for new lawns and as required to provide satisfactorily reconditioned lawn. Provide new planting soil as required to till low spots and meet new finish grades. C. Cultivate bare and compacted areas thoroughly to provide a good, deep planting bed. D. Remove diseased or unsatisfactory lawn areas, do not bury into soil. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations including oil drippings, stone, gravel, and other construction materials. Replace with new topsoil. 02920-4 .11:102920.1 R r SECTION 02920 - LAWNS: continued E. Where substantial lawn remains(but is thin), mow, rake, aerate if compacted, fill low spots, remove humps and cultivate soil, fertilize, and seed. Remove weeds before seeding or, if extensive, apply selective chemical weed killers as required. Apply a seedbed mulch, if required, to maintain moist condition. P. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new grass is cstablished. 3.08 PRO'ITCTION: A. Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic. Maintain barricades throughout maintenance period until lawn is established. 3.09 MAINTENANCE: A. Mow grass to a height of 2 inches as soon as there is enough top growth to cut with mower. Remove no more than 40% of grass leafgrowth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. B. Remove weeds by pulling or chemical treatment. C. Perform maintenance until the date of final acceptance. D. Seeded Areas: 1. Water as required by good practice and as necessary to obtain a flourishing cover. 2. Repair any portion of the seeded surface which becomes Bullied or otherwise damaged, or the seeding becomes damaged or destroy(,(]. E. Apply second fertilizer application after first mowing and when grass is dry. Use fertilizer which will provide not less than 1.0 pound ofactual nitrogen per 1,000 square feet of lawn + area. 3.10 ACCEPTANCE OF LAWNS: A. When lawn Work is Substantially Complete, including; maintenance, Engineer aid Owner will, upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability: I. Lawn Work may be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to Owner, provided Work offered for inspection is complete, including maintenance. B. Replant rejected Work and continue specified maintenance until reinspected by Engineer and Owner and found to be acceptable. C. Seeded lawns will be acceptable provided requirements, Including; maintenance, have been complied with and healthy, uniform, close stand of specified grass is established free of'weeds, bare spots, and surface irregularities. 3.11 CLI3ANIIP: A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by lawn Work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles prior to leaving Site to avoid tracking soil onto surfacing of roads, walks, or other paved areas. 3.12 Mi ASUREMEN1'AND PAYMENT: A. Time of Completion: Completion time for seeding and sodding shall not apply to provisions for liquidated damages with respect to Contract completion time. Payment for seeding and sodding will be withheld until such Work is accepted. END OP SECTION 02920 JEI-02920.1 02920-5 r DIVISION 3 —CONCRETE' SECTION 03050 -CONCRETE FORMS, AND REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes concrete, forms, and steel reinforcement. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 3048 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. b. 3058 - Committee Report on Hot-Weather Concreting. C. 3068 -Committee Report on Cold-Weather Concreting. d. 315 - Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. f C. 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. B 18.2.1 - Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Including Askew Head Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Lag Screws. h. B 18.2.2 - Square and Hex Nuts. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (AST�II): a. A36—Carbon Structural Steel. b. A82 - Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete: Reinforcement. c. A 185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. d. A307 -Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. C. A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. F. C31 — Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. g. C33 -Concrete Aggregates. h. C39—Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. i. C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete, 030502 03050-1 070299 SECTION 03050 -CONCRETF FORMS. AND RI`INFORC;I MINT: continued j. 043 --Test Method I'or Slump of Hydraulic C:'enwnt Concrete. k. C 150 - Portland Cement. I. C 172 --Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. ill. C:309 . Liquid Mcmhranc-I arming Compounds for Curing Concrete, n. 0494 - Chemical Admix(mvs far C.'oncrele. 1.03 SUBMITPALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Include, but not limited to, the following: I. Complete reinforcing-har sclu:dulc, reinforcing-bar details, and erection drawings to conform to ACI 315. 2. Fach type of reinforcing bar marked with idcntil'ication correspcmding to identil'iration tag art bat'. 3. Erection drawings clear, easily legible, and to a minimum scale: of'- a. 114 inch _ I foot. , b. 1/8 inch I foot if bars in each face are shown in separate views. 4. Size and location of all openings. 5. Lap splice lengths. C. Concrete Mix: 1. SUbmit proposed concrete-nux proportions to Engineer prior to placing, concrete. Mix proportions shall be selected preferahly on the bads of field experience. 2. Submit fine- and coarse-aggregate gradation data to Enginecr prior to placing concrete. FART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 C'ONCR1 'rl N1A'l'I:IZIALS: A. Cement: Conform to ASTM C 150, Portland cement Type I. 13. Water: Clean and free front in.iurious amount` of oil, acids, alkalies, or other dCletrrrous substances. Any potable drinking water will be acceptable. C. Fine. Aggregates: Clean natural sand. Manufactured sand nary be used upon written approval of Engineer. Conform to ASTM C33. U. Coarse Aggregates: Clean crushed stone or processed gravel, not containing organic materials. Conform to ASTM C33. E. Air Entrainment: 5% air shall be used in all concrete that is to he exposed to file weather. 031050-2 030502 0 070299 M • SECTION 03050-CONCRETE FORMS. AND RF.lNFORCljMF? a SECTION 03050 - CONCRI,-*7F- FORMS. AND R INFO)C]"I 1I NT: continued 2.05 GROUT: A. Plain Grout: I. Volume: I part pordand cenient to 2 parts sand, 2. Keep water to a tnirrimum as required for placing by lhv (hy packing 1110110d, 3. Placc after the mixed grout has hrcrr allowed to stand for 2 hours. 13. Grout for Bonding: I. Weight: I part cenu0111 to 1-1 12 p;uis sand. 2. Keep water to a minimum, 3. Place immediately. C. Flowable Nonshr•inking Grout: 1. Required for setting liandmil posts, I'm sctUnp vtImprnrnl rrronanunded Nl• lilt, manufacturer to he W1 with nonshrinking. }trout. 11111 rn uthcr 111ACt,s nuhCIlled. 2. Grout shall conform to ASTM CI 107, C iradv (A) (h) (C) 3. Grout shall he none etallic, ;r:. rnanufact III r1l by out, of thr Iollowinp•: a. L & M Construction C'henuc;ds, luc. C'rystex b. Five Star Products, Inc. - Dive Slar t.iroul C. Master fiuildcr's Conrpan� - M;rstt,rilow SSS 001111. d. Sauereiscn CCInerltS C'ontp;rny • Saw-Wi-.c•rr V 100 C. Euclid Chemical Company 111 Floe- c gout. f. Conspec Marketing &,. Manul';re turur)t Company � Cow pvc 100. g. Sika Corporation - Sika Ciroul 212. h. Tamms Industries Horn Non C'oirotinr, Non Shrink t iroul 4. Prepare and place conforming to nuuutfartnrrr's printed tnv,truruorr, 5. For equipment gases, the concrete surface" slr;rll Nr g.rrt hhvr lcd 0l roughrnrd with a Chipping hanrnur prior to grouting. Tlly lound;rtrorr lrl,rlr4 ,hall N, rlr;urrd o) tun- pwilm., oil, paint, primers, or epoxy ;:oatings. 2.06 ANCHOR BOLTS: A. Provide all anchor bolts required for complett, inslallattoa. B. Anchor bolts and accessories shall conform to ASTNI A W ttr.urp A itr ~teal C. Use hexagonal head bolts and nuts conforming. to ANSI H 1 t;.2.1 and It 18 2 .'. 03050-1 030,5011 070299 r SECTION 03050 - CONCRET}- FORMS ANU RT?INFORC'IM!_N'1;: continued D. All exposed area of anchor bolts and nuts plus 6 Inches of emhedded area shall he hot-dip galvanized, E. Install as indicated. 2.07 WATER STOPS A. PVC Water Stops: 1. Serrated virgin polyvinyl chloride equal to one of the following: a. Tamms Industries — Horn Durajoint Type 13 b. Greenstreak, Inc. —Greenstreak Style 580 C. Vulcan Metal Products Company — Vulco 8073 d. Vinylex Corporation — R6-38T 2. Provide factory fabricated waterstop corner transitions and iIllet sect ions leaving: only straight butt joint splices for the field. 3. Use for all locations unless otherwise specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD TESTING: a A. Field Testing of Concrete and Making of Concrete Test Cylinders: 1. Test concrete and make test cylinders conforming to AS'I'M C31, C 143, and C'172. 2. Perform slump tests throughout any placement as raluired to maintain constant quality of fresh concrete, and as approved by Engineer. 3. Make not less than six test cylinders for each 150 cuhic yards of concrete or fraction thereof for each day concrete is placed. Deliver to testing; lahoratory within 24 hours after takir g cylinders. Exercise care not to damage cylinders in Iransit. B. Laboratory Testing: 1. Laboratory for testing shall be selected and paid by Owner. 2. Laboratory will furnish cylinder molds with cap seals or adequate means of identification. 3. Cylinders shall be tested conforming to ASTM C39. Average strength of two cylinders (same age) shall be used as result of the test. Break two cylinders at 7 days, Iwo al 14 days, and two at 28 days. 3.02 LOW-STRENGTH CONCRE'T'E: A. Defined as concrete whose 7-day and 14--day test (average of two cylinders) is less than 701% and 11% respectively of the specified minimum 28-day compressive strength. B. Disposition of Concrete: 030502 03050-5 070299 y • SECTION 03050 - CON�'RETF , FORMS, AND REINFORCE ME NT,: continued 1. Concrete shrill remain accessible with no other Work performed that relates to or depends upon the questionable concrete i.intil a final decision as to the disposition of the concrete is given by Fnginecr. 2. Low-strength concrete shall he removed and replaced if so requested by Engineer. 3.03 PLACING; OF- CONCRETE': A. Preparation: . Clean bonding surfaces free from laitance and foreign materials. 2. Place concrete on properly prepared and unfrozen subgrade and only in dewatered excavations. 3. Do not deposit partially hardened concrete or concrete contaminated by foreign materials. B. Placing Concrete: I. Conform to ACI 304R. 2. Place within 45 minutes after mixing, except Engineer may extend the period to 90 minutes (maximum) dependent upon weather conditions. 3. Place in horizontal layers not exceeding 18 inches. 4. Vibrate or spade concrete to produce solid nrtsS without honeycomb or surface air bubbles, C. Curing Concrete: I. Cure with liquid membrane-forming compound conforming to ASTM C309,Type 1. Apply according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Apply curing compound to all exposed surfaces immediately after removing form or after finishing concrete. 3. Keep formwork wet until stripped. D. Cold-Weather Placing: Conform to the practice recommended in ACI 30612 when the temperature is below 40"F or is likely to mall below 40"F during 24-hour period alter placing. E. Flot-Weather Placing: Conform to practices recommended in ACI 30512 when temperature is 90"F or above or is likely to rise above 90T within 24-hou1- period after placing. 03050-6 030502 070299 , r r SECTION 03050 -CONCRETE FORMS AND REINFORCEMENT: continued 3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: A. Locate where indicated. Conform to ACI 318. 13. Clean and break laitance or other foreign material from bonding surface. lied with i inch of grout for bonding in horizontal joints. 3.05 SURFACE I-iNISHI S: A. Float Finish: 1. Compact, accurately screed, and wood-float all slabs to a true uniform surface. 2. Test surface with straightedge, and eliminate high and low spots of more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3. Use this finish in addition to the finishes specified below for all surfaces as indicated. 4. Use as final finish for(slabs to receive ceramic or quarry tile or a finish topping.) (footing slabs not exposed.) B. Hard-Troweled Finish: 1. Finish surface as in "Float Finish" and in addition, trowel with steel trowel to obtain a smooth dense finish after concrete has hardened to ring tinder the trowel. 2. Use this finish on all floors, slabs, and equipment bases not specifically designated for a different finish. C. Broom Finish: i. Finish surface as in "Float Finish" and, in addition, draw it stiff bristled broon► across the previously floated surface. 2. Corrugations shall be uniform in appearance, not rnorc than 1/16 inch in depth, and shall be perpendicular to direction of traffic. 3. Use this finish on all outdoor slabs subject to vehicular or pedestrian traffic. D, Defective Surface Treatments: I. After removal of forms, remove all fins, projections, and form ties. 2. Grout and cure all voids, damaged areas, and tie holes. 3.06 FORMS: A. Treat forms with an approved oil or lacquer prior to placing reinforcement. B. Wet forms with clean, clear water prior to placing concrete. C. Adequately brace and stiffen forms to prevent deflection and settlement. 030502 03050-7 070299 Y • SECTION 03050 -CONCRETE, FORMS AND REINFORCE ME continued 3.07 STILL REINFORCEMENT: A. Place accurately, tic at intersections, and support on chairs. Conform to ACI 318. 13. Tic securely with 16-gage or larger annealed iron wire. C. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum length of lap for tension lap splices shall be as required for Class B splices as defined by ACI 318. D, Lap welded wire fabric not less than the length of one mesh. END OF SECTION 03050 Q305�-8 030502 y 070299 ,' . DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05120- STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes fabrication and erection of the structural steel and other steel or metal items as defined in AISC Manual, Code of Standard Practice., B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Concrete: DIVISION 3. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): a. Manual of Steel Construction - Allowable Stress Design. ® b. Quality Criteria and Inspection Standards. 2. American Welding Society (AWS): a. A5.4 - Stainless Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. b. C5.4 - Recommended Practices for Stud Welding. C. D 1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. d. QC I - Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors. e. QC3 - Standard for AWS Certified Welders. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A I - Carbon Steel Tee Rails. b. A6 - General Requirements for Rolled StrUGl.lral Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling. C. A36 -Carbon Structural Steel. d. A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. e. A 106 - Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service. f. A 108 - Steel Bars, Carbon, Cola-Finished, Standard Quality. g. A 123 -Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. h. A 153 -Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on lron and Steel Hardware, 05120.2 05120-1 � 082099 { SI CTION 05120- STF :L.: continued i. A 167 - Shirtless and Pleat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. j. A242 - l ligh-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel. k. A264 - Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate, Shect, and Strip. I. A307 - Carhon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. in, A312 - SeamIeSS and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. n. A325 -lligh-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel .loinis. o. A449 - Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs. p. A490 - Lleat-Treated, Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Minituum Tensile Strength. y. A500-Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural 'Tubing in RoundS and Shapes. r. A563 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. S. A569 - Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximus►, Percent) Hot-Rollcel Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality. t. A780 - Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of I lot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. Li, B695 • Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel. V. C 1 107 — Packaged, Dry Hydraulic Cement Grout (Nonshrink). w. 1.436 - Hardened Steel Washers. X. 1-593 - Stainless Steel Bolts, I-lex Cap SUMS, and SludS. y. F594 - ,Stainless Stec) Nuts. Z. 1959 - Compressible-Washer-Type DirCCI 'Tension Indicator for Use with Structural Fasteners. 4. The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMht): a. MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual. b. MBG 533 - Welding Specifications for Fabrication of Steel, Alutnununt and Stainless Steel Bar Grating. 5, Research Council on St'UCInr'al Connections of the 1'ngincering foundation "Allowable Suess Design Specification for St'uctural.loints Using ASTNI A325 Bolts or A490 Bolls" as endorsed by RISC. 6. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): a. S11 - Solvent Cleaning. h. 5113 - Power Tool Cleaning. C. SP5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning. 05120-2 05120.2 082099 0' SECTION 05120- S'1'I-:I:I,: continued d, SPG - Commercial Blast Cleaning. C. SITU - Ncar-White Blast Cleaning, f. SP 1 - Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Fabrication and erection drawings for all Work. The Contractor may use a reproduction of the Engineer prepared Contract Drawings for erection drawings such as to indicate information on erection or to identify detail drawing references. Where the drawings are revised to show this additional Contractor inl'ornrttirm, the I;nginecr's title black shall be replaced with a Contractor's title block and the Engineer's professional seal shall be removed from the drawing. The Contractor shall revise these erection drawings for subsequent Engineer revisions to the Contract Drawings, 2. All necessary information for the fabrication, including filler metal for welds, of the component part of the structure, presented on drawings to conform to recognized standard practice, RISC Manual part 5, and AWS Code. 3. Drawings indicating stud shear connector spacing regardless of whether connectors are shop-applied or field-applied. 4. Drawings showing each piece including anchor bolts marked for identification to correspond to erection drawings. 5. Manufacturer's literature on products including, but not limited to, vratir•r, stair treads, stair nosings, Stud shear connectors, grout, concrete anchors, and protcctrve coatings, G. AWS Certified Welding Inspector Certificates. 7. Qualified welding procedure specifications and procedure qualification test results if welding processes differ from those prequalified by AWS. C. High-Strength Connection Bolt and Nut Manufacturer's Inspections Certificate: I. The supplier shall certify that bolts, nuts and washers furnished comply with all of'tile requirements of the specifications, and shall provide complete manufacturer's mill test reports (Manufacturer's Inspections Certificate). 2. For fasteners to be accepted by the Contractor,certificate numbers must appear on the product containers and correspond to the identification numbers on the mill test reports. 3. Manufacturer's symbol and grade markings Hurst appear on all bolts and nuts. 05120.2 05120-3 082099 S_f C T ON 051211- STI?I IU continued 1.04 - l)(�1ALITY ASSURANCE: A. Welder QurrlificutionS: I, Welders Shall be previously qualified by passing the tests prescribed in the AWS Standard Qualification Procedure, or by passing such other tests as the F.ngineer may accept. 2. Welders shall have been tested within (fie past 12 numths ancf their qualification shall be considered is remaining in effect unless the welder is not engaged in a given process of welding fora period exceeding 6 months. 3. Submit two certified copies of the qualification records to Engineer as evidence of qualification to the above-mentioned code. B. Inspection: Material or workmanship may be subject to inspection in the shop and field. 1.05 DF.IVERY. S.I'ORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Handle and store all steel and appurtenances as specified in DIV[SION 1. 13. Store all steel and appurtenances blocked-up off the ground and in orderly stacks. C. Protect all items with shop applied protective coatings from corrosion. Store ill an environment and manner consistent with type o£coatis , PART 2 - PRODUCTS r 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS: A. Steel: Conform to AS'TM A36, as designated in the RISC Manual, Part I, unless otherwise indicated or specified. 13. Corrosion-Resistant Steel: Conform to ASTM A242, C. Rail Steel: Conform to No. I rail, ASTM A I of the weight indicated or specified. D. Stainless or I Teat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel: Conform to ASTNI A 167,Type 316. E. Connection Bolts, NUIS, Washers, and Compressible. Wa.shcr-Type, Direct 'Pension Indicators: 1. Conform to ASTM A325, Type I, unless otherwise Indicated or Specified. 2. Be galvanized when connecting galvanized steel. 3. Conform to A325,'T'ypc 3, for use with A242 Steel. 4. Compressible Washer-Type, Direct=Tension Indicators: It. Type 325 for use with A325 holts. b. Type 450 for use with A490 bolts. C. Galvanized for use with galvanized bolts. 05120-4 05120.2 1k 082099 r SECTION 05120- STEEL: continued F. Anchor ).colts: I. Conform to ASTM A307 using A36 steel, unless otherwise indicated to be stainless steel or high strength. 2. Machine Bolts: Conform to ASTM A307. 3. Stainless Steel: Conform to ASTM F593,Type 304, with nuts conforming to ASTM F594. Sleeves shall conform to ASTM A312. 4. High Strength: Conform to ASTM A449 with nuts conforming (o ASTM A563. 5. Washers: a. For ASTM A307 and A449 Bolts: Conform to F,136. b. For Stainless Steel Bolts: Conform to ASTM A 167, Type 304, and dimensional tolerances of F'436. G. Handrail: Conform to ASTM A53,Type Is or S, Grade 13 or ASTM A 106. Grade B. H. Welding: 1. For ASTM A36 steel,use E70 electrodes for shielded metal arc welding. F7 series electrodes for submerged are, E7oT series electrodes for flax-cored arc welding, and EIZ70S series electrodes for gas metal arc welding. 2. Select matching filler metal in accordance with Table 4,1, AWS f)1.I and fable 4.2 for ASTM A242 steel. 3. Select "matching" electrodes in accordance with AWS A5A for welding of stainless steel. 2.02 STEEL FABRICATION: A. Fabricate ail steel to conform to AISC specifications, codes, and standards. B. Permissible variations for sweep, camber, length, and cross section of all steel members shall conform to ASTM A6, AISC "Manual of Steel Construction, Part I", AISC "Code of Standard Practice", and AISC "Quality Criteria and Inspection Standards" unless indicated otherwise, C. Welding: 1. All welding shall be shielded metal arc, submerged arc, or flux-cored arc, or gas metal arc. For gas metal are welding, the short-circuiting mode of tiller metal transfer is not permitted. Other welding processes may be used provided they are qualified by applicable tests as prescribed in the AWS DI.I Code and approved by the Engineer prior to use. For the use of any other welding process, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval, a qualified welding; procedure specification and the y 05120.2 05120-5 082099 SECTION 05120 -STI FL.: Ccmtinucd procedure qualification test results, Thesr. Submitals shall be deemed Compliance Subinitladti and welding processes shall be approved for use ()illy after receipt of specific written approval from the Engineer. 2. Conform to AWS Code, RISC Manual, Part 4, and the AISC Quality Criteria and Inspection Standards. 3. The Contractor shall perform fabrication welding; inspection in accordance with AWS D1.1. This welding; inspection shall be performed by AWS Certified Welding Inspector(s) (CWI). All such Certified Welding; Inspectors shall be qualified and certifiCd in accordance with the provisions of AWS QC I and QC3. Only individuals so qualified shall be authorized to perform fabrication/erection or verification inspection of the welding performed under the provisions of this AWS 1)1.1 Code and these Contract DOCUments. Certifications verifying the qualifications of welding inspectors shall be submitted to the Engineer as Compliance Submittals prior to commencement of Structural welding operations or prior to welding; inspection performed by an individual welding inspector. Defective welds shall be corrected. D. Shop Connections: 1. Weld or bolt at Contractor's option except when otherwise indicated or specified. 2. Shop portions of connections may be welded equivalent to any bolted connection t specified it'Engineer concurs. 3. Welded connections shrill be as indicated or in accordance with acceptable alternative designs: a, Welds of connection angles to beam webs shall conform with AISC Manual, Part 4, Table~ III and IV with particular regard for minimum web thickness. Provide longer connection angles or reinforce web as required. b. All butt joint groove welds shall be complete penetration welds unless otherwise indicated and shall conform to the applicable standards in AISC Manual, Part 4, with special emphasis on maintaining root opening;. Accomplish this for single- bevel, butt joint welds by using backup plates or by chipping out and welding on the opposite side. C. Prepare weld bevels with a mechanically guided cutting torch or by grinding. d. RCMOVC all run-out tabs. 05120-6 05120.2 e 082099 �' v SECTION 05120 -STEEL: continued 4. Bolted connections shall conform( with AISC Manual, Part 4: a. All bolted connections shall be made with 3/4-inch bolts, nuts, and washers unless otherwise indicated or specified. b. Capacity of beam connections shall have a minimum capacity of that specified in AISC Manual, Part 4, Tables 1I-B for "Oversize and Short-Slotted Holes" in slip- critical connections with the number of bolt rows indicated. C. Use the minimum number of rows of bolts for beam connections so that bottom row is at or below the centerline of the beam. E. Provisions for Field Connections: 1. Provide with bolted connections unless otherwise indicated or specified. 2. Provide for field welding only when so indicated or when detail clearances make bolting impractical. 3. Provide all members to be field-welded with bolted erection connections adequate to resist erection stresses prior to field welding. 2.03 COLUMN BASE AND EQUIPMENT ANCHOR BOLTS: A. Furnish for all columns and equipment furnished and installed under this Contract, (and as required to install all equipment furnished by others for installation under this Contract unless A otherwise indicated). B. Galvanize after fabrication where indicated. 2.04 CONCRETE ANCHORS: A. Manually expanded and adhesive anchor types. B. Furnish sizes indicated and install to conform to manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Anchors shall be manufactured by one of the following: 1. Emhart Corporation, Molly Fastener Division, Temple, Pennsylvania. 2. Hilti Inc., Tulsa, Oklahoma. 3. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Wood Dale, Illinois. 4. Wei-it Corp.,Tulsa, Oklahoma. D. Carbon steel grades and surface plating(or galvanizing) shall be mallUfacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated to be stainless steel. E. Anchors indicated to be stainless steel shall be manufactured from 300 series stainless steel per the manufacturer's standard unless specifically indicated to conform to'i'ype 316. 05120.2 05120-7 082099 V 16 SECTION 05120 -STEEL: continued F. The type of anchors shall be as follows, unless otherwise indicated: I. Wedge Type: a. Hilti Kwik-bolt. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt. C. Wej-it Standard. d. Molly Parabolt. 2. Flush Type (internal plug;expansion): a. Hilti HDI. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head Multi-Set II, 3. Adhesive Type: a. Hilti HVA System. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head Epcon System. C. Molly Parabond Capsule Anchors. G. Minimum embedment of wedge-type anchors shall be as follows, unless otherwise indicated: t Anchor Size Minimum Embedment • 1/4" 1-1/8" 3/8" 1-5/8" i 1/2" 2-1/4" 5/8" 2-3/4" 3/4" 3-3/8" 7/8" 4" (4-1/2" for Wcj-it) 1" 4-1/2" (5-1/2" for Wei-it) 1-1/4" 5-1/2" H. Self-drilling anchors, nondrilling flush-type anchors, and adhesive anchors other than those specified above shall not be used. 05120-8 05120.2 082099 SECTION 05120 - STEEL: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3,01 STEEL ERECTION: A. Erect all steel to conform to AiSC specifications, codes, and standards; AISC Quality Criteria and Inspection Standard; or any local, state or federal codes which may exceed such requirements. B. Protect steel and anchor bolt sleeves from entrapped water that can cause damage from freezing or corrosion. C. Erection Bracing: I, Contractor shall be responsible for structural adequacy, design, engineering, and construction of all erection bracing. 2. Provide all necessary temporary struts, ties, cables, temporary flooring, prinking, and scaffolding in connection with the erection of the structural steel or support of erection machinery. e 3. Place as required to maintain proper position against loads from erection equipment, construction material, and wind, 4. Leave bracing in place until sufficient steel connections, concrete slabs, exterior walls, a and roof decks are in place to ensure stability of the structure. D. Connections: i, Unless otherwise indicated, or clearance is insufficient. connections shall be bolted slip- critical type. 2. Tighten high-strength halts to correct bolt tension in accordance with AISC Manual, Part 5, " Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts." a. Furnish the inspecting wrench and one man to assist the Engineer when inspections are performed. b. Provide Skidmore-WiI lie)m Bolt-Tension calibrator or approved equal for adjusting inspection wrench in accordance with AISC Manual, Part 5, "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts", Article S. Inspection shall be in accordance with Article 9. C. Three bolt, nut and washer assemblies from each lot supplied shall be tested in a tension measuring device at the jobsite at the beginning of the bolting start-up to 05120.2 05120-9 082099 SECTION 05120 - STEEL: continued demonstrate that the bolts and nuts, when used together, can develop tension not less than that provided in AISC Manual, Part 5, "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 and A490 Bolts",'fable 4 for the sire and grade. The bolt tension shall be developed by tightening the nut. d. The job-inspecting torque shall be determined in accordance with AISC Manual, Part 5, "Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 and A490 Bolts", Article 9b. e. The minimum number of bolts inspected and any required retightening shall be per AISC Manual, Part 5, "Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 and A490 Bolts", Article 9b. 3. Compressible Washer-Type, Direct-Tension Indicators: a. The use of compressible washer-type, direct-tension indicators is an acceptable alternative to the requirements of PART 3, paragraph 2.17. -Connections, this Section, in determining specified minimum bolt tension. b. Direct-tension indicators shall be one of the following: k (1) J and M Turner, Inc., Bristol, Pennsylvania -Coronet Direct-Tension A Indicator. (2) Approved equal. C. Manufacture, install, and store in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and ASTM F959. d. Provide Skidmore-Wilhelm Bolt Tension Calibrator or approved equal to allow the Engineer random verification that the direct-tension indicators provide proper bolt tension. 4. Where required for connection fit-tip, bolt holes may be adjusted in one of the following manners (flame cutting or flame enlargement of holes is not allowed): a. Reamed to AISC allowable maximum size for oversized holes. b. Holes may be filled with weld metal, ground smooth, and field-drilled. C. Other Engineer-approved method. 5. Welded Connections: a. Make welded connections as indicated and leave all erection bolts in place after completion of welding unless otherwise indicated. b. Reinforce connections when members requiring fillet welds are not in contact. 05120-10 05120.2 082099 r SECTION 05120 - STEGL: continued C. Use backup bars or spacer bars on all butt welds where root opening exceeds 3/16- inch. d. Remove all run-out tabs. E. Welding and Welders: 1. The requirements for erection welding and welders shall be the same as specified for steel fabrication. 2. All welds shall be stamped with a mark identifying the welder. Remove welders from Work after two defective welds. 3. The Contractor shall perform erection-welding inspection in accordance with AWS D1.1. This welding inspection shall be performed by AWS Certified Welding Inspectors) (CWI). All such Certified Welding Inspectors shall be qualified and certified in accordance with the provisions of AWS QC and QC3. Only individuals so qualified shall be authorized to perform fabrication/erection or verification inspection of the welding performed under the provisions of this AWS Di.1 Code and these Contract Documents. Certifications verifying the qualifications of welding inspectors shall be ® submitted to the Engineer as Compliance Submittals prior to commencement of structural welding operations or prior to welding inspection performed by an individual welding R inspector. Defective welds shall be corrected. F. Protect pipe sleeves, other anchorage members, and concrete bases from deleterious materials at all times, and from water which may cause ice damage during freezing weather. G. Handrail: 1. Form and weld all handrail. Grind all welds smooth and even with the surface of the pipe. 2. Carefully fit all handrail where change of direction or elevation occurs. 3. Install all rails and posts plumb, level, straight and true, and in alignment. 4. Top rail shall clear all fixed objects by at least 3 inches vertically and horizontally. 5. Furnish and install plates, bolts, and additional items as indicated or required for fastening to supporting members. H. Concrete Anchors: 1. Install anchors to conform to manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. The hole tolerances, drill bits, and anchor installation torque shall be as per manufacturer's printed recommendations. END OF SECTION 05120 05120.2 05120-11 082099 v e SECTION 05500- ALUMINUM PART 1 - GENERAL LW SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following aluminum-fabricated items: 1. Structural shapes and plate, 2. Pipe handrail and guardrails. 3. Grating and treads. 4. Tread plates, 5. Floor Access Hatches. 6. Nuts and bolts. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1.02 REFERENCES: K A. Applicable Standards: 1. Aluminum Association (AA): a. Aluminum Standards and Data. • b. Specifications for Aluminum Structures. C. Welding Aluminum. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. b, B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. C. B308 - Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Shapes, Rolled or Extruded. d. B632 - Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate 6061-T4. e. F467 - Nonferrous Nuts for General Use. f. F468 - Nonferrous Bolts, Ilex Cap Screws, and Studs for General Use. 3. American Welding Society (AWS): a. D1.2 - Structural Welding Code - Aluminum. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1, B. Include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Speed nations, 055001 05500-1 042898 s w SECTION 05500- ALUMINUM: continued 2. Fabrication and erection drawings, 3. Catalog cats. 4. Structural computations and metal properties. 5. Material samples. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Welder Qualifica(ions: 1. Welders shall be previously qualified by passing the tests prescribed in the AWS D1.2 Qualification Section and the AA Qualification Standard for Structural Welding of Aluminum, or by passing such other tests as the Engineer may accept. 2. Welders shall have been tested within the past 12 months and their qualification will be considered as remaining in effect unless the welder has not engaged in a given process of welding for a period exceeding G months. 3. Submit two certified copies of the qualification records to Engineer as evidence of qualification to the above-mentioned codes. w B. Inspection: Material and workmanship will be subject to inspection in the shop and field. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Protect aluminum Work from abuse, staining, or damage during shipment, storage, erection, • and installation, B. Store in a manner to prevent warping of materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Fabricate all aluminum to conform to AA specifications, codes, and standards, B. Standard tolerances of all aluminum members shall conforrrt to AA Aluminum Standards and Data. C. Fabricate all materials free of blemishes,tool marks, burrs, and other defects. D. Shop-fabricate insofar as possible. E. Welding: I. Conform to AA Specification for Aluminum Structures, Article 7.2, and AWS 1)1.2, 2. All welding shall be performed using inert-gas, shielded arc, or resistance welding processes. Welding processes that require welding flux shall riot be used. 05500-2 055001 042508 , SECTION 05500- ALUMINUM: continued 3. All welding shall be accomplished using filler Alloy 4043. 4. The Contractor shall perfor►n fabrication inspection of welds in accordance with AWS 1)1.2 to determine ttie acceptability of welds. Inspection ~hall be performed by an AWS Certified Welding inspector qualified in accordance with AWS Standard for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors. 5. Joints found to be defective shall be repaired by rewelding. 2.02 STRUCTURAL SHAPES AND PLATii: A. Conform to ASTM B209 and ASTM 13308. B. Conform to AA Aluminum Standards and Data. C. Shall be aluminum Alloy 6061-T6, 2.03 NUTS AND BOLTS: A. Conform to ASTM F467 and F468. B. Bolts shall be aluminum Alloy 6061-T6. C. Nuts shall be aluminum Alloy 6061-T6 or 6262-T9. D. Washers shall be aluminumn-clad steel Alclad 2024-T4 or approved equal. 2.04 HANDRAIL, GUARDRAIL, AND LADDEit RAILS: A. Rails and Posts: 1. Conform to ASTM B221. 2. 1-1/2-inch nominal diameter(1.9-inch od), Schedule 40, aluminum Alloy 6063-T6 with clear anodized finish AA-M32C22A41 (exterior use). 3. Cope intersections of rails and posts, weld joints, and grind smooth to a pleasing appearance, taking care not to excessively remove weld material. 4. Butt-weld end-to-end joints, or use welding connectors. 5. Provide linear expansion joints a maximum of 40'0" oc. B. Fittings and Accessories: 1. Floor flanges where indicated. 2. Wall brackets with 3-inch mininum clearance between handrail and finish wall surface and as indicated for ladder rails. 3. Fasteners and anchors of stainless steel and of type as required by substrate. 055001 05500-3 042898 r w SECTION 05500 - ALUMINUM: continued 2.05 GRATINGS AND'iRf ADS: A. Grating: 1. Conform to ASTM 13221, aluminum Alloy 6061-T4, mill finish. 2. Standard rectangular-type, pressure-locked. Swage-locked crossbar construction is not acceptable. 3. Main Bars: 3/16-inch-thick (unless otherwise noted) and spaced not more than 1-3/16 inches oc. Depth as indicated, dovetail slotted to receive cross bars. 4. Cross Bars: Of depth as required by main bars, spaced not more than 4 inches oc. Top surface shall be flush with top of main burs. 5. Top Surface of Grating: Serrated. 6. Provide with aluninum "saddle clip"-type fasteners and stainless steel bolts. B. Fabrication: 1. Main bars shall be vertical within a tolerance of 0.10 inch per inch of depth. 2. Longitudinal bow (before fastening to supports) shall be less than 1/200 of the length. 3. Transverse bow before fastening to supports shall be less than 3/8 inch in 3 feet. 4. Crossbars shall not deviate from a straight line perpendicular to the main bars by more than 3/16 inch in 3 feet. 5. Crossbars shall match crossbars of adjacent sections to form a continuous pattern of straight lines. 6. Panel width and length tolerances shall be +1/4 inch. 7. Provide all openings in grating indicated and as required for installation of all piping, wiring, and equipnnent installed under this Contract. 8. Band all openings 4 inches and larger with a bar sanne size as main bearing bar. Weld to each bearing bar with it 3/16-inch fillet weld, 3/4 inch long. Tack weld to all crossbars. 9. Trim-band all locations as follows: a. Open end of grating at head of a ladder. b. Grating edges that are not perpendicular or parallel to the main bars. C. Grating panels with four crossbars or less. d. Other locations as indicated. C. Manufacturer: I. Grating shall be as manufactured by one of the following: u. Blaw-Knox Grating Div., Blaw-Knox Corp. b. Borden Metal Products Connpany, Div, of fiasco Industrial Products. 05500-4 055001 042898 SECTION 05500 - ALUMINUM: continued C. IKG Industries, d. Reliance Steel Products Co. - Double-Lok. 2.06 TREAD PLATES: A. Conform to AA Aluminum Standards and Data, aluminum Alloy 6061-T4, mill finish. B. Thickness as indicated with surface deformations of the 4-way tyre. C. Fasten in place with 1/4-inch countersunk stainless steel screws spaced 24 inches oc with a minimum of one screw located at each corner of a panel. 2.07 ACCESS HATCHES: A. Hatches shall be as manufactured by the Bilco Company, New Haven, Connecticut or equal. B. Hatches for indoor use shall be Series K unless otherwise indicated or specified. C. Hatches for outdoor use shall be Series J-AL unless otherwise indicated or specified. Install Schedule 80 PVC Piping to frame drain and route to flow channel. D. Hatches shall have stainless steel hardware throughout. E. Clear opening shall be as indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. Conform to applicable standards of AA. B. Protect aluminum at contact with other metals, grout, and concrete by a heavy brush coat of alkali-resistant bituminous coating, or a nonporous tape or gasket. Coating is not required for aluminum in contact with stainless steel bolts. Apply bituminous coating at 15-mil mininlU n dry film thickness and which shall be one of the following: I. Carboline- Bitumastic No. 50. 2. Tnemec - H.B. Tnemecol 46-465. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Aluminum Handrail and Guardrail: 1. Space posts a maximum of 5'0" oc except where otherwise indicated. 2. Install posts as indicated. 3. Install toeboards (kick plates) and anchor to each post with clamps and bolts. Allow 1/4-inch space between bottom of toeboard and top of floor surface. 055001 05500-5 ... 042898 R SECTION 05500 - ALUMINUM: continued 4. Install handrail to walls with brackets spaced not greater than 5'0" oc, except where otherwise indicated. a. For concrete, use anchors as indicated. b. For hollow masonry walls, use toggle bolts haVing 5gllill'L' heads, 5. Protect aluminum,after cleaning with a clear methacrylate lacquer coating. B. Grating and Treads: 1. Space fasteners as required to overcome irregularities and maintain grating contact with supports. Minimum anchorage of each panel will be two fasteners at each end and one fastener at each intermediate support. 2. Unless indicated is fixed, fasten grating with clips using stainless steel bolts. 3. Bolt stair treads to stringers with a minimum of two 3/8-inch stainless steel bolts at each end of tread. 4. All grating shall be removable unless otherwise indicated. C. Tread Plates: Install as indicated and as specified in PART 2, this Section. w 3.03 CLEANING: A. Clean all aluminum surfaces after installation free of smud 8 es, stains, or other deleterious Substances. r END OF SECTION 05500 05500-6 055001 042898 r DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09900 - PR0TEC"1.VE CX)ATINOS 11 ART 1 - GENERA1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes coating of exterior and interior surfaces throughout the Project and which are listed in PART 2, with systems specified on "coating system" sheets at the end of this Section. B. Coating systems include surface preparation, prime coat (first coat), finish coats(second and third coats), inspection, cleaning,and touch-up of surfaces and equipment. Shop preparation, prime coat, and finish coats to be shop-applied, may be specified elsewhere or referenced to this Section so that a complete system is specified and coordinate(]. 1. Where surface preparation and first (prime) coat are specified in other Sections to be shop-applied, such as for structural steel, hollow metal doors or equipment, only the touch-up and finish coats are a part of field painting. Surface preparation is the required degree of preparation prior to application of first(prime) coat regardless if done in shop or field. 2. If materials are provided without shop primer such as miscellaneous steel or sheet metal, then surface preparation, first, second, and third coats are a part of field painting. 3. Concealed surfaces are generally not required to have finish-coats unless otherwise " specified, but prime coat should be applied and touched up prior to concealment. 4. Where f:quipment and Materials are provided with shop-applied finished coating system, only touch-up is a part of field painting. S. Refer to applicable Sections to determine whether surface preparation and first coat, or complete coating system, is to be shop-applied. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Shop Painting and Coatings: All applicable Divisions. 2. Factory Prelmished Items: All applicable Divisions. 1). Colors: I. Color of finish coatings shall match accepted color Samples. 2. When second and finish coats of'a system are of same type, tint or use an alternate color on second coat to enable visual coverage inspection of the. third coat. When first and second coats only are specified and arc of same or different types, tint or use an alternate color on first coat to enable visual coverage inspection of the second coat. 3. Contract Price shall include the following approximate number off finish coat colors to form a basis for bidding: a. F_,poxy: Four colors, with 50% deep tone colors. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. A]3.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. b. 7..53.1 - Safety Color Code for Marking Physical I lizards. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. D2092 —Guide for Treatment of Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Stecl Surfaces for Painting. h. D4258 - Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. c. D4259 - Abrading Concrete. —.� JEF09900,1 09900-1 SECTION 09900- PROTECTIVE COATINGS: continued d, D4260 - Acid Etching Concrete. C. D4261 - Surface Cleaning Concrete Unit Masonry for Coating. 3. Society for Protective Coatings(SSPC) Surface Preparation Specifications: It, SP - Solvent Cleaning: Removes oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other soluble contaminants. b. SP5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning: Removes all scale, rust, foreign matter. Leaves surface gray-white uniform metallic color. C. SP6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning: Two-thirds of every nine square inches free of all visible residues; remainder only light discoloration. d. SP 1 - Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. e. SP 13 — Surface Preparation of Concrete. 4. National Sanitation Foundation(NSF): a, 61 - Drinking Water'Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. includes, but not limited to, the following: I. Schedule of products and paint systems to be used. Schedule shall include the following information: a. Surfaces for system to be applied. b. Surface preparation method and degree of cleanliness. C. Product manufacturer, name, and number. d. Method of application. C. Dry film mil thickness per coat of coating to be applied. 2. Color charts for selection and acceptance. 3. Technical and material safety data sheets. 4. Certification by coating manufacturer(s) that all coatings are suitable for service intended M as stated on each coating system sheet. If manufacturer has an equivalent product as that specified, but it is not suitable for the intended purpose, Contractor shall submit the recommended product for approval at no increase in cost, and state reasons for substitution. 5. Contractor shall certify in writing to the Engineer/Architeet that applicators have previously applied all the systems in this Specification and have the ability and equipment to prepare the surfaces and apply the coatings correctly. C, Submittals for industrial maintenance coatings shall be prepared by, or have assistance in preparation of, a corrosion engineer or industrial coatings technical representative of the coating manufacturer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Certification: Coating work shall be performed by an SSPC certified contractor having a minimum of Category QP 1 certification for work without hazardous paint removal,and Category QP 2 certification for work involving hazardous paint removal, B. Include on label of container: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name, and number. 2. 'Type of paint and generic name. 3. Color name and number. 4. Storage and temperature limits. 5. Mixing and application instructions, including requirements for precautions which must be taken. 6. Drying, recoat, or curing time. 09900-2 JEF09900.1 r r SECTION 09900 - PRO'n-uriVi;COATINGS: continued C. Prepainting Conference. 1. Before Project field painting starts, representatives for the Owner, Contractor, coating applicator, and coating manufacturer's technical representative shall meet with Engineer/Architect. 2. Agenda for the meeting will include details of surface preparations and coating systems to ensure understanding and agreement by all parties for compliance. D. A coating report shall be completed daily by Contractor at each phase of the coating system starting Nvith surface preparation. These shall be submitted on the form attached at end of this Section. E. In the event a problem occurs with coating system, surface preparation, or application, Contractor shall require coating applicator and coating manufacturer's technical representative to promptly investigate the problem and submit results to Engineer/Architect. I Stated VOC shall be unthinned maximum VOC. certified by manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, S'i-ORAGE:, AND HANDLING: A. Delivery of Materials: 1. Deliver in sealed containers with labels and information legible and intact. Containers shall also have correct labels with required information. 1.06 REGULATORY REOUIREMENTS: A. In addition to requirements specified elsewhere for environmental protection, provide coating materials that conform to the restrictions of the local and regional jurisdiction. Notify Engineer/Architect of any coating specified herein that fails to confonn to the requirements for the location of the Project or location of application. B. Lead Content: Use only coatings that are totally lead free. C. Chromate Content: Do not use coatings containing zinc-chromate or strontium chromate. I). Asbestos Content: Materials shall not contain asbestos. E. Mercury Content: Materials shall not contain mercury or mercury compounds. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Proprietary names and product numbers are specified in most systems for material identification from these rrranufacturers: I. Ameron Protective Coatings Systems Group, Ameron Corp. 2. Carboline Company, Inc. 3. Devoe Coating Company, Division of ICL 4. Futura Coatings, Inc. 5. International Protective Coatings. 6. Keeler & Long, Inc., Division of PPG Industries, [tic. 7. Pittsburgh Paints, PPG Industries Inc. 8. Triemec Company, Inc. 9. Equivalent coatings (on approval by Engineer/Architect) arc acceptable from the following alternate companies: a. E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc. b. Benjamin Moore Company. C. Rust-Oleum. d. Sherwin-Williams. C. Valspar Corporation, a Division of Ameron Corporation. '�� J131,09900.1 09900-3 V SEC'T'ION 09900 - PROTECTIVE COATINOS: continued 2.02 GENERAL: A. Materials furnished for each coating system must he compatible to the substrate. 13. When unprimed surfaces arc to be coated, entire coating system shall be by the same coating manufacturer to assure compatibility of coatings. C. When shop-painted surfaces are to he coated, ascertain whether finish materials will be compatible with shop coating. Inform Engincer/Architect ofany unsuitable substrate or coating conditions. 2.03 COATING SYSTEMS: A. Specified on the "Protective Coating System" sheets at the cod of this Section. 2.04 SURFACES TO BE COATFD: A. System [ -I: I. Channel grinder. 2. Submersible pumps. 3. Exposed piping and valves. B. System E-2: 1. Flap gate. 2.05 SURI'-ACES NOT TO 13E COATED: A. Do not field coat any of the following Items unless specifically noted otherwise. I. Metal surfaces of aluminum, stainless steel, copper and similar finished materials. a PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARA'T'ION: A. Prepare surfaces for each coating system conforming to SSPC or ASTM surf-ice preparation specifications listed. 1. If grease or oils arc present, SSPC-Sill shall precede any other method specified for metal substrates. 2. Remove surface irregularities such as weld spatter, burrs, or sharp edges prior to specified surface preparation. E. Depth of profile will be as specified or as recommended by the manufacturer for each system, but in no instance shall it exceed one-third of'thc total dry film thickness of complete system. C. Prepare only those areas which will receive the first coat of the system on the same day. I. On steel substrates, apply coating before rust bloom forms. D. Concrete and masonry surfaces shall be adequately cured prior to coating application. 1. Use surface cleaning methods, fbllowed by mechanical or chemical surface preparation as specified in SSPC SP13. a. Acid etching(ASTM D4260)shall not be used for vertical surfaces. h. Acid etching shall only be used where: (I) Procedures are in place for removal of acid residues and the handling, containment, and disposal of hazardous materials. (2) Measures for protection of worker health and safety are provided. I . For new galvanized steel to he coated, ifabsence ofhexavalent stain inhibitors is not documented, test as described in ASTM D2092, Appendix X2, and remove by one of the methods described therein. 3.02 APPLICATION: A. Apply coatings in accordance with coating nuurufncturer's recommendations. 09900-4 JEF09900.1 w ® SECTION 09900- PROTrc riw COATINGS: continued B. Use properly designed brushes, rollers, and spray equipment for all applications. C. On unprimed surfaces apply, first coat of the system the same day as surface preparation. D. Dry film thickness of each system shall nice( the mininmin specified. Maximum dry film thickness shall not exceed the minimum more than 20%or coating rham l'acturer's requirements if less. Where a dry filar thickness range is specific(], the range shall not be less than or exceeded. E. Shop and field painting shall remain 75mm (3 inches) away from unprepared surface of-any substrate such as areas to be welded or bolted. F. Environmental Conditions: 1. Atmospheric temperature must be IO"C (50"F)or higher during application, unless otherwise approved by coating manufacturer. Do not apply coatings when inclement weather or freezing temperature may occur within coating rccoat cure tithes. 2. Wind velocities for exterior applications shalt be at a minimum to prevent overspray or fallout and not greater than coating manufacturer's limits. 3. Relative humidity must be less than 85°/,and the temperature ol'the surface to be painted must be at least 2.8"C (5 0F)above the dew point. 4. Provide adequate ventilation in all areas of application to ensure that at no time does the content of air exceed the Threshold Limit Value given on the manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets for the specific coatings being applied. G. Recoat Time: In the event a coating, such as an epoxy, has exceeded its rccoat time limit, prepare the applied coating in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1-I. Protection: 1. Cover or otherwise protect surfaces not to be painted. Remove protective materials when appropriate. ' 2. Mask, remove, or otherwise, protect finish hardware, machined surfaces, grilles, lighting fixtures, and prefinished units as necessary. 3. Provide cover or shields to prevent surface preparation media and coatings, from entering orifices in electrical or mechanical Equipment. Where ventilation systems must be kept in operation at time of surface preparation, take precautions to shield intakes and exhausts to prevent the materials from entering system or being dispersed. 4. Provide signs to indicate fresh paint areas. 5. Provide daily cleanup of both storage and working areas and removal of all paint refuse, trash, rags, and thinners. Dispose of leftover containers, thinners, rafts, brushes, and rollers which cannot be reused in accordance with applicable regulations. G. Do not remove or paint over Equipment data plates, code stamps on piping, or UL fire- rating labels. 3.03 INSPECTION: A. Contractor shall provide and use a wet 1i1m gauges to check each application approximately every 15 minutes in order to immediately correct film thickness under or over that specified. 13. Contractor shall provide and use a dry filar gauge to check each coat nun (mil) thickness when dry, and the total system nub (mil) thickness when completed. C. Use holiday or pinhole detector on systems over metal substrates to detect and correct voids when indicated on system sheet. D. Furnish a sling psychrometer and perform periodic checks on both relative humidity and temperature limits, E. Check temperature of the substrate at regular intervals to be certain surface is 2.8"C (5"1 )or more above the dew point. �� JI F09900.1 09900-5 a SECTION 09900 - PROTECT1w,COATINGS: continued 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIRS: A. Remove spilled,dripped, or splattered paint from surfaces. B. Touch tip and restore damaged finishes to original condition. This includes surface preparation find application of coatings specified. END Or SECTION 09900 00900-6 JCF09900.1 1 PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM Burns 8; McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers— Architects-- Consultants Kansas City, Missouri System: E'1 SERVICE: Steel & Iron —Nonpotable Liquid Immersion, Normal to Severe Exposure. Interior of Tank or Basin. Exterior of Steel, Piping, or Equipment in Tank or Basin. Surface Preparation: Shop or Field First Coat: SSPGSPS and profile depth of 1.5 to 2.5 mils (0.038 to 0.064 mm). Field Touch-Up: Same as for First Coat. First Coat: High solids amine or polyamidoarnine epoxy coating with minimum 67% solids by volume. Apply at 5.0 mils (0.127 mm) dry film thickness. Second Coat: Same as first coat. System Total: Minimum 10.0 mils (0.254 mm) dry film thickness, Check for voids with holiday or pinhole detector. Volatile Organic Content: Maximum 2.8 Ib/gal (340 g/L). COATING PRODUCT DESIGNATION 0 MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCH UP SECOND COAT Ameron Amerlock 400 Same as first coat Same as first coat Carboline Carboguard 890 Same as first coat Same as first coat ICI Devoe Bar-Rust 235 Same as first coat Same as first coat International Interseal 670 HS Same as first coat Same as first coat Keeler& Long Keelock Same as first coat Same as first coat No. 9600 Pittsburgh Paints Pitt-Guard DTR Same as first coal Same as first coat 97-145 Series Tnemec Epoxoline II-69 Same as first coat Same as first coat PCSE1 0201 r PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers—Architects — Consultants ��yy Kansas City, Missouri System: E-rtG SERVICE: Steel & Iron --Nonpotable Liquid Immersion, Severe Exposure Interior of Tank or Basin. Exterior of Steel,Piping, or Equipment in Tank or Basin. Surface Preparation: Shop or Field First Coat: SSPC-SP5 and profile depth 3,0 to 4.0 mils (0.076 to 0.102 mm). Field Touch-Up: Same as for first coat. First Coat: 100% solids, fast cure urethane, black color. Apply at 15.0 mils (0.381 mm) dry film thickness. Second Coat: Same as first coat. Application after first coat must be between time limits required by manufacturer (3 to 4 minutes to 2 hours @ 70° (21°C) for coating specified). Field Repair: 100% solids epoxy-amine especially recommended for compatibility of urethane and for repair purposes. Color shall be black. r Third Coat: Not required. System Total: Minimum 30,0 mils (0,762 mm) dry film thickness. Check for voids with r holiday or pinhole detector. Volatile Organic Content: Maximum 0.0 lb/gal (0.0 g/L). COATING PRODUCT DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT SECOND COAT FIELD REPAIR Futura Protec II Same as first coal Pipe Mate 1 Alternate System Carboline Bitumastic CT Same as first Biturnastic CT Urethane No. 1 coat if required Urethane No. 1 PCSE2 0201 r DIVISION 1 I - EQUIPMENT SEC'T'ION 11080 - SUBM.L RS113LE WAS I I WATER PUMPS PAIt'Y I - GFN-E'RAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section covers furnishing and instlllling S11b111erSible pumps for the Algoa lagoon Ptimp Station as indicated and specified. B. Submersible pumps shall be furnished complete with pump casings, shafts, bearings, seals, lubrication, piping assemblies, guide rails, anchor bolts. submersible motors, power cable, and all other parts and accessories indicated, specified, or required Cor proper installation, operation, and maintenance. C. Pumps shall be capable of pumping raw wastewater. D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Manufacturer's Field Services: DIVISION 1. ?. Piping and Accessories: DIVISION F. 3. Protective Coatings: DIVISION 9. 4. Electrical: DIVISION 16. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. 1316.1 - Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. ?. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A48. 3. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI). 4. Anti-Friction Bearing Manulacturer's Association (AFBMA). 5. Hydraulic Institute Standards (1IIS). G. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NI.-MA). 7. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IE1,T). 8. National Dire Protection Association (NITA): a. 70 -National Electrical Code (NI:C). 1.03 SUBMITTA1,S: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. C3. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Equip111ent submittals as specified in DIVISION I. 3. Standard performance curves fbf-each pump model furnished, Curves shall cover range from shutoff to 1 SO% of design flow rate at the conditions specified, and shall be submitted foi-the Following paranletcl as a 1 11110 0 011 of 111(1111 CapaCit)': a. 'Total developed head. b. Required brake horsepower. C. Pump efficiency. d. Required NPSI I. e. Minimum recommended submergence. C. Report of factory tests. D. Access hatch catalog cuts. i EI'11080.1 11080-1 li SE CTION f 1080 .- SUBMERS113I.J." WASTI WA'I'F"R 11IMPS: continued 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Factory Tests rind Reports: I. Perform tests on each pump in accordance with I lydraulic Institute Standards except as otherwise specified, 2. Submit results of factory tests in accordance with DIVISION I, 3. Perform standard tests on all motors in accordance with 11:11 11 1.05 FACTORY ASSEMBLY: A. Pump/motor units shrill be completely shop assembled and aligned prior to shipping. B. After completion of the specified factory tests, pumps shall be prepared tier shipment with the rninitnutil atltount ofdisassctllbly, and such that no field disassembly, cleaning, or flushing is required. C. Any components removed for shipping shall be match-marked prior to removal and shipment. D. Prepare all cast iron surfaces and provide manufacturers standard paint system. Submit paint type and nrinufaeturer's specifications with submittals. 1.06 DELIVERY S'T'ORAGE: AND HANDLING.: Shall be as specific(] in DIVISION I. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURI.R: A. FLYGT. 13. Fairbanks-Morse. C. KSC3. 2.02 GENERAL. RC;QUIREML'N'fS; A. provide pump capable of operating dry continuously without damage, B. Pump controls shall be as indicated, as specified in this section, and shall conform to DIVISION 16. C. Pump shall operate at or near maximum eff iciency nt operating conditions. D. Pump head-capacity curve shall be continuously falling from shutoffhead. E. Pump discharge connection elbow and discharge piping shall be installed such that pump will automatically connect and seal to discharge connection elbow when lowered into place, F. Pump shall be easily removable for inspection or service. G. Provide guide rail system and pump rail guide bracket to raise or lower pump unit by chain. 1-1. Guide entire weight ofpump unit with a minimum of two guide bars. 1. Seal interface of the pump and discharge elbow by metal to metal contact. J. Pumps shall be constant speed. K. Pumps shall be able to pump 3-inch diameter rlonCOrlipressible solids, 2.03 DESIGN Rf�,Q111RI;MF.N`I'S: I'unlps shall be designed fir the following: Putno Station A I'mm) Station fl A. Design Capacity (per pump): 620 gpm 785 gpm 13. Design !-lead: 75.5 ft. 82 ft. C. Minimtun Shutoff Head: 110 ft. 120 ft. D. Operating Range: 54-1 10 ft. 30-120 ft. E. Maximum Motor Speed: 1750 rpm 1740 rpm F. Minimum Pump Efficiency at Design Point: 61°iu 61% 11080-2 J I;I 11080.1 r 0 SECTION 11080 - SUBMI RSIBL.I? WASTEWATER PUMPS: continued Pump Station A Pump Station 13 G. Minimum Motor 11fficiency: 88% 91% 11. Maximum Motor Horsepower: 20 hp 30 hp I. Pump Setting: As indicated. J. Maximum Water Depth in Sump: 538.5 ft. 538.3 ft. K. Minimum Water Depth in Sump: 534.4 ft. 533.0 ft. L. Number Required: 2 2 M. Minimum Discharge Size: 4" 4" N. Minimum Inlet Size: 4" 4" O. Solid Size: 3" 3" 2.04 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION: A. Construct motor housing, pump casing, and major pump components of Class 35B cast iron conforming to ASTM A48. B. Provide bolts, nuts, and washers of AISI Series 300 stainless steel. C. Impeller: I. Cast iron. 2. Nonclog design 3. Secured to shaft with key and self-locking device to prevent slipping in either direction. 4. Balanced statically and dynamically to eliminate vibration and minimize hydraulic end thrust. 5. Castings shall not have been repaired by plugging, welding, or other means, 6. Provide renewable stainless-steel. Nitrile or chrome coated steel casing wearing ring for efficient scaling between volute and impeller. D. Shaft: 1. Ample diameter to assure first critical speed will occur at not less than 150% of rated pump speed. E. Bearings: I. Minimum 13-10 life of'50,000 hours across entire pump curve. 2. Pump shaft to rotate on two(upper and lower) permanently lubricated bearings without end movement. Lower bearing shall be single or double row angular contact bearing. F. Shaft Seal: 1. Two mechanical seals in oil bath reservoir shall seal pumped liquid from motor compartment. 2. Moisture detector shall be installed in stator housing and connected to pump controls. 3. Pumps shall have stationary and rotating seal faces, made of tungsten carbide with nickel binder For both upper and lower seals. 2.05 ACCESSORIES: A. Pump Discharge Connection: I. Connected to discharge piping and anchored to sump floor with stainless-steel anchor bolts. 2. Designed to receive pullrp discharge connection without bolts, 3. Integral with guide rail. 4. Cast or ductile iron. 5. Flanges shall conform to ANSI B 16.1. T JEF 11080.) 11080-3 1� SECTION 11080 - S111.3M1?LZS113l,V WAS'TEWA'TER PUMPS: continual 13. Rail Guides: 1, Fasten 316 stainless-steel guide supports to pump so that no lifting loads are applied to pump or motor housing. C. Lining Cable or Chain: 1. Provide one 316 stainless-steel cable or chain for each pump. 2. Design to raise and lower pump with additional safety factor fir overcoming fierce of pump hang-ups, 3. Provide hook Ior chain when not in use. 4. Provide one portable hoist assembly for removal of pumps. D. Guide Rails: 1. Stainless-steel pipe, 2. All 316 stainless steel, including rails, brackets, and anchor bolts. 3. Size shall be 2-inch minimum. 4. Shall not support any portion ol'the pump weight. 5. Provide a minimum oftwo guide rails. L:. Cable and Cable Holder: 1. Provide 304 stainless steel grip holders fin• pump and control cables. 2. Cables shall be easily adjusted to pumping level without splices. 3. Provide continuous cables from control panel to pumps. 2.06 ELECTRICAL I;UU11'MF; I': A. Conform to NEC, NE-MA, IEEE? and DIVISION 16 on all electrical equipment. 13. Submersible motors shall be as specified in DIVISION 16. ' 1. The motors shall be capable of'operating under load without being submerged without damage. C. Pump Control Panel: 1, Panel shall be as specified and confirm to SF,CTION 16901. 2, Pump control panel shall be manufactured by Indquip Engineering, 175 Chesterfield I11dLl5tr., Chesterfield, MO 63005. D• Electrical and Controls: 1. Provide combination magnetic motor starters, control power transformers, alternator, control relays, I land-01T.-Auto selector switches, all prewired to accept one 3-phase, 480V, 60 1 l power feed and cncloscd in one common NFWA 4X rack-mounted cabinet (to be located on concrete pad near pump station), 2. Provide alternator to provide automatic means of alternating pumps. 3. Operation of pumps will be controlled in the following manner: When I land-Off-Auto selector switch is in the "hand" position, pump can be started or stopped via push buttons at the starter. Inn the "OI'i" position, pump will not operate. In the "Auto" position, the pumps will be controlled by in alternator, Inputs to the alternator are controlled by float switches or pressure transducer which ire actuated as follows: One float switch contact will close on rising elevation as indicated on Drawings, at which point one pump will turn on. If the level rises to an elevation as shown on Drawings a second float switch will close and second pump will start. A third float switch contact will close at a level indicated on the Drawings to signal a high wetwell level alarm, Provide high-level alarm at control panel. A fourth ikrrt switch or pressure transducer contact will open on tatting level at an elevation shown on Drawings, at which print the operating pump will be turned off. E. Provide NE;MA 'Type 4X stainless creel code gauge, cabinet with two hinged doors, lockable door latches, and door hold-open latches. Cabinet size and shape shall accept all electrical 11080-4 .11::1:1 1 080.1 r SI?C"1'ION 11080 - St 111MV1611I1 1, }1 ,1STI-AVA•I ER PUMPS: continucd power and control equipntctit Im the pump station package including I)tunp trtotor moisture and temperature receivers, with amplo spaces for wiring, wiring access, and indlvidilal replacement of each device without removal of',) door center past. Interior mounting; plates or framing shall permit individual device replacement without bolts through the exterior. I lingo, latch, breaker handle, and bolts for exterior attachments shall be corrosion-resistant. External attachments shall be gasketed or scaled watertight. Intrinsic wiring; For float switches shall each be metal partitioned from other wiring in the cabinet. The cabinet shall he made by 1 loffman Engineering Co, or equal. Dcad-front covers or individual enclosure within the cabinet shall provide dead-front around normally handled items, such as breaker handl,:s, starter overload resels, sciccfor switches, push buttons, receptacles, and the partitioned float switch area. Wiring to the pump selector switches shall have stranding~, flexibility, length, and arrangement to resist fatigue. All conduits shall enter the cabinet bottom and top. I . Provide circuit breakers in the cabinet. Circuit breakers shall be thermal-magnetic, trip indicating, and ambient compensated. Breakers tM 490V power shall be 6OOV, 22,000 Antp interrupting at 118OV, and multiple pole with common trip. The main breaker shall be as indicated on the Drawings. G. Coll)hination magnetic starters shall serve file pumps. Breaker handles and overload reset buttons shall he inside the cabinet doors. Each starter shall have a I 20 control power transformer with capacity for its ntaxintunt load with the secondary fused and grounded. 1-1. A heavy-duty "I land-Off-Auto" selector switch shall be provide inside the cabinet for each of the starters. • 1. An elapsed time meter shall be provided inside the cabinet for each of the pump starters. 0 1. Relays to operate oft 120V, 60 I lz control circuits shall he provided with actions and contacts as requiral. Provide number ofantacts as required and indicated. Moisture and temperature relays for the two pump motors will be furnished with the primps, hilt mounted and wired in the cabinet. Seal leak detectors shall he Time Mark 40192-120. Auxiliary relays shall have 5 Amp, I2OV, 60 1 Iz contacts and coils for continuous duty in 4OT ambient. Intrinsic safety relays shall limit energy from 120\1 control circuits to Ikrtt switches helow vapor igniting level. Intrinsic relays shall be solid-state type with 120Vac oulpuls sufficient For connected loads. The relay for high level alarm shall have the output isolated from the 120\1 input, such as "Gans" programmable "Modcl 51820." Intrinsic safety relays or signal harriers for pump motor moisture detectors shall be furnished with the motors and installed in the cabinet. Intrinsic, safety relays shall be "fransruncrica-DeLaval "(kilts". Indiquip II ISH-1 15 or equal. Any protective filters, bypasses, etc., recommended for dependable operation and long life of the intrinsic relays on typical power'company supple' shall he provided. Relays shall lie individually fused and grounded. K. Sewagc levels in the wetwell shall be sensed by float switches attached to a stainless cable hangar. Mach switch sha.ill he mercury tilt type inside a gloat hinged from its support by its electrical cord. floats shall be manufiictured of rigid, high-density polyurethane. faectric coals shall be Ilexihle, heavy duly,•lacketcd, and factory scaled to the switch and float For submergence m high levels. S%ti itch carrels shall have continuous length to reach contol cabinet. Floats shall he supported front cable allowing easy accessibility. All exposed materials ofswitches and suppor•l system shall he stainless steel or plastic resistant to sewage which may include gasoline. Float switches and their cords shall he trade tillable to ignite the sewage or its vapor by intrinsic relays in the pump control cabinet. Switch and relay contact actions shall provide independent starts and stops oftwo pumps, and high level alarm. Float switches shall be Consolidated Flectric Model LS or approval equal. L. Provide for each starter one green "on" indicating light and one red "off" indicating light, all rated 12OVac. •r JEIF 1 1080.1 11080-5 tl SECTION 11080 - Sl1I3Mf:IZSll31,[; WAS'I'I tiVA:I'f:IZ PI liy1PS: coutitill ed M. Provide dry contacts connected to terminal blacks liar hump running status (two pumps), kiss of power, high wetwell level overload condition, and hump seal leak detection both humps. Provide a common alarm contact for general alarm indication. Provide additional contacts as indicated on drawings. N. Provide space heaters to prevent condensation in the cabinet, including partitioned areas. Heaters shall be 120V. Heater locations shall not endanger components or wiring. I leaters shall he thermostatically controlled. O. Provide one 120V, 20 Amp, GFC'I convenience receptacle inside the pump control panel. 11. Submersible motors shall be Ul, listed and suitable for Class 1, DIVISION 1, Group 1). hazardous locations, rated 460V, 60 1lz and 3-phase horsepower rating as specified, with a 1.15 service factor and Class F insulation system. Provide supply cable of adequate length suitable for submersible pump applications to reach control panel located as indicated. Q. Motors shall he equipped with thermal sensors attached to or imbedded in the motor windings and connected to pump controls providing shutdown if temperature rises over 125°C. R. Provide moisture sensors connected to pump controls for alarm condition if leakage occurs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, START-UP, AND TFSTING: All Work shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of DIVISION 1. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIEI,D SERVICT": Provide installation, start-up and testing services for ` all equipment as specified in DIVISION 1. 3.03 INSTALLA'T'ION: A. Make all electrical and control connections. 13. Provide all necessary Iuhrication (or initial start-up, testing;and as required for final acceptance. C. Provide a complete unit with all materials, components and adjustments as required for successful operation. D. Installatirnr, start-up and testing of all equipment and associated construction shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations. 1 . Do not place grout for pump pedestal bases until pumps are completely aligned. F. Install pipe and pipe appurtenance supports to minimize stresses being placed on pinup nozzles. 3.04 PERfY)RMANC'E"I'T:S'I'S: A. As specified in DIVISION I. 13. Conduct in the presence of General Contractor, Owner, and/or Engineer. C. Equipment "tests: I. C.'heck performance of'all components as a functioning unit. 2. Check alignment ofeach unit. D. Operational Tests: 1. Conduct such operational tests as necessary to determine that the performance of equipment and controls is as specified. 2. 'rests will generally consist of placing cqui jiment in operation under varying conditions and observing performance. G. Make all necessary equipment adjustments and corrective work indicated by tests. 11080-6 ,IEF1 1080.1 SECTION 11080 - SUI3MERS1131,1: WVAS11 N'A' FIR PUMPS: cofitintted F. Submit a written test report to General Contactor with one copy to Engineer in a letter form stating operations perlormcd and results obtained for each unit, 3.05 PAINTING: Prepare surfiiccs of(luttuiged and UIICOatC(1 areas and (ouch-up as required for complete protection, CND OF.SECTION 1,1080 r JEF11080.1 11080-7 a Y SECTION 1 1 100- SEWAGE GRINDER PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes furnishing and installation of channel grinder channel frames, accessories and any additional materials required by the manufacturer's design to he installed in grinder vault as indicated and specified. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. DIVISION 16- ELECTRICAL. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A536-77 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 2. A29/A29M (4130) (4140) - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, I-lot-Wrought and Cold-Finished. 3. A370- Mechanical Testing of Steel Products. 4. A48 - Gray Iron Castings. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). C. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI). 1.03 SUBMITTALS: ., A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 40 B. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Total weight per unit, and material of construction. 2. Overall dimensions including length, width and height. 3. Rotational speed of grinders(rpm). 4. Rotational speed of motors(rpm), 5. Motor brake horsepower. 6. Motor electrical requirements and motor manufacturer. 7. Control panel layout and wiring diagrams. 8. Details of accessory equipment necessary to meet specifications. 9. In-channel frame design and dimension details. 10. Flead loss calculations(upstream and through grinder) for grinder system supplied. 1.04 DELIVERY STORAGI? AND HANDLING: A. Grinders and screens shall be delivered completely assembled or in convenient sections as permitted by common carrier. B. Handle in a manner to ensure installation in sound and undamaged condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: A. JWC Environmental. B. Franklin Miller. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Furnish one unit suitable for installation as indicated. JEF 11100.1 11100-1 r SECTION 1 1 100 - SEWAGE GRINDi?R: continued B. The channel sewage grinder units shall be installed in a new channel ofthe following dimensions: 1. Width: I foot. 2. Depth: 4 feet. C. The unit shall be capable of handling the following flows with a differential head loss that shall not exceed 12 inches: 1. Average now per channel: 0.32 MGD. 2. Maximum flow per channel: 1.13 MGD. 3. The resulting upstream head shall not exceed a liquid depth of 24 inches tit the maximum flow listed above. Calculations of headloss shall be submitted to Engineer. 2.03 GRINDER SYSTEM: A. The system shall have a dual counter-rotating shaft grinder with double-sided or cam style cutters. B. The grinder assembly shall be capable of continuous operation in both wet and dry conditions and shall have lifting lugs to facilitate removal. C. The grinder assembly shall be capable of cutting debris to 1/2-inch particle sizes. D. Two parallel shafts, which shall counter-rotate, shall be alternately stacked with intermeshing cutters and spacers on the shaft to form a helical pattern. E. The required torque per horsepower shall be a minimum of 1,000 inch-Ibs for continuous operation and 3,200 inch-Ibs for instantaneous peak loads. F. Grinders shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant materials so as to resist pitting and corrosion due to cavitation and galvanic action. Housing of the grinders shall be minimum ` Class 30 gray iron conforming to ASTM A48 or ASTM A536-84 ductile iron. G. Side rails: 1. The inside profile of the side rail shall be concave so as to closely follow the radial arc of the cutters. 2. Side rails shall be the high-flow type. H. Seals: 1. Labyrinth and end face mechanical seals not requiring external flush shall be used to protect the bearings on each shaft. 2. Face materials shall be tungsten carbide to tungsten carbide and mechanical seals shall be rated at 60 psi continuous duty by the seal manufacturer. 3. The bearings and seals shall be housed in replaceable wear sleeves that support and align the bearings and seals. 1. Bearings: Four scaled oversized heavy-duty ball bearings, with a minimum dynamic load rating of 7,050 pounds, shall be used to support the ends of the shafts. J. Cutters and spacers: 1. Cutters and spacers shall be cast from AISI Type 4130 or 4140 heat-treated alloy steel conforming to ASTM A29/A29M (4130), surface ground for uniformity and through hardened to 43-50 Rockwell "C" with test conforming to ASTM A370. 2. Cutters shall be of the 7-tooth design with bidirectional cutting teeth so it can cut equally well in either direction without removal of the cutters. 3. Cutters shall be placed on the shaft in a 1:1 ratio to the spacers and shall be in a helical formation. 4. The inside diameter of the cutters and spacers shall be hexagon-shaped with a total clearance not to exceed 0.020-inch across the flats. 5. Depth of cutter teeth in channel shall be 24 inches. 1 1 100-2 J EF 11100.1 Y Y SECTION I 1 100 - SEWAGE GRINDER: continued K. Grinder Shaft. 1. The sludge grinders shall he of the two-shaft design with a minimum output torque to 4,900 in/lbs. 2. The speed of the driven shaft shall he 55 to 65 percent of the speed of the drive shaft. 3. Shafts shall be fabricated from 2-inch hexagonal A]Si Type 4140 steel conforming to ASTM A29/A29M (4 140) with a tensile strength rating of not less than 183,000 pounds, and shall be hardened to 42-45 Rockwell "C" with test conforming to ASTM A370 or ASTM Tvpe 304 stainless steel. L. Speed Reducers: 1. The speed reducer shall be of the planetary type, grease filled, have a service factor of 1.9, and have a load classification of"Leavy shock". 2. The high-speed shaft of the grinders and the shafts of tine reducer on the motor shall be in a direct line with each other. M. Motor: I. Motor Size: 5 lip. 2. Provide submersible motor confirming to SECTION 16150. N. Motor Controller: 1. Utilize a motor controller with solid-state logic and line transient protection to 1,000 volts. 2. Provide a properly sized circuit breaker, fused control transformer sized for the load, electrical interlocks with the contactors, motor overload protection, single-phase protection, voltage unbalance protection, low oil level and high oil temperature cutoff circuitry. 3. Forward and reverse contactor rated for 460V, 3 phase and be both electrically and mechanically interlocked. 4. Provide a NEMA 4X enclosure. 5. "The controller shall provide the following features: a. Operate with a Hand-Off-Auto selector switch. b. Sense an overload(jam)condition, momentarily reverse the shaft direction to clear the condition and return to a fbmard direction. if the overload has cleared, return to a forward direction. C. If a second overload (jam) occurs, the same schedule shall apply as for one overload condition. d. If a third overload (jam)occurs within 30 seconds, sewage grinder will reverse shaft directions, shut down, and a light and alarm circuit will be energized. e. Provide for local-manual and autonnatic control. f. Include the following: (1) One set of run relay contacts for remote indication. (2) Provide relay contacts for alarm conditions as indicated. g. Provide with following designated indicating lights: (1) "Stopped" - red. (2) "Running" - green. (3) "Overload"- yellow. 6. All components shall conform to DIVISION 16. O. Spare Parts: 1. Provide the following spare parts for the grinder: a. One complete set of'cutters. 1EF11100.1 11100-3 SECTION 11 100- SEWAGE GRINDER: continued P. In-Channel Mounting Frames: 1. In-channel mounting frame for grinder shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant material. 2. Contractor shall provide ASTM Type 304 stainless steel anchor bolts to mount frame in channel. 3. Designed to be compatible with a minimum cutter teeth height of 24 inches. 4. Manufacturer shall submit in-channel frame design to Engineer. 2.04 PROTECTIVE COATING: A. Completely shop paint all steel surfaces, including in-channel frames, except stainless steel, with System E-1 as specified in DIVISION 9. B. Coatings other than those listed in System E-1 may be submitted but must receive the approval of the Engineer. C. Provide field touch-up paint kit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION START-UP AND TESTING: All Work shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of DIVISION 1. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: Provide installation, start-up and testing services for all equipment as specified in DIVISION 1. , v 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Install where indicated. B. Make all electrical and control connections. C. Installation, start-up and testing of all equipment shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04 FIELD TESTING: A. As specified in DIVISION 1. B. Conduct in the presence of Owner and/or Engineer. C. Tests will generally consist of placing equipment in operation under varying conditions and observing performance. D. Make all necessary equipment adjustments and corrective work indicated by tests. E. Submit a written test report to Owner with one copy to Engineer in a letter form showing operations performed and results obtained for each unit. END OF SECTION 1 1 100 11100-4 JEF 1 1100.1 SECTION 11150 - SLIDE GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes slide gates, manual operators, and accessories. B. Furnish the number and type of gates and operators as specified. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. 131.1 - Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form). 2. American Society for Testing and materials(ASTM): a. A126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings. b. A167 - Stainless and Fleat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. C. A276- Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. 3. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): a. SP5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Include, but not limited to, the following: 1, Catalog data or illustrations showing principal parts and materials. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Assembly and disassembly or repair instructions. 4. Detailed layout dimensions. 5. Protective coating system. 6. Leakage testing procedures. 7. Loads transferred to supporting structures during operation. 8. Installation, operation and maintenance manuals. C. Certificates and Affidavits: 1. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1, 2. Furnish prior to shipment. 3. Include the following: a. Test certificates. b. Certification of design and manufacturing experience. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers shall be experienced in the design and manufacture of equipment and accessories for a minimum period of 5 years. 1,05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Shipment Preparation: Prepare equipment and materials for shipment in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling, and to protect against damage or unnecessary exposure in transit and storage. Include: 1. Crates or other suitable packaging materials. 2. Covers and other means to prevent corrosion, moisture damage,mechanical injury and accumulation of dirt in motors, electrical equipment and machinery. 3. Suitable rust-preventive compound on exposed machined surfaces and unpainted iron and steel. r JEF l 1150.1 1 1 150-1 SECTION 11 150 - SLIDE GA'Z'ES: continued 4. Grease packing;or oil lubrication in all bearings and similar items. B. Marking: 1. Tag or mark each item of equipment or material as identified in the delivery schedule or on Submittals and include complete packing lists and bills of material with each shipment. Each piece of every itcrn need not be marked separately provided that all pieces of each item are packed or bundled together and the packages or bundles arc properly tagged and marked. 2. Mark partial deliveries of component parts of equipment to identify the equipment, to permit easy accumulation of parts, and to facilitate assembly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Slide Gates: I. Leopold Division/Sybron Corporation. 2. Rodney Hunt. 3. Washington Aluminum Company, Inc. 4. Waterman Industries, Inc. 5. Whipps, Inc. 6. Hydro Gate Corp. 7. Fontaine. 2.02 SLIDE GATES: C A. Design: 1. Size, seating and unseating heads, and gate centerline elevations in accordance with Table l: TABLE 1 SLIDE GATES Opening Disc Max. Heads' Size C.L. E1. Seating Unseating Designation { VxH} ft msl (ft) (ft) SLG-I Px2.6' 538.7' 1.3 1.3 SLG-2 1'x2.6' 538.7' 1.3 1.3 SLG-3 2'x2.1' 538.4' 0.8 0.8 SLG-4 2'x2.1' 538.4' 0.8 0.8 1 Seating and unseating heads measured from centerline of disc. 2. Self-contained frame, flat frame type, rising stem with top-mounted wheel operator. 3. Flush bottom closure and embedded type as indicated. B. Materials: 1. Slide Gate, Reinforcing and Frame: 304 stainless steel. 2. Stem: Stainless steel, ASTM A276, 'Type 304. 3, Seal: Neoprene. 4. Fasteners and Anchor Bolts: Stainless steel, ASTM A 167, Type 316. 5, Wheel Operator: Cast iron. 6. Seats: High-molecular weight polymer having an intrinsic viscosity of at least 14. 11150-2 JEF11150.1 ' SECTION 11 150 - SLIDE GATES: continued C. Construction: 1. Integral gate, scat and frame unit. 2. Guide extrusions shall act as guides for the slide and shall have high-density polymer seats securely fastened to the guide on both sides of the gate. 3. Self-contained frame of cuff icient strength to withstand the thrust developed. 4. Deflection of slide under full load head shall be limited to 1/360 of the span. Reinforce slide with structural shapes, if required. a. Provide a connector welded to the slide assembly to receive the stem. b. Design connector pocket to take the full thrust developed during gate operation. 5. Provide sold-neoprene seals anchored to each side and bottom guide: a. Type "P" and "J." b. Gate slide shall make uniform contact with seal when it is closed without damaging seal surface. 6. Provide a solid-neoprene seal at the invert of the channel: a. Design the seal to be flush with the invert of the channel. b. Gate slide shall make uniform contact with seal when it is closed without damaging seal surface. 7. Size stem to be of adequate diameter to safely withstand twice the force created by a 40- pound pull on the handwheel. a. Provide Acme-type or rolled threads on stem. b. Supported by guides spaced to provide an 1/r ratio of less than 200. C. Provide single stem. ' 8. Top-mounted handwheel operator on the head frame: a. The wheel shall operate the gate with no more than a 40-pound effort. b. Furnish grease fittings. C. Provide stop nut to limit the downward travel of the stem and slide. t d. Provide a solid-rim wheel with an arrow to show direction of opening. e. Centerline of operator shall be located 60 inches or less above the concrete floor elevation. if the ftimishcd gate cannot meet this requirement, then a chain operator shall be provided with the bottom of the chain located no more than 48 inches above the concrete floor. Centerline of handwhecl shall be approximately 48 inches and a minimum of 36 inches above the concrete floor elevation. D. Painting: I. Exposed and enclosed machined or bearing surfaces shall be coated by the manufacturer with water-resistant grease or rust-preventative compound standard of the manufacturer. 2. Coat all aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3. Wheel operator shall be primed and painted in accordance with AWWA C501, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with provisions of AWWA C501 and as specified. B. Provide manufacturer's field services as specified in DIVISION 1. C. Perform equipment tests during and after start-up to determine if equipment is performing as specified. D. Furnish and dispose of water required for leakage tests in a manner approved by Engineer. E. Lubricate all bearings and gears before placing gates in operation. i JER 1150.1 11150-3 SECTION 11150- SLIDE GATES: continued F. Leakage Test: Perform field leakage test and submit certified test results per DIVISION 1. Leakage shall not exceed the limits established by AWWA C501. 1. Furnish bulkheads as required. 1 Minimum seating and unseating head shall be as specified. 3. Minimum test duration shall be two hours. 3.02 FIELD PAINTING: A. Finish Coating: As specified in SECTION 09900. END OF SECTION 11450 r 4' i 11150-4 JEF 1 l 150.1 f i DIVISION 15 — MECI iANICAL, SECTION 15010 - GENERI` L RI:QLJIRi-"NlL'N7'S PART 1 - GENFRA1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. DIVISION 15 includes, in general, the following work: I. Plumbing. 2. Ventilation. 3. Piping and accessories. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. All Sections this DIVISION 15. 2. All Electrical work: DIVISION 16. 3. Concrete and reinforcement: DIVISION 3. 4. Protective Coatings: SECTION 09900. 5. Manufacturer's Field Services: SECTION 01750. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME): f a. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 2. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): • a. B31.1 - Power Piping. 3. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)• a. FIVAC Duct Construction Standards. B. Codes and Standards as specified in each Section of this DIVISION 15. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Welding Qualifications: Specified in PART 3 this Section. B. All Equipment and Materials shall be the latest design, new, undeteriorated, and the first quality standard product of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and material. C. When two or more units of the same class of Equipment are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer. D. Year 2000 Compliance: I. Contractor warrants that all equipment, devices, items, systems, software, hardware, and firmware provided shall be Year 2000 Compliant, meaning that they shall properly, appropriately, and consistently function and accurately process date and time data (Including without limitation: calculating, comparing, and sequencing)on and after December 31, 1999, including leap year calculations. This warranty supersedes anything in the Specifications or other Contract Documents which might be construed Inconsistently. This warranty is applicable whether the equipment, device, item, system, or software, hardware, or firmware is specified with or without reference to a manufacturer's ilanic, make, or model number. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. JEF15010.1 15010-1 SECTION 15010—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: continued B. Include manufacturer's literature and Shop Drawings as specified in each Section of this DIVISION 15. 1. Motors and Drives: Provide as specified in SECTION 16150 - MOTORS AND ACCESSORIES, 2. Couplings, belt drives, and belt guards. 3. Test reports. a. Equipment and system perflormance and acceptance tests. b. Air systems balancing and testing. 4. Provide instruction books and maintenance manuals for the following: a. Fans. b. Plumbing fixtures and fittings. C. Bind all instruction books and manuals complete in three-ring binders with hard durable covers clearly and permanently identified with Contract name and number. C. When any material is specified to comply with applicable standards, codes or laws, manufacturer's Submittal must clearly state such compliance. D. Contractor shall, as specified in DIVISION 1, submit a schedule for submission of all Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, instruction books, and maintenance manuals required by this DIVISION. The data shall include but not be limited to the following information for each item: I. Description. 2. Specification Section and Article number. 3. Anticipated date of original submission. 4. Nance of manufacturer or Supplier. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Specified in each Section this DIVISION 15 except as follows: P P 2.01 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS: e A. Provide identification markers for all major pieces of Equipment, piping, and valves as described below. Permanently install in easily visible locations. B. Equipment Markers: I. Laminated plastic equipment markers, 1/8-Inch-thick black melamine plastic with white center core, matte finish, and square corners. 2. 3/4-inch-high lettering on I-1/2-inch plate or as required for multiple lines shall be accurately aligned and engraved into the white. Use normal Gothic style letters and numbers. 3. Provide with pressure adhesive or screws,dependent upon the Equipment on which it is to be mounted. 2.02 ELECTRICAL WORK: A. Conform to DIVISION 16. B. Molor controls shall be furnished and installed under DIVISION 16 unless specified as an integral part of the Equipment. C. Coordinate motors furnished with DIVISION 16 work. D. Motors and drives shall be as specified in DIVISION 16. E. Belt Drives: 1. Single or multiple V-belt. 2. Rating: 140% of motor horsepower. 3. Adjustable speed with maximum belt speed of 4500 fpm. 15010-2 .1 FF 15010.1 0 SECTION 15010—Gi"N1-,RAL iti 011iRi?MEN1'S: continued 4. Adjustable motor pulley: Gates or Browning adjustable screw type LVP or MVP type for over one groove except motors 50 hp and larger may be furnished with two nonadjustable motor pulleys, one for testing and one for final operation. 5. Multiple belt drives shall have matched sets of'belts. G. Motor mount shall have adjustable slide rails. 7. Replacement shall be made by Contractor, if required, to properly balance the air distribution system and obtain design flows. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL: A. Receive, unload, check, and store in suitable facilities all Equipment and Material. B. Examine Equipment and Material for concealed damage and report any damage to Engineer. C. Be responsible for the safety and protection from loss or damage of all Equipment and Materials received until the Work is complete. D. Pay all demurrage charges and claims for damage to cars resulting front the unloading operation. E. Learn of the design loadings of the various floors in the building and do not overload any floor. F. Protect all Equipment and Materials during storage and prior to start-up which shall include the coverings of all openings, protection against rust and other damage, and similar measures. Equipment may be stored outdoors only when approved. G. Furnish all labor, Materials and Equipment necessary to make a complete installation as • indicated and specified. I1. Provide all necessary supports, brackets, or foundations for properly installing all Equipment. L Coordinate with the other trades before installation of Materials. No extra charges shall be a approved for interferences due to lack of coordination. J. Properly align, adjust, and lubricate all Equipment before final acccptan:e. K. Spot paint all Equipment where the shop paint has been damaged or flaked off. Finish painting of all exposed piping and mechanical equipment is specified in SECTION 09900 unless otherwise specified. L. Furnish all bolts, studs, nuts,and gaskets for makeup of all connections to the Equipment and replace all manhole or other gaskets damaged during storage, inspection, cleaning or placing into service. M. Contractor shall be responsible for all added expenses due to his choice of Equipment. N. install all Materials at times necessary to avoid delays in construction. O. Perform all work in existing buildings on a schedule as approved by Owner to assure minimum interruptions. 3.02 FIELD TESTS: A. Service and Test Engineers: 1. Furnish the services of experienced factory service engineers for at least the minimum time specified in SF?C'I'iON 01750, for all services recommended in manufacturer's written installation instructions and additional time as required to peribrm and/or supervise the erection, start-up, testing, and placing into successful operation all Equipment and to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation of Equipment. Services of a sales representative is not acceptable unless certified in writing by the manufacturer to be an authorized factory service representative. JEF 15010.1 15010-3 SECTION 15010_.OE ',RAf, continued 2. Submit a written notice containing the schedule, procedure, and names and affiliation of personnel involved in erection, start-up, testing, and placing into operation at least one week in advance of beginning erection. 3. 'Travel and living expenses shall be paid by Contractor. 4. Provide (lie services of the service engineer upon request and at the times required by I ngincer. 5. The service engineer shall be directly responsible to Engineer and when requested shall make daily reports to Engineer. 6. The service engineer's performance shall be satisfactory and acceptable to Engineer. Unsatisfactory performance time shall not be considered as qualified service time. 7. Replace the service engineer at the request of l.ingineer. S. Upon arriving or leaving the Site the manufacturer's service engineer shall report to the Resident Project Representative. 9. Start-up and tests of the systems and Equipment furnished shall begin only after the installation is complete and ready, and Engineer has been notified in writing by the factory service engineer that the installation is in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. 'Testing: 1. Perform all tests as specified, recommended by the manufacturer, required by the codes, and additional tests deemed necessary by Engineer to ensure proper operation and function of the Equipment furnished and to certify that the furnished Equipment meets the performance specified. j 2. Perform tests before Work is concealed. 3. Conduct tests in a safe and orderly manner with qualified trained personnel. 4. Obtain all necessary approvals, acceptances, and permits. 5. Correct all deficiencies found during tests. 6. Equipment and System Performance and Acceptance Tests: a. Coordinate and schedule all performance and acceptance tests and ensure that all required factory service engineers and test personnel will be present, and the required test equipment and instruments will be available and calibrated. b. Conduct all performance and acceptance tests and provide all test labor. e. burnish all instruments, thermometers, and gauges required for testing. If the accuracy or completeness of installed instrumentation is not sufficient, provide additional instrumentation. d. Provide all pipeline connections, valves, temporary connections, and lines as specified or as required for testing. e. All tests shall be witnessed by Engineer and may be witnessed by Owner. f. Make all performance tests as soon as practical after successful operation to determine if the Equipment furnished meets the Specifications and guarantees. g. Prepare a typewritten report of the test and submit six copies of all test log sheets and reports to f ngincer as specified. h. l7urnish electrical power, water, all fuels, and operating personnel for start-up, operating, and performance testing. i. in the event of failure of any Equipment or systems specified in this Contract to operate and perform as specified, or if the Equipment fails to meet the performance guarantees provided for in this Contract, Owner shall have the right to operate the system or l"quipment until such detects have been remedied by Contractor, and the guarantees complied with. In the event that defects necessitate the rejection of the system or Equipment, Owner shall have the right to operate the Equipment without 15010-4 JEF15010.1 r SECTION 15010—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: continued additional cost until such time as new Equipment is provided to replace the rejected Equipment. Replacement of the Equipment shall be coordinated and scheduled with Owner. 7. Tests and Checks of Piping Systems for Acceptance: a. Equipment and Materials: (I) Protect from damage resulting from leaks in piping systems during testing. (2) Repair or replace if damaged. (3) Clean off fluid immediately after contact. b. Testing: Belare piping systems and Equipment will be accepted, accomplish the following: (1) 'Pest valves for tightness and action. (2) Blow out or flush and clean all lines of all dirt, scale, chips, and other foreign matter. (3) Repair or replace immediately all tested Materials or Equipment found leaking or defective. C. Hydrostatic Tests: (1) Make in accordance with paragraphs 137 "Leak Tests" of ANSI B31.1 for all pipelines and as modified herein. (2) Conduct hydrostatic tests with the fluid specified or as directed by Engineer. (3) Conduct hydrostatic tests at the test pressure specified. (4) Maintain test pressure for at least four hours or longer if directed by Engineer. (5) furnish all the fluid of the type specified required for testing. Drain and ® dispose of test fluid as directed by Engineer unless otherwise specified. (6) Furnish all temporary connections required for filling, venting, and draining systems. (7) Furnish, install, and remove all temporary supports, anchors and backing blocks required to prevent damage to permanent supports and pipelines during hydrostatic testing. Temporary anchors and supports shall be subject to the approval of Engineer. (8) Hydrostatically test all underground and encased lines prior to backfilling, embedding, or replacement of base course or concrete pavement. (9) Repair any leaks detected in a manner acceptable to Engineer and retest. (10) Perform on all piping systems as follows: Test Svstem Pressure— psi g Fluid Sanitary Waste 15 Clear Water d. Testing of Protective Pipe Coating: (1) 'Pest entire length of coated pipe before lowering into trench. (2) 'Pest coating at a voltage of 8,000 to 10,000 volts with an electric holiday detector. (3) Repair any defects and retest. (4) Test each field wrapped.joint before backfilling and repair and retest if necessary. (5) The holiday detector used :,hall be of good quality and shall meet the approval of Engineer. JEF15010.1 15010-5 h SECTION 15010—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: continued 3.03 FACTORY TESTS: A. For factory testing of Equipment, refer to specific Sections this DIVISION 15 where Equipment is specified. 3.04 TEST, BALANCE, AND ADJUST AIR SYS'ITRSS: A. All air distribution systems and the Equipment and apparatus connected thereto shall be tested, adjusted, and balanced as specified herein. B. Prepare a system diagram f'or each air system being balanced. Identify all testing points on the diagram. C. Perform the following functions: 1. Adjust all blower or fan rpnts to design requirements. 2. Make pitot tube traverse of supply ducts as required until design cfin is being delivered. 3. Take motor full load amps readings (on all three legs of 3-phase motors). 4. 'fake static pressure, readings on suction side and discharge side of ducted fans. 5. Take air temperature readings entering fans at tests. 6. Adjust all air distribution devices to within 5% of design cfin. 7. Record outlet velocity at air distribution devices. D. Copies of test reports to include the following data: I. Systems Diagram, including cfm's, inlets, outlets(numbered), outside air, and supply air. 2. Air Apparatus Test Report, indicating cfin, static pressure, fan rpm, motor rpm, voltage, amps and 131-113 and nameplate data. 3. Exhaust Fan Test Report, indicating cfin, rpm, total SP, motor 131-I13, voltage and amps, equipment nameplate data, entering and leaving temperatures. 4. Pitot Tube Test Report, indicating velocity readings and conversions to cfm. 5. Air Outlet'rest Report, indicating outlet number, type, size, flow "factors," velocity readings. E. Each individual final Reporting Form submitted shall bear the signature of the person who recorded the data and the signature of the supervisor of the performing firm. END OF SECTION 15010 15010-6 JEFI5010.1 1 SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND Vi?NT PIPING; PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY_: A. This Section includes all pressure pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Pipe Installation: SECTION 02535. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. Cl 10 - Ductile-Iron and Cray-Iron fittings, 3 Inches Through 48 Inches (75 mm Through 1,200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. b. C 1 1 I - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. C. C 115 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron 'Threaded Flanges. d. C150 - Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe. C. C 151 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids. f. C153 - Ductile-iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. 'Through 24 In. (76 mill 'Through 610 nun)and 54 In. Through 64 In. (1,400 turn Through 1,600 null), (or Water Service. g. M41 - Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 3 1.03 SUBMITTALS: ® A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Submit the following for acceptance prior to fabrication: 1. Pipe and joint details. i 2. Special, fitting, and coupling details. 3. Laying and installation schedule. 4. Specifications, data sheets, and aflidavits of compliance fbr protective shop coatings and linings. 5. Manufacturer's design calculations. C. Certificates and Affidavits: Furnish the Following Prior to Shipment: I. Affidavit of compliance with applicable standard. 2. Certificate or origin l'or all steel flanges. flanges shall be manufactured in the U.S.A. 3. "Pest certificates. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers shall be experienced in the design and manufacture of pipe, fittings, specials, or appurtenances for a minimum period of 5 years. B. All pipe manufactured to AWWA C-200 series specifications shall be furnished by a manufacturer certified by the Steel Plate Fabrication Association (SPAA) for steel pipe fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE REQUIRI.MEN'TS: A. Furnish pipe of'materials,joint types, and sizes as indicated or specified. B. Pipe shall be designed to withstand all stresses resulting front external loads. JEF 15150.1 15150-1 R r • SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND V1 NT PIPING: continued C. Pipe Marking: All pipe and fittings shall be marked conforming to the applicable standard specification under which the pipe is manufactured and as otherwise specified. 2.02 DIJC'oLE-IRON 11111I;: A. Design and Manufacture of Pipc: 1. Ductile-iron pipe shall conform to AWWA Cl 15, C 150 and C151 except as otherwise specified. 13. Joints: 1. Mechanical and Push-On 'I ype: a. Provide mechanical or push-on-type joints for all buried pipe less than 750 mm (30 inches) in diameter unless otherwise specified or indicated. Provide push-on-type joints for sires 750 rnm (30 inches) in diameter and greater. b. Joints shall conform to AWWA C1 1 1. 2. Flanged: a. Provide flanged joints for all interior pipe where specified or indicated. h. Flanges for pipe shall be ductile iron and conform to the applicable provisions of AWWA CI 10 and Cl 15 and shall be drilled ANSI T316.1 Class 125. C. Fittings: 1. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C 110(or C 153). 2. fittings shall be ductile iron. 3. Include all specials, taps, plugs, flanges, and wall fittings as required. U. Lining: I. All pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C104. E. Coaling: 1. All iron pipe and fittings shall be coated with manufacturer's standard bituminous paint coating. 2. I-lange faces shall be coated in accordance with AWWA C 115. 2.03 SLI?F.VES AND COUPLINGS: A. Sleeves: 1. AWWA CI 10 mechanical joint ductile-iron transition-sleeve type: a. Pipe end space shall not exceed one-third of the sleeve laying length. b. Interior, exposed, exterior, or buried service as indicated. 13. Couplings: 1. Couplings for joining direct buried, exposed exterior, vault or pit installations of iron, or PVC pipe up to 300 min (12-inch) diameter shall be iron. 2. Couplings for exposed interior iron pipe may be steel or iron. 3. Fastener bolts shall be ductile iron or stainless steel for iron couplings and high-strength, low-alloy steel for steel couplings. Bolts for direct buried coupling installations shall be stainless steel. 4. Center sleeve and end rings shall be: a. Ductile or malleable iron for iron couplings. b. Steel for steel couplings. 5. Lining and Exterior Coating: a. Use for all steel couplings intended for direct bury, exposed exterior, vault or pit installations. h. Completely coat center sleeve and end rings. c, Two-part epoxy or nylon fuse-coated to a minimum 0.25 mm (10 mils)thickness. 15150-2 J11 15150.1 " r , i SECTION 15150- SANiTARY WAS'T'E AND VENT PIPING: continued d. Line interior of all steel couplings intended for exposed-interior installations. Coat exterior with normal shop coating. C. Flanged Coupling Adapters: 1. Flanged end and body to be one unit conforming to AW WA C219. Coupling end to be compression gland type with follower ring. 2. Adapters tar joining direct buried, exposed exterior, vault or pit installations of iron pipe shall be iron. 3. Adapters for joining exposed interior iron pipe may be steel or iron. 4. Flanged end bolt circle, bolt size, and spacing shall conform to the applicable provisions of ANSI B16.1 and shall be drilled Class 125 for iron adapters. Flanges on steel adapters shall be AW WA C207, Class D,drilled ANSI 1316.1 Class 125, 5. Bolts and nuts shall be ductile iron for iron adapters and high-strength, low-alloy steel for steel adapters. 6. Anchor studs shall not be used where joint restraint is required. Furnish adapters with tie rod harness assemblies where indicated. 7. Lining and Exterior Coating for Steel Adapters: a. Two-part epoxy or nylon fuse-coated to a minimum 0.25 mm (10 mils) thickness. b. Completely coat adapter sleeve and end follower gland plus line interior for adapters intended for exposed exterior, vault or pit installations. C. Line interior of all adapters intended for exposed interior installations. Coat exterior with normal shop coating. = 2.04 GASKETS AND BOLTING MATERIALS: A. Provide all gaskets, bolts, lubricant, and other accessories required to install pipe, fittings, and specials complete and -cady for service. B. Gaskets for flanged.jo As shall conform to ANSI 1316.21, 3 mm (1/8-inch) thick (ftill-face) • (ring-type) synthetic rubber(or American Cast Iron Pipe Company Toruseal 3 min (1/8-inch) thick full-face gasket) or U.S. Pipe Company Flange-Type 3 mnt (1/8-inch) thick ring gasket). Provide full-fine gaskets for all pump and equipment connections. C. Gaskets for ductile iron flanged pipe and fittings 300 mm (12 inch) and smaller shall have "nominal" inside diameters, not the larger inside diameters per ANSI 1316.21. D. Bolts for flanged joints shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B. Nut and bolt heads shall be hexagonal. . E. Gaskets and bolts for other than flanged joints shall be as otherwise specified for pipe and pipe joints. PART 3 - I3XECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Specified in SECTION 02535, 3.02 FIELD'I'ESTING: A. Specified in SECTION 15010. END OF SEC"f1ON 02510 JEF 15150.1 15150-3 r SECTION 15430 - PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following plumbing specialties: 1. Floor drains. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME): 1. A 1 12.21.1 M - Floor Drains. 2. 1331.9 - Building Services Piping. 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic piping materials: 1. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit the following in accordance with DIVISION 1. B. Product Data: indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping for the following: 1. Floor drains. i 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of plumbing specialties and are based on the specific system indicated. B. Plumbing specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. C. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 for piping matcrials and installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.02 FLOOR DRAINS: A. Floor Drains: Comply with ASM I:; A 1 12.21.i M. 1. Application: Floor drain. 2. Products: a. Josam Co. b. Josam Co., Blucher-Josam Div. C. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., file. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Model 20100-V-1-t. e. 'Tyler Pipe, Wade Div. 1'. Watts Industries, inc., Drainage Products Div. g. Zurn Industries, Inc., Jonespec Div. JEF 15430.1 15130-1 M SECTION 15430 - PLUMBING-SPECIALTIES: contimied h. Zurn Industries, Inc., Specification Drainage Operation. 3. Body Material: Gray iron. 4. Seepage I lange: Required. 5. Clamping Device: Not required. 6. Outlet: Bottom. 7. Exposed Surfaces and Interior Lining: Acid-resistant enamel. 8. Sediment Bucket: Not required. 9. Top or Strainer Material: Gray iron. 10. Top Shape: Round. 11. Dimensions of Top,or Strainer: 5" x 5", adjustable strainer head, flapper type backwater valve, hinged grate. 12. 'Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty. 13. Trap Material: Not required. 14. Trap Pattern: Not required. 15. 'Trap Features: Not required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install floor drains at low points of surface arcas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. ; 2. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 3.02 PROTECTION: A. Protect drains during remainder ofconstruction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uneompleted piping at end of each clay or when work stops. END OF SECTION 15430 15430-2 JEF15430.1 r M SECTION 15810 - DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - C;ENERAI. 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Specification includes the following: 1. Flexible duct connections. 2. Ductwork. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Codes and Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. 0582-95 - Standard Specification for Contact Molded Reinforced Thermosetting Plastic (RPT) Laminates for Corrosion-Resistant Equipment. b. D790-95A - Test Method for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulation Material. C. D638 - 'Pest Methods for Tensile Properties of Plastics. d. D2583 - Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol impresser. C. D2584 - Test Method for ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins, f. D4385 - Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in 'Thermosetting Reinforced Plastic Pultruded Products. 3 2. National Bureau of Standards (NBS): a. PS 15-69 - Voluntary Product Standard, Custom Contact-Molded Reinforced- Polyester Chemical-Resistant Process Equipment. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NITA): a. 90A - Air-Conditioning and Ventilating; Systems. A 4. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA): a. HVAC Duct Construction Standards. I3, Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Submittals: DIVISION 1. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Contractor shall submit information in accordance with the requirements of DIVISION 1. All information shall be clearly marked with an arrow to show the model number, size, options, etc, for all equipment intended for consideration, A highlighter is not acceptable for marking. All information shall be submitted in a complete package which addresses each item of the specification and demonstrates adequate compliance. Specific requirements are listed below. 13, Items for Submittal: I. Data: a. Catalog Data. b. Performance Data. C. Corrosion Charts. 2. Drawings: a. Detailed Ductwork Layouts (Fabrication Drawings). 3. Statements: a. Previous Installations, 4. Reports: III Pest Reports. JEF15810.1 15810-i M SECTION 15910 - DUCTS ANf) ACCI.SSORII:,S: continued 5. Certificates, 6. Records: a, �ti'arranty Information. 7. Sample. 1.04 2 LIA[Lr Y ASSURANCE: A. Manuf'acturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in nuanufiacture of ducts and accessories as specified which are used in the indicated services and whose products and services have been in satisfactory use tier not less titan live ),cars. Submit a list of at least (3) three previous projects of similar nature where the manufacturer's equipment was installed. The list shall Include name, address, phone number and fa.x number. B. Codes and Standards: I. SMACNA Compliance: All ductwork hangers, and supporting systems shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA IIVAC Duct Construction Standards. 2. FRP duct shall be manufactured in accordance with N13S I'S 15-69. 1,05 DEsL,IVE.:RY STORAGI AND HANDLING: A. Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of duct. Maintain end-caps in place through shipping, storage and handling to prevent damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of duct. 13. Where possible, store duct, fittings and equipment inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate Nvell above grade and enclose with durable waterproof j wrapping. Protect material not suitable for outdoor storage to prevent damage during periods of inclement weather, including subfrcuing temperatures, precipitation, and high winds. Store materials susceptible to deterioration by direct sunlight under cover and avoid damage due to high temperatures. Do not store materials directly on ground. C. If special precautions are required, prominently and legibly stencil instructions for such precautions on outside ol'equipmcnt or its crating. I). Protect all materials from dirt and dust, or other contaminants. 1:. Handle equipment in such a manner as to ensure delivery to final Icicatian in sound, undamaged condition. Make satisfactory repairs to damaged materials) at no cost to Owner, F. Carry and do not drag materials. 1.06 WARRANTIES: A. Contractor shall warrant ducts, fittings, and accessories submitted for this prgject in the intended service For a period not less than one ( I) year following the date of substantial completion. Contractor shall purchase any and all extended warranties, as necessary, to comply with the specifications. 1,07 ACCEPTABLE, MANUFACfURIRS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following or approved equal: A. Ducts: 1. Viron International Corp. 2. ATS Products, Inc, 3. Vanaire, 4. Augusta Fiberglass. D. Flexible Duct Connections: 1. I lextnaster U.S.A., lnc. 2. PEPCO 15910-2 JE I"15810,1 ` r M SEC'T'ION 15810 - DUCTS ANT) ACCESSORIES: continued 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK: A. General: I. Construct all ductwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. I lingers and supporting systems shall be constructed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and SMACNA 1 IVAC Duct Construction Standards. Construct all ducts of shape and materials its indicated. 2. Duct dimensions indicated rcli;r to air opening dimensions. 3. Provide access doors as specified and where indicated. 13. FRP Contact Molded Duct and Fittings: 1. Materials: a. Resin: I3rominated 13isphcnol - Epoxy Vinyl Ester. Reichhold, DION FR-9300 or approved equal. b. Reinforcing Material: Commercial - grade glass fiber as manufactured by Owens- Corning, Johns-Mansville, or equal. C. Fillers: Up to 5`%a by weight of thixotropic agent for viscosity control and 3% antimony trioxide as fire retardant agent to conform to ASTM E84 Class I. 2. Laminate: = a. Inner Surlace: Frec of cracks and crazing with smooth finish. Resin rich (90% resin. 10% glass) to avoid exposure of glass fibers. Glass or synthetic veil shall be • used to provide surface thickness of 0.03 inch. b. First Interior Layer: 1 1/2- ounce chopped strand mat impregnated with resin to a ratio of 2/3 resin to 113 glass f iber. C. Second Interior Layer: 3-ounce strand mat impregnated with resin to a ratio of 2/3 resin to 1/3 glass fiber. d. Exterior Layer: Smooth with no exposed fibers, providing necessary additional strength to meet tensile and flexural requirements. e. Exterior Gel Coat: Polyester resin, pigment fir color, and ultra-violet light inhibitor. 3. 'Pests: FRP contact molded duct testing shall he in accordance to the following standards: a. Glass Content: ASTM D2584. b. Tensile Strength: ASTM D638. C. Flexural Strength: ASTM D790, Procedure A, Table 11. d. Flexural Modulus: ASTM 17790. e. Hardness: ASTM 1.)2583. 4. 1710 contact molded ducting as manulactured per NBS PS 15-69 by Viron International Corporation, Vanaire or approved equal. 5. All cut edges shall be coated with resin so that no glass fibers are exposed and all voids filled. Structural elements hctvirtg edges exposed to the chemical environment shall be made with chopped strand glass reinforcement only. 2.02 I-I.EX1I3LL Dl!C'P CONNECTIONS: A. Heavy glass fabric, recommended for installations exposed to sun and weather, air-tight, water- tight, fire-retardant, U.1... 211, NFPA 90A, Ventfabrics Ventlon or equal. • JFF15810.1 15810-3 SECTION 15810 - DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 2.03 D1JC'T'1'EST OPf?NING ENCLOSURES: A. Provide field bonding kit to seal all openings for air stream static pressure, velocity and temperature measuring access for FRP ductwork. PART 3 - EXECt.1TION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to make a complete installation as indicated and specified. 2. Do not install equipment or material until compliance submittals are approved. 3. Provide all necessary supports or brackets for properly installing all equipment. 4. Coordinate with the other trades before installation of materials. No extra charges shall be approved for interferences due to lack of coordination. 5.' All equipment shall be properly aligned and adjusted before final acceptance. G. Be responsible for all added expenses due to choice of equipment. 7. Install all material at times necessary to avoid delays in construction. 8. Provide sleeves and flashings for all ductwork penetrating walls or the roof. Provide all required openings in walls and floors. 9. Installation of the FRI' ductwork shall be performed by certified personnel. Personnel shall either be the ductwork manufacturer's employee or shall be trained and certified by the manufacturer in the installation of the duetwork. ` END OF SECTION 15810 • 4 15810-4 J El-15810.1 f DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. DIVISION 16 includes the complete installation of power, control, instrumentation, wiring, lighting, and other electrical systems, SECTIONS 16010 to 16950. In general, work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Electrical work associated with the Jefferson City Algoa Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility Improvements. Includes, but not limited to, lighting, power,grounding,control and instrumentation installation. 2. installation of wiring connections to Equipment specified in this and all other Specification Divisions, unless indicated otherwise. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Ail Sections this Division. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. As specified in each applicable section,this Division. B. National Fire Protection Association. (NFPA): i I. 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. As specified in each applicable Section, this Division. o PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. All Equipment and Materials shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code(NEC). B. All Equipment conductor termination provisions shall be UI, listed for 75T conductors. 2.02 SYSTEMS TO BE INSTALLED: A. 480-V, 3-phase, 60-hertz., 3-wire power system. B. Grounding systems. C. Control systems. D. Underground conduit system. E. Temporary lighting and convenience power facilities during construction. F. Instrumentation systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. As specified in each applicable Section, this Division. B. All work shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Equipment motor horsepower sizes and kilowatt sires indicated are approximate. If Equipment of different size is furnished, (he Contractor shall furnish and install the proper motor starter, fuses, circuit breaker, disconnect switch, wire,and conduit required for the Equipment furnished, at no additional cost to Owner. »' J EF 16010.1 16010-1 J SECTION 16010- GENERAL REUIREMENTS: continued 3.02. TESTING A. Test all electrical Equipment upon completion of installation to ensure that the Equipment operates satisfactorily and to conform to Contract Documents. B. Furnish temporary power source of proper type for testing purposes when normal supply is not available at the time of testing. 3.03 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING: A. Coordinate electrical installation with other trades to avoid interference of exposed conduit, lighting fixtures,or other equipment until all piping, pipe hangers, ducts, and Equipment which are above or behind have been installed, unless release is given in specific cases by Engineer. B. Coordinate installation of Equipment and wiring with the established construction schedule. END OF SECTION 16010 i 16010-2 J EF 16010.1 '~ SECTION 161 11 - CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES PART I - GFNERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes all conduit, fittings and aceessorics. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated. b. C80.3 - lectricaI Metallic Tubing, Zinc-Coated, 2. American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A123 - Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coating on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. b. A 153 - Zinc Coating(Hot Dip)on Iron and Steel I lardware. C. 8241 - Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded 'Tube. 3. National Electrical Code (NEC). 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NI;MA): a. FB1 •- Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. b. RN 1 - Polyvinyl-Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic 'tubing. 5. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL): U. 1 - Flexible Metal Electric Conduit. b. 6- Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit. ® C. 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. d. 5 WA - Metallic Outlet Boxes, Electrical. C. 514B - Fittings for conduit and Outlet Boxes. F. 514C - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush Device Boxes and Covers. 6. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): a. SP3 - Power'Tool Cleaning. b. SPI I - Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. 1.03 SUBM1`I°PALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Includes, but not limited to, the 1'olloNving: I. Samples ol'explosionprool'fittings. couplings and haws. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEP'TA131.1? MANUFACTURERS: A. Rigid Steel Conduit: 1, Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation, 2. Occidental Coating Company. 3. Robroy Industries Incorporated. 4. 'Triangle PWC Incorporated. B. Rigid Steel Conduit with Bonded Polyvinyl Chloride(I'VC).Iacket. 1. OCAL Inc. 2. Robroy Industries, 3, Perma-Cote Industries. .1EF16111.1 16111-1 SECTION 16111 —C'ONDUI'T FITTINGS AND AC'C'I:SSOIZIIiS: continual C. Liquid-'fight flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. I:Iectri-flex Company. 3. Carol Cable Company, 'I. Flexi-G(jard Inc. O.Z./Gedney Company. 1), Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Conduit: I. Kraloy Plastic Pipe Company, 2. Certain-'feed Products Corporation. 3, Carlon Products Division, Continental Oil Company, I;. Rigid Steel Conduit fittings: I. Heavy-duty Cast Malleable Iron Fittings: a, Appleton Electric Company, h. Crouse I linds Company. ?. Conduit Expansion and Deflection Fittings: a, U.Z./Geclrtcy Company. I Rigid Steel Conduit Boxes: 1. Indoor and Outdoor Boxes: a. I Coffman Engineering Company of Anoka, Minnesota, 2. Conduit Hubs: a. Appleton Electric Company. b. Myers Industries, Inc, C. Crouse-I finds Company. G. Supports: I. 13inklcy Company. 2. Midland-Ross Corporation, 3. Unistrut Products Corporation. 4. U.S. Gypsum Company. 5. Van-I duffel 'tube Corporation, I-I, WaII Entrance Scals: O./..,/Gedney Company I. Fiberglass Boxes: I. Crouse-I Iinds Company, Krydon type. 2. Square D Company, Krydon type. 3, Hoffman Engineering Company rl'Anok"►, Minnesota, J. Explosionproof Fittings: I. Crouse-Hinds Company, 2. Appleton Electric Company. 2,02 DI SIGN RI QUIIZI'MI-N"fS: A, Each length of threaded conduit furnished with coupling on one end and metal or plastic thread protector on other end. L3, UL, listed and labeled conduit, on each length, fittings and accessories. C. Sizes ofconduit, fittings and accessories as indicated, specified or as required by Electrical Codes and Standards. 2,03 RIC;ID S'I�I:f:L CONDUIT: A. Conform to ANSI CW 1. 13. Mild ductile steel, circular in cross section with uniform wall thickness sufficiently accurate to cut clean threads. C, Each length threaded on both ends with threads protected, 16111-2 Jf.f16111.1 v SECTION ICI 1 I --CONDUIT FITTINGS AND AC'C I-NIORIIS: continued D. All scale, grease, dirt, burrs and other foreign nutter reproved from inside and outside prior to application ofcoatinf;materials. I . Galvanized by the hot-dip process as follows: 1, Interior and exterior surfaces coated Nvith a solid, unbroken layer of C)9% virgin zinc by clipping. 2. Coating not to show fixed deposits ofcopper after four I-minute immersions in a standard copper sulfate solution. 3. One coat ofzine chromate finish on inside and outside surfaces to prevent oxidation and white rust. F. C=ouplings and elbows fabricated, coated and finished by the same process as conduit. 2.04 RIGID STT?E:L. CONDUIT WITI l 13OND1;1) Pt)I.YVINYI,(A ILOItI[!! (PVC') .IACKf:T: A. Conform to hot-dipped galvanized rigid steel conduit as specified in RIGID STFF'l, CONDUIT, this Section, and as follows. 13. Prior to application of PVC coating, clean interior rind exterior surfaces to remove contaminates to provide a suitable surface For bonding. C. Bond the PVC coating to the conduit. Extruded PVC jackets are unacceptable. D. Coated externally with PVC to a nominal 40 mils, 0.035-inch to 0.015-inch. L. Uniformly coat around outside diameter and full length of the conduit. I . Coat the prethreaded ends with a urethane coating having a nominal thickness oft mils(0.002- inch). G. Coat the interior surfaces of ail conduits and feet(-through fittings(except where prohibited by design) with a two-part, chemically cured, urethane coating having a nominal thickness of 2 mils(0.002-inch). 1-I. Exceed the tensile strength of coating with bond between metal and jacket. 1. Couplings, elbows, and other conduit fittings treated and coated with the same process as p conduit. J. Fach coupling and fitting to include a PVC sleeve that overlaps the conduit. K.. Length of the overlapping sleeve equals diameter of the conduit or 2 inches, whichever is least. L. Final cured PVC coating capable of withstanding a minimum electrical potential of2000V. M. All conduit accessories, clamps, and hardware that are uncoated shall be stainless steel. 2.05 LIQUID-TIC;I IT FLEXIBLE NIFFAL. CONDUIT. A. Liquid-tight conduit with flexible galvanized-steel core and a synthetic rubber, polyvinyl chloride, or thermoplastic covering. 13. Spiral encased copper bonding conductors fir conduit in sizes I-1/4 inches and smaller, C. E=xternal grounding jumper as required. D. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)jacket, Type I IA or Type O.R. "Seal-T'ite" for oil-resistant applications. 2.OG RIGID POLYVINYL CLILORIDI: (PVC') .'QNDtJ1T: A. Fabricated from self-extinguishing high-impact polyvinyl chloride designed for aboveground and underground installations. 13. Type LPC schedule 80 heavy-wall rigid conduit. C. Fittings and accessories (ahricated from same material as conduit. D. Sol vent-Celli ent-typejoints as recommended by manufacturer. JCl"I6111.1 16111-3 d r SECTION 161 1 1 —CONDUIT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 2.07 RIGID STEEL FIT TINGS: A. I-Icavy-Duty Cast Malleable Iron Fittings: 1. Mogul type for conduit sizes 1-1/2 inches and larger. 2. LBD or roller action type LB for right angle fittings for conduit sizes 2 inches and larger. 3. Full-threaded hubs and rubber-gasketed covers. 4. 'Zinc, cadmium-plated or bronze hardware bolts and screws for assembly. 5. Finish with cadmium-plated or galvanizing. 6. Standard and junction fittings. B. Conduit Expansion Fittings: 1. Line of Conduit 'Type: a. Galvanized expansion fittings for rigid conduit movement up to 4 inches. b. Insulated metal bushing on ends of the conduit, bonding,jumper, and with expansion head scaled with a high-grade graphite packing. C. O.Z./Gedney Company, Type AX with Type A.f bonding jumper. 2. End Type: a. For conduit terminating in a junction box. b. O.G./Gedney Company, "Type f'XE with Type 13J-E bonding jumper. C. Conduit Expansion and Deflection Fittings: I. Provide for movement of 3/4-inch from normal in all directions between two rigid conduits. 2. Integral bonding jumper. 3. 0.7../Gedney Company, Type DX. D. Conduit Wall Entrance Seals: 1. Provide where required or indicated. 2. 0.7_./Gedney Company Type FSK. E. Conform to NEMA Type 4X enclosure in all nonhazardous areas except as specified or indicated otherwise. F. Conduit Fire and Smoke Stop Fittings: I. Fitting rating shall equal or exceed the fire rating of the wall, floor or ceiling in which it is installed. 2.08 EXPLOSIONPROOF FITTINGS COUPLINGS AND) BOXES I.OR RIGID S'TEIlL CONDUIT: A. Fittings: 1. Explosionproof. 2. Cast malleable iron. 3. Threaded cover to confbrm to NE.�.C. 4. I'ull thread hubs. 5. Seal compound well for seal. 6. Drain seals as indicated or required to provide a continuous automatic drain of water. 7. "Chico" compound for all scaling fittings. 13. Couplings: I. Explosionprool'. 2. Flexible. 3. Conform to NEC. 4. Threaded, steel or bronze end fittings securely fastened to the core and braided to ensure electrical continuity. 5. Vinyl plastic coating in severely corrosive locations as required. 16111-4 JFI-16111.1 r SECTION 161 1 1 —CONDUIT FI'T'TINGS AND ACCT SSORIFS: continued 2.09 RIGID STEEIL CONDLIIT BOXES: A. Outdoor Boxes: I. I 1-gauge minimum galvanized steel with drip lip aid galvanized-steel covers fastened with bronze or cadtnit►m-plated screws or bolts, or cast iron with galvanized finish and hanged bolted covers. 2. I-or special boxes where it is not possible to provide hot-dip galvani zing, apply organic zinc-rich primer at 3 mils dry lilm thickness after SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning. 3. Threaded conduit entrances or rigid conduit hubs on all boxes. 4. Rubber or neoprene gasket for cover. 5. Conform to NEMA 4X enclosure in all outdoor installations unless Indicated otherwise. 6, Include piano-hinged, gasketed cover, and interior mounting panel when used for enclosing terminal blocks and control relays. B. Metallic Barriers: 1. Designed not to separate phases of a power circuit. 2. Provide as indicated for the isolation of*power circuits from other type circuits. C. Box size as required, or as indicated, for each particular installation. D. Include provisions for mounting cable supports where indicated, specified or as required by NEC. E. Provide where indicated or as required for cable pulling,junctions, terminals, and for mounting of switches, outlets and control devices. 2.10 INGROUND PULLBOXES: A. Shall be constructed of polymer concrete. B. Shall be 12" W x 12" D x 12" 1-1. C. Cover shall be designed for 8,000 pounds over 10-inch square. D. Shall be designed for outdoor inground installation. E. Install when indicated. F. Shall be manufactured by Strongwell or E"'ngineer-approved equal. 2.11 SUPPORT SYSTEM: A. Fabricated from structural steel or manufactured framing members equal to "Unistrut" P-3000 series as manufactured by Unistrut Corporation. 13. Construct as required to rigidly support all conduit runs and boxes. C. Hot-dip galvanized steel or cast-aluminum conduit clamps, sized for the specific conduit size, to support all exposed metallic conduit. D. Nonmagnetic clamps to support nonmetallic conduits. E. Provide stainless steel rods, anchors, inserts, bolts, washer, and nuts with all other support hardware clectrogalvanized steel. F. Hot-dip galvanized members. G. Manufactured Framing Members: I. Wet Locations: a, Channel hot-dipped galvanized after all manufacturing operations are completed. b. Galvanizing -nine weight of 2 ounces per square foot on surface to conform to ASTM A 123 and ASTM A 153, I-1. All support hardware shall be designed for unistrut installation. JEF16111.1 16111-5 r SECTION 161 1 1 —CONDUIT IT("1'INGS AND A('C'1?SSORII;S: continued PART 3 - I;XI CLJ'1'10N :3.01 PREPARATION: A. Provide suitable protection for conduit risers against damage during construction. 13, Cap ends of all conduits before concrete is poured. C. Cap all conduits after cleaning where conduits are to be left empty by this contract. D. Carefully ream ends ofall conduit lengths after cutting to eliminate sharp burrs. E. Clean out all conduit before pulling wire. F. Clean out all conduits immediately alter concrete work is finished. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General Requirements: 1. Location: a. Install conduit as near as possible to file routing indicated. b. Shift locations as required to avoid interference with other equipment and piping being installed. C. Where routing of conduit is not indicated, such as for lighting home run circuits and other systems requiring small conduit runs, route conduit as specified subject to approval by Engineer. 2. Do not use conduit in sizes smaller than 3/4-inch, except 1/2-inch may be used for connections to control devices and thermocouples where necessary. 3. Holes and Sleeves: a. Provide through floors, walls and roof.~ as necessary for conduit runs, including ` approved flashing and weatherproofing at outside walls and on roof's. • b. Install sleeves or forms for all openings in new work. C. Provide the required inserts and holes, completely sleeved, bonded, curbed, flashed and finished off in an approved manner, whether in concrete, steel grating, metal panels or roofs. cl. Place nonshrinking grout or Dow Corning 3-6548 Silicone RTV (or equivalent General Electric WIT 762) Brun as specified, in the following locations: (I) All holes in concrete, walls, floor and roof slabs after installation of conduit. (2) All unused holes and sleeves as approved by Engineer. C. Install wall entrance seals where conduit enters the building or vaults from exterior underground. 4. Make connections to boxes, panels, uul other equipment as follows: a. Double locknuts, one inside and one outside. b. Bushings: (1) 'Threaded malleable iron or steel. (2) Insulated with Bakelite, molded and bonded into the hushing. (3) Placed on end of conduit in addition to locknuts. (4) Install with Integral grounding connector and conductor where all conduits pass through multiple concentric panel knockouts and where the conduit trust be bonded to equipment it is not attached to. 5. Running threads will not be permitted. 6. Coat all field cut threads in galvanized conduit with aluminum paint. 7. Comply with applicable requirements of NI;(' pertaining, to installation ofconduit Systems. 8. Place drainage f ittings or weep holes at unavoidable low points where moisture can collect. 16111-6 R711-161 11.1 r • SECf1ON 1 G 1 1 1 —CONDUrr, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 9. Install an entire conduit system that is electrically continuous with handing jumpers provided as necessary to conform to N[,C. 10. Install expansion fittings at all building expansion joints and every 50 feet of continuous conduit. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: 1. Exposed: a. install in building interior spaces where specific(] or indicated. b. Install horizontal runs as high above floor as possible, and in no case lower than 7 feet above floor, walkway, or platform in passage area. C. Run conduit parallel or perpendicular to wails, ceiling, beams, and columns unless indicated otherwise. d. Route to clear all doors, windows, access wells,and openings. C. Group parallel runs in neatly aligned banks where possible with minimum of 1-inch clearance between conduits. f. Maintain 6-inch clearance between conduit and coverings on all hot lines; steam, hat water,etc. g. Do not exceed a distance of S feet between supports on horizontal or vertical runs. 2. Concealed: a. Conceal conduit for lighting, convenience outlets, and other circuits in walls, ceiling and floors where possible. b. Do not install conduit in concrete where conduit outside dianneter exceeds one-third of concrete thickness. C. Install parallel runs with a minimum spacing of three conduit diameters between conduits. d. Use expansion and deflection fitting with bonding junipers at all concrete expansion joints. R e. Tic securely in place to prevent movement when concrete is poured. f. install in floor slabs in as straight a run as possible. Conduit crossovers are not permitted unless conduit total outside diameter is one-third of the concrete thickness or less. g. Use long radius elbows except on risers where curved portion of elbow would extend above the finished floor or foundation. In. Make all joints watertight after installation by coating all finished joints with coal tar solution applied at 15 mils minimum dry film. (1) hop-Coat - No. 50. (2) Tnemec - 46-449, 3. Buried: a. Place where indicated. b. Use PVC jacketed conduit unless noted otherwise, C. PVC conduit where indicated. d. Make all joints watertight by field-applied coat ofvinyl plastic compound furnished by the conduit manufacturer. C. Use bender one sire larger Rrr conduit sized i inch or less and conventional bender For conduit sized above I inch. f. Use strap wrench to tighten conduit. Repair damaged coating with liquid patching compound recommended by conduit manufacturer. g. install in as straight a run as possible between termination points of exact routing to be determined in the field and subject to approval by Engineer. JEF161 11.1 161 1 1-7 P SECTION 161 1 1 --CONDUrr, FITTINGS AND ACC'I'SSOItii,S: continues( It, Bury conduits a minimum of 30 inches below finish grade unless indicated otherwise. i. Slope conduit away from conduit risers where possible. J. Maintain 6-inch separation from underground piping. k, Use long: radius bends at all risers unless indicated otherwise. I. After trench bottom has been finished to grade, lay conduit. Backfilling shall be as specified in DIVISION 2. m. Cap ends of all conduit risers before backfilling. n. Provide watertight seal around wires where conduit terminates in pull box. o. Where rigid PVC conduit is installed all elbows and stub-ups shall be PVC coated rigid steel. C. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit. 1, Use between rigid conduit and motor terminal boxes except where conduit runs down from above and cannot be conveniently supported by a floor flange. 2. Place between rigid conduit or conduit box and control device cases where dircel connection is not desirable for reasons of equipment movement, vibration, or for ease of maintenance. 3. Install at all points of connection to equipment mounted on supports to allow for expansion and contraction. 4. Conform to NEC with installation of conductors, 5. Install at locations where rigid conduit connections are impractical. 6. Use minimum length consistent with manufacturer's standard lengths, the acceptable bending raditrs, and with required movement of equipment. 7. Maximum length of 3 feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 8. Install an external bonding.lunper to conform to N[:.0 on conduit sized 1-1/2 inches and larger, D. Conduit Fittings: q 1, install as required, E. Boxes: 1. Install special boxes as indicated of size required for conduits and cables entering and leaving box. 2, install where required for pull or junction boxes and for mounting or connecting to switches, outlets, intermediate terminal blocks or control devices. 3. Provide 1/4-inch weep holes in interior boxes where conduits enter from exterior or buried installation. F. Supports: I. Construct with sufficient rigidity to hold all mounted equipment and material in permanent and neat alignment. 2. Design to provide 1/4-inch space between equipment housings and walls or columns upon which they are mounted. 3. Do not exceed load requirements in NLC and NF"MA standards, 4. After Power Tool Cleaning SSPC-SP1 1, paint all welds, field cuts and damaged areas with organic zinc-rich primer at 3 mils dry film thickness. a. Ameron - 681-IS. b. Carboline - Carbozine 858, C. Porter- Zinc-Lock 308, d. Tnemec-Tneme Zinc 90-93, 5. Use electrogalvanized steel conduit clamps and nonmagnetic conduit clamps to support electrogalvanized steel conduit and nonmagnetic conduit respectively. 16111-8 JEF16) 11.1 r SECTION 16111 -CONDUIT, F1'I°nNGS AND ACCESSORIES; continued t 6, Provide stainless steel rods, anchors, inserts, bolts, washers and nuts with all other support hardware clectrogalvanized steel. G, Exploslonproof Fittings; I, Install cxplosionproof ratings in the rigid steel conduit system as required by NEC, 2. Install necessary fittings where not indicated but required by code, END.OF SECTION 16111 r JEF16111,1 16111-9 SECTION 16120 - WIRE,, CABLE., AND ACCI,SSQRlF,S PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes furnishing;and installing(including; terminations) of all electrical wire, cable, and accessories. B. Definition: 1. Burns & McDonnell type designations, such as "SVN3," "CE-V l," and "13C1" indicated or specified, are for identification purposes only and are not intended to correspond to any trade designation. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Lighting: SECTION 16500. 2. Grounding: SECTION 16450. 3. Field Testing: SECTION 16950. 4. Instruments and Controls: SECTIONS 16900-16910. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. 133 - Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. b. 138 - Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, !-lard, Medium-}-lard, or Soft, f C. B33 - Tinned Soil or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. c1. B 172 - Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Having Bunch Stranded Members, for Electrical Conductors. C. 8189 - Lead-Coated and Lead-Alloy-Coaled Soft Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. r 2. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA): a. 5-19-81 - Rubber Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Encrgy. b. 5-61-402 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. C. 5-66-524 - Cross-Linked Thermosetting-Polyethylene-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. d. S-68-516 - Ethylene-Propylene-}tubber-insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. 3. Institute o1'Electrical and Electronic Engineers (II�11�): a. 48 - Test Procedures and Requirements for High Voltage Alternating-Current Cable "Terminations. 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC). 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. 44 - Rubber-Insulated Wires and Cables. b. 83 - 'Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. C. 263 - Fire Tests of Building;Construction and Materials. d. 854 - Service Entrance Cables. C. 1277 - Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables Nvith Optional Optical fiber Members. JEF16120.1 16120-1 t SECTION 16120 - WIRE, CABLE:, AND ACCESSORI ES: continued 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. includes, but not limited to,the following: 1. Data sheets for each wire and cable type specified. 2. Data sheets for wire and cable accessories. 3. Cable manufacturer's approval of splicing and terminating materials. 4. Cable manufacturer's approval of pulling compounds. 5. Cable manufacturer's installation requirements such as maximum pulling tensions, sidewall pressures, minimum bending radii, and other considerations. 6. Other equipment and materials to be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Wire and Cable: Acceptable manufacturers for each wire and cable type will be manufacturers that have been manufacturing the specified cable for a minimum of five years and meet all the requirements listed on the Wire and Cable Specification Sheets. B. Wire and Cable Accessories: 1. Cable Connectors for Control and InstrUment Cable: a. AMP Special Industries. b. Hollingsworth Solderless Terminal Company. C. Panduit Corporation. d. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing(3M). C. Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. 2. Cable Connectors for Power Cable: a. AMP Special industries. b. Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. �t C. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing(3M). d. Panduit Corporation. 3. Termination and Splice Kits: a. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing(3M). b. Raychem. 4. Tape and Insulation Putty: Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing(3M). 5. Cable Ties: a. AMP Special Industries. b. Dennison Manufacturing Company. C. Panduit Corporation. d. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing (3M). e. Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. 6. Cable Supports: a. O. z./Gedney Company. b. Hubbell, Kellems Grips. 7. Terminal Blocks: a. Allen Bradley. b. Buchanan. C. Phoenix Contact. d. Square D Company. e. Weidmuller. 16120-2 ,IEF 16120.1 r SECTION 16120- WIRE CABLi AND ACCi SSORiES: continued 8. Cable Identification Tags: a. Allen Marking Products, Kansas City, MO. b. Ploy Tag and Manufacturing Co., Seattle, WA. C. Panduit Corporation (Panduit). d. Specialty Products Company, Rock Mill, SC. e. Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. (Thomas and Betts). 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE: A. Wire and cable shall be furnished in accordance with the specification sheets at the end of this Section. 2.03 CONNECTORS: A. General Requirements: 1. Designed and sized for specific cable being connected. 2. Solderless, pressure-type connectors constructed of noncorrodible tin-plated copper. 3. Rated current-carrying capacity equal to or greater than the cable being connected. 4. Application tooling for connectors shall contain die or piston stops to prevent over-crimping and cycling or pressure relief to prevent under-crimping. Dies of all application tooling shall provide dot or wire size coding for quality control verification. All tooling shall be manufactured by the connector manufacturer. B. Power Connectors (10 AWG and Smaller)600V and Below: 1. "Scotchlok" preinsulated spring wire connectors. 2. Buchanan open-end copper splicing caps, applied with "Lok-Seal" tool, with nylon ® snap-on insulators. C. Power Connectors (sizes 8-4 AWG) 600V and Below: 1. Noninsulated ring-tongue type. 2. Ring tongue sized to match terminal stud size. 3. Brazed barrel seam. 4. Application tooling designed to crimp the wire barrel (conductor grip) with a one-step crimp. 5. Acceptable manufacturers' cross-reference chart is listed at end of this Section. D. Power Connectors (sizes 2 AWG - 750 MCM) 600V and Below. 1. Noninsulated one-hole rectangular tongue for sizes 2 AWG through 3/0 AWG and two-hole rectangular tongue for 410 A WG through 750 MCM. 2. Application tooling shall be hydraulically operated. 3. Acceptable manufacturers' cross-reference chart is listed at end of this Section. E. Control, instrument, and Specialty Cable Connectors: I. Tin-plated copper. 2. Vinyl or nylon preinsulated ring-tongue type. Spade lugs will not be permitted. 3. Sized to match terminal stud size. 4. Have insulation grip sleeve to firmly hold to cable insulation. 5. Insulation grip sleeve shall be funneled to fiacilitate wire insertion and prevent turned-back strands. 6. Application tooling designed to crimp the wire barrel (conductor grip) and the insulation grip sleeve with a one-step crimp. 7. Acceptable manufacturers' cross-reference chart is listed at end of this Section. J EP 16120.1 16120-3 x SECTION 16120 - WIRE, CABLE, AND ACCF'SSORiES: continued 2.04 MOTOR LEAD TERMINATION/SPLICE(LOW-VOLTAGE 600V AND BELOW POWER CABLE): A. Splices shall be made using compression-type connectors bolted together. The compression-type connectors shall be properly sized for the cables. Reference acceptable connector manufacturer's cross-reference chart. I3. Splice to be covered with heat-shrinkable tubing connector insulators or slip-on rubber boot or sleeve. C. Splicing shall be done in accordance with tine instructions provided with the Raychem brand MCK Motor Connector Kit or 3M Company 5300 Series Motor Lead Splice Kit. 2.05 CABLE SUPPOR'T'S: A. Cable supports for cables in vertical conduit risers shall be O. J./Gedney Type "R" wedging plug type or approved equal. 2.06 CABLE TIES: A. Nylon self-locking type. B. Have a normal service temperature range of-40°C to 85"C. C. Be weather-resistant type for outdoor use. D. Meet requirements of Military Specifications MIL-S-23 190D. E. AMP Special Industries "AMP-TY," Dennison Manufacturing Company "BAR-LOK," Panduit Corporation "PAN-TY," Thomas& Betts "Ty-RAP," or Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing 3M Brand cable ties. 2.07 TERMINAL BLOCKS: A. For mounting in terminal boxes (TBs): 1. Designed and sized for the cables being terminated. 2. Block rated 600V. 3. Binding screw-type terminals for power cables and strap screw or tubular clamp terminals for control and instrument cables. 4. Rated current carrying capacity equal to or greater than the cable being terminated. 5. Marking strip. B. For Mounting in Cabinets, Panels, Control Boards, etc.: i. Designed and sized for the cables being terminated. 2. Block rated 600V. 3. Binding screw type terminals for power cables and current transformer circuits and strap screw or tubular clamp terminals for control and instrument cables. 4. Rated current carrying capacity equal to or greater than the cable being terminated. 5. Marking strip on blocks for power cables and control and Instrument cables. 6. Short-circuit strips with one shorting screw for each terminal for current transformer circuits. 2.08 CABLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS: A. Designed to provide a permanent wire and cable identification system. B. Show complete cable number. Cable numbers are defined in the Cable Schedule and/or Contract Drawings, C. Cable numbers may be hand-lettered, stamped, or typed, but shall be legible and permanent. D. Character size f'or cable numbers shall be a minimum of'3/16-inch if*hand-lettered or 1/8-inch if stamped or typed. E. Material shall be nonmetallic and impervious to moisture. 16120-4 JEF 16120.1 g SECTION 16120- WiRE CABLE AND ACCESSORIES: continued 1 . Be securely attached to cables and accessible for inspection. G. Cable identification tags, marking and attachment methods shall be subject to approval of Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUi'ION 101 INSTALLATION: A. Wire and Cable: 1. General Requirements: a. Install in conduit or direct burial as indicated. b. Do not subject cable to pulling tensions or sidcwall pressures in excess of manufacturer's recommendations. C. Attach pulling grips over the cable sheath to prevent slipping of the insulation. d. Do not subject cable to bending radius less than those recommended by the cable manufacturer or as noted below (whichever is greater) during or after installation: (1) Fight times the cable outside diameter for 600V or lower rated cables. e. Install intermediate splices only as indicated or as required to avoid subjecting cable to excessive pulling tension or sidewail pressures. Cable splicing locations shall be approved by Engineer prior to cable installation. f. Support cables at connections or termination points such that any strain on cable will not be transmitted to the connection or termination. g. Install cable supports in vertical runs of conduit, at boxes and at terminations in equipment, and as required to meet intermediate support requirements of National Electrical Code (NEC). h. All pulling compounds shall be approved by wire and cable manufacturer as being compatible with cable materials. s i. Attach a cable identification tag to each cable at all termination or end points. 2. Power(600V and Below), Control, Instrument, and Specialty Cable: a. Install metallic barrier in all tray and boxes to separate power, control, and instrumentation from low-level signal (50V or less) instrumentation circuits where run in the same tray or box. b. "fic together with cable ties all single conductor cable on each individual circuit in each junction box,equipment or manhole at intervals not to exceed 6 feet. C. Attach a cable identification tag to each cable. (1) At each terminal to identify the circuit and cable. (2) Attach fiber tags with cable ties. (3) Use nylon ties and identification tabs color coded as follows: (a) 480V circuits - Red. (b) 277 or 208Vac circuits - Orange. (c) 120V circuits- White. a (d) Control cables - Natural Nylon. d. Tag each individual conductor or wire with wire markers as Follows: (1) With terminal designation indicated on schematic diagrams or given on manufacturer's equipment.drawings. (2) At each terminal. (3) In addition to specified circuit tags. C. Terminate and ground, control, instrument, and specialty cable shields as indicated and recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment being connected. In JE1:16120.1 16)20-5 r l SECTION 16120- WIRE'. CABLE AND ACC( SSORII";S: continued general, ground the shields at the control boards for control cables and at the receiving end equipment for instrumentation and specialty cables. f. Control, instrument, and thermocouple cable splices shall be as follows: (1) Made only in junction or terminal boxes. (2) Made on terminal blocks with marking strips. (3) Conductor color ceding shall be maintained. (4) For shielded cables, shield continuity and isolation shall be maintained. (5) Thermocouple cable splices to be made only on terminal blocks which correspond to thermocouple type used. g. Power cable(600V or below) splices and motor terminations shall be as follows: (1) Made only in junction or terminal boxes. (2) Splices shall be made using compression type connectors bolted together. (3) Splice to be covered with a heat-shrinkable connector insulator. Ii. Lighting Cable: Install as specified in this Section. i. Ground Cable: Install as specified in this Section. j. Table l: (1) Insulation color Coding for Phasc Identification. (2) Color code 600-volt insulated, service entrance, feeder, and branch circuit conductors with factory-applied colored insulation for No. 8 AWG and smaller(except: No. 6 AWG and smaller for green round wire); 1-inch band of colored tape at all splices and terminations for No. 6 AWG and larger (except: No. 4 AWG and larger for green ground wire) as follows: 208Y/120 Volts Phase 480Y/277 Volts Black A Brown Red 13 Orange Blue C Yellow White Neutral Gray Green Ground Green 3. Cable Connections and Terminations: a. Make up clean and tight to assure a low-resistance joint. b. Make only in terminal boxes, equipment or other accepted enclosures and not in conduit. C. Install all connectors with tooling manufactured by the connector manufacturer and as specified. 3.02 FIELD (QUALITY CONTROL: A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Field Testing: Specified in SECTION 16450. END OF SECTION 16120 a 16120-6 JEF 1 6120.f t SECTION 16120- WIRE CABLE, AND ACCESSORIES; continued U, - N ,' INFORMATION P Acceptable Connector Manufacturers' Cross-Reference Chart Size Amp Special Thomas d'r. Panduit Tyne (AWG or MCM) Industries Letts Hollingsworth Corn. 3-M Control 22-18 PI DG RA 18 XR 18 P N18 B-01-5 16-14 PIDG RB14 XIZ19 P N14 C-01-5 12-10 111 DG RC 10 XR51 1' NIO 13-01-5 Power 12-10 Solistrand CIO -- P I O D-01-2 (600V and 8 Solistrand D8 -- 118 E-01-2 Below) 6 Solistrand E6 -- P6 F-01-2 4 Solistrand F4 -- P4 G-0 1-2 2-2/0 Ampower 54100 Series -- LCA 30000 Series ® _ , 3/0 750 Ampo«�r 54200 Series -- I�C,C 31 100 Series JEF16120.1 16120-7 WIRE, AND CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET Burns& McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers- Architects- Consultants Kansas City, Missouri BCI B&NICI)TYPE: NEC TYPE: BARE COPPER GROUND CABLE GENERAL REOUIREMENTS: Annealed, uncoated, bare copper(ASTM 133) SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: 1, Solid in sizes 41 A WG and smaller, 2. Class B stranded in sizes 2 AWG rind larger(ASTM (38). RIM • a WIRE. AND CABLE.SPECIFICATION SHEIIII'I' Barns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers- Architects- Consultants CE VI �� Kansas City, Missouri CE V R&119cD TYPE: NEC TYPE: 600 VOLT- UNSHIELDED MULTI-CONDUCTOR CONTROL CABIA.' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: CONDUCTOR: Class 13 or C stranded annealed copper(UL44 Parts 5-10). INSULATION: Cross-linked polyethylene "XL11I3"(UL44 Part 18) and rated as Type XHI-IW. Color coding shall he Method I (ICEA S-66-524 Appendix K. Para. K3,1.1)using color pigmented compounds with colors as designated by'I'ahle K-2. CABLE JACKET: Polyvinyl chloride"PVC (UL 1277 Parts 15 & 1 h)and rated for outdoor use. IDENTIFICATION: Surface printing on the cable shall show manufacturer's name, cable type (TC), insulation type (XI-11-iW), number and size ol'conductors, voltage rating, and Underwriters Laboratories label (UL). SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: TEMP. RATING: C'ahie shall be suitable for operation under the following maximum conductor temperatures: (10°C---Continuous,(fry locations 75°C---Continuous, wet locations CONDUCTOR SIZE. 4114 AWG INSULATION THICKNI SS: Insulation Conductor Size 'Thickness (Mils) LAW( (U1.1�1,Table 24.3) 11 14 30 JACKET THICKNESS: Jacket Calculated Diameter 'Thickness(Mild of Cable Under (UL 1277 Jnckc.L I1!K.1(-) Tahlc 7J ().425 or less 45 0.426-0.700 60 0.701-1.500 80 1.50 1-2.500 110 2.501 or larger 140 FACTORY 'PESTS: All cable shall he tested in accordance with requirements ol'U1.1277. CERTIFICATION: Cables shall be certified to be in Coll Forma lice with all applicable requirements of U1,1277. CEVI.DOC .� NVIRE AND CABLE,SPECIFICATION SIII;l:11' Burns & McDonnell H ngincering Company Engineers- Arc:hitccls - Consultants Ihr i✓ 1 �� Kansas City, Missouri 11&Mc1)'1'1'111:: NEC,' TYPE: 60(1 VOLT - SIIIELDED INSTRUMENT CABLE (WIT111 SIIII?LDI;!) 'I'1VIS'1'i?U PAIRS) GENT?RAL, REQUIREIIIFNTS: CONDUC'T'OR: Class B or C st anded annealed copper IC HA S-82-552. INSULATION: Cross-inked polyirthylenc "X1.1'1:"(K'EA 5-82-552)and rata( as Type X1 11-1w. Color coiling shall he Method I (WHA S-82-552 Appendix H, Para. 1-1 1.1.1.1) using pigmented compounds with colors as designated by Table F-i. PAIR SHIELD: Aluminized ntylatr ur polyester tape with tinned copper drain wire. SHIELD ISOLA'T'ION TAI'li: Mylar or polyester tape, CABLE SHIELD: Aluminized myla r or poiyester tape with tinned copper drain wire. CA131.E JACKET: Polyvinyl chloride"11W... (IC'f iA S-82.552) and rated for outdoor use. IDENTIFICA'T'ION: Surface printing nn the cable jacket shall show mantu'actmei's name,cable lype (`I'C), insulation (yl)e (XIII-M), number and size of conductors, voltage rating, and Underwriters Laboratories label (UI.). SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: TEMP. RA'T'ING: Cable shall he suitable fur oprration under the followinp maximum conductor f tcntpetatures: 91) C --- Continuous, dry locations 75°C' --- Continuous, wet locations CONDUCTOR SIZE: It 10 AWG. INSULATION THICKNESS: All conductots to have 25 tails nominal insulation (ICEA S-82-552,Table 3.1). JACKI-T T HIC'KNESS: Jacket Calculated Diaunewl. Thickness (Mils) of Assembly Under (IC'I A 5-82.552, 0.425 or less 45 0.120-0.700 60 0.701-1,500 80 1,501-2.500 110 2 .501 or larger 1-10 FACTORY'I'f-1STS: All cable shall he tested in accordance with requirements oi'UL1277, CERTIFICATION: Cables shall he certified to he in Conformance with all applicable requirerttents of 111.1277. 1VIRE AND CABLE ,SPECIFICATION sm-5,"T Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company EAgineers- Architects- Consults"tts C►,9 E� x l l�.w Kansas City, Missouri '� 13&McD 'I'YI'II NFC."1'VI'E: 600 VOLT -SING1.,E CONDUCTOR - 110WI;R CABLE, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: CONDUCTOR, Class 13 stranded annealed copper(111.,44 farts 6-13). INSULATION: Cross-linked polyethylene"XIAIF"(UL44 farts I4-16). IDEN'T'IFICATION: Surface printing;on the cable shall show manufacturer's name, insulation type (XI 11 1W),conductor size, conductor type, voltage rating, and Underwriters Laboratories label ([Jl,). SPECIFIC REQUIREMI:NTS: TEMP, RATING: Cable shall be suitable firr operation under the following maximum conductor temperatures: 75°C---Continuous, wet locations 90°C ---Continuous, dry location, MA'ri"RIAL TI IICKNI:SS: Insulation r Conductor Size Thickness(Mils) (lJL•4'1 ® I4-9 K-'? ,15 5 4 1-4!0 55 250-500 65 550-1000 80 1 100-2000 95 FACTORY "I'I S'fS; All cable shall he tested in accordance with requirements ol'(H.44. C1? WIRE AND CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET Burns& McDonnell Engineering Coinjuiny Engineers- Architects- Consultants �� THHN/THWN N� Kansas City, Missouri 1 , 13&MQD TY1'1?,: NEC TYPE: 600 VOLT - SINGLE CONDUCTOR - POWER CABLE, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: CONDUCTOR: Class 13 stranded annealed copper(UL83 farts 41-10). INSULA'T'ION: Polyvinyl chloride"PVC"(1-11,83 Part 14), CONDUCTOR JACKET: Nylon(UL83 Part 28) IDENTIFICATION; Surface printing on the cable shall show manufacturer's name, insulation type ("1'1-11 IN), conductors size, conductor type, voltage rating, and Underwriters Laboratories label (UI.), SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: TEMP. RATING: Cable shall be Suitable Im operation under the following maximum conductor temperatures: 90°C---Continuous, dry locations 75°C---Continuous, wet locations INSULATION THICKNt:SS: Insulation Jacket Conductor Size Thickness(Mils) Thickness(Mils) (AWG or MCM) (111-.83-Table 21.5) (UL83-Table 31.51 14-11 15 4 p 1(),9 20 4 8-5 30 5 4-2 40 6 )-4/0 50 7 250-500 60 8 550-1000 70 9 FACTORY TESTS: All cable shall be tested in accordance with requirements of UL83. CERTII-ICA'TION: Cables shall be certified to be in conformance with all applicable requirements of UL83. S VN3,I OC 1211/96 SEC"PION 16150- MOTORS AND ACC ESSOR IF"S PART 1 - G NFRA1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the Hollowing: 1. Motors for all mechanical equipment or other equipment. 1 Motors 1/2-horsepower or smaller shall he single phase. 3. Motor 3/4-horsepower or larger shall he polyphase. 1.02 REFTRFNCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American National Standards Institute(ANSI). 2. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA). 3. Institute ol'Electrical and Electronic l;ngineers a. 112 - Test Procedures for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators, b. 519 - Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of Static Power Converters. 4. National Electrical Manutlactarrcrs Association (NEMA): it. MG I - Motors and Generators. 5. National Safety Council. 6. Shcet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): a, Low-Velocity Duct Manual. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. E. InCIUde, but not limited to, the following: 1. Nameplate information consisting;of the following: a. Manufacturer's name and serial number. b. Horsepower output. C. 'temperature rise and method indicated. d. Maximum ambient temperature, e. Insulation class. f. Rpm at rated load. g. Frequency. h. Number of phases. i. Voltage. J, Rated load amperes. k. Locked rotor amperes or code letter. I. Service faetor. m. Maximum noise level of pump/motor unit (dl3A). n. Efficiency, determined in accordance with IFI?1; Standard 112, Method B. 2. Dimensions forenclosurc and shafts. 3. Weight. 4. Bearing information. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABIj MANUFACTURERS: A, Motors: 1. General Electric Company. JIF16150.1 16150-1 SECTION 16150 - MOTORS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 2. Marathon F;lectric Mantiftacturing Corporation, 3. Reliance Electric. 4. Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc. 5. U.S. Motors Division, Emerson IIectric Company, C. 13aldor Electric Company. 13, Couplings: I. 'Thomas Coupling Division of Rex Chs►inhcll, Inc. 2. Waldron-1 lartig Machinery Division, Midland-Ross Corporation. 2.0? FIORI/..ON'I'AL S1N(?I..I:;-NI IASE MOTORS: A. Rated for 40"C ambient temperaltire and coat inuous operation. 13. Voltage: 1 15V or 115/230V, 60 hertz.. C. RPM: 1750. D. Minimum service factor: 1. 1.15 for open, drip-proofenclosures. 2. 1.0 f'or totally enclosed enclosures. E. Permanent split capacitor designed far low starting torque loads and applications requiring silent operation. F. Capacitor start designed for high starting torque loads. G. Adequate to drive equipment over the full operating range without exceeding service factor. 1.1. Bearings as specified in HORIZONTAL POLYPI IASE MO'T'ORS, this Section. 1. Opcn drip-proof enclosures (or clean, dry atmospheres and totally enclosed enclosures for wet or dirty atmospheres. J. Nameplate data on enclosure with all lubrication and electrical data. 2.03 S1.113MERS111LI-" MO'T'ORS: A. Vertical squirrel-cage induction type. ! 13. NEMA Design 1.3, Class P insulation. C. Rated 460 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz. D. Across-the-line voltage starting as indicated. E. 'Totally enclosed construction suitable far submerged service. F'. Motor shall be explosion rated fir Class 1, Division 1 areas, G. Rating: I. Ambient temperature: 40°C. 2. Service factor: 1.15. 3. Speed as specified or indicated for each piece ofequipment driven. 4. Adequate to drive equipment over the full operating range without using service factor except in emergency conditions. 5. Rated For continuous duty, capable of'withstanding a maximum often starts per hour. If. Provide water seal leak detector between first and second mechanical seals with wiring included in power cable. 1. Motor data nameplate with all lubrication and electrical data located at each motor. J. Supply cable far each pump of adequate length to reach from the motor to the starter controls or power disconnect switch when the motor is in operating position. K. Cable shall be coated with I lypalon. 2.04 COUPLINGS: A. Type as required for specific application as acceptable to Fngineer. 13. Protective guard to conform to National Salety C'c►uncil Code, 16150-2 J1,:1-'I 6150.1 ` SECTION 16150- MOTORS AND ACCESSORIES: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EFFICIENCY: The manufacturer shall provide a certified test report stating that the motor design or the actual motors to be provided were tested in accordance with IFEE Standard 1 12, Method T3 (if the bearing construction permits) and found to have efficiencies equal to or exceeding the values shown in the following table: Guaranteed Minimum I forsenowcr Efficiency, Percent 1 78.5 1-1/2 & 2 81.5 3 84 5 85 7-1/2 & 10 88 15 &20 90 25 90.5 30 91 40 91.5 50, 60 & 75 93 100, 125 & 150 94 200 94.5 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install to conform to manufacturer's instruction. B. Lubricate all bearings, gears and items requiring lubrication before placing equipment in operation. 3.03 MANUFACT'URER'S FIELD SIRVICI:S: A. Provide as specified in DIVISION 1. 3.04 FIELD rE:S'FING: A. Provide as specified in SECTION 16950, END OF SECTION 16150 JEF16150.1 16150-3 SECTION 1018L- STARTERS. CONTACTORS, RELAYS, SWITCHES,_CIRCUIT BREAKERS, AND TRANSIENT VOLTAGE' SURGE SUPPRESSORS PART' 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes starters, contactors, relays, switches, circuit breakers, and surge suppressors. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): n. 70 - National Electrical Code(NEC). 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NI;MA). Comply with applicable requirements of the Following standards: a. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000V maximum). b. KS 1 - Enclosed Switchcs. C. AB l - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. d. ICS - Industrial Controls and Systems. 3. Underwriters Laboratories (Ul.). Comply with applicable requirements ofthe following standards: a. 50- Electrical Cabinets and Boxes, b. 98 - Enclosed and cad-Front Switches. C. 489 - Moldcd-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. d. 508 - Electrical Industrial Control Equipment. O C. 869 - Electrical Service Equipment. f. 894 - Switches for Use in Hazardous (classified) Locations. g. 977 - Fused Power Circuit Devices. h. 1449 - Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. 13. Includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Enclosure details. 2. Schematic diagrams. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEI"['A131,E MANUFACTURERS: A. Allen-Bradley Company. 13. Square D Company. C. National Lightning Protection Corp. D. MGC Surge Protection Company. 2.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide equipment with the following NEMA enclosures: NE`MA Location Type of Service Enclosure Indoors and Explosionproof 7 Outdoor Corrosive Areas 4X - 304 Stainless Steel J EF 16180.1 16180-1 SECT(ON 16180 - S'!'ARTf:RS C.ON'f'AC'I'OIZS RELAYS, AND TRANSIT N'[' VOL TAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS: continued - 13. Phenolic nameplate on cover of each unit with wording as approved by I"ngincer. 2.03 MAGNI"TIC STARTERS: A. full-voltage, nonreversing, reversing or two speed with disconnect switch, thermal-rnagnctic circuit breaker or motor circuit protector circuit breaker as specified or indicated. B. 'Three overload heaters in 3-phase units to match motor nameplate data. C. Built-in 490/120V control transformer on el 80V units of adequate capacity for all control devices as indicated on wiring diagrams. D. Necessary auxiliary contacts as required by means of starter or relay. f:. Low-voltage protection. F. NEMA Style. 2.04 DISCONNECT SWI'1'Cl-I1sS: A. Provide as required by NI'-C, specified or indicated. B. Positive quick-make, quick-break mechanism, visible blades, and line terminal shield. C. fused type where indicated with time delay fuses. l). Coordinate fuses with the ratings of the switch and the overload relays in the magnetic starter. E. Furnish heavy-duty type. I-. NEMA Style. G. Lockable in the "OFF" position and defcatable in the "ON" position. 2.05 MANUA1,TRANSFER SWITCH: A. UL listed,480Vac, 3-phase, 60 1 Iz, with Amps rating as indicted. B. Fully rated, open or enclosed. C. Designed for interrupting rating of 22,000 Amps minimum. D. Mechanically held, manually-operated. 1:. Silver-plated copper bus, F. UL-listed copper terminal lugs. G. All components designed for trans(cr switch service. 11. Switch position indicating contacts and signal lights. I. Provide with NFNIA 4X enclosure, 2.06 CONTACTORS: A. Magnetic contactors as indicated. 13. Rated 600Vae nonreversing type. C. Number of-poles: as indicated. D. NEW size as required for the loads served. E. Fland-off-autonlatic selector switch in cover. I . Fused control transformer with secondary voltage as indicated with adequate capacity For all control devices. G. Auxiliary control devices, push buttons,and indicating lights as indicated. 2.07 CIRCUIT 13RF1AKERS: A, Rated 480V, 3-phase, 60-hertz, with interrupting rating ol'22,000-A RMS Symmetrical Ill in illlllIll, indicates "TRIP PM)", External handle which clearly Indicates when breaker Is "ON," "OFF`," m or fRII PM)". Lockable in the "Of[," position and def'catahle in the "ON" position. 16180-2 JET-1 6 180.1 SECTION 16180- S'FAItTERS, CON'I'A(:TOIZS, l:f'I,AYS, SWI'I'CI If:S, CIRCUIT I3RI AKI?ItS, ANE) TRANSIENT' VOLTAGE SURGE. SUPPRESSORS: continued C. Molded-case, manually-operated, 3-pole. D. Trip-free from handle. E. Inverse time thermal clement overload protection. F. Instantaneous magnetic short-circuit protection on all poles. G. Coordinate trip ratings with magnetic starter ratin}s and overload relays. 2.08 PUSH BUTTONS AND SEE.,`ECTOR SWITCHES: A. Heavy-duty oiltight type. B. NEMA Style 30 min or larger. 2.09 AUXILIARY RI;I,AYS: A. Coils rated 120 or 240Vac. 13. Contacts rated 6 A up to 300V. C. Contacts as required for control ol'associated equipment. D. General Electric CR 120A 300V industrial or CR2810 600V machine-tool type relays. 2.10 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGF SUPPRESSORS: A. Main Service Protection Equipment: 1. UL 1449 listed. 2. NEMA 4 enclosure. 3. Surge Capacity: Minimtun of I60kA at 480V, 3-phase grounded delta service; independent of load current. 4. 25% threshold above nominal Zinc voltage. 5. Integral disconnect with replaceable fusing, for each module. 6. Encapsulated plug-in modules. 7. Solid state, f2►ilsafe design. 8. Relative huitridity, 0 to 95% noncondensing. 9. Temperature: -40 to 85°C 10. Indicating Lamps: Front panel green fir normal operation; internal red fin• individual module fi►ilure. 11. Install where indicated and connect as indicated to equipment to be protected, 12, Furnish Para 11 Plus Series as manuft►cttrred by National Lighting Protection Corp., SF160 Series as manufactured by MCG Surge Protection, or approved equal. PART 3 - EXEC unON 3.01 1NSTAL.LATION: A. Install starters, combination starters, contactors, relays, switches, and circuit breakers at locations indicated or as follows: 1. Surface-mount out walls or columns approximately 4 (eet to center line above the floor when possible. 2. Arrange with proper clearances Iron) other equipment and material to obtain accessibility For operation and maintenance. 3, Provide engraved phenolic nameplates on cover ol'each device identifying, the loads connected. 4. Ground all neutral buSCS to the ground system. �r JEF16)80.1 16180-3 SECTION 16180 - STARTERS CONTACTORS RCI.AYS SWITCI-II-S CIRCUI'i;I3IZCAKI',RS, ANI) ;TRANSIENT VOLTACE SURGE SUI113RESSOIZS: co►itinucd 3.02 FIELD TESTING: Specified in SECTION 10950, CND OF SECTION 16180 J 16180.4 J CF 16180.1 e. SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building ground grid and ground rod system. 2. Ground riser extensions to structural steel, electrical equipment, mechanical equipment, and manholes. B. Related Work Specified I'Isewhere: I. Field Testing: SECTION 16950. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society For Testing and Materials(AS`I'M): a. B8 - Concentric-Lay Stranded-Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-I lard, or Soft. 2. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 3. National Fire Irotection Association (NITA): a, 70 -National Electrical Code. b. 78 - Lightning Protection Code. 4. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL): a. 467 - Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment, 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. E3, Includes, but not limited to, catalog cuts ('or the following: 1. Ground Rods. 2. Cable, 3. Grounding Lugs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABI',I' MANUFACTt.J ERS: A. Ground Rods: 1. Joslyn Manulacturing and Supply Company. 2. Copperweld Bimetallics Group, 3. Knight-Metaleralt, Division of Whitaker Cable. 4. ITT Blackburn Company, a Division of lntcrnatiunal 'felephonc and Telegraph Corporation. 13, Cable-to-Equipment Ground lugs: 1. Burndy Corporation (Burndy). 2. Knight-Metaleralt, Division of Whitaker Cable. 2.02 WIRR AN!) CA111.,1 : A. 'Type BC 1 as specif ied in SECTION 16120, E3. Conductor Sizes: 1. As indicated for specific connections. 10 2. For required connections not indicated, use conductor sine not less than No. 2110 AWG if buried in earth or cast in concrete, or No. 6 AWG at other locations, r J EF 16450.1 16450-1 s r� SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING: continued 2.03 GROUND RODS: A. Copper-clad steel or copper-alloy sectional-type rods. E3, One end pointed to facilitate driving, C. 3/4-inch diameter x 10 feet long with diameter and length stamped near top of rod. 2.04 CONNECTION NJATFRIALS: A. Cable-to-cable and cable-to-rod cable-to-connector connections ofexothernlie-welding-type process. B. Cab lc-To-E?quipnent Ground Lugs: 1. Of exothermic-welding-type process. 2. Bolted to equipment housing with silicon bronze halts and luck washers. 2.05 COA'T'INGS: A. Coal Tar: I. Carboline —Bitumamic No. 50. 2, Tnenlce - 46-449. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INS113CTION: Do not cover up connections before they are inspected by I?ngineer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Wire and Cable: 1. Install using;as Few joints as possible. 2. Protect against abrasion by several wrappings of rubber tape at all points where cable leaves concrete in exposed areas. 3. Suitably protect cable against da111,IgC dtiring;C011SIRICtiarl. 4. Replace or suitably repair cable if'damaged by anyone before Anal acceptance. 5, In E=xposed Installations: a. Route runs as indicated. b. Route along the webs of columns and beams, and in corners where possible fur maximum physical protection. C. Support at intervals oF'3 Feet or less with nonmagnetic clamp-type supports. 6. In Ciuried Installations: a. Lav in bottom of trench or in other excavations at least 18 inches below finished grade, b. Maintain clearance of at (cast 12 inches from all underground metal piping or structures, except where connections thereto are specifically indicated. C. Backfill as specified in DIVISION 2. 13. Ground Rods: 1. Install rods as indicated by driving and not by drilling or_jetting. 2. Drive rods into unexcavated portion of the earth where passible, 3. Where rods must be installed in excavated areas, drive rods into earth after compaction of backfill is completed. 4. Drive to a depth such that top of rods will he approximately 18 inches below final grade or subgrade, and connect main grid ground cable thereto. C. Connections: I. Conform to numu(acturer's insu-ttctiuns. 2. Chemically degrease and (Iry completely bcfilre welling. ti 16450-2 JE I6450.1 f SECTION 16450 - GBQ(jNDlNG: continued 3. Apply one coat of coal tar coating at 15 mils dry film thickness to all exothermic-welded connections to be buried. 4. Make connections to equipment its follows: III Make tip clean aril tight to assure it low-resistance connection with resistance not exceeding I ohm. b. Install so as not to be susceptible to mechanical dainage during operation or maintenance of equipment. C. Provide direct copper connection to buried ground grid system. D. Metallic Conduit Grounds: I. Adequately and properly ground at all terminal points and wherever isolated from equipment or grounded steel, 2. Where extending into switchgear or other floor-mounted equipment from below, connect to equipment ground bus or frame. 3. Where extending into it manhole, handhole or cable trench,connect to the ground riser or cable at that structure using grounding bushings. E. Manhole Grounds: 1. Ground all hardware to ground rod extensions in manholes with No. 6 AWG bare copper unless indicated otherwise. 2. Connect manhole ground rods to the underground duct system ground conductors. F. Box Grounds: Unless grounded by conduit system, ground all boxes by direct copper connection to the buried ground grid system. G. Ground all motors with "identified" ground conductor in addition to conduit system. Route in conduit with phase conductors unless external ground is indicated. 3.03 REL.D TESTING: Specified in SECTION 16950. �► END OF SECTION 164,50 J1716450.1 16450-3 �t SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING DEVICES, sWITcuuS AND RECEPTACLE-,S PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: 1, Interior and exterior lighting. 2. Receptacle outlet power systems. 3. Luminaires. 4. All necessary mounting, wiring and accessories required. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Starters,Contactors, Relays, Switches, and Circuit Breakers: SECTION 16180. 2. field Testing: SECTION 16950. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): rr. C73 Series- Plugs and Receptacles. b. C78 series: (1) Incandescent Lamps. (2) Electric Discharge Lamps (Fluorescent), (3) Electric Discharge, Lamps C. C81 Series- I?,lectric Lamp Bases and Molders. d, C82 Series- Lamp Ballasts. 2. Certified Ballast Manufacturers(CBM)- Ballasts. 3. Illuminating Engineering Society ol'North America(IESNA). 4. National E=lectrical Code (NfC). 5. National E=lectrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 6, Reflector and Lamp Manufacturers(RLM) Standards Institute- Industrial Lighting; Units, 7. Underwriters' l.,aboratories, Inc. (UL). 8. Federal Specification (Fed. Spec.): a, W-C-596- Connector, Electrical Power, b. W-S-896 - Switches, Toggles(Toggle and Lock), Flush Mounted. 1.03 SUBMu-PALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Includes, but not limited to, the following; information for each Iuminaire for the lamp specified: E. Detailed construction drawings. 2. Ballast information, 3. Photometric data. 4. Catalog data. 5. Lamp type and color. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Fluorescent and I-E.I.D. Lamp Ballasts: 1. Advance 'Transformer Company, JEF 16500.1 16500-1 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING DEVICES, SWITCHES AND RECI PTACIA S: continued 2. General Electric Company. 3. Jefferson Electric Company. 4. Universal Manufacturing Company. B. Lamps: I. General Electric Company. 2, Sylvanite Electric products, Inc. 3. Philips Electronics Company. C. Luminaires: Acceptable manufacturer for each luminaire is specified in LUMINAIRES, this Section. U. Ground Fault Receptacle: I. Arrow Hart., Inc. 2. Bryant Electric Company. 3. General Llectric. 4, Lcviton Mfg. Co. 5. pass & Seymour, Inc. E. 480V Power Receptacle: I. SMC Ialectrical products, Ensign Electric Division. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIRI ME NI'S: A. All equipment and materials to bear Ul. label. 13. Equipment and materials to be designed to meet the quality and level of illumination established by specified luminaires. M C. Provide all necessary wiring and accessories as required for complete installation. 2.03 SYS"fIMS: A. 480-V, 3-phase, 3-wire system with separate ground wire for power receptacles. 2.04 BALLASTS: A. General: I. Conform to ANSI and 1.11. Standards regarding light output, reliable starting, radio interference, and dielectric rating. 2, Carry C13M and UL labels. B. M.I.D. Vapor Lamp Ballasts: I. Indoor or outdoor application as indicated. 2. Rated Ibr operation at -29"C 2.05 LAMPS: A. Type, rating, color and quantity as indicated or specified For each lurninaire, 2.06 LUMINAIRES: A. Warning Lights: I. Double flash, high intensity strobe light with a rate ol'80 (lashes per minute. 2. Aluminum housing with stainless steel hardware. 3. Red polycarbonate dome. 4. Shall operate From a 120Vac power source. 5. Shall be housed in a NFIMA 4X enclosure and be UI, listed 161- nn,et locations. G. Provide Federal Signal Model No. 151 XST or approved equal. B. furnish luminaires in accordance with the specification sheets at the end ol'this Section. 16500-2 J EF 1 6500.1 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING DIiVICI S SWITCHES AND RI:CI:P'1'ACL F'.S: continued 2.07 RI CEPTACLE. 01. TL,L:'I.S: A. Weatherproof Receptacle Outlets: 1, Flush or surface mounted. 2. Rated 20A at 125Vac, Fed. Spec, W-C-596. 3, Duplex, arc-resistant and pre-wired, 3-wire grounding type, (N[WA reference 5-20R). a. Gray Receptacle, 4. 302 Stainless steel, spring-hinged, PVC-gasketed doors and stainless steel PVC-gasketed covcrplatc. It. "Specification" grade. 5. "Specification" grade, type 5362. C. FS or FD boxes. 7. Locations as indicated. B. Ground-Fault Interrupter Receptacles(GFCI): I. Flush or surface mounted as indicated. 2. 'Terminal installation as indicated. 3. Rated 20A at 12 5Vac. 4, UL Standard 943 Class A, Group 1. 5. Leakage current sensitivity: 5 mA +- I mA. rt. Opens circuit within 25 milliseconds of reaching 5 mA. 6. Duplex, arc-resistant and pre-wired. a. Gray receptacle. r 7. 302 Stainless-steel covcrplatc. 8. FD box. 9. Locations as indicated. C. 480V Power Receptacle: L 480-V, 3-wire grounding type rated 400A. 2 Surface mounted in weatherproof outlet box. 3. Furnish SMC Electrical Products, Ensign L:lectric Division Model No. RG40DFC086- 00X. 4. Locations as indicated. 2.08 CONTROL DEVICES: A. Contactors: Specified in this Division. PART 3 - E,X IT I)TI 0N 3.01 INS"T'AL ,ATION: A. Luminaires: 1. Install after pipe, conduit, air ducts and other equipment above luminaires are installed, unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. 2. Place accurately as to line and level, and at elevations indicated. 3. Shift location if required to avoid interference with plant piping or other apparatus or material. 4. Clean and fully lamp with new lamps. 5. Complete with all required accessorics,just prior to final acceptance. 6. Install as indicated. 13. Receptacle Outlets: 1. Mount receptacles as indicated. ,IEF16500.1 16500-3 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING DEVICES, SWITCHES, AND RECEPTACLES: continued C. Wiring Circuits: 1, Home Run Groupings: IL 208Y/120-volt and 480Y/277-volt, 3-phase,4-wire systems. Group in home runs with not more than three-phase wires with suitable sized neutral and ground wire in one conduit. b, Circuits which are protected by ground fault interruption (GFCI)devices shall use their own separate and isolated neutral between the GFCI device and load. C. All neutral conductors shall be suitably sized to carry the fundamental plus any harmonic currents present. 2. Use circuit numbers as indicated, 3. Use type SVN3 wire for lighting and receptacle circuits unless indicated otherwise. 4. Do not install wire smaller than No. 12 A WG. S. Install larger size wire as indicated or required to conform to requirement of NEC:, 6. Install in concealed and exposed conduit systems as indicated, 3.02 FIELD TESTING_: A. Specified in SECTION 16050. END OF SECTION 16500 G 16500-4 JEF 16500,1 LUMINAIRF Si'I;CIFICA'I'ION SIIl;1 I' L UMINAIItF TYPI : L-I (i SECTION 16620 - EMERGENC'Y POWER GENERATOR PAIZT I - GENE IZA1, 1.01 SUMMAIM A. This Section includes an engine-driven generator unit for standby power unit complete with a weatherproofhousing and fuel system. B. One acceptable manufacturer shall accept prime responsibility through Contractor for complete power unit. C. Provide the size of the unit as specified. If a unit of greater kW capacity than the unit specified is supplied, Contractor shall be responsible for any changes in sire of conduit, wire, circuit breakers, transfer switch, fuel system, building, or related Equipment which will be required to meet the applicable codes and standards. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. C37 Series - Power Switchgear. b. C50.10- General Requirements for Synchronous Machines. C. C50.13 - Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators. d. C50.14 - Combustion Gas Turbine Driven Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators. 2. Diesel Engine Manufacturer's Association (DEMA): a. Field Test Code. 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE): a. 43 - Recommended Practice for Tcsting Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery. b. 115 - Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines, 4. National Fire Prevention Association (NFPA): a. 70—National Electrical Code(NEC). 5. National Electrical Manufacturing Association (NEMA). 6. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 7. Society of Automotive Engineers(SAE). 8. Undorwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. U1.,50 - Electrical Cabinets and Boxes. b. UL508 - Electric Industrial Control Equipment. C. UL1008 - Automatic Transfer Switches. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit its specified in DIVISION I. B. Complete drawing and wiring diagrams including, but not limited to showing coordination and connections between the following: 1. Engine generator. 2. Generator control panel. 3. Automatic starting controls. 4. All auxiliaries. 5. Weatherproof housing. JEF 16620.1 16620-1 SECTION 16620 - E.MERGENC:Y POWER GENERATOR: continued 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Factory Tests: 1. Conform to DEMA Field Test Codc to determine the following: a. Enginc-generator set net power output. b, fuel consumption. c.. Overall engine-generator set efficiency. 2. Correct test results for estimated field operating conditions of 550 elevation msl and 1049{ ambient air temperature. 3. Submit actual and corrected test results as specified in DIVISION 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Caterpillar, Inc.. B. Cummins Power Generation. C. Kohler Company. 2.02 DESIGN CRITERIA: A. Preassembled power module. B. Conform to NEC, NESC, NEMA, and IEEE C62.1. C. Completely self-contained and integrally assembled, with the engine, generator, exciter, intake air cleaner, radiator and fan, and all necessary parts. D. Complete with all auxiliaries, interconnecting piping, instruments, wiring, rigid steel base, tools, and.spare parts. E. Compactly assembled in a weatherproof enclosure and rigidly mounted oil steel skid ready for installation and external connections. F. All engine and generator controls required for proper operation, including generator output �r breaker. G. Power connection cabinet, inside light,duplex convenience receptacle, and a screened, baffled, and louvered air intake and hot air discharge. H. Power for battery charger, water jacket heater, lights and convenience outlet from a single 480V 3-phase feeder. Provide necessary stepdown transformer sized for equipment and panciboard sufficient to serve all electrical equipment required. 1. Designed for maximum reliability and dependability of operation. J. Capable of being; brought tip to full speed, placed on the line, and brought up to full load in 15 seconds or less at full power. K. Size guaranteed to start the motor load as specified with a maximum voltage drop of 25%. L. Arranged to provide control as follows: I. Local start-stop engine test switch to allow testing; system without operating transfer switch. 2. When unit is up to speed and voltage required, transfer switch shall close automatically and unit shell pick up load, provided the engine has not been started by the engine test switch. 2.03 ENGINE: A. General: I. Conform to SAE Internal Combustion Engine Standards. 2. Operate on No. 2 diesel fuel. 3. Designed for emergency power service. 16620-2 JEF 16620.1 R S17CTTON 16620 - EMERGENCY POWER GINF.RATOR: continued #. Starts from batteries, either automatically or manually. 5. Suitable for continuous operation at nameplate rating, 6. Operate in efficient manner free front all roughness and vibrations, 7. Basic 4 or 2-cycle engine with governor for speed regulation within 51NO. 8. Maximum operating speed of 1,800 rpm. 9. Safety devices to shut down engine in case of low oil pressure, overcranking, high-water temperature, and overspeed protection independent of governor. 10. Lubricating oil pumps. 1 I. Integral cooling water radiator sized for 1 15°F ambient, fan, temperature control hardware, water pump, and closed water cooling system. 12. Electric starting motor: 24V dc, 13. Air filters: Dry type, 14. ('ranking contactor with overcranking alarm and cranking lirrtitcr. Limit to 4 cranking cycles of 15 seconds each. 15. Lube oil filter: Cartridge type, 16. Water jacket heater for 208 or 240Vac operation, to maintain 1%10"F minimum jacket water temperature during idle periods, thermostatically controlled. 17. Automatically regulated, battery charging alternator. 13. Fuel System: 1, Diesel No. 2D fuel from a double wail "bell)," storage tank, built-in accordance with UL Standard No. 142.. 2. Fuel train shall generally consist of manual shutoff valve, primary filter, auxiliary fuel transfer pump, electric fuel shutoff valve, final filter, and fuel pump, 3. All fuel train components shall be engine mounted, piped up, and ready for connection to the fuel supply line. The double-walled fuel tank shall be mounted beneath the engine and sized at 200 gallons. 4, The fuel system shall have a rupture basin with all appropriate "Icak sensors" with alarms, that meet the requirements of all appropriate agencies having jurisdiction at the project location. 5. The fuel tank shall be outfitted with an electronic fuel monitoring system. There shall be a local readout directly in gallons. There shall be a 4-20 nnA analog output to indicate actual fuel level in the tank, There shall be contacts for "High level" and "Low Level" and an independent float operated contact to indicate "fuel Icak" condition. C. Mul'ller: I. Steel or wrought-iron-type exhaust rrnuffler of size recommended by accepted engine manufacturer. 2. Flexible connection from engine exhaust port to muffler pipe long enough to bend 90 3. Exhaust piping including flexible section to connect to muffler. 4. Outdoor vertical, residential-type muffler with inlet flange connection, drain connection, and rain cap for exhaust. D. Batteries: I. 2-12V lead-acid type storage battery. 2. Size For full cranking speed for 10 cycles of 15-second cranking with engine at 0"F ambient temperature. 3. Filled with proper quantity of electrolyte and fully charged at time of installation. 4. Suitable hydrometer mounted on a support adjacent to batteries. 5. Suitable racks for mounting batteries. E. Battery Charger 1, Conform to LJI-50 and U1,508. JEF 16620,1 16620-3 M , SECTION 16620 - EMERGENCY POWER GENERATOR: continued 2. Automatic, self-regulating, constant voltage type with silicon diode rectifiers and regulating system. 3. Designed fir floating charge and equalizing charge. 4. Operate from 120-V, single-phase, 60-1-lz ac supply. 5. Capable of fully charging batteries within 24 hours. 6. Transformer, silicon diode stacks, ammeter, voltmeter, switches, and other components as required to accomplish trickle charging of batteries. 7. Housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure for rack mounting and conduit connection. Optionally the battery charger may be mounted in the Automatic 'transfer Switch enclosure. 8. Screens on top and bottom of steel cabinet to cover ample size opening for ventilation. F. Instrumentation: I. Totally enclosed gauge panel with following instrumentation installed: a. Lubricating oil pressure gauge. b. Water temperature gauge. C. Engine battery charging amperage. 2. Isolated (no voltage) alai-in contacts suitable for operation on 120Vac for each of the following alarm points (contacts close on alarm for remote alarm): a. High engine lobe oil temperature. b. Low engine lube oil pressure. C. High jacket water temperature. d. Overcranking. C. Overspeed. f. Engine failure to start. 3. Local indicating lights for each alarm point specified. 4. Completely shop-wired and tubed with terminations properly identified and located to provide entrance for external piping and wiring connections at top of panel. 5. Low tube oil pressure, high jacket water temperature overspeed, and overcranking shall Shut engine down only when these values reach dangerous limits. 2.04 GENERATOR: A. Alternator: I. Conform to IEEE?43, 56,and 115, ANSI C37 Series, and C50.10, 050.13, and C50.14. 2. FulI load rating of'at least 100 kW at 0.8 power factor standby duty. 3. Suitable for solid grounding of generator neutral. 4. Voltage: 480V, wye, 3-phase, 3-wire, 60-1-lz. 5. Maximum speed: 1,800 rpm. 6. Temperature rise above 40"0 ambient. 7. Air cooled, self-ventilated. 8. Open type enclosure. 9. Excitation by static exciter, or rotating engine-driven exciter. 10. Stator and rotor insulation, Class 1-I. 11. Maximum balanced telephone influence (actor('ill`): 300. 12. Short circuit ratio: 1.0. B. Dc Exciter: 1. Conform to IEEE 43, 56, and 115, ANSI C37 Series and C50,10, 050.13, and ('50.14. 2. Rating as required. 3. Silicon controlled rectifier type or engine-driven type. 4. Air cooled, self-ventilated. 5. Permanent magnet exciter. 16620-4 .IEF 16620.1 �• SECTION 16620 - EMERGENCY POWER GENFRATOR: continued 6. Excitation controls including, but not limited to, the following: a. Voltage level and field limiting device. b. Voltage drop. C. Voltage gain. C. Voltage Regulator: 1. Conform to IEEE 43, 56, and 115, ANSI C37 Series and C50,10, 050.13, and C50.14. 2. Rating as required. 3. Modular construction. 4. Voltage regulation from no load to rated load within a band of 4-2% of rated voltage. 5. Steady state voltage within +I/2 percent of rated voltage. D. Generator Control Panel: I. Containing unit and generator controls in the farm of a steel cabinet of code gage construction arranged for unit mounting. 2. NEMA 1 A gasketed unit with controls mounted on front panel and with full height rear hinged door, complete with hasp and padlock. 3. Side vents covered with copper or brass wire cloth not less than 150 ►nosh. 4. Completely factory wired and ready for external connections. 5. Voltmeter and ammeter ready for external connections. 6. Voltmeter and ammeter transfer switches. 7. Automatic voltage regulator and control switch. 8. Frequency meter and running time meter. 9. Panel interior lights and switch. ® 10. Start-stop test switch to permit testing of engine. 11. Generator control switch and lights. 12. Instrument transformers and terminal blocks as required, including current transformers and potential transformers. 13. Necessary controls, relays, and other items for automatic closing and interlocking of generator transfer switch. 14. Necessary control devices to operate unit satisfactorily. 2.05 S"FARTING SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT: A. Complete electric starting system. B. Interlock preventing automatic restart attempts if engine has been stopped by low Tube oil pressure, high water temperature, or failure to start. C. All automatic equipment coordinated with the engine generator. D. Operate from 24-Vdc. E. Necessary starting control equipment to perform required functions, 2.06 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER CONTROLS: A. Conform to ANSI C37 Series, UL50, U1,508, UL 1008 and NEC Articles 517, 700, 701 and 702. E. Automatic transfer switch panel in a separate NEMA 4 cabinet suitabie for rack mounting. C. Electrically actuated, mechanically held and interlocked, rated 125 Amps minimum at 480V, 3 poles with solid neutral. D. Operate when any phase drops to 70% rated voltage and transfer back to normal when all phases are 90% or more of rated voltage. C. Transfer switch shall either stop in a "neutral" position for 1/2-1 second between "normal" and "emergency" positions or provide for a synchronous transfer. 'Phis should occur in transfer in either direction. JEF 16620.1 16620-5 SECTION 16620 - 1? SECTION 16620 - EMERGENCY POWER GENERATOR: continued 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Performance Tests: 1. Provide as specified in DIVISION 1. 2. Particular attention shall be given to the following: a. Automatic starting and reliability of operation. b. Ability to pick up full load in IS seconds or less. C. Performance at 110% rated load. END OF SECTION 16620 " JEF 16620.1 16620-7 SUCTION 16900- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Division includes instruments, meters, control devices, and control panels as specified in each Section. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Interconnections and control of equipment: All applicable Divisions. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. Instrument Society of America (ISA). a. S20 - Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, Primary Elements and Control Valves. 2. Others as specified in applicable Sections. 1.03 CONFERENCES: Conform to DIVISION 1. 1.04 WORK PROGRESS REPORTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS: Conform to DIVISION 1. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Manufacturer with prime responsibility shall assume responsibility for all Compliance Submittals. C. Includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Fabrication drawings, front elegy ation, wiring diagrams, and bills of material for control panels (and console). 2. Engraving schedule and physical dimensions for nameplates and phenolic overlays. 3. Electrical and mechanical Collnl -tion diagrams for all separately mounted instruments. 4. Individual specification or descriptive sheets for instruments, annunciators and similar major system components to conform to ISA S20. 5. Instruction Books: a. For all instruments, annunciators, transducers, and similar major system equipment. b. In addition to the requirements as specified in DIVISION 1, submit single-page specification sheets for each instrument which lists the type., model number, function, scale, input, actuation, output and other specific features of that instrument. 1.06 SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY: A. System may use Equipment of different manufacturers but one manufacturer or authorized manufacturer representative is to assume prime responsibility for the complete system. PART 2 ;PRODUCTS Specified in SECTIONS 16900-16910. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FACTORY TESTS: A. As a minimum, the manufacturer's standard tests and calibration procedures shall be conducted on all instruments. "� J EF 16900.1 16900-1 SECTION 16900-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS: continued 3.02 LIGHTNING AND SURGE PROTEC'('ION: A. Provide lightning and surge protection to all instruments, power supplies, electronic equipment, and input and output control and signal lines specified in this Section. This protection shall be in accordance with the applicable standards and shall be suitable to protect the Equipment during electrical storm which occur in the area of'tile Projcct. 3.03 INSTALLATION: Specified in SECTIONS 16900-16910. 3.04 MANUFAC'TURER'S FIELD SERVICES: A. Provide as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Provide supervision for a minimum of'one working day, with days in excess of this as required during the test and start-rip period by the prime responsibility manufacturer. C. Test and start-up supervision shall continue until the system is in proper operating condition as determined by Engineer. D. Provide manufacturer's supervision during Work to correct deficiencies in Equipment manufactured by them and to correct deficiencies in the installation and wiring of Equipment. Corrections shall be at no increase in the Contract Price, E. Also provide supervision for a minimum of one working day to instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of the Equipment. Instruction shall take place after Equipment start-tip is complete. F. Manufacturer's field services required for all instruments, control devices, and other devices furnished its a part of the control panel, or instruments and associated control devices separately►mounted to assure proper installation, setting, connection, and functioning. 3.05 FIELD TESTING - INSTRIJMEN'T AND CONTEtoL SYS'I'I MS: A. General Requirements: 1. Conform to requirements as specified in DIVISION 1. 2. Conduct all tests in the presence of Engineer or Owner under the supervision of Equipment manufacturer's field engineer. 3. Notify Engineer two weeks prior to the commencement of all tests, 4. Include all tests recommended by the Equipment manufachu•cr artless specifically waived by Engineer. 5. Include all additional tests recommended by Engineer that he deems necessary because of Field conditions, to determine that Equipment and Materials and systems meet requirements of Contract Documents. 6. Be responsible for all damage to Equipment and Materials due to improper test procedures or test apparatus handling. B. 'Test Reports: 1. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 2. Maintain a written record in quadruplicate ol'all tests showing date, personnel making tests, equipment or material tested, tests performed, and results. 3.06 COORDINATION AND SCI IFI)UI.1NG: Coordinate Installation of Equipment and Materials with construction schedule. END OF SECTION 16900 ti 16900-2 J EF 16900.1 4 SECTION 16901 - CONTROL, PANELS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Phis Section includes the following: 1. Control Panels. 2. SCADA/RTU Panel, B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Electrical: DIVISION 16 Sections. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): a. D1248 - Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): a. ICS- Industrial Controls and Systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submit as specified in SECTION 16900. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Prefabricated Control Panel and Console Enclosures: 1. Hoffman Engineering Company(Floffinan). B. Wire Terminals and Connectors: E. Alpha Wire Corporation (Alpha). 2. Amp, Inc. 3. Belden Corporation (Belden). 4. General Electric Company(General Electric). S. Thomas and Betts. C. Wire Markers: 1. Brady. 2. Electrovert. 3. Floy Tag& Manufacturing, Inc. (Floy Tag). 4. Panduit Corporation. D. Terminal Blocks and Test Switches: 1. Allen-Bradley, 2. Buchanan. 3. Marathon Special Products. 4. Phoenix Contact. S. Square D. 6. Weidmuller. E. Circuit Breakers: 1. Airpax. 2. 1 leinemann Electric Company(Heinemann). 3. Potter-Brumfield. JEF l 6901.1 16901-1 �i SECTION 16901 - CONTROL. PANELS - INSTRUMf TS AND CONTROLS: continued 2.02 CONTROL. PANELS: A. Prefabricated Pancl Design Requirements: 1. NIMA Type 4X 304 stainless steel enclosure with gasketed hinged door, Padlock hasp and screw-type door clamps. 2. Interior steel mounting panel. 3. Sired to house thermostat, strip heater, and other equipment required. 4. Freestanding or wall-mounted design as required. 5. Watertight tcrrnination fittings for all pipes and conduits entering enclosure. 6. Interior of box insulated with 1-inch-thick noncombustible styrofoam board insulation with foil facing. 7. Chromalox Type S strip heater sired for enclosure and a Chromalox WR-90 thermostat wired to power supply terminal block through a 5-A cartridge lype fuse. 8. Manufactured by Hoffman l-nginecring Company. 9. Provide a corrosion inhibitor product manufitctured by I toff ran Engineering Company inside each panel and sized flor the panel. 10. When installed in or connected to hazardous areas seal all conduit enu•ances with "Chico" compound to prevent transfer of corrosive gases. 2.03 CONTROL. PANEL AND RECORDING AND INDICATING INSTI'I.MINTS NAMEPLATES: A. Fabricate from laminated phenolic sheeting with white core and satin finish melamine overlay. B. Colors shall be as indicated. C. Thickness: 1/16-inch nominal. D. Bevel edges to expose white core on perimeter. E. Engraved legend through overlay to expose core. 1 Attach to panels and instruments with contact cement or double-Breed (ape. 2.04 1;L1;CTRICAL SYS'T'EM: A. Wiring: I. Alpha or Belden 600V, 105"C, UL Style 1015 wire or I louston Wire and Cable SI-57257, SIS Vulkene insulated switchboard wire. Dc signal \�'iring shall he as specified in DIVISION 16, 2. Wire Sizes: a. No. 14 AWG,41 strand, for all convenience outlets, interior lighting, and other similar loads. b. No. 16 or 18 AWG, 16- to 411-strand, for low power loads of I I W or lower voltage. 3. Wire Markers: a. I lot-stamped tube-type. Brady"fy-grip, Flectrovert slip-on 'type %, or Flov Tag FT200C wire markers sized for snug fit lire wire sirs. b. Identify both ends of wire with the same unique wire number. C. Assign wire numbers where specific designations are not indicated. 4. Wiring Methods: a. Route main groups ol'wires in plastic nonflammable wiring duct. b. Smaller groups of wire shall be cabled and secured with nylon cable clamps and ties or plastic spiral wraps. C. Route instrument do signal wiring in separate ducts or groups from ac power and control wiring. 1690 1-2 J EF 16901.I 1 SEC'T'ION 16901 CONTROL, PANELS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS: continued d. E(fuipmcnt and '1'crminal Block Connections: (1) Make all connections with insulated locking spade lug terminals except where devices specified are available only with solder type terminals, or tubular clamp terminals. (2) Install terminals with tool as recommended by manuiircturer to apply required amount of pressure correctly. e. Solder Connections: Soldering iron used shall not exceed 100 W. f. Provide terminal blocks for all external connections. B. 'Terminal Blocks: 1. 60OV, sectional type polypropylene or polyamide blocks. 2. Tubular clamp contacts. 3. Slide-in vinyl marking strip for terminal identification. 4. Provide a mininium of 10% spare terminals. C. Switch Action fuse Blocks: 1, Rated 60OV, 20A. 2. Sectional type polypropylene or polyamide blocks. 3. 'tubular clamp contacts. 4. Pressure sensitive marking tape for terminal identifications. D. Circuit Breakers: 1. Heineman Series Cl', Curve 2, E-framc breaker for each instrurrrcnt system, annunciator, lighting circuit, control system or similar major device requiring 24 or 1 15Vac power. 2. Heineman Series CF, Curve 3, for devices or systems requiring 26V, do power. 3. 'Trip rating as indicated or recommended by manufacturer of equipment being protected. ® 4. Necessary space on panel for a minintunt of five future circuit breakers. 5. Mounted are a panel inside control panel in a readily accessible location. E. Push Buttons and Selector Switches: I. Heavy-duty oiltight units with contacts rated IO-A continuous at 120Vac. 2. Provide the number of contacts and contact development as indicated. 3. Start or On push hlrlton5 shall have a green operator. 4. Stop or Off push buttons shall have a red operator. 5. NEMA Style 30 mm or larger. 6. NEMA 4X, F. Illuminated Push Buttons: I. Heavy-duty oiltight units with contacts rated 10-A continuous at 120Vac. 2. Provide the number of contacts and contact development as indicate(]. 3. 120V elus(er led type. 4. Color carps as indicated. 5. NEMA 4X. G. General-Purpose Control Relays: 1. Potter& Brumfield Series KRI' or Struthers-Drum Series 219. 2. Provide with coil voltage as indicated with a neon coil energirarion indicator on 12OVac coils. 3. Number of contacts required rated at I O-A at 120Vac. 4. Provide plug;-in relay with socket. 5. 8-pin tubular style. 11. Time Delay Relays: 1; Agastat SSC Series. 2 Solid-state timing relay, plug-in type with matching socket. 3. 8-pin tubular Lyle. JEF 1 6901.1 1 6901-3 r SECTION 16901 - CONTROL PANT CS - 1NSTRI IMI`NTS AND CONTROLS: continued 4. Time range and voltage its indicated, 5. Contact rating of 10-A at 120Vac. 6. Contact action as indicated. 1. Pilot Lights: 1. Heavy-duty oiltight units. 2. 120V cluster LED type. 3. Color caps as indicated. 4. Push-to-test type. 5. NEM 11X. J. Convenience Outlets: I. 20-A duplex three-wire grounding GFC'I type oullet, handy box, and sheet metal cover plate. 2. One mounted inside and near the rear of the control panel. K, Mounting of Relays and Control Devices: 1, Complete accessibility to all terminals, relay sockets, and other devices without dismantling of panel equipment. 2. Do not block access to any instruments or control devices mounted on face sheet. 3. Installed oil swing-out panels if necessary. 4. Mount all diodes, resistors and similar equipment between terminal points on terminal blocks. PART 3 --EXECUTION TION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Control Panels; 1. Install all necessary openings cast or drilled in the concrete. 2 Mount to rack with all necessary supports and bracing. 3. Shim plumb and level. 4, Install all electrical connections to remote mounted control,, as specified. 5. Close all unnecessary and unused openings in the floor with Dow Corning 3-6548 silicone WIN, General Electric R'1T762, or Phase-Foam C1 C PR-855 dirndl after piping and wiring are installer) to prevent dirt frond entering the panel. 6. Provide a minimum two coats of conformal coating on all expose) metal conductors. B. Electrical Connections: I. Install wire and cable as specific(] in SEC'T'ION 16120. 2. Install circuits to field-mounted equipment as indicated and required. 3. Ground all lightning and surge arresters to panel ground. 3.02 FIELD LD QUALI TY C'ONTROL: A. MallLdacturer's Field Services: Provide as specified in DI VISION 1. 13, Factory Tests: Specified in SECTION 16900. END OF SE'CT'ION 16901 16901-4 J EF 16901.1 SECTION 16950- FIELD 'E'ESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section covers field testing of all wire, cable, and electrical equipment. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1, Grounding: SECTION 16450. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society For Testing and Material (ASTM): a. D877 - Dielectric Breakdown Voltage of Insulating Liquids Using Disk Electrodes, 2. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA): a. S-19-81 - Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. b. S-66-524 - Cross-Linked Thermosetting Polyethylene- Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy. C. S-68-516 - Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. 3. American National Standards Institute/Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (ANSI/IEEE): „rc a. C37.20- Switchgear Assemblies, Including Metal-Enclosed Bus. 4. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 70- National Electrical Code(NEC). 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Test Reports: I. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 2. Maintain a written record of all tests showing date, personnel making tests, equipment used, Equipment or Material tested, tests performed, and results. 3. Notify Engineer two weeks prior to commencement of all testing except for megger tests. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Ground Test Set: 1. Associated Research, Inc. 2. James G. Cuddle Company. B. Multimeter: 1. Simpson Electric Company. C. Insulation Test Set: 1. Associated Research, Inc. 2. James G. Biddle Company, 2.02 PROVIDE ALL TESTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED WHICH INCLUDES ALL OR SOME OF THE FOLLOWING: A. Wet- and dry-bulb thermometer. JEF 16950.1 16950-1 SECTION 16950- FIELD TESTING: continued B. 500V and I,000V ineggers. C. Battery-powered portable telephone sets and portable radios. D. De high-potential test set, adjustable tip to 90 kV. I:. One Multimeter(Volt-Ohm-Milliamineter) rated 20 K ohms per volt (dc) or better, or digital readout multimcter. F. One phase rotation meter, 60-1in.. G. Commercial model three-point ground test set, James G. Biddle Company "Megger" Ground Tester or Associated Research, Inc., "Vibroground" tester. 1-1. Miscellaneous cable, test lights, buzzers, bells, switches, receptacles, plugs, and other equipment as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Test all wire, cable, and electrical equipment installed or connected by Contractor to assure proper installation, setting, connection, and functioning as indicated or to conform to Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions. B. Conduct all tests except megger insulation testing in the presence of Engineer or Owner and under the supervision of Equipment manufacturer's field engineer. C. Include all tests recommended by the Equipment manufacturer unless specifically waived by Engineer. D. Include all additional tests issued by Engineer that he deems necessary because of field conditions to determine that Equipment and Material and systems meet requirements of Contract Documents. E. Be responsible for all damage to Equipment or Material due to improper test procedures or test apparatus handling. 3.02 EXECU'T'ION: A, Molded Case Circuit Breaker Tests: I. Visually inspect and manually operate each breaker. 2. Check adjustable magnetic trip settings against values furnished by Engineer. 3. Megger each pole for freedom front grounds. 4. For breakers provided with shunt trips, check operation of shunt trip circuit. 5. Check all connections. 6. Check for proper current rating for circuit to which breaker is connected. B. Dry-"Type Transformer"Pests: I. Check Equipment ground to assure continuity of connections, as specified in this DIVISION 16, 2. Check electrical neutral of the transformer. This connection shall be a copper wire connection to the ground bus. 3. Megger between high-voltage winding and low-voltage winding, high- voltage winding and ground, and low-voltage winding and ground. If'rcadings are below 50 megohms (at 77"F), notify Engineer before energizing transformer. 4. Ratio test the full winding and all taps. Set transformer on tap as acceptable to Engineer. 5. Check connections for tightness and clean out dust. C. Motor Tests on All Motors: 1. Check Equipment ground to assure continuity of connections as specified in this DIVISION 16. 16950-2 JEF16950.1 SECTION 16950 - F11 l)TE STING: continued 2. Measure the insulation resistance of the stator winding before applying voltage. Compare this measured value against the manufacturer's value. If there is no insulation resistance value furnished by manufacturer, use the following: Motor Voltar;e Insulation Resistance 600 volts and below 5 megohnis If measured resistance values are lower than above, record room temperature and humidity and submit readings to Engineer before energizing. Dry out motors as required by accepted method of application of external heat, and do not apply voltage to motor until substandard resistance condition is corrected. Megger readings are to be one-minute duration, using a 500V megger for all motors 600V and below, and a 1,000V mcgger for all motors above 600V. 3. Prior to final Equipment alignment, disconnect motor from driven Equipment where necessary to check lubrication, starter, and control circuits. If motor is free of dirt and dust, rotate rotor by hand to determine that motor turns freely. Clean out motor if necessary. Apply voltage momentarily aril note direction of rotation. Correct rotation if necessary, Reconnect motor to driven equipment. 4. After the motor is placed in operation, observe the motor for heating at the bearings or windings. If the motor appears to be running hot, notify Engineer. Note: General purpose motors may reach temperatures tip to 176°F with a roan temperature of 104T. 5. Take motor full-load amps readings(on all three legs of three-phase motors). Submit results to Engineer. D. Tests on Motor Starters, Contactors, and Industrial Relays: I. Check Equipment ground to assure continuity of connections. 2. Remove all blocking used for shipment. 3. Check overload relays for proper current range with motor nameplate full load amperes. Adjust relays for manual or automatic reset. 4. Cheek magnet coil for proper operating voltage. 5. Clean all contacts and magnetic surfaces. 6. Check air gap between moving and stationary magnets with manufacturer's clearances. 7, Check all auxiliary contacts for correct arrangement with coil de-energized; i.e., normally-open or normally-closed. 8. Megger each pole of starter for freedom from grounds or•shorts. 9. Check all fuses or air circuit breakers for proper rating. 10. Check connectors for tightness. 11. With motor disconnected, energize control circuits and test for correct functioning. 12. For industrial-type timing relays, adjust the timing cycle for proper equipment operation as furnished by manufacturer. 11 Check secondary fuse:, on motor starter control power transf nrmer supply. E. Control arid Instrument Switch 'Pests: I. Inspect all contacts and shunts, cleaning contacts if required. 2. Operate switch, arid note that all design functions are performed in proper sequence. F. Power Switches (Disconnects and Safety): I. Inspect contacts and clean if required. 2. Inspect tare chutes if provided on switch. 3. Inspect fuses for proper rating if furnished on switch. 4. Operate switches(de-energized) for proper functioning. r r , JE:F16950.1 16950-3 r SECTION 16950 - FIELD,n,.s,rlNG: continued G. Pressure Switches, Float Switches and Limit Switches: 1. Inspect and test switches to conform to manufacturer's recommended field tests. 2. Adjust switches to perform the design function for proper Equipment operation. 1-1. Wire and Cable,Tests: (Feeders and Control Circuits Only) 1. Megger all 600V insulated wire with a 500V tnegger for one minute, and values must be approximately as follows: Conductor Capacity Resistance Amperes Ohms 0-24 1,000,000 25-50 250,000 51-100 100,000 101-200 50,000 201-400 25,000 501-800 12,000 Over 800 5,000 Determine the values with all switchboards, panelboards, fuse holders, switches, and overcurrent devices is place. Do not connect motors and transformers during meggering. Megger wire and cable after installation and not on the cable reel. 2. Check all control cable by tnegger tests similar to those described for 600V insulated wire. Check all control wiring for tightness of terminal contacts and continuity (especially of current translormer leads) through each "run" of control circuiting. Thoroughly verify all wiring by means of battery-powered lights, buzzers, bells, or telephones. Alter completing these checks and tests on a given control circuit, attach a temporary cardboard tag on each end of cable tested which bears date and name of Contractor's representative responsible for checking. Follow this procedure for each control circuit cable. Provide all phasing tests and make all changes necessary to assure proper rotation of all motors, the correct phasing and phase sequence of all circuits susceptible to being paralleled, the proper polarity on all instrument transformer wiring, and such other phasing tests as may be required for the equipment being connected under this Contract. 1. Control Schemes'tests: I. Test all electrical controls by trial operation of control equipment after all wiring is completed to see that each interlock and control function operates to conform to the description ofoperation, as indicated on the schematic diagrams, as well as with the manufacturer's operating instructions. J. Miscellaneous I,cluipment 'tests: "Pest all miscellaneous equipment rurnished by equipment mantil'acturer as recommended by manufacturer. K. Lighting Tests: I. "Pest all systems fir proper operation and correct phasing prior to final acceptance. L. Grounding Tests: I. Measure resistance cif ground system at each ground riser. 2. Record results and notify Engineer if any reading exceeds 1 ohm. 3. Test at least three cif'each type: of ground connections and not less than 25 percent of all ground connections. Y 16950-4 JEF16950.1 1 � c SECTION 16950 - FIELD TESTING:" continued . 4. Test by one of the following methods for resistance measurement; a. Three-point method using an ammeter and voltmeter with"ac or do"paver supply ` ` t END OF SECTION 16950 ; z . t JFF 16950;I 16950-5 i i 1. .vt. ,'��•. j. City of Jefferson , Missouri Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities Project No. 31051 -0302 Contract No. 2 .Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements Project Manual 2002 26431 Bidder's Name and Address BUrns McDonnell a �.. Je ffiovrO I Am y t 0%%4MM#Ijj DOCUMI-NT 00900 __ADDENDUM NO.I: ��`�`�VANS .. Issued to All Bid Document I(olders of Record ='� GVEPME � VONK an �a Date: April 30, 2002 O.or b+�� Project Naarnc: Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities Od0l1llltil6 c����0 Contract Name: Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements Contract No.: 2 This Addendum forms a part of the Contract described above. The original Contract Documents and any prior Addenda remain in full force and effect except ati modified by the following which shall tale precedence over any contrary provisions in the prior documents. INFORMATION FOR BMDF RS: I. C'ONTIZ ACT 7'IME Paragraph 113-24. Change to react ivy follows: "The contract tune shall be two hundred forty five (245)calendar mays." 131D FORM: 2. IWE OF COMPLETION. Lines 318 and 319: Chan,c "one hundred seventy five (175) f ty working clays" to "two hundred forty five (245) calendar days." AFFIDAVIT CONtPLIANCE WITII PREVAILING WAGE LAWS_ 3. Line 545: C1a:an�(! "Annual Wi e Order No. 9" to -f nnual W30C.- Order No. 8." MISSOURI DIVISION (,.DI' LABOR STANDARDS: 4. Annual Wage Order: Replace Annual Waot.., Order No. 9 wid) ?knnual ~Vane Order No. 8 attached. CONS'I.'RUC'I'ION C:(3NTIUCT: 5. aNlanrner :%nd Time For ConmIcrion: Line 628: Chanf;c "one hundred ticvcnty five.(175) k�,,orl:inc days" to "two hundred forty five (2,15) calendar days." b. Provailip Wag—i: 'i:..ino 638: Change "Annual Wao,c Order No. 9" to "Annual Wage Order No. $." 00900-ADD I-c2.AtroA.noc 00900-1 042193 +x� r continued SPECIFICATIONS: ` !. N Al ,~(�I Delete Paragraph 1.05, 8. P,�,-�. 1 1.1t)f►, Paragraph I.f)(i, A. ?, Change to teat! ;ts follows: "z. The etlu,pinent quoted shall be of a proven design and shall be referenced by at least three installations of similar size and same design, having been in successful operation for a period of not lest; than five (5) years." 9. Paw! 1 1 1(111.3, Narapiaph Al G?.. F Change to read as follows: "1'. The air laterals may be tither floating; or submerged (2 feet below water surface) air laterals." 10, Pave 1.l De It!fe Paral;raph 2.02, G. 1 1, I' e 1 I_1Of►:,I, Paragraph 1,01, J, IA. Change: to read as follows: "J. The HDI diffuser assembly shall hi.- ballasted by the 316 stainless steel hub and a polyurethane encapsulated plate which shall be attached to the bottom of the hub by stninle5s Meel hardware.. Parkson's diffusers shall be ballasted using an internal weight. The units shall have a submerged weight sufficient to offset any buoyant force under all 0170nlfing rondidons." I_I_l00-4. Paragraph 1.02, Ill", 2. Change to read as follows: R "Gals;toted rl►ctid ur urlro;tcd Carbun SM.-1 V, not acceptable for ballast or ballast • rompunrnt,.,' 13. Pa e~ I la;ir:rl,t:clth 1.0•1, H. Add the fcill(ttvitt ,: "?, The ~teen aurttion piping, shall be its spocifred in I'RI SSURI1* PIPE, SECTION 02510," 14, Paragraph :)-01, F, 1. (:'i►a111le tc) 1-o"Id as follows: "1, Install c.ae:h diffu>;rr al 9.1) fret Walvr depth and provide sufficient flexible HDPE, or HI)MI ititlinc:,,,,, 15. I'a�+,e;�l 11O11w5. Paral;►a1111 .2'..O I, 11, Chanl,;e Icy react a', follow "I.I. The tae aswilibiy at the air lalerul shall bc, a Ininin-min of I-inch and be Factory msernble d." W900.nUD1.0 2..,A1.(xtn,D0C 00000 ? 042198 i I • I UtJGUMENT 009017 - ADDENDUM NO. 1: continued 16. Page 11100-7. Paragraph 2.06, A. Revise Paragraph A to read as follows, Delete z Paragraphs B-F and 11. "A. Design shall be as specified in Section l l 100, 2,05, N1, 8." CONTRACT DRAWINGS: 17. Drawing P1. Add Note 7, which shall read is follows: "All aeration piping from Lagoon to Blower Building shall be provided by Diffused Aeratiun System Manufacturer." 18. Drawing P3, Add Note 3, which shall read as follows: "All blower discharge and intake piping to be supplied by the Diffused Aeration System Manufacturer." Each Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by affixing his signature below, by noting this Addendum on his Bid Form, and by attaching this Addendum to his Bid. Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company P.O. Box 419173 Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6173 ACKN0WI,EDC1;1vlEN7 y The undersi;ned aclmowledges receipt of this Addendum and the Laid submitted is in accordance with information, instructions and stipulations set Furth herein. Bidder: -. /&q44L adZX&77 13y: Date: '��� Z END OF DOCUMENT 00900 00900-ADD I-CIAMOA.DOC 00900.3 042198 t 0¢ MI DOCUMENT 00900 • ADDENDUM NO. 2: A L S-rspHEN , ~"10 MONK W ISSlled to All Bid DOCliment Holders of Recd rd Z V;It B a f=� 18038 ;de Date: May 3, 2002 �•��,�Q^ .............. ,,, M, P .` Project Name: Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities ;61";zO'ESS+O%���' Contract Name: wastewater Treatment Plant Itnprovennents Contract No.: 2 'Phis Addendum forms a part of the Contract described above. The original Contract Documents and any prior Addenda remain in full force and effect except as modified by the following which shall take precedence over any contrary provisions in the prior documents. ADDENDUM NO. 1. 1. Page 2 of 3. Delete Item 13, BID FORM: 2. Page 2 of 2 of Bid Form Pie. Revise per attached. Bidder shall insert Additive Bid Price for Alternate No. I for submerged air supply laterals manufactured by Environmental Dynamics, Inc, if Lump Sum Bid Price is not based on supplying this equipment, or insert the words "Included in Lump Sum Bid Price" if Lump Sum Bid Price is based on supplying this equipment. ® SPECIFICATIONS: 3. Page 1 1 100-3. Paragraph 2.0. I.A.l.: Add the following: 419. Air and Alpha Factor requirements are as follows: Min. Air Alpha Cell No. Recluirement (scfm) Factor 1 1,600 0.7 2 500 0.9 3 200 0.9 Each Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by affixing his signature below, by noting this Addendum an his }aid Form, and by attaching this Addendum to his Bid. Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company 11.0. Box 419173 Kansas City, Missouri 64,141 173 00900•ADQ2.uOC 00900-1 0,12198 .DOCUMENTC 00900 -ADDENDUM NO. 2: continued ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The"undersigned acknowledges receipt of this Addendurn and the Bid submitted is in accordance with information, instructions and stipulations set forth herein. Bidder By: Date: END OF DOCUMENT 00900 r ,�` (x1900-ADDIDOC 00900-2 042198- • C. Manufacturers: This Bid is based upon furnishing and installing major items of Equipment by the following manufacturers: No Itcm Manufacturer I. Screen and Compactor Parkson Corporation 2. Diffused Aeration System kmp" 3. Slide Gates WA,r61 kAr-! :µl4, 4: Synthetic Curtain Walls 9(SArA 5. DIP Pressure Pipe 6tzi ppt 6. PVC Pressure Pipe 7. PVC Gravity Pipe ETI D. Bid Alternate: ' Alternate No. l: Furnish and install diffused aeration system with submerged air supply laterals, manufactured by Environmental Dynamics, Inc. as specified in SECTION 11100 - DIFFUSED AERATION SYSTEM instead of the Lump Sum Bid Price diffused aeration system. Additive Bid Price: Dollars ti Page 2 of 2 f City of Jefferson City, Missouri Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities Contract No, 2, Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements 26431 DOCUMENT 00005 - INDEX AND)CER'I•IF1C'ATION PAGE SPl;C'IP'ICA'I'ION INDEX DOCUMENT/ NUMBER DIVISION DESCRIPTION OF PAGES Advertisement for Bid through Special Provisions 64 Div. I General Requirements 51 Div. 2 Site Construction 74 Div. 3 Concrete 18 Div. 4 Masonry 15 Div. 5 Metals and Miscellaneous 17 Div. 6 Wood and Plastics 2 Div. 7 Thermal and Moisture Protections 20 Div. 8 Doors and Windows 16 Div. 9 I finishes 13 Div. 10 Specialties 6 Div. 1 1 Equipment 24 Div. 14 Conveying I.;quipmcnt 5 Div. 15 Mechanical 62 1?iv. 16 IIcctrical 84 CI,RTIFICATION(S) ,oll nuu,unnnuu,„u„ p� °° .....,, sp `ode DONAM DOUGLAG m IB3 TE Z, ",�...,.'••, It► -A •r,y ° . �. •23031 ,��i''/''q/fir''..,.y'1", ���\ I�11�� '�� s�•°u u°o°°�`�, ` ���` s��OIL ��~��`` RED ARG �w0000�tt►/// /H Ilmm�ll all ell �"•• tivY �• c, , VR ERT ' • STEP N ��' YoN C4'— _�: GAFFER W � • LU E•20556 a : %. •., ;. c”' ©ER � = + M U M 6 E R c� � •.,, �.o ,,.. •18038 f-15692 t 00005-1 ////ILIUJ/11t1N\� �{ � ,• �, `� �� �p' ..„ '�'"��` C�,.f IZr.Z�i p;v, z ��Nr�r�ttlll��� �► oZ • TABLE OF CONTENTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR 13IDS NOTICE TO BIDDERS INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS BID FORM BID BOND ANTI-COLLISION STATEMENT CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE S'T'ATEMENT MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION COMMITMENT AFFIDAVIT COMPLIANCE WITH PREVAILING WAGE LAW MISSOURI WAGE DETERMINA'T'ION AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRAC'T'S LAW EXCESSIVE UNEMPLOYMENT EXCEP'T'ION CER'T'IFICATION CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND GUARANTEE BOND GENERAL PROVISIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION I -GENERAL REQUIREMEN'T'S Section 01 l 10 - Summary of Work Section 01320 - Project Meetings, Schedules and Reports Section 01325 - Construction Photographs Section 01330 - Submittals Section 01420 - Definitions and Standards Section 01520 - Field Offices and Sheds Section 01530 - Temporary Barriers and Controls Section 01560 - Temporary Utilities and Facilities Section 01600 - Equipment and Materials Section 01631 - Substitutions Section 01750 - Manufacturer's Field Services Section 01780 - Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION Section 02301 - Site Preparation and Farthwork Section 02335 - Subgrade Preparation Section 02462 - Foundation Piling;(S(eel I1-Piles) Section 02510 - Pressure Pipe Section 02530 - Gravity Pipe Section 02535 - Pipe Installation Section 02702 - Crushed Rock Base Course Section 02732 - Crushed Rock Aggregate Surfacing Section 02740 - Bituminous Prime Coat Section 02745 - Asphalt Concrete Pavement Section 02750 - Concrete Pavement Section 0282 - Wire Fences and Gates • Section 02920 - Lawns J E FTC? TC-1 DIVISION 3 •• CONCRETE' Section 03050 - Concrete, Forms ,and Reinforcement Section 03412 - Precast Concrete Sections DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04200 - Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05120- StecI Section 05.500 - Aluminum DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06100- Rough Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE IROTECTION Section 07552 - SBS-Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Section 07620 - Shectmetal Flashing and 'Prim Section 07920- Joint Sealants DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110- Steel Doors and Frames Section 08331 - Overhead Coiling Doors Section 08700- Finish Hardware DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09900 - Protective Coatings DIVISION 10- SPECIAL'T'IES Section 10200 - Architectural Louvers DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Section 11050 Screen and Compactor Section 1 1 100 - Diffused Aeration Svstem Section It 120 - Synthetic Curtain Walls Section 1 1 150 - Slide Gates DIVISIONS 12 Tf-TROUGI1 13 - UNASSIGNI D DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING [ (l[IIPMtGf�f"1' Section 14600 - Monorails and Hoists DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15050 - Mechanical General Requirements Section 15080 - Mechanical Insulation Section 15145 - Hangers and Supports Section 15720 - Air Handling Units Section 15810 - Ducts and Accessories Section 15830 - Fans Section 15915 - Mechanical, } lectric and Electronic Control Section 15950- Testing, Adjusting and Balancing, TC-2 JEI:TC.2 DIVISION 16- ELECTRICAL Section 16010 - General Requirements Section 161 1 1 - Conduit, ridings and Accessories Section 16120 - Wire, Cable and Accessories Section 16150- Motors and Accessories Section 16180 - Starters, Contactors, Relays, Switches, and Circuit breakers Section 16450 - Grounding Section 16480 -Motor Control Centers Section 16500- Lighting Devices. Switches and Receptacles Section 16750- Radio SCADA System Radio Equipment Section 16900 - General Requirements- Instruments and Controls Section 16901 - Control Panels- Instruments and Controls Section 16902 - Measuring and Controlling Instruments and Loops Section 16906 - Power Supplies Section 16923 - Uninterruptible Powcr System (UPS) Section 16924 - Programmable Logic Controller(PLC) Section 16926- Control Software Section 16950 - Field Testing s. J!'FTC.2 TC-3 Y ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received at the office of the Purchasing Agent, 320 East McCarty Street, Jefferson City, Missouri 65101, until 1:30 p.m., on May 7, 2002. The bids will 35 be opened and read aloud in the Council Chambers at 1:30 p.m. on that same day. 36 The proposed work for the project entitled "Project No. 31051-0302, Algoa Regional 37 Wastewater Facilities, Contract No. 2, Wastewater Treatment Plant 38 Improvements" will include the furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment to 39 construct a new Screen and Blower Building, install a new diffused aeration system and 40 synthetic curtain walls in an existing wastewater treatment lagoon, and other necessary 41 appurtenances for a wastewater treatment plant for the Algoa Regional Wastewater 42 Facilities. 43 A pre-bid conference is not planned for this project. All interested parties should direct 44 questions to Burns & McDonnell at least five (5) days prior to the bid opening as 45 directed in Section I13-3 of the contract documents. 4c Copies of the contract documents required for bidding purposes may be obtained from 47 Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company, 9400 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri 49 64141 (816-822-3800). A non-refundable deposit of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) 49 will be required for each set of plans and specifications. Individual full size sheets of 50 the plans may be obtained for Three Dollars ($3.00) per sheet. 5t The contract will require compliance with the wage and labor requirements and the 51 payment of minimum wages in accordance with the Schedule of Wage Rates 53 established by the Missouri Division of Labor Standards, 54 The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities therein, 55 to determine which is the lowest and best bid and to approve the bond. 56 CITY OF JEFFERSON 57 Terry Stephenson 53 Purchasing Agent 59 Publication Dates: ® MJEFF.0O2 A Aril 12 2002 F . r 5F NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed bids will be received at the Office of the Purchasing Agent, City Hall, 320 East se McCarty Street, Jefferson City, Missouri, until 1:30 p.m., on May 7, 2002. The bids will 59 be opened and read aloud in the Council Chambers at 1:30 p.m. on that same day. F The proposed work for the project entitled "Project No. 31051-0302, Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities, Contract No. 2, Wastewater Treatment Plant G. Improvements" will include the furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment to 93 construct a new Screen and Blower Building, install a new diifused aeration system and R. synthetic curtain walls in an existing wastewater treatment lagoon, and other necessary hs appurtenances for a wastewater treatment plant for the Algoa Regional Wastewater 66 Facilities. 67 A pre-bid conference is not planned for this project. All interested parties should direct 6E questions to Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company at least five (5) days prior to the 69 bid opening as directed in Section IB-3 of the contract documents. All equipment, material, and workmanship must be in accordance with the plans, 71 specifications, and contract documents on file with the Director of Public Works, Jefferson City, Missouri. 7.7 Copies of the contract documents required for bidding purposes may be obtained from 74 Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company, 9400 Ward Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri 76 64141 (816-822-3800). A non-refundable deposit of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) 76 will be required for each set of plans and specifications. Individual full size sheets of 1W 77 the plans may be obtained for Three Dollars ($3.00) per, sheet. ;A A certified check on a solvent bank or a bid bond by a satisfactory surety in an amount 79 equal to five (5) percent of the total amount of the bid must accompany each proposal. No A one-year Performance and Guarantee Bond is required. A, The owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive informalities therein to determine which is the lowest and best bid and to approve the bond. A, CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI A4 Martin A. Brose, PE N5 Director of Public Works A,UEFF.0O2 A r11 12 2002 P . 90 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 91 I13-1 SCOPE OF WORK 97 The work to be done under this contract includes the furnishing of all technical personnel, labor, 97 materials, and equipment required to perform the work included in the project entitled "Project 9J No. 31051-0302, Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements" in accordance with the plans 95 and specifications on file with the Department of Public Works. The proposed work for this 99 project will include the furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment to construct a new 9l Screen and Blower Building, install a new diffused aeration system and synthetic curtain 99 walls in an existing wastewater treatment lagoon, and other necessary appurtenances 99 for a wastewater treatment plant for the Algoa Regional Wastewater Facilities. X00 I13-2 INSPECTION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE OF WORK lot The bidder is required to examine carefully the site of the proposed work, the bid, plans, 107 specifications, supplemental specifications, special provisions, and contract documents before (03 submitting a bid. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of the obligation to furnish 104 all materials and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the contract. 105 I13-3 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ,9G If the bidder has any questions which arise concerning the true meaning or intent of the Plans, i0,, Specifications or any part thereof, which affect the cost, quality, quantity, or character of the :0e project, he shall request in writing to the Purchasing Agent, City of Jefferson, 320 l=ast McCarty ® r09 Street, Jefferson City, MO 65101, at least five (5) days prior to the date fixed for the bid ii0 opening, that an interpretation be made and an addendum be issued by the City, which shall , then be delivered to all bidders to whom Plans and Specifications have been issued. All addenda issued shall become part of the contract documents. Failure to have requested an ' 119 addendum covering any questions affecting the interpretation of the Plans and Specifications 11.1 shall not relieve the Contractor from delivering the completed project in accordance with the 115 intent of the Plans and Specifications to provide a workable project. fir I13-4 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The City of Jefferson may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the 1119 ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to the City all such fly information and data for this purpose as the City may request. The City reserves the right to IVII reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation of such bidder fails to IVI satisfy the City that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. I13-5 EQUIVALENT MATERIAL Q4 Wherever definite reference is made in these Specifications to the use of any particular material ,z5 or equipment, it is to be understood that any equivalent material or equipment may be used 1:6 which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the general design, subject to the approval A:VEFF.0O2 October 3,2001 177 of the City. 12r I13-6 BID SECURITY 179 Each bid must be accompanied by a certified check or bid bond made payable to the City of 00 Jefferson for five percent (5%) of the amount of the bid. Bid securities will be returned after ,3I award of the contract except to the successful bidder. 132 Should the successful bidder fail or refuse to execute the bond and the contract required within 133 seven (7) days after he has received notice of acceptance of his bid, he shall forfeit to the City 134 as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. 135 I13-7 PREPARATION OF BIDS 136 Bids must be made upon the prescribed forms attached in these Contract Documents. Only 137 sealed bids will be considered, all bids otherwise submitted will be rejected as irregular. 136 All blank spaces in the bid must be filled in and no change shall be made in the phraseology of 139 the bid, or addition to the items mentioned therein. Any conditions, limitations or provisions 140 attached to bids will render them informal and may be considered cause for their rejection. 111 Extensions of quantities and unit prices shall be carried out to the penny. I13-8 PRICES 143 The price submitted for each item of the work shall include all costs of whatever nature involved 141 in its construction, complete in place, as described in the Plans and Specifications. 145 Section 144.062 RSMo provides that the City's sales tax exemption relay be used for the 146 purchase of goods and materials for this project. The contract for the project will authorize and 147 direct the Contractor to utilize the City's sales tax exemption in the purchase of goods and 119 materials for the project. This provision shall apply to only those purchases totaling over 6500 ,.,9 from an individual supplier. ,50 All sales taxes on those items which do not qualify for the use of the City's sales tax exemption 151 and for which sales tax might lawfully be assessed against the City are to be paid by the 152 Contractor from the monies obtained in satisfaction of the Contract. It being understood by the 153 bidder, that the bid prices submitted for those items shall include the cost of such taxes. 154 I13-9 APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES 155 In cases where any part or all of the bidding is to be received on a unit price basis, the quantities 156 stated in the bid will not be used in establishing final payment due the successful Contractor. 157 The quantities stated on which unit prices are so invited are approximate only and each bidder 156 shall make his own estimate from the plans of the quantities required on each item and calculate 159 his unit price bid for each item accordingly, Bids will be compared on the basis of number of 160 units stated in the bid. Such estimated quantities, while made from the best information 161 available, are approximate only. Payment of the Contract will be based oil actual number of 16: units installed on the complete work. 3 A:1MAS1'ER.FRM July 20, 2001 ON w ,67 IB-10 LUMP SUM ITEMS Payment for each lump sum item shall be at the lump sum bid for the item, complete in place, 166 and shall include the costs of all labor, materials, tools and equipment to construct the item as ,66 described herein and to the limits shown on the Plans. 167 I8-11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 168 The Bid and the Bid Security guaranteeing the same shall be placed in a sealed envelope and 169 marked "Project No. 31051-0302, Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements". 170 IB-12 ALTERNATE BIDS ,71 In making the award, if alternate bids have been requested, the alternate bid which will be in the ,71 best interest of the City will be used. 173 IB-13 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 179 If a bidder wishes to withdraw his bid, he may do so before the time fixed for the opening, 176 without prejudice to himself. No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of ninety (90) days 176 after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of bids. 177 No bids received after the time set for opening for bids will be considered. 178 IB-14 RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS 179 The City reserve the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any informality in the bids received, 180 or to accept the bid or bids that in its judgement will be in the best interests of the City of 181 Jefferson. 187 IB-15 AWARD OF CONTRACT 187 If, within seven (7) days after he has received notice of acceptance of his bid, the successful 189 bidder or bidders shall refuse or neglect to come to the office of the Director of Public Works and pis to execute the Contract and to furnish the required Performance and Payment Bonds and 166 Insurance, properly signed by the Contractor and the Surety and Sureties satisfactory to the City 167 of Jefferson as hereinafter provided, the bidder or bidders shall be deemed to be in default and 168 shall forfeit the deposit, 189 IB-16 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND 190 A Performance and Payment Bond in an amount equivalent to one hundred percent (100%) of 191 the Contract price, must be furnished and executed by the successful bidder or bidders, A form 192 for the bidders use is contained in these Contract Documents. 190 The issuing Surety shall be a corporate Surety Company or companies of recognized standing 194 licensed to do business in the State of Missouri and acceptable to the City of Jefferson, 195 IB-17 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE • AAMASTER.FRM July 20, 2001 r The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the City and Engineer from all claims and 197 suits for loss of or damage to property, including loss of all judgments recovered therefore, and 148 from all expense in defending said claims, or suits, including court costs, attorney fees and other ,uo expense caused by any act or omission of the Contractor and/or his subcontractors, their respective agents, servants or employees. r,. The Contractor shall be required to provide the City of Jefferson with a Certificate of Insurance r: outlining the coverage provided. IB-18 BID SECURITY RETURNED TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER Upon the execution of the Contract and approval of Bond, the Bid Security will be returned to the bidder unless the same shall have been presented for collection prior to such time, in which :F case the amount of the deposit will be refunded by the City. z IB-19 NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT �A Contracts for work under this bid will obligate the Contractor and subcontractors not to lop discriminate in employment practices. IB-20 PREVAILING WAGE LAW The principal contractor and all subcontractors shall pay not less than the prevailing wage hourly rate for each craft or type of workman required to execute this contract as determined by the Department of Labor and Industrial Relations of Missouri, pursuant to Sections 290.210 through ., 290.340 inclusive of the Revised Statutes of Missouri, 1994 as amended. (See Determination 115 included herewith.) IB-21 GUARANTEE The Contractor shall guarantee that the equipment, materials and workmanship furnished under this contract will be as specified and will be free from defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance, In addition, the equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in design. Within the guarantee period and upon notification of the Contractor by the City, the Contractor shall promptly make all needed adjustments, repairs or replacements arising out of defects which, in the judgment of the City become necessary during such period. The cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special tools, and supplies required for replacement of parts, repair of parts or correction of abnormalities shall be paid by the Contractor or by his surety under the terms of the Bond. The Contractor also extends the terms of this guarantee to cover repaired parts and all replacement parts furnished under the guarantee provisions for a period of one year from the date of installation thereof. If within ten days after the City gives the Contractor notice of defect, failure, or abnormality of the work, the Contractor neglects to make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the A:UEFF.0O2 {�r;rotnr,i,20U1 • r R 232 necessary repairs or adjustments, the City is hereby authorized to make the repairs or :33 adjustments itself or order the work to be done by a third party, the costs of the work to be paid 234 by the Contractor. 235 In the event of an emergency where, in the judgment of the City delays would cause serious loss 236 or damage, repairs or adjustments may be made by the City or a third party chosen by the City 232 without giving notice to the Contractor, and the cost of the work shall be paid by the Contractor 236 or by his surety under the terms of the Bond. 239 IB-22 NOTICE TO PROCEED 246 A written notice to begin construction work will be given to the Contractor by the City of Jefferson 241 within ten (10)days after the Contract is approved by the City Council. The time for completion 242 of the project shall begin to run on the date established in this notice. 243 IB-23 WORK SCHEDULE 244 To insure that the work will proceed continuously through the succeeding operations to its 245 completion with the least possible interference to traffic and inconvenience to the public, the 246 Contractor shall, at the request of the City, submit for approval a complete schedule of his 242 proposed construction procedure, stating the sequence in which various operations of work are 246 to be performed. 249 IB-24 CONTRACT TIME m The contract time shall be one hundred seventy five (175) working days. 251 IB-25 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 252 Liquidated damages shall be assessed at the rate of$1,000 per calendar day until the work is 253 complete, should the project not be completed within the contract time. 254 IB-26 POWER OF ATTORNEY 255 Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and 256 effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. 25' IB-27 BID PACKET 256 Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed forms and contain certain certifications and 259 documentation. 2W Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, 261 the bidder's address, and the name of the project for which the bid is being submitted. If 262 forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope 263 addressed as follows: AWASTER.FRM July 20,2001 264 Purchasing Agent City of Jefferson, MO zee 320 E. McCarty Street 20 Jefferson City, MO 661011. 2" For the convenience of bidding this project, a"BID PACKET" has been included with the project up manual. This packet contains the necessary forms to be sul:mitted with the bid proposal. The .70 contents of this packet include the following: 211 1) BID FORM 272 2) BID BOND 213 3) ANTI-COLLUSION STATEMENT 274 4) CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT 275 5) MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION COMMITMENT . ne 277 END OF INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS AAMAs'rER.FRM July 20;2001 M n, Name of Bidder i the project !°° 14 �, � �/�,gtag- ►posal. The ! Address of Bidder 3z {��5% 7,2un7RN Ll/D, C—• /np- f To: CITY OF JEFFERSON s, 320 East McCarty Street !„ .Jefferson City, Missouri 65101 THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, having examined the plans, specifications, regulations of the Contract, Special Conditions, other proposed contract documents and all ., addenda thereto; and being acquainted with and fully understanding (a) the extend and character of the work covered by this Bid; (b) the location, arrangement, and specified requirements for the proposed work; (c) the location, character, and condition of existing streets, roads, highways, railroads, pavements, surfacing, walks, driveways, curbs, gutters, trees, sewers, utilities, drainage courses, structures, and other installations, both surface and underground which may affect or be affected by the proposed work; (d) the nature and extent of the excavations to be made and the type, character, and general condition of materials to be excavated; (e) the necessary handling and rehandling of excavated materials; (f) the location and extent of necessary or probable dewatering requirements; (g) the difficulties and hazards to the work which ® might be caused by storm and flood water; (h) local conditions relative to labor, transportation, hauling, and rail delivery facilities; and (i) all other factors and conditions affecting or which may be affected by the work. HEREBY PROPOSED to furnish all required materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and plant; to perform all necessary labor and supervision; and to construct, install, erect, and complete all work stipulated, required by, and in accordance with the proposed contract documents and the drawings, specifications, and other documents referred to therein (as altered, amended, or modified by addenda) in the manner and time prescribed and that lie will accept in full payment sums determined by applying to the , 1 quantities of the following items, the following unit prices and/or any lump sum ? payments provided, plus or minus any special payments and adjustments provided in the specifications and lie understands that the estimated quantities herein given are not guaranteed to be the exact or total quantities required for the completion of the work o ' hown on the drawings and described in the specifications, and that increases or ecreases may be made over or under the Contract estimated quantities to provide for `'eetls that are determined during progress of the work and that prices bid shall apply o`such increased or decreased quantities as follows: July O2 July 20, 2001 11:, 1 ��t�iC M CI'T'Y OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI BID FORM PAGE' ALGOA RI�,GIONAL WAS'I'EWA'1'I!:R FACILITIES CON'T'RACT NO. 2 - WASTEWATER TIZEATM.EN'I' PI.,AN'I' IMPR()Vi�NII,�N'I;S PROJECT NO. 31051-0302 A. I3id Price: f Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price: LUMP SUM BID PRICE: a M1L'L4 N ott( wNf)aj-P T Fit/ DLcStFNP Dollars L7S-, 000 o- The Bid Price above shall include the following: Item l: Assigned price for furnishing equipment specified in SECTION 11050 - SCREEN AND COMPACTOR: $119,330.00. Item 2: The estimated quantity in Paragraph B below of piles as specified in SECTION 02642 - FOUNDATION PILING (STEEL H PILES). B.Schedule of Adjustment Unit Prices: In event the Work indicated or specified in the Contract Documents is increased or decreased, the price set forth above shall be increased or decreased in accordance with the following; unit prices: r l stinliaed Description'; Unit _Quantity Unit III-ice 1. SECTION 02462 a. Aggregate Pay Length - Piles L.1 1,155 xk '1ZtLl7 'mil-pt� See DIVISION 2 for detailed description. �' p•oat-r►a►a tk� T'�o7-� n p ,bo F.A 77 o ou'l Lrc GJ(�L.�L C .S I P,C) ` -eEb-r �. , UdD E� Cj o6 - F Page I of 2 t� M The undersigned hereby designates as his office to which such notice of acceptance may be mailed, telegraphed, or delivered: It is understood and agreed that this bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the scheduled time for the opening of bids or any authorized postponement thereof. ,,, Attached hereto is a Bid Bond for the sum of S 410 Q NO Dollars (cashier's check), make payable to the City of Jefferson. ,,, Signature of Bidder: If an individual, , doing business as If a partnership, , member of firm. by If corporation, by 49 _ ' Titled -- E, Gc �„ SEAL _ Business Address of Bidder .34 3 2. f1 • T-5j /,eu'm Axj &61A ,flf Bidder is a corporation, supply the following information: ,.ate in which incorporated " ame and Address of its: �. Presidentu� r Secretary _ }N �•_ � � u' ® July 20,2001 i, 't t BID BOND Conforms with The American Institute of rchitects, A.I.A. Document No. A-310 NOW ALL BY TIM"SE-1 VRF'SI1,'NTS, That we, FRANK & FRANK CONTRACTING, INC. 3632-A West Truman-RQgLqvarc.J_jeffeLsorL City. MO 65109 __._-•---•--.-.----._.--------._____— ------ as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and the WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY of 1200 Arlington Heights Rd Ste 400 Itasca IL 60143-2625 (630) 227-4700 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Arizona as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF JEFFERSON 320 East McCarty Street Jefferson City, MO 65101 is Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent of Bid Arnount - - ---- - ---- -- - - - ---- -- - - -- - --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - -- Dollars($ 5% of Bid AmOUnt for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves,our heirs, executors,administrators,Successors and,.issigii,,,.ioititly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Project Number: 31051-0302 Alcoa Regional Wastewater Facilities, Contract No. 2 Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements ww—. ,-I.l E-REF ORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of 1he Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligec in accordance with the terms of'such bid, and give SLICII 11011d 01•bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of'such Contract and flor the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure ol' the Principal to enter SLICII C0110-aCt and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penally hereof between the aniount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good fiaith contract with another party to perforni the Work covered by said bid. then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full Ilorceand effect. Signed and sealed this ------- 7th day of 2062 Ff AN< & FRANK CONTRACTING, INC. (Seat) Principal Wittless ;/ 4 Title WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY r-f dolloway Attorney-in-Pact ;pristine: A. I Attoi y-hi-1 Missouri Representative 0054/GEEF 12JO0 FRP r NASSUREI.1' GROUP NOR I'll A1NIF11WAN S11F..('1,11,IA INti1111AN( -- I'(01'ANY WASI IING 1'ON IN IT1101A f1ONAI, INSI IRAN( G U(NI'ANY GENERAL POWER ()F r1•I" ORNLY Km AV AI I.NII;N I I Y I I1!•Sf, PI(ISFN fti, I I IA l North;\ lie racall Sperl,Illy I11•;uouIce C1m111,my,a corpolatloo(hIIV owmwell and cxr;un)"u11del the fa\\•c of the Slate of New Ilanlpshlrr,,111d haven);us!tlln(rl,,ll Olfict,nn tilt,l'ty of Manche•,Ier, New Ifunh•,hnc,and W&JImi;lrin fnfetnauonll Ilimlr;lnce('onlpally,a corporation nl);a11ved and ev,till;under Ile•la\r;(d State of,•1n;On;l and ha\11nt Ih pnncnp,d (lure In 1111:('Ity of Ihlsca, Ilina,l;.each does hctchy make,cofistltute and appoint: ('hrlsrine A. Ifollow,IV, 1. I)ouylas Joyce, knvio Ice ti Kaminv,ky,M1chaci I Kelly, ugene A, Klein, Ilathma A. ~filler, I Imma NI. Frig sh, I homa%1'. Larv,lmida 1. Muff, Jerome J. Reardon and Icrlc Van 11w,kuk jointly or vevetally, II';true and lawlill Atorney(,0-11)-I m 1,to make,e\ecwc,seal and deliver, for and on It•;hcholf and;r;It',act,Intl decd,honds of Ofhcl wrlunys nhhg:nory In the nalme of e hofid ofi brhaf f of earl of said Cnntp,rtucs,a',misty,on Contra)r,of•,urety';tup,I;,Irc or n;,Iy he reputed(It pennntCd by law,reg ihOofi,Contract or othcr\vlse,pIOVItted that no bond or undcrtaklm;or contlact of ,orety;lnp executed under 11o,aulhofty d; ; l eu•ccd rile anumfil of` I FN ,1111.1.()N(I0,000,000.0u))1)OIT,WS Ili,,Power of*Attorney IK granted and is signed by fac';Imile under and by the authoruv ofthe filllowmg Resolution~adopted by rile lloatds of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance('ompally and Wash111!;ton I111er11auonal Insurance Company at meetings duly Called and held on the 24'a'of March,2000. "RESOLVED,that any two of file President,any Senator Vice Ihe;idcnt,.Illy Vice President,ally AsslAillit Vice President,the Secremly Or any Assistant Secrefaty be,and each or;lily of them hctchy is authonzed to cxccurc it Power of Atfnolry(µlallfyin);the attorney named in file given Power ol'Attorney to em cute on behalf of,the Colllpally,bonds,undcrt;I{:mf s;old alp Conlraclti of surety,and that('11th or any of'ihcn)hereby 1s authorized to attest Ili the execution of any such Power ol'Attorncy,and to attach rhereln the seal of the Company, ,)fill it I; FURTHE'R RISOI.VI:U,that the signature ol'such o1file S and the rival Ili'file('omp,o»•may he af7i\rd w ally such Power of Attorney or fn ally certificate relating,thereto by f11cs1miie,and any such Power of Attomey or ccrtiticale he mlp such Gucsimile sly,na1111"on facsill)ile+cal shall he binding upon the Company when sn aflixed and In the fi11ure\volt regard to any bond,undetulkul!;or cowract o(surety to\\hr(•h It is attached. \\a\\\uufTY1,%97111. IONArrrr''r4 \�,N �G\hUTY , _ !/ ��yi� LS C O> -,OPf'OR1j.,G 'G �,�,�Q�,........ .�yJG'•. __ _ _ _ _ � •., P' • OCAr ••~' I'�uI ll• \„I quI It, 1Jrn1.0 l hlrlf.rnrlhrllllirrr fir\1 t.hb,i;lun Inrrrn.1,1 ln.w�u,r 1 unlpru,A �,r JlI1L = J r L'ORPQRATL v 7 :Ira= \h.•19 r•.Idenl nl lnrth lmrnun ti(,.v 1.111 Imaunrr(nmpam l r A 14: 1979 W.'n_ J 1; E i�bry //AMPSa��` ( , l� ��'', �"rJ,\•ti••AkIlOHA 4,. ON ( \\Oss' f{y . . c. . 1` �. fy ••....... y�,, ////llllllllll\\\ >Irun I'. \nJ.rt•in.'.r \�.r I'r.y,Ar ul nl\1.gdndlou Inlnn.ilnnal luwr:n.t 1 nn.p-, I,r Po,ol.r nl ua\n,ll,Amuku,tip„I.In inwr.on l uuyuu, fill WI I NFS5 WIiI R111 NmIh :\nn It"In tipr(i,llty fnson tlec( on)p,uly'Mid \\&,1lnl!'t(-fl (rtlrinall„nap In•'.0:uu r 1',,n)p.n1y h,l\r r,uu,ed then official seals a)he hrneunto A i xd,and rhrsr Ine< fits I,t hr so'nrd by Iheu ,tuh,m.'r,1 olti,."I.ill- !I (LI ,•! _`pl11 ,t) 02» N'ortlt ;\nu•rirluf tille(,ialIy Invuanee('onlpan} \\;Ishingfoll International Insurance ('ollipait) ~talc of Iiltu.ns t'otnty of I)ul'a:e •;• I.....rl,1y,1)), Apni „'f)O• Pobtl,,11cl,"111Aly;Illprno d 1',1111 1) • ill,lut; Ihesl,1r•11l,md(T( of Waslune,Ra1 Imcn)ational I11milim,c('onlpany and \'fie the a.felt.II N.11111 \nw$I, In Spcclalt, In',u1,ul,v Conyl.uty,Intl tibncn P Andrr ,on St' Vlct' Ihesidcnl of 1ti',r,ilnr.lon !nlru,.lunn,Il hl,ulmwc,(' nnp,u.'. ,\ VI,v lVlt adrni Id NoWl 1n1r(l,au :;;act I,li1\ 111"M lnc•r I I,mpant jwir i n,ll!y known to tae,%%ho beulj;by Inc duly,t\tun, wkmm10,11 rVd 111,11 they o),ncd Ile-jho• v Pot\er ol -VIr,Inr\ .I,oltiirl, if.'111d Ichw%\Irdr'cd•„11d ut`trunx•nr to he Ihr volult:try 10:Ind dcrd ol',Ihrn Ie,prrnl\r ronlp,unr', _ VA;i MIN .\ Mfrr Mr h,�.n:,.I w•I It,.1 nw)N} M.�.•-..-�.,.....,.,,..,..,.,,., 1 annul ;1. I'arel, Nolaly I'uhh: 1, Lutes A (',upcnfer Vice PleC llIent N. A•a!dint St•rO•nuy of 1\•,1,11111;t11n Intcm.tl":1,11 In,ulanre l'onti;nr:,11111 tilt!;1,,1',)(11) Sc(rcl,u\'of North r\lalt'IIC;Ilf.Sfwcwhly lw,mant v('oil pally,do ht'lt'h\rTlilh Ib.11 Ow ab,) . 'w'!I,❑t.p owr .I lilt•,11111+'.•11(•,'1 t oj,\ „I;I P,,Akcl of An(g11Cy pm'n by Ihr Colnp,uue;,MlICh r, ,fill Ill lull 11-ICC and ritrrt IN Wl I NI•,SS WIII•kH)I , I ha\r set my 11,111,1 ml(!aili\r,l rht•';v.I!:I.I Ih 1 onlj,anlc flu, /lvjl ,!.Iy of ;,I,.1,/ .!0 O J.mn tar pewit,.,\Ire I'rnhlrnl A .111111141 tirrrrl.ry.l\1„hlnpr,rn Initrn.gan.l I wwr Comp.nr A A,.I tl.n1%tutUll or Auflh An,t,lr.n SlMrullly Inunuce r'cmpan) • k� A-NT -UIQN-5YATE.m-Evs STAT'E OF Aniss urt COUNTY OF x_ being first ;,, duly sworn, deposes and says that he is I � .c� T of TITLE OF PERSON SIGNING NAME OF BIDDER „ that all statements made and facts set out in the bid for the above project are true and correct; and that the bidder (the person, firm, association, or corporation making said bid) has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with such bid of any contract which result from its acceptance. Affiant further certifies that bidder is not financially interested in, or financially affiliated with, any other bidder for the above project, (BY)_. Sworn to before me this J� day of _ � -20'v� ' U NOTARY PUE3LIC PhyIllo MoKIttrick NO" f'uh'Ic•Notary Seed STATE OF WSS01 uRI County of We •` My Commission f_xpirns Jrm. 17,7006 mmission expires: r t, � July 20, 2001 ,t'a. i WN CONT Q TQ AFFID IT M This affidavit is hereby made a part of the Bid, and an executed copy thereof shall accompany each Bid submitted, STATE OF M S604,e-1 _ N? ) COUNTY OF _CiOl.• _ __ _� ) The undersigned, &M of lawful age, being first duly sworn states upon oath that he is f34--�1,06_..E _ _ of Jj'4-it!14 9-. the contractor submitting the attached bid, that he knows of his own knowledge and states it to be a fact that neither said bid nor the computation upon which it is based include any amount of monies, estimate or allowance representing wages, moneys or ® expenses, however designated, proposed to be paid to persons who are not required to furnish material or actually perform services up n or as a part of the proposed -project. �AFFIANT ..Subscribed and sw rn to before .i �, a Notary Public, in and for the County and State Aforesaid, this day of_U � C 20 ,- ,-2 NOTARY PUBLIC t�ttylllp Moklttrlpk Not rtry 'ubtic.Notary Sonl SIAT;:Or 'v�ISSOUfiI r-uunty of Cato T1rYlission Expires: MY Camm)5sion UPIros Jan, 17�?tJ�r r r ¢1 ;.: July 20, 2001 i. � t n • B. The bidder must indicate the Minority Business Enterprise(s) proposed for utilization as part of this contract as follows-. Name and Addresses Nature of Dollar Value of Mu Qf Minori y Firmer Particlp lion Pater iqjpasion w, Total Bid Amount: Total: Percentage of Minority Enterprise Participation:_ _% ,o C. The bidder agrees to certify that the minority firm(s) engaged to provide materials or services in the completion of this project: (a) is a bona fide Minority Business Enterprise; and (b) has executed a binding contract to provide specific materials or services for a specific dollar amount. � A roster of bona fide Minority Business Enterprise firms will be furnished by the City of Jefferson. The bidder will provide written notice to the Liaison Officer of the City of Jefferson indicating the Minority Business Enterprise(s) it intends to » use in conjunction with this contract. This written notice is due five days after +� notification to the lowest bidder. Y . ' Certification that the Minority Business Enterprise(s) has executed a binding contract with the bidder for materials or services should be provided to the MBE ..Dili a.ti Coordinator at the time the bidder's contract is submitted to the MBE Coordinator. Breach of this commitment constitutes a breach of the bidder's contract, if awarded. The undersigned hereby certified that he or she has read the terms of this commitment and is authorized to bind the bidder to the commitment herein set forth. J NAME OF AU HORIZED OFFICER F,. SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER sJuly 20, 2001 Z •.r n S�. 1'. r 4F, MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE STATEMENT 452 Contractors bidding on City contracts shall take the following affirmative steps to assure 453 that small, women owned, and minority business are utilized when possible as sources 454 of suppliers, services, and construction items. 455 1. Contractor's will submit the names and other information if any, about their MBE 456 sub-contractors along with their bid submissions. 45r 2. Sufficient and reasonable efforts will be made to use qualified MBE sub- 455 contractors when possible on City contracts. 457 3. Qualified small, women owned, and minority business will be included on 460 solicitation lists as sub-contractors for City supplies, services, and construction. 461 4. Qualified small, women owned, and minority business will be solicited 462 whenever they are potential sources. 46.7 5. When economically feasible, Contractors will divide total requirements into 464 smaller tasks or quantities so as to permit maximum small, women owned, and 465 minority business participation. ® 466 6. Where the requirement permits, Contractor will establish delivery schedules 467 which will encourage participation by small, women owned and minority businesses. 7. Contractor will use the services and assistance of the Small Business 410 Administration, the Office of Minority Business Enterprise, and the Community Seivices Administration. 8. Forms for determining Minority Business Enterprise eligibility may be obtained 4r1 from Purchasing. A:UEFF.0O2 octobor 3.2001 s r 174 MLR RITY BIJSINfES_!� UTLIZA r_1_0N COMMITMENT 413 A. The bidder agrees to expend at least two (2) % of the contract, if awarded, for 41E Minority Business Enterprise (MBE). For purposes of this commitment, the term 417 "Minority Business Enterprise" shall mean a business: 410 1. Which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more minorities or women, „G or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the ,bo stock of which is owned by one or more minorities or women; and ,ef 2. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one 481 or more such individuals. .�, "Minority Group Member" or "Minority" means a person who is a citizen or lawful .�, permanent resident of the United States, and who is: ,a5 1. Black (a person having origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa); 486 2. Hispanic (a person of Spanish or Portuguese GUiture with origins in 487 Mexico, South or Central America, or the Caribbean Island, regardless of ,EE race); .R9 3. Asian American (a person having origins in any of the original peoples of ,Yn the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian sub-continent, or the Pacific ,9. Islands); 497 4. American Indians and Alaskan Native (a person having origins in any of 49l the original peoples of North America); 491 5. Member of other groups, or other individuals, found to be economically 495 and socially disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration under 496 Section 8(a) of the Small Business Act, as amended [15 U.S.C. 637(a)]. 497 6. A female person who requests to be considered as an MBE, and who 499 "owns" and "controls" a business as defined herein. 409 Minority Business Enterprises may be employed as contractors, subcontractors, Soo or suppliers. AAMASTER.FRM July 20,2001 • r � B. The bidder must indicate the Minority Business Enterprise(s) proposed for utilization as part of this contract as follows: Name and Addresses Nature of Dollar Value of PJ,f nlarAy�.ms Eartiatior Par-ticipaLiotI 5ns 5nn 5n, 508 Total Bid Amount: Total: 509 Percentage of Minority Enterprise Participation: �% }o C. The bidder agrees to certify that the minority firm(s) engaged to provide 5.7 materials or services in the completion of this project: (a) is a bona fide Minority 5,7 Business Enterprise; and (b) has executed a binding contract to provide specific 5 materials or services for a specific dollar amount. 5.. A roster of bona fide Minority Business Enterprise firrrls will be furnished by the 5,5 City of Jefferson. The bidder will provide written notice to the Liaison Officer of 5i5 the City of Jefferson indicating the Minority Business Enterprise(s) it intends to 517 use in conjunction with this contract. This written notice is due five days after notification to the lowest bidder. 514 Certification that the Minority Business Enterprise(s) has executed a binding 57n contract with the bidder for materials or services should be provided to the MBE 57. Coordinator at the time the bidder's contract is submitted to the MBE 577 Coordinator. Breach of this commitment constitutes a breach of the bidder's 57, contract, if awarded. 57+ D. The undersigned hereby certified that he or she has read the terms of this 575 commitment and is authorized to bind the bidder to the commitment herein set 576 forth. $71 579 NAfv1E OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER 579 DATE _ 50 SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER AWASTERTRM July 20,2001 • 5„ AFFIDAVIT COMPLIANCE WITH PREVAILING 511 WAGE LAW 5]4 Before me, the undersigned Notary Public, in and for the County of 5.15 State of ___.......�, personally came and appeared 537 NAME POSITION 51 of the-- . 5.19 NAME OF COMPANY $40 (A corporation) ( a partnership) (a proprietorship) and after being duly sworn did depose and say that all provisions and requirements set out in Chapter 290, Section 290.210 542 through and including 290.340, Missouri Revised Statutes, pertaining to the payment 5", of wages to workmen employed on public works projects have been fully satisfied and .. there has been no exception to the full and complete compliance with said provisions 545 and requirements and with Annual Wage Order No. 9, Section 026, Cole County in 50 carrying out the contract and work in connection with Project No. 31051-0302, 5.7 Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements located at Jefferson City in Cole County, ® 5.8 Missouri, and completed on the _ day of _, 20 540 _ r 5.,. SIGNATURE .� 551 Subscribed and sworn to me this .—._._. day of 20__._. ^NOTARY PUBLIC 554 My commission expires; 555 STATE OF MISSOURI ) 555 )ss 551 COUNTY OF • A:tiJEFF=2 April 12,2002 missoun* 4 ri, Division of Labor Standards WAGE AND HOUR SECTION S 44/ 0 P 0 BOB HOLDEN, Governor Annual Wage Order No. 8 Secdon 026 COLE COUNTY In accordance with Section 290.262 RSMo 19911, within thirty (30) days after a ccrtificd copy of this Animal Wage Order has hCV11 HIC(I With UIC, SMATIMY Of St;lt(* as indicated below, any person who may be alfecloA by tills Annual Wage Order may oblied by filing an objection Ill triplicate with the Labor and Industrial Relations Commission, 11.0, Isox 5919, Jefferson City, Mc) 65102-0599. Such objections must set forth in wriling the specific grounds ofob.jccljoll. Each objection shall certify that a copy has been furnished to the Division of Liibor Standards, 11.0, Box 449, Jefferson City, MO 65101.0/149 IMISUM11 to H CSR 20-5.0)10(1 ). A certified copy of the Animal Wage Order fists bean filed with the '5ccreLary of Sta(c of Missouri. RECEIVED & FILED 4 MAR 0 9 2001 A. Baker, Director Division of 1.�lbor Standards riled With Secretary of State; APR 0 9 2001 Prepared by Missouri Department of Labor and Industrial Relations Bud(fing ConsIrtiction Ralos for RE111 MITNILN F PA(;F sm"lloll 026 G 011* C oll(Ity r-l..--,---.--.,------------------..-'I I------ OCCUPA HONAL. TI I I-F Dolo of I lotirly f1mo Holiday I olill I ollqn B000fits hicroose R"Ito" Palo!, Rates S Ostos Worker 10/01 $21 W 5!i 60 $9.24 Boilermaker 9101 $21166 5 1 $11 64 5 Bricklayers-Slone Mason 9101 $22 10 59 1 $5 80 Car�r�ntar 18 13 60 15 $626 Content mason-,-- 8 6 1 0 3 $5 6. Eledrician (Inside: VVinmtan $2 1 4,3 M I v.w f lT%-- Communication Technician USE ELECI-RICIA QNSlt 1�,Mf�IFMAN) RATF Elevator Constructor 15 Oporating Enginuor 1 7 86 66 $1 1 Grmp 11 Grow M_LII 5/01 $20,12 813 66 I 1 G4 Grout) 111-A 5/01 $21 67 86 fib $11 64 Group IV 5/0 1 $22 37 66 66 $11.611 Groij-P V 51) $23,67 CIG $11,64 Pipe Fitter $ 1) $?7.75 91 GiY 11 83 Glazier $13.00 FED $1.89 Laborer -General a 15.35 110 7 $5 85 First Semi-Skilled $16.2() 110 1 $5,85 Second Semi-Skilled '+16.20 110 7 $5 8.5 Lather USE GARP17-:NTER RATE brioleUrn Layer CLItter U SF CA R P E N]F R IRA TF- Marble, Mason IM 1 $22 1 6.80 Millwright ;19.13 60 15 16 26 Iron Worker 8/0 1 $2056 11 8 $11.29 Painter $16.94 1 $4.83 Plasterer $17 68 94 5 $13 39 Plumber $20.75 1--[-[) $2 126 Pill-, Driver $19,13 GO 15 $6 26 Roofer 9/0 1 $22 50 ill it $6 49 Shoal Metal Worker //01 $7 3 h Sprinkler Fitter Ii $26.69 33 19 1 5f) Terrazzo Worker 4401 22 10 59 7 filo Seller WO 1 $2", to 59 $!J 80 Truck Driver-Temnsit, GrOLIP I —---------- 4/01 $1805 1 1 5 $4 25 Grote p 11 4/01 $18.76 it/01 25 Group III Group IV 1101 $I il Traffic Control Service: Driver $III.15 Ili :;'2 44 Well Driller USF I1I.DC:j CONS F GROUP 11 RA f F Anld( -L-cty ILI Fringe-, Benefit Ilt-mcolltilge Is 0 Ill(! Hmiliv Rate ALluntion Workers: If you tiro not being [),)Ili Ow ;lpf?mpmlh! mi(Ill. tote 'Ind IlIfIqe bom-lihi rollt'ict lilt- of I-abor standards ill 1 130 "Ammol Incu-nnew;d Incn-wit! ,I L V001N011" PAU, M rjl)Al 'NAU,l �MM NN() 1 Building Construction Rates for REPLACEMENT PAGE Section 026 ANk COLE County Footnotes Ef -95S IC ---O-v—or- OCCUPATIONAL. TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Total Fringe Benefits Increase Rates Rates Rates Welders receive rate prescribed for the occupational title performing operation to which welding is incidental. Use Building Construction Rates on Building(s) and All Immediate Attachments. Use Heavy ConstrUCtiOn rates for remainder of project. For the occupational tilles not listed in Heavy Construction Sheets, use Rates shown on Building Construction Rate Sheet. acation: Employees over 5 years - 8%; Employees under 5 years - 6% All work over $3.5 Million Total Mechanical Contract - $27.75, Fringes - $11.83 All work under$3.5 Million Total Mechanical Contract - $26.41, Fringes - $10.08 • 'Annual Incremental Increaser ANNUAL WAGf-- ORDER NO 8 7101 • ('(11.1? C(WN I'll M I•:it l'IYIF, IIA 1'I1a Itt ILDIN(; CONS I Ili ("I•ION FVD: M111inlunl Ie(lnn•enre11l Ilrr I-an. I.ahOr sland;Irds Act means lime ;Intl 1mhIIl•( I ". ) shall he paid I'm- all work ill excess ol' t'orly (411) hours per v✓0Ik week NO, r): iMcans tilt- relmular wurkdav darting knit- 01•`(:00 ;I.nl. wild resulting. (lullftnZ, tittle (W-1:30 p.m.) may he moved lilr•wald t0 h:00 a.m. or delayed one hour to 9•00 a.nl. All work per101-Illed in excess of(he regular work tiny mid un `'nturday shall he cmllllcnsated at one and mlball'( I !7) times file rcgul,Il' Ir,1y. III the eyrnf mile Is 11151 durinf; the work LNek clue t0 weather conditions, file l:rllploycr Imly schedule work ()I) tilt- fi,Ilowirll,t S,jiu day at sij-al ;hl flint- All work I'ICC((mlllitihc(I un �iundav ;old holidnvs shall he r0nlllt-nsntc(I lilt al duuhle the r'cftl.11ar rule (11' wages. The \vork v.cck .shill he Monday Iluough I:Kiav, excelll lOr nll(I\\cck holidays. NO. II: Mcans c►!.dht (`+) hours shill C01IstitllIC ,I d;ly's wm-k, with the starling (lllle I() he estahlished hclwecn ;:00 a.m. and 8:110 a.m. fl-mil `hmday to Frldav Time and m1hilf' ( i '-:) .hall he paid for first twO (2) hours d' w'-Cl-lime ;Mondnv tlu•oul01 1:1-ldlly and the first eight (8) hllllr'S on `iIltlyd,IV. ;\II Olhcr (lycrtirne hours \10nda,V throuk�•h Saturday sh;tll lie Ii.aid at d()uhlc (2) time rate. DmIble (2) Ilme shall he paid tilt all link ()n Sunday ;111(1 holidays (w the days observed in lieu 01•these 11(didays. NO. 12: \1c;Illti the \yuck \\eck shall c()lnnlc•ncc on Monday at 12:(11 t1.t11. and shall continue ilu•ough the filllowin!. I ri(l,ry. Inclusi\c OF ertcll \ycck. ;\l) work perlOrmed by employces anywhere in excess (& Bitty (40) hours in o11�( I ) \yuck week, shall he Ir,1id fur at the rate 0f one and one-hall, ( I o;�) tulles the regulm. hourly wage scale. ;\II work perlOrmed within the regular working; hours which shall e0nslst (& a tell ( 10) hoar work (fay except in enlchicncy situations. Overtime work and Saturd;ly work shall he fund al 0nc and Mlehalf'( I ' :) times file rehul;ll' houri,v rate. Work on rec0gni;ed h011days mid tiundays `halt he Ilaid nt two I_') IIIIICS the rcr ular hourly rate. w N'O. 18: :\leads dic r(-'tilar \\ork (LI\• shall he ell hl (KI hutu•s. \\'ulkinlrh0tus ;ue 110111 six th) hours belOrc Noon 112.01)) I(( si.\ (o) hours akcr Noon 112 01►) File rct-(llar work weck shall he forty (40) hours. I)CQinninit brt\V(:t-n (1:00 ;1.111. and 1 2:110 Noun on Mmld 1y and cn(1i111�, betwecn 1 :00 p.m. and 6:00 11.m, ell hiday. ;;tlur(lav w11 he I„ud al time ;old onrh;lli'l I ' ) Stlrl(1a\' ;old Ilolidays shall be (laid ;II dmIhIc (2) tiltic. tiaturdny r:111 be ;1 lnak011) (fa\ 11' the \\•rather has lM'CCd a (lay 01•f•, hill only in the week ()I'the day bcinl-( lost. Am Iilnc before six (0) hours belowc Noon or six (0) hours ;ihcr Noon will he paid m time ;1n(I 0nc•1u111,( I ' :) NO. 26: Means III;1t the Irl:.ular workinit day,, shall c0nsisl 0f' cl: ht (8) hoofs wnrkcd hclwecn 0:00 :tali., and 5-00 Ii.n1 , li\c (i) days l,cr wcck, ;Mmida,v w h 1(1;1.\ in( lusi\e Hours of \vork ;If each jobsilc ;halt be those esfahlished bV the l.en( r,(I cmill"10m, ;1n(I \v0rkcd by file maWro, 01' llAdeti. (file ahuye \v0rkinl.: hours nlay he ch;lnl Cd hV mtlloal Ai I_CCIIICIIH \1'0x1. 11cr1,01-mcd 0n ('o11sirucf1011 \Vurk 011 tiafurdnys, SLIMIays ;nld befoul• and ,Hier (he rel:.111;11' \\011111: (I;IV u11 JMo11day t0 Fluk1v, inclusi\c, ,ch 1111 he ct;tssilied as oVCr11111c, and IMlkI fur at (I0III)I • 121 (he talc of single time. The rate 01' p;ly fur Al \\0rk llerf)r11lcd on iolida.,:,, �;h;1ll he ;.rl i\\(( limes 12► (ht- .S114,1e (Illle rate (11 Im\ \1\I Al. \\ \(;i. (11(1 FAZ %10, 8 • ('01A.: ('(H N 11 M F11'f1,111% RA VES lit 11.11'IN(; C0NS1141 ('I MN No . 28: Means cil.dil (ti) hour-, hem-ccn 7AM ,t tn. and ti: 10 I) In. sh;tll run,litult• :r doy', work Five 0) day; ;I week. \lond;Iv through I rldav mclusl\e, "h;tll ( onstltute ;r work week, File 1'myloyer has the(q)lion 16r a workdav'work•,�eek of four (•I) ten ( 10) hour daV; (•I- I()';) prm,ide(l • I,hc project must he fOr a rllinirllunl of ti,ur I i) ( onseculrVe d;a�s ..Slarting Iltrle play he within one ( I ) hour either .side ol,x,:( (1 ;l lu. -Work week n111sl hcbm) on col)CY a Morlduy or I'IICSday 11 It hohdav tillIS Withul that week it ;hall he a consecul►e work day ('Alternate Ifa h,,lid;ly lulls in the middle ofa week, then the reI.!ulat• eighl (S) hour ;CIICdulC III;IV he 11111,1(•nlcnte(l) -Ally time worked ill excess of'ally ten ( II)) hour \vI)lk day (in ;1 40 hour wort, v,cek) shall he at the appropriate overtime file. All work outside of the rcgtalar workin;� hours as provided, Monday through ti;llurday, shall lie paid at one & o1w half' l I '.:) [lilies the culployce's rc`Illat. rate oC JIM'. /\It work perfi, AIL'd from 12:00 a.n1, Sunday through 8:00 ;1.111, t\londay and reCog111/cId lDhdaVS ;hall he I NI(I at double (2) (he straight time h(MI'lV rate ofpa.v. No.„33: ;\leans the standard work da\' shall he eight (S) eonsek.utl\c hours of work hoween the hours of 0:00 a.m. and 0:00 Imll., exeltl(llllr the lunch pCI-I tl. or sh:111 Conli,rnl to thelliclice on tale iob site. I"our ( I) (lay:, ;II ten ( 10} hours a d;IV nl;IV he worked .II stI';II II IIIIIC, on(lay through f ridgy and need 1101 lie Consecutive. All MC1• 1111C• CxcCpt l*„r Stlnd;aVS ;Intl h(,lidnys shall he at the rate ol, tilllc and on0ha11' ( 1 ' 0. OVertinle worlr_•d on tiuu(I:IV, and holidays shall he al ® double (2) time. NO. 35: Mcans the normal work week shall Consist (it' f i(c (.�) cii.,ht (S) hour davr; for a total I61-ty 00) hours, starti11!' on `lun(1av ill S:00 aml. ;Intl endi11l! on Frida% •it 4: M 11 Ili File starling aline Can he ilexlhle I)OWCert 0:00 u.In. and SAM ;1.I1) . mml endul:" :II ' iO 1' Ili. re.,pccttvCIy. All wort: heforc designated slarlin:; time ;111(1 alien ytlittlllf.- t1unc sh;111 hC plied lit the rate of 11111C ;uld one-hall ( I ' :). ;\1l work in the exCes, of Ckdll (tit hours IM' LIM01 16[1 (-10) hours I,er week 'Mondav Ihlrout,h Fritl;ty. shall he paid IM. at the rate ul'(glue and OlIdIU11'1 I ' l All hours worked Oil SMURIays, titlnday,, or I101idaVS shall h(. purl ;11 the d0uh1(' (') IIIIIC rat(• No . 40: ratans the regul:u workin)t Neck shall coon of li\e rons(.•(rutiV(• IS) hour (lays' labor on the loh he:",Inning with Nlon(1,1v and endul).-, v"Itil I riduV c&k%lch week. I'ou► (•I) Ibour days play conslitutc the re tul;u' �Wl.k Neck. l IC ret'tdar \\mkln)� (1;1y ,hail (:insist of eight (ti) hours labor on the joh Iv1i!tnnrlip ;as earlv .i, " 00 it Ill, anti endin;", as I;ue ,IS �:.t0 p In. All full or Hart lame I;Ihor 111t•rlOI'MCd durialg ;t1dh hour, r,hall he ICC01�111/Cd •I; re):ul:n vvm.k.ln}; hours and paid for at the re)!rl;al- hourly raw \11 h(.,III•, \mrkcd on tiaturda,: ;md Al hours \VorkcdII excess ol•e1;oilt (8) hours but not more Ii;tu 1\V(•IVC ( I :!) hours duals)- Ill c re) ul,tr worktn. \Wek shall he paid till. at link attd onuh.tllil ' :) the r(Ifular hinny r:Ile All hotus worked on StII1d;IVs and holidays ;tn(I all hutlrs worked to Cxec;, of IwclVc 1 I ') Iltbr•; durin:t Iht• re,—nl;Ir W(ffkmr, dw, shall he paid al Iwo (I times the rel!tlkllr II(,IIrIV I'dIC In the �� .fit ot' I�a1n, N111M . cold fir exeess[Vely windk \�Calller oil a Ig!Illar workin)t da\, ';'MUIday IIIAV h( de;i: nultJ ;P, ,l "nlakull," d;ty. S;IturdaV In;tV :Iasi, he destttnAC(l as .1 "n1:Ikc-tt11" (LI\ . fog :In CInl)lo�CC NOW 11;1, missed ;I day ol* • work (.,r Ivrson:ll or other IC;I,OW, P;t,•, fO1 "mt ikttip" d;a.s >,h,Ill lie M t'c.•INILll MIC. 1IS\I \1. \\ \(;I'. OItllER N(l, ti Y CO U( N I 1 (1\ P:It► I.NIF,RA I ►I:ti M ll.UlNG CONS I RI'r 110\ :vO, 48., \lC:utr, IIIC VC:�.ularlV scheduled \\( rk \\ccl% sll:lll he hvC I �) .:on,ce III. day", %lolldav Ihrou)th I rid;ly ur I uCSd;1\ lhruu)!Il ti;utud;li. 1.1)!111 (ti) hours shall constlttile ;1 day's work. .slarilln, little shall not he e;ullcr Ihatt ':l)O :1.111. nor INILT Ih;ul IO OO ;1.111 Dotty (40) hours shall consltlutc it \week's \\ork ( )vcrlinle al the Vale oI' f'MC ;Intl olIdIdIO I ':) WI he 17;nd I*)r all work III excess of li,rly (40) hours Ili Any tine wm-k week ()n the ;Nfottday Iltrou}!h 1:1.1day schedule, ;ill work perlormc d on Saturday will he lime mid onto tall• ( I '.:) unless time has been lost tithing the wI:Ck, In which COW tiaturda, \Fill he it nmk- ill) Clay it) Ihc extcw ul' the 1w;I time. ( )n the Tuesday through Saturday schedule, ;111 wm-k )Ierl'01,111cd ()It 'Monday will he little anti otlhalf ( 1 ' :) unless lisle has been lost durin)t the week, in which case Monday will he a 111:Ikuh day to file extoll (d,tile loslltlne. All%, wm-k ))cifurmed on tiuttdav will he double (?) little. II'CnlhluyCCS work on any uI• file recognised holidays, Ihc \ shall hc• I1:Iid t11nc: and onhall, I I ' ;) their regular rale ul•)r,1y lOr all ImIlI, worked. No . 55: Means Ihc revulm wm.k. day shall he CT1108) hours hcmeen (,.O(► ;1.111 and 4.30 p,Ill. The first two (') hours of work performed in excess of the cWht (ti) hour work d;lv, ixlunclay t)uvugh Friday, and the Best ten 1 I I)) hnur; of \\irk un S;Itluday, shall he )laid at tine c. orlball• ( I '/.,) limes Ihc strillgIl little rare All \vorl', pel-611-mc d on tiundity, ohscl'vcd holidays :111d in excess of tell ( IO) hours ;I dav, Monthly throindl ,;h;lll he Inud a1 cltltlhle (2,') the struldht lime talc, NO. 57: Means eiuhl (ti) hours per day shall constltulC :1 da\'.� \\t,rk ,old Iml, (41)) hours per week, tilund:lv Ihrou!!Il I ri(lay. shall cunslllurC :l \vCrk ti \vurl; 'I'll( re;,ular st;u'1111v Iittle shall he S:OI) :1.111. The ahove Illav he Changed by nluttlal consent of aulhorl/cd pci-smillel \VhCn ® C11'l'umstances warralll, file 1•:11111loycr maV chatl,;C the re).ulnwnrk\vCCk 10 I'tltu' (-1) tenhutu' tl;tys aI the I'et!ldal' tittle rule ul' )r,1y It hellIV IIMICrsloud Iha1 all other pcHittcnt ittCnrnrltion nitlst he adjusted accorcliIWIV. AH little \\orkcd hCli,rc ikod iihvv Ills established workd:ly of ciahl (h) hours. 'MoncinV Ihrourh 1.1-1(4 all Inter worked on Sallirda\', sll;lll he h;lld ;11 the r;Ite ol,littlC and use-hall'( I —o except in t:;lsCs Where work I< h,trl ()km cmplo\ee, rc;lLllar fled," shell. All little worked on titlllditV ;111(1 rccoen A'd hnll(i;I\s .;h;III he bald a1 IIIC ( )III)I• (2) tune MIL' nI:IVY NO. SO: Malls thal except as herClll ))ro\IdCd, Cl'P111 (ti) hours it d,l\' (\\hie l Iu,I he)!rll as early as 11:1)O a.m.) shall consfltule ,I stand:Ird work dav• mid Iorl\ (40) hnur, IWI week sllnll c•unstOUIC it week's work. ;\1) time worked outside ttl'thC st;m( ;Irt6• 21il (ti) hour work day ;Ind oll `;alurday SIMII he Cl:tssifiCd aS over1i111e :Ind IMRI IIIC 1':c1C of Iitlle ;Intl undi;Ilf t 11 .l) .\II little worked ()it Sunday ;Ind llohtf;tvs shall he cl:lsslfied ;Is ovellilne :end Imid a1 Ilic r,l)c of, douhie (') tittle. The 1:111pluyer has the iyll n (& workrn;! cithCr fi\t' (5) CI�Vht hour dilVS M. I'nur (1) tell hour (hV,; to CMISH1t11e it normal 1,011v (•10) hour work \\cck. When Ihc Inter (Al idiom- work \\Ceti is in eIT 1:1, Ilse stan(lard \vorl< (111\ ,h;1ll he c'ontiC0111%C Ien ( 10) hour I,Crmd." hCl\\CCll Ihc hotll(31' (,:ill a.m. :md r,:.t(I I) In. Dirty (•(U) hour, IICr k\cck shall enttSlitule it wccks %vork, Mond:ly thr-o1�01 Thursdav, ulCIIISI%C. In Ihc Cvenf IIIC toil IS do\\n Ior :111v rc'•ISon l,c•vottd Ihc• I I'll 11)1( er's control, thCn I-rid;ry • lld,m s;Ilurd;ly In;1\. ai tltc ol,timl (&IIIC kll)JolvCr, he \\irked ;Is ;I makou)) klav; s1ral,0111 11111C nor !o CXCCCd ICs ( 10) hourl nr fnrIv (40) hour', I+Cr \\c•ck When Ihc fl\c clay (tit hold' \v,)rk week I� It) t'flec'1 I6 11y 011) Mille, I,Cr m'ek "ll,lil cowlittlle :1 \\eek', wm-k, Nlonda\ ihrMIPI) I'rld.n. lIIdI1',l\C in hC C\ Cni the jot; I, dn\\n I'M r AIIV n::I,otl hcvmId Ihc I:ntl\lo\Cr', Cmill(d, IhCn `;,Ilurd:I., nl;l\, ;II IhC ollll"u t,l' Ihc I liplo\c•r. 1w \\orkcd ;IS ;I I Aep da\ ,, (Illle not in l'\\'et'd t:t,!ht (ti) ht'{I "%, I Intl\ (,10) Itt,tlr, ),el \\c'Ck \V.\l .11 \\ \(. .AMI)I:IZ M). 8 2k ('OLF ('Ol \'1'1 11\ I;It l'I\Ii: lt:�l'Ia ('O\s l 1(1'( I I(10 NO. (ill: \lean, the I Inl,l )y(_•i J Imw the Mutton Of „orkinlc Ike Xhour din's or lo)In• 10- 1 out. days Monday throul;h 1 rtdI'v II• an hill,lover elects to w(Irk live ,4imir (lays (Illrtng ally ,+;ark week. hours „orked more fh;In eight (8) per day m. (40) per ,reek shall he paid a( tulle and urle-hall' ( 1 '•;) the hutn•ly wage rate• plus IlIlige benclits \•londay Ilinmidi Friday. -SA l'l!IMAY 1jMAKF-1)I' DAY: Ifan I:ml,loycr is prevented from workrnl,. forty (40) hours, 1%londay Ihr(,uf;h Friday, or ;Inv part thereof by Ie;1,on of inclement weather (rile ur 111(Id), Saturday onnv hart thereof►-nay he worked as a makou1, clay at the slrail:hl time rale It IS agreed by the l,arlies that the make-up day is 1101 I(, be used to make ill) time lost due to reeMlniie(I holid;lyS. 11' an Employer elects tM „ark I'mit. 1011our days, hetween the lours of(,.30 ;1.111 and 0 30 11.m Ill any week, work l,erfo,rnwd moll• than tell ( 10) 11o1.11's fur day or fm-ly (40) hours 1wr week shall he laid al time and one hall'( I ' :) the hourly wale rate plus frullte benefits IMmiday Iill-mi .h Friday. II'an I?nll,luver is working Mhour &iys and loses a flay (file to inclement weather, the 1•:111l,loycr play work ten ( 10) hours Mn Friday at str;tigllt time. 1-11dav must he scheduled Ion' 110 more 111,111 tell ( 10) horns a( file stran"Ill tinge r;Ifc. but ;III hours worked li er file li,rty ('10) hours ,Nfoliday through Friday will he 1,aid at bale and Mnrh;dl'( I 11':) the hc,urly wage rate plus I'rinite henclits. AH 1klillwri 'I Work Irerformcd iI) excess of the regular work (lay and (,n Saturday shall he compensated for at time and miellall, ( I '':') the rcl_;rllar \1111,Vrir.hf InurlV waste rate I)lus 1'rinl~e hcnelits. The regular work d;n• starting of 8:00 ami. (and resultiu>! (1(ISitini-I brae of 4,30 1).111,) Inay he 11loved forward to 6:00 ,1.111. or delayed litre ( I ) Imur to 9,00 a III All work acco mplishcd on tiunday:; illd I-CC01;11ized holi(laVS. Ql (LIVS uhscrVCd ati I'el•ML'Ili/cd li'didays, shall he compensated li,l• of double (2) file rel'ul;lr hourly rate OI'%v Iq!k•S 1,1w, fringe henchis. `10'1'1•;: .(1.11 overtime Is COMI)Illed (In the h()urly ,v;Il.e rate Iflus all amount equal It) the f'rilluv henelifs. NO. fill: \'leans the regular work week shall (:unsist nl' five 0) (1;I\S. Mwid.1" throu(th Friday, hegifilling a( 8:00 ;I.n1. and endin!_: al 4:30 1, n). I'he res.uhll work &I�. be,.Inurnl.' IJMC relay he advanced ()nc or Iwo holu•s ()r del;lved I,v (roe hour All overtime wm-k ))eI furrne(1 Mn \'I0Ild:IV Ihrull"ll Salruday s11,111 he bald al lime .Ind mlellalf'( 1 ' :► of the hood` mil'. ),III, an anu,unf equal to one-half (' :) of the IIM(IrIV ('01,11 IndiCafe(I I rinitc lienelits. AH „(,rl, pct folioed on Sunda vs and rcc()>_;niZed huli(IaVs s11;111 he Imid :II (Imil le (:'_I the holul}' rat pltl: ;In anluunl eclu;ll to the hourly total IIIdIC;IICd I-1-1111,1 • lienetits. Nl). OI : \leans CIVIII (,X) hours shill I davl; work eunuoen('tns.c ;11 X'M() &m, and ending al -1:30 11.111., allo,Vinit ono11:111, ( 1 2) hull for lunch file 0I)t10n exist�, I'M. the I:nl),Ioyetu use .1 flexible staill1w. time imween the hours of(1.00 ;I 111. ;loll O-00 u.rll, I'he rct oral ,t lk week 511;(Il consist of forty (-1O) hours of li,e (5) „'ark (h s. Mmid;n thrwivh Friday I he wm,k ,k•eck nl:ly C011SIsl of IMIl' (-I) ten ( 10) hoar dire~ born \lun(I;n Ihn)II)l 'I hursdaV, wish I:rlday ;1>; a nlakc,ul, day. II' the mak(4u11 day Is a huh(1;1,;• the er111�luyee till;111 he paid ;It the doubl(• (2) Ilan• r:Ite Thv cnl),loyres shall he pilid (Iollhle (3) lithe I'M. wall. )Ierl01.111M before the rel-ulal Startins.. tune Mr alter tI,e regular (lutftill. HIM.- or „yer Cltdit (8) h(mis per %wrk week (unless working. a Ithuur work day. then double (') tillle I` Imid for ,,a-k llerfurined (,,et ICII ( 10) hours a &IV) or Myer forty 00) hours per kvm'k „eck. \V(irk 1,erlilrnled un Saiwid;I,-�, SundaVS and ree )s.nried holidays shall he paid al the double (.'.) time rate ut'11;11 • 1\\t .\t. 11 1(J, OI(I)EM M). N 1„,N(,'n J r COLE COUNTY OVEACI'INIE IL\TFS - BUILDING CONS•1 RUC HON NO. 94: Means ctl,ht (w) hours shall constitute a days work between the hours ol' ti:00 a.111. ,111(1 5:00 I nt. The regular workday starting. (title of 8:00 a.m. (ttltcl resulting cltritting tittle of 4:30 ttlnv he moved forward to 6:00 a.nt, or dclaycd one ( I ) hour to 9:00 a,w. All work pertitrmed in excess of the regular work day and oat Saturday shall he compensated at one and 011e-hall' ( I XI) time:; the regular hay. In the event time is lost during (he work week (lit to weather conditions, (he I:ntploycr play schedule work on the filllowing Saturday at straight time. All work accomplished on tiunday and holidays shall he co►nprnsatcd at double the regular rate of wages. NO. 101: atilenns eight (R) hours it day shall C011AWte it standard work (lily, and lorty (40) hours per week shall constitute it week's work, which shall begin on Monday and end on Friday. All Unu; worked outside of the standard work clay and on Saturday shall he classified as ovet7inle and Maid the rate of time and o11ehalf (I !',) (except as herein provided). All time worked on Sunday and recognized holidays shall be paid at the rate of double (?) time. The regular starting time (and resulting quitting time) may be moved forward two (2) hours to 6:00 a,m. or (b starling time (and resoling (Iuitting time) may be delayed one ( I ) hour to 9:00 a.m. The Finployer has the option of working either five (S) eight-hour days or lino•(d) Icr1-hour days to collstitu(c ,I lionll,►l forty (40) hour work week. When a fitur (41) ten-hour clay wort: week is in el'lect, the standard work day shall he consecutive tell (10) hour periods between the hour's ol'6:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. Forty (40) hours per week shall constitute a week's work Mond;►y through `I•hurs&IV, inclusive. In the event theO)) is clown liar any reason beyond the lintployer's control, then Friday ancUor tiaturdnv Arty, at the option of the C?nlployer, be worked as a makeup clay; straight tines not to exceed ten ( 10) hours per day or lorry (40) hours per week. All work over ten ( 10) hairs in one day or 601-ty (410) hours it) a -110's work week shall he paid at the overtime rate ol'tittle and ondialf•( I!',). When using a five (5) clay eight (8) hour work week, and the job is clown lirr ally reason heyond the I•rllploycu's cortt'ol, then tialul(lily mayt the option of (lie Fniployer, be worked its it makeup clay; straight that( not to exceed right (`) hour; per day or ((arty (,40) hours per week. Makeup clays shall not be utilized liar days lost due to holidays. i AWS026 s1111 r (:'OI,H; COl'N"1'1' OVI:I2'1'I4I1? I2;1'1'I;ti-• BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IZt?PL��Ch.tVtlsN"1' I'��(:h; NO. 110: Means eight (8) Imll's betwctt► the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4130 p.m. shall constitute a work day. The starting; time may be advanced one ( I ) or two (2) hours. Employees shall have a lunch period of thirty (30) nunutcs. The I?mployer may provide a lunch period ol•one ( I ) 11(041 and in that event, the workday shall commence at 8:00 a.m. and end at 5:00 p.m. The workweek shall commence at 8:00 a.m. on Monday and shall end at 4:30 p.m. on Friday (or 5:00 p.m. on Friday W the Employer grants a lunch period of one ( I ) hour) or (Isuljusfed by starting time change as stated above. All work perlorn►ed before 8:00 a.m. ;►rtd alter 4:30 p.m. (or 5:00 p.m. where one ( 1 ) hour lunch is g;rra►ttd lirr lunch) or as adjusted by starting time change as stated above or oil Sa1u1•day, extcpt as hcreinprovided, sl►all be compensated at one and ond►alf( i '/,) times the regular hourly rate of pay for the wort: per(ormcd. All work performed oil Sunday and on recog;nind holidays shall be compensated at double (2) the regular hourly rate of pay fi►I' the work per(ornied. If an Fniployer is prevented from working forty (40) hours, Monday through Friday, or any part thereof by reason o(' incicr►wnt weather (rain and mud), Saturday or any part thereof may be worked as a makeup day at the straight time rate. The Emplrycr shall have the option of working live eight. (8) hour• days or Iour ten (10) hour days Monday Through Friday. 11' an imployer elects to work live (5) eight (8) hour days during any work week, hours worked more than eight (8) per day or llorly (40) hours pr week shall he paid at lime and onehall'( 11,12) the hourly rate Monday through Friday, Ilan Employer elects to work linrr (4) ten (10) hour days in any week, work performcd more than ten ( 10) hours per day or Iorty (40) hours per week shall be paid at tiny and one-hall'( 1 11.1) the hourly rate Monday through Friday. I I•an Employer is working ten ( 10) hour days and loses a day due to Inclement weather, Ihcy may work ten (10) hours Friday at straight time. Friday must he scheduled 1i61. al least ci1;h1 (8) hourHnd no more than ten (10) hours at the straight time raft, but all hours worked over the Cor•ty (40) hours Mirnday through Friday will be paid at time and onrfiall'( I ! ) overfimc rate. ANNOAL ORDER No .8 :�w%11211!illh l 1 r�IUi I'.ty4 fl,il h I'd};a+ Y COLE COUNTY 1101,1DAY I2A E ti(VIII-lWLE - BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO. 3: All work clone on New Yc;u's Day, Ihcoration D;Iy, .Idly 'Ith, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Diiv mid Chrlslimis Diiv shall he p"11(I ;11 Ills douhlc little title ol'h;Iy. Whenever ally such holidays 1`111 on a Sunday, the lidlowing iIMondily shall he ohserval as it holiday. NO. 4: All work done on New Year's Day, ,NIcnlonal Day, Indehcndenc:e Day, Labor D;a%, Tllatlksgivlmfz and Chrismus I)ay shall he laid at the double tittle rate ol'pay, Ikiny o1'the above holidays lull on Sunday, Mond;ly will he observed as the rccognir.cd holiday. If any ol'thc above holidays 1;111 on Saturday, Friday will he observed its the recogillml holiday. NO. S: All work Ihat shall he done on New Year's Day, Memorial Day. Fourth of'Jttly, Labor Day, Veteran,- I)ay, Thanksgiving Day. anef Chris tntas Day shall he bald at talc double (2) tune rate of'pay. NO. 7: All work den e on New Year's I)ay, IMcntorial DIV, Indchendcnec Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksi!iving Day, ❑nd Christmas Day shall he paid at the double tints rale ot'hay. 11',l holiday falls on a Sunday, it Shull he ohscrvCd on the ilMonday. II'a holiday lulls on it Sa(urday, it shall he observed on the h►•cecdinEt Friday. NO. 8: All work clone on New Year's D;ty, McIllorial Day, htdependcnce Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving I)ay, and Christmas Day, or clays observed as such, shall be hard at the double time rate of,pay. The Friday fullowinz Thanksgiving will he worked at the I:nlployerl option. Kworkcd, it will he m the revular hourly rate of'hay. NO. 15: All work accomplished ()it the rccoom/cd holidays ol•New fear's I);iv, Decoration Day (Memorial Day), Independence Day (Fourth ol'Julv), Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas I:)av, or days observed as these named holidays, shall he compensated for at double (2) the regular hou►•ly r;Ite of wares plus li in��c hcnclits. I1'a holiday fillla oil `,:tturd;ty, it Shall he observed on the prcculinc Friday. If n holiday lulls ()It a Sunday, it shall he observer.) oat the I'oilowin171 IMMILIay. No work .,hall he pal'Ormcd on Labor Dav, Christmas D;Iv, Decoration Day or Independence Day except to hresenv life or properly. NO. 19: All work done on New Year's Day, NIC11111al Day, .11.11V 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgivinv; Day, and Chrisfiruls Day shall he laid at the double time rate of'pay. The employee may t;tkc oIT Friday 11ollowing Thanksgiving Day. I lowever, the employee shall notil'v his or her Foreman, Genera) Foreman or Superintendent on the \Vcdnesday preceding Thanksgiving Day. When one of the above holidays f;Ills on Sunday, the 161lowira,; Nlonday shall he Considered the holiday and all work performed on said day shall he at the double (2) little rate. When one of'ihe holidays lalls oil Saturday, the preceding Friday sh;111 he eOnsidered the holiday and all work put k fined on said day shall he at the double (2) 11111C rate NO. 23: All .vork clone on New Year's I );l%:, iM-2111orial Day, Independence Day, Labor Da}', Veteran's Day, Thankscivillo I av, ('111-lstnta;; Dav ;old Sunday:; shall he rccognircd holidays and Shall he paid ill the double time rills I)I'1 ;Iv \Vhen It holiday lulls on `;tuldav' the lofluwin.! Mondav shall he considered it holid;IV. \V�,I At WA(d. 1)I?M.R Rio" ol • COLE, COUNTY HOLIDAY RATE, SCIIEDUL,G — BUILDING CONSTRUCTION NO. X19: The Hollowing days shall be obscr-ved as legal holidays: New Year's Day, Decoration Day, July 41h, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, Employee's birthday and two (2) personal clays. The observance ofonc (1 ) ol'the personal days to be limited to the time between December 1 and March I of the following year, Ifany of these holidays tall on Sunday, the following Monday will lie observed as the holiday and if any of thescholidays Ihll on Saturday, the preceding Friday will be observed as the holiday. 11'employccs work oil any ol'these holidays they shrill he paid tints & oae-hall( I !Ii) their regular rate ofpay lbr all hours worked. NO. 54: All work done on New Year's. ivlemorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday alicr Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double (2) lime rate ol'pay. When a holiday falls r.m Saturday, it shall he observed on Friday. When a holiday lulls on Sunday, it shall be observed on Monday. NO, 60: All work performed on New Year's Day, Armistice Day (Veteran's Day), Decoration Day (Memorial Day), lndependencc Day (Fourth ol'3uly), Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except when triple (3) time is paid. tit'hen a holiday falls on Saturday, F►•iday will be obscrye:ct as the holiday. When a holiday Ia11s on Sunday, the f0110\Ving Mcnulay shall he ohscrvcd as the holiday. NO. Gh: All work perlormed on Sundays and the following recognized holidays, or the clays observed as such, ol'New Yearl Day, Decoration Day, Fourth 01'.411y, Labor Day, Vctcranl Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, shall be paid at dollh1C (2) the hourly ra to plus ern amount squill to the hourly Total lndicatCd Fringe Benefits. Whenever any Stich holidays fall on a Sunday, the following Monday shall he observed as a holiday. NO. 69: All work performed on New Ycarl Day. Deeorati( it Day, .lulu FOU1'111, Labor Day, • Vctcranl Day, Thanksgiving Day or Christmas Day shall be 1 ompensated at double (2) their straight-time hourly rate 01'pay. Friday alter ThanksgivMg ar d the day helirrc Christmas will also be holidays, but if the employer chooses to work Ihcse days, Iheemployce will he paid at straight - time rate ofpay. Ifa holiday falls on o Sunday in a particular year, the holiday will be observed on the following Monday. NO. 71 : All work perlOrmed on the Hollowing recognized holidays shall be prod at the double (2) time rate of,pay: New Ycarl L)ay, Presidents Day, (good Friday, Memorial Day, .luly the FOUrth, Labor Day, Vctcrrurs Day, Thanksgiving Day, D:ry allcr'I'hanksgiving and Christmas Day. Ifa holiday lulls on Sunday, it shall be celebrated on Iblonday. Ifa holiday 11,111, on Saturday, it shall he. celebrated on the Friday preceding such Saturday. \14,iU 1, 11,1% do, r Heavy Construction Rates for REPLACEMENT PAGE Section 026 COLE Count *Effective Basic Over- OCCUPATIONAL TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Total Fringe Benefits Increase Rates Rates Rates CARPENTER Journeymen 5/01 $23.13 7 16 $6.24 Millwright 5/01 $23.13 7 16 $6.24 Pile Driver Worker 5/01 $23.13 7 16 $6.24 OPERATING ENGINEER Group 1 5/01 _ $20.75 21 5 $11.61 Group II 5/01 $20.40 21 5 $11.61 Group 111 5/01 $20.20 21 5 $11.61 Group IV 5/01 $16.55 21 5 $11.61 Oiler-Driver 5/01 $16.55 21 5 $11.61 LABORER Mneral Laborer 5/01 $19.75 2 4+ $6.10 illed Laborer 5/01 $20.35 2 4 $6.10 TRUCK DRIVER-TEAMSTER Group 1 5/01 $21.72 2 4 _ $5.25 Group II 5/01 $21.88 2 4 _ $5.25 Group 111 5/01 -$2187 2 4 $5.25 Group IV 5/01 $21.99 2 4 $5.25 For the occupational titles not listed on the Heavy Construction Rate Sheet, use Rates shown on the Building Construction Rate Sheet, w *'AnIlUal Incremental Increase ANNUAL. WAGE ORDER Nn, 8 7/0.1 r r COLE' COUNTY OVI?It'1'11IF, ItATE SCIIh.UULF — 1I1�:;1�'j' CONS'I'ItUC"I'IC)ti NO. 2: ,Means a regular ,vork week of'forty (40) hours will slam on 'Mondav and end (1rl Fridnv. The regular' work clay shall be either eight (8) or tell ( 10) (tours. Ifa crew is prcmiled Iron) working lilrty (40) hours Monday through Friday, or any part therdbhy reason of incletncnl weather, Saturday or any part thereof may be worked as a nr►kup clay at the straight time rate to Complete lilrty (40) hours ol•work ill a week. Finployees who are part of"I regular crew on a makeup day, notwithstanding the filet tht they play not have been employed (lie entire week, shall work Saturday at the straight tinge rate. Time & 1 1/20 shall be paid fox'all hours in excess ol•cight (8) hours per day (i1' working S-K's) or tell ( 10) loco's per clay (if'working 410's), or lilrty (40) holll•S pear week, Monday through Friday. For all time worked on Saturday (unless Sattrrdrly or any portion ol'said day is worked as makeup to complete lilrty hours), link and ondialf' (1 !;) shall he paid. NO. 7: Means the regular work week shall s!u•t on Monday and end on Friday, except where (lie Employcr elects to work 11/Iondav through Thursday, tell (10) hours per clay. All work over ten (10) hours in a clay or forty (40) hours in a week shall be at (lie overtime rate of one and onehall'(1%) times the regular hourly rate. The regular work day shall be either eight (8) or ten (10) hours. Ifa•job can't work filmy (40) hours Monday thrc1ugh Friday beeallSe 01 IIIC:ICI11e111 weather or clther' conditions heyond the control ol'the I mplovcr, Friday or Saturday maybe worked as a makc.vup clay at straight time (il'working 4-10's). Saturday may be worked as a makuL11) day at straight tilllc (if' working >-S's). Makc-up days shall not be utilized for days lost fi•onl holidays. FXccpt as worked as a nlakctiup day, time on Sakrrday shall be worked at one and onehal I'( P/0 ) tulles the regular rate. W,or•k performed on Sunday shall be paid at two (2) tulles the ® regular rate. Work perlormcd on rccognized holidays or days observed as such, shall also be paid at the duuhle (2) time rat ol'pay. " NO. 21: (\Means the regular work week shall consist of live (5) el(ht (;;) hour days. IM011day tlu'ough Friday. The regular work day lily which employees shall he corllpensatcel at straight time hourly rate ol'pay shall bC`.'II1 At S:00 a Ill. and end nt :1I► P.111. However, the project starting tilllc play be advanced or delayed at the discretion of* the I.,niplover. At the discretion of the 1-,nlplover, \vllcn working; a live (�) d;IY eight (8) hour sche(lule, Saturday nlay he used Cor a makeup clay. The Finploycr may line the option to schedule his work from Monday through Thursday at tell ( 10) hours per day at the stl'alght tulle rate of 1"lay with all hoe's in excess often ( 10) hours in ;tny one clay to be paid at the overtime rate of tilllc �L onehalf'( I !:). I I'the FAilployer Deets to work lions VI1111daV thrOLIgh 'I'lursday ;end is stopped due to circumstances heyond His control, he shall have the option to work Friday or Saturday at the straight tinge: late ol,pay to corllplete hi:; filrly (40) hotll'S per work wec.k. Workmen shall he paid rac, S., once-hail( I times the reg+ll;u• rate ul•\vages 1,61. ;ill hours worked in excess ofeighl (8) h(mr;s per day (il'\yorkint, �'s), or ten ( 10) hours per day 61'\vorkint; 4 111's). (,1- lilrty (40) loco's per work week Monday through Friday (11'\veirking ti's) oe llond;►v through Thuesday (il'working, 4-10's). Unless used as nlakOup da:rs to complete filet\• (40) hours per work week, time and one liall'( I ' ') shall he paid on Saturday (when workin, )-S's) and on Friday or Saturday (when working 410's), tiundays and holidws Shall he pmd at the' rate of duuhle (2) lime the regular rate of pay. • NWAI. \1':\(it: ()kl)IkNo.X I.q•rI • iI e COI.,E COUN'ry I-101ADAV RATE SCHEDULI - HEAVV CONSTRUCTION NO. 4: All work performed on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, or days observed aS such, shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. When a holiday falls on a Sunday, Monday shall be observed. NO. 5: The lollowing days are recognized as holidays: New Ycar3 Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of'July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. [fa holiday falls 011 ,1 Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday. if a holiday falls on a Saturday,it shall be observed oil the preceding Friday. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except in case of jeopardy to work under construction. This rule is applied to protect Labor Day. When a holiday falls during the normal work week, Monday through Friday, it shall be counted as eight (8) hours toward Er forty (40) hour week; however, no reimbursement for this eight (8) hours is to be paid the workman unless worked. 11'workmen are required to work the above recognized holidays or days observed as such, or Sundays, they shall receive double (2) the regular rate of pay for such work. The above shall apply to the four IM Monday through Thursday work week. 'file ten (10) hours shall be applied to the forty (40) hour work week. NO. 16: The following; days are recognized as holidays: New Ycar�- Day, Memorial Day, Fourth ol',luly, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Ifa holiday (,1115 oil Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday. ffa holiday galls on Saturday, it shall be observed oil the preceding Friday. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except in case of jeopardy to work under construction. This rule is applied to protect Labor Day. When a holiday falls during; the normal work week, Monday through Friday, it shall be counted is eight (8) hours toward the forty (40) hour week: however, no reimbursement for this eight (8) hours is to be paid to the ® worker unless worked. I I'workers are required to work the above recognized holidays or days observed as Stich, they shall receive double (2) the regular rate of pay lilr suc11 work. Y I • AWSn(o 11%vhol dot: ANNUAL WAGE' ORI)(IR NO. 8 PIgw I 'd I r OUTSIDE isL1?.(:TRICIAN RLP[..AC.LM[��N'i' PACT. '1'hcse rates are to be used Ior(lie I611ming Counties: Adair, Audraui, 131xmc, Callaway, Camden, Carter,Chariton,Clark, Colc, Cooper, ('raw1brd, Lent, Franklin,Gasconade, I loward, I lowell, Iron,Jefferson, Knox, Lewis, Lincoln, Linn, Macon, Marics, Marion, Miller, Monitcau, Monroc, Montgomery, Morgan, Oregon, Osagc, Perty, Phelps, Pike, Pulaski, Putnam, halls, Randolph, Reynolds, Ripley, St. Charles, St, Francois, St. Louis City, St. Louis County, Ste. (;encvicvc, Sehtyle►•, Scotland, Shannon, Shelby, Sullivan, "Texas, WITCH, and Washington CONI+N1L12CIM, WORK Occupational"Title �- v Basic _ "Total - _____ lluurl� Fringe Rate Benc(its *.JOwncytllan Lineman -_ _-_ _ 527.48 _—_ $2.20 1-42% *_L.mcman Operator _ -- — S24.60 _ - - $2.20 -r 42'%i *GrOUndman ^ S 1 9.47 i— $1 )0 -1-42% UTILITY 1YORK GCClllTiitlollal"('itle Basic Total hourly_____.—_.__— — Rate -_._--- _ Bcnefiis • *.founicynlan Lineman 526.47 52.20 r 38 *LAIleman O.crator 522.x(5 S2.20 { 31i"/o *Ciroundnlan 517.67 52?0 -+- 38%0 ONT11 'IME RATE: fright(8)hours shall constitute a work day between the hours ot'7:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Forty(40)hours within live(5)days, Monday through Friday inclusive, shall Constitute the work week. Work performed in the 9th and 10th hour, Monday through Friday,shall be paid at tinic and one -hall,(I y,) the regular strtight rink rate of pay.Contractor has time option to pay two(2)hours per clay at the time and one-half(1'-)the regular straight time rate of pay hetwcen the hours()1'6:()0 a.m.and 5:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. Work performed outside the regularly scheduled working hours and on Saturdays, Sundays and recognized legal holidays.or clays celebrated as such. shall be paid li\r at the rite of,double (2) time. 1-1O1.IDAY RAPE: All work performed on New fear's Oay, Memorial Day, Fourth of`.hrly, Labor Day, Veteran's Day,"Thanksgiving Day,016SUrias Day,or days celebrated as such,shall be paid at the double lime role of-pay. When one of the foregoing holidays falls on Sunday, it shall he celebrated on the 110110\\illg Monday. r • •Incremental Incicusc ANNl .A1. it: ORI)I"R N(). 8 9111 11,1 SlI ullkhK, 562 AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE PUBLIC.WORKS CONTRACTS LAW 567 I, the undersigned, _ _ - , of lawful age, first 654 being duly sworn, state to the best of my information and belief as follows: 565 1. That I am employed as _ 566 by 567 2. That was awarded a public works 566 contract for Project No. 31051-0302, Wastewater Treatment Plant 569 Improvements. 570 3. That I have read and am familiar with Section 290.290 RSMo (1994 as 571 amended) an act relating to public works contracts, which impose certain 572 requirements upon contractors and subcontractors engaged in a public 573 works construction project in the State of Missouri. 574 4. That _ _ - has fully complied with the $75 provisions and requirements of Section 290.290 RSMo (1994 as 576 amended) 577 FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT, S76 579 AFFIANT 560 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 _ 591 582 NOTARY PUBLIC w 563 My Commission Expires: 564 STATE OF MISSOURI ) 565 )Ss 566 COUNTY OF ) r AIMASTER.FRM July 20,2001 „ EXCESSIVE UNEMPt.OYMENT EXCEPTION CERTIFICATION 566 I, the undersigned, , of lawful age, .49 first being duly sworn, state to the best of my information and belief as follows: 569 1. That I am employed as , by 597 2. That was awarded a public . 5D7 works contract for Project No. 31051-0302, Wastewater Treatment 5D. Plant Improvements. 5D5 3. That I have read and am familiar with Section 290.290 RSMo (1994 as 596 amended) an act relating to public works contracts, which impose certain 597 requirements upon contractors and subcontractors engaged in a public 50. works construction project in the State of Missouri. $99 4. Although there is a period of excessive unemployment in the State of 609 . Missouri, which requires the employment of only Missouri laborers and 601 laborers from non-restrictive states on public works projects or ® 69: improvements, an exception applies as to the hiring of 603 since no Missouri W4 laborers or laborers from non-restrictive states are available or capable boy of performing 606 FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT. 697 f06 � AFFIANT �+ 601, Subscribed and sworn to before me this ___ day of , 2.0 610 all NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: 60 APPROVED BY: 614 ^ DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, CITY OF JEFFERSON, MO J AAMASTERTRM July 20,2001 , CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A ' THIS CONTRACT, made and entered into this of _ ! �i. ►(-� ^ _, 2002, y ; by and between Frank & Frank Contracting, Inc. hereinafter called "Contractor", and the h,. City of Jefferson, Missouri, a municipal corporation, hereinafter called "City". „ WITNESSETH: That Whereas, the Contractor has become the lowest responsible bidder for furnishing the supervision, labor, tools, equipment, materials and supplies and for constructing the following City improvements: N2 Project No. 31051-0302, Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements. N77 NOW T11EREFORE, the parties to this contract agree to the following: 1. Manner and time for Completion. The Contractor agrees with the City to �zs furnish all supervision, labor, tools, equipment, materials and supplies necessary to perform, and to perform, said work at Contractor's own expense in accordance with the contract documents and any applicable City ordinances and state and federal laws, within one hundred seventy five (175) working days from the date Contractor is ordered to proceed, which order shall be issued by the Director of Public Works within h„ ten (10) days after the date of this contract. �„ 2. Prevailing Woos.. All labor utilized in the construction of tlae aforementioned improvements shall be paid a wage of no less than the "prevailing hourly rate of wages" 5� for work of a similar character in this locality, as established by Department of Labor and Industrial Relations of the State of Missouri, and as established by the Federal Employment Standards of the Department of Labor. Contractor acknowledges that Contractor knows the prevailing hourly rate of wages for this project because Contractor has obtained the prevailing howdy rate of wages from the contents of the current Annual Wage Order No. 8, Section 026, Cole County in which the rate of ,. wages is set forth. The Contractor further agrees that Contractor will keep an accurate record showing the names and occupations of all workmen employed it) connection with the work to be performed under the terms of this contract. The record shall show the actual wages paid to the workrnen in connection with the work to be performed under the terms of this contract. A copy of the record shall be delivered to the Director ,,. of Public Works each week. In accordance with Section 200.250 RSMo, Contractor t„ shall forfeit to the City Ten Dollars ($10.00) for each workinan employed. for each n calendar day or portion thereof that the workman is paid IeSS than the stipulated rates for any work clone under this contract, by the (".;ontractor or any subcontractor under the .n Contractor. • �1 1J1c1 l' l:U:' Ji me 1;. '706" r 6.V 3. Insurance Contractor shall procure and maintain at its own expense during the life of this contract: 65. (a) Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of its employees to be engaged in work under this contract. 657 (b) Contractor's Public Liability_Insurance in an amount not less than 651 $2,000,000 for all claims arising out of a single occurrence and $300,000 for any one 655 person in a single accident or occurrence, except for those claims governed by the 1511 provisions of the Missouri Workmen's Compensation Law, Chapter 287, RSMo., and 651 Contractor's Property Damage Insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000 for all 656 claims arising out of a single accident or occurrence and $300,000 for any one person 657 in a single accident or occurrence. 66U (c) Automobile Liability Insurance in an amount riot less than $2,000,000 for 66, all claims arising out of a single accident or occurrence and $300,000 for any one 66: person in a single accident or occurrence. 66J (d) Owner's Protective Liabilit Insurance - The Contractor shall also obtain 66. at its own expense and deliver to the City an Owner's Protective Liability Insurance 665 Policy naming the City of Jefferson as the insured, in an amount not less than 666 $2,000,000 for all claims arising out of a single accident or occurrence and $300,000 667 for any one person in a single accident or occurrence, except for those claims governed 666 by the provisions of the Missouri Workmen's Compensation Law, Chapter 287, RSMo. 617 No policy will be accepted which excludes liability for damage to underground 6;J structures or by reason of blasting, explosion or collapse 6:. (e) Subcontracts - In case any or all of this work is sublet, the Contractor shall 6,7 require the Subcontractor to procure and maintain all insurance required in 617 Subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) hereof and in like amounts. 674 (f) Scope of Insurance and Special_Hazard,. The insurance required under 6/5 Sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) hereof shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor 616 and its subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from 617 operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the irIsured or by anyone 17.9 directly or indirectly employed by it, and also against any special hazards which may 6,7 be encountered in the performance of this contract. ,.r„ NOTE_ Paragraph (f) is construed to require the procurement of Contractor's protective 680 insurance (or contingent public liability and contingent property damage, policies) by a 16? general contractor whose subcontractor has employees working on the project, unless � the general public liability and property damage policy (or, rider attached thereto) of the 6141 general contractor provides adequate protection against claims arising frorn operations 66, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor. A UFFF CO2 lono r 2 Y 4. CQntract41'�fte�onsibility. fQr 'tf�contractors. It is further agreed that q Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of its n subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as , o Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons it directly employs. Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relating to this work, to oo bind all subcontractors to Contractor by all the terms herein set forth, insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give Contractor the same power , regarding termination of any subcontract as the City may exercise over Contractor v, under any provisions of this contract. Nothing contained in this contract shall create -!5 any contractual relations between any subcontractor and the City or between any 695 subcontractors. 11y: 5. Liquidated Damages_ The Director of Public Works may deduct $1,000 from 690 any amount otherwise due under this contract for every calendar day the Contractor 579 fails or refuses to prosecute the work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence 700 as will insure the completion by the time above specified, or any extension thereof, or fails to complete the work by such time, as long as the. City does not terminate the right :oz of Contractor to proceed. It is further provided that Contractor shall not be charged with :n] liquidated damages because of delays in the completion of the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond Contractor's control and without fault or negligence on M5 Contractor's part or the part of its agents. 6. Termination. The City reserves the right to terminate this contract by giving at least five (5) days prior written notice to the Contractor, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the City should the Contractor be adjudged a bankrupt, or if Contractor should make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a ,to receiver Should be appointed for Contractor or for any of its property, or if Contractor Should persistently or repeatedly refuse or fail to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper material, or if Contractor should refuse or fail to make prompt payment to any person supplying labor or materials for the work under the contract, or persistently disregard instructions of the City or fail to observe or perform any provisions of the contract. „n 7. City's__ _ight_to._f'roceed, In the event this contract is terminated pursuant to Paragraph 6, then the City may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion, by contract or otherwise, and Contractor and its sureties shall be liable to the City for any costs over, the amount of this contract thereby occasioned by the City. In any Such case the City may take possession of, and utilize in completing the work, such materials, appliances and structures as may bo on the work site and are necessary for completion of the work. The foregoing provisions are in addition to, and not in limitation of, tlIe rights of the' City under any other provisions of the contract, city ordinances, and state and fedem- 1 laws. A\JH r CO2 luny.ft. 8. Indmni To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its elected and appointed officials, employees, and agents, and the Engineer, from and against all claims, damages, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees arising out or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them IN or anyone for those acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is :,5 caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be :.,e construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of 7J; indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Paragraph. 9. Payment for Labor and Materials_ The Contractor agrees and binds itself to pay for all labor done, and for all the materials used in the construction of the work to be completed pursuant to this contract. Contractor shall furnish to the City a bond to insure the payment of all materials and labor used in the performance of this contract. 10. Supplies. The Contractor is hereby authorized and directed to utilize the City's „a sales tax exemption in the purchase of goods and materials for the project as set out in Section 144,062 RSMo 1994 as amended. Contractor shall keep and maintain �R records and invoices of all such purchases which shall be submitted to the City. 11. Payment, The City hereby agrees to pay the Contractor for the work done pursuant to this contract according to the payment schedule set forth in the Contract Documents upon acceptance of said work by the Director of Public Works and in accordance with the rates and/or amounts stated in the bid of Contractor dated May 7, s� 2002 which are by reference made a part hereof. No partial payment to the Contractor shall operate as approval or acceptance of work done or materials furnished hereunder. The total amount of this contract shall not exceed One Million One Hundred Seventy- ,s, Five Thousand Dollars, .., 12. Contract (documents. The contract documents shrill consist of the following: a. This Contract g. General Provisions b. Addenda h. Special Provisions c. Information for Bidders i. Technical Specifications d Notice to Biddeis j Drawings and/or sketchos M, e. Signed Copy of Bic] k Change orders f. Bonds !1 WCF( l;t)1 This contract and the other documents enumerated in this paragraph, form the Contract between the parties. These documents are as fully a part of the contract as if attached hereto or repeated herein. 765 13. Nondiscrimination. The Contractor agrees in the performance of this contract X66 not to discriminate on the ground or because of race, creed, color, national origin or 767 ancestry, sex, religion, handicap, age, or political opinion or affiliation, against any 766 employee of Contractor or applicant for employment and shall include a similar provision in all subcontracts let or awarded hereunder. „0 14. NQtLceS• All notices required to be in writing may be given by first class mail 771 addressed to the Director of Public Works, City of Jefferson, 320 East McCarty, 77? Jefferson City, Missouri 65101, and Contractor at 3632A West Truman Boulevard, 77] Jefferson City, Missouri 65109. The date of delivery of any notice shall be the second 774 full day after the day of its mailing. 775 15, Jurisdiction. This agreement and every question arising hereunder shall be 776 interpreted according to the laws and statutes of the State of Missouri. 777 16. IN TESTIMONY WFIEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals 776 this day ofr",'L.c.__. _ , 2002. r. CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI 760 // / /. �. A _. ,C.'�,iC...�✓ • 781 Y r-l � Ma or 76: APPROVED AS TO ,CSRM:� ATTEST: X __._.....__...�.._.�._.___, s:t r.._�_`--... 76, _ City bijnselorG" Ci�y�Clerk 765 ONTRAC.T�OR 766 lfll "fit e-, 766 ATTEST: Title: ; . A.�JC.Ff"CO? June G. 2002 BOND NO: S-900 3441 74. PERFORMIANCE,_PAYMENT AND_GUARANTEE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Frank & Frank 79.. Contracting, Inc. , 3632-A West Truman Blvd , Jefferson Cite, M0 65109 79, hereinafter, referred to as "Contractor" and tC`�rsl�inl;tarr ]ntr.rn�,tionai Irr�.jrancc: Company 1200 Arlington Heights l:ouci, tiuitc� r+UO ...._ .95 Itasca, IL 60143-2625 630/227-4700 a Corporation organized under the laws of the State of_Arizona �y_ _ and authorized to transact business in the 707 State of Missauri ___ as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the 798 the City of Jefferson, Missouri hereinafter referred to as"Owner" 729 in the penal sum of ONE MILLION ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND ano DOLLARS 80, ($1,175,000.00), lawful money of the United States of America for the payment of which ® sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, 80) administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally by these presents. PO4 'THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT; ens WHEREAS, the above bounded Contractor has on the_ _ dny nor, 2002, entered into a written contract with the aforesaid Owner for furnishing all &V materials, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, and other facilities and 808 accessories, for the construction of certain improvements as designated, defined and NOW described in the said Contract and the Conditions thereof, and in accordance with the specifications and plans therefore; a copy of said Contract being attached hereto and fl made a part hereof NOW THEREFORE, if the said Contractor shall and will, in all particulars, well, duly and faithfully observe, perform and abide by each and every covenant, condition, and part „ of the said Contract, and the Conditions, Specifications, Plans, Prevailing Wage Law H. and other Contract Documents thereto attached or, by reference, made a part thereof, N<, according to the true intent and meaning in each case, and if said contractor shall replace all defective parts, material and workmanship for a period of one year after din acceptance by the Owner, then this obligation shall i:)e and become null and void; Y4 otherwise it shall rernain in full force and effect. A WEFF CO:_ June G. 2002 a n: materials, sustenances, provisions, provender, gasoline, lubricating oils, fuel oils, s greases, coal repairs, equipment and tools consumed or used in said work, groceries , and foodstuffs, and all insurance premiurns, compensation liability, and otherwise, or ,z any other supplies or materials used or consumed by such Contractor or his, their, or a its subcontractors in performance of the work contracted to be done, the Surety will pay 875 the same in any amount not exceeding the amount of this Obligation, together with interest as provided by law: 827 PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates Fi 828 agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of;the• ` contract, or the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications accompanying . . . . . ... ` X30 the same, shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive oil notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work, or to the specifications: a» PROVIDED FURTHER, that if the said Contractor fails to pay the prevailing hourly rate say of wages, as shown in the attached schedule, to any workman engaged in the construction of the improvements as designated, defined and described in the said 836 contract, specifications and conditions thereof, the Surety will pay the deficiency and E37 any penalty provided for by law which the contractor- incurs by reason of an act or ;B omission, in any amount not exceeding the amount of this obligation together with ® 4 interest as provided by law: ,,. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the said Contractor has hereunto set his hand, and the s said Surety has Caused these presents to be executed in its narne, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, by it attorney-in-fact duly authorized thereunto so to do, at Jefferson City, I%IUSsouri on this the day of 2002. M, Washington International_Insurance Company �!_Frank & Frank_Contracting—lnc__ SURETY COMPANY CONTRACTOR r. B Y _ C �:_)lC (SEAL) BY. .. ,._.Y/_l�'^ --.I S E A L.) Linda L. Nutt, Attorney-in-Fact i 14Y f3Y__ BY_i� _��1 r.2'� • <�'`'" JEAI._) ,749 Attorney-in-fact Linda L. Nutt (State Representative) Linda L. Nutt 11,10 Resident Agent (Accompany this bond with Attorney-m-fact's aUthOVity frorll the Surety Company certified to include the dale of the bond,) A JEFF CO2 .rune G, 2002 vp NA5 Sl.1RF;'I'1' (:.ItOl.11' NOW11F1 AMERICAN SI)l C1A1.:i'Y lti'SlJltr\NC'1?CUtill'AN1' WASLIINCi'1'ON IN'IT,ItNA'I'ION:V_ INSUIZANCF COMI'ANY C�f:Ni?RAL 1"ONVI';111 OF ATTOWNt?Y KNOW ALL MEN in' I Ihtili I'I2ESENTS,TI IAT INortII American Specialty Insur nce Company.a corpnrnlion duly organized and existing under the laws ofthe State of New Hampshire,and halving its principal office in the City of Mamch"ici, New I larnpshile,anal Washington International Insurance Company,it colroration organized and existing under the laws of the Stltc ol'Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois,each does hereby nulke,constitute and appoint; Christine A. I lolloway,J.Douglas Joyce, Lawrence S. Kaminsky,Michael T. Kelly, Fugene A. Klein. Barbara A. Miller.Thomas IM. Fnplish,Thomas P. Latz,Linda L.Nutt, Jeanne.I!Reardon and uric Van Buskirk Joultlp or severully,� its true and lawful Attonnc•y(s)•in-Fact,to make,execute,seal and deliver, filr and on its behalf and as its act and decd,honds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said C1�11111anics,as surety,on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law,regulation,contract or other\vise,provides)that no bond or undertaking or contract of surcivship executed ander this authority Simi]exceed the amount of:' TEN MILLION(10,000,000.00)DOLLARS This Power ol'Attorney is granted and is Signed by facsimile under and by the authority of tile following Resolutions adopted by the Hoards of Directors ofboth North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and hell on the 2411i of March,2000: "RESOLVED,that toy two of the President,any Senior Vice President,any Vice President,any Assistant Vice President,the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be,and each or tiny of therm hereby is nuthorircd to a:xecutc a Po\ver of Attorney qualifying,the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company.bonds,undertakings and all contracts of Surely,and that--,tell or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney,and to attach therein the scarf of the Colnpanv; and it is FURTI IER RESOLVED,that the signature of such officers and the seal of flit Company may be affixed to any such Power ol'Attorncy or to tiny certificate relating thereto by facsimile,ansl any s lch Powel of Attorney or certificate bullring such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal Shall he binding upon tits Company when So affixed and in the future with report) to any bone),undertaking or contract of surely to which it is attaehed. \d\1\\111111111I/1///rr� ^---- umrr /r � 111u nlll \�s§�GilNUTV/lys/1y� ' hQ.GpPPOFtjf�Gy� 2 1'nul U..\msloi4l4 rdllullX(IIICI a.\1'(IIII,I•IIIIII I'1Pr\\Ltlillla;lnll lbll'111nIIU1n1I 1111111 U1111'rUlni011ll,\ �. tZ= ' SEAL m= wile prrslm•m 1fPloli,vmricim"plum))luml;mrt t n11II1n) :o CORPORATE s awl•? 1073 QW.'r) SEAL } . y NAMPS .x- AA120tIA &ON►tiN ����� ls�ft '": y�. •.,...••'''fit. rrr////111111111N\\\\\ 111'.-----.__....._...__.._-..------._...-_.__.___...---...----_...._..._._..._ .,� ,,• Sirsrl 1'.Aodrneu,tit. Wt i'111111110 ut N u.hW mil ho t,l lIonul(nalnuNr I laupall)3 ' hlyl ,1IIlIN \'Ice 11roldoll 01\nnh Ann•num Sprriuil)Immnmr,Cumquat IN WITNESS Wl II:REOF,North Aincrlcan Specially Insurance(•ompaan and \I'aQllllgton Imcntational lusurauce(romp ny have caused their official seals to be 11CFe't1I110 nffaxed,and these presents to be signed by Ilic i authorized officers this I I day of April 10 02 North American Specialty Insurance Company NVashing;lon International Insul•aulce ("onlpany Stale of Illinois Count}'of liuPagc s• I I day of--.-April ` ,2(l 02�.before tile,al Nota ry Public,personally appcarrd --°--P:nfl_1)_'Amstutz . President and CEO of Washington International Insurance C.ampatly and Vice President of Nmth Aml.-rlcim Speclillty Insltrame Company and tile\en I'.Anderson Sr, Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company& Vice Plcsi(kin of North American Specialty Insurance C'omlinny,personally known to tile,who being by me duly sworn,acknowledged that they signed the above Power ol'Attorney as officers of,and acknowledged said insirmnein to be the voluntary act and(Iced of,their respective companies. J OFFICIAL SEAL •' �/)a,1-rrl.�--.c� L%i�, r�'ce�'<� YASMIN A PATEL V rfi cglk r .oft F.1-il m«Twat Yatillllll A. Pi11CI, NUlall'y PIIhIIC I, James A.CarLentcr_ ,Vice President& ;assistant Secretary of Washington Imurnational Insurance Company and the Assistant Secretary of North American Speciality humanee Company,(fit hereby certifv than the above and Grel;oinp is a talc and correct copy of a Power ol'Anonley given by the companies,which is•still in foul force and eit'ea IN WITNESS WIii:RFOI",I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this dav of ._.. __..._ 20 .lunuv A.CmIlvwrl,\•lu•Nc1ldroa,C Ar.I1Imil Seri elurl or wasmi1{;11111'IIIIr1111aammi In1Nl'N1CP CIIIIIIIAII)',$ A%lisaunl Srrrrlur)'of shrill AIMraCNn SperimIll)Inmrance Company w GENERAL PROVISIONS 6+5 FORWARD 646 The following Articles GP-1 through GP-49 are"General Provisions of the Contract", modified as set forth 647 in the Special Provisions. 846 GP-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 840 It is expressly understood and agreed that the Contract Documents comprise the Notice to Bidders, 660 Instruction to Bidders, General Provisions, Special Provisions, Bid, Contract, Performance and One Year 851 Guarantee Bond, Specifications, other documents listed in the Table of Contents and bound in this 86. Volume. Plans, all Addenda thereto issued prior to the time of opening bids for the work, all of which are 653 hereto attached, and other drawings, specifications, and engineering data which may be furnished by the 854 Contractor and approved by the Owner, together with such additional drawings which may be furnished 655 by the Engineer from time to time as are necessary to make clear and to define in greater detail the intent 856 of the specifications and drawings, are each and all component parts to the agreement governing the 657 work to be done and the materials equipment to be furnished. All of these documents are hereby defined 858 as the Contract Documents. 859 The several parts of the Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall 660 be as binding as if called for by all. The intention of the Documents is to include the furnishing of all 861 materials, labor, tools, equipment and supplies necessary for constructing complete and ready to use the 86: work specified. Materials or work described in words which so applied have a well known technical or e6j trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. ed, The Contract shall be executed in the State and County where the Owner is located. Three (3) copies 865 of the contract documents shall be prepared by the Contractor, each containing an exact copy of the 866 Contractor's bid as submitted,the Performance Bond properly executed, a Statutory Bond where required, 667 and the contract agreement signed by both parties thereto. These executed contract documents shall 888 be filed as follows. 869 One (1) with the City Clerk of the City of Jefferson 870 One (1) with the Jefferson City Director of Public Works 871 One (1) with the Contractor 87; GP-2 DEFINITIONS 877 Wherever any work or expression defined in this article, or pronoun used in its stead, occurs in these all contract documents, it shall have and is mutually understood to have the meaning herein given: 875 1. "Contract"or"Contract Documents"shall include all of the documents enumerated in the previous 876 article. 877 2. "Owner", "City", or words "Party of the First Part", shall mean the party entering into contract to 676 secure performance of the work covered by this Contract and his or its duly authorized officers 879 or agents. Generally this will be the "City of Jefferson". 666 3. "Contractor"or the words"Party of the Second Part" shall mean the party entering into contract out for the performance of the work covered by this contract and his duly authorized agents or legal 887 representatives. 663 4. "Subcontractors" shall rnean and refer to a corporation, partnership, or individual having a direct AAJEFF.001 July 19, 2001 contract with the Contractor, for performing work at the job site. 5. "Engineer" shall mean the firm, company, individual or its/his/her duly authorized ANA representative(s) under separate agreement with the City of Jefferson that prepared the plans, l.95 specifications, and other such documents for the work covered by this contract. 6fK7 6. "Resident Project Representative" shall mean the engineering or technical assistant duly authorized by the Engineer limited to the particular duties entrusted to him or them as gop subsequently set forth herein. goo 7. "Date of Award of Contract" or words equivalent thereto, shall rnean the date upon which the successful bidder's proposal is accepted by the City. Of 8. "Day" or "days", unless herein otherwise expressly defined, shall mean a calendar day or days w: of twenty-four hours each. 901 9. "The work" shall mean the work to be done and the equipment, supplies and materials to be W. furnished under this contract, unless some other meaning is indicated by the context. 905 10. "Plans" or"drawings" shall rnean and include all drawings which may have been prepared by the Qft Engineer as a basis for proposals, all drawings submitted by the successful bidder with his -Kt, proposal and by the Contractor to the City, if and when approved by the Engineer, and all 013 drawings submitted by the City to the Contractor during the progress of the work, as provided for -09 herein. 11. Whenever in these contract documents the words "as directed", "as required", "as permitted", "as off allowed", or words or phrases of like import are used, it snail be understood that the direction, 91. requirement, permission, or allowance of the City and Engineer is intended. "13 12. Similarly the words "approved", "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "properly", "satisfactory", or words of like effect and import, unless otherwise patlicularly specified herein, shall mean approved, reasonable, suitable, acceptable, proper or satisfactory it)the judgment of the City and Engineer. 13. Whenever any statement is made in these Contract Documents containing the expression "it is "" understood and agreed" or any expression of the like import,such expression means the mr.ttual 41" understanding and agreement of the Contractor and the City. " 14. "Missouri Highway Specifications" shall mean the latest edition of the "Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" prepared by the Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission and published before the date; of this contract. GP-3 THE CONTRACTOR It is understood and agreed that the Contractor, has by careful examination satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conforrnatiun of the ground, tf-ie character, quality and quantity of the ".� materials to be encountered, the character of the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and 9:1 during the prosecution of the work, the general local conditions, and all other matters which can in any J:'N way affect the work under this Contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or . employee of the City, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. A:UEFF.0O2 October 3,2001 b 9J5 The relation of the Contractor to the City shall be that of an independent contractor. 9?0 GP4 Z,Hl�L ENGINEER The Engineer shall be the City's representative during the construction period and he shall observe the VS work in process on behalf of the City by a serifs of periodic visits to the lob site. He shall have authority 919 to act on behalf of the City. 970 The Engineer assumes no direction of employees of the Contractor or subcontractors and no supervision 931 of the construction activities or responsibility for their safety. The Engineer's sole responsibility during 9i: construction is to the City to endeavor to protect defects and deficiencies in the work. 973 Any plan or method of work suggested by the Engineer, or other representative of the City, to the 919 Contractor, but not specified or required, if adopted or followed by the Contractor in whole or in part, shall 915 be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor; and the Engineer and the City will assume no 916 responsibility therefore. 951 GP-5 BOND 99tl Coincident with the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish a good and sufficient surety 919 bond in the full amount of the contract Burn. This surety bond, executed by the Contractor to the City, gip shall be a guarantee: (a) for the faithful performance and completion of the work in strict accordance with 9a, the terms and intent of the contract documents; (b) the payment of all bills and obligations arising from 9,: this contract which might in any manner become a claim against the City; (c) for the payment to the City 991 of all sums due or which may become due by the terms of the contract, as well as by reason of any 9.14 violation thereof by the Contractor, and for a period of one year from and immediately following the 915 acceptance of the completed project by the City, the payment to the City of all damage loss and expense 998 which may occur to the City by reason of defective materials used, or by reason of defective or improper 991 workmanship done, in the furnishing of materials, labor, and equipment in the performance of the said 99A contract. 949 All provisions of the bond shall be complete and in full accordance with statutory requirements The bond • 950 shall be executed with the property sureties through a company licensed and qualified to operate in the 95I state and approved by the City bond shall be signed by an agent resident in the state and date of bond 95: shall be the date of execution of the contract. 951 If at any time during the continuance of the contract the surety on the Contractor's bond becomes ;5.f irresponsible, the City shall have the right to require,.additional and sufficient sureties which the Contractor 955 shall furnish to the satisfaction of the City within ten (10)days after notice to do so. In default thereof, the 9 h contract may be suspended, all payments or money due the Contractor withheld, arid the contract completed as hereinafter provided 9" GP-6 INSURANCE 959 GP-6.1 GENERAL: 910 The Contractor shall secure, pay for aria maintain during the life of the Contract, Insurance of such types 9C, and amounts as necessary to protect himself, arid the City, against all hazards enun,ierated herein. All 911 policies shall be in the amounts, form and companies satisfactory to the City ,61 The insuring company shall deliver to the City certificates of all insurance required, signed by an 964 authorizer) representative and stating that rill provisions of the following specified requirements are 9!5 complied with. A WE FF car July 19, 2001 e one All certificates of insurance required herein shall state that ten (10)days written notice will be given to the 967 City before the policy is canceled or changed. All certifications of insurance shall be delivered to the City 988 prior to the time that any operations under this contract are started. 989 All of said Contractor's certificates of insurance shall be written in an insurance company authorized to 930 do business in the State of Missouri. 9/l GP-6.2 BODILY INJURY LIABILITY & PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY INSURANCE 917 (1) Bodily Injury Liability insurance coverage providing limits for bodily injuries, including death, of not less 970 than $2,000,000 per person and $300,000 per occurrence. 971 (2) Property Damage Liability insurance coverage for limits of not less than $2,000,000 per one 975 occurrence nor less than $2,000,000 aggregate to limit for the policy year. 910 GP-6.3 CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE BODILY INJURY LIABILITY & PROTECTIVE PROPERTY 97: DAMAGE LIABILITY INSURANCE: ICOVERING OPERATIONS OF SUBCONTRACTORS) 938 (1) Contractors contingent policy providing limits of at least $300,000 per person and $2,000,000 per 979 occurrence for bodily injury or death. 980 (2) Property Damage Liability providing limits of at least $2,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 98i aggregate. 90: GP-6.4 CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY 983 Property Damage coverage with $2,000.000 aggregate limit. 981 GP-6.5 OWNER'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE 985 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Owner's Protective Liability and Property Damage insurance 986 issued in the name of the Owner and the Engineer os will protect both against any and all claims that 9nr might arise as a result of the operations of the Contractor or his subcontractors in fulfilling this contract. 9ne The minimum amount of such insurance shall be the same as required for Bodily Injury Liability and 9n9 Property Damage Liability Insurance. This policy shall be filed with the Owner and a copy filed with the 990 Engineer. 99. GP-6.6 EXCLUSIONS 997 The above requirements GP-6.2, 6.3, 6.5 for property damage liability shall contain no exclusion relative 993 to. 991 (1) Blasting or explosion. (Consult Technical Specifications Pail I for passible deletion of this 995 requirement on subject project.) 996 (2) Injury or destruction of property below the surface of the ground, such as wires, conduits, pipes, 997 mains, sewers, etc., Caused by the Contractor's operations. 998 (3) The collapse of, or structural injury to, any building or structure on or adjacent to the City's premises, 999 or injury to or destruction of property resulting therefrom, caused by the removal of other buildings, f(W structures, or supports, or by excavations below the surface of the ground. +our GP-6.7 AUTOMOF3ILE_BODILY INJURY LIABILITY_& AUTOMOBILE PROPERTY DAMAGE AAJEFF.001 July 19,2001 LIABILITY INSURANCE Contractor shall carry in his name, additional assured clauses protecting City, Liability Insurance with Bodily Injury or Death Limits of not less than $300,000 per person and $2,000,000 per occurrence, and property damage limits of not less than $300,000 with hired car and non-owned vehicle coverage or separate policy carrying similar limits fool The above is to cover the use of automobiles and trucks on and off the site of the project. !WA GP-6.8 EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY AND WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION IWQ Employer's and Workmen's Compensation Insurance as will protect him against any and all claims MW resulting from injuries to and death of workmen engaged in work under this contract, and in addition the 101i Contractor shall carry occupational disease coverage with statutory limits, and Employer's Liability with ,0,: a limit of$300,000 per person. The "All State" endorsement shall be included. In ease any class of employees is riot protected under the Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide arid cause such contractor to provide adequate employer's liability coverage as will protect him against any claims resulting from injuries to and death of workmen engaged in work under this contract. GP-6.9 INSTALLATION FLOATER INSURANCE This insurance shall insure and protect the Contractor and the City from all insurable risks of physical loss ,J„ or damage to materials and equipment, not otherwise covered under Builder's Risk Insurance, when in warehouses or storage areas, during installation, during testing and until the work is accepted. It shall ,o:, be of the"All Risks" type, with coverage designed for the circumstances which may occur in the particular oz: work included in this contract. The coverage shall be for an amount not less than the value of the work at completion, less the value of the material and equipment insured under Builder's Risk Insurance. The value shall include the aggregate value of the City-furnished equipment and materials to be erected or 10:5 installed by the Contractor not otherwise insured under Builder's Risk Insurance. 10:6 Installation Floater Insurance shall also provide for losses, if any, to be adjusted with arid made payable to the Contractor arid the City as their interests may appear. :r If the aggregate value of the City-furnished and Contractor-furnished equipment is less than $10,000 such equipment may be covered under Binder's Risk Insurance, and if so covered, this Installation Floater Insurance may be omilted. GP-6.10 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR OTHER LOSSES For the considerations in this agreenicnt heretofore stated, in addition to Contractor's other obligations, «„ the Contractor assumes lull responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools owned by the mechanics, any tool machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the MP Contractor's, his agents, sub-contractors, material men or his or their employees, to sheds or other „„r temporary structures, scaffolding and staging, protective fences, bridges and sidewalk hooks. The Contractor shall also assume responsibility for all loss or damage Caused by, arising out of or incident to larceny, theft, or any cause whatsoever (except as hereinbefore provided) to the structure on which the work of this contract and any modifications, alterations, enlargements thereto, is to be done, and to materials and labor connected or to be used as a part of the permanent materials, and supplies necessary 104 to the work. au^ GP-6.'11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY ON DAMAGES& CLAIMS INDEMNIFYING CITY A.1Jt_1=F (;01 luIY 19, 2001 1043 The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City and Engineer and their officers and agents, 1044 of and from all losses, damages, costs, expenses, judgments, or decrees whatever arising out of action 1045 or suit that may be brought against the City or Engineer or any officer or agent of either of them, for or on 1046 account of the failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor to do and perform any of the covenants, acts, 1047 matters, or things by this contract undertaken to be done or performed, or for the injury, death or damage 1046 caused by the negligence or alleged negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or his or their 1044 agents, or in connection with any claim or claims based on the lawful demands of subcontractors, 10.50 workmen, material men, or suppliers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools and supplies 1051 incurred in the fulfillment of this contract. 105: GP-6.12 NOTIFICATION IN EVENT OF LIABILITY OR DAMAGE 105.1 Upon the occurrence of any event, the liability for which is herein assumed, the Contractor agrees to 1054 forthwith notify the City, in writing such happening, which notice shall forthwith give the details as to the 1055 happening, the cause as far as can be ascertained, the estimate of loss or damage done, the names of 1056 witnesses, if any, arid stating the amount of any claim. 1057 GP-7 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 1056 The Contractor shall not assign or transfer this contract nor sublet it as a whole, without the written 1054 consent of the City and of the Surety on the Contractor's bond. Such consent of Surety, together with 1060 copy of assignment, shall be filed with the City. No assignment, transfer or subletting, even though 1061 consented to, shall relieve the Contractor of his liabilities under this contract. Should any assignee fail 1062 to perform the work undertaken by him in a satisfactory manner, the City may at his option annul and 1063 terminate Assignee's contract. 1064 GP-8 SUBCONTRACTS, PRINCIPAL MATERIALS $ EQUIPMENT 1065 Prior to the award of the contract, the Contractor shall submit for approval of the City a list of 1066 subcontractors and the sources of the principal items of rTratenals and equipment which he proposes to 1067 use in the construction of the project. 1066 The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of his • 106, subcontractors and of person either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and 10;0 omissions or persons directly employed by him. Any notices to the Contractor shall be considere8 as 071 notice to any affected subcontractors 107: Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any 1013 subcontractor and the City. 1074 No officer, agent or employee of the City, including the Engineer, shall have any power or authority 1075 whatsoever to bind the City or incur any obligation in its behalf to any subcontractor, material supplier or 1076 other person in any manner whatsoever 10;7 GP-9 OTHER CONTRACTS 1076 The City reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this work. The Contractor shall afford 1074 other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the 10610 execution of their work, and shall properly connect arid coordinate his work with theirs. 1061 If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results on the work of any other 106: contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defect in such work that 1063 renders it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. A:IJEFF.001 July 19.2001 ,0na His failure so to inspect and report all constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and ® ,09, proper for the reception of his work,except as to defects which may develop in the other contractor's work 10. after the execution of his work. 109., Wherever work being done by the City's forces or by other contractors is contiguous to work covered by ,00f this Contract, the respective rights of the various interests involved shall be established by the Engineer, ms, in order to secure the completion of the various portions of the work in general harmony. 1091; GP-10 LEGAL RESTRICTIONS, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS ,0al The Contractor shall procure at his own expense all necessary licenses and permits of a temporary nature Wgel and shall give due and adequate notice to those in control of all properties which may be affected by his ,n0" operations. Rights-of-way and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing ,,,n, facilities shall be provided by the City unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and „0r comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn or „0_" specified. IIN GP-11 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS „fu It is agreed that all royalties for patents or patent claims, infringement whether such patents are for 110, processes or devices, that might be involved in the construction or use of the work, shall be included in „0r: the contract amount and the Contractor shall satisfy all demands that may be made at any time for such 0; and shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements,and the Contractor shall at his own expense, defend any and all suits or proceedings that may be instituted at any time against the City or „nn Engineer for infringerent or alleged infringement of any patent or patents involved in the work, and in 1110 case of an award of damages,the said Contractor shall pay such award; final payment to the Contractor fill by the City will not be made while any such suits or claims remain unsettled. GP-12 SCOPE AND INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS GP-12.1 GENERAL These Specifications and Project Plans are intended to supplement, but not necessarily duplicate each other, and together constitute one complete set of Specifications and Plans so that any work exhibited in the one and not in the other, shall be executed just as if it has been set forth in both, in order that the work shall be completed according to the complete design of the Engineer. file Should anything be omitted from the Specifications and Plans which is necessary to a clear understanding of the work, or should it appear various instructions are in conflict,then the Contractor shall secure written instructions from the Engineer before proceeding with the constriction affected by such omissions or discrepancies. It is understood and agreed that the work shall be performed and completed according to the true spirit, meaning and intent of the contract, specifications and plans. GP-12.2 FIGURED DIMENSIONS TO GOVERN I„J Dimensions and elevations shown on the plans shall be accurately followed even though they differ from ,,:$ scaled measurements. No work shown on the plans, the dimensions of which are not indicated shall be executed until the required dimensions have been obtained from the Engineer. GP-12.3 CONTRACTOR TO CHECK PLANS AND SCHEDULES :A The Contractor shall check all dimensions, elevations and quantities shown on the plans, and schedules .4 given to him by the Engineer, and shall notify the Engineer of any discrepancy between the plans and the conditions on the ground, or any error or omission in plans, or in the layout as given by stakes, points, or A:VEFF.CO2 October 3,2001 l; instructions,which he may discover in the course of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to take advantage of any error or omission in the plans or contract documents, as full instructions will be furnished .. by the Engineer should such error or omission be discovered, and the Contractor shall carry out such instructions as if originally specified. 1135 The apparent silence of the Plans and Specifications as to any detail or the apparent omission from them 11.,tr of a detailed description concerning any point, shall be regarded as meaning that only the hest general practices, as accepted by the particular trades or industries involved, shall be used. .+, GP-12.4 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 117, Reference to standard specifications of any tecnnical society, organization or association, or to codes of 1140 local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentattvo spr;cifrcntion 1141 adopted and published at the date of taking bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 114; GP-13 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE AT PROJECT 11.13 The City may furnish a "Resident Project Representative" to observe the work performed under this 1144 Contract, to the end that said work is performed, in substantial accord�rnce with the plans and 1145 specifications therefor. 1146 The Resident Project Representative assumes no direction of employees of the Contractor' or 1147 Subcontractors and no supervision of the construction activities or responsibility for their safety. The sold 11411 duty of the Resident Project Representative during the construction is to the City to endeavor to protect 1149 against defects and deficiencies in the work. 1150 The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of the Resident Project 1151 Representative so appointed, when the same are consistent with the obligations of this contract and the 11C: specifications therefor, provided, however, that should the Contractor object to any order given by the 115:1 Resident Project Representative, the Contractor may make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision. 11,4 The Resident Project Representative and other properly authorized representatives of the City shall be 1155 free at all times to perform their duties, an intimidation or attempted intimidation of any one of them by the Contractor or by any of his employees shall be sufficient reason, it the City so decides, to annul tile- contract, 11511 Such resident representation shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform said work 1,511 strictly in accordance with the plans and specifications or any modifications thereof as herein provided, 116J and work not so constructed shall be removed and made good by the Contractor at his own expense, and 111,1 free of all expense to the City, whenever so ordered by the Engineer, without reference to any previous 11Cr: oversight in observation of work. Any defective material or workmanship may be rejected by the Engineer, at any time before the final acceptance of the work, even though the same may have been previously 111:4 overlooked and estimated for payment. ,11,5 The Resident Project Representative shall have no authority to permit any deviation from the plans and 1 specifications except on written order from the Engineer, and the Contractor wil; be liable for any deviation 1.„• except on such written order, 111:. All condemned work shall be promptly taken out and replaced by satisfactory work, and all condemned 111;, materials shall be promptly removed from the vicinity of the work. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to 1N0 comply with instructions in this respect the City may, upon certification by the Engineer, withhold payment 1171 or proceed to terminate contracts as herein provided. Reexamination of questioned work may be ordered by the Engineer, and if so ordered the work must be A:WEFF.0O2 October 3,2001 1fe, uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be done in accordance with the Contract DOCUrnents, the City 11,111 shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If such work be found not in accordance with the 11,19 Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost, unless he shall show that defect in the work was fill, caused by another contractor of the City and in that event the City shall pay such cost. The Contractor shall furnish samples of testrnr, purposes of any material required by the Engineer, and shall furnish any information required concerning the nature or source of any material which he proposes to use. 1114 GP-14 LINES AND GRADES ,fl'-, The Department of Public Works will set construction stakes establishing Imes, scopes, and continuous ff;8 profile grade in road work, and center-line and bench marks for culvert work, and appurtenances as may fill be deemed necessary, and will furnish the Contractor, with all necessary information relating to lines, fire slopes, arid grades, to lay out the work correctly. The Contractor shall maintain these lines, grades, and 11:9 bench marks and use them to lay out the work he is to perform under tills contract 1111 The Contractor shall notify the Department of Public Works riot less than 48 haul's before stakes are 11111 required. No claims shall be made because of delays if the contractors fail to give such notice. 1111: The Contractor shall carefully preserve stakes and beach marks. If such stakes and bench mark be-,come 1111 damaged, lost, displaced, or removed by the Contractor, they shall be reset at his expense and deducted 11114 from the payment for the work. 11115 Any work done without being properly located and established by base lines, offset stakes, bench marks, 11118 or other basic reference points checked by the Construction Representatwe may be ordered removed and 1,11; replaced at the Contractor's expense. f,aa GP-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSISIL_ITY FOR MATERIALS ,11,9 The Contractor shall be responsible for the condition of all materials furnished by hirn, and he shall 1199 replace at his own cost and expense any and all such material found to be defective in design or 9, manufacture, or which has been damaged after delivery l-his includes the furnishing of all materials arid 9: labor required for replacement of any installed materials which is found to be defective at any time prior 9, to the expiration of one year from the date of final payment 119 The manufacturer of pipe for use on this project shall certify in writing to the City that all materials furnished for use in this project do conform to these specifications Whenever standard tests are „ conducted, he shall forward a copy of the test results to the City. r9r GP-16 WATER 119 All water required for and in connection with the work to be performed sliall be provided by the Contractor at his sole cost and expense GP-17 POWER .9; All power for lighting, operation of the. Contiactor's print or oquipment or for any other use by the Contractor, shall be provided by the: Contractor ni his sole cost and Expense GP-18 SUPERINTENDENCE AND WORKMANSHIP :cc The Contractor shall keep on his work„ duruut its progress, a competent superintendent arid any necessary assistants. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions 1.� given to hirn shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. :ae The Contractor shall provide proper tools and equiprTtent and the services of all workmen, mechanics, A.\JEFF.001 July .19 2001 1:dip tradesmen, and other employees necessary in the construction and execution of the work contemplated 1.10 and outlined herein. The employees of the Contractor shall be competent and willing to perform 1711 satisfactorily the work required of them. Any employee who is disorderly, intemperate or incompetent 111: or who neglects or refuses to perform his work in a satisfactorily mariner, shall be promptly discharged. 1.117 It is called particularly to the Contractor's attention that only first class workmanship will be acceptable. 1214 GP-19 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 1:15 Whenever any street is closed, the Police Department, Fire Department, and Ambulance Services shall 121 be notified prior to the closing. When a portion of the project is closed to through traffic, the Contractor shall provide proper barricades and shall mark a detour route around the section of the project if 1.11.7 applicable. The route of all detours shall be approved by the Director of Public Works. All detour signing 171Y shall conform to the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices". Throughout the project, wherever homes are served directly from a street or portion of a street which is 1:71 to be reconstructed under this project, the Contractor shall make every effort to provide access to each home every night, This work shall be subsidiary to the construction and no direct payment will be made .1lJ for it. 1aa+ GP-20 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS 1..15 All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected ,22n by means of effective barricades on which shall be planed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall 1127 be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. 1:1A All open trenches and other excavations shall be provided with suitable barriers, signs, and lights to the 1I?Y extent that adequate protection is provided to the public. Obstructions, such as material piles and 1.170 equipment, shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. 1231 All barricades aril obstructions shall be illuminated by means of warning lights at night. All lights used 1.13: for this purpose shall be kept burning from sunset to sunrise Materials stored upon or alongside public 1.1I3 streets and highways shall be so placed, and the work at all times shall be so conducted, as to cause the 12]4 minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public. IOS All barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity y 1:]5 with applicable statutory requirements, and in conformance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control 12.17 Devices. All necessary barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices will be furnished, installed 1:38 and maintained by the Contractor. This work shall be subsidiary to the construction and no direct payment 1:.19 will be made for it ip4U GP-21 EXISTING UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS AND STRUCTURES 1:11 Pipe lines and other existing underground installations and structurca in the vicinity of the work to be done hereunder are indicated on the plans according to the best information available to the City, The City 1.4] does not guarantee the accuracy of such information. 'f he Contractor shall make every effort to locate 1:.14 all underground pipe lines, conduits and structures by contacting owners of underground utilities and by :•15 prospecting in advance of the excavation. 1:411 Any delays to the Contractor caused by pipe lines rIr other underground structures or,obstructions not 1.147 shown by the plans, or found in locations different tl,an those indicated, shall not constitute a claim for 1248 extra work, additional payment or damages. 11147 No payment will be made to the Contractor for locating and protecting utilities and cooperating with their 1.151 owners, and any damages caused to the utilities by the Contractor's negligence shall he repaired entirely 1:51 at the Contractor's expense. Utilities, other than sanitary sewe:rs ;And water mauls. which, in the opinion of the Engineer, nnust be A:\,IEFF.GQ1 ,luh 10, 2001 moved will be mowed by the utility corripany at no cost to the Contractor :unitary sewers which must be moved shall be re-Inid by the Contractor and paid for at the prices bid Only sewers which must be moved because of direct conflict with the storm sewer conduit will be paid for in this manner Sewers damaged by excavation but not in direct conflict with the storm sewer will be repaired at the Contractor's expense. GP-22 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY The Contractor shall be accountable for any damages resulting from his operations He shall be fully responsible for the protection of all persons including members of the public, employees of the City and employees of other contractors or subcontractors and all public and private property including structures, sewers and utilities above and below ground, along, beneath, above, across or near the site or sites of the work, or,other persons or property which are in any manner affected by the prosecution of the work. The Contractor shall furnish rand maintain all necessary safety equipnaE:nt such ras barriers, signs, warning lights, and guards as required to provide adequate Drotection or persoris rand property. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owner or owners of public or private properly arid utilities when such property is lial)10 to injury or damage through the performance of the work, and shall make all necessary arrangements with such owner or owners relative to thc: removal and replacement or protection of such property or utilities n• In an emergency affecting the safety of life or of the work or of adjoining property, the Contractor. without special instruction or authorization, is hereby permitted to act,at his discretion to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and he shall so act Any compensation, claimed by the Contractor on account of erergency work, shall be determined by agreement or arbitration. ,: . The Contractor agrees to hold the City harmless from any arid all lost:. or damages arising out of jurisdictional labor disputes or other labor troubles of any kind that naay occur during the construction or performance of this contract GP-23 GUARANTEE OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The Conti actor hereby guarrantee!i tile: work irl connection with this contrract aclijimA faulty materials or poor workmanship during the penod of one ('1) year raft(�r ti�E, drate O(cumpletion of file contract. GP-24 NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS Neither observation of work by the City or any of their otficials, eniployees, or agents nor any order by :y the City for payment of money, or any payment lot, Or acct placee of, the whole: or any part of the work :.: by the City, nor any extension of tune, nor rany possession token uy the City or its, employees. shall operate as a waiver Of any provision of this cc)ntracl, or at any I)owcr herein !.':7E'rveof to the City, or any right to damages herein provided. nor shall any warvc:r of early t Poach in (Iris contract be held to be a waiver of any Other Or suI)sequent i rerach :n•. GP-25 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS If desired oy the City, portions of ill(!work may be placed in service when completed or partially completed :r< and the Contractor shall give proper access to the work for this purpose: but such use and operation shall .,� not constitute an ,;acceptance of the work. rand the Contractor shall be linable for defects due to faulty construction until the entire work under till-. Contract cs tinally raccr:pted and for the guarantee period thereafter. GP-26 ADDITIONAL, OMITTF_D,_OR CHA.NGFD_WORK A.1.Il:f F COI July ,19 2001 1197 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order additional work to be done in connection with the 1194 Contract or may alter or deduct from the work, the Contract sum to be adjusted accordingly. All such work 1195 shall be executed to the same standards of workmanship and performance as though therein Included. 1196 The Engineer shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, not Involving cost, and not 119) inconsistent with the purposes of the work. 1198 Except for adjustments of estimated quantities for unit price work or materials to conform to actual pay 1197 quantities therefor as may be provided for in the Special Conditions, all changes aril alterations In the NOJ terms or scope of the Contract shall be made under the authority of duly executed change orders issued 1301 and signed by the Owner and accepted and signed by the Contractor. All work increasing the cost shall '301 be done as authorized by the Owner and ordered in writing by the Engineer, which order shall state the 063 location, character, amount, and method of compensation. No additional or changed work shall be made 001 unless in pursuance of such written order by the Engineer, and no claim for an addition to the Contract 1305 sum shall be valid unless so ordered. 096 If the modification or alteration increases the amount of work to be done, and the added work or any part 1301 thereof is of a type and character which can be properly and fairly classified under one or more unit price 1ao6 items of the Proposal, then such added work or part thereof shall be paid for according to the amount 1309 actually done and at the applicable unit price or prices therefor Otherwise, such work shall be paid for 1110 as "Extra Work" as hereinafter provided in this Article GP-26. 1311 If the modification or alteration decreases the amount of wort: to be done, such decrease shall not 1711 constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on work affected by such decrease. 1713 Where the value of omitted work is not covered by applicable unit prices, the Engineer shall determine 1711 on an equitable basis the amount of: 1715 1. Credit due the Owner for Contract work not done as a result of an authorized change 1116 2. Allowance to the Contractor for any actual loss incurred in connection with the purchase, delivery 131,' and subsequent disposal of materials or equipment required for use on the work planned and 1318 which could not be used in any part of the work as actually built. Y x119 3. Any other adjustment of the Contract amount where the method to he used in making such 1310 adjustments is not clearly defined in the contract documents. 1711 Statements for extra work shall be rendered by the Contractor riot later than fifteen (15) clays after the 1,11 completion of each assignment of extra work and if found correct will be approved by the Engineer and 1313 submitted for payment with the next regular monthly estimate. u1a The Owner reserves the right to contract with any person or firm other than the Contractor, for any or all 7:5 extra work. The Contractor's attention is especially called to the fact that he shall be entitled to no claim X15 for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of the work that may be omitted. 171' Extra Work: 1718 (a) The term "Extra Work" shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required to 13:9 accomplish any change or alteration in or addition to the work shown by the Plans or reasonably implied 1.130 by the Specifications and not covered by the Contract proposal iterns and which is not otherwise provided 1171 under this Article GP-26. 188: (b) The Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the E_nyineer when authorized by 1,131 the Owner The compensation to be paid the Contractor for performing extra work shall be determined 1..774 by one or more of the following inetheds. A:\.JEFF.CO1 July y 19, 2001 e alp 1. Method A: By agreed unit price 2. Method B: By agreed lump sum 3. Method C: If neither Method A or B can l:e agreed upon before the work is started, then the work shall be by force account as per Section 109, Measurement and Payment, of the Missouri Standard Specification for Highway CnnStrUCfiOn, as published by tho MISSOUIi State Highway and ,,,; Transportation Commission. GP-27 SUSPENSION OF WORK ,,. The Owner may at any time suspend the work, or any part thereof by giving ten (10) days notice to the Contractor in writing. The work shall be resumed by the Contractor within ten (10) days after the date fixed in the written notice from the Owner to the Contractor to do so But if the work, or any part thereof, shall be stopped by the notice in writing aforesaid, and if the Owner 134A does not give notice in writing to the Contractor to resume within a reasonable period of time, then the 1.141 Contractor may abandon that portion of the work so suspended and he will be entitled to the estimates 1.148 and payments for all work done on the portions abandoned, if any. GP-28 OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any provision of this contract, the Owner, after ten (10) days written notice to the Contractor, may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter clue the Contractor. GP-29 OWNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT „55 If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the „RF benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, 135 to supply enough properly skilled workmen or prover materials, or if he should fail to make prompt 1157 payment to subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances or the ,M, instructions of the E=ngineer, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the 136, Contract, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the ,.: Contractor five (5) days written notice. terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession , of the premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method fie may deem expedient In such case, no further payment will be rnade the Contractor until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the contract price shall exceed the expense of finishing the work, including compensation for additional managerial and administrative services, such expenses shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. GP-30 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK_OR TERMINATE CONTRACT If the work should be stopped under an order of any Court, or other public authority, for a period of three ,77, months, through no act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone employed by him, then the Contractor may, 1177 upon five (5) days written notice to the Owner and the Erigineer, stop work or terminate his contract and recover from the Owner payment for all wnrk executed and any loss sustained upon any plant or materials and reasonable profit and damages .,S GP-31 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES A,\JF-FF C01 July 19,2001 All loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work to be done, of from the action of the elements, or from floods or overflows,or from ground water, or from any unusual obstruction of difficulty, or any other natural or existing circumstances either known or unforeseen, which may be encountered in the ,.,A. prosecution of the said work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. GP-32 SUNDAY, HOLIDAY AND NIGHT WORK „N No work shall be done between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.rn., nor on Sundays or legal holidays, ,.,r„ without the written approval of the City. However, work necessary in case of emergencies or for the protection of equipment or finished work may be done without the City's approval. Night work may be established by the Contractor as a regular procedure with the written permission of the City; such permission however, may be revoked at any time by the City if the Contractor fails to maintain adequate equipment and supervision for the proper prosecution and control of the work at night. GP-33 UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS During unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other suitable construction conditions, the Contractor shall 1195 confine his operations to work which will not be affected adversely thereby. No portion of the work shall be constructed under conditions which would affect adversely the quality or efficiency thereof, unless U,>- special means or precautions are taken by the Contractor to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory mariner. GP-34 OMITTED GP-35 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Unless specifically provided otherwise in each case, all rnaterals and equipment furnished for permanent 1402 installation in the work shall be new, unused, and undamaged when installed or otherwise incorporation ,a,„ in the work. No such material or equipment shall be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than that intended or specified, unless such use is specifically authorized by the Engineer in each case. GP-36 DEFENSE OF SUITS �:. In case any action at law or suit in equity is brought against the City or Engineer or any officer or agent of thorn for or on account of the failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor to do and perform any of the covenants, acts, matters, or things by this contract underlaken to be done or performed, or for the WIN injury or damage caused by the negligence or alleged negligenco of the Contractor or his subcontractors ,„,, or his or their agents, or in connection with any claim or claims based on the lawful demands of subcontractors, workmen, material men, or suppliers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power 10CIS, and supplies incurred in the fulfillment of this contract, the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City and Engineer and their officers and agents, of and from all losses, damages, costs, expenses, judgments, or decrees whatever arising out Of such action or suit that may be brought as aforesaid, ,a,1, GP-37 CHANGE ORDER 1411 Any changes or additions to the scope of work shall be through a written order from the Engineer to the ,.1,.4 Contractor directing such changes in the work r:1s made necessary or desirable by unforeseen conditions ,,,it, or events discovered or occurring during the progress of the work, GP-38 CONTRACT TIME `rhe tirne for the completion of the work is specified and it is an essential part of the contract. The A:UEFI:.CQ2 Octobor 3,2001 .: Contractor will not be entitled to any extension of contract time because of unsuitable weather condition ® ...< unless suspension of the work for such conditions was authorized in writing by the Engineer. .:. If the time for the completion of the work is based upon workincr days, this time will be specified in the ;.a contract. A working day is defined as any day when, in the judg nent of the Engineer, soil and weather 14:Y, conditions are such as would permit any then major operation of the project for six (6) hours or over NZI unless other unavoidable conditions prevent the Contractor's operation. If conditions are such as to stop work in less than six (6) flours, the day will not be counted as a working day. 4110 No working days will be counted from December 15 to March 15, both dates inclusive. Saturdays, IJJO Sundays, and City holidays will not be counted as working days any time during the year. GP-39 CONTRACT TIME EXTENSION The Engineer may make allowance for time lost due to causes which lie deems justification for extension 14.1.1 of contract time. If the Contractor claims an extension of contract time on the grounds that he is unable 14,14 to work due to causes beyond his control, he shall state his reasons in writing, furnish proof to establish 1495 his claim and state the approximate number of days he estimates he will be delayed. Notice of intention to claim an extension of contract time on the above grounds shall be filed with the Engineer at the time 1131 the cause or causes occur and the claim shall be filed in writing within 30 days after the claimed cause IJJF for the delay has ceased to exist. 1431, GP-40 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is an essential element of the contract and it is therefore imporlant that the work be pressed 1441 vigorously to completion. Should the Contractor or in rase of default the surety fail to complete the work within the lime specified in the contract, or within such extra time as may be allowed in the manner set 1443 out in the preceding sections, a deduction of an amount as set out in the contract will be made for each �... day and every calendar day that such contract remains uncompleted after the time allowed for the 14+5 completion. The said amount set out in the proposal is hereby agreed upon, not as a penalty but as ;41,t. liquidated damages for loss to the City and the public, after the expiration of the time stipulated in the ;.ill contract, and will be deducted from any money clue the Contractor under the contract, and the Contractor 1141 and his surety shall be liable for any and all liquidated damages. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the expiration of the specified tirne, or after any extension of the 1411- time, shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the City or any of its rights under the contract. GP-41 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (a) BASIS FOR PAYMENT Contractor will be paid for quantities actually constructed or performed as determined by field 14`4 measurement (except as may be hereinafter provided) at the unit price bid for the items listed in the schedule of the Bid or for such extra work as may be authorized and approved by the Engineer. The cost a.., of incidental work not listed in the schedule of the Bid but necessary for the completion of the project shall f h be included in bid items. Wm (b) DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTED WORK If the Engineer deems it expedient not to correct work that has been damaged or that was not done in ;.;-U accordance with [lie Contract, an equilablO Cl( dUCOMI from the Contract price shall be made therefore. ;it:, (c) LUMP SUM ITEMS Payment for each lurnp sum item shall be at the lump sum bid for the item, complete in place, and shall A:UEFF.0O2 O(Aober 3,2001 s 14611 include the costs of all labor, materials, tools, acid equipment to construct the (tern as described herein 1464 and to the limits shown an the plans. 14115 (d) PARTIAL PAYMENT 1406 Partial payment will be made on a monthly basis. The payment shall be based on the work that has been 1461 found generally acceptable under the contract by the City Engineer or inspector. A retainer equal to 10% ,01111 of the amount of work completed to date shall be withheld. 14 60 (e) ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT 1410 Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Engineer will 14,71 promptly make such inspection, and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed he will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work required by this contract has been completed and is acceptable by him under the terms and 14,74 conditions thereof, and the entire balance fount) to be due the Contractor, including the retained 1475 percentage, shall be paid to the Contractor by the City of Jefferson within thirty (30) clays after the date 14 76 of said final certificate. 1471 (f) AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE W'd Monies due to the Contractor will not be delivered to the Contractor without presentation to the 14"1 Department of Public Works a Affidavit of Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law on prescribed form 1400 attached to the back of these contract documents. 14111 GP-42 RELEASE OF LIABILITY 148.1 The acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment shalf operate as and shall be a release to the 1411J Owner and every officer and agent thereof, from all claims and liability to the Contractor for anything done 1404 or furnished for, or relating to the work, or for any act or neglect of the Owner or of any person relating 14115 to or affecting the work, 411,, GP-43 CERTIFICATIONS 1411: GP-43.1 All suppliers of materials such as drainage pipe or handrail and all suppliers of asphaltic 41111 concrete or portland cement concrete mixtures shall certify in writing that the product as ,4f1• supplied conforms fully with these specifications. SUCK certif lcation shall be. delivered IJ!h) in triplicate to the Department of Public Works at least 2.1 hours before the product is to 14.11 be used on the project. 140.1 GP-43.2 The City, at its option, may perform or have performed such tests as may be deemed ,411.1 necessary to further assure that only specified materials ate rncorpotated into the work, 1414 GP-44 LOCAL PREFERENCE 141.5 In making purchases or in letting contracts for the performance of;:try job or service, III0 purchasing agent 144•, shalt give preference to all firms,corporations or Individuals which niainttlin Offices car plaCeS of business 149,7 within the corporate limits Of the City of Jefferson, when the quality of the corrtmoclity or performance 14911 promised is equal or better and the price quoted is the same or less. ,4>• GP-45 PREFERENCE FOR U.S. MANUFACTURED GOODS 151h On purchases in excess of$5,000, the City shall select products Manufactured, assembled or produced 57), in the United States, if quantity, quality, and price are equal. Every contract tot public works construction A:�JEFF.0O2 Oclobor 3,2001 r ® s.: or maintenance in excess of$5,000 shall contain a provision requesting the contractor to use American products in the performance of the contract, GP-46 AWARD OF CONTRACT- REJECTION OF BIDS t All biddors arc) required to submit with bid Minority Businoss Unterprisc C_-ligibility Forms for all 9 subcontractors rind suppliers who the contractor intends to use on the project. Corn pliarice with this 5 requirement and the Minority Business Enterprise Prograin shall be a consideration for aw-ird of this contract. The contract will he awarded to the) lowest and hest responsible bidder on the base bid proposal, complying with the conditions of the Advertisornent for hid; and Specilicalions, providing the bid is reasonable and it is in the interest of thr.• City of Jefferson,Missouri to,accept wane. i•he bidder to wham an award is made will be notified at the earliest possible date, The Gity of Jefferson, however, reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive all informalities in bids received whenever sur..h rejection or waiver is in their interest. GP-47 AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLIC WORKS' CONTRACTS LAW Upon completion of project and prior to final payment, each contractor and subcontractor hereunder shall fill file with the City of Jefferson, Missouri, Public Works DepartrTient, an affidavit stating that the contractor or subcontractor has fully complied with the provisions and requirOnlOnts of Section-290.290, RSMo (1994 as amended), an act relating to Public Works contracts. The City of Jefferson shall not rs,uc a final payment until such affidavit is filed. GP-48 MISSOURI LABORER REQUIREMENT Whenever there is a period of excessive unemployment in MISSOLin, which is defined as any month immediately following two consecutive calendar monflls during which the level of unemployment in the State has exceeded five percent (50/'0) as measured by the U.S. f3ureau of Labor Statistics in its monthly publication of employment and unemployment figures, only Missouri labc:,rers or laborers from non- restrictive slates may be hirers by the contractor or subcontractors to work,on this PUNIC Works' contract. An oxception :,hill exist when Missouri laborers or laborers from non-restrictive slates ;ue not availablr? • or arc) mrapable or porfonnulg the particular type of work involved, if so certified by the contractor or subcontrarlor horminder and approved by the Public Works Director of the City of Jellemon, Missouri. .••r. Nor dow, this provl!;ion oppty to rocjlilEaily employed non-resident rix('culwe, M)[WIVISOry Or' technical personnel or projecft; where federal ,.ild funds are being utilized ul isle. ncl ,Intl this provisum would conflict with any Iederal slatuto, rule or regulation. Laboron. Irons non-w-Alic live states file ans persons who are resident; of 1.1 state which hits not enactod state laws rostncling Missouri laborers frorn working on puhhc works projecis in thirst stalo, as determined by the Misr;oun Labor Lind Industrial Relations Commission. A Missouri laborer moan; any pemon who lla,-, reE;ided In Missouri for of toast thirty(30) days mid intends to horome or rom ain a Mls;ioun resident. GP-49 LIABILITY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLIC_ WORKS CONTRACTS LAW AND MISSOURI LABORER REQUIREMENT �� ,,,, In the event a contractor or subcontractor hereunder files with the City of Jefferson inn affidavit stating that the contractor or subcontractor has fully complied with the provisions and requiranonts of Section 290.290, RSMo (1994 as amended), when in fract the contractor or subcontractor has no! complied, to the extent that any liability is assessed against the City of Jelferson, Missouri, or any additional expense; tali are incurred by the City of Jefferson, MISSOUri, any Contriartor making the false statement, or whose! subcontractor makes a false statoment, shall hold harnlles; and Indemnify the City for any liability assessed against it or ,any additional expenses incurred. A:,fEFI CO:' Ocloiu,r:i,.'ooi ;ago Any contractor who fails to comply with the requirements of hiring only Missouri laborers or laborers from non-restrictive states,absent statutory exceptions,whenever there is a period of excessive unemployment In Missouri, agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City of Jefferson, Missouri, for any liability that may 15.7' be assessed against it or any additional expenses incurred by the City of Jefferson, Missouri, because 1517 of the contractor or subcontractor's failure to comply. 15.1 END OF GENERAL PROVISIONS AAJEFF.CO1 July 19, nol 155, SPECIAL__PF2f7Vl�l_O.NS FORWARD: The provisions of this section take precodenco over any other provisions in these specifications. SP-1 PARTIAL_ACCEPTANCE ISO The City reserves the rignt to accept any part or all of ttio bid for plcject 1559 SP-2 PREVAILING WAGE.LAW Bidders are hereby advised that compliance With the Prevalling vvt](](,- l.aw. Sections 290.'.)10 through 290.340 inclusive oftliefReVIFP-(J Statutes OfMl',';OLITI of this contract. (Reference Section 113-20) Section 290 265 requires that a cleaily legible statement of all pinviiilino Hourly wage rates shall be kept posted in a prominent and easily accessible place;)t this site by each 15A5 contractor and subcontractor engaged in public works projects, ,anti that such notice shall 1501 remain posted during the full time. I561 SP-3 PROOF OF INSURANCE I"be All certificates of insurance provided for this project shill be issued directly from the company affording coverage Certification from 3 local agent IS not acceptable without the necessary paperwork empowering and authorizino the agent to sign the surety's 1511 name. In addition, when an aggregate arnoUlIt IS MGILKIed r] -*ItClIlellt Of the DRIOUnt of that 5' aggregate available to date shall also be attached SP MAILBOXES If U.S. Postal Service access to any mailboxes will be inteiiul)Wd (IIII'My C.0111AILIG11C)II, the Contractor shall contact the U.S. Postal Service to deteflillile where the mailboxes should be set during construction. Mailboxes shall be reset at appropriate locatian!5 by the Contractor once- work I,,; complete Any materials damaged by the Contractor shall be repk.iced with mateiial of better of equal type and quality at the Contractor's expense. SP-5 ACCESS TO ADJACENT-.PROPERTIES , Prior to the removal of the driveways to any dwellings or bUlIdIfIgS, tl'W C OntI-MIOI' shall notify the inhabitants Of such structures that the use Of ill e: driveways or access will be temporarily affected. Notice shall he of sufficient length to allow the persons affected to reri-iove, vehicles and other iten'is that may be inaccessible during construction activities. 1689 Pedestrian access shall be maintained at all times Suitable access shall be provided Uhl across trenches, ditches or other barriers and obstacles for pedestrian traffic. Appropriate devices shall be used to warn If)(., public of the dangers that may be present A:\JEFF CO I July 20, 2001 J tau, SP-6 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES Surface water shall be diverted and otherwise prevented from entering or damaging adjacent property as a result of precipitation during construction. IGVJ SP-7 UTILITIES 1885 Underground obstructions and utility facilities known to the Carty are indicated on the plans. 1548 The locations and elevations thereof are shown on the basis of information furnished by 1897 utility companies and others, and are not guaranteed to be either complete or correct. :GVf The Contractor shall notify utilities prior to excavating and make arrangements for their soo field location and marking of their facilities within the limits of the area or trench to be 1800 excavatc.�d. reol The Contractor shall expose all utility crossings to establish location and depths prior to 180: construction and shall exercise care to avoid damaginq them SP-8 REPAIR OF DRIVING SURFACE. 1804 All sections of pavement damaged or removed during construction shall be replaced in r�,+ accordance with the following requirements: ,(rpG Existing 180, Pa_v_ent(-,tit Fuse: Surface 1G0e PCC Street 61, PCC 180 Bituminous Street 5" PCC 1-Y:" AC: 1810 Cold mix shall be used on a temporary basis when asphaltic concrete hot mix is not 611 available. The cold mix shall be removed and the permanent hot mix shall be installed when it becomes available. nu Chat drives, alleys, and parking areas shall he resurtaced with Crushed stone in the 1G/J areas disturbed. 16,+ In all areas disturbed by construct on activities, replracument and tepair of the driving X816 surface shall be SUbsldial'y to construction. 161, SP-9 ADJUSTMENT,OF UTILITY SERVICES 816 The necessary adjustment of utility services such '.IS water. (IaS, tCi101)hcnae, and electric., including meters valves and Other appurienances shall be subsidiary to the work. IG1. SP.-10 SUBSURFACE INFORMATION 1871 Certain subsurfaCe information has been obtained at, or in the vicinity of, the Site of the Work. Cupies of such stbsurface information will be issued only to prospective Bidders who request such subsurface information and sign a receipt therefor. f'here is no 8:4 express or implied guarantee as to the accuracy or completeness of the subsurface 18.8 information, nor the intFrpretataon thereof by the City, thr:� Engineer, or any of their IG:B representatives. The. subsurface information or copies thereof dc) t>,pt forni a part of this 8r or' any contract dOCUment issued by the City or Engineer A:\JEFF.COi July ?U, 2001 SP-11 CONSTRUCTION STAKING The Contractor will be responsible for all construction staking. .677 SP-12 CORPS OF ENGINEERS PERMIT 16].9 The provisions, general conditions, and special conditions of the United States Army 1691 Corps of Engineers Permit Number 200100890 as issued to the City of Jeff erson,Missouri (676 shall be part of the contract requirements for this project. A copy of the executed permit 1675 is included as part of this Special Provision. Pursuant to the conditions of this permit, the MR City will retain an archaeologist who shall be available during construction to respond to W38 archaeological issues which may arise. 1679 SP-13 MISSOURI DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES REQUIREMENTS 1640 The Missouri Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) issues permits for storm water 1691 discharges through the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System under the Clean 1": Water Act. For any land disturbance activities that impact five or more acres, permit $6+) MO-R101000 must be obtained from MDNR. The permit requires a Storm Water 1044 Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP)be developed before a permit can be issued and prior 1645 to commencement of construction. The SWPPP requires the permittee to use Best (646 Management Practices (BMP's) to reduce the amount of sediment and other pollutants 1647 in the storm water runoff from land disturbance activities during construction. The ,648 permittee must fully implement the provisions of the SWPPP required under the general I 64 permit throughout the duration of all land disturbance activities during construction. As fes'? part of these requirements, the Contractor shall provide to MDNR completed Forms E WWI (Application for General Permit) and G (Application for Storm Water Permit under the 1652 General Permit: Land Disturbance). The Contractor shall also prepare a SWPPP X653 containing BMP's to control erosion and sedimentation to be maintained and implemented 654 at the project site during all (and disturbance activities until the land is stabilized and 1655 construction is completed. 0656 END OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS A:UEFF.CO1 April '12,2002 DEPARTMENT (:3F* THE ARMY KANSAS CITY DISTRICT, CORPS OF ENGINEERS STATC REGULATORY PRO13FIAM OrricE - Missnum 221 HOLIVAR STRcr-T, SUITE 1 03 JV.FFCn90N CITY, Missnum G5 I LJ I RVILY TO 10 September 2002 ArTI:t4TION QV: Missouri State Rt--2g- ular-ory Officr. (200100890) (COLE, MO, NW 12) .7" G Mr. Steve Yonker, Project Manager Burns & McDonnell 9400 Ward Parkway Kansas City, Missouri 64114 -3319 Dear Mr . Yonker : This is in response to your company' s letter rQceived on March 12 , 2001, as the authorized agent for the city of Jefferson City, requesting a Department of the Army (DA) permit, determination concerning proposed regional sewer arid trf-:.Ftt:ment improvemeni--s by the citv in an area referred t-o as "Algoa" . The proposed project involves construction of two (2) new putrip stations, a new outf-all st-.,-i..-,cture , threi.a (3 ) sewei: lines and modification,-:; Lo exisi--inq sewaqt.--, lagoons . The project. wiil include cons ruc, ion and the discharge of fill. riiaLerial below the ordinary high wan- (O[iW) mark in the Missouri River near river mile 137 . 0 , Rising C'reek. and an adjacent wet land in S«�ctions 1.9 and 20 , Town.,;hip 44 north, Range 10 west , Cale County, Missouri . Any work, or ,,t:ru(:.*,t:ures in, over, or under a nzwivigabl,_ water of the United State.,:-, prior au-Lhorizat:ion from thy' Corps of Enaineers under- Section 10 of the Rivers and liarbors Act of 1899 (33 USC 10.3 ) . The. Mlissouri River has been det-.ermined to be a navigable- watr--r. A.I.so, Section 404 of th( Cltn,:tn Act (331 USC 134,1 ) , ttlhich is adm.--' nistered under Fc-d(,.�ral '33 CFIR 320-"3-110 , prcv-; (es of wi-t:h jurisdiction all w.a-ers of the st:.at-es . I,I I e':3 provisions re qu.iro froth t7l1c--! Co2:"1"-)s 011- Enginc-ers for of- dre'd :mod or f1.11 mat-'.-?rial in waters of the United ].ncluding we't:).and's . The enciased d!.-.scribes wagers of the Uri,*-t--e6 Stat:es on the projt--!ct Al:"-,c,, t i i e enc'4.os"6�6. Nctilication Adminisr-rative t'%ppeal Opt- ion`,. and Process and Request. fc,r Apue�al f(:)rrn WORM) YOU1. Opt-iOIIS in Section D of the FORM. If. You chonse to and you have new information concerning the elevation of the ONWMI, you should complete Sec-Lion Il of 'Llie. FORM and return the FORM to t-his office . if you choos--e to appeal , but: have no n(7.-"i information, please submit the completed FORM ciirect-.1-y to U. S . Army Corps of • y Engineers, Commander, Northwestern Division (ATTN: CENWD-MR-ET- C) , 12565 West Center Road, Omaha, NE 68144-3869 . We have rev.i.ewed, your r!�Va.sf''d project plans provided to us by letter dated June lei, 2001, and we have reviewed and accept your wetland delineation cf.` the project area provided to us by letter dated rPaly 30 , 2001 . Also, we have completed our consultation with the 0sagc*! Native American Tribe of Oklahoma, and have satisfactorily resolved the tribe' :.: cultural resource issues for purposes of Section 1.06 of the National Historic Preservation Act and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation regulations 36 CFR part 800, provided you resolve the tribe ' s concerns . Based on our recent telephone conversation with Allen Garner.', Jefferson City Counselor, it is our understanding that the city has agreed to fulfill all five (5) conditions listed in the tribe ' s letter to us dated August" 30 , 2001 (Appendix I) . Therefore , we have determined that construction of a force main sewer line and a outfall structure designed with a 40-foot wide outlet canal using approximately 53 cubic yards of riprap is aut-har i.zed by nationwide permit (NWP) No. 12 , provided you adhere: to all 5 conditions listed in the Osage Tribe' s August 30 , 2001. , letter. YOU rnusL also ensure that. the candit: ons 1.istr:d in the enclosed copy of excerpts from tl:(: March 9, 2000 Federal Register, Final Notice of Issuance and Mcdi.ficaLi.orl of Nationwide Per'mi.ls (65 FR 12893) are met . General condition 14 require.,--, you, to sign and Submit the enclosed "Compliance Certi.f i.cat1C)nll upon completion of the author.1 wo]-k an(.I any required miLigcttlC. n . :Lrl clddi r_it�n LC,, thy, c4rnoral condition of t'.hc. I)t 1"In..t , the fol.l.taw.inct l:;t_,(!c.i. :al :una.i.i-ic>u aT:r>l.ic :. to your Pr'Ujc:(-t_ 1:eglirdilic Sect-ic,n 10 of t:.l1t;: f..iv and H 71 L})o:rs Ar..L , 'Phe t:;crnl t:.t•.t_;: 4 undersr..ando and .lcaz+.,c.r ghat:: , if futI-.L a:c c)T>+: r lt.i.on: h ,- thc: United utdtwS requil.'(? 1:llt L'+;:III< V"i }, , r .l_C:cation, or C :f7+:;].: %11. 1:(:?'Lit _i.0%n, of the struct.,ure or wt":}].'i ll+:`? ':'..1.t7 lt.lttlOr� �;+-:d, oL' -J [, il, t.ht:' <Jl'iJ.!'l.LOn of tn:. S(.1creta y C.)!: t:li !:wy or his, iauthoriz-ed 1't'.I)'_'.'1,..+ :I11 c.it l `✓t:; , :;c`ild st2:L1(:t:l.li" ? (7'. W::;I:i: :.illi.l1..1. C.:+-.it.l., L1I11:'Ci.1:iCn }:>1C) C:l:): t 2"11 t::t: a.t:'Ci t_C:• t l]( frr-_ . waters, th�: w:.l.y i;t_ corps, C!1: t.('1 ..'C-MCVE , W or 1:); C7 ✓ C�17 ll 1.C711f; t".iLl .f::Ci there,h-, wi. 1--iK:)ut: (-XI**•.%-:":r,. C,) Lh?. -! UII'li Led ::it" 1L"!"� 1`1 o c 1 all be . � r. _ t.i.It . ll� nia(i aCTcl.i.tl:3t t't: :' tlI":],t: .'�1 :;'.: :1 UP iCC:OUIl Gl' lI7'J :'..C�ll i:,.--- oval- or alterati.�n . This M�'1^ :':'_2':.:: .i ,ah'1C�I1 r+:'.(Tuirc.'.s yo1.1L' t:.'Ullll>.L.lcl!1CC with the f o 1.1.o w 111 g s:i.U, IS,T.)(--:C_3,L I C.,C)rl C11 ca :'C�L! rl1Ll:'St L1:=:Its (:Y;1.y g'L'c1dE:i1 I:C>CK :and/UZ' Gu.:a'r1"y-ruI: rock for riprap . h,l: nt�it:t:2."i.:=t�. mtl.:;t b( reasonalJ.ly we.11. gr�zci+ C:.3 , consisting of p.i.t=c-.ts varying :il: :: 1'.:t f rom 20 pounds ut,` LC) and inCluding at least-- 50 TaC�USit:l T' +:'C:F ;; , aC'r.t'r c11.1y, thy.: maximum w(,AcTht.-. of any piece=, should not. bce r!r:; :+:: L,rl<an 500 pounds . G-ravel and dirt should not exceed 15�: of t:tl( t.ut:a". fill volume . b. The rock lined outfall canal muSt rl:.;1-*01'1ci to the; government revetrii nt with the riprap blanket at. tho outf:all 2 . 5- feet thick. at the juncture point . C . You must. contact Mr . Drive, Sheridan t:lf: our Missouri River Area Office at '790 E;a^t 224 Highway, Napoleon, Misssoura. 64074 , telephone No. r)rior to completing work along the Missouri. River to coordinat(-- the disposal 01_ �)ny rock, moved from the government revetment . Rock removed from the govr .rnriient- revetment r.e' iai.n :: the property of the US Governtiier-,L . This NWP �✓e-ri.ficat:.ion is valid for a period of two years from the date of this latter. Should your proji�ct plans charige or if your activity is not corTlplete within this two year period, you must contact. this office for another permit. determl,AiaL:iozi . Although an .individual. DA permit is, not. xe-qui.ri:d, ot:hotr Federal, state and/or local permits may be req_Iir !d . You should verify this yourself . The Missouri Department: of Natural Resources (MDNR) has certified that this NWP will. not violates e::i.sting state water quality stand irds provided you comply with the conditions included in th�z!ir attached All conditions included in the water quality certification become conditions of the 1,TWP Authorization, please carefully revi(�w al.l coridi.t:ions associated with this NI-IP . If you have:: .-ally qut::::rt_-A.ons, concerning state water qu,-=tl.i_ty stardslyds or compliance i :_>::T.1F :; with the associclted certification ct�nd.itionc, corit:nct: MI)NR at: 573 - 751-7428 , Watcr Pollution c.•ollt..roi Proq.r;.lnl, P.C:) , I._;:< 176 , Jefferson City, MO G_5102-017f-7' . Mr. Jane::, A. }'tE cC:':., ISI1Vi!'C)n[lU. 211'. il. Prot(2c,t: :1.(:)n ,=pec'.Lali.st , rev1E'wed t:hk' i.Itil')Y'rnr"iL" an i1lUrn'shed L1Tld mild(.'. t'.Jl.l:+ (.i4'.ti'rTI1.i11,11..--i.on . If you 11aVi3 any quest:.' CCTICer•Illi"1C; t.121li llliltt;r_1.'r 1 1 ?i:1:�C' [eel free to cc.'>rtt:ilc- Mr . r=t 1cf }. :r_ 5'7_. -63,! —193'1 (PT,:. 1:7-1, .634 .-T)(10) . Ell cl0SLlr.e? Missouri t7i 1:i Flr"t.lib: 21t. o". wo;cncic7:>l.:z .:•s s n • f.1.aCJll2;1 Di'rlr3I'ttili3llt:: C3:: C.:On.�_rviit:2..CJi1 W'7/C'.l1C_l.Ciit12'+ .`:� City o IJ1c/cea till'•Ilt of: 3;i0 East' <e,t. Jef.L'=-1'SUI1 C t: , MID 65...0 1 4:�r :i 'l.o.s1':1-r:S ATTEN : Tom nt: A].lvr: Ci�tz :tc..•_ Osage Trib'al Council 8.13 Grandview, P.O. Sox 779 P,dwhueka, OK 7405G ATTEN: Anthony P . Whitehorn FO-MO wo/encloh-ure RE-C wo/enclosure r : i , CHARLES a. TILLMAN, JR. APPENDIX' I ..4EMBERS OF COUNCIL Principal Chief S"L OF KENNETH H.BIGHOIZSE JOHN P.EMU--Y CAMILLE W.PANGOURN HARRY RED EAGLE, JR. JOHN W.TALI_CHIEF Assistant Principal Chief JOE A.TRUMBLY EVERETT IA.WALLER GEORGE J.WALLER ROSEMARY WOOD OSAGE TRIBAL COUNCIL. 8-30-2001 U.S.Army Corp of Engineers Missouri State Reguhdory Office 221 Bolivar Str=t Jeffmon City, Mo 65101 At= James Ptaer-k RE: Algoa Sewer Project Dear Mr. Ptncck: The Osage Tribe of Oklahoma has evaluated the above reSeTmce sites, and we have determined that this bite does have religious or cultund sigrdfacanee to the Osage Tribe being our forme rest -vation &homeland- The Osage Nntion would ask that the following l^.ms arc included when the Corp issues permits on this projert- r l. The Osage Tribe would like to be notified when the project starts. The tntic also ne°.-ds to be given time line for this project. 2. The Osage Tribe would ask that an archeologist be on site during the trenching;of the discharge line into the Missouri.River. This would be f in the treatment facility to the river. 3. If at any time during the work on this project expose any archeological materials, such as bone, lottery, chiprpcd stone, etc., we ask that constrmetion activities cease, and this office be contncted so that an evaluation can be made. 4. We ask that wh= any materials are found SHJ'O. the local autbor tics and the Osage Nation be notified through Councilman Everett NL Waller and Anthony 11, Wlaite:.ho. at 813 Grandview Pawhuska. OK 74056,phouc(918) 287-1085, cell (918) 625-0177. S. The Osage Trbc would like SHPO to collect hold remains for Tribe until repatriation efrorts can occur. If you have any questioner plcasa contact our office (918) 287-1 085. Osagc Tribal Council, YO. Box 779, PawhusLa. OK 74056, (918) 287-1085, FAX(918) 287-2257 Principal Chief, 62-7 Grandview, Pawhuska, OK 74056, (9l 8 287••1128, FAX (918) 287-1259 5EP-10-2001 0935 CITY OF JEFFERSON FINANCE 5736346329 P.03iO3 { APPENDIX I ' r, s?:rt SInCCY'GIY 'r., Everett M. Waller Osage Tribal Council cc: Brant V011man SHPO AUcn Gm= City ofJcf arson Thomas B.Jones City of Jefferson r . yr - v t C� Mcl Cun.hm Co+.rnur Swpn .,,M.MAIvhiu•.birr lw PRI D,JF f' .,l = ` ITT OF NATURAL RESOURCES DIVISiOh OF EN-VIRONTr;.r'..?MId.QUALITY - 7 l 1M. Box 11 Jc'esnn Cry; O 65102.01 76 June 7, 2000 Colonel George H. Hazel - - District, Engineer I pU x; �� tg ZI jl�l l U,S, Army Corps of Engineers Kansas City District 700 Federal Building Kansas City, MO 64106-2896 Re: Water Quality Certification for Newly Issued Nationwide Perini:s Dear Colonel Haul: This water quality certification is issued in response to the issuance of the nation"rvlJe pc;;,,it5 (?,AVPs) issued on March 6, 2000. The `Water Pollution Control Program of the '"Iissouri DC-w-:-.rent of?`latural Resources has worked with the five Corps districts in Missouri; and the, resource agencies over the past several vicars toward developing a nationwide permit prorrram that both accomplishes the economics of general permits while provicing the required prose-ion the state and nation's water resources. The issuance of these new pe r-nits and the issuance of;his wrier comity certificatior, for those permits continues that process, On April ?0 2000, the department sent a letter to you that ccrttained a brief discussior. o'the conditions that were being considered for including in the water quality certification. '!",,its ,rtter rccucsted ccmmcnts on the draft conditions from the Corps M Engineers and of:ared to meet to discuss any concerns the Corps might 'gave, We received no written response r any rc quest to meet Torn any of the the e Co:rs divisions or rvie Corps districts. The dcpar.mcnt a;,,c contacted the four other Carps districts in Missouri for ccrnments and was informed that the Kansas City District was tal:inr, the lead and would provide cor-iments for the five Missouri districts. SiZ did solicit verbal comments `ram Cots sta_F. mernber; and have taken those comments into account in the final certification as presented below This office certifies that the ongoin^ r.-;ivities ap.pr:rently will not cause the goner-al or numeric criteria to be exceeder' nor impair bene-51cial uses established in Water Quality Standards, 10 CSR 70-7,031, provided tilt: conditions in this letter and eaclosurus are met. The existing %vater quality certifications for existing nationwide perrnits (a, 7, 12, and 14) is renewed, with the additional considerations or changes as noted below. The ccnditions for these existing or revised certifications arc: enclosed. Mining activities si^iiar to those proposed to be authorized by N-WP 44 wt;re previously certified as General Permit 34M, rind thusc sarne conditions appear to have continuing applicability, For some <J .. ,i'1.:fir:f•' f�yJ r..�;„'.✓ Colonel George H, Hazel Page 2 NWPs this certification includes individual review by this office for any project located in or along a water listed as impaired pursuant to Section 303(d) for contaminants that are involved in the permitted activity, including but not fin, itcc to sediment, flow alteration, nutrient enrichment, suspended solids, habitat destru=.ien, temperature and dissolved n�:ygen. For MVPs 12, 14, 39, 40, 43, and 44, these activities will not be authorizo-d under certification if the activities are located in or occurs within two miles upstream ofa designated outstanding state or natien4l resource area nr, a stream segment listed as being in non-attainment under the Clean Water Act, Section 303(d) for any ofthe following: sediment, flow alteration, nutrient enrichment, suspended solids, habitat less, tcrnperature and low dissolved oxygen levels, Also enclosed are the watct quality certification conditions for each of the new nationwide permits, Water Quality Standards must be mct during any operations authorized by these per mi:s. If compliance with Water Quality Standards is not maintained, you will be notified and the certification for any specific proj=6 or for the use of the ?NrP may be withdrawn. The Depa-trnent ef'Natural Resources can pursue a civil action under Section 644.076, RSMe, through the Attorney General of Missouri or the county prosecuting anorncy for violations of Missouri Clean Water Law, regulations, or water quality standards, and.assess civil penalties of:10,000 per day o, any par- thereof during the time that a violation has occur,ed or conti:.ues to occur. This certification is issued under the authority a:Section 401 of Public Law 95-2"1 7, the Clear, Water Act of 1977. This certification or arty condition may be appealed to the N-fissouri Clean Water Commission pursuant to state reg-,Jaticn 10 CSR 20-6.060. Authorization of an activity by this certification does not authorize the "take" of a sta:u listed endangered species under, the Wildlife Code ofMissour:, nor does it imply %v,E-,, any other state or local, recuircmerns. Uthere are any ccricer;is With these conditions Or :7005 :o make i:]Odi ca-icnc, please zontact tl' s o$'iee at your earliest convenience. Sincerely, «VATER POLLUTION CONTROL 1 ROCP�kN1 Edwin. II f;.l:;ght Director EDK;I vd Enclosures c; Corps Divisions Corps Districts FWS, hOC, EPA Missouri General Water Quality Certification Conditions for:v"WP 12, Utility Line Activities I. This certification does not authorize any water withdrawal, 2. Material resulting from trench excavation may not be temporarily sidecast into a water of the state for more than one month. 3, The use of nrouted rirrap is prohibited w.Jcss specifically authorized as part of an engineered strscti:rc, 4 This eerti7eation is not valid for more than a total o."300 feet of utility cressi.n!35. 5. Access roads shall be constructer.' as nea: as possible to perpertdieular to the stream. 6. Directional boring under the stre-= bed to avoid impacts to waters of the state, is recol-t.*nended. For utility crossings that inust disturb the strea.rnbed, work shell be conducted in such a mu mer as to seal off the work area from now while allowing stream flow to pass in a separate channel. This tcciz iquc is generally known as "flurting." 7. Utility line crossings shall be placed as close to perpendicular as possible, and be limited to a maximum crossing length of nc more than: one and one-half times the width, of the stre=, . S, No utility lines shall be buried bc!ow the ordinary high water mark (OF."WNf) in any channel except for crossings as described above, 9. Ca:c sh;Il be taken to keep mac,.i'Ic y out of the waterway as much as possible. 10. Fuel, oil, other petralcu^.-t products, equipment and any solid waste shall not be stored below the 0IiW;4 at any tirne or in the adiacrnt floodway beyond normal working }tours, 11, Petroicun products spi?Ied into any waterbody or on the banks where the material may enter wat%rs of the stag: shall be itrrneciatcly clesncd up and disposed of properly. I Z. Clearing of ve-setationIrrces shall be the minimum necessary to accomplish the activity. 33. The riparian area, banks, etc., sna!! be restored to a stable: condition to protect water quality as soon as possible. Seeding ,;,uic;.ins and needed feriiliration shall be within 3 days of final contourin—, On-site insoections 0,.these areas shall be conducted as necessary to ensure Successful revegetation and stabilization, and to ensure that erosion and deposition of soil in waters of the state is not occurring frorn this project. 14. Orly clew, nonpolluting fill she-11 be used. 15. Work shall be conducted during Jow flow whenrvcr possible, NWP 12, Utility Line Activities Paste 2 16, The following are not suitable as bank stabilization materials and si^,all not be used; earthen fIl, gravel, broken concrete where the rnajority of material is less than 12 inches in diameter, concrete with exposed r ubar, asphalt, tires, vehicles or vehicle bodies, construction or demolition debris or liquid concrete, including grouted riprap Recycled concrete may be used provided that it is clean materi,JJ broken into appropriately sized pieces of riprap with no protruding, re,har 17 ,A 1y land dist-irbance activities distturbinr 5 or more acres of total area for-,he entire project requires a storm water pe„ni; from the Water Pollution Control Progr=, (A,PCP) for land disturbance activities, Note that this is 5 acres of area disc urbed for the total project, not 5 acres of waters of the United States. In this regard, please contact the WPCP a; (573) 751-68:5. 18, 'The str'e-am, bed gradient shall not be altered during projIcct constn,ctlon, 19. The per;nitteV is required to restore the construction area to pre-construction condition, including di grang to original contours and revcL7ctation immediately upon completion ofthe project, except for pe,=Janent above-ground fills. 20. Nor.-structural measures such a.s riprap andlor vegetation shall be used to stabilize banks. 21, This water quality certii~,cation is not valid for Tiny Section 404 per;rut issued on a water listed as impaired pursuant to Section 303(d) for contaminants that are involved in the pert-tined activity, including but not IL itcd to scdi::,cnt, flow alteration, nutrient cru-ichment, suspended solids, habitat destruction, temperature and dissolved oxyg::n or if the activities are located in or occurs 2 miles upstream of a designated outstanding state or national resourcc are, (10 CSR 20-7,031). EAC_'ERPT'S FRO NI MARCH 9, 2000 T+EIDEITZAL REIGTS'T FAA C. Nationwide Permit General C'unrlilions The following general conditions must he followed in order tt,r any' rurthorizatiurl by an N'WWP to he valid: 1. Navicuation. No activity may caltsc more than a mirsinull adverse effect on 11uvigatiorf. 2. Proper Maintrn"Ificv. Am,structure or fill authorized shall he properly ►naintained, includilw maintenance to ensure public 3. Soil [ rosion rruO_Sc(lirtlellf Colltrolis. Appropriate soil erosion and wdinrcnt controls nfust he used and maintained Ill effective uperatinfr condition consuructiou. and all exposed soil and other fills. as \vcll as any work bClow ►hc ordinary hiVh water mark or hi<<h tide line, must he pernuuncnlly st;thilixs d at the earliest practicable date. 4. A(matic T,ife Movements. No activity may Substantially disrupt the movement of those species o1• acltlatic life indigenous to the waterbudy, includim, those species which normally migrate through the area, unless the activity's primary purpose is to impound water, Culverts placed in streanns 11111st he installed to maintain low flow Conditions. 5. I?�ti lment. I leavy equipment working in wol;lnds Must he placed on rn;w,, or other nlcastrres 11111st he taken to minimize soil disturbance. 6, ltc Lail and Case-Irv-(�;►se Conditin_r>s. Thu aclivit� nlu:;t conlpi with anv rrfcinna) cnndiliun:; which may have been added by the division cnf�i11cer(sce ;3 C'I�h .;3t).•I(c)) and with urn' cnsc specific conditions added by the Corps or lly life State or tribe in [Is Section 101 water quality c:ertilica(ion and Coastal /_one: ti•tanae;enlcnt ?1ct cnnsistencv dcterluinatinrl. NVild alid Sccnie• Mvcr•s. No act 101%, of:n, occur in a c(m1poli nt id,file N;Ition;d Wild and Seethe Diver SN-stems•, or in a rivel off7ciall\ dcsif tared hw CMIPreY; iv: a ":,turf\ river,, for possible inclusion in file systcnt, while the river is in an olliciul s►udv state:;; unfvss the appropriafc FCc.lcral akwilcy, with dircca nl.urlgenlent responsibility for :,itch river, has detcrnfined in wri(in.L" that Ihe pr•opowd activity will IIot adversely affect the w IId and Scenic Diver cIk.-J IIIIIiceI), or ;tudw stattns. IIIfi,rn►ation on \Wild ;n d Scenic Divers 11mv he obtained from tic appropriate I eder;d land ulaluwf etnent :suvnCv its the urea (e.g., National Park Service. (!.`;. I orv:;l Serwicc, HWIC:at of kII)d \I:ufaauntem, l t.`;, I-ish and Wildlii'c Service), S. Trilml lti. lets. Noactivit u' it:. c1}eratocn nln, unpuir rr,er\cci uilc:el rit,lu,, includin;c, hilt not linsnc"d to, reserved water livid. and recut. i'i"him, and 11111111w, I,aft1 :. (a) hl certain St:ucs and Irih:d 1;mdr; ;ul inchv idu;:1 1111 water clualit", cvrtilication trust he (b) For NWI's 1 2. H, 1 iS, t'), 4U, •! :. I. , and •4 {. where Ihe Stale or tribal 101 e:ertiGcmiors wither Lencrically ur indiwidtI:IH ) dour; not rccloirc c;r;tpprove :s water clu.tlity ul.ulaf�cmvnt Plan, tic pernnittce must include dc:,WII criteria and Icchniqucs that will ensure that the authurirc;d work dues 1101 result in more than minimal duprad,Ition oi,watcr quality 1111 important colillmulit of a Water quality managenicut phut inckides Mornlwatur IIWIM Mllent that rllini11lizes del2radatiorl of the downstream aquatic system►, inc Iu(Iing water quality. Reler to Genera Condition 21 Ior stornlwater management ruquit'eu►ctlls. Another in►porlant component ol'a water quality management plan is the establishment and maintenance of'yeeetated buffers next to open waters, irl ducding stre;uns, litter to General Condition 19 for' vegetated buffet requirements for (lie NWI's. 10. Coastal Zone tilairl �nicnt. In certain st:ucs. an individual state coastal zone manauemem consistency concuITC11Cc ►rust lie obtained ot• waived (see Section 3 30,i1(rl)). 11. Endangered tiLrcieti. (;t) No activity is authorized under any MVP which is likely to jeopardize the conlinrrerl existence of a threatened or endangered spCLiC:; Or;► species proposed for Stich desip'nation, as identified under the Federal I3ndanl4ered Species Acl, or which will destroy or adversely modif•v the critical Ic►bitat o1'such species. Non-Icdur'al perrtlittees shall notify the Iistrict Ialrincer• if•anv listed species or designated critic;►I habitat alight he ;dlected or is in the vicinity of the project, or is located in the designated critical habitat and shall not begin work on the activity until notified by the District Engineer that the requirements of'thc Endangered Species /\et have been satisfied and that the activity is authorized. For activities that tnav affect Fecderalk-listed endangered or threatened species or designated critical habitat, the notification must include file name(s) of the endangered or threatened species that may be affected by the proposed work or that utilize the designated critical habitat that may he affected by the proposed work. AS a result of'lornlal or hil'ormal consultation with file VWS or NNI S, the District I'ngineer play add species-specific regional cncdangered species conditions to the NWI's. (b) Authorization III*;►n activity by a nationwide permit does not authorize the "take" of a threatened or endangered species as defined under the Fccleral Encdangerccd Species Act. In the absence ol'separate authorization (e.g., an ESA Section It) Permit, a Biological Opinion with "incidental take" provisions, etc, ) from the U.S. Fish and \Wildlife Service or the National M.u•nte FiShCriCS SCITiCC, both lethal and non-lethal "takes" ofprotcctecd species are in violation of•the I:ntdanp.ered Species Act. Information on the location of threatened and cndallgerecd speck:; and their critical habitat can he obtained directly froth the uf•fices ul'the U.S. Dish and \Vilcdlifc Service and National Marine Fisheries Service or their world �\ide web paces at lit gnl www,f:w;.! uy%r'renri.�n�r�nri iih Irtnil and hit i:J/www.nfnh;.cow lint restcsahunlc.hunl, res iectivcly. 12. historic Pi-mm-lies. No activity which Islay aliccf historic properties listed, or eligible lor. listing, in the National Register of I listoric Places is authorized, until the 01i has complied witll the provision, of' 33 CFR *125, ;Appendix C. The prospective pernliuee. must notify the District f{nl�ineer iftbC authorized activity play affect any historic properties listed. delern►ined to he cli) ihle, or which the perspective pernlittce has reasrn► to helieve may he rliuibfe for listinl� on the National l:cgistcr ul'I listoric 1'I;tccs, and shall not be!-''n the activity until notilied l,v the District Fmvincer that the redUlrCIIICIltS of the National I listoric Preservation Act have been satisfied and that the activity is authorized. In(iirnlatiun on file Ideation and existence of,historic resources can he ohlained front the State I listoric Preservation UI'fIce and the National kehis►CI o f I I I"I I.IC Place:; (see 33 ('f-'k 330.•1(8)), For activities that nu►v ,►iTecI historic properties listed in, or CIigible for Iktintt in. the National Po:uistcr of historic. Places, the notiFIC,Iticnl must state which historic properly nu►y he affected by tl►e proposed work or include it vicinity tnav indicating the location nl file historic property. 13. Notification. (a) Timing: Where- required by the tarn; of the NW11, the prospectivc perrllittee must notify the District Engineer with a precunstrrlctloll notification WCN) as ca;,Iv as possible. 'I'll(: District Engineer must dCterrTlirlC if the PC',N is complete within 30 days of the date ()(,receipt and can request the additional information necessary to make the I'C'N complete onl%, once. However, if the prospective permittee dues not provide all of the requested information. then the District l'.ngincur will notifv the prospective permittee that the PCN is still incomplete and the I'C"N review process will not conttnerrcc until all of'the requested illf'ormation has been received by the District Engineer . The prospective perrnittce shall not begin the activity: ( I ) I hail notified in writin.t by tilt: Di!,Iricl IIllyincer that file activity ntay proceed under the N«'I' with any special conditions imposed by the District or Division F ineer; ur (`?) If notified in writing by the Dist .�t or DI,ision Engineer that an individual pertrtit is required; or 0) Unless 45 days have passed front the District Engineer Is receipt of the Complete notification and the prospective permittec has not received written notice from the District or Division Engineer. Subsequently, the permittee's right to procced under the NWI' may he modified, suspended, or revoked only in accordance witlr the procedure set forth in 33 CFR 330,5(d)(2). (b) Conlents of Notification: The notification must be in writing and include the 11011owint information; (1) Name, address, and telephone number:; of the prospective permittee; (2) kocation ofthe proposed project: (?) Brief description of(lie proposal project: the project's purpose; direct and indirect adverse environmental cfTects the project w(lrry) cause: ;my other iJ Wl'(s), repional perieral pernritl,,), or individu;rl perrnit(r) used ur intended to be w7ed to authorize alit/ part ol'the pn)po>wd project or any rclatc(f aetivilv: alit; ( I) For NWT's ?, 12, 1.1, 1 S. 21, ;S, 1:, ;urd I.,, file I'C'N must ;dso include a delineation 01•affcctcd pecial aquatic gifts, Including wetLulds, vegetated shallows (c.,r., submerged aquatic vcl station, sca:'rass bcds), anti riffle and pool complexes (sec paragraph 13l,I')): (5) For NWI' 7, t)utl;rll Structures ;rnd iNhintcnancc. the PC'N mw,f include information rcuardinu the ori;!inal desieu e;tpacitics and con Iii imr;uiorts ofthose areas ofthe racility bore rrraintcnancc dredr in:! or cxcavarion is proposed. (ti) For NWP H. L.incar 'Iransportation ('reps.;inns, the I'('N must include a compensatory ntitigatir)n proposal to off'sot pernrancnl losses of waters of the ('nitcd Slatcs and a statement dcscrihinp how tcnrpol-ary losses of waters o(`the United States will be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. O For N\VP '21, SLIrtiICe C:oa1 rMinin � Activities, the RN must include an office of, Surfr:ce eNfininp (t.)S�q) or slate-;tpprovud mitigation pl;lit. (8) For NWP 27, Stream and Wetland Restoration, the PC'N must include documentation ofthe prior condilion of the site that will he reverted by the permittee. (9) ForNWf 29, Single-Family Ifousing, the f'CN must also include: 3 t (1) my past use ot'thi:; N\\'P h. the WAividttal permittce rind/or the permittec'r; spouse; A :;t,ttcrltcttt that tilt sinLle-farrlily Ilou,-Jl7�-, activity is 1,01.a personal rc:;itjctice of'file perrnilice: A ticscrilltiun ot'tltc entire parcel, including it:; size. anti a delineation ol'wetlands. For►he purpose of this N\\'11, parcels of larld nleasurin," '4 acre or less will not require a Formal on-site; delineation, f lowever, the applicant shall provide an indication of,where the wetlands are and tilt amount of'wetlands that exists on the property. For parcels treater than !-'s acre in siie, a formal wetl;ufd dclillcation must he prepared in accordance with file CUrr•ent method required by the Corps. (Sce paragraph 13(f)); (iv) A written dcwription ot'all land (including, if' available, legal descriptions)owned by the prospective permittcc and/or the prospective pet•ntittce's sporlse, within a one stile radius ot'thc parcel, in any form of ownership (including any land owned as a partner. corporation,•loin( tenant. co-tenant, of,as a tcncult-hv-the-cnliruty) :ltd any land on which tt purchase and sale agreement or other contract liar saIC or purchase has been executed. 10) for NWI, 31. 1\lairltenance of'Existing Flood (,ontrol Projects, the prospective permitter must either 11061'v the I)istrict knginuer with a N.'N prior to each maintenance activifv or submit a live ve,u• (or less) nwlntenalice piall. In addition. tilt: ITN must include all of'thr lolloWIM" (i) `1111icient baseline in(orinatiolt ;;o as to identik, . the approved chamlel depths and conli} oration; ;Ind e�istin) facilitic:;. Minor deviclltons are :ultho•ized, prot'idCd the approved Iloocl control prolection or drain,l).c is not 111rrc;ISCC1: A dellm.;J11011 ul'an: AT cwd ,;pucj;ll aclualic ifr.. HICiudint". wetlands: and. 1 iii 1 I.ocati�nl of the dredvo.'d material dkposal situ. 1 I I ) For N\\'P 3 cmpovar� ('onlstructlon• ACCC';:,. 'Ind the P(•N must also imcludc a r•S101ation 1)1;111 01 rc;lsunablc luca::urc�, to avoid and nlinilrllic advcr,c effects to mIllaIlC reSonrCC!,, ( 12) I'or N\V P:, let, 11, and •1.1, file P('N 11111st ;d:.0 indildc a writtcn statement to the DiStr•ICt Iatg.II1CC1't:<plalllllll lltm avoidance alid minimization ('dt lo":;(:s of watcrs of the United States were aciiuved c,n the project site. ( 13) I-or N\VP 311. Rc.,,idential. Commercial, and Institutional Ueveloprnctlls, and N%VI' Old. Recreational f-acilitics. the Pt.,N must include a compensatory mitigation proposal that offsets unavoidable losses of waters (>i'llic Ullited States or justification explaining why compensatory mitigation should not he required. •1 (1.1) F'or NWP -IO, A, ricultural Activities. the I'(,N must include cl colilpcn;'llor} mitigation proposal to r,ff'sel lasses of*walmi of the United States. ( 15) For NWT•13, Slormwmcr Facilities. the I'Cti must include, fir the construction of nc!w slornlwater ►rtana1;enlent Cac!ilitics, a maintenance plan (if) accordance with Statc and local requirements, ifapplicable) and a corllpensatory nliligation proposal lo) of'I:•;Ct lo:,scs 01,wafcr•s of,the 1)tlitcd States. ( 10) For N\VP •1.1, Mining ACfiyitius. the P( 'N II)W,t include a description o1'all water:; ,li':he United Slates .ulvcvlwly alwi.,ted b\ tilt protect. a dc;,rrlption ol'mcastlres taken to Illltlllilizu ldyCr'se C11ects (o wafcf7; of the 1 lulled Stale!, a dc`iCr►pt►on of IllCasures takell to comply with flit criteria ol'the NWT, ;lnd a recl;unafion plan (liu-apgre)late minim! activities in isolated waters Mid 11„11-11d;1I wullandS ;I(lf;!cent to hcadw;uers and any hard rockfmincral minkig activities). (17) I"or activities that may advel:sely ;lfl'ecl I edcrally-listed cndangcred or threatened species, the PCN must include the name(s)of tho!;c endangered or threatened species that Inay be affected by the proposed work or' utilize tile dusignated critical Ilnbital that play be affected by the proposed stork. (18) 1"or activities that ImIN affect historic properties listed in, or eligihle for listing in, the National Kckdster of I lisloric Places, the PUN must state which historic property tnay he affected by file proposed work or inc Ititic a vicinity map indicating the location of' the historic property. ( 19) For NWPs 12. I.1, 29, 30). 40, 1 2. 13, and •1.1, where the proposed work involves discharges of dred)!cd or 11111 material into waters ol'thc l Inited States resulting in per►nancnr, ahovc-)!rack 1-111s within IUO"yr;u' lloodplmwn (a!; identified on 1"1 MA's Flood Insurance (fate flaps or Fl NIA-apl)loyecl focal Iloudplain rllaps). the notification must include documentation dcnlonstratin)! that the proposed work complies with the appropriate FT'NIA or 1.1 NIA-approved Ioc;11 Iloudpl;lin construction rccplircnlunts. (c) Dorm of'Notilication: The "faildald nldividu;Il per•nlit applicalion forul (Dorn! 4,14_;) Inay be used 'IS the 110tilicatio11 hill 111ust clearly indicate (11,11 it P, a PCN and nlusl include all (d,the inlilr►nation required in (b)( I)•( Ic)) kdiicw. r;ll ('ondifion 1 t. A letter Containing the requisite ill t`6rnlatloll illav also he w;cd: Of District I1111MIcer'S I)fti-Jol!: III Hu, flit.. P('N i0l' the I)roposc(I activity, the I)isu"ict I-,nttincer will detellmlic whether the aL'tivily autiu+ri:cd by the NMT will result in more than nlininial individual or Cu111!Ilalivc adtcrsc OW1,1nrl11u.1nlal el!'C s or play he conlrary to the public interest. "flit prospective pernlittee !nay, optionally, !;ubrllit a proposed mitigation plan with file I'C:N Io cxpcdite tilt process and the I)iSlricl will consider any proposed conlpensatory nlitil'atioll file applicant has included in the proposal in delcrillininu wholhur the net adverse environmental cHects to the aquatic environment of'file proposed work are minimal. If the DiSlrict C:ngincer determines that III(.- ac!tivil)• complies wilil the tt:rnls and conditions of'tile NWP and that the adverse effects on the aquatic e11%lronnlcut arc nli11inull, the District f;nginecr will notil'v the pernlittee and include any Conditions the l)isirict Fligincer deems necessary. Any Con"Ipensatory mitigation proposal must he approved ►)y the I.)lstrlct HIII.',Irleer prior to commencing, work. Ifthe prospcctrrc perlll!ttee is required to sllhnlil a compensatory nlitig'ation ' r proposal with the I,r'N, the proposal nmf be either conceptual or detailed. I f the prospective permittee elects to submit a conlpen:;atory alit imam plan with the 1'('N, the District Engineer will expeditiously review the proposed c;.mpcnsatory mitigation plan: The District L'.ngineer must review the plan wilhlll -15 ;iays of rece►vmlfi a con-.pfete PCN mid determine whether the conceptual or :;pccific proposed trtititlati(ut would ensttr,: no rrlove Ih.ul minimal adverse effect:; on the aquatic cllvir•urrn: .rll. li'tlte net Adverse cffccf, ol'tlle projc.:t oil the aquatic environment (tlfter cnnsideration of the compenslor. IIJH1cafi0c1 propo""L1) arc determined by the Distr'i::t Fn:.tnccr t(; be minimal, the DI:,m'ict I.'n1:inc;:r %%ill pr,)vrdv A til11clN written rc>:pmise to the applicant statintt that the• project can proceed tlnd:r tilt tarn., ;Intl c;gldwoly; o►,tiw natiorl%vide permit . (Rile District F.nl2ineer determine'; 111;11 the adv(:r,c e'1l:ct . c+flhc 1)r0poscd worn. ;uc mule th:ul rnirlirlial, filch he will honk the ;lpplica=nt calr:•r: ( I i That the pro,)uct does not qualify fur authorization under the MVP and irlsuucl the applicant oil the proccdures to seek authorisation millet ,ill individual perrnit; G2 that the prclject is WIfhur•izcd under the ,N\V11 suhjecl to the applicant's submission of a nlitipation proposal that world reduce the adverse cfi4Cfs on the Aquatic ell vironnu:rlf to the nl)nilnal level: or 0j that the project I., authorized under file NWI' with specific nlodificalions or conditions. Where life District Lngmccr determine:; that mitiUa0011 is rcquircd in order to ensure no uu)rc thcln nlittirltal adVCf'sC rffeef:; on tilt: acluatie etrvironrncnt, the activity will be authorized wilhlll the I>-dav f'CN period, incltrdiw, the ncressary con ceptwd or.Specific nliliplion or a require►uem that the applicant submit :1 lrlitittation proposal that would reduce the adverse effects o1; the aquatic ct!vironlncnt to f1w nli11inlal level. Whell conceptlull nlitipatiorl is included, or a nliliftatiou plan i.; required under item (?) ahovc, no work ill •,valcls of thv t r11itcd States will occur until the I)istrict l.n);inccr h;r; approvcd a ;pecifI(: nlitivation 111111. (c) Agency Coorchruuiun: I he lki 11.;.1 kn)unccr ce ill consider and'coninlolits from Fcdvral and Mate aacncics corlct-rurn�� file proposed activil',"S conlpfiancc with the tcrnl5 and conditions of, [])(: ;N%Vl's 111(1 life need fur lnitl�ta110!1 to rcef!rre the projcci•s ;IdV(Ast- el7ecfs on the aquatic ens ircmnlenl to ll mirlitital Ic�cl. Fol activitics rcquirillp notilic•ation to the I)c,u1 ► I.u:.u1v 'r Ili;1t rc:,ult in flit 1w;s of"greater than acre ol,watcrs of file United tilatu.s. the I)rsnlct f';11!.ine r \%ill, Upon rcccipl ofa notification, provide rrrtnlcdia►uly (e.r.. v1A fltcicinIdC trarl:;nlrssion. oe/clul'uht mail, m.1)d c'r expc(litlolls rnaurlcr). a copy to the approprime offiees of the 111'.Sh mod WifdHIC Scrc ice, State natural resource or water quality As"eucy, 11.'PA, State I li;,tonic I'reselvmloll ()1'ficcr (tit IN)), alld, 11'appmpriatc, dw Maional Marine :1shericr, Service. W[Ill the exception ol'NWl' ')7, Ihe:,c wili tllcn have Ill calcn(la1 d;tys I'Mill the date the nfalcrial is iransnlitted to lulephone or i;lx the DP;irict Fligillecr notice that they Intend to provide SUSS tntivc, site ,;pecif is eununcnf:,. l f so contacted by ;ut agelicy, the District I:npint-el. will wait all aclditiuual 15 eafcndar days hUft)re mAilll; a dccisiom on the notification. The District f:nimlocr will fmfly consider A: cnc� comment." rccc,Wcd ',vllhm file spucilled tints li-ame, hilt •,will provide n(, respow;c to flit- resource Attenc}. cxccpt IS provided I)clow. T11C I)IStl'iCt I;nf;inter Will indicate in the administrative record ;ls);ocl;aed with ca) i notliication that tilt resource agencies' conccrlls were COIlSidercc.l. As required by Section 305(h)(•1)(13)of tilt �9aftnuse)n Stevens 1 ishcry Conservation and Manawwcnlcnt Act, the District I-Illuinecr will provide a response to the National r) Marine Fisheries Service within 10 days ol'rcceipt Esserllial FIJI l Iabital conservation rec•oml;lendations. Applicants arc; cnc•olingNd to provide the (.'orps multiple Copies ot'nutific:rtiorl., to expedite agency notification. (f) %Vctland Delineations: Wetlalld delineations Must he prepared in accordance with tilt. C111•rerlt method required ily ell : corp". For NWI' .-;cu para:rrlph r h)(9)(iiiI fi,r Iml-Cols less than ','+ acre in "I ht perrllMee 111m, ilsk Ihc: ( orps to dtlineatc th:� spec;ull aquatic site. 'lilcre nlav he sonle delay if!Ile Carps sloes the delineation, I t:rthc rnurc. the 1"-d;lY period will nut start 11111!1 Ihc: wetland delineation has hecn corllpltted and s11nnlined to tilt_ I ores, where ;Ipprr>I,ri;lte. ('nnlj►Ifgq!•c Ct'l-tificatir!n. I:cery pernlll OC echo II;I', recened ;l ;vu!ioncridt pamil verll'ica11011 lronl the Corps will stlblim a ,.Igrn:d Certification rt :udin) the completed work ;111+1 all leglli;cd rllifig:Ition. 'I he CCrtifieatioll will he forcvalde,l h.V Ill(' I'orps w1111 Ihc :u11h+)rii:tlio1I letter. Certificatloll N%Ill include: (a) A :-IulClncnt that the atlthoriied work wa>, done in accordance with the ('oil):. authoriz;Ition, incl11dinp, ally p1clieral or :,pecilic conditions; (h) a statertlent that al,"; rccpliled tulti,vatioll was completed in ncCordam."t, with the permit Conditions; and (c) the :;ilumlurc of'lht permittrc (,rrlil'i,inr, the c:onlI)lClion ol'Ihe wort: ;lncl rnitivation. I�. Its(. of,Mlllf,ipjf 'k!igllwidv l'1;_r,mits. 'I he use of tll+ue than ,sue N\VP Inr a single and Complete project is prohibited exCepl when OW :ICIT l)1c lust; of hater". ot'lhe l Illiwd Slalcs authorized h,v the ® N\VPs does not exceed the acreau limit ul'thr NEVI' with Ow. 114(dlt:;I :;ptcitied ;fau:w.c limit. For exatrlple, ifa road crossing over Iid;d water:; i; Cony;Ilucted under NEVI' I'I, with W;sociated back stabilization aulhorized hi N\V1' 13. Ihc mami lunl acrc;lm- lul�,�; of .valmi of the I Initcd States fir the total project C;1111101 ezCrcd 1,/) aerr. • In. Waller til1illlyInl.akes. IN(' lildli tin+ Ilucnnc:, ;old w, k ul navi)!;thle water:; ol'the I inited slaws or diwlmrge�, oldtedkrd or Dill nlawl-ml, i1mv occur Ill ' It' pr,,xirui!y of if puhlic water suplrl� inulkt crept �\Ilcre the ;tcti it% i, Cur wimil , l !hc pnhlic• \N;w.:, uppI irllake ;IrtlClllre:; ,)r ;1dj:Ieelll baltk �;Iahilization. 17. tihc:llfish Buds. No aciwil\ . indtidin;: �,Iruc! llv , 011d \�orl, in n;lvi .able watcrr, of 111t l Inite(f tit;ltcs or dischareve:, 0Idredccd or Ill] nl.Itcri,rl. Iu:I% occur In ;Irr:r.; of ,.oncc•rttlawd :,hclllisll pop11lallons, 111ltss Ihc n-'tivlIV i:, directlV relnled to a d l,. lIh sh 11:11-vc. tiw! ;rc:t AIN authorized by N\VI, I. 18'. bailable :tNi'll �riaL No activm, incimll:l+ .tl;lcturc., Mid %V: Ilk in linvignhle w;ll rs of,tilt, United states or di ;charge:, of drtd,etd or lilt nlaw".1;ll, rn;I\ rllaterial (e.g.. trash, dchris, car hodie:,. a:,phalt, Cl(:.) and nl;lwrial used for cou:,Iru_Iwil or di•,chm.;wd nnlst he llue I'ronl toxic pollutants in (ONIV ,1111011111; (see `ic;clion if)": 01 Ihc l'Ie:ul 1V.11rr Act) iv. 11itiga0+111. 1,11L. plofect Ir,r,st hr dc,r:,.ned ;lnd lu.0 wIcd 1.1 mold and minimize aclvmr c effects to •,utcrs of the I!nited tam, to the f1m. iluulo I,rlc.tirnl1lc• a1 the project silt (i.e., on site). ;NlitiR;uion Will he rcoluired when nec:e,:,ar, to .:osole thilt the• MiVCI-:;c CCCCCIs to 11112 ;upl;ltiC cnvirunnlellt arc nlinilnal. The District I•.nt!IIw !- will co:lsicfer tilt factor-, dir,cu:::,cd below when delernlining the aC::eptabilit\ of appropriatc and prulical+lt InllieaUnn nr,;tss;ut to offset advert effects on the miLlatic ClIV11,011111ent thal al-C Illorc (hall minilll;ll. r (ai Cofnlierl.tiatory lniti4alion of it mini imm 1:1 ra tiO will he r.tluired 1,01. all wvdaml ilnl)acls requiring n PCN, c:'onsistenf with national the (iir,tr'ict l".nt:ineer will CM11blisi a pl'eCerence for restoration of \\Clland:i to 111cet tilt' nlinnnunl Cot III pcnsalory nlitil'afion raflo, with l)re.,m,valion usct) only 111 exceptional clrcunlstallm'. (b) "I'll Ile practicahle, file full walioll Intro ht: m"lilabfe and c;lllaillr of hrinl done c!!nsfderirll! ;oil.:, emslinu t,cinoloVy and kwiI ,Ilcs III liphl tit tic ovendl prt)ject lunpo"C", FNaltilli s ol'fit ftit_calIml that play be appr.lprmle ,Intl practicable include, 5!11 ;1112 11(11 lirl,ltcd 10: redllcinlc lil.' st7e of the proic.l: V�Aahlishilltr and llmintaillin;' \cetlauui t.r uphind t etl:'la(cti hillIel"; to Protect open \\titer; such a'; ,treanl ;; and rcplacnl}', 1(1.,12, oI ntluatl.: resource Iufu:fit>n:, and y;Iluc h`. , rc:;lin:', It:'a!llnl", cnllant:in ', to pest ryul,' ,;111111 u' 11111th m.; and valuc';, prefer:lhly' in (Ile ;;Ifni: tyater',ictJ. (C) 'I lit. District J'Alvince•r \%ill w'.1111re Ic"Imalit!n, r1c;111o11, rnll,11wellicilt. ttf prescry;l(iOn ot'ofher atluafic m.OI1ICCS in order Itt oll"W1 flit: aillholwod rollmcl:; to Ili cNlent necc!,sary to ensure Olaf file utiver is (Aleck; un (h(• atluatic ctfvirunrrlcill ;fit: nli11i11ml. All irltportaill clement ol'any compensatory nlitit"ation plan (,or plt)ject'i in or near streams of other open waters is 111c Cslahlklmlenl "Intl rtlaintcrlalice, to the mnxilnitill extent practicab1c, of•vc:t elated hufTcrs next (o 01)(111 tyalcrs art Ill(.- projeC1 'Site:. '111( yc'tccfalctl hul7i'r should consist of,native species. The Oistric:t I,nt!.incer \vilf dulcrillilic the appropriate width of flit: vCgetated bulTer and Ill which easel; it will lie required. Nomiail}', the vegcIated buffer will Ile 25 to 50 feet wide on calla side of file ;lrcnnl, but file District I:n}tincer nla} require wider vet;cfated buffers to addre!,s documented water eltialit� cone'crn`;. II't11crr ;tee• OJIVII water:. On the project :;ite ;11(11 Ill"- DU trio( 1:11IMlcer rct111u''�; ,�otnpells.ltory 1166ratioll lilt- wetland Impacts to ensure that (1112 net advor,r effects on file ntplalic enyirOfunenl ;fee Ill itillwil, ally vCge(awd httl'fcr will Colnitr'ise no home thall li i acre of life Ic:tilmilillp c•olnpcirialort rllilit!atiott acrf.,; w aflur file permall:ndy filled \%utland', halve hecn replaced On a one to-one Icre;wc Ilasis, Ill addititul, rttnlp12ns3101.y IIIiII}'Mion IIIIPA ;ltl NYi adverse efl't.`c(:; nil Welland flulcfiuns Mill tnlut"; ;fat! --annul he ust'd lit ul`l:,el Ihc acrcat'c of,vtrllantl that would occur in order Itt fnt'ct tit• avtc:q!c hmlt•. Ofsnnfr (it Iic: : NWT' (c•.t!., till NW1' It), ;Iel'e ill wellalIdS C:tllllttl lll' CIV:I(t.'d Ill :'ha111[t' ;I ilCll' 10-iS of lyetl;111t1:i Ill ;1 ' ! at'I'C Ii1S7,; however, acre t!f cicaled wellands call 1}t- used to IC(I111-C tit' irllpacts of I;1 I ; actc Itt,; ill tt'ClLtfttltil. If flit.` prtt,;fie 11\'12 liel'IIIIIICC I.`; 11111llflt'tl I,) 'uhm11 a t'Ir1111tt"tl:;.11,!I'\ II111l1'allull Ilft,posal with tit: N 'N'. till: Inont',;al Ina\ he ctdwr t ont,t'pnull of dvI.'lilt`tl. ld) I tt 111C C,IIt'IlI al ltr tpl l;lit , 11Cf 11;ittk :, Sllttllld C1 fll',IdCI IIII(IVilllt!II killkill!! 01111 1!11101 aOpruprl;Ili' Iorrll ttl CtttntlCrthafttr!," fli11w; .,IlIm; It flit' I)l"llIC1 1:11vineer.dclel'Ill llw,, lh:11 CUIIII)CII';;Ilttl ill iti,iall,tll I., IICCe1•tiall'\' ttt t,fl:,t'i IttS`a ; nl W:Itl;l', t!f 1110 (Ill IIt'd .`iI;IICti Mid cn,•tlrc than lilt, net adVVI';c CIVCCt:, 14111C ;nui'u,zed atoll, 011 lilt- at(ualic t'nvuorllllcnt ;uc minimal. enn:,ohd;ued rn111INII Wit ;11>1)1 !.'ICie";, : MA) ;I•, fniliv;)liill b;mL,, %t ill he t11c pruk,lrctl nlcdwif ofllrovulint cOrllpt.lp atoll• (fill i:!:!(fun, uulrs:; 01c I)istrlrt I rimfic'er dc'lermInc!; 111".11 acuyilt Ititt:loon Is 11WIT ;llfhrupI,init. kl:,t•d on which k hest Itir file atluutiC t:IIVirunfrlCIIt. 'I'ic:se IJW'; OI'nlitit!aliou are lueferrcd h, cause lit" inyulyc lar}'er blot kt; t!f IlrolccicI'd nqualie cm irunnlenl. ;1112 INOrr likclr to nfrt'1 fhc• Iuitit!:flit,fl }kids, and MO 111(ON c;e;ily clicckcd liw :cmp!i;mct: It ;t nlui"affom haul. Or othercim,mlidaled IllltIVA0011 31!IK0O 1 II I:. 11!11 ayailahlt' In the watclSl;ed, Ihc N'111-10 Flit!illeer will tonsidcr 011iel';lI)l)1'(!pl I;l(C f1 11th:) lit Ct llll1e11tiJ(l!1'\' Illitlftall011 Itt olltiel IIIC 10Y.,12S Of \\':IIt.'I'`i t)1'111L: l-ni(cd Sul(es It) ensure that tile: ne't adverse eifeck of 11112 authorized work t,n 11112 ayllafie t:nyir;uullrnl art: minimal 20. was. Activities, inclildirl, striicitrres .111d %cork in mrvivahle waters of the United States .)r discharges ol'dleds:ecJ or fill material, in spawning al,cils (Jilr'lllr spawillm, seasons must be avoided to dw 11)axlnitrlll extent pr•aeticable, AclivilicS that result Ill the 1:11y:;lc al de.mi-llctlorl (C.l,,, excavate, fill, or sn►othcr downstream by substantial till )o)'an iinporfant slrnwilin,� area arc no a►thorized. 1, iYlrin�ll;cment of NVatl.l. Flo ws. "I o file nnaxillium extent practicable. file activity mast he c(csiulled to rn;ril►tairt precomstr•uclion down.,dri:a111 Him. conditions (e,tt., loc;:tion, call;rcil... and flow rate:,). laurthernlore. the activif% must m)t pernnanenll'. rc.;lrict or impede tile• pas:;al ,'of normal or ex,;ccled high tows (unless; the prilllary purpose ()I,the till i:, to iullwillid xntvlso a;ui the strllcnlre or dischar!,e of, dred,,ed or fill material limst withstand expected hurls The activity nun.;t. to file nr11x►n1un1 cxtrnl practicable, provide fie•rclaininl! exec:,:, 1iim", I'rortl 111(• rite. I)MOdr 1'„r nruln1;l1161141 :surface flow rate:; from the site similar to preconslruction conditions. and 1IMS1 1111( ulcrcasc 'A'.1R•rilows frr,rrr the 11W.Ject r,itc, relocate welter, or redirect water flow bcvorid precon;,tru(:fion conditions,. In addition, the activity mist, to tilt nrnximunl extent lrracti(:Jh)e, reduce adVCP;C clTeM, such as f1oodinry ()r erosion downstreann and t1p:;lrc;lnl of the pro.jcct site, hales:; the activity is Hart ofa larf"c:r system desipled to imlim.re walcl (lows. 22, Ad vet-se 1%..ff(ct.r 1%ront_Irni►�►uildrn_(nLti. If'the activity, including su•uclures :u)d work in navigahle waters of the United State; or discharge of diedltal or fill material, creates arl irnl,oundnrc ill of'water, adverse effects oil the aquatic system caused by the accelerate(( passage of•water and/m. file restriction of its flow shall be minimized it) file n►asinnunl exterll practicahle, 21 Areas. Activities. including, structures and work in navkr ablc waters of•thc: I hiked Stales or discharges ofdredr ed or fill material, into breeding areas low nliltratory walcrfiawl must he a►voidu! io the n►axi I I extc111 (1ralctic;role. �•I, Itclilia��al.ol'"1'cnlp��►ar�• I?i.11.�. .1ny tun►puran-y fill:; must he rcnlovcd in their cuturcty and tl►e adl•ecle(l au•eas relrlrlled I(; their prVexistir►tt cicyali(rrl. 25. Desic! imed CI-itic:al Kesoill-ce \\':lfa•r,, ( 'rillual res(ulrre «tilers include, N( );\A\ d(.!sijumled marine smictuarics. National I'Smarinc Ite:,c•arc:h I:e;cnc,. Nmimml Wild and ticrnic Rivers, critical habitat For Federallt, Iisled ihrcafened and clithnrrled ;species, coral wef's, ;ilafc natund lacritayte sites, and outstanding national resource Water:; OF ollm "valets of 11cialk dcsistn;lie:(! bv I S1:11 : as having, parlicillar environmental or ecolol.,ical silt ill lwanc:c and idcnliticd Ire the District F.nhincer after notice and Opportunity liar public: conlnncnl. The I)P tricl killmicer nm% also desittnale additiomil critical resource waxer,; after notice and opporr till ify for comnl(:rll. la) I.acepl &I Muted huhiv_ di:.( bar:u::, of dredlted nr fill uu►tcriA into waters of,tfle I 11111c(1 `*fiat•:; are not ;n1dwr1"Icd b•, N\VP,, 7, 11. 1.1, I6, 1"i, 'I, :!(J, a 1, ? 10, .)O. 4.1, 1;, a lld •I.: I'M ail. aactivil•.• \k Rhin, or dirccfly a lli:ctir111, critical resourca: walvrs, Including wellail(k adj;lcerll to :,uc.11 water•,. Di>;char.:cs ofdrecim"d car 1111 materird;; into waters ol'the t 'oilcd Slaw,; play he autburir.ecl by the ,hove NWil'i ill National Wild and Scenic: (fivers if the acllvily conlplic•r; •,vlth ((rneral (:r,nditir,nr 7, Leather, such discharges may he authorind ill desi.imalud critical habital tor' Vcdcrally listed filreatcncd m Clulmil Bred species if'Ihc activity complies wit(r ( iencral ('ondilion I I and rile (I.S. Dish and \Vildlife Service or the 'Nat io Ml Nhrine ha:; rnncurrcd in a determination of coulplienace with this c(nrditioll. (b) I or N1\'1', `S, 1(l. 1 (, I.`, IS, I(1. :'` , :'. . ':>, "', S, .10, 33, 3,I, 3(i, 3 i', and lei, notification is requu'ed in accordance v%ilh (iencral (:ondinon I?, for any activity prr,poscd in list desi:"'nited critical resource waters lncludin,. weilallds ad.j;wenit to those waters. The ^ u District I"numeer may authorize activities tinder these N%VP,i oniv after he determines that the impacts to the Critical resource waters will he no more than minimal. A hills Withitl 100-Year FloodLlnins. F)r purposes ol'this condition, 160-year• floodplains v,ill be identified through the Federal (.nlcravnc. 11anaelncnt Afmic.v•s (F( NIA) Hood Insurance hate Maps or ItFINIA.-apt roved lily:ll floudplain mall::. (a) Uischarec'; kcln'�� I ofdred--ed or fill material into watel•s of tilt lJllltvd States rc:;ulrlilu in permanent ahuvc-erratic fill, within the 100-year floodplain nl nr below Ihc point on a .Stream whore the raver:rite. annual Ilow is live• albic lect per second (i.e.. I)clow hcudwatvrs} arc not arrrhorized by 1'11%\'P!; 211, ;cl, •10. •1'. .I ;. and .1.1. For N1%'P,,, 12 anel 14, the prospective pernlit►ec must notit•v the Nstricl klvii"ioccr in :lccorclance with (icneral Condition I'-) and the nofilicafiun lnu"t include documentation that any perrlmlicnt, ahovc-grade fill:; in walcr's uf'tlle Ullircd Stifle:, within the I(111-year tlonupl:rin het c� headwater's comply with FFAIA or 1 1:IN1;1-approved local Iluodphrin corlstruc11011 raplIr•erlletlls. (h1 Dischart,es in Ilcadw:uers (i.e., above file point on a U srurl where the average allimal slow is live clibic Icct per secon(1}. (f} I.1ood Frirr.'e. Discharr:es of dredued or fill material into waters of III(, 1_llllted States resulting Ill permanent, above-pradc fill:; c�ilhin the flood Irinrc rdihc 1011-veal• iloodplain ol'headwmers are not authorized by N«'I's I--. I.1, :.''r, ;'). •10, •I 2. 43, and -I.1, unless Ihc prospective: pernlittee notifies the I lisfrict hirilleer in accordance with Oeneral t_'onditioll I:? The no►iticn►ion must include doc>lnIcntal'on that such discharges comply with FF::NIA or I'1?X1;1 ,Ipprovcd local Iluudplain construction rcd(lirenlcrlts. (2) Floodway. Dischnrgcs ufdredved ur fill material into cc;:icrs of file Ilnned Stales Icsrlltin!p, in perm:tncnt, filly, wifhin Ihc Iluodway I&lhe hilt-ve:u• flro dplain ol'headwaters arc• nnf authorizvd by N\ AIs "'cl. ►c>, .i(l, •i:'., -1.", ;old •1.1. Fm """'WPs 12 and 1.1, the perrrlittce In;l:;t uolily the Disulct Eaftinccr in accord;urcc• %vilh I lencr:rl ('ondition 11" and the Ilo(HIC:11l'on rnus► include docunrrnt;rtion liml any prrnlancm, :hove grade sills proposal ill Ihc Iloodccav cnntllly c�ilh FFINIA ()I local 1! )odplain construction rccfuirculcnls, 10 Nationwide Permit No. 12 Utility Line Activities ;activities r'equir'ed for the construction. rnaintc nancc, (111d repair of utility lines and a;iSOCiated facilities in wipers of the t_Irlltcd Stille:i il:i I011ows: (i) Utility lines: T11C construction, maintenance, or repair ofutility lirlcs, inCIUdilltt out;all and intake structures and the associated excavation, back—fill, or bedding I'01- the utility lines, in all waters ol'the United Stater;, provided there is no change in preconstructI011 contours, A "utility line" is defined as any pipe or pipeline for the transportation of any gaseous, liquid, liquel-mble, or slurry substance, Im any purpose, and any cable, line, or wire for the transmission for any purpose of electrical energy, telephone, and telegraph messages, and radio and television conlmtulication (sec Note I below). Material resulting from trench excavation may be tempol'au'ily sidecast (tip to three months) into waters of the United State„;, provided the material is not placed in such a manner Ihat it is dispersed by currents or other forces. -Flee District Engineer may extend the period of temporary side casting not to exceed a total of ISO days, where appropriate. In wetlands, the top G” to 12" of the trench should normally be backtillcd with topsoil from the trench. furthermore, the trench cannot be constructed in such a planner as to drain waters of the United States (c.g., backfilling with extensive gravel layers, creating a french drain effect). For cxamplc, utility line tl'CllCIlCS can be backtillcd with clay blocks to ensure that the trench flocs not drain the wipers of the United States ® through which the utility line is installed. ,any exposed slopes and stream hanks must be stabilized immediately upon completion of the utility line crossing of each wale►'body. (ii) UtilitN' line SUDS aUonS: The construction, limilltcllance, or Cxpansioll ofil SLIMS ation facility associated with it power line oi. utility line in non-tidal waters of the I)nited States, cxClu(linf; non-filial wetlands adjacent to tidal waters, provided the activity does not result ill the logs of greater than 1/2 arse of non-tidal waters of the United States, (iii) Uoundations tier ow-rlicad utility line towers, poles, and anchors: The construction or maintenance of filundat.ionri Cor overhead wility line lowers, poles, and anchors in all waters of,the United Stiltes, provided the found"Itions are the mirllnwill Si7..c 11CLICS3(ir), and separatc Cootim-'s I01. each tower 1(:g (rattler than a larger siq,le pall) are used where feasible, (iv) Access roads: Thu- construction of'access roads for the construction and nlilintenanee of utility lines, including overhead power lines and utility line substcitions, in non-tidal water:; ofthe (Jailed State;;, excluding non-tidal wetlands 'Adjuellt to tidal waters, provided the discharge does not cause the loss oCgreater than 1/2 acre ol'non- tidal waters of the (tufted StateS. 11CCCSs r'oa(jS S11,111 be the nlillilllurn width llecessmy (sec Note 2, below), recess ro;l(IS must Iae consh'ucted SO that the leilgtll oC the: ri)ad minimizes rile adverse effects on miters of,the United States and as deal' as possible to preconstructiolll ConkAll'S alld L'1L'Vahtlllr; (e.g., 'It f.!I'il(IC cor'dtll'ol' roads or geotextile/gravel roads). ;seem,; roads constructed al'ovc prcconstructioll contours and elevations in waters of the United Stater; must b(, properly bridged or culvc.rted to maintain surface flows. 1Natiot whic Permit No. 12 utility Line :Activities (cont'd) The M-111 "unlit✓ lirle" does not include activitic:; which drain ;l water of n1c Lini(cd Slates, such as drainage tike or french drains; however, it does apply to pipes convevin:! dnainape h-oIII another arc;l. l or t1,c I)ur•pot;es o this NEVI'. the loss c,t•wnIcrs of the United States includes the: filled area plus waters ofthc United Stalcs (hat ;Arc adverscly affecled by flooding, excw.!;i1lmi, or drairla(,e as a result r,l,the project. Aclivitic:; M ithOlued by p;ua;:rapi:; 1 i) lirout�.i t iv) nlny not cxreed ;l rood of, I.' ' acr(: !o!;,; of a;ater:; ofthe Ifnitecl St;u(:;. Waters ol•the. Ullitcd States tell 1porarlly affected 1)v lillinit, Iloodin�'., excavation, Or dr,'lina41e, where the pre)ject 11-cl is restored to preconstruction contours Inld elcvaticnls, arc not ilICltldcd in the calculation of,pc:rnlanent loss (&%v;ltcis ()I' the United Stales, This inch►des tcnlpurary construction mats (c.ic,, tinlher, Steel. f'!cotextilc) used during~ cotlStrllCt1011 and removed upon completion O1 tllc work. certain functions and values of waters of'lhc United States are: permanently adversely affected, such as the conversion of i forested wetland to a herbaceous wetlaild in the Immanently maintained utility line right-of-way. ulitiration will he required to r•uCfucc OIL.' adverse el•(ccts of•the project to the minimal level. Mechanized landcicarinu necessary for the construction, milirlteaance:, or repair of•utility lines and the construction, maintenance, and expansion of utility line suh.;tatioll:;, 1`61-111dittion5 for overhead utility lines, and access roads is authorized, provided the cleared area is kept to Ilse r ininitllll necessary and prcconstrnction contours arc nminmined as near as possible. The area of waters of the 1inited States that is lined, excavated, or flooded must he limited to the millimulll Ilel:cssary to c mistruct tic: ulility line, sllbstationS, louncl;ltlr)n:;. and 'Iccc`is roads, I;XCCS:; IaatC'rlal 111USt hi.' I•elllllVc(I (0 upl;Illd MV l:; iulnlcdinlcly upoll coulpleliorl ol,corlstruction. A hil-; NWT may authorize utility line:; in or of ectin.z navigahle wruers OI,thc I fluted Slates, eveln il'ticrc is Igo associated dischargk: ol'dre(!l ed or fill material (See t 'I is 11;Irl 3:'."'). Nolilic;idon: The purnlittcc 11111st rw,lil the I:)i;trict I"ll'Vinecr in acc:urd;ulcc with (iencral t.'on(fition I ;, il'an'. of,the critcri;I ;Arc tact; (;Ii cciaui"ccl I;III rlcariul. in a li,r(.'sl('el WCI1 ln,l Ii)I. t I I C II IIII , isle: ri4.11t ol- wav (hi A Section 10 perlllil is ri:yuue(I tc1 I'he utility line in w;Itcr:; 0J'IIW I nitcd State::,. cxCln U IIIIi! uve:ncC;ld line::;, ex(:ccd;; ti00 li:ct; (d; I'he utility line is placed a iuris(lictie,nal area ti.c., a w;ltcrefl'(hc United `;rates), and it run:; par:111cl to a :;trcam hed that is Withill 11111 jtlrisdictionai area; (c'► 1 as:,uci;lted ',vith the cc)r1sU-uc:tiou of utility line suhstatiorls that result 111 the lo5:; elf l.:r(';lle'1' than 1: 10 acre of waters (d the United States; Nationwide Permit No, 12 Utility Line Activities (cont'd) (0 Permanent access roads constructed above grade in waters of the limed States for a distance of'nnore. than 500 feet; of- (L") Pcrmarnent access roads constructed in waler:s ofthc I.inited States with impervious materials. (Sections 10 and 404) Note 1: (.)verheacl utility line:; constructed over Section 10 waters and utility lines that arc routed in or tinder Section 10 waters without a discharge of dredged or fill material require a Section 10 permit: except flor pipes or pipelines used to transport gaseous, liquid, liquefiable, or slurry substances over navigable waters of the United States, which are considered to be bridges, not utility lines, and may require a permit from the U.S. Coast Guard pursuant to Section 9 of*the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1809. However, any discharges of dredged or Fill mnaterial associated with such pipelines will require a Corps permit under Section 404. Note 2: Access roads used tier both construction send mnairttcntunce may be authorized, provided they meet the terms and conditions of tilts NWP. Access roads used solely For construction orthc utility line must be removed upon cotrpletion oi'thc work and the area restored to preconstruction contours, clevations, and wetland conditions. Temporary access roads fir construction may I,e authorized by NWi' 3 ', w Note :3: Where the proposed utility line is constructed or installed in navietahle waters of the I.Juited States (i.e., Section 10 waters), copies of the PC N and IMP verification will be scant by the Corps to the. National Oceanic and Atnwspheric Adnninistratioil, National (:)cean Service, For charting the utility line 10 protect navigation. w DIVISION 1 - GFINI RAL 1i1 OI)IRENIFINTS SI?CTION 01 1 10 - SI IMMARY OF WORK PART-).- (-il:N "RA1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A, This Section summarizes the Work covered in detail ill the complete Contract Documents, B. (honer: Cite of.Icllcrson. Missouri is contracting tier Work described in the Contract Documents. I. Contract Identification: Contract No, 2. Wastewater Treat III ent Plant I III provenlents. 2. Work Site Location: Algoa Industrial Site, cast ol'.Icffcrson City, Missouri. C. Engineer: The Contract Documents were prepared by hurns & McDonnell F"llgineering Company, Inc., 9,100 Ward Parkway. Kansas City, Missouri 641 14. 1.02 PIZU.II?C'I' DESC.'IZII'"(IUN: A. Description of Project: The Algoa Regional Wastewater l lCilitics include new wastewater collection and treatment I,acilitics to share the Algon Industrial Site and olhcr entities on a reglollal basis. 13, Work Covered by Contract Docurraents: Wastewater treatment plant improvements includes new screen and blower buildings, dilTused aeration system, and miscellaneous site improvements. 1.03 WORK BY Q-T ERS: A. Work finder(Other Contracts: Contract No. I. Collection Sy�tcm includes gravity sewers, two pumping 51,16 11S and fONC 111a611S, and a grinder Vault. 1.0.1 CONTRACTOR'S I 'SI; OWPRIAIISFS: • 1%. I.inljted also: ^___..----------------------_ I, Limit use of,the premises lira• storape and c.\ecution of the \Fork to allow tier work by other contractors and Owner occupiulcy. Coordinate with other separate contractors and ()wner to avoid interference of operations. 3. Conduct operations so as to ensure the lea"t inconvenience to O%\ncr and the general public. 1.0 OWNER'S USI: OIL PI:_I A11`iIN, 'A. I:ull Owrler Occupanc,N: 'I be (A\IICI ��ill oecup\ the Site during the enure construction period. Cooperate with the (_WMT dut'intt cooStI11 1011 opCI'MIons to naininlir.c conllicts and lacilitate (Avner usage. Perform the Work so as no: to intericit: �\ith the ( )wner's operations. 1.06 WORK SI;QJFINC F: A. General: Construction secluence shall he determined by Conlraetor subject to Owner's need fbr continuous operation ol'existing facilities, B. Continuous Service of Existing facilities: Fxercisc caution and schedule operations to ensure tllat Illllcliollin of pl-cserlt I1.1cilitics Will not he disrupted. Shutdown o('O\Vner's operating facilities to per1,61.111 the %York shall he held to a minimum Icni;th ol`time and shall be Coordinated will) Owner who shall have control or.c• the IjnlinR and schedules ol'such shutdowns. A 11:1'01 110.2 M 1 10-1 h SEC'T'ION 01 1 10 - SUMMARY OF WORK: continued 1.07 M[.ASUREMI:N'T AND PAYMENT: A. Lump Sum Contracts: All Work indicated and specified in the Contract Documents shall be included in the Lump Sum Contract Price. 1.08 COPIES OF DOCUMEN'T'S: A. Furnished Copies: After execution of Agreement, Contractor will be furnished at no cost, a maximum of 10 sets of Contract Documents consisting of full-size Contract Drawings including revised Drawings, and the Project Manual. in addition to those used in execution of the Agreement. 13. Additional Copies: Additional copies ofabove documents Nvill be supplied by Engineer upon request at printing and delivery cost. 1.09 LIST OF DRAWINGS (AND SCHEDULES): A. Contract Drawings: I. Each sheet of the Contract Drawings bears the following general title: Contract No, 2, Wastewater"Treatment Plant Improvements. 2. Individual sheet numbers and titles arc as stated on index sheet under "Contract Drawings." PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable, PART 3 - EXECUTION—Not Applicable. Ls"ND OF SECTION 01 1 10 01 1 10-2 .IEFO I 110,2 w SECTION 01320 - PROJECT Mla;i'INGS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS PART E 1 - GENERA1, 1,01 SUMMARY: This Section includes the fallowing administrative and procedural requirements: A. Project Meetings: 1. Preconstruction conference. 2. Coordination schedules. 3. Progress meetings. 4. Coordination meetings. B, Schedules and Reports: I. Initial coordination schedules. 2. Construction progress scbedule. 3. Procurement schedule. 4. Construction progress reports, 5. Schedule of values. C. Related Work Specified l lsewhere: 1. For Submittal Requirements: SECTION 01330, 1.02 PROJECT mu'rINCYS: A. Preconstruction Conference: I. Engineer will conduct a meeting within 20 days utter the Effeetive Date orthe Agreement, to review items stated in the following agenda and to establish it working understanding between the parties as to their relationships during performance of the Work. 2. Preconstruction conference sball be attended by a. Contractor and his superintendent, b. Engineer and Resident Project Representative ifany. C. Representative(s)of Owner. • d, At Owner's option, representatives cif principal Subcontractors and Suppliers. 3. Meeting Agenda: It. Construction schedules. b. Critical Work sequencing. C. Designation of responsihle personnel. d. Project coordination, C. Procedures and Processing;of*. (1) f'icld decisions. (2) Substitutions. (3) Submittals. (4) Change Order;. (5) Applications l6r Payment. 1'. Procedures For testing„ g. Procedures far maintaininZ; record documents. It. I Jse of'Premises: (I) Off ice, work. and storage areas. (2) Owner's rquircmcnt s. i. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids. j. Temporary utilities. k. Safety and first-aid. 1. Security. 4. Location of Meeting: At or near the Project Site, JEF01320,2 0 1320-1 SECTION 01320—PIZO.IECT MI ET1NGS SCI I1.Dl II.I?S, AN 1) REPORTS: continued 5. Reporting: a. Within 5 working days after the meeting, Engineer will prepare and distribute minutes of the meeting to Owner and Contractor. b. Contractor shall provide copies to Subcontractors and major Suppliers. 13, Coordination Schedules: 1. Engineer will condut a meeting at least 10 clays before submission of the first Application for Payment to finalize the initial coordination schedules requested under ARTICLE 1.03 this Section. 2. The meeting shall be attended by: a. Contractor and his superintendent. b. At Owner's option, representatives of principal Subcontractors and Suppliers. C. I-ngineer and Resident Projcct Representative ifany. d. Representative(.,) of Owner. C. Progress Meetings: I. Engineer will schedule and conduct a meeting al least monthly and at other times requested by I ngineer. Representatives of the Owner, Engincer, and Contractor shall be present at each meeting. With Engineer's concurrence, Contractor may request attendance by representatives of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities concerned with current program or involved with planning, coordination, or performance of future activities. All participants in file meeting shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Contractor and each Subcontractor represented shall be prepared to discuss the current construction progress report and any anticipated future changes to the schedule. Each Subcontractor shall comment on the schedules of'Contractor and other Subcontractors and advise if their current progress or anticipated activities are compatible Nvith that Subcontractor's Work. 3. If one Subcontractor is delaying another, Contractor shall issue such directions as are necessary to resolve the situation and promote construction progress. 4. Meeting Agenda: a. Review of'construction progress since previous meeting. b. Field observations, interface requirements, conflicts. C, Prablenls which impede construction schc(1111c. d. Off-site I'abrication. C. Delivery schedules. F. Submittal schedules and status. g. Site use. Il. Temporary facilities and services. i. I lours ol'Work. j. I lazards and risks, k. I lousekeeping. 1. Quality and Work standards. ill. Change Orders. n. Documentation of information Cor payment requests. 0. Corrective measures and procedures to refrain construction schedule if necessary. p. Revisions to construction schedule. q. Review ol'proposed activities for succeeding Work period. r. Review proposed Contract modifications for; (I) Effect on construction schedule and on completion (late. (2) Effect on other contracts of the Project. S, Other business. 01320-2 JEF01320,2 SECTION 01320-- PItO.iI C'1' MI:E;'rlNGS, S(:'111:1)(JI.,I,S, AND REPORTS: continued 5, location of Meetings: At or near Project Site. G. Reporting. a. Within 5 working days after each meeting, I.;ngincer will prepare and distribute minutes of the meeting to Owner and Contractor. b. Contractor shall distribute copies to principal Subcontractors and Suppliers. U. Multiple Contract Coordination Meetings: I. Engineer may conduct coordination meetings to be attended by Owner or his representative and prime contractors at the Site. Contractor shall participate in such eonferences, accompanied by Subcontractors as requested by Engineer. 2. Agenda will be similar to that stated above for Progress Meetings. 3. Location of Meetings: At or near the Project Site. 1.03 SCHEIDUL[.;S AND REPORTS: A. Initial Coordination Schedules: I. Within 10 days after the Effective Date ol'Agreement, Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review and acceptance: a. A preliminary construction progress schedule. The schedule shall show the Work in a horizontal bar chart or other graphic format. and indicate the times (number of days or dates) fir starting and completing the various stages of the Work including any milestones specified in the Contract Documents. b. A preliminary procurement schedule of Equipment and Materials. C. A preliminary schedule Of values For partial pay purposes. d. A preliminary schedule of Submittals, as stated in SECTION 01330. 13. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. After submittal of'preliminary construction progress schedule as stated above, submit a detailed construction progress schedule within 30 days after the Effective Datc of Agreement. Base the schedule on the preliminary construction progress schedule and incorporate review comments and other feedback. Submit 5 copies to Engineer for review and acceptance. 2. The schedule shall show the Work in a horizontal bar chart or other graphic Iarmat suitable for displaying scheduled and actual progress. a. The schedule shall indicate phases ofthe Work, starting date, major milestones, and dates of Substantial Completion and final completion. b. Breakdown Work phases into separate time bar for each significant construction activity entry, with dates Work is expected to begin and he completed. Within each time Liar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10% increments. C. Scale and spacing shall allow room for notations and revisions. d. Sheet Size: Minimum 1 I x 17 inches. 3. PrOVidC subschedules to define in more detail critical portions of schedules, including inspections and tests. 41. Coordinate construction progress schedule with schedule of values, Submittal schedule, prOCUrentent schedule, progress reports, and payment requests. 5. Engineer will review and comment on construction progress schedule and, upon agreement between Engineer and Contractor on necessary changes: a. Contractor shall print and distribute 5 copies of the accepted schedule to Engineer. Contractor shall print additional copies Ian Subcontractors and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates, one copy to each party. 6, Revise the construction progress schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where revisions have been recognized and accepted in accordance with the GENERAL. PROVISIONS, JEF01320.2 01320-3 SI'sC'rION 01320— PROJECT MI:I '1'INC;S, SCI li;t7l)I.C:S, AND Itl?I'OIt'1'S: continued 7. Update and submit 5 copies to Engineer of the revised schedule at least once each month to show actual progress compared to the originally accepted schedule and any proposed changes in the schedule of remaining Work. Include with construction progress report. C. Procurement Schedule: 1. After submittal of preliminary procurement schedule as stated above under "Initial Coordination Schedules", submit a detailed schedule for procurement of Equipment and Materials to be furnished by Contractor, Subcontractors, manufacturers, and Suppliers. Do not include minor items which are known to be regularly stocked by local suppliers or readily available upon short notice. Submit to ingineer for review with the construction progress schedule. 2. Engineer will review and comment oil the schedule for procurement, and upon agreement with Contractor concerning any necessary revisions, the schedule will be accepted. 3. Procurement schedule shall coincide: with the construction progress schedule and the Submittal schedule, and shall indicate file date each item will be needed at the Site and the time required for delivery alter order is placed. 4. Update the accepted schedule for procurement at least once each month to show the status of orders placed, Submittals, and delivery. Submit with the construction progress report. 5. If requested by Engineer, submit copies of purchase orders placed by Contractor or Subcontractors. D. Construction Progress Reports: 1. Submit a report on actual construction progress on a monthly basis. More frequent reports may be required should the Work fall behind the accepted schedule. 2. Construction progress reports shall consist ofthe revised construction progress schedule and a narrative report which shall include but not be limited to the ('ollowing: It. Comparison of actual progress to planned progress shown on originally accepted schedule. b. Summary of activities completed since the previous construction progress report, • C. Identification of'problem areas. d. A description ol'current and anticipated delaying factors, if any. C. Impact of possible delaying factors. f. Proposed corrective actions. 3. Submit a construction progress report to lingincer with each application for partial payment. Work reported complete but not readily apparent to Engineer must be substantiated with supporting data when requested by Engineer. 4. Ifa schedule update reveals that, through no fault of Owner, tine Work is likely to be completed later than the Contract completion (late. Contractor shall: a. Establish a plan far making up lost time. ( I ) Increase number of workers, or (2) Increase amount or kinds of tools, or (3) Work overtime or additional shills, or (4) A combination of 2 or more of the above 3 actions. I), Submit plan to Owner and ingineer before implementing the plan. C. 'fake actions as necessary to get the Work back on schedule at no additional cost to Owner. I . SClredule of Values: 1. Submit as set forth in GENERAL PROVISIONS, based on the preliminary schedule of values. r 2. Coordinate preparation ofschedulc of values with preparation and content ofconstruction • progress schedule. 01320-4 JEF01320.2 SECTION 01320— PRO.IEC*F MI?E't'IN(iS, SC'I,If hlll.ES ANI) Itl.l'OR1'S: continued 3. Content: a. Schedule shall list tite installed value of the component parts of the Work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. b. Follow the construction progress schedule breakdown of Work activities as format for listing component items and assigning values, C, For each major line item list subvalues of major products or operations under the item. (1) Each item shell include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit. (2) For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials received, but not installed, break down the value into: (a) The cost of'the materials, delivered and unloaded, including taxes paid unless taxes are exempted, (b) The total installed value. d. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Price. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable, PART 3 - EXECUTION; Not Applicable, END OF SECTION 01320 w w w • JEFO1320.2 01320-5 w SECTION 01325 - CONSTRUC'T'ION PHOTOGRAPHS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifics administrative and procedural requirements for construction photographs. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit prints as specified in Sf?CTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS and rn PAR,f 3 - this Section. B. Photographer shall submit 2 sample prints of the type and quality required during construction, for review and acceptance by Engineer. C. Electrographer shall submit two examples o1'prior work of the type and quality required during performance of Work, for review and acceptance by Engineer. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. All photographs shall be taken and processed by a qualified and established commercial photographer experienced in construction photography. B. All photography shall be taken and processed by an established professional electrographer experienced in the production of color audio/video tape documentation for the construction industry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHIC RI:QUIRF.MI NTS: Specified in PART 3, this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS SITE PHOT OGRAPI IS: A. Contractor shall be responsible for photographs of the Site to show the existing and general progress of the Work. T ngineer will advise as to which views arc of interest. Photographs shall be taken ol'the following areas and at the fallowing tinges. 1. Existing Site conditions before Site work is started. Number of views shall be adequate to cover the Site. 2. Progress of the Work from mobilization throughout construction. There shall be six diff'crent views taken on or about the first of'each month. 3. Finished Project ,.viler completion of Work. Number of views shall be adequate to show the finished Work. d. If Project is not completed during the Contract Time or authorized extensions, photographs shall continue it) be taken at no increase in Contract Price, B. Photographic Prints: I. All prints shall be color, smooth glossy finish, 8" x 10" in size, taken with nlediunl format camera with minimum negative size of'2-1/4" x 2-1/4", inserted into archival quality polypropylene photographic binder pages and punched for insertion into a standard 3-ring binder. Provide binders identified by Contract name and Contract number. C. Print Negatives: I. Negatives for 8" x 10" prints shall be identified using the respective matching label, individually protected in negative sleeves. J1 1 01325.2 01325-1 SECTION 01325 - CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: continued D. Identification: 1. Identify each photographic print on the reverse side with a label which contains the Contract name and Contract number, date of exposure, and description of view. Prints shall also bear the photographer's name or trademark. 2. Identify electronic media with date digital photographs were taken. E. Provide three prints of each view. F. Deliver prints (and electronic media tiles)to Engineer. G. Deliver photographic negatives to: Burns & McDonnell Engineering Co. Publications Dcpt. - Mr. W. R. Crippen 9400 Ward Parkway Kansas City, MO 64114 3.02 ADDITIONAL PHO'rOGRAPIIS: A. from time to time Engineer may issue requests for additional photographs, in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order, and are not included in the Contract Price or an Allowance. 1. Engineer will give the photographer 3 days' notice, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations, the photographer shall take additional photographs within 24 hours of Engineer's request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to: a. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component or Work. b. Owner's request for special publicity photographs. C. Special events planned at Project Site. ci. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. C. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project Site. f. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. END OF SECTION 01325 01325-2 JEF'01325.2 sl CTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes definitions, descriptions, trrulsmittal, and review of Submittals. B. Related Work Spceified C.:Iscwhcre: 1. Project Meetings, Schedules, and Reports: SECTION 01320. 2. Construction Photographs; SECTION 01325. 3. Contract Closeout: SECTION 01780. 1.02 GENERAL INFORMATION: A. Definitions: 1. Shop Drawings, product data, and Samples are technical Submittals prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor, 111ar111(act Lire r, or Supplier and submitted by Contractor to Engineer as a basis for approval of'thc use of F,quipment and Materials proposed for incorporation in the Work or needed to describe installation, operation, maintenance, or technical properties. a. Shop Drawings include custom-prepared data of all types including drawings, diagrams, performance curves, material schedules, templates, instructions, and similar information not in standard printed form applicable to other projects. b. Product data includes standard printed information on material;, products, and systems; not custom-prepared for this Project, other than the designation of selections from available choices. C. Samples include both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials, products, and Work. both as complete units and as smaller portions of units of Work; either for linlited visual inspection or(where indicated) for more detailed testing and analysis. Mock-ups arc a special firm of Samples which are too large to • be handled in the specified manner for transmittal of Sample Submittals. 2. Informational Submittals are those technical reports, administrative Submittals, certificates, and guarantees not defined as Shop Drawings, product data, or Samples. a. Technical reports include laboratory reports, tests, technical procedures, technical records, and Contractor's design analysis. b. Administrative Submittals are those nontechnical Submittals required by the Contract Documents or deemed necessary for-administrative records. "these Submittals include maintenance agreements. Bonds, Proicct photographs, physical work records, statements of applicability, copies of industry standards, Project record Clata. sectlr'ity/prottctioii/safety data, and similar type SUbI111tta15. C. Certificates and guarantees are those Submittals on f:quipment and Materials where a written certificate or guarantee from the manu(Ileturer or Supplier is called for in the Specifications. 3. Refer to ARTICLES 1.03 and 1.01 of this Part for detailed lists of documents and specific requirements. li. Quality Requirements: I. Submittals such as Shop Drawings and product data shall be of suitable quality for legibility and rcproduction purposes. Every line, character, and letter shall be clearly legible. Drawings such as reproducibics shall be useable for further reproduction to yield legible hard copy. 4 2. Documents submitted to Engineer that do not conform to specified requirements shall be subject to rejection by fAigincer, and upon request by Engineer, Contractor shall resubmit JEF01330.2 01330-1 SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS: continued conforming documents. if conforming Submittals cannot be obtained, such documents shall be retraced, redrawn, or photographically restored as may be necessary to meet such requirements. Contractor's(or his Subcontractor's) failure to initially satisfy the legibility quality requirements will not relieve Contractor(or his Subcontractors) from meeting the required schedule for Submittals. C. language and Dimensions: 1. All words and dimensional units shall be in the English language. 2. ;Metric dimensional unit equivalents may be stated in addition to the English units. However, English units of measurement shall prevail. D. Submittal Completeness: 1. Submittals shall be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials of construction, and other information specified to enable Engineer to review the information effectively. 2. Where standard drawings are furnished which cover a number of variations of the general class of Equipment, each drawing shall be annotated to indicate exactly which parts of the drawing apply to the Equipment being furnished. Use hatch marks to indicate variations that do not apply to the Submittal. The use of"highlighting markers" will not be an acceptable means of annotating Submittals. Annotation shall also include proper identification of the Submittal permanently attached to the drawing. 3. Reproductions or copies of Contract Drawings or portions thereof will not be accepted as complete fabrication or erection drawings. Contractor may use a reproduction of Contract Drawings for erection drawings to indicate information on erection or to identify detail drawing references. Whenever the Drawings are revised to show this additional Contractor inf'ornlation, Engineer's title block shall be replaced with a Contractor's title block, and Engineer's professional seal shall be removed from the drawing. Tile Contractor shall revise these erection drawings for subsequent Engineer revisions to the Contract Drawings. w 1.03 T-F-*CHNICAL, SUBMITTALS: A. Items shall include, but not be limited to. Ilse following: I. Manufacturer's specifications. 2. Catalogs, or parts thereof. of manufactured Equipment. 3. Shop fabrication and erection drawings. 4. General outline drawings of'Equipment showing overall dimensions, location of major components, weights, and location of required building ol-,enings and floor plates. 5. Detailed Equipment installation drawings, showing foundation details, anchor bolt sues and locations, basci late sues. location of Owner's connections: and all clearances required for erection. operation, and disassembly for maintenance. G. Schematic diagrams for electrical items, showing external connections, terminal block numbers, internal wiring diagrams and one-line diagrams. 7. Bills of material and spare parts list. 8. Instruction books and operating manuals. 9. Material lists or schedules. 10, Performance tests on Equipment by manufacturers. 11. Concrete mix design information. 12. Samples and color charts. 13. All drawings, catalogs or parts thereof, manufacturer's specifications and data, samples, instructions, and other information specified or necessary: 01330-2 JEF01330.2 SECTION 01330 - SUBMiT T'ALS: continued a. For Engineer to determine that the Equipment and Materials conform with the design concept and comply with the intent of the Contract Documents. b. For the proper erection, installation, operation, and maintenance of the is"quipment and Material,; which Engineer will review for general content but not for basic details. C. For Engineer to determine what supports, anchorages, structural details, connections, and services are required for the Equipment and Materials,and the effects on contiguous or related structures and Equipment and Materials. 13. SCiIC(Il11C of Submittals: i. Prepare for Engineer's concurrence, a schedule for submission of all Submittals specified or necessary for Engineer's approval of the use of Equipment and Materials proposed for incorporation in the Work or needed for proper installation, operation, or maintenance. Submit the schedule with the procurement schedule and construction progress schedule. Schedule submission of all Submittals to permit review, fabrication, and delivery in time so as to not cause a delay in the Work of Contractor or his Subcontractors or any other contractors as described herein. 2. In establishing schedule for Submittals, allow 20 days in Engineer's office for reviewing original Submittals and 15 days in Engineer's office for reviewing resubmittals. 3. The schedule shall indicate the anticipated dates of original submission for each item and Engineer's approval thereof, and shall be based upon at least one resubmission of each item. 4. Schedule all Submittals required prior to fabrication or manufacture for submission within 90 days of the Notice to Proceed. Schedule Submittals pertaining to storage, installation, and operation at the Site for Engineer's approval prior to delivery of the Equipment and Materials. 5. Ttesubmit Submittals the number of times required for Engineer's "Submittal Approved." However, any need for resubmittals in excess of'the number set forth in the accepted schedule, or any other delay in obtaining approval of Submittals, will not be grounds for extension of the Contract "Times, provided l;nginccr completes his reviews within the times specified. C. Transmittal of Submittals: I. All Submittals for Equipment and Materials furnished by Contractor, Subcontractors, manufacturers, and Suppliers shall be submitted to Engineer by Contractor. 2. After checking and verifying all Iteld measurements, transmit all Submittals to Engineer for approval as follo\vs: a. Submittal Information Block: ( I ) Affix to all paper copies whether Submittal is prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor, or Supplier. Use transparent decal type Submittal Information Blocks for Shop Drawhigs and use gummed paper type for product data Submittals. All Submittal Information Blocks needed for this Contract will be furnished to Contractor at no charge at the initial coordination conference. (2) An example oftltc Submittal Information Block is included as an appendix to this Section. b. Mark each Submittal by Project narne and number, Contract title and number, and the applicable Specification Section and Article number. Include in the biter of transmittal the Drawing number and title, sheet number(if applicable), revision w number, and electronic filename (ifapplicable). Unidentifiable Submittals will be returned for proper identification. JEF01330.2 01330-3 v SECTION 01330 - SUBMl'1"I'AL,S: continued C. Check and include Contractor's approval for Submittals of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and manufacturers prior to transmitting them to Engineer. Contractor's approval shall constitute it representation to Owner and Engineer that Contractor has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, raid similar data, or Contractor assumes full responsibility For doing so, and that Contractor has coordinated each Submittal with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. d. At the time of each submission, call to the attention of Engineer in the letter of transmittal any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. e. Make all modifications noted or indicated by Engineer and return revised Submittals until approved. Direct specific attention in writing, or on revised Submittals, to changes other than the modifications called for by Engineer on previous Submittals. ARcr paper copy Submittals have been approved, submit copies thercol'for final distribution. Previously approved Submittals transmitted for final distribution will not be further reviewed and are not to be revised. If errors are discovered during manufacture or fabrication, correct the Submittal and resubmit tier review. f. following completion of the Work and prior to final payment, furnish record documents and approved Samples and Shop Drawings necessary to indicate "as constructed" conditions, including field modifications, in the number of copies specified. furnish additional copies !or insertion in Equipment instruction books and operating manuals as required. All such copies shall be clearly marked "PROJECT RECORD." g. Keep a copy or sample of each Submittal in good Order at the Site. 3. Quantity Requirements: a. Except as otherwise specified, transmit all Shop Drawings in the lollowing quantities: (1) Initial Submittal: (a) Paper- Six copies to Engineer. Two copies will he returned to C'ont'acaor, (2) Resubmittals: (a) Paper- Six copies to Engineer. Two will be returned to Contractor. (3) Submital liar final distribution: 00 Paper- Dour copies plus the number required by Contractor, to En�,inccr. (41) As-constructed documents: (a) Paler - four copies to I'.ngineer. b. 'Transmit Submittals of product data as follows: ( I) Initial Subrnitt;tl: (,t) Paper - Six copies to Engineer. Two copies will be returned to Contractor. (2) Resubm ittals: (a) Paper - Six copies to Engineer. 'f wo copies will be returned to Contractor. (3) Submittal for Ima) distribution: (a) Paper - four copies plus the number of copies required by Contractor, to Engineer. C. Transmit Submittals of Material Samples, color charts, and similar items as follows: (I) Initial Submittal - four to 17ngincer. 01330-4 JEF01330.2 S( C"PION 01330 - S_t_IBMl'1"PALS: continued ., (..) Rcsuhmittsl - four to I�ngincc,r. (3) Upon approval, One Sample will be returned to Contractor. d. Transmit Submittals cif Equipment instruction books and operating manuals as follows: (1) Initial Submittal: (a) Paper,- Dour copies to Engineer. Only Engineer's comments will be returned to Contractor% (2) Resubmittals: (a) paper- Dour copies to ( nginecr. Only Engineer's comments will be returned to Contractor. (3) Submittal for- final Distribution - Dour paper copies to Engineer. e. Transmit Submittals Cor reference only: (I) Paper- Dour copies to Engineer. f. When all Submittals have been updated to "as-constructed" conditions, transmit to Engineer and to Owner in electronic format. g. Owner-may copy and use for internal operations and staff training purposes any and all docwncnt Suhntittals required by this Contract and approved for' final distribution, whether or- not such documents are copyrighted, at no additional cost to Owner. If permission to copy any such Submittal for the purposes stated is unreasonably withheld from Owner by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, or Supplier, Contractor shall p►•ovide to Engineer 10 copies plus the number of copies required by Contractor at each final distribution issue. D. Engineer's Review: ® I. Engineer will review and return Submittals to Contractor with appropriate notations. Instruction books and similar Submittals will be reviewed by Fngineer (or general content but not for basic details. 2. Work requiring a Submittal shall not be commenced or shipped mail the Submittal has • been marked " Submittal Approved" or "Submittal Approved as Noted" by Engineer. 3. Engineer's approval of'Submittals will not relieve Contractor from Contractor's responsibility as stated in the OFNERAL PROVISIONS, 1:. Submittal Action Stamp: 1. Engineer's review action stamp, appropriately completed, will appear on all Submittals of Contractor when returner[ by I'Aiginecr. Review status designations listed on I',ngineer's action stamp aw defined as follows: A - SUBMITTAL APPROVED- Signifies Equipment or Material represented by tilt' Submittal conlurms with the design concept and complies with the intent of the Contract Documents and is approved for incorpol'atiort in the \Vot-k. Contractor is to proceed with fabrication or pioctn-cment ofthe items and with related Work. Copies of the Submittal are to be Iransmitied to Engineer for final distribution. 13 - SUBMITTAL, APPROVED AS NOTED (RESUBMIT): Signifies f?quipment and M.Itcrial represented by the SUbnllttal con(orrns with the design concept and complies with the intent of the Contract Documents and is approved for incorporation in the Work in accordance with Engineer's notations. Contractor is to proceed with fabrication or I,r•ocur•ement of the items and with related Work in accordance with ingineer's notations and is to submit a revised .1[:101330.2 (11330-5 SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS: continued Submittal responsive to notations marked on the returned Submittal or written in the letter of transmittal. C - SUBMIITAL RETURNED FOR REVISION (RESUBMIT): Signifies Equipment and Material represented by the Submittal appears to conform with the design concept and comply with the intent of the Contract Documents but information is either insufficient in detail or contains discrepancies which prevent Engineer from completing his review. Contractor is to resubmit revised information responsive to Engineer's annotations on the returned Submittal or written in the letter of transmittal. l"abrication or procurement of items represented by the Submittal and related Work is not to proceed until the Submittal is approved. D - SUBMITTAL NOT APPROVED (SUBMIT ANEW): Signifies Equipment and Material represented by the Submittal does not conform with the design concept or comply with the intent of the Contract Documents and is disapproved for use in the Work. Contractor is to provide Submittals responsive to the Contract Documents. E- PRELIMINARY SUBMI'l°I'AL: Signifies Submittals of such preliminary nature that a detenttination of conformance with the design concept or compliance with the intent of the Contract Documents must be deferred until additional information is furnished. Contractor is to submit such additional information to permit layout and related activities to proceed. 1: - FOR REI I:RENC4:, NO APPROVAL REQUIRED: Signifies Submittals which are for supplementary information only., pamphlets, general information sheets, catalog cuts, standard sheets. bulletins and similar data, all of which arc useful to Engineer or Owner in design, operation, or maintenance, but which by their nature do not constitute a basis for determining that items represented thereby conform with the design concept or comply with the intent of the Contract Documents. Engineer reviews such SUbnlittal5 for general content but not for basic details. G - DISTRIBUTION COPY (PREVIOUSLY APPROVED): Signifies Submittals which have been previously approved and are being distributed to Contractor, Owner, Resident Project Representative, and others for coordination and construction purposes. P. Instruction Books and Operating Manuals: I. Equipment instruction books and operating manuals prepared by the nrru1ufacntrer shall include the following: a. Index and tabs. b. Instructions for installation, start-up, operation, inspection, maintenance, parts lists and recommended spare parts, and data sheets showing model numbers. 01330-6 JE1:01330.2 SI;C'I'ION 01330 - SUBMI'ITAI.S: continued C. Applicable drawings, d. Warranties and guarantees. C. Address of nearest manufacturer-authorized service facility. f. All additional data specific(]. 2. Information listed above shall be bound into hard-back binders of three-ring type. Sheet size shall be 8-1/2 x 11. Binder color shall be black, Capacity shall be a minirimin of I- 1/2-inches, but sufficient to contain and use sheets with case. a. Provide with following accessories: (I) Label holder. (2) Business card holder. (3) Sheetlifiers. (4) Horizontal pockets. b. The following information shall be imprinted, inserted or affixed by label oil the binder front cover: (1) Equipment name. (2) Manufstcturcr's name. (3) Project name. (4) Contract name and number. C. 'file following information shall be imprinted, inserted, or affixed by label on the binder spine: (1) Equipment name, (2) Manufacturer's name. (3) Volume number(if applicable), Q. SAr11pICS: 1. Office Samples shall be ofsufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate the following: a. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. • h. Full range ofcolor, texture, and pattern. 2. Field Samples and Mock-ups: a. Contractor shall erect field Samples and mock-ups at the Project Site and at a location acceptable to I"tigincer. b, Size or area shall be as specified in the respective Specification Section. C. Fabricate each Sample and mock-up complete and finished. d. Remove mock-ups at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to the Engineer if not it permanent part of construction. 1,04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: A. Informational Subnlittutls are comprised oftechnical reports, adili ill istrative Submittals, and guarantees which relate to the Work, but do not require Engineer approval prior to proceeding with the Work. Informational Submittals include: 1. Welder qualification tests. 2. Welding proccdurc qualification tests. 3. X-ray and radiographic reports. 4, Hydrostatic testing of pipes. 5. Field test reports. G. Concrete cylinder test reports. 7. ASNIE pressure vessel test reports, 8. Certification on Materials: a. Steel mill tests, .1[?F01330.2 01330-7 SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS: continued b. Roofing lab tests. C. Brick and concrete masonry unit lab tests. d. Paint lab tests. C. Metal paneling lab tests. f. Cement tests. 9. Soil test reports. 10. Air handling balancing reports. 11. Temperature records. 12. Piping stress analysis. 13. Shipping or packing lists. 14. .lob progress schedules. 15. Equipment.and Material delivery schedules. 16. Progress photographs. 17. Warranties and guarantees. 18. Dire protection and hydraulic calculations. B. Transmittal of Informational Submittals: I. All informational Submittals furnished by Subcontractors, mamrfircturcrs, and Suppliers shall be submitted to Engineer by Contractor unless othenvise specified. a. Identify each informational Submittal by Project name and number, Contract title and number, and the Specification Section and Article number marked thereon or in the letter of transmittal. Unidentifiable Submittals will be returned for proper identification. b. At the time of each submission, call to the attention of Engineer in the letter of transmittal any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Quantity Requirements: a. Technical reports and administrative Submittals except as othenvise specified: ( 1) Engineer: Two copies. b. Written Certificates and Guarantees: (I) Engineer: Two copies. 3. Test Reports: a. Responsibilities of Contractor, Owner, and Engineer regarding tests and inspections of Equipment and Materials and completed Work are set firth elsewhere in these Contract Documents. b. The party specified responsible For testing or inspection shall in each case, unless otherwise specified, arrange for the testing laboratory or reporting agency to distribute test reports as follows: (I ) Owner: Two copies. (2) Engineer: One copy. (3) Resident Pro,ject Representative: One copy. (4) Contractor: 'Iwo copies. (5) Manuf CtUrer or Supplier: One copy. C. Engineer's Review: I. Engineer will review informational Submittals for indications of Work or Material deficiencies. 2. Engineer will respond to Contractor on those informational Submittals which indicate Work or Material deficiency. 01330-8 JEF01330.2 SECTION 01330- SUBMITTALS: continued PART 2, PRODUCTS-Nbt Applicable. PART 3 EXECUTION -Not Applicable. END OF SECTION 01330 �t r' '•rr r' t , JIaL0133Q 2 01330-9 t _' Submittal Information Block For the use of Engineer Contractor: Fill in all blanks without preprinted information. Project Name E a Project No. r%1 Contract Title o Contract No, Spec.Sect.No. Art No. a C Contractor's Approval (See Contract Documents) W Contractor )ee Contract Action (See Contract Documentsj Approved By - Date Received Date Initials&Date Initials&Date • A E _ (Do not send drawing to Engineer S F without Contractor's prior Approval.) C G D Contractor: Fill in this block on all Submittals. I. Use this decal on all Shop Drawings, whether prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor, or Supplier. Place as near as possible to the drawing title in the lower right corner. 2. Affix the gurntned edge paper Submittal Information Blocks to all "product data"type Submittals immediately inside the front cover. SECTION 01330-Appendix r BMcD 031097 N Sl?C"('ION 01420 - DI FINII FIONS AND STANDARDS PART I - GFNFIZA1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Definitions: I. Basic contract definitions used in the Contract Documents are defined in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. Definitions and explanations are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for the Work. 2. General (requirements arc the previsions or requirements of DIVISION I Sections,and which apply to the entire Work of the Contract. 13. Related Information Specified Elsewhere: Specification standards and associations applicable to the Work are specified in each Section. 1.02 SPI;CIFICAT ION F()RMA'I' AND C'ON'1'F,N'I' EXPLANATIONS: A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's (CSI) Section Format and MasterForrnat numbering system. Some portions may not fully comply and no particular significance will be attached to such compliance or noncompliance. I. Divisions and Sections: For convenience, a basic unit of Specification text is a "Section," each unit of which is numbered and named. These are organized with related Sections, into "Divisions," which are recognized as the present industry consensus on uniform organization and sequencing of Specifications. The Section title is not intended to limit meaning or content of Section, nor to be fully descriptive of'requirements specified therein, nor to be an integral part of text. 2 Section Numbering: Used for identification and to facilitate cross-references in Contract Documents. Sections are placed in numeric sequence; however, numbering sequence is not complete, and listing of Sections in Table of Contents at beginning of the Project • Manual must be consulted to determine numbers and names of Specification Sections in these Contract Documents. 3. Page Numbering: Numbered indcpcndently for each Section. Section number is shown with page number at bottom ofcach page, to facilitate location of text. 4. P arts: F"ach Section of Specifications generally has been subdivided into three basic "parts" fir uniformity and convenience (PART I - GENERA(., PART 2 - PRODUCTS, and PART 3 - liXl:('UTION). These "Parts" do not limit the meaning of text within. Some Sections may not contain all three "Parts" when not applicable, or may contain more than three "Parts" to add clarity to organization of Section. 5. Underscoring of Titles: Used strictly to assist reader of Specification in scanning text for key words in content. No emphasis on or relative importance is intended except where underscoring may be used in bo(ly of text to en)phasi•rc a dut)', critical requirement, or similar situation. G. Project Identification: Project file number and identification are recorded at bottom of each page of Specifications to minimize possible misuse ol'Specifications, or confusion With other Project Specifications. 13. Specification Content: I. These Specifications apply certain conventions in the use of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, anti phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as fellows: • a. Imperative and Streamlined language: These Specifications are written in imperative and abbreviated form. This imperative language of the technical JEF01420.2 01 420-1 A SFIC TION 01,120_- i E. INiTIONS AND STANDARDS: continued Sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall," "the Contractor shall," and "shall be," and similar mandatory phrases by inference in the same manner as tlley su•e applied to notes on the Drawings. The words "shall be" shall be supplied by inference where it colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. Except as worded to the contrary, fulfill (perform) all indicated requirements whether stated imperatively or otherwise. h. Specifying Melhods: The techniques or methods of specifying requirements varies 1111-ollpholll tcm, and may Include "prescriptive," "compliance with standards," "performance," "proprietary," or a combination of these. The method used for specifying tine unit of Work has no bearing on requirements for another unit of Work. e'. ( h erl11pping Mid ( 011flicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more industry �;taiid arils or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those different standards or requirements establishes different or conflicting minimums or levels of quality, notify I:ng,ineer tar a decision as specified in GENERAL PIO VISIONS d, Abbreviations: 'Throughout the Contract Documents are abbreviations implying words and meanings which shall he appropriately interpreted. Specific abbreviations have been established, principally for lengthy technical terminology and in con.jtinclion with coordination of Specification requirements with notations on Dri►wing•; and in schedules. 'These are normally defined at first instance of use. ()rganiiallonal and association names and titles of general standards are also allhrc% iated. C, Assignment ofspeciahsls- ha certain instances, Specification text requires that specific Work he assigned to specialists in 111e operations to he perfirrmed. These specialists shall be engaged lilr perfornlanc.•e of 111osc units of Work, and assignnients are requirements over which Contractor has no ,•11oi,:c or Opllon, These assignments shall not be confessed with, and are not intended 10 interfere cc Oil, enforcement ol'huilding codes and similar regulations governing the Work, local trade and union jurisdictions, and similar conventions. Nevertheless, final rrsp0n1%i11i11l� (or 1,111Mlmerel ofCont;rc:1 requirements remains with Contractor. I). I1"Ide`'. I'%cepl iv, 111hel�1is1• spec•Illed o► Irldicaled, till' tise of titles such as "carpentry" In spvc1liratiou le\I, ualpllc•s ne1111cr 111111 the %Vork must be performed by an accredited or unionaied tradesperson of rorrespunding generic male (such as "Carpenter"), nor that specified reclunrnaenl , a11p1.� I„ �%oik hY Iradespersons ofthat corresponding generic name. 1.03 I?)t_ \�1'Ih(j S tl.it >I_,.ti �\. I,\cepl as cithrr%c i•.c• iu,li,'nlvd, ,1'rap11ar .ynll,ol, tlsud nn Drawings are those symbols iLTop'niied in (11c• c•onstuctioll for purposes indicated. Refer instances of uncertainty to Flipulec•r Im c lilt ilit-alwn l,tl•t (ti)..>..L`.�,Llt.l'..ti'I,\�JI) 1.It,l).S \. \Ill)Iscs,hihty of wtulclaads I..u:eIll c�11ere I c, ( ill it Doc it n►ents include more stringent re,limelllentti, applic'ahlc eolislilloluu rlufust`• standards limc: file sank force and effectas if hound or copit•d dill ll> ullo thl� ('ontlild I)octrnlcnls. tiuch standards are made a part of the Contract f►ocunlenls 11S leek-lence sand are slated in ellch Section, I. Kef,crencc-d stuldsuds, lefclenct'd clirc•elly in Contract Docunienls or by governing regulations, haver 11rrc eclenc e over nonrcfi-it-nced standards which sine recognized in S lndus►ry for ;lpllhr;lhllaty Ir, tin \1 ark. (II.U0.2 ,IET01420.2. SECTION 01420- DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS: continued 2. Where an applicable code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the Contract Documents and before performance of Work affected, the Engineer will decide whether to issue a Change Order to proceed with the updated standard. 3. In every instance the quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum to be provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly, within specified tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits. to complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values, as noted, or appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding. 4. Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. a. Where copies of standards are needed for performance of a required construction activity, Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. B. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are Frequently abbreviated. Where such acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. PART 2 - PRODUCTS -Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Applicable. END OF SEC'T'ION 01420 JEF01420.2 01420-3 r SECTION 01520 - FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes requirements for temporary field offices and ether structures required for office and storage space required by Contractor and Engineer. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Equipment and Materials: SECTION 01600. 2. Temporary Utilities and Facilities: SECTION 01560. C. Use of Existing Facilities: 1. Existing facilities at the Site shall not be used for field offices, D. Use of Permanent Facilities: 1. Permanent facilities when substantially completed shall not be used for field offices or for storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIELD OFFICES: A. General: 1. Provide trailers, mobile buildings, or buildings constructed with floors raised aboveground, with steps, landings, and railings at entrance doors. 2. Buildings shall be structurally sound, secure, and weathertight, 3. Provide appropriate type fire extinguishers at each office and storage area. 4. Maintain offices during progress of the Work. 5. Install office spaces ready for occupancy 15 days after date stated in Notice to Proceed. B. Contractor's Office: 1. Provide a field office for Contractor's superintendent on the Site. 2. It shall be of size required for general use, with lights, heat, furnishings, telephone service, and other necessary facilities and utilities required by Contractor's operations. C. Resident Project Representative's Offcc: I. Provide a separate field office for Engineer's Resident Project Representative on the Site. 2. Provide the following minimum requirements: a. 14-square-meter(150-square-foot) minimum, with minimum dimension of 2.4 meters (8 feet). b. Secure entrance doors - one set of keys. C. Windows with operable sash and insect screens. d. Lockable storage closet. e. Resilient floor covering. f. Furnishings: (1) One standard size desk with three drawers, swivel desk chair with arms. (2) One throw table of sufficient size for full size Drawings and Submittals. (3) One plan rack to hold a minimum of six racks of Drawings. (4) One standard 4-drawer legal-size metal filing cabinet with lock and key. (5) Two linear meters (Six linear feet) of bookshelves, 250-mm (10-inch) minimum depth. (6) Two straight chairs. (7) One waste basket per desk and table, (8) One tackboard, 900 nun x 750 mm (36" x 30"). JEF01520.2 01520-1 M SECTION 01520- FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS: continued g. Services: (1) Lighting: 538 lux (50 footcandles) at desktop height. Exterior lighting at entrance door. (2) Heating and air conditioning. (3) Electrical Service: Minimum of two circuits, i f OV, 60 hertz. Minimum of four i l OV duplex convenience outlets. (4) Toilet facilities. (5) Separate line telephone. See SECTION 01560. (6) Electric water cooler. 2.02 S'T'ORAGE SHEDS AND TRAILERS: A. On Site: 1. Provide temporary buildings or trailers needed for storage of Equipment and Materials installed under this Contract. 2. Provide ventilation and heating as required by Equipment and Material stored. B. Off Site: 1. Advise Engineer of any arrangements made for storage of Equipment and Materials in a place other than Owner's Site. Furnish evidence of insurance coverage with Application for Payment in conformance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE: A. General: 1. Place temporary buildings, trailers, and stored materials in locations acceptable to Owner or Engineer. 2. Install field offices and sheds to resist winds and elements of the locality where installed. 3. Remove when no longer needed at the Site or when Work is completed. 4. Keep approach walks free of leaves, mud, water, ice,or snow. 5. At completion of Work, remove temporary buildings and trailers, foundations (if any), utility services, and debris. 6. Prepare ground or paved areas as specified in applicable Sections. END OF SECTION 01520 01520-2 JEFO1520.2 r SECTION 01530- 'TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS PART i - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes General Requirements for: 1. Safety and protection of Work. 2. Safety and protection of existing property. 3. Barriers. 4. Environmental eontrols. 5. Access roads and parking areas. 6. Traffic control and use of roadways. 7. Railroad service. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Temporary Utilities and Facilities: SECTION 01560. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION i 3.01 SAFETY AND PROTEC'TiON OF WORK AND PROPERTY: A. General: I. Provide for the safety and protection of the Work as set forth in GENE RALPROVISIONS. Provide protection at all times against rain, wind, storms, frost, freezing, condensation, or heat so as to maintain all Work and Equipment and Materials free from injury or damage. At the end of each day, all new Work likely to be damaged shall be appropriately protected. 2. Notify Engineer immediately at any time operations are stopped due to conditions which R make it impossible to continue operations sal'ely or to obtain proper results. 3. Construct and maintain all necessary temporary drainage and do all pumping necessary to keep excavations, floors, pits, trenches, manholes, and ducts free of water. 4. Prcteet floors from damage by proper covering and care when handling heavy equipment, painting, or handling mortar or other such materials. Use proper cribbing and shoring to prevent overloading of floors while moving heavy equipment. Provide metal pans under pipe-threading machines and clean such pans daily, keeping oil off floors. Restore floors to firrmer condition where damaged or stained. 5. Concrete floors less than 28 days old shall not be loaded without written permission from Engineer. 6. Restrict access to roofs except as required by the Work, Where access is required, provide protection with plywood, boards, or other suitable materials. 13. Property Other than Owner's: 1. Provide for the safety and protection of property as set forth in the GENE RAL PROVISIONS. Report immediately to the owners thereofand promptly repair damage to existing facilities resulting from construction operations. 2. Names and telephone numbers of'representatives of agencies and utilities having jurisdiction over streets and utilities in the Work area can be obtained from Engineer for the agencies listed below. Concerned agencies or utilities shall be contacted a minimum of 24 hours prior to performing Work, closing streets and other traffic areas, or • excavating near underground utilities or pole lines, a. Water. JEFOl530.2 01530-1 SECTION 01530 - TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS: continued b. Gas. C. Sanitary sewers. d. Storm drains. e. Pipeline companies. f. Telephone. g. Electric. h. Municipal streets. i. State highways. J. City engineer. k. Fire. I. Police. 3. Operation of valves or other appurtenances on existing utilities, when required, shall be by or under the direct supervision of the owning utility. 4. Where fences are to be breached on private property, the owners thereof shall be contacted and arrangements made to ensure proper protection of any livestock or other. property thus exposed. 5. The applicable requirements specified for protection of the Work shall also apply to the protection of existing property of others. 6. Before acceptance of the Work by Owner, restore all property affected by Contractor's operations to the original or better condition. 3.02 BARRIERS: A. General: I. furnish, install, and maintain suitable barriers as required to prevent public entry, protect tilt: public, and to protect the Work, existing facilities, trees, and plants from construction operations. Remove when no longer needed or at cornpletion of Work. 2. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but shall not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards or regulatory agencies. ; 3. Barriers shall be of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance, structurally adequate for the required purposes. 4. Maintain barriers in good repair and clean condition for adequate visibility. Relocate barriers as required by progress of Work. 5. Repair damage caused by installation and restore area to original or better condition. Clean the area. B. Tree and Plant Protection: 1. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants at the Site which are designated to remain and those adjacent to the Site. 2. Provide temporary barriers around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Construct to a height of 6 feet around trees, and to a height to adequately protect plants. 3. Consult with Engineer and remove agreed-on roots and branches which will interfere With construction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to reprove and to treat cuts. 4. Protect root zones of trees and plants as follows: a. DO not 111ow vehicular traffic or parking. b. Do not store raterials or products. C. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. d. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. 5. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. • 01530-2 JLI-01530.2 SECTION 01530 - TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS: continued G. Remove and replace, or suitably repair, trees and plants which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations, and which were designated to remain. 3.03 ( NVIRONMINTAL. CONTROLS: A. bust Control: I. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust front construction operations; and to prevent airborne dust front dispersing into the atmosphere. 2. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning oil an as basis until painting is finished. 3. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting front cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces. B. Water and Erosion Control: I. Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project, the Site, or adjoining properties. 2. Plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and front borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. a. Hold the areas of bare soil exposed at one time to a minintunt. b. Provide temporary control measures such as berms, dikes, and drains. 3. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct surface drainage away from excavations, pits, tunnels,and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff. 4. Provide, operate, and maintain hydraulic equipment ofadequate capacity to control ® surface and groundwater. 5. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of•the Site or to adjoining areas. 6. Provide temporary drainage where the roofing or similar waterproof deek construction is • completed prior to the connection and operation of the permanent drainage piping ' system. C. Rodent Control: I. Provide rodent control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas. a. I:nrploy methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Site or adjoining properties. Ii. Should the use of rodentcides be considered necessary, submit an i il'ormational copy of the proposed pr•ogra►n to Owner with a copy to f;ngineer. Clearly indicate: ( I ) The area or areas to be treated. (2) The rodentcides to be used, with a copy of the maim(aeturcr's printed instructions. (3) The pollution preventive measures to be employed. 2. 'file use of any rodenticide shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and regulatory agencies. 1). Debris Control and Clean-Up: I. Keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of debris, waste materials, and rubbish caused by construction operations and employees. Responsibilities shall include: a. Adequate trash receptacles about the Site, emptied promptly when filled. b. Periodic cleanup to avoid hazards or interference with operations at the Site and to maintain the Site in a reasonably neat condition. 111:01530.2 01530-3 SECTION 01530 - TEMPORARY HARRIERS AND CONTROLS: continued C. The keeping; of construction materials such as forms and scaffolding neatly stacked, d, ltnmediate cleanup to protect the Work by removing splattered concrete, asphalt, oil, paint, corrosive liquids, and cleaning solutions from walls, floors, and metal surfaces before surfaces are marred. 2. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillages on access and haul routes, Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements. 3. Final cleanup is specified in SECTION 01780 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. E. Pollution Control: I. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of hazardous or toxic substances from construction operations. 2. Provide equipment and personnel, perform emergency measures required to contain any spillages, and remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-Site in approved locations, and replace with suitable compacted rill and topsoil, 3. 'fake special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters, sanitary, or storm sewers. 3.04 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS: A. New"Temporary On-Site Roads and Parking Areas: I, Locate roads, drives, walks, and parking facilities to provide access to construction offices, mobilization, Work, storage areas, and other areas required for execution of the Contract. a. Consult with Engineer regarding any desired deviation therefrom, b. Size of parking facilities shall be adequate to provide for needs of Contractor's personnel, Resident Project Representatives, and visits to Site by Engineer and Owner. 2. Provide access for emergency vehicles. Maintain driveways a minimum of 15 feet wide between and around combustible materials in storage and mobilization areas. 3. Maintain traffic areas free of excavated materials, construction equipment, snow, ice, and debris. 4. Construct temporary bridges and culverts to span low areas and allow unimpeded drainage. 5. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free ('rom obstruction and accessible for use. 6. Construction: a. Clear areas required. b. Fill. compact, and grade areas as necessary to provide suitable support for vehicular traffic under anticipated loadings. Materials and construction shall be as specified in DIVISION 2, C. Provide for surface drainage of facilities and surrounding areas. d. Maintain roads, walks, and parking areas in a sound, clean condition. Repair or replace portions damaged during progress of Work. 7. Removal a. Completely remove temporary materials and constructi0l) when construction needs can be met by use of permanent installation, unless construction is to be integrated into permanent construction. Remove and dispose of compacted materials to depths required b),various conditions to be met in completed Work. b. Restore areas to original, better, or specified condition at completion of Work. 01530-4 JEF01530.2 SECTION 01530 - 'i'i:MPORARY BARRiERS AND CONTROLS: continued B. irxrstrng On-Sttc Roads and Parking Areas: 1. Designnted existing on-Site streets and parking facilities may be used for construction traffic. a. Provide temporary additional roads as needed for required construction access. b. Maintain existing construction, and restore to original, better, or specified condition at completion of Work. C. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in parking areas. 2. Do not allow existing on-Site streets, parking facilities, or walks to be used for construction traffic, equipment, or personnel. 3.05 'i'RA(:FIC CONTROL AND USE Oh ROADWAYS: A. Traffic Control: 1. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment, services, and personnel, with traffic control and protective devices, as required to expedite vehicular traffic flow on haul routes, at Site entrances, on-Site access roads, and parking areas. This includes traffic signals and signs, flagmen, flares, lights, barricades, and other devices or personnel as necessary to adequately protect the public. 2. Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required. Restore grounds to original, better, or specified condition when no longer required. 3. Provide and maintain suitable detours or other temporary expedients if necessary. 4. Bridge over open trenches where necessary to maintain traffic. 5. Consult with governing authorities to establish public thoroughfares which will be used as haul routes and Site access. All operations shall meet the approval of owners or agencies having jurisdiction. B. Maintenance of Roadways: i. Repair roads, walkways, and other traffic areas damaged by operations. Keep traffic areas as free as possible of excavated illaterials and maintain in a manner to climinate dust, nlud, and hazardous conditions. 2. All operations and repairs shall meet the approval ofowners or agencies having Jurisdiction. 3,06 RAILROAD SI RVIC'E: A. Maintenance: 1. Schedule operations and exercise care to avoid any interruption to continuous service over the railroads within or adjacent to the Work area. 2. Before transporting I.quipment and Materials across railroad tracks or performing Work within any railroad right-of=way, obtain permission or any necessary permits from the railroads. 3. The Work shall be subject to all supervision, inspection, and other conditions required by the affected railroads. FIND OF SE`CT'ION 0 153 JEF01530.2 01530-5 M SECTION 01560 - TEMPORARY UHL,ITIES AND FACILITIES PART 1 - 0ENEI1A1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes requirements of a temporary nature not normally incorporated into final Work. It includes the following: I. Utility services, 2, Construction and support facilities. 3. Construction aids, 4. Safety and health. 5. Fire protection. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. 'I'emporary Barriers and Controls: SECTION 01530. 2, Field Offices and Sheds: SECTION 01520. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Association (ANSI): 1. A 10 Series - Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition. B. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA): 1. Electrical Design Library- 'Temporary Electrical Facilities. C. National Piro Protec ion Association (NFPA): 1. 10 - Portable Fire EXtinguishers, 2. 70 - National Electrical Code. 3. 241 - Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). E. Underwriters Laboratories(UL). 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Temporary Utilities: Submit reports oftests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. 13. Implementation and 'termination Schedule: Submit a schedule indicating implementation and termination ofeach temporary utility within 15 days of the date established for commencement of the Work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having,furisdiction. including but not limited to: 1 Building Code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, Firc Department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: 1. Comply with NI-'PA 10 and 241, and ANSI A10 Series standards "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 2. Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NI'-'PA 70. C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having Jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. JEF01560.2 01560-1 SECTION 01560 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIFIS: continued 1.05 PItOJEcT CONDITIONS: A. 'Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for inlplernentation and termination of each tcmporary utility. B. Conditions of Use: Keep tcmporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the Site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND F;QLJIPMEN'T: A. Provide new materials and equipment. If acceptable to Engineer, undamaged previously used materials and equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials and equipment suitable for the use intended, of capacity ibr required usage, and meeting applicable codes and standards. Comply with requirements of DIVISIONS 2 through 16. B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. C. Water l-loses: Provide 3/4-inch (19-mm), heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 feet (30 in) long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at hose discharge. D. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120V plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment. E. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard-service cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords il'single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio. P. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required For , adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered-glass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. G. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM, or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being consumed. 1-1. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried. portable, UL-rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand-carried, portable, UL- rated, Class ABC, dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA- recommended classes for the exposures. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification. extinguishing agent, and size required by Ideation and class of fire exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TEMPORARY UTILITIES: A. General: 1. Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility cotlrpany provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching,compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 2. Provide adequate utility capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to availability of temporary utilities at the site, provide trucked-in services as required for start-up of construction operations. 01560-2 JEF-01560.2 r Y SECTION 01560 - TE MPORARY t1'i'II.,ITII?S AND FACILITIES: continued 3. Obtain and pay for temporary casements required to bring temporary utilities to the Project Site, where the Owner's permanent easement cannot be used for that purpose. 4. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary utilities required for adequate construction, safety, and security. Modify, relocate, and extend systems as Work progresses. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Grade the areas of Site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and grades, and clean the area. Remove on completion of Work or until service or facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 5. The types of temporary construction utilities and facilities required include, but not by way of limitation, water distribution, drainage, dewatering equipment, enclosure of Work, heat, ventilation, electrical power distribution, lighting, hoisting facilities, stairs, ladders, and roads. 6. inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for required inspections and tests by governing authorities, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 7. Materials used for temporary service shall not be used in the permanent system unless so specified or acceptable to Engineer. 3.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING: A. New Service: 1. Arrange with utility company and provide service required for power and lighting. 2. Connect temporary service in a manner directed by utility company officials. Provide separate meter for metering of'power used by all entities authorized to be at or perform ® Work at the Project Site. 3. The electric service, shall be of sufficient capacity and characteristics for the various construction tools, machinery, lights, heating and air conditioning, pumps, and other tools _ required by Contractor and his Subcontractors. 4, Provide weatherproof, grounded, power distribution system sufficient to accommodate construction operations requiring power, use of power tools, electrical heating, and lighting. Provide overload protection. Locate multiple outlets spaced so that entire area of construction can be reached by power tools on a single extension cord of 100-foot maximum length. Supply power for electric welding, if any, from either temporary power distribution system or by engine-driven, power-generator sets at Contractor's option, 5. Provide all necessary temporary wiring, panelboards, switches, outlets, and other devices so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction area. include meters, transformers, overload protection disconnects, automatic ground fault interrupters, and main distribution switch gear. Include overcurrent protection on all conductors of the temporary system. 6. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of Work when natural light is not adequate for Work. a. Sufficient light shall be provided for general construction areas and floor areas, with additional sufficient lighting for specific tasks and to meet safety requirements. B. Costs of Installation and Operation: I. Pay fees and charges for permits and applications. 2. Pay costs of installation, maintenance, removal of temporary services, and restoration of any permanent facilities used. 3. Pay costs of electrical power used. ,IEi'01560.2 01560-3 N SECTION 01560 - 'TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES: continued 4. Obtain and pay costs for temporary casements required across properties other than that of Owner. 3.03 TEMPORARY [-TEAT AND VENTILATION: A. General: 1. Provide temporary heat, ventilation and cooling as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage. Protect from adverse affects of low temperatures or high humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 2. Methods of'heating and fuel shall be suitable for particular purposes. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units with controls. E. Costs of Installation and Operation: 1. Pay fees and charges for applications, permits, and inspections. 2. Pay costs of installation, operation, maintenance, removal of equipment, and restoration of existing or permanent facilities if used. 3. Pay cost of power and fuel used. 3.04 TEMPORARY WATER: A. New Service: i. Arrange with utility service company to provide water for construction purposes. 2. Connect service to water main in a manner directed by utility company officials. Provide with meter and shut off valve near connection to the water main. 3. Size water service to provide adequate volume for all anticipated construction uses, and to maintain minimum required pressure. 4. Install piping with outlets located so that water is available throughout the construction area. 5. Prevent freezing of water distribution system. Maintain hose connections and outlet valves in leakproofcondition. 6. Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. 13. Costs of Installation and Operation: 1. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance, and removal. 2. Pay casts for water used. 3.05 TEMPORARY "['h,L.E131-10NE SERVICE: A. General: 1. Arrange with local telephone service company and provide direct line telephone service at the construction Site for the use of construction personnel and employees, 2. Minimum Service Required: a. One direct line instrument in superintendent's field office. b. One direct line instrument in Resident Project Representative's field office. C. Adequate number of service lines and instruments for needs of trades, d. Other instruments and pay telephone station(s) at the option of Contractor, or as required by regulations, C. Provide a dedicated telephone line for a facsimile (fax) machine in each ofthe Superintendent's and Resident Project Representative's field office, B. Costs of Installation and Operation: 1. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for local calls. 'Poll charges shall be paid by the party who places the call. r 01560-4 ,11?F01560.2 SECTION 01560 -TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES: continued 3.06 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES: A. Contractor-Furnished Facilities: 1. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use through construction period. Remove on completion of Work. 2. Provide for all construction workers under this Contract and representatives at the Site. 3. Toilet, facilities shall be of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented, and fully enclosed with a glass- fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. 4. Water and sewer connected facilities may be installed to extent permitted by governing regulations. a. Provide lavatories, mirrors, urinals(where applicable), and water closets in water and sewer connected units. Provide only potable water at lavatories. Provide individual compartments for water closets where the unit is intended for occupancy by more than one person. Provide suitable enclosure with nonabsorbent sanitary finish materials and adequate heat, ventilation and lighting. b. Provide separate toilet facilities for male and female construction personnel as required. 5, Wash Facilities: Install potable water-supplied wash facilities at locations convenient to construction personnel involved in the handling of compounds and materials where wash-up is necessary to maintain a safe, healthy and sanitary condition. Where recommended or required by governing authorities and regulations or recognized standards provide emergency safety showers, emergency eye-wash fountains, showers, and similar facilities. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply soap and other cleaning ® compounds appropriate for each condition. 6. Drinking Water Fixtures: Provide containerized tap-dispenser type drinking water units. Provide drinking water fountains if piped potable water is reasonably accessible from permanent or temporary lines. 7. Supply and maintain toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials as appropriate for each facility. Provide appropriate covered waste containers for used material. 3.07 SEWERS AND DRAINAGE: A. General: Where sewers or drainage facilities are not available for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the Site in a lawful manner. If existing sewers are available for temporary drainage near the Site prior to completion of permanent sewers, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged into the sewers. If existing sewers cannot be used for discharge, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, waste stabilization ponds, and similar discharge facilities to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged in that manner. B. Connect temporary sewers to the municipal sewer systems in the manner directed by the sewer department officials. C. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. Following heavy usage, restore to normal conditions promptly. Provide and maintain temporary earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around construction excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from heavy rain storms. JEFO1560.2 01560-5 h' SECTION 01560- TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES: continued 3.08 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AiDS. A. General: 1. Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, and other such facilities and equipment. 2. Materials may be new or used, must be suitable for the intended purpose, and meet the requirements of applicable codes, regulations,and standards. 3. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms, and railings for use by construction personnel. 3.09 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES: A. New Construction: 1. Provide temporary enclosure of exterior walls as Work progresses, to provide acceptable working conditions, weather protection for interior materials, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. a. Provide temporary exterior doors with hardware, including being lockable. b. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for Work and for handling of materials. 2. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition. 3.10 TEMPORARY SAFETY AND HEALTH: A. General: Contractor shall be responsible for development of safety and health programs for personnel at Project Site as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. 3.11 TEMPORARY FiRE, PROTECTION: A. General: I. Contractor shall be responsible for development ofa fire prevention and protection program for all Wort: under this Contract. 2. The program shall comply with the applicable provisions for safety and protection as set forth in the GENERAL PROVISIONS and with applicable parts of the NFPA 10 and 241. 3. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near such usable stairwell. 4. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 5. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for lighting; fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas. 6. Provide supervision of welding operations and similar sources of fire ignition. 7. Post warning and instructions at each extinguisher location, and instruct construction personnel on proper use ofextinguishers and other available facilities at Project Site. Post local fire department telephone number on or near cacti telephone instrument at Project Site. B. Permanent Fire Protection: 1. Complete each fire protection facility at earliest reasonable date, place into operation, and make ready for emergency use. 2. Instruct personnel at Site on availability and proper use. • 01560-6 JEF01560.2 r NO SECTION 01560- TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES: continued 3.12 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL: A. Relocation: Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, storage limitations, or Work requirements and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors at the Site. B. Removal: Remove temporary materials, equipment, and services when construction needs can be met and allowed by use of permanent construction, or at completion of the Project. C. Repair: Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids, 2. Grade the areas of the Site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and clean the area. END OF SECTION 01560 JEF01560.2 01560-7 v SECTION 01600 - EQUIPMENT AND MATTiRIAL.S PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. For the applicability of industry standards to products specified: DIVISIONS 2 through 16. 2. For submittal of Contractor's construction progress schedule and the Submittal schedule: SECTIONS 0130 all(.] 01330. 3. For handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract: SECTION 01631. 1.02 DEFINITIONS: A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in these Contract Documents, SUCK as "specialties," "systems," "structures," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well-recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "Material," "Equipment," "System," and terms of similar intent. a. "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including make oi•model number or other designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 2. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part ofthe Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational or nonoperational parts, whether motorized, or manually operated, that may require service connections, such as wiring or piping. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittal of prelinlinary procurement schedule is specified in Sl"CTION 01320 - PROJECT MEETINGS, SCLIEDULF'.S, ANI) REPORTS. B. Submittals for products are specified in SL•CT'ION 01330 and in applicable Sections of' DIVISIONS 2 thrOUgll 16. 1.044 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the saute kind from a Sinsle source. 13. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between 2 or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if l-weviously selected products were also options. C. Nameplates: Along with required labels and operating data, manufacturer or producer's nameplates, imprints, or trademarks may be placed oil surfaces exposed to view. I. Labels: Locate required product labels and Stamps oil concealed SUIThCeS or, where required for observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power-operated l quipnicnt. Locate on an easily accessible Surface that is V J E 01600.2 01600-1 SECTION 01600 - EOUfPMI?NT AND MATERIALS: continued inconspicuous ill occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data: a. Name of product and manufacturer including address (and telephone number). b. Model and serial number. C. Capacity. d. Speed, c. Ratings. D. Year 2000 Compliance: I. Contractor warrants that all equipment, devices, items, systems, software, hardware, and firmware provided shall he Year 2000 compliant, meaning that they shall properly, appropriately, and consistently function and accurately process date and time data (including without limitation: calculating,comparing, and sequencing)on and after December 31, 1999, including Icap year calculations. This warranty supersedes anything in the Specifications or other Contract Documents which might be construed inconsistently. This warranty is applicable whether the equipment, device, item, system, software, hardware, or firmware is specified with or without reference to a manufacturer's name, make, or model number. 1.05 TRANSPORTATION AND SI-111IMENT: A. Shipment Preparation: 1. Contractor shall require manufacturers and Suppliers to prepare products for shipment in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling, and to protect against damage, deterioration, or unnecessary exposure to the elements in transit and storage. Provisions for protection shall include the following: a. Crates or other suitable packaging materials. b. Covers and other means to prevent corrosion, moisture damage, mechanical injury, and accumulation of dirt in motors, electrical equipment, and machinery. C. Suitable rust-preventive compound on exposed machined surfaces and unpainted - iron and steel. d. Grease packing or oil lubrication in all bearings and similar items. B. Marking: Each product item shall be tagged or marked as identified in the delivery schedule o• on Submittals. Complete packing lists and bills of material shall be included with each shipment. Each piece of every item need not be marked separately, provided that all pieces of each item are packed or hundlcd to,;ether and the packages or bundles are properly tagged or marked. 1.06 PRODUCT DFLIVERY. STORAGE:, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manul"lcturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the Site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. Allow ample time to avoid delay of the Work'. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure nimimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to the Site in an undamaged condition Ill the Manufacturer's original scaled container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. Inspect shipment to assure: 01600-2 JEP01600.2 y SEC'T'ION O1600 - EQUIPMENT AND MA'IT-,RIALS: continued • a. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed Snbtll itta Is. b. Quantities are correct, C. Containers and packages arc intact and labels are legible, d. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 5. Store products at the Site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Mark deliveries of component parts of Equipment to identify the Equipment, to permit easy accumulation of parts, and to facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy Materials away from the Project structure ill a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, and with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. 8. Protect motors, electrical Equipment, plumbing fixtures, and machinery of all kinds against corrosion, moisture deteriorations, mechanical inJury, and accumulation of dirt or other foreign matter. 9. Protect exposed machined surfaces and unpainted iron and steel as necessary with suitable rust-preventive compounds. 10. Protect bearings and similar items with grease packing or oil lubrication. 11. Ifandle and store steel plate, sheet metal, and similar items in a manner to prevent deformation. 12. For storage of pipe and other products on casements and rights-of-way in residential and commercial areas, do not exceed the millinlunl required by scheduled laying operations, and conform to all requirements of public authorities. Store or place pipe along roads, set back from shoulder or curb, and at an angle tending to deflect vehicles if struck. Place or block pipe to preclude its accidental movement. • B. Handling: I. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to unload and handle products, by methods to prevent damage or soiling to products, or packaging. 2. Handle by methods to prevent bending or overstressing. Where lifting points are designated, lift components only at those points, 3. Provide additional protection to surrounding surflces is necessary to prevent damage. C. Maintenance of Storage: I. Inspect stored products on a scheduled basis. 2. Verify that storage tacilities comply with nlanuflCtUrer's product storage requirements, including environmental conditions continually maintained. 3. Verify that surfaces of products exposed to elements are not adversely affected; that any weathering of finishes is acceptable under requirements of'Contract Documents. 4. For mechanical and electrical EgUipnlerlt ill long;-term storage, provide manufacturer's service instructions to accompany each item, with notice of enclosed instructions oil exterior of'package. Service Equipment on a regularly scheduled basis. D. Protection After Installation: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from subsequent construction operations. Remove coverings when no longer needed or as specified. • JEF01600.2 01600-3 0 SECTION 01600 - EOUIPMFNT ANT) MATERIALS: continual PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 I'RODUC'I' SI?LEC'I'ION: A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that arc undamaged and, unless otherwise specified or indicated, new at the time of installation. I. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and details needed fora complete installation and the intended use and effect. 2. Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other pro.jects. 3. Continued Availability: Where, because of the nature of its application, Owner is likely to need replacement parts or additional amounts of a product at a later date, either for maintenance and repair or replacement, provide standard products for which the manufacturer has published assurances that the products and its parts are likely to be ilvilllilble to Owner at it litter(late. 4. Conform to applicable Specifications, codes, standards, and regulatory agencies. 5. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by Engineer. 6. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. h. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages, to be interchangeable. C. Equipment and Materials shall be suitable for service conditions intended. d. Equipment capacities, sizes, and dimensions indicated or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing by Engineer. e. Provide labels and nameplates where required by regulatory agencies or to state identification and essential operating data. 7. Do not use products for any purpose other than that for which designed. S. To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the sank kind from a single source, PART 3 - EXi"CUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS: A. Comply with nitrnufacturCr's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in ►he applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place except as required for proper nlovenlent and pCrlbrnuuleC, and accurately located and aligned \yith other Work. I, Obtain and distribute copies of manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations if not a part of Submittals, containers, or packaging to parties involved In the installation, including a copy to HnRincer and Resident Project Represcntatiye. 2. Maintain one complete set of instructions at the Site during installation and until completion. 3. l landle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in accordance with such instructions and in conformance with specified requirements. Should job conditions or specified requirenlCnts confiiCt with nlamr(acturer's instructions, consult with Engineer for further instructions. 1:3. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage: and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END 01" SECTION 01600 01 600-4 ,IEF01600.2 SECTION 01631 -- 5UBSTITtYHONS PART 1 G F NI IZA1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests liar substitutions made after award of the Contract. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Requirements for submitting Contractors COnStrUCti011 SChCdUle and the Subrllittal Schedule: SL;CTIONS 01320 and 01331). 2. Requirements governing Contractor's selection of products: SEICTION 01600. 1.02 ENNITIONS: A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. 13. Substitutions: Changes in products, Materials, Equipment, and methods ofconstruction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be requests Cot- substitutions: 1. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by Owner or Engineer. 2, Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract Documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Substitution Request Submittal: Engineer will consider written requests flor substitution if' received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 60 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of Engineer. 1. Submit 3 copies ol'each request for substitution fir consideration. Submit requests in the forin and according to procedures required fir Changc Order proposals. Requests for substitution shall not be submitted nl the form ofa Request for Information (RFI). 2. identify the I:.quipment or Material, the Fabrication. or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section/Article and Drawing numbers. 3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements liar substitutions, and the follO ing inliWnuttian, IS 1111)ropriate: a. SWIC111CItt indicating \shy specified product or method of construction cannot he provided. b. Coordination inli,rnlation. including a list of'changes or modifications needed to Other parts oC the \\'cork and to construction perlormed by Owner and separate contractors, that will he necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. C. A detailed comparison ol'significant gtraiitics of'tile proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities 111,1)' include elements such 'IS perfiormance, weight, size, durabilit}, visual effect, and specttic features and requirements indicated. d. Product data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fS1bdCitlitln and installation procCClures. C. S11111pICS, where apl)licab1C or rcqucstcd. t'. Identification of available sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. g. A statement indicating the elieCI 01'111C substitution on Contractor's construction progress schedule compared to the schedule without approval Of'the substitution. Indicate the C11ect of'the proposed substitution Ott the overall Contract "Times. It' JLi'01631.2 01631-1 SECTION 01631 - SUBSTITUTIONS: continued specified product cannot be provided within the Contract 'times, provide letter From p fn 1 rnantrfiteturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delay in delivery. h. An itemized estimate of costs that will result directly or indirectly from approval of the substitution, including: (1 1) A proposal of the net change, if any, in the Contract Price. (2) Costs of redesign required by the proposed change. (3) Costs of'resulting claims as determined in coordination with other contractors having work on the Project affected by the substitution. i. Statement indicating whether or not incorporation of- use of the substitute is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. J. Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents, will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called Im by the general design, is similar in substance to that specified, and is suitable fur sane use as that indicated and specified. k. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment of-time that may subsequently become necessary because of*the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 4. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of'a request for substitution. Engineer will notify Contractor ofacceptance or rejection of the substitution within two weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the lorm of a Change Order. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 sUl3s,riTU IONS: A. Conditions: fngincer will receive and consider Contractor's request for substitution when one or more of the Following conditions arc satisfied, as determined by I:;nginecr. If the litllowing conditions arc not satiSlicd, l.:ngineer will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. I. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed substitution is in keeping with life general intent ol'the Contract Documents and Will pl-OdUCC II1d1CatCd reSIIIIS. 3. Substitution request is tinkly, fully documented, and 1roperly submitted. •1. The specified product or method ofconstruction cannot be provided within the Contract 'times. l.ngincer will not consider the request it'tile product or method cannot be provided as a result of Ihilure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. S. The request is directly related to an "or-equal" clause: or similar language in the Contract DOCLIMC11IS. 6. `Ills requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, tints, energy conservation, or other considerations. after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Lngineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. 7. The specified product or method ofconstruction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. R. The specified product or method ol'construclion cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 01631-2 .1 E F01 631.2 tl SECTION 01631 - SUBSTIT'l.J'riONS: continued 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documcnts and where Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. B. Engineer's review and acceptance of Submittals shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, Engineer's acceptance of Submittals not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval of a substitute. Acceptance by Engineer shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Submittals. PART 3 - EXEcunON - Not Applicable. END Or SECTION 01631 • • JEf01631.2 01631-3 Y SECTION 01750 - MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes requirements of manufacturers for services to be performed at the Project Site in regards to erection, start-up, and testing of Equipment. 1.02 SERVICES REQUIRED:, A. Services with Equipment and Materials Furnished Under this Contract: I. Furnish the services of qualified field personnel from the Suppliers or manufacturers of Equipment furnished and installed under this Contract, as required to perform all manufacturer's Field Services called for in the Specifications. Field personnel shall be certified by the Supplier or manufacturer of the specific product or system as having the necessary knowledge and experience to perform the required functions. 2. Where such service is specified, Contractor shall not perform any Work related to the installation or operation of Equipment furnished and installed under this Contract without direct observation and guidance of the Supplier's or manufacturer's field personnel unless Engineer concurs otherwise. 3. Contractor shall arrange for the Supplier's or manufacturer's field personnel to perform the following: a. Observe the erection, installation, start-up, and testing of Equipment. b. Instruct and guide Contractor in proper procedures. C. Supervise the initial start-up, operational check, and any required adjustments of Equipment. d. Instruct Owner's designated personnel in proper operation and maintenance of all Equipment. C. Furnish a written report to Engineer covering all Work done at least once each week and when Work on each item of Equipment or system is completed. 4. Advise Engineer of'arrival at the Site of all Supplier's and manufacturer's field personnel. • PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Specified in applicable Sections. PART 3 - EXICU"PION 3.01 OPERATION AND '11-NI"ING: A. Placing Equipment in Operation: 1. Place all Equipment installed under this Contract into successful operation according to instructions of the Supplier, manufacturer, or field representative, including making all required adjustments, tests, operation checks, and the following: u. Cleaning, sounding, blowing-rnrt. and flushing of lubricating oil and water systems, and other pipelines. h. Lubrication (lubricants supplied by Contractor unless specified to be furnished by Owner or others). C. Tests of lubrication system safety interlocks and system performance. d. Final alignment checks and measurements made under observation of Engineer and Owner. Alignment checks shall include opening connections, if required, to ensure there are no abnormal stresses on Equipment from pipes, ducts, or other attachments. Alignment shall be within tolerances specified by the manufacturer, and measurements shall be recorded and furnished to Engineer. C. Motor rotation checks before connecting couplings. f. Inspection of sleeve bearings for adequate contact. w JEF01750.2 01750-1 SECTION 01750 - MANUFACT'URER'S FIELD SERVICES: Continued g. Checking of anchor-bolt tensions, grout, and shims. Tighten anchor bolts with calibrated torque wrenches using care not to over stress bolts. 2. After"run-in" and acceptance of alignment, affix major Equipment in place using standard tapered dowels with jack-out nuts at head end to facilitate removal. 3. Record all above operations on forms furnished by Engineer. 4. Furnish all necessary attendants and personnel as part of the Work to accomplish the above operations until such time as individual items, systems, Equipment, or sections of the plant are acceptable for operation by Owner. 5. Provide attendants on a continuous basis as required to complete events without interruption once they have been started. 6. Contractor shall provide electricity, water, and lubricants for placing Equipment in operation. Owner's operating personnel will assist. R. Performance Tests: 1. Equipment Furnished Under this Contract: a. Owner may conduct acceptance tests after installation to detennine if the Equipment installed as part of the Work perform in accordance with Contract Documents and as guaranteed. Final acceptance of Equipment(or Substantial Completion) will be based on acceptable results of such tests. b. No tests will be conducted on Equipment for which Supplier's or manufacturer's Field Service is specified unless Supplier's or manufacturer's field representative is present and declares in writing that the Equipment is ready for such test. C. Contractor will be notified by Owner so that Contractor can have a representative or manufacturer's representative present during any tests of Equipment for which Supplier's or manufacturer's Field Service is not specified. d. The tests will be made as set forth in the Contract Documents unless the interested parties mutually agree upon some other manner of testing. END OF SECTION 01750 01750-2 JEF01750.2 r SUCTION 01780 - CONTRACT CI.OS-EOUT PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: I. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Instruction book and operating manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections ofthe Specifications. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance: GENEIRA1_ PROVISIONS. 2. Submittals: SUCTION 01330. 3. Manufacturer's Field Service: SUCTION 01750. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL,COMPLETION: A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion,complete the following. list exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first fellows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100% completion for the portion of the Work claimed as Substantially Complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Price. b. If 100% completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete Work, and reasons the Work is not comply te. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship Bonds, maintenance agrecnnents, final certifications, and sinnilar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, instruction books and operating manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record inf'omnation. G. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of Owner':; operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the Site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similarelements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred,exposed finishes. 13. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, I-Lngineer will either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of unfilled requirements. Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. ,1EF01780.2 01780-1 SE;C'I'ION 111780 - CON'I'ItAC'I'CL.OSEOU'1': continued 1. Engineer will repeat inspection when requested and assured by Contractor that the Work is Substantially Complete. ?. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.03 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Price. 3. Submit a certified copy of Engineer's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by Engineer. The certified copy ofthe list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by Engineer. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the Date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. S. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit evidence of'final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 13. Reinspection Procedure: Engineer will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to Engineer. 1. Upon completion ofreinspection. I.;ngincer will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, f:nginecr will advise Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. Ifnecessar•y• reinspecdon will be repeated. 1.04 RECORD DOCUMENT S't.113MITTALS: A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents From deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record dOClltnentS for Engineer's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean• undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable ol'showing conditions 1111y and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later (late. I. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 2. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. Mark each document "P mwc'r RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. 3. Mark new information that is important to Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 4. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 01780-2 JEF01780.2 SE'C'TION 01780 - CON'fIZAC'f'CI.,OSf:OIJ'I': continued 5. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. G. Upon completion of the Work, submit record drawings to Engineer for Owner's records. 7. Include the following: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface, improvements. C. location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. d. Whcre Submittals are used for mark-up, record a cross-reference at corresponding location on Drawings. C. Field changes of dimension and detail. f. Changes made by Change Order or other Modifications. g. Details not on original Contract Drawings. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Contract Documents including Addenda. Include with the Contract Documents one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and Modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of'options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and product data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to Engineer for Owner's records. 5. Include the following: • a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of Equipment actually installed, particularly optional and substitute items. b. Changes made by Addendum. Change Order, or other Modifications. C. Related Submittals. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each product data Submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the Site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise he readily discerned later bN direct observation. 3, Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record product data to Engineer for Owner's records. E. Record Samples Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, Contractor shall meet with Engineer and Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to Owner f'or record purposes. Comply with Owner's instructions regarding packaging, identification, and delivery to Owner. I'. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and Submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and • bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to Engineer for Owner's records. JEF01780.2 01780-3 r SECTION 01780 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT: continued G. instruction Books and Operating Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into • suitable sets of manageable size as specified in SECTION 01330, H. Warranties and Bonds: Specified in GENERAL PROVISIONS and SECTION 01330, 1.05 SPARE PARTS: A. Products Required: 1. Provide to Owner the quantities of products, spare parts, maintenance tools, and maintenance materials specified in individual Sections, in addition to that required for completion of Work, 2. Products shall be identical to those installed in the Work. include quantities required from Supplier or manufacturer of original purchase to avoid variations in manufacture. B. Storage, Maintenance: 1. Coordinate with Owner. Deliver and unload spare products to Owner at Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. 2. For portions of the Work accepted and occupied by Owner prior to Substantial Completion, deliver the applicable spare products to Owner at time of acceptance. Obtain receipt. 3. Maintain spare products in original containers with labels intact and legible, until delivery to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS -Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of Equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with Owner's personnel at Project Site to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Instruction books and operating manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools, 5. Lubricants, 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards, hazardous chemicals data sheets. 10, Cleaning, 11. Warranties and bonds, 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing cone nitrrrents. B. As part of instruction for operating Equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Start-up. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. " G. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 01780-4 .iEF01780.2 SECTION 01780 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT: continued C. Manufacturces Field Services: Specified in SECTION 01750. 3.02 FINAL,CLEANING: A. General: The GENERAL PROVISIONS require general cleaning during construction. Regular Site cleaning is included in SECTION 01530. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal,commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable, vision- obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. C. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Clean concrete floors to a "broom clean" condition. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical Equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. C. Remove debris and surface dirt from limited-access spaces including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar spaces. f. Clean the Site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean, remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even-textured surface. g. Clean and polish plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains including those resulting from water exposure. h. Clean light fixtures and lamps so as to function with full efficiency. 2. Remove temporary structures, tools, equipment, supplies, and surplus materials. 3. Remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed to protect previously completed Work. 4. Special Cleaning: Cleaning for specific units of Work is specified in applicable Sections of Specifications. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the Site and dispose of lawfully. I. Extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work become Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by Owner. E. Repairs: 1. Repair damaged protective coated surfaces. JEF01780.2 01780-5 SECTION 01780 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT: continued 4 2, Repair roads; walks, fences, and other itcrosdamagcd or dctcriorntcd because of construction operations: 3. . Restore all ground areas affected by construction operations, END Or SECTION 0178q Af a 01780-6` JEFF 1780,2 514.. .. C a DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARATION AND EARTI IWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. 'This Section includes all excavating, trenching, filling, embankment construction, backfilling, compacting, grading, and all related items necessary to complete the Work indicated or specified. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable :standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTN1): a. C88 - 'rest Method for Soundness ol'Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. b. D698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/fi'). C. D1241 - Materials for Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses. d. D2167 - 'rest Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place by Rubber Balloon Method. C. D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth). f'. D3017 - Test Method f'or Moisture Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). g. D4253 - Test Method for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. h. D4254 - Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation o1'Relative Density. i. D4318 - Test Method for Liquid 1-inlit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index or soils. j. D4546 - Test Methods for Onc-Dimensional Swell/Settlement Potential of Cohesive Soils. 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSI 1A): a. Part 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. 1.03 SU13ivIITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. 13. Where selecting an option for excavation. trenching, and shoring in compliance With local, state, or federal safely regidations such as "OSi IA Part 1926" or successor regulations, which require design by a registered professional engineer, submit (fir information only and not for Engineer approval) the Following: I. Copies ordeslgn Calculations and notes for sloping, beaching„ support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems prepared by or under the supervision of a professional engineer legally authorircd tip practice in the jurisdiction Where the Project is located. 2. Documents provided with evidence of registered professional engineer's seal, signature, and date in accordance with appropriate state licensing requirements. w i JEF02301.2 02301-1 O SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWOitK: continued PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATFRiALS ENCOUNI'ERI D: A. Materials suitable for use in embankment and fill include material that is free of debris, roots, organic matter, frozen matter, and which is free of stone having any dimension greater than 2 inches in areas requiring a high degree of compaction, or 4 inches in other embankment and fill areas: 1. Cohesionless materials include gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, sands, and gravelly sands generally exclusive of clayey and silty material--materials which are free-draining, for which impact compaetion will not produce a well-defined moisture-density relationship curve, for which the maximum density by impact methods will generally be less than by vibratory methods, and for which generally less than 15% by dry weight of soil particles pass a No. 200 square-mesh sieve. 2. Cohesive materials include silts and clay, generally exclusive of sands and gravel--materials for which impact compaction will produce a well-defined, moisture- density relationship curve. 13. Materials unsuitablc for use in embankment and fill include all material that contains debris, roots, organic matter, frozen matter, gravel, stone, or shale particles with any dimension greater than 2 inches in areas requiring a high degree of compaction or 4 inches in other cmbankment and fill areas, or other materials that arc determined by Engineer as too wet or otherwise unsuitable for providing a stable subgrade or stable foundation for structures. C. Material encountered for embankment or fill: 1. Borrow materials shall not exhibit characteristics of'high shrink-swell potential as determined from Atterberg limit tests (ASTM D431 R) and/or swell/pressure tests (ASTM D4546). 2. For soils used below structural elements, such as footings, slabs, pavements, and mats, that portion of material passing the No. 40 square-mesh sieve shall have a liquid limit 1101 exceeding 40 and a plasticity index not exceeding 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. D. All Materials encountered, regardless of type, character, composition and condition thereof shall be unclassified. Estimate quantity of various materials included prior to submitting Bid Form. Rock encountered shall be handled at no additional cost to Owner. E. Waste material includes excess usable materials and Materials unsuitable for use in the Work, in accordance with Paragraph 3.02.F. F. Borrow materials include the following: i. Acceptable Fill materials, granular materials, and topsoil obtained from locations arranged for by Contractor off the Site. Required to the extent sufficient suitable materials are not obtained from excavation and trenching.;. 2. Obtaining, excavating. handling, and final disposal of materials. 2.02 GRANULAR MATERIAL: A. Crushed stone or gravel indicating a loss of not more than 15% after 5 cycles when tested for soundness with sodium sulfate as described in ASTM C88 and cif the following gradation: Standard Square-Mesh SIC\'C Percent Passing U.S. Size or No_ 100 3/4-inch 60-100 1/2-inch U-5 No. 4 02301-2 JEF02301.2 SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK: continued 2.03 EMBANKMENT AND FILL. MATERIAL..: A. Material shall be free of roots or other organic matter, refuse, ashes, cinders, frozen earth, or other unsuitable material. B. Use suitable material Sufficiently friable for embankment to provide a dense mass free of voids and capable of satisfactory compaction. C. Do not use material containing gravel, stones, or shale particles greater in dimension than one- half the depth of the layer to be compacted. D. Moisture content shall be that required to obtain specified compaction of the soil. E. Perform moisture curing by wetting or drying of the material as required to attain required compaction criteria. 2.04 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL: A. Granular material as specified or conform to ASTM D1241, Gradation A or B, well-graded, with not more than 10% passing No. 200 sieve. 2.05 RIPRAP: A. Quarry-run stone with average size stones weighing 36 to 68 kilograms (80 to 150 pounds) each. At least 90% shall weigh more than 36 kilograms (80 pounds) each. B. Stones shall be durable, free from cracks, seams, and other defects which would tend to increase deterioration from natural causes. C. Dirt, sand or clay shall not exceed 5% by weight. PART 3 - EXECLjl'ION 3.01 SITE PREPARA"PION: A. Clearing, Grubbing, and Demolition: 1. Perform only in areas where earthwork or other construction operations are to be performed. 2. Protect tops, trunks, and roots of existing trees which are to remain on the Site. 3. Clear areas and dispose of other trees, brush, and vegetation before starting construction. 4. Remove tree stumps and roots larger than 3 incites in diameter and backf ill-resulting excavations with approved material. 5. Remove existing construction to limits indicated or as required to accommodate new construction. 6. Dispose of debris off•the Site or by mirying on the Site in a manner acceptable to Owner. 13. Stripping: I. Remove topsoil from areas within limits ul'excavation. trenching and borrow, and areas designated to receive embankment and compacted fill as follows: 2. Serape areas clean of all brush, grass. weeds, roots, and other material. 3. Strip to depth of'approximately 6 inches or to a sufficient depth to remove excessive roots in heavy vegetation or, brush areas and as required to segregate topsoil. 4. Stockpile topsoil in areas where it will not interfere with construction operations or existing facilities. Stockpiled topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, debris, and stones larger than 2 inches in diameter. 5. Remove waste from the Site. .IEF02301.2 0230 1-3 SF,CTION 02301 - SITE PREPARA` ION AND EARTHWORK: continua) 3.02 EXCAVATION ANI) RING ING: A. Sheeting and Bracing: 1. Design, furnish, place, maintain, and subsequently remove,to the extent required, a system of temporary supports for cut and cover, open cut, or trench excavations, including bracing, dewatering, and associated iterns to support the sides and ends of the excavations where excavation slopes might endanger in-place or proposed improvements, extend beyond construction right-of-ways, or as otherwise specified or indicated. 2. Provide on Site prior to start of excavation in each section. and make Such adjustments as are required to meet unexpected conditions. 3. Space and arrange sheeting and bracing as required to exclude adjacent material and according to the stability of excavation slopes. 4. Contractor shall make his own assessment of existing Conditions including adiacent property, the possible effects of his proposed temporary works and construction methods, and shall select and design such support systems, methods, and details as will assure safety to the public, adjacent property, and the completed Work. S. Modify or relocate Underground Facilities, at no additional cost to Owner or Engineer, if' existing Underground Facilities interfere with Contractor's proposed method of support. 6. Employ caution in the areas of Underground Facilities, which shall he exposed by hand or other excavation methods acceptable to Owner. 7. Perform sheeting, shoring, and bracing For trench excavation, Underground Facilities, and for other purposes in accordance with the Safety and protection requirements of the General Conditions. 8. Provide sheeting, shoring, and bracing for trench excavation in the subgrade of the excavation to prevent movement of the main excavation support system. 0. Provide shoring, sheeting, and bracing as indicated or as needed to meet the following requirements: a. Prevent undermining and damage to all structures. buildings, Underground Facilities, pavements, and slabs. h. Excavations shall be accomplished with vertical barks where necessary for construction activities or as indicated, and also within all limits of excavation noted on the Drawincs. C. Design excavation support system and components to support lateral earth pressures, unrelieved hydrostatic pressures, utility loads. traffic and construction loads. and building and outer surcharge loads to allow the safe and expeditious construction of'the permanent structures without movement or settlement of the grouncl, acid to prevent damage to or movement of adjacent buildings, Structures, Underground facilities, and other improvements. The design Shall account for staged removal ol'bracing to suit the sequence of concrete placement for permanent structures and hacklill. cf. Except as otherwise specified herein, sharing and sheeting materials rimy be extracted and sensed at C'ontractor's option: however, Contractor shall remove and replace any existing structure or Underground facility damaged during shoring and sheeting. Remove sheeting and bracing as backf ill progresses. Dill voids left after withdrawal with sand or other material approved by Engineer. e, Where shoring and sheeting materials must he left in-place in the completed Work to prevent settlements to or damage within adjacent structures or as directed by Resident Project Representative, backfill the excavation to 3 feet below the finished grade and remove the remaining exposed portion of the shoring before completing the backfill. if soldier piles and wood lagging arc used fo►•shoring, remove woad 02301-4 JEF02301.2 . 4 SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK: continued lagging to within 3 feet of Finished grade in incremental steps of approximately G inches as the back Fill is constructed, or to Contractor's design if more stringent. The location of all shoring and sheeting left in-place shall be documented on drawings and provided to Engineer and Owner. 10. Contractor shall be solely responsible fir proper design, installation, operation, maintenance, and any Failure of any component of the system. Review by Engineer of the drawings and data s0imitted by Contractor shall not in any way be considered to relieve Contractor from fill responsibility for errors therein or from the entire responsibility for complete and adequate design and performance of the sheeting and shoring system. H. Provision for Contingcncie:: a. The performance of the components of the support system shall be monitored for both vertical and horizontal movement three times a week. b. A contingency plats or alternative procedure shall be provided for implementation, if the desired system does not adequately perform. C. The materials and equipment necessary to implement the contingency plan shall be kept readily available. 12. Damages: a. Contractor shall document all existing damage to adjacent facilities and submit the information to Owner prior to performing any excavation. Documentation shall include a written description, diagrams, measurements, and appropriate photographs. b. Repair all damage resulting from Contractor's excavation and remove and replace ,ill undermined pavements with Owner-approved equal, either concrete or asphalt, at Contractor's. 133. Excavation for Structures: I. Excavate area adequate to permit eflicienl erection and removal of forms. 2. 'Prim to neat lines where details call for concrete to be deposited against earth. 3. Excavate by hand in areas where space and access will not permit use of machines. a. Notify Engineer immediately when excavation has reached the depth indicated. 5. Restore bottom of excavation to proper elevation with compacted granular material in areas overexcavated. C. 'trenching for Underground Utilities: I. Side Walls: a. Make vertical or sloped within specified trench width limitations below a plane 12 inches abovc top ol'pipc. b. Make vertical or sloped as required for stability, above a plane 1-' inches above top of pipe. C. Excavate without undercutting. 2. 'trench Depth: a. Excavate to depth stiff icient to provide the minimum bedding requirements for the pipe being placed. h. Do not exceed that indicated where conditions of bottom arc satisfactory. C, Increase depth as necessary to remove unsuitable supporting materials. 3. Trench Bottom: r►. Protect and maintain when suitable natural materials are encountered. b. Remove rock fragments and materials disturbed during excavation or raveled from trench walls. JEF02301.2 02301-5 r. SECTION 02301 - SiT PREPARATION AND FARTHWORK: continued c. Restore to proper subgrade with trench stabilization material When overexcavated. Payment shall conform to the Unit Prive stipulated in the Bid form for authorized replacement of unsuitable materials. Correct at no additional cost to Owner when trench is overexcavated without authority or to stabilize bottom rendered unsuitable through negligence or improper operations. 4. Trench Width: a. Excavate trench to a width which will permit satisfactory jointing of the pipe and thorough tamping of bedding. h. Do not exceed Following trench widths: (i) Below a plane 12 inches above top of'pipc: 2 feet greater than outside diameter of pipe. (2) Above plane defined in 1., no maximum limit. (3) Maximum trench width limitations shall apply in all areas more than 3 feet from manhole or structure walls. (4) Maximum width shall be as near the minimum specified as can be controlled by construction equipment and methods used. 5. bill and ismbankment Areas: PerForm trenching only after compacted fill or embankments have reached an elevation of not less than 1 fool above the top of'the pipe. D. Mwatering: 1. General: a. Contractor shall design and provide the dewatering system using accepted and professional methods of design and engineering consistent with the best current practice to eliminate water entering the excavation under hydrostatic head from the bottom and/or sides. The system shall be designed to prevent differential hydrostatic head which may occur from rising water levels from adjoining or nearby bodies of water, proximity of excavation to phreatic groundwater level, or surfitcc runoff, and which would result in floating out soil particles in a manner termed as a "quick" or "boiling" condition. SVStem shall not be dependent solely upon sumps and/or pumping water from within (lie excavation where differential head would result in a "quick" condition, which would continue to worsen the integrity of'tile excavation's stability. h. Provide dewatering system of a sufficient sire and capacity as required to control ground and surface `vater flow into the excavation and to allow all Work to he installed in a dry condition, including the obtaining of a licensed well-driller, where required. C. Control. by acceptable means, all water regardless of source and he fully responsible fix•disposal of,tile water. Lt. Confine all discharge piping and/or ditches it) the available easement or to adtlitional casement obtained by Contractor. Provide all necessary means for disposal of the Water, including the obtaining of all necessary permits and of additional casement at no additional cost to Owner, e. Control groundwater in a manner that preserves the strength of'the foundation soils, dues not cause instability or raveling of'the excavation slopes, and does not result in damage to existing structures. Where necessary to these purposes, lower the water level in advance of'excavation, using wells, wellpoints,jet eductors, or similar positive. methods. The water level as measured in piezometers shall be maintained a minimum of'3 feet below the prevailing excavation level. 1'. Commence dewatering with means to provide positive dewatering of all water sources prior to any appearance of water in excavation and continue. until Work is 02301-6 ,lEP02301.2 t SECTION 02301 - SITF: PRiiPARA`i'iON AND f:ARTHWORK: continued complete to the extent that no damage results from hydrostatic pressure, floatation, or other causes. g. Open pumping, with sumps and ditches shall be allowed, provided it does not result in boils, loss of fines, softening of the ground, or instability of'slopes. h. Install wells and/or wellpoints, if required, with suitable screens and filters, so that continuous pumping of fines does not occur. Arrange the discharge to facilitate collection of samples by Olvner or Resident Project Representative. During normal pumping, and upon development of well(s), levels of fine sand or silt in the discharge water shall not exceed S ppm. Install a sand tester oil the discharge of each pump during testing to verify that levels are not exceeded. i. install, operate, and maintain the dcwatering system required to control surface and/or groundwater. j. Control grading around excavations to prevent surface water from flowing into excavation areas. k. Drain or pump as required to continuously maintain all excavations and trenches free of water or mud from any source, and discharge to approved drains or drainage channels. Commence when water first appears and continue until Work is complete to the extent that no damage will result from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other causes. 1. No additional payment will be made for any supplemental measures to control seepage, groundwater, or artesian head. 2. Damages: a. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair without cost to Owner any damage to work in place, other contractor's equipment, utilities, residences, highways. roads, railroads, private and municipal well systems, adjacent structures, and the excavation, including damage to the bottom (file to heave and including but not limited to, removal and pumping out ofthe excavated area that may result from Contractor's negligence, inadequate or improper design and operation of the dewatering system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of'the dewatering S1'stelil. b. Remove subgrade materials rendered unsuitable by excessive wetting and replace with approved backfill material at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Maintaining f;xcavation in Dewatered Condition: a. Dewatering shall be a continuous operation. lntcrruptiotls due to power outages, or any other reason shall not be permitted, b. Continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition with positive dewatering methods during preparation of subgrade, installation of pipe, and construction of structures until the critical period of construction and/or backfill is completed to prevent damage of subgrade support, piping, structure, side slopes, or adjacent facilities i'rom flotation, or other hydrostatic pressure imbalance. C. Provide standby equipment on Site, installed, wired, and available, for immediate operation if required to maintain dewatering on a continuous basis in event any part of systetll becomes inadequate or fails. If d g ewaterin requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of'dewatering system, perform such work as may be required to restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional cost to Owner. 4. System Removal: a. Contractor shall remove all dewatering equipment front the Site, including related temporary electrical service. IEF02301.2 02301-7 r SECTION 02301 - SITE" PREPARATION AND FARTIIWORK: continued b. All wells shall be ternoved or cut off a mininrtun of 3 feet below the final ground surface, capped, and abandoned in accordance with regulations by agencies having ,jurisdiction. C. Removal work required under this paragraph does not include any of the Site cleanup work as required elsewhere in these Specifications. 1:. Waste Materials: 1. Waste materials as described for purposes of this Contract within this Section consist of deleterious soils, rock, and other materials considered unacceptable for compaction or placement fill, and which are not environmentally contaminated. Waste materials shall not include environmental pollutants, hazardous substances, contaminated products, by- products, samples, or waste materials of any kind that are regulated under environmental laws. 2. Remove unsuitable materials from Work area as excavated. 3. Deposit such materials in locations and within areas indicated or designated by Engineer. 4. Place excavated rock in interior ofwaste area tills so it will not be exposed to view. 5. Grade waste areas and leave free-draining with an orderly, neat appearance. 3.03 EARTHWORK: A. Compaction: 1. General: a. Excavate or backf ill as required to construct subgradcs to the elevations and grades indicated. b. Remove all unsuitable material and replace with acceptable fill material and perform all wetting, drying, shaping and compacting required to prepare subgrade. C. Exposed area to receive fill, backlill, or embankment shall be proofrolled to detect localized zones ofexcessively wet, unstable, organic, or low bearing capacity materials to the extent as follows: (1} Proofroll as a single-pass operation with conventional compaction equipment during subgrade preparation and prior to placement of fill, and as a spot check process without the need for complete coverage per unit area of tire. Soft spots shall be overexcavated, backf illed, and compacted with suitable material. 2. Subgrade for Pills and Embankments: Roughen by discing or scarifying and wet or dry top 6 inches as required to bond with fill or embankment. 3. Subgrade for Roadways, Drives, Parking Areas: a. F,xtend subgrade the full width of the favenlent or base course, plus I foot in each direction. b. Except for the top 6 inches, compact subgrade enlbanknlents to 90% of maximum dry density within the moisture content range from 3% below optimum to 2% above optimum. Optimum moisture and maximum dry density shall be determined by ASTM D698. c. Compact the top 6 inches ofsubgrade for traffic areas and railroads in embankment or excavation to 95% of nlaxinlum dry density within the moisture content range from 30/0 below optimum to 2% above optimum. Optimum moisture and maximum dry density shall be determined by ASTM D698. E.3. Embankments and Pills: 1. Construct embankments to the contours and elevations indicated, using suitable approved material from excavations and borrow areas: 02301-8 IEF02301.2 SECTION 02301 - sur, PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK: continued a. Place fill material in 4-inch to 8-inch layers in areas requiring a high degree of compaction and in 8-inch to 12-inch layers in other embankment areas. b. Place embankment only on subgrades approved by Engineer. C, Do not place snow, ice, or frozen earth in fill; do not place fill on a frozen surface. 2. Obtain compaction by the controlled movement of equipment during the placing and grading of layers and to the minimum density specified for indicated locations. 3. Except as indicated otherNvise, compact embankments and fills to 90%of maximum dry density within the moisture content range from 3% below optimum to 2% above Optimum. Optimum moisture and maximum dry density shall be as determined by ASTM D698. C. Pipe Embedment: 1. Pipe bedding shall be as indicated using granular material. 2. Place granular embedment as follows: a. With level bottom layer at proper grade to receive and uniformly support pipe barrel throughout its length. b. Form shallow depression under each joint to facilitate jointing. C. Add second layer simultaneously, to both sides of the pipe with care to avoid displacement. d. Complete promptly after completion of jointing operations. e. Substitute for any part of earth backfill to within 2 feet of final grade at Contractor's option. 3. Compact granular enlbednlent as follows: a. in lifts not exceeding 12 inches in compacted depth. b. Rod, spade, or use pneumatic or vibratory equipment: (1) As required to obtain not less than 80% relative density as determined by ASTM Method D4253 and D4254. (2) Throughout depth of embedment. 4. Earth pipe embedment shall be as indicated and shall be used at impervious trench checks. Shape trench bottom to fit the pipe and backfill throughout depth oftrench with impervious materials. Compact to 959/0 of maxinlum dry,density within the moisture content range from 3% below optinlu►n to 2% above optinlunl. Optimum moisture and maximum dry density shall be determined by ASTM D698. D. Backfilline: 1. Backfill for structures and trenches shall be as specified in PART 3, Paragraph 3.0313 - EMBANKMENTS AND FILLS, this Section, with the following additional provisions: 2. Structures: a. iackfill only after concrete has attained 70%design strength. b. Backfill adjacent to structures only after a sufficient portion of the structure has been built to resist the imposed load. C. Renlove all debris from excavation prior to placement of material. d. Place backfill in level layers of thickness within compacting ability ofequiprnent used. C. Perform backfilling sinlultaneously on all sides ofstructures. 3. Trenches: a. Backfill for trenches shall be as specified for structures and as follows: (1) Complete promptly upon completion of pipe embedment and approval to proceed. (2) Use hand methods to a plane 12 inches above top of pipe. (3) Mechanical methods shall be acceptable where hand backfill is not required. JEF02301.2 02301-9 SECTION 02301 - SITE PREPARATION AND FARTHWORK: continued (4) Backfill in layers of thickness within compacting ability of equipment used. (5) Until compacted depth over conduit exceeds 3 feet, do riot drop fill material over 5 feet. Distance may then be increased 2 feet for each additional foot of cover. E. Site Grading: 1. Excavate, fill, compact fill, and rough grade to bring Project area outside buildings to subgrades as follows: a. For surfaced areas, to underside of'respective surfacing or base course. b. For lawn and planted areas, to a minimum of 4 inches below finished grade. C. When rock is encountered in grading areas outside buildings, overexcavate to depth specified and backfrll to grade with earth compacted-in-place: (1) Under surfaced areas, to C inches below top of respective subgrades for such areas. (2) Under lawn and planted areas, to 24 inches below finished grade except that boulder or protruding rock outcrop, if'so indicated, shall be left undisturbed. 2. Rough Grading: a. Grade and compact all areas within the Project area, including excavated and filled sections and adjacent transition areas, reasonably smooth, and free frorn irregular surface changes. b. Degree of finish shall be that ordinarily obtained from blade grader or scraper operations except as otherwise specified. C. Finished rough grades shall generally be not more than 0.5 foot above or below those indicated with due allowance for topsoil. d. Tolerance for areas within 10 feet of building and areas to be paved shall not exceed 0.15 foot above or below established subgrade. e. Finish all ditches, swales, and gutters to drain readily. f. Unless otherwise indicated, slope the subgrade evenly to provide drainage away from building walls in all directions at a grade not less than 1/4 inch per foot. g. Provide roundings at top and bottom of banks and at other breaks in grade. F. Topsoiling: 1. Material: Use the most suitable material obtained from excavation and stripping operations and borrow when required. 2. Placement: a. Clear areas free of vegetation, rack, and other materials \\hick would interfere with grading and tillage operations. b. Bond topsoil to the subgrade by scarifying the subgrade to a depth of 2 inches. C. Spread topsoil to a minimum depth of 4 inches where grading operations have left less than 4 inches of topsoil in place. d. Grade topsoil to bring areas to grades as indicated and to ensure that all surfaces are left in an even and properly compacted condition and to prevent ponding of water in depressions. 3. Cleanup: a. Clean surfirce free of all stones or other objects larger than 2 inches in least dimension, all roots, brush, wire, grading stakes, and other objectionable materials. b. Keep paved areas clean and promptly remove rock and dirt dropped upon surfacing. 02301-10 JI1702301.2 SECTION 02301 - SiTE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK: continued 3.04 RIPRAP: A. Foundation Preparation: I. Trim and dress areas requiring riprap to conform with lines as indicated within an allowable tolerance of±75 min (33 inches) from the theoretical slope lines and grades. 2. Fill areas below tolerance limit with suitable material and compact. 3. Do not place riprap until the base has been accepted. B. Placement: 1. Place stones to full course thickness in one operation and in a manner to avoid displacing the underlying materiel. 2. Place stone on the prepared base to produce a reasonably well-graded mass of stone in close contact and with a minimum of voids. 3. Place within a tolerance of 375 mm (±3 inches) from the theoretical slope lines and grades, but tolerance shall not exceed an area greater than 18 square ureters (200 square feet). 4. Maintain the riprap protection until accepted; replace any material displaced. 3.05 MAINTENANCE: A. Protect newly graded and topsoiled areas from actions of the elements. B. Fill and repair settling or erosion occurring prior to seeding and reestablish grades to the required elevations and slopes. C. Under provisions of the guarantee, Contractor is responsible for correcting any settlement of backfill and damages created thereby within i year after acceptance of the Work. Make repairs within 10 days after notification by Owner of backfill settlement. ® 3.06 FIELD QUALiTY CON'iROI.: A. Compaction: I. Owner will, through services of an independent laboratory, test all embankments, fills, and subgrades under this Contract to determine conformance with specified density relationships. 2. Method of test may be either of the Collowing at i'ngincer's option: a. AST'M 02167. b. ASTM D2922. C. AS'fM D3017. 3. The frequency of tests shall he in compliance with jurisdictional requirements or as otherwise required by Owner. B. Subgrades: I. Engineer will inspect all subgrades to determine conformance with indicated lines and grades. 2. Subgrades for roadways, drives, parking areas, and railroads shall have a maximum deviation of not more than 1/2 inch in any 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerlines of subgrade areas, except that subgrades to receive aggregate-type surfacing shall have a maximum deviation of not more than I inch. END OF SECTION 02301 JEF02301.2 02301-11 d SECTION 02335 - SUBGRADE PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section covers subgrade preparation for asphalt and concrete pavement. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Crushed Rock Base Course: SECTION 02702. 2. Bituminous Prime: SECTION 02740. 3. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: SECTION 02735. 4. Concrete Paving: (SECTION 02750)(SECTION 02751). C. Definitions: 1. Unsuitable Material: a. Material encountered in excavation (cut)areas classified by Engineer as "organic silt" or"organic clay" when tested to conform to ASTM D2488. b. In situ moisture content outside the range necessary for preparation of subgrade will not be cause for classification as unsuitable material. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: i. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. D698 - 'Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristic of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft;). b. D1556- Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In Place by the Sand- Cone Method. C. D2167- Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place by the Rubber Balloon Method. d. D2488 - Practice for Description and identification of Soils(Visual-Manual Procedure). C. D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). f. D2937 - "rest Method for Density ol'Soil In Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method. g. D3017 - "rest Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Equipment Includes all units necessary to construct subgrade conforming to requirements specified,such as, but not limited to: I. Scarifiers. 2, Discs. 3. Water distributor. 4. Blade graders. 5. Subgrade planers. 6. Templates, straightedges, and other devices necessary to accurately check grade and crown. 7. Pneumatic rollers. • 8. Tamping rollers. 9. Self-propelled, steel-wheel rollers. JEF02335.2 02335-1 w SECTION 02335 - SUBGRADE PREPARA'T'ION: continued 2.02 PNEUMATIC C ROLLERS: A. Self-propelled. B. Two axles with not less than nine wheels using pneumatic tires. C. Rigid steel frame and body suitable for ballast loading. 2.03 TAMPING ROLLERS: A. Towed or self-propelled. B. Staggered, uniformly spaced knobs or feet exerting not less than 250 psi on combined area in contact with the ground. C. Equipped with cleaning fingers maintained at full length to prevent accumulation of material between the feet. 2.04 STEEL-WFIEEL ROLLERS: A. Self-propelled tandem or 3-wheel. B. Weight not less than 10 tons. C. Equipped with scrapers to prevent accumulation of material on the rollers. 2.05 SUBGRADE PLANERS: A. Designed to roll on forms or be electronically controlled by erected stringlinc or other reference. B. Adjustable to produce a subgrade of exact elevation and cross section specified. PART 3 - EXECU'T'ION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Prepare and maintain subgrade at the time the overlying pavement, base course, curb, walk, subbase course, paved drainage, slab-on-grade, or other surfacing is constructed thereon. B. Remove unsuitable material to the limits ilesignated by Engineer and replace with suitable embankment material. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: A. Grade and compact subgrade to meet specified requirements. B. Extend subgrade 6 inches, or such greater distance as is necessary, for support of'equipment and forms used to place the overlying material beyond the limits of the overlying coarse. C. Moisture Control: 1. Aerate, dry, or add moisture if necessary to produce a finished subgrade that is nonyielding and meets specified density, 2. Scarify and disc subgrade material in both excavation (cut) and embankment (fill) areas having a moisture content too high to permit preparation of subgrade meeting specified requirements. 3. Depth of manipulation shall be not less than 6 inches in all areas nor greater than 18 inches in excavation (cut) areas. 4. Contractor►nay, without cost to Owner, remove and replace or stabilize-in-place by acceptable methods. subgrade materials in lieu of adjusting the moisture content of in situ subgrade materials. 02335-2 JEF02335.2 SECTION 02335 - SUBGRADF PREPARATION: continued 3.03 COMPACTION: A. Compact subgrade to 90% of maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by ASTM D698 for: I. All areas 6 inches or more below finish subgrade elevation. 2. Sidewalks. 3. Nontraffic medians. 4. Paved drainage. 5. Residential driveways. 6. Slabs-on-grade except Portland cement concrete pavement, B. Compact subgrade to 95% of maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by ASTM DG98 for: 1. Curbs. 2. Curb and gutter. 3. All flexible and rigid pavement and base course, except residential driveways. C. Moisture Content ot'Subgrade: 1. Keep within the applicable moisture range necessary'lo permit preparation of subgrade to conform to requirements specified, 2. Applicable moisture varies with specific materials, and may be at, above, or below the optimum moisture content determined by ASTM D698, 3. Determine the applicable moisture range necessary to obtain subgrade-in-place by use of Contractor's equipment and construction procedures. 3.04 SURFACE TOLERANCES: A. Surface Tolerances: I. Maxinlunl Compensating Deviation from Grade and Cross Section: a. +0.02 foot for flexible and rigid pavement and bases, except driveways. b. +0,04 foot for all other subgrade, 13. 'Pest the completed suhL'rade for conformance to specified tolerances by means of straightedge, stringline, template, or other approved de•N ices. C. Rework areas deviating from the specified tolerances by removing material from high spots and placing material in low areas, 3.05 FIELD OIJAw'n, CONTROL: A. Owner will, through services of an Independent laboratory, test density and moisture content of the completed subgrade. B. Tests will conl'ornl to either ASTM D 1556, ASTM D2167, ASTM D2937, or ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017 at 1;ngineer's option. C. Construct succeeding; courses on prepared subgrade only after it has been tested and approved by lnt;inecr. 3.06 MAINTENANCE: A. Miint8ln ComplClCd SUbgrade in finished condition until the overlying pavement or base course is placed, 13. Restore all completed subgrade damaged prior to construction ofthe overlying course. C. 13ngincer's approval of subgrade at the time of its completion does not relieve Contractor of the requirement to maintain subgrade until such time as the overlying material is in place. 3,07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: A. Subgrade preparation will not be measured for payment. JE1'02335.2 02335-3 SECTION 02335 - SUBGRADE PREPARATION: continued B: Payment for subgrade preparation is included in the various Contract Unit and Lump:S ' prices. C. Payment for removal and replacement of unsuitable material will be as specified,in General Provisions. END OF SECTION 02335 , 02335-4 JEF02335.2 SECTION 02,162 -FOUNDATION PILING (STEEL H-PILES) PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 SIJMMARY: A. Work tinder this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to install all foundation piling for the structures. B. Pile capacity shall be as follows: 1. The net design compression capacity of each pile shall riot be less than 65 kips, unless otherwise noted. 2. The corresponding ultimate compression and gross design compression capacities of each pile shall riot be less than 355 kips and 105 kips, respectively, unless otherwise noted. 3. Selected piles, as indicated, will be required to resist uplift and/or lateral loads. The design uplift and lateral capacity for those designated piles shall not be less than that respectively indicated. ,I. The ultimate capacity of each pile shall not be less than 3 times the gross design compression capacity and 2 times the design uplift capacity. C. Contractor and/or Subcontractor shall visit the Site prior to bidding to observe and review specific Site conditions and requirements for equipment, methods, and costs to install piling. D. Contractor shall verify the location of all underground conduits, piping, duct banks, and utilities prior to pile driving. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A27/A27M - Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application. b. A36/A36M - Carbon Structural Steel. C. A148/A148M - Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes. d. A570/A570M - Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled, Structural Quality. C. DI 186 - 'lest Methods for Nondestructive Measurement of Dry Film Thickness of Nonmagnetic Coatings Applied to a Ferrous Base. 1'. E376 - Practice for Measuring Coating Thickness by Magnetic-Field or Eddy- Current(Electromagnetic)Test Methods. 2, American Welding Society (AWS): a. DL I - Structural Welding Code. 3. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): a. SP - Solvent Cleaning. b. SPa - White Metal Blast Cleaning. C. S116 - Commercial Blast Cleaning. d. SP 10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning, e. I'S 1 1.01 - Black (or Dark Red) Coal "far Epoxy-Polyamide Painting System. 1.03 EXPERIENCE QUALIFICATIONS: A. The Contractor or Subcontractor to perform Work shall have a minimum of five years' experience installing, steel 1-1-section piles. B. The name of the proposed Subcontractor along with his experience statement of past work shall be submitted at time of Bid and will be considered in the evaluation of Bids. C. All other guidelines for submitting Subcontractor information shall be followed in accordance with "INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS." ,I EF02462.2 02462-1 SECTION 02462— FOUNDATION PILING (STEEL 1-1-PI LF.S j: continued 1.04 SUBMITTALS AND CONSTRUCTION RECORDS: A. Submittals: I. Submit details of proposed riles and pile-driving equipment to Etrgincer at least two weeks prior to driving; piling. The information shall include: a. Make and model of pile-driving hammer. b. Weight, stiffness, and coefficient ofrestitution ofeapblock assembly, cushion dimensions, type of cushion material, and cushion stiffness. C. Location and type of splices, if present. d. Details of proposed load test arrangement(s), equipment, electrical load cell and hydraulic jack calibration curves, and methods to be used for performing load test(s). B. Construction Records: 1. During pile driving, including the installation of the test pile and reaction piles (if used), submit to the Resident Project Representative, in triplicate, each day a record of each pile driven, including, but not limited to: a. Name of structure. b. Pile cap number. C. Pile number. d. Pile length after cutoff. C. Elevation of pile tip and cutoff. f. Ground surface elevation during driving. g. Location and type ofspiices, if'prescnt. h. Date and time of day pile is driven. i. Continuous driving resistance and pressure gauge readings or hammer stroke. . J. Flammer speed. k. Final driving resistance and pressure gcauf;r readings or hammer stroke, I. Driving time. m. Jetting and Predrilling diameters and depths. I]. Heaving records. o. Redriving data. p. Remarks concerning installation oi'piles. 1.05 111"'1, MARKING AND EI,FNATIONS: A. Driven Piles: Provide ground surface elevation reference and mark each rile along its entire length at 1-foot intervals and along at least the last foot of'driving at I-inch increments, so as to permit determination of the rile tip elevation and corresponding driving resistances during driving;. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DRIVEN STEEL 1-1-SEC."1 ION P1IAS: A. Piles shall be 1.11) 1204 end bearing piles. 13. Piles shall be manufactured of steel conCorming to ASTM A36M (A36). C. Piles shall not have a camber or sweep in excess of the permitted mill tolerance. D. Store on platforms, skids, or other supports at the Site and support to prevent excessive deflection. E. Pile points shall be.reinforced with APF Hard Bite I IP77600 points or approved equal. 1. Pile points shall be manufactured in one piece of cast steel coil lorming to ASTM A27 . Grade 65/3> or ASTM A 148 Grade 90/60. 02462-2 JE1`02462.2 SECTION 02462— FOUNDATION I'll_ING (STEEL I l-['1I,1 S); continued 2. Points shall fully enclose the web of the pile with a continuous vertical backup. Pile point backups shall also extend from the inner corners of the flanges to a sufficient distance to assume proper alignment and fitting. 3. The bearing surface shall have a minimum of 7 integrally cast teeth: one centered on the web axis and 3 located along each flange axis. 4. Points shall have cast or cut bevels to provide proper weld surface. 5. Pile points shall be attached in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Welding of point to piles shall lie performed by a certified welder. Contractor shall be fully responsible for the adequacy ol'welds during driving. 6. Points shall not have excessive surface defects such as pinholes, shrinkage tears, sand ittclttsiotts, or gas pockets which affect the integrity of the casting. Castings shall not be visibly warped and/or cause improper fit. Maximum allowable out of'square tolerance is 1/8 inch in 12 inches. 7. The minimum pile point weight shall be in accordance with the following: Minimum Allowable Weight Pile Size lbs 1-11) 8 1 1 111' 10 16 I-1P 12 27 1-11, 14 36 P. Piles shall be driven to competent dolomite bedrock and then to the specified and minimum driving resistance. 2.02 PILE DRIVING EQUIPi IFNT: A. Pile Driving Hammer: I. Piles shall be driven with an approved single, partial double-acting or double-acting steam, air or diesel hammer. The pile driving hammer shall be capable ofdeveloping a driving energy ol'not less than 35,000 toot-pounds per blew with a minimum ram weight of 11,000 pounds for an air or steam hammer; and a driving energy of not less than 40,000 11071-pounds per blow with a minimum rant weight of 4,100 pounds for a diesel hammer. 2. Contractor shall furnish a hamster capable of developing the indicated ultimate pile capacity without danraoc to the piles considering hammer impact velocity; ram weight; stiffness of'hnnuner and pile cushions: cross section. length: total weight of pile, and character of'subsurface material to be encountered. 3. Contractor shall submit details of the pile hammer to Engineer for approval at least two weeks prior to driving piles. 4. Should a chants in hamster or driving equipment be necessitated by Contractor, Contractor shall submit these revised details to Fnginccr for approval at least two weeks Prior to driving piles with revised equipment. 5. The pile driving hamster shall h#. operated at all times at speeds and conditions recommended by the hammer manufacturer. 6. The boiler or compressor capacities for the steam- or air-operated hainmers shall be sufficient to operate the hammer continuously at the full-rated speed and energy. i Jl?1"02462.2 02462-3 M SECTION 02462— FOUNDATION Pi ANG f STI:4 1, 1-1-1'1- I"f;S): continued 7. For the steam- or air-operrated pile hammers, Contractor shall provide a pressure gauge to be located on the hammer steam or air line in it position such than it can be clearly read by the pile driver operator. R. For the double-acting diesel hammer. Contractor shall provide a bounce chamber pressure gauge to be located in a position such that it can be clearly read by the pile driver operator. 9. Fora single-acting diesel hammer, Contractor shall mark the ram as approved by Resident Project Representative to permit determination of the stroke. 10. The pile driver shall be equipped with fixed leads, secured to the pile driving rig with rigid bracing, and extending to the lowest point which the hammer must reach to drive tlae piles. 13. Capblock and Cushion: 1. Piles shall be protected during driving by a capblock-and-cushion assembly of approved design. 2. The capblock or cushion materials shall be replaced during driving if it has been damaged, highly compressed, charred, burned, or has become spongy or deteriorated in any manner. 3. Continuous or frequent introduction or addition of cushion materials shall not be permitted. 4. The driving helmet or capblock shall fit flush with the plane of the pile end so that a uniform impact force is applied to the pile during driving. 5. The cushion shall be fabricated from durable materials with referenced elastic and stiffness value properties. The cushion stiffness shall be determined as: S AE I. where: S Cushion stiffness(Minni or kip/in) A = Cushion area (ni m2 or in-) F = Secant modulus of elasticity of cushion material (Mnam' or ksi) L _ Length or height of cushion (nun or in) 6. The coefficient ofrestitution of the capblock-and-cushion assembly shall not be less than O.R. 7. Contractor shall submit to f;nuincer for approval, details concerning the stiffness of the cushion assembly, the coefficient of restitution, and (lie weight of the capblock-and- cushion assembly at least two weeks prior to driving piles, i'ART 3 - i:X1:CLYHON 3.01 PRFDRILIANG: A. Predrilling to determine (he depth to rock shall be performed by an approved means for foundation piling at the Screen and Blower Building 13. Predrilling shall be performed by Contractor prior to mobilization of pile driving equipment to confirm required lengths of production piles for the Screen and Blower Building. C. Production pile lengths shall account for pile embedment into weathered bedrock deposits to practical refusal during pile driving operations. 02462-4 JEF02462.2 • SECTION 02462-- FOl1NDA'r1ON PILING (STEEL I-I-PII,ES): continued 3.U..2 EQUIPMENT FOR DRIVING STRUCTURAI, STI?I" I-I-SUCTION PILES: A. All pile driving equipment shall be subject to Resident Project Representative's approval after inspection at the Site. B. At any time during the progress of the Work, equipment that, in Resident Prc.jcct Representative's opinion, is in poor operating condition, will not be approved for pile driving. 3.0:3 DRIVING PROCEDURE: A. Piles shall not be driven until inspected and approved for driving. 13. Each pile shall be driven continuously and without voluntary interruption until the specified penetration length and driving resistance have been obtained. C. Piles shall be driven in contact with surrounding soil and left permanently in place. 1). Piles shall be driven in a sequential operation which will minimize heaving of adjacent piles. I . Pile driving operations shall be suspended if impact shock results in problems to any adjacent structures or equipment until Contractor takes corrective measures. I . No method requiring force to correct the position or line of any pile shall he permitted during driving. G. Special precautions shall be taken to avoid oil spatter from pile driving equipment when working; in the vicinity of existing structures, vehicles, and other permanent fixtures. 1-1. Pile driving areas shall be kept free from water at all times. I. Drive piles with axes oriented as shown on the Drawings. 3.04 PENETRATION AND DRIVING; RESISTANCE: A. Piles shall be driven to the depth indicated below cutoff elevation and then to the specified and ® minimum final driving resistance as determined by Engineer. The minimum final driving resistance will be determined by Engineer using the U.S. Department of'fransportation, Federal Highway Administration Wave L•quatum Analysis of file Driving (WLAP) fi)r the pile hammer and associated capblock-cushion materials and properties, as to he submitted and utilized for pile driving by Contractor. 13. Contractor shall become familiar with conditions present at the Site prior to bidding; specifically should there be limited access dimensions, headroom clearances, or other conditions which restrict the use ofpar•ticular driving equipment and thereby affect the associated minimum final driving resistance. C. Adjustments in pile quantities will he based on the Adjustment Unit Prices set forth in the Agreement. 3.115 SPLICING: A. Splice pile assembly before driving to produce a length adequate fi)r anticipated penetration. 13. If the length of a pile assembly is insufficient to achieve the specified penetration and driving resistance, extend the driven assembly by splicing assembly of the same cross section. C. Welding shall not be performed when the temperature of the base metal is lower than 017. At temperatures between 32"1: and 0"1", the surface of all areas within 3 inches of the area where the weld is to be performed shall be heated uniformly to a temperature at least warns to the hand before any welding is done. 1). Splices shall he accurately aligned and welded as follows: I. Welders shall he previously qualified within the past twelve months by passing the tests prescribed in AWS DI.1. 2. Welding process shall be shielded metal arc in accordance with AWS DI.I using E.70 eICCt'oCICS. • 1131"024612 02462••5 P SI:C_I'lON 02,162 — FOUNDATION PiHN(; (STI:FI. I MILES): continued 3. Flanges and web.joints shall be welded using 45°, single-bevel butt-,joints and with backup plates. Flanges shall he accurately aligned and all welds shall be 100%, full penetration. 4. Prctabricated Al'F Champion I 1-11ile Splicer 111130000 or approved equal may be used as follows; a. Prepare, attach, and weld splicer in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. h. Provide as a minimum eight 5/16" x 2-1/2" fillet welds bemcen the splicer and inside flanges at each corner of,the splicer, along with 100°/x, full penetration, 45", single-bevel butt-jointed welds along both outside flanges. C. All welds shall be adequate io handle driving stresses, compressive, uplift and shear ultimate loads and/or load test capacities, as specified. E. After welding, permit sufficient time for weld to cool to touch prior to continuation of'pile driving. F. After splicing, piles shall be driven to the specified penetration and driving resistance. G. Only one splice per pile shall lie permitted. 3.06 HEAVING: A. Cleaving shall be checked on a selected reference pile within each pile group or cluster. 13. The reference pile shall be checked by comparison of elevations before and after driving of ill adjacent piles within a group or cluster. C. Heaving shall be considered as occurring to all piles within a group or cluster when the reference pile head elevation changes in excess of 0.025-Coot. D. Piles within a group or cluster shall he redriven when the reference pile heaves in excess of 0.025 46ot. 3.07 REDRIVING: A. A pile selected by Resident Project Representative from within the initial pile group or cluster driven shall he redriven not less than 4 hours and preferably 24 hours after completion of initial driving in order to check for relaxation or freeze. Relaxation is indicated b\ a lesser number of blows per inch required to mobilize the pile than was attained at completion ol'its original final driving resistance. 13. file ~hull be driven not less than the saute number of'blows originally applied to the pile over the final 6 inches of driving, after the hammer has warmed up. Driving resistance shall be noted for each inch of pile penetration. if redriving indicates relaxation, I;ngillecr shall be notified. All piles within a pile group or cluster which has indicated relaxation shall be redriven until the driving resistance for the last inch indicates that specified pile capacities have been attained. C. Rcdrive all piles within a group or cluster that have indicated heave of'the reference pile. 3.08 Ct 1,VO1 F: A. Cut off piles perpendicular to the vertical axis of the pile and to within 1/2-inch of the culoff elevation indicated. B. Cut off portions of pile which are battered, split, warped, buckled, damaged, or inlperfccl within till' upper reaches of file top. This does not apply to piles that have been re.jecled. C. Ifexcavation around the piles is required to achieve pile cut off, remove and dispose of the excavated material as directed by Rcsident Project Representative or Owner. 1.). Remove \paste steel l l-section piles and dispose of off Site or as otherwise directed by Resident Project Representative or Owner. 02162-6 .11"T'02,1612 . SECTION 02462 — FOIJNDA'rION PILING (STEEL H-PILES): continued 3.09 PREDRILLING AND JE'f"I'ING: Predrilling or jetting will not be permitted without written approval of Engineer. A. Where required, perform predrilling in advance of driving with it continuous flight auger to a depth not below the proposed final tip elevation. 13. Do not drill hole larger than the pile depth/width. C. Remove waste from drilling operations as directed by Resident Project Representative. 3.10 INS'T'ALLATION TOLERANCFS: A. Piles shall not exceed a variation from the vertical axis of the pile of more than 1/4-inch per foot of pile length. 13. The center of the pile head shall not vary from plan location at cutoff by more than 3 inches. 3.11 ANCHORAGE STEEL PLACEMENT: A. Remove all foreign matter from pile prior to attaching anchorage steel. B. Anchor for uplift as indicated. C. Anchorage steel shall not be attached to piles prior to initial inspection by Resident Project Representative. Anchorage steel shall not be attached to rejected piles. 3.12 REJECTED PILES: A. Resident Project Representative will determine the acceptability of all piles driven and may, at his option, reject those piles which do not conform to the Drawings and Specifications. E. As directed by Resident Project Representative, Contractor shall perform one of the following: 1. Leave piles in place, cut off as directed, and drive. one or more new piles in locations designated by Resident Project Representative to replace the rejected pile and maintain symmetry of the pile group or cluster. 2. Withdraw the pile and drive a new pile. Any holes which result from pile withdrawal shall be packed with sand, gravel, or other approved nonplastic soil before redriving of the replacement pi!c. 3.13 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: A. Measurement: 1. Pay length shall be defined as that length of the pile measured from the pile tip to the cutoff elevation indicated. 2. Include only those piles meeting the requirements ol'these Specifications. 3. Do not include broken, withdrawn, collapsed, misplaced, or rejected piles. 13. Payment: 1. Include in the Lump Sum Contract Price the cost for: a. Mobilization and demobilization of all required equipment for installation of fOUndatiOn piling. complete and in place. b. Surveying to locate piling and the cost to remove and dispose of spoil or waste. C. All splices, complete and in place. d. All pile points, complete and in place. 2. Adjust payment at the single Adjustment Unit Price set forth in the Agreement for any increase or decrease of the aggregate pay length unit price per foot due to change in length of individual piles or change in the number of piles or addition of splices to individual piles(due to increases in pile lengths). JEF02462.2 02462-7 M (s'fEE SECTION 02402— FOUNDATION PILING 11-PILES): continued 3. The Lump Sum Contract Price shall be based upon an estimated Total number of 21 piles having an estimated aggregate pay length of 1144 linear feet in place. END OF SECTION 02462 J. 10 02462-8 J[;F024(?:2 SECTION 02510 - PRESSURE PiPE PART 1 - GENERAi, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes all pressure pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances. B, Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Pipe installation: SECTION 02535. 2. Valves and Accessories: SECTION 02515, 3. Protective Coatings: SECTION 09900, 1,02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Association of State Highway and "rran sport ation Officials (AASFITO). 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. Cl 10 - Ductilc-Iron and Gray-iron Fittings, 3 inches Through 48 Inches (75 ruin Through 1,200 inn), for Water and Other Liquids. b, Cl I I - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductilc-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. C. C 115 - Flanged Ductile-iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron 'i'll read ed Flanges. d. C150 - Thickness Design of*Ductile-Iron Pipe. C. C151 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids. f. C153 - Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In. (76 mm Through 610 mm) and 54 In, Through 64 In, (1,400 min Through ),600 nun), for Water Service. g. C200 - Steel Water Pipe 6 inches and Larger. It. C208 - Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. i, C209 - Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections. J. C210 - Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for interior and Exterior of steel Water ,. Pipelines, k. 0214 •• Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. I. C:218 - Coating the Exterior Above-Ground Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings. m. M 1 I - Steel Pipe - A Guide Im Design and installation. n, M41 - Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fillings. 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. L31 6.1 - Cast-iron Pipe Flanges and l langcd Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800, b. 1316.21 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 4. American Society for"besting and Materials (ASTM): a. A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. b, D1248 - Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. 5, National Sanitation Foundation (NSF): a. 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health ElTects. 6. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): a. SPl - Solvent Cleaning. b, SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning. C. SPS - White Metal Blast Cleaning. d. SP7 - Brush-Off 131ast Cleaning. 1.03 SUi3MITT"ALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. JE-F02510.2 02510-1 SECTION 02510— PRESSURE Pli'E;: continued B. Submit the following for acceptance prior to fabrication: 1. Pipe and joint details. 2. Special, fitting, and coupling details. 3. Laying and installation schedule. 4. Specifications, data sheets, and affidavits of'compliance for protective shop coatings and linings. S. Manufacturer's design calculations. C. Certificates and Affidavits: burnish the Following Prior to Shipment: I. Affidavit of compliance with applicable standard. 2. Certificate or origin for all steel flanges. Flanges shall be manufactured in the U.S.A. 3. "Pest certificates. 1.04 QUALI'T'Y ASSURANCE:: A. Manufacturers shall be experienced in the design and manufacture of pipe, fittings, specials, or appurtenances for a minimum period of 5 years. B. All pipe manufactured to AWWA C-200 series specifications shall be furnished by a manufacturer certified by the Steel Plate Fabrication Association (SPAA) for steel pipe fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE REQUIREMENTS: A. Furnish pipe of materials,joint types, and sizes as Indicated or specified. 13. Pipe shall be designed to withstand all stresses resulting from external loads and internal pressures listed in the following table plus applicable allowance for surge unless otherwise specified: Nominal Design Maximum Pipe Cover Live Internal Test Location Size 1:)epth Israel Pressure Pressure Blower Bldg. & 12" 3' 11-20 6 psi 50 psi Lagoon Lagoon Bernts 24" 3' 11-20 5 psi 50 psi Lagoon Inlet 24" 10' 11-20 5 psi 50 psi C. Pipe Marking: All pipe and fittings shall be marked conforming to the applicable standard specification under which the pipe is manufactured and as otherwise specified. 2.02 DI.IC"1'11,1 -IRON PIPIT: A. Design and Manufacture of Pipe: 1. Ductile-iron pipe shall conform to A W WA C 115, CI 50 and C 151 except as otherwise specified. 13. Dimensions: The minimum thickness as defined by pressure class for mechanical or push-on- type joint ductile-iron pipe shall be as follows: 02510-2 ,IEF02510.2 ShC"f ION 02510-• PRESSl.1RI: P1N1' : continued Nominal Minimum Location Pine Size Pressure Class Lagoon Inlet Piping 2,1" 125 Lagoon 'transfer Piping 24 125 C. Joints: 1, Mechanical and Push-On 'Type: a. Provide mechanical or push-on-type joints for all buried pipe less than 750 rain (30 inches) in diameter unless otherwise specified or indicated. Provide push-on-type joints for sizes 750 nun (30 inches) in diameter and greater. b. Joints shall conform to AWWA C I 11. 2. Flanged: a, Provide flanged joints for all interior pipe where specified or indicated. b. Flanges for pipe shall be ductile iron and conform to the applicable provisions of AWWA C 1 10 and Cl 15 and shall be drilled ANSI 131 6,1 Class 125. b. Fittings: I. Fittings shall conform to AWWA Cl 10(or 01-53)and shall have a pressure rating of not less than that specified for pipe. 2, Fittings shall be ductile iron. 3. Include all specials, taps, plugs, flanges, and wall fittings as required. 1. Provide openings firr air valve, drain, sampling, sensing, testing, and other connections with threaded bosses or flange outlets sized and located where indicated. E. Lining: I, All pipe and fittings f for water) shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C 104. F. Coating: 1. All iron pipe and fittings shall be coated with manufacturer's standard bituminous paint coating. 2, flange faces shall be coated in accordance with AWWA C 115. 2.03 _S'TI:II. AERATION PIPING: A. Pipe: Spiral weld steel pipe ASTM 139, Grade 131.1000, 1/4-inch wall thickness continuous spiral seam welded on inside and outside of pipe, manufactured by Naylor Pipe Company, AK Steel or approved equal. 13. Joints: 1. Blower Rooms: Shop Trutt welded. Ilangcd where indicated. E.xcessive heat will damage interior coating therelore field welding will not be allowed. 2. Buried Pipe: To he jointed by the specified couplings. C. Radius labows, fabricate from butt-welded specified piece gore sections or from formed welded or seamless tubing to a centerline radius of not less than 2.0 diameters unless otherwise noted. Gore sections shall be assembled, welded, and finish ground to eliminate interior projections. Gored elbow construction ,hall be in accordance with the following: I, 90 degree - 5-piece minimum. 2. 60 degree - 4-piece minimum. 3. 45 degree - 3-piece minimum, 4. 30 degree - 3-piece minimum. 5, 15 degree - straight miter. JEF02510.2 02510-3 SECTION 025 10— PRESS1 1RE' III PI-: continued D. Wyes, fabricate front butt-welded specified piece with 45-degree branch takeoff and integral elbow where required, elbow section gored in accordance with radius elbows above. Section shall he shop fabricated with interior welds finish ground to eliminate interior projections. E. Reducers, shop fabricate from sheet steel of same specifications and piping, interior welds finish ground to eliminate interior projections, 1. Reducers above grade and in vertical runs of piping shall be concentric reducers with an enclosed angle of 150 degrees and 6-inch minimum length inlet and outlet collars. 2. Reducers below grade shall be eccentric with bottom flat, incline of'not greater than 30 degrees and 6-inch minimum length inlet and outlet collars. F. Coatings: I. All steel piping to be installed below grade shall be cleaned factory coal-tar coated and double wrapped. Coating to comply with AWWA C203. 2. Optional coating system for buried steel piping is factory-applied, three-layer tape coating system to conform to AWWA C214 consisting of primer, corrosion-preventive tape (inner layer) and mechanical protective tape (outer layer). All special sections, connections and fittings shall be factory and/or field coated with cold-applied tape system to conform to AWWA C209. 3. Exposed exterior and exposed interior pipe shall be either hot-dipped galvanized or coated with System C-2 as specified in DIVISION 9. G. Lining: All steel air piping shall be lined with System C-I as specified in DIVISION 9. 1-1. Coupling: I. Carbon steel construction with EDPM gasket, ASTM A36, Depend-U-L.ok type EXIi nianulactured by Brico industries. 2 After installation to be field tar coated and wrapped as specified above. 1. Contractor shall subunit complete layout drawings showing the locations and dimensions ofall piping, fittings, couplings, valves, and blower accessories. J. Insulation: All interior discharge air piping in the new blower building including fittings shall he insulated. All insulation shall be as specified in DIVISION 15. 2.04 SLI:I:VI;S AND C'OIIPI.INGS: A. Sleeves: I. AWWA Cl 10 mechanical joint ductile-iron transition-sleep-e type: a. Pipe end space shall not exceed one-third of the sleeve laying; length. h. Interior, exposed, exterior, or huried service as indicated. 13. Couplings: I. Couplings fir joining direct buried, expose(] exterior, vault or pit installations of iron, or PVC pipe up to 300 nun (12-inch) diameter shall be iron. Provide lined and coated steel couplings fir larger pipe dianicters. 2. Couplings for exposed interior iron or PVC pipe may he steel or iron. 3. Fastener bolts shall be ductile iron or stainless steel for iron couplings and high-strength, low-alloy steel for steel couplings, Bolts for direct buried coupling installations shall be stainless steel. 4. Center sleeve and end rings shall be: a. Ductile or malleable iron for iron couplings. h. Steel for steel couplings. 5. Lining and Exterior Coating: a. Use for all steel couplings intended for direct bury, exposed exterior, vault or pit • installations. 02510-4 J F'02510.2 SECTION 02510—PR ASSURE PIPE: continued b. Completely coat center sleeve and end rings. C. Two-part epoxy or nylon fuse-coated to a minimum 0.25 mm (10 mils)thickness, d. Line interior of all steel couplings intended for exposed-interior installations. Coat exterior with normal shop coating. 2.05 GASKETS AND BOLTING MATERIALS: A. Provide all gaskets, bolts, lubricant, and other accessories required to install pipe, fittings, and specials complete and ready for service. B. Gaskets for flanged joints shall conform to ANSI 816.21, 3 mm (1/8-inch)thick full-face synthetic rubber. Provide full-face gaskets for fill pump and equipment connections. C. Gaskets for ductile iron flanged pipe and fittings 300 min (12 inch)and smaller shall have "nominal" inside diameters, not the larger inside diameters per ANSI 816.21. D. Bolts for flanged joints shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B. Nut and bolt heads shall be hexagonal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Specified in SECTION 02535. 3.02 MELD TESTING: A. Specified in SECTION 02535. 3.03 FIELD PROTECTIVE COATING: A. Specified in SECTION 09900. END OF SECTION 02510 JEF02510.2 02510-5 SECTION 02530- GRAVITY PIPE; PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes all gravity pipe, fittings and specials. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Pipe Installation: SECTION 02535. 2. Protective Coatings: SECTION 09900, 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A746 - Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe. b. D2680 - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS)and Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Composite Sewer Piping. C. D3034 - 'type PSivl Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. d. D3212 -Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. C. F477 - Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. f. F679 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Large - Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. g. F794 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. h. F949 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings. 2 American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C104 - Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. b. Ci 10 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. C. C I I 1 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings, d. C1 15 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-iron Threaded Flanges, 3. Federal Specification (FS): a. SS-S-00210 - Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. B. Submit the following for acceptance prior to fabrication: I. Pipe and joint details. 2. Special, fitting and coupling details. 3. Laying and installation schedule. C. Certificates and Affidavits: I. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 2. Furnish the following prior to shipment: a. Aflidavit ofcompliance with applicable standard. b. Test certificates. • a JEF02530.2 02530-1 b SECTION 02530—GRAVITY PIPE: continued 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer: 1. Experienced in the design, manufacture and commercial supplying of the specific material for a minimum period of'five years. 2. Experienced in the design, manufacture, and commercial supplying of the specific size of pipe for a minimum period of three years. 3. Certify to above minimum experience requirements. PARE'2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PiPE RE UIREMENTS: A. Furnish pipe of materials,joint types,sizes, and strength classes indicated or specified. Higher strengths may be furnished at Contractor's option. Furnish maximum pipe lengths produced by the manufacturer. B. Pipe shall be designed to withstand all stresses resulting from external loads as listed in the following table: Design Live Location Pipe Sizc Cover Depth load Lagoon Effluent Manhole 15" 3' 1-1-20 Lagoon Influent 24" 3' H-20 C. Pipe Bedding: As indicated. D. Pipe Marking: 1. All pipe, fittings and specials shall be marked conforming to the applicable standard specification under which the pipe is manutactured and as otherwise specified. 2. Mark field location of fittings and specials by station. E. Pipe Gaskets: All elastomeric gaskets and seals shall be synthetic rubber. w 2.02 DUCTILE-IRON PiPE:: A. Design and Manufacture of Pipe: 1. Ductile iron gravity sewer pipe shall conform to AS TM A746 except as otherwise specified. 13. Dimensions: 1. The minimum thickness class for ductile Iron pipe shall be as follows: Location Pipe ,Si?e Class Lagoon Influent 24" 150 C. Joints: 1. Provide push-on joints conforming to AWWA Cl 1 I forall buried pipe unless otherwise specified or indicated. 2. Flanges for pipe shall be ductile iron and conform to the applicable provisions of AWWA C115. D. Fittings: 1. Conform to AWWA C 110 and be ductile iron. 2. Provide all specials, taps, and plugs as specified or indicated. 3. Line as specified for ductile-iron pipe. 02530-2 JEF02530.2 or Sf;CTION 02530—GRAVITY PIPE: continued E. lining: I. Pipe and Fittings 12-Inch Diameter rind Larger: a. All pipe and fittings shall be lined with a composite lining using a primer corning containing fusion-bonded epoxy (I"BE) and a surface coating containing fusion- bonded polyethylene (1131'). The lining shall be Polybond PlusTnt as man uractured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, i3irmingham, Alabama. b. Surface preparation shall consist of grit-shothlasting or sandblasting surface to near- gray finish,comparable to SSPC-SP 10. C. Lining shall be applied in one operation with the primer coat applied immediately prior to application of surface coat. d. Thickness Requirements: (1) Primer: Nominal 5 mils. (2) 'rotal: Nominal 60 mils with a 50-mil mininrtrm in the barrel ofthe pipe. C. Joint surface coating shall be a two-component epoxy. Coal tar is prohibited. Total thickness shall be 8 mils nominal. f. Testing: (1) Lining shall be tested over i 00%, of the pipe barrel surface as recommended by ASTM G62, Method E. (2) All holidays sltr;il be repaired per lining manufacturer's recommendation. (3) A voltage confirmation test shall be performed for each production shin or change in detector operator. F. Coating: All pipe and fittings shall be coated with manufacturer's standard bituminous paint coating. 2.03 PVC SEWER PiPE: A. Materials and Manufacture: Conform to ASTM D3034 and ASTM 17679 tar pipes with smooth interior and exterior. All PVC piping shall be as specified and modified lter•ein. R 1. Minimum wall thickness of ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679 pipes shall be SDR•35. 2. Minimum pipe stiffness, when measured at 5% deflection, shall lie as follows: a. 310 kPa (45 psi) for ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679 pipes. 3. Joints: a. Compression-type with the elastonteric ring gasket confined in the annular space bct%vecn the bell end or socket and the spigot end ol'pipe. b. Elastonteric gasket ring joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D3212 or ASTM 1'477. Gaskets shall be neoprene or other synthetic rubber material. C. Plain end of pipe shall he marked with a reference line to facilitate assembly inspccticm. 4. Connections: Furnish any special flexible couplings required for manhole tic-ins or connections to other rigid structures. 13. Inspection and Testing: I. Primarily by manufacturer's testing laboratory and quality control personnel. 2. Perform to avoid, insofar as possible, delivery of defective pipe. 3. May be witnessed by Owner, Engineer, or approved independent testing laboratory. a. Independent testing laboratory, when used, shall be retained by Owner at no expense to Contractor. b. Contractor and manufacturer shall cooperate with Owner's inspection and test personnel. Permit unrestricted access, furnish reasonable space and facilities, and provide 5 working days advance notice of test schedule. JEF02530.2 02530-3 SECTION 02530-GRAVITY PIPE: continued 4. Contractor shall provide 3 copies each of certified test reports to Engineer. a, Include stiffness and deflection, dimension, and hydrostatic joint tests per ASTM D3034, D3212, F679, F794, and F949, b. Furnish prior to delivery. C. Handling and Delivery: 1. Do not deliver until tests on representative specimens have been performed. 2. Use equipment and methods adequate to preserve quality of pipe and to protect joint elements. 2.04 GASKETS AND BOLTING MATERIALS: A. Provide all gaskets, bolts, lubricant, and other accessories required to install pipe, fittings and specials complete and ready for service. B. Gaskets and bolts for other than flanged joints shall be as otherwise specified for pipe and pipe joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Specified in SECTION 02535. 3.02 FIELD TESTING: Specified in SECTION 02535, END OF SECTION 02530 0 2.530-4 .IEF02530,2 Sl"CTION 02535 - PIPE INSTALLATION PART I - GENERAL l.OI SUMMARY: A. This Section includes handling, installation and testing ol'pipe, ratings, specials, and appurtenances as indicated or specified. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Pressure Pipe: SECTION 02510. 2. Protective Coatings: SFC TION 09900. 1.02 RE'PERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. M I I - Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation. 2. federal Specifications(FS): a. SS-S-00210 - Sealing;Compound, Prellmucd Plastic, For Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Handle in a manner to ensure installation in sound and undamaged condition. I. Do not drop or bump. 2. Use slings, lifting lugs, hooks, and other devices designed to protect pipe,joint elements, linings, and coatings. 13. Ship, move. and store with provisions to prevent movement or shock contact with adjacent units. C. Handle with equipment capable ofwork with adequate factor of safety against overturning or other unsafe procedures. • PART 2 - PRODI W 1 S - Specified in respective Sections, this Division. PART 3 - I:XI:C(JTlON 3.01 INSTALLATION - G(:NFRAL: A. Use equipment, methods. and materials ensuring installation to lines and grades indicated. I. Maintain within tolerances specified or acceptable haying schedule. a. Alignment: ±25 nrm (±l inch) per 30 in ( 100 feet) in open cut or tunnel. h. Grade: d25 nun H I inch) per 30 m ( 100 feet). 2. Do not lay on blocks unless pipe is to receive total Concrete encasement. 3. Accomplish hcrriiontA and vertical curve alignr►rcrrts with hends, bevels, and joint deflections. a. Usc short specials preceding curves as required. 4. ()btain acceptance of method proposed for transfer of line and grade from control to the Work. 13. Install pipe of'sire, materials, strength class, anal joint type with embedment indicated for plan location. C. Insofirr as possible, install pipe with hell ends in direction of laying. Obtain f;ngineer approval for deviations therefrom. .1E1702535.2 02535-1 SEC'T'ION 02535 — PIPh INS'T'ALLATION: continued D. Clean interior of all Pipe, fittings, and joints prior to installation. Exclude entrance of foreign matter during installation and at discontinuance of installation. I, Close open ends of pipe with snug-fitting closures. 2, Do not let water fill trench. Include provisions to prevent flotation should water control measures prove inadequate. 3. Remove water, sand, mud, and other undesirable materials from trench before removal of end cap. E. Brace or anchor as required to prevent displacement after establishing final position. F. Perform only when weather and trench conditions arc suitable. Do not lay in water. G. Observe extra precaution when hazardous atmospheres might he encountered. 3.02 .101NTING: A. General Requirements: 1. Locate joint to provide For differential movement at changes in type of pipe embedment, impervious trench checks, and structures. 2. Perform conforming to manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Clean and lubricate all joint and gasket surfaces with lubricant recommended. a. Use methods and equipment capable of fully seating or making up joints without. damage. 5. Check joint opening and deflection for specification limits. B. Special Provisions for Jointing Ductile-Iron Pipe: I. Conform to AWWA C600. 2. Visually examine while suspended and before lowering into trench. �a. Paint bell, spigot, or other suspected portions with turpentine and dust with cement to check for cracks invisible to the eve. h. Remove turpentine and cement by washing when test Is satisfactorily completed. C. Special Provisions for Jointing Steel Pressure Pipe: I. Conform to A`.V\VA M I I. 2. Check Ibr holidays in coating and slake repairs as required. 3. Weld pipe and fittings to conlim-in to AWWA ('206. 41. Apply cold tape coating conlurming to AWWA C'209 to buried exterior connections, Special sections, fittings, couplings, and hart metal. 3.03 _Cl IT'1'ING: A. Cut in neat manner withow damage to pipe. B. Observe Specifications regarding joint locations. 3.011 C,LOS!JR1?PI I:C'I S: A. Connect two segments ol'pipelinc or a pipeline segment and existing structure with short sections of pipe fabricated for the purpose. 11. ('.)bserve Specifications regarding location ofJoints, type ofjoints, and pipe materials and strength classifications. C. Field-lubricated closures, where required, shall he concrete encased between adjacent flexible .nulls. L). May be accomplished with sleeve coupling: I. 01'length such that gaskets are not less than 75 rrun Q inches) Isom pipe ends. • 02535-2 .IEF02535,2 SECTION 02535 —PIPE INSTALLATION: continued 3.05 TEMPORARY PLUGS: A. Furnish and install temporary plugs at each end of Work for removal by others when completed ahead of adjacent contract. B. Remove from pipe laid under adjacent contract in order to complete pipe connection when work by other contractor is finished prior to work at connection point under this Contract. C. Plugs: I. Test plugs as manufactured by pipe supplier. 2. Fabricated by Contractor of substantial construction. 3. Watertight against heads up to G nt (20 feet)of water. 4. Secured in place in a manner to facilitate removal when required to connect pipe. 3.06 CONNECTIONS 1'0 EXISTING STRUCTURES: A. Connect pipe to existing structures and pipelines where indicated. B. Prepare structure by making an opening with at least 75 mm (3 inches) clearance all around fitting to be inserted. C. Observe pertinent articles of Specifications pertaining to joint locations and closures. D. Repair wall opening with nonshrinking grout. 3.07 FIELD TESTING: A. Acceptance Tests for Gravity and Low-Pressure Pipelines: 1. Alignment: a. Sewer shall be inspected by flashing a light between manholes or by physical passage where space permits. b, Contractor shall clean pipe of excess mortar,joint sealant. and other dirt and debris prior to inspection. C. Determine from Illumination or Physical Inspection: (l.) Presence ofany misaligned, displaced, or broken pipe. . (2) Presence of visible inf iltration or other defects. d. Correct defects as required prior to conducting leakage tests. 2. Leakage 'rest: a. Contractor shall perform by extiltration method on all pipe installed (except where air tests permitted at Contractor's option). b. Furnish water and all facilities required including: ( I ) Necessary piping connections. (2) Test purnping equipment. (3) Water meter. (4) Pressure gauge, (5) Bulkheads. (G) All miscellaneous items required. C. Obtain approval of equipment and acceptance of methods proposed for use. d. Conduct initial test on First section of pipe laid by each crew. (1) Include a minimum o(' 10 lengths of pipe but not to exceed 90 m (300 feet). (2) Perform before back(illing, (3) Satisfactorily Complete test before: crew is permitted to continue pipe installation. C. `Pest remaining pipe in sections determined by Contractor and approved by Engineer. JEF02535.2 02535-3 SECTION 02535 — PIPE INS'TALLAT'ION: continued F, Perform at test pressures specified as measured: Ductile iron, vitrified clay, RCP, PVC, and Composite Pipe, not less than 1.2 m (4 feet)of water above the invert of the sewer at the upstream manhole nor more than 6 m (20 feet) of water. g. Maintain test as necessary to locate all leaks but not less than two hours, h. Repeat as necessary after repairs of Icaks and defects until leakage as measured does not exceed 600 liters per day per 25 min of nominal pipe diameter per kilometer(200 gallons per day per inch of nominal pipe diameter per mile) for sewers less than 600 mm (24-inch)diameter. For sewers with diameter 600 mm (24 inches)or greater, leakage shall not exceed 14,000 liters per day per kilometer (6,000 gallons per day per mile)of pipe. L Protect manholes and other structures by means of bulkheads to prevent bursting pressures from being applied inside the structure. j. Dewatcr pipe and manholes upon completion of testing. B. Deflection Testing: I. Maximum installed deflections of flexible pipe shall be as follows: Deflection - Percent Typc of'Pine of Mean Internal Diameter PVC 5 2. Engineer shall require Contractor to test flexible pipe after backfill has been in place 30 days. a. Provide rigid ball or mandrel deflection testing equipment and labor. b. Obtain approval ofequipmcnt and acceptance of method proposed for use. Test shall be performed without mechanical pulling devices. C. Removc and replace pipe exceeding deflection limits. 3.08 FIELD PAINTING: Specified in SECTION 00900. END OF SECTION 02535 02535-4 JEF02535.2 SECTION 02702 - CRUSHED ROCK BASE COURSE PAR'(' 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes crushed rock base course. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Earthwork and Site Preparation: SECTION 02300. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. C1 17 - "Pest Method for Material finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. b. C131 - test Method for Resistance to Degradation ol'Small-Sire Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. C. C 136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of fine and Coarse Aggregates. d. D4318 - 'Pest Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 2. American Association ot'State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASI.17'0): a. T99 - The Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5-Pound Rammcr and a 12-Inch Drop. PAR"T 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENEERAL: A. Crushed rack base course shall consist ofaggregatc specified. 2.02 AGGREGA'T'E: A. Aggregate shall be crushed stone or crushed gravel, free From lumps or balls of clay, dirt, or other objectionable matter and reasonably free from thin and elongated pieces of aggregate. Aggregates shall consist of angular fragments, durable and sound, and shall be reasonably uni('orm in density and duality. 13. Percentage of wear shall not exceed 50 after 500 revolutions as determined by ASTM 0131. C. Aggregate shall contain 75% by weight of pieces with two or more fractured surfaces if material is crushed gravel. D. Portion of aggregate passing No. 40 sieve shall he as fellows: 1. Liquid Limit: Not more than 25 determined by ASTM D4318. 2. Plastic Index: Not more than 6 determined by ASI'hl D4318. I.:. Gradation shall not vary from low limit on one sieve to high limit on adjacent sieve or vice versa. 'test by ASTM Cl 36 and C 117. and conform to the following table (either gradation may be used at Contractor's option): • .IEF02702.2 02702-1 SECTION 02702 - CRUS1-1 "D ROCK_BASE COURSE:: continued Percent�. r rcent by Weight Standard Square-Mesh Sieve Passing Square-Mesh Sieve U.S, Sire or No. No. 1 No. 2 2-inch ................................... 100 1-1/2-inch ............................. 70-100 100 1-inch .................................... 55-85 70-100 3/4-inch ................................ 50-80 60-90 3/8-inell .............................. 40-70 45-75 No. 4 .................................... 30-60 30-60 No. 10 ................................... 15-45 15-45 No, 40 .................................. 5-25 5-25 No. 200 ................................. 3-12 3-12 2.03 EQUIPMENT- A. General Requirements: 1. Maintain all equipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of the Work required by this Section in a satisfactory working condition at all times. 2. Equipment shall be subject to the approval of Engineer. B. Stationary Mixing Plants: 1. Plants shall lie designed to accurately proportion and thoroughly mix the material and water. 2. Plants shall be equipped with weighing and measuring devices for proportioning on a weight basis or by volume based on weight. C. Power Rollers: I. Rollers shall be sell'-propelled, 3-wheel, or tandem-type with wheels equipped with adjustable scrapers. 2. Weight shall not be less than 8 tons. D. "Tamping Roliers. I. Rollers shall consist of one or more units arranged to adapt to uneven ground surfaces. 2. Rolling units of multiple type shall be pivoted on the plain frame. 3. When fully loaded, rollers shall exert at least 300 psi on the combined areas of tamping feet in contact with the ground. 4. Each unit shall be equipped with a watertight cylindrical drum with length 48 inches or greater. 5. 'Tamping feet shall project not less than 7 inches from drum surface, with tect spaced not less than 10 inches, nor more than 10 inches measured diagonally from center to center. I:. Rubber-Wired Rollers: 1. Rollers shall consist of two axles on which are mounted not less than [line pnCl1111,ltiC- tired wheels, mounted so the rear group of tires do not follow in the tracks of the forward wheels but will be centered between the forward wheels, 2. The axles shall be mounted in a rigid frame provided With a loading platform or body suitable for ballast loading. 3. Inflate tires unilbrmly. 4. May be self-propelled. 5. Tow with pneumatic-tired tractors or other pneumatic-tired equipment. F. Blade graders shall be self-propelled with a wheelbase of not less than 15 feet, and a blade of not less than 10 feet, 0 02702-2 JEF02702.2 SECTION 02702 - CRUSEIEM ROCK BASE COURSE: continued G. Sprinkling equipment shall consist of tank trucks, pressure distributors, or other similar equipment designed to apply water uniformly and in controlled quantities to variable width of surface. 11. Hauling equipment shall consist of pncumatic-tired vehicles and dump bodies suitable for clumping materials in windrows or layers on the subgrade. I. Tampers shall be mechanical (of an approved type)and hand-operated, weight not less than 50 pounds, and have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. J. Miscellaneous equipment shall consist ol'scarif►ers, tractors, spring-tooth or spike-tooth harrows, windrow equalizers, spreaders, and other equipment suitable for construction of select material base course. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL, R.EQUIREME NTSS: A. Stockpiles: 1. Clear and level storage sites prior to stockpiling. 2. Place in the manner and at locations designated by Engineer, providing separate stockpiles For materials from separate sources. 13. Cold Weather Limitations: I. Base course construction shall be prohibited when atmospheric temperature is below 35°F. 2. Do not place base course on frozen subgrade. 3. Protect base course and subgrade in freezing weather and repair areas damaged by Freezing, by reshaping. and recompacting. C. Preparation of Subgradc: 1. Clean of all foreign substances. 2. Correct any ruts, soft yielding spots, or any areas with inadequate compaction. 3. Engineer will inspect fir adequate compaction and surface tolerances. E7. Grade Control: Establish and maintain by rucans ol'grade stakes placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved and spaced so string lines may be stretched between stakes. 3.02 MIXING AND PLACING 01' NIM.T"RIALS: A. Method shall be stationary-plant or road-mix method at Contractor's option. 13. Stationary-Plant Method: I. Engineer will give in writing the percentage of aggregates and water required in the mixture. Make adjustments in aggregate, water, and mixing time when so requested. 2. Deposit and spread material in a uniform layer and compact to the thickness indicated and as specified below. Spread material uniformly on the prepared subgrade from moving vehicles or spreader boxes. 3. Level material to the required contour-and grades with blade graders. 4. Remove those portions of the layer which become segregated in spreading, and replace with satislaetor;y mixture or remix as requested by Engineer. C. Road-Mix Method: I. Place material without segregation ol'sizes and spread From spreader boxes or moving vehicles equipped to spread material in layers of miform thickness. 2. Mix materials with blade graders, harrows, discs, or other approved equipment. Continue initial mixing until the mixture is uniform throughout. 3. Add water to the extent necessary to prevent segregation during mixing operations. 4. Add material to the mixture in such amounts and sizes as requested by E:ngincer. .1 ET-02)702.2 02702-3 SECTION 02702 - CRUSHED ROCK BASE COURSE: continued D. Shaping and Compacting Mixed Materials: 1. Compact in layers no less than 3 inches; nor more than 7 inches thick. 2, Roll to specified compaction requirements throughout Full depth of layer with tamping, rollers, power rollers, rubber-tired rollers, or combination. 3. Shape and smooth by blading and rolling with power roller or rubber-tired roller or both, 4, Hand-tamp in places not accessible to rolling equipment. 5. Acrate by blade graders, harrows, or other approved equipment when mixture is moistened by rain. C. Degree of Compaction: I. Base compaction on weight per cubic foot of material passing 3/4-inch sieve and compact to at least 100% of density at optimum moisture. 2. Deternllne and control compaction in accordance with AASI ITO T99. I', Smoothness Test: I, Surface shall show no deviation in excess of3/8-inch in any 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerlines of the paved area. 2. Correct any deviation in excess of this anuxmt by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, watering, and compacting as requested by Engineer. 3.03 MAINTENANCE: A. Maintain finished base course in a condition satisfactory to Engineer until pavement is placed upon it. 3.04 WAYBILLS AND DFLIVI RY TICKETS: A. Submit daily to Engineer during, progress of Work. END OF SECTION 02702 02702-4 JEF02702.2 SECTION 02732 - CRUSHED AGGREGATE SURFACING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes crushed aggregate surfacing. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. E=arthwork and Site Preparation: SI CTION 02301. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Association of State I lighway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): a. T99 - The Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5-Pound Rarrrmer and a 12-Inch Drop. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Crushed aggregate surfacing shall have a gradation conforming to Section 1006 of Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, Grade A or B. 2.02 EQUIPMENT: A. General Requirements: 1. Maintain all equipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of the Work ® required by this Section in a satisfactory working condition at all times. 2 Equipment shall be subject to the approval of Engineer. B. Power Rollers: 1. Rollers shall be self-propelled, 3-wheel, or tandem-type with wheels equipped with adjustable scrapers. 2. Weight shall not be less than 8 tons. C. Tamping Rollers: 1. Rollers shall consist of one or more units arranged to adapt to 111ICVCn ground surfaces. 2. Rolling units of multiple type shall be pivoted on the main frame. 3. When fully loaded, rollers shall exert at least 300 psi on the combined areas of tamping I'M in contact with the ground. 4. Each unit shall be equipped with a watertight cylindrical drum with length 48 inches or greater. 5. Tamping feet shall project not less than 7 inches from drum surface, with feet spaced not less than 10 inches, nor more than 10 inches measured diagonally from center to center. D. Rubber-Tired Rollers: 1. Rollers shall consist oftwo axles on which are mounted not less than nine pneuntatic- tired wheels, mounted so the rear group of tires do not follow in the tracks of the forward wheels but will be centered between the forward wheels. 2. The axles shall be mounted in a rigid frame provided with a loading platforrn or body suitable for ballast loading. 3. Inflate tires Lill i Corm ly. 4. May he self-propelled, 5, Tow with pneumatic-tired tractors or other pneumatic-tired equipment. E. Made graders shall be self-propelled with a wheelbase of not less than 15 feet, and a blade of not less than 10 feet. w .1131702820.2 02732-1 Sf:C'1'ION 02737. — CRl1SI-lEf) ;1(i(iRl:(iA'1'I' SURI�ACIN(.i: continued F. Sprinkling equipment shall consist of tank trucks, pressure distributors, or other similar equipment designed to apply water uniformly and in controlled quantities to variable width of surface. G. Hauling equipment shall consist of pneumatic-fired vehicles and dump bodies suitable for dumping materials in windrows or layers on the subgrade. 1-1. 'Pampers shall be mechanical of an approved type and hand-operated, weight not less than 50 pounds, and have a (arc area of not more than 100 square inches. 1. Miscellaneous equipment shall consist of scarifiers, tractors, spring-tooth or spike-tooth harrows, windrow equalizers, spreaders, and other equipment suitable {or construction of crushed aggregate surfacing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL, RF Q(JIRI:MEN'I'S: A. Stockpiles: 1. Clear and level storage sites prior to stockpiling. 2. Place in the manner and at locations designated by Engineer, providing separate stockpiles for materials from separate sources. B. Cold Weather Limitations: 1. Crushed aggregate surfacing construction shall be prohibited when atmospheric temperature is below 35"T. 2. Do not place crushed aggregate surfacing on frozen subgrade. 3. Protect crushed aggregate sur facing and subgrade in freezing weather and repair areas damaged by freezing, by reshaping, and rceompacting. C. Preparation of Subgradc: 1. Clean of all foreign substances. 2. Correct any ruts, soft yielding spots, or any areas with inadequate compaction. D. Grade Control: Establish and maintain by means ofgrade stakes at 25-loot intervals, placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of'the Area to be surfaced and spaced so string lines may be stretched between stakes. 3.02 MIXING AND PI,ACIN(i C)F �lA'1'I:RIALS: A. Use road-mix method: I. Place material without segregation ol'si-res and spread from spreader boxes or moving vehicles equipped to spread material in layers of uniform thickness. 2. Add water to the extent necessary to prevent segregation during mixing operations. 3. Add material to the mixture in such amounts and sires as requested by Engineer. B. Shaping and Compacting Mixed Materials: I. Compact in layers no less than 3 inches nor more than 7 inches thick. 2. Roll to specified compaction requirements throughout fllll depth of layer with tamping rollers, power rollers, rubber-tired rollers, or combination. 3. Shape and smooth by Wading and rolling with power roller or rubber-tired roller or both. A. I-land-tamp in places not accessible to rolling equipment. 5. Aerate by blade graders, harrows, or other approved equipment when mixture is moistened by rain. C. Degree of Compaction: I. Base compaction on weight per cubic foot of naterial passing 3/4-inch sieve and compact to at least 100% of density at opt►rlllltll moisture. 2. Determine and control compaction in accordance with AASI ITC) T99. 02732-2 .1ET-02 732.2 SECTION 02732—CRUSHED AGGREGATE SURFACING: continued D. Smoothness Test; I, Surface shall show no deviation in excess of 9 mm in any 3/8-inch in any 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerlines of the paved area, 2. Correct any deviation in excess of this amount by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, watering, and compacting as requested by Engineer. 3.03 WAYBILLS AND DEI.IVI"sRY TICKI 'I'S: A. Submit daily to Engineer during progress of Work. END OF SECTION 02732 JE(:02732.2 ' 02732-3 0 SECTION 02740 - BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes hot bituminous prime coat over previously prepared, crushed-rack base course. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Subgrade Preparation: SECTION 02335. 2. Crushed-Rock Base Course: SECTION 02702, 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society fir Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. D140- Practice for Sampling Bituminous Materials. b. D2027 - Cutback Asphalt (Me(lium-Curing Type). 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Submit certifications for material specified and for each batch of material. C. Certificates shall be prepared by an approved testing laboratory and submitted to Engineer by Contractor for acceptance. PARE'2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL.: A. MC-250. conforming to ASTM D2027. 2.02 EQUIPMENT: A. General Requirements: I. Furnish and maintain all ceµiipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of the Work in satisfactory working condition at all times. 2. Equipment shall be subject to approval of Engineer. 13. Bitumen distributor shall be as fellows: 1. Designed and equipped so as to distribute bituminous material uniformly at even heat on variable widths of surface and to distribute the bituminous material at readily determined and controlled rates from 0.05 to gallons per square ,yard. 2. Have pneumatic tires of such width and number that the load produced on the base surface does not exceed 650 pounds per inch of tire: width. 3. I-lave a pressure range of 25 to 75 psi. 4. Allowable variation from any specified rate shall riot exceed 5%. 5. Equipped for circulation and agitation of the bituminous material during the heating process. C. Distributor Equipment shall include the 1011OWing: I. Bitumen pump. 2. Tachometer. 3. Pressure gauges. 4. V01ume-measuring device. 5. Thermometer for temperature of tank contents. t. I-lose attachment to apply materials to spots unavoidably missed by distributor. w JE 02740.2 02740-1 SECTION 02740- BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT: Continued D. Heating Equipment shall include the following: I. Steam coils and equipment for producing steam, or approved type retort heater manufactured for heating asphaltic products, at Contractor's option, designed so that steam will not be introduced into the material. 2. An armored thermometer(if storage tanks are used)with a range from 100°to 400°F, fixed to tank to continuously indicate temperature of bituminous material. E. Power brooms and power blowers shall be of the industrial type and suitable for cleaning prepared base. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OI' SURFACE: A. Remove all loose and objectionable material from surface. 13. Sprinkle surface with water immediately in advance of application il'surface is excessively dry. C. Obtain approval from Engineer prior to application of prime coat. 3.02 WEATHER LIMITATIONS: A. Apply prime coat only when base course is dry enough to permit uniform distribution and desired penetration. E. Apply only whcn atmospheric temperature is above 40°F. 3.03 SAMPLING AND TESTING: A. Conform to ASTM D140. 3.04 APPLICA'T'ION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL: A. Apply by means of a bituminous distributor at the temperature, pressure, and in amounts approved by Engineer to obtain uniform distribution at all points of surface. 13. Apply at approximate rate of 0.30 to 0.50 gallon per square yard to prepared subgrade. Engineer will determine exact quantities which will vary to suit field conditions. C. Properly treat all spots unavoidably missed by distributor. D. Allow surface to dry for at least 48 hours berore being disturbed. I?. Maintain surface until the succeeding layer of pavement has been placed. LEND OF SECTION 02740 02740-2 JEF02740 2 SECTION 02745 - ASPI IALTIC CONCRETT? PAVEMENT T'AR'E' 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes asphaltic concrete pavement for roads, drives, and parking areas. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Site Preparation and Earthwork: SECTION 02:301. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): a. D946 - Penetration-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction. b. D2950 - 'Pest Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Method. 2. Missouri Standard Specifications for I Iighway Construction (MoDOT): it. Section 401 - Plant Mix Bituminous Pavement. b. Section 408 - Prime Coat. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Mix Design: 1. Contractor shall provide mix designs and prepare a job mix formula for each mixture specified. Mix designs shall be accomplished by a qualified, independent, commercial testing laboratory. 2. burnish seven copies of the proposed.job mix formula, including the laboratory test report, to Engineer for approval not less than 30 days prior to beginning production of paving mixture. Test reports shall indicate the following: a. Gradation: Each component aggregate and combined aggregates. b. Asphalt cement content in percent oftotal mix by weight. C. Graphic plots of': (1) Density versus asphalt content, (2) Stability versus asphalt content. (3) Percent voids total mix versus asphalt content. (4) blow versus asphalt content. C. Submit certificates accompanied by a copy ol'the refinery test report leer bituminous materials I'm I. Tack coat. 2. Asphalt cement. C). Samples: I. Core or saw undamaged Samples lrom the completed pavement courses at locations designated by Engineer: a. Core Samples shall be not less than (1-inch diameter. b. 'fake three Samples front each clay's production or from each 300 tons of mixture placed, whichever is the greater number of Samples. C. Deliver Samples to the laboratory designated by Engineer. Samples may be tested for density and extraction. 2. Replace pavement at Sample location with fresh bituminous mixture and thoroughly cornpuct repaired area. ,Ila-02745.2 02745-1 r SECTION 02745 —ASPHALTIC CONCRETl I'AVI MFN,r: continued 1.04 TESTING: A. Completed pavement will be tested to determine density, gradation, and asphalt content(by extraction) without charge to Contractor: 1. At Engineer's option, density may be tested by any of the following methods: a. As specified in Section 401 of MoDOT. b. ASTM D2950. 13. Contractor shall perform such other tests as Contractor deems necessary to assure production of asphaltic concrete conforming to specified quality. C. Contractor shall test surface smoothness by applying it 3-teeter(I 0-foot) straightedge both parallel and at right angles to the centerline of paved areas: 1. Test at 50-foot maximum intervals, and more frequently when requested by Engineer. 2. Engineer will observe straightedge testing. 3. A rolling straightedge of the "Skorch" type may be used at Contractor's option. 1.05 TOLERANCE S: A. Density of completed pavement shall be not less than the I61lowing percentage of the density of the laboratory mix design: I. First Lift of Base Course: 95%, 2. All Other Courses: 97%. B. Surfitce: I. Surface shall be ofuniform texture and appcarancc. 2. Smoothness shall be such that variation from a 10-1oot straightedge does not exceed the following limits: a. Final Lift of Base Course: 1/2-inch. b. Surface Course: 3/8-inch. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Equipment and Materials shall conform to the requirements of MoDOT Sections 401 and 4 34. 2.02 MATERIAL: A. Bituminous Material: I. Asphalt Cement: ASTN! 946 penetration (trade 60 to 70 or 85 to 100 at Contractor's option. 2. Tack Coat: Any ofthe following liquid asphalts a1 C:'untractirr's option: a. SS-Ih emulsion diluted I part emulsion to 2 parts water. b. RC-70, MC-30, or MC-70. 13, Asphaltic Concrete Mixture: I. Mixtures: a. Surface Course: I;P-I. 2. Mix Properties: a. Marshall Stability: 1.200 minimum. b. Number of Compaction Blows: 50. C. Flow: 8 to 16. d. Percent Air Voids: (1) Surface: 3 to 5. 02745-2 JEF02745.2 SECTION 02745 —ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVL:MF..NT: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. Performance shall conform to the requirements of MoDO'I Section 401. 3.02 TACK COAT: A. Apply tack coat to the surface of all existing pavement and all previously placed asphaltic concrete lifts or courses before placing the succeeding lift. B. Apply at the following rates: I. Emulsion: 0.2 + 0,05 gallon (diluted) per square yard. 2. Liquid Asphalt: 0.15 + 0.05 gallon per square yard. 3.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: A. Tack coat will not be measured Ibr payment. B, Asphaltic concrete will be measured by the square yard surface area to the nearest square yard. Asphaltic concrete placed under curbs and gutters will be excluded from the measurement. C. Payment for asphaltic concrete will be made at the respective Unit Prices listed in the Bid Form - Schedule of(Adjustment) Unit Prices, and shall be full compensation for all asphaltic concrete Work complete in place. END OF SEC'CION 02745 r ' JEF02745.2 02745-3 SECTION 02750- CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section covers Portland cement concrete pavement. E3, Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I, Crushed Rock Base Course: SECTION 02702. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I, American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. 305 - I lot Weather Concreting. 2. American Society (or Testing and Materials(ASTM): a. A 185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, fir Concrete Reinforcement. b. A499- Steel Gars and Shapes, Carbon Rolled from "T" flails. C. A615/A615M - Mornned and Plaint Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, d. A675/A675M - Steel Bars, Carbon, 1-lot Wrought, Special (duality, Mechanical Properties. C. C31 - Practice for Making and Curing Concrete 'rest Specimens in the field. 1', C33 - Concrete Aggregates. g. C39 - 'Test Method Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. h. C70 - 'Test Method for Surfitce Moisture in Fine Aggregate. i. C78 - 'rest Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with 'third-Point Loading). j. C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. k, C127 - 'Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate, 1. C128 - 'rest Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Fine Aggregate. nn. C 131 - 'rest Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. n, C 138 - Test Method 1'()r Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravinnctrie) of Concrete. o. C143 -'Test Method For Slump ofllydraulic Cement Concrete. p. C 150 - Portland Cement. c1. C 156 - 'Test Method tier Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials, r. 0171 - Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete, S. C 192 - Practice for Making and Curing; Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory, t. 0231 - 'Test Method Cor Air Content of I reshly i%,lixcd Concrete by the Pressure Method. U. (.'260 - Air-l:;ntraining Admixture fur Concrete. V. C'309 - Liquid Membra nc-Forming Compound fir Curing; Concrete. W, D75 - Sampling Aggregates, X. D235 - Mineral Spirits (Petroleum Spirits) (I lydrocarbon Dry Cleaning Solvent). y. D260 - Boiled Linseed Oil. Z. DI 190 - Concrete Joint Scaler, I lot-Poured Flastic Type. ah. D 1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers For Concrete Paving and Structural Construction, 3, American Association of State I lighway and Transportation Officials (AASI-11'0): a. M6 - Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete, b, M80 - Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. JEF02750.2 02750-1 SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVI:MEN"f: continued C. M 171 - Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. d. 'r24 - Standard Method of'Obtaining and 'Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. C. '1'26 - Standard Method of"Pest for Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete. 4. Federal Specifications(FS): a. CCC-C-467 - Cloth, Burlap, Jute, (or Kenaf). 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Includes, but not limited to, the following: I. Admixtures. 2. Curing agents, 3. L:xpansion joint materials. 4. Joint sealants. 5. Construction joint materials. 6. Acceptance 'Pests: It. l"urnish and deliver representative Samples of all following materials proposed for use in the Work to an independent testing laboratory. (1) Coarse Aggregate. (2) Fine Aggregate. (3) Cement. (4) Admixture. b. Select and compensate testing laboratory, subject to approval by Engineer. C. Test specified materials to determine compliance with specified physical and chemical properties; d. Prepare concrete mix design as specified. e. Furnish 5 copies ofall test certificates to Engineer not less than 30 days prior to beginning;production of Portland cement. concrete. 7. Certification that Joint sealer and preformed expansion joint fillers mect Specifications. 8. Descriptive details of metal accessories for support of dowels. debars, and reinforcing steel. PART 2 - PRODL)CTS 2,01 MA'l F"RIALS: A. Reinforcing Steel: I. Mesh or bar mats shall confirm to ASTNI A 185. a. Gage and spacing of individual bars or wires ~hall be as indicated. 2, Dowels shall be smooth round steel bars or pipes of'sizes indicated and conforming to ASTM A499 or A675/A675M Grade 80. a. Grind as required to remove shearing burrs. 3. Bars shall lie deformed and ofthe sizes indicated and confirming to ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 for all bars No. 4 or larger, H. 'I iebars and all No. 3 bars shall conform to M 15/A615M, Grade 40. it. Metal accessories used to support dowels and tiebars shall be designed to hold these items rigidly in place in the center ofthe slab parallel to the pavement surface without displacement. 02750-2 JE,F02750.2 SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVEMFN'1': continued 5. Metal dowel caps or tubes shall he 32-gage sheet metal of proper size to fit dowels shown on the Drawings. a. Indent to provide a limiting stop. b. Provide unobstructed expansion space of not less than 25 mm (I inch). B. Portland Cement: 1. Furnish cement confonning to ASTM C150, Type If. 2. Use standard brand only. 3. Use only one brand. C. Coarse Aggregate: 1. Coarse aggregate shall conform to AASHTO M80, except as follows: DcicterlOLIS Substances Maximum Percent by Weight Claylumps ................................................... 0.25 Shale ........................................................... 0.50 Softparticles ................................................. 5.00 Coal and lignite ............................................. 0.25 Material finer than No. 200 Sieve ...................... 1.00 Total combined deleterious substances ............. 5.00 2. Percentage of wcnr shall not exceed 40 after 500 revolutions as determined by AS'rM C131. 3. Gradation shall conform to the I-ollowing limits as determined by ASTM C 136: Standard Square Mesh Sieve Percentage by Weight U.S. Size or No. Passing; Sc uare-Mesh Sieve I-inch 100 3/4-inch 90-100 3/8--inch 20-55 No. 4 0-i 4. Coarse Aggregate shall be crushed limestone mined from the Bethany Falls Ledge. D. fine Aggregate: I. Fine aggregate shall conform to AASI ITO A-16, except as fellows: Deleterious Substances Maximum Percent by Weight Claylumps ..................................................... 0.25 Shale .............................................................. 0.50 Coal and lignite .............................................. 0.25 Material finer than No. 200 Sieve ...................... 2.00 Total combined deleterious substances .............. 4.00 2. Gradation shall conform to the following limits as determined by ASTM C 136 and be well-graded from coarse to line. r JEF02750.2 02750-3 M SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVEMf;NT: continued Standard Square Mesh Sieve Percentage by Weight U.S. Size or No. Passing Square-Mesh Sieve 3/8-inch 100 No. 4 95-100 No. 20 40-75 No. 50 5-30 No. 100 3. Furnish "Missouri River" sand. E. Water: 1. Mixing and curing water shall be clean, clear, and free from injurious amounts of sewage, oil, acid, alkali, salt, or organic matter. 2. Potable water will be accepted without testing. 3. Nonpotable water shall be tested conforming to AASI I"I O T26. F. Admixtures: I. Air-entraining agents shall be neutralized Vinsel Resin conforming to ASTM C260, of one of the following brands or approved equal: a. Darex AEA. b. Protex ACA. C. Or Engineer-approved equal. 2. Use of set-retarding and water-reducing admixtures, when requested in writing by Contractor, will be permitted only with the specific written approval of'Engineer. a. Furnish evidence of satisfactory performance on other work for the specific brand proposed For use. b. Compatible with concrete mixture. C. Discontinue use when required by I1'nginecr. 3. Additional compensation will not be allowed for water-reducing and set-retarding admixtures. " G. Preformed Joint Fillers: Material shall lie of-the thickness as indicated and accurately punched to the exact diameter and at the locations of ally required, I. Premolded material shall conform to ASTM 1)175, Type Ill. 2. Premolded material shall conform to ASTM 1)1751. 1-I. Joint Sealant: Sealer for all joints in concrete pavements shall be hot-pour elastic type conforming to one of the following: I. ASTM D185-1 li,r all joints in aircraft apron; and in vehicular pavements in areas where Fuel is dispensed. 2. ASTM D 1 190 for all joints in pavement, except as modified as 1i61iows: a. Sealer shall be free of all foreign material. Mien melted it shall be free of lumps. b. Penetration at 77°F, 150 gins.. 5 sec: 0.50-0.90. 3. Furnish five certified copies ofmanufacurrcr's test reports certifying compliance with the specified requirements for all batches of scalants proposed for use in the Work. 4. Deliver sealant to the Site in containers clearly marked with the name of manufacturer, brand name, weight, batch number,and recommended pouring temperature.. I. Curing Materials: I. Burlap mats shall conform to Federal Specification CCC-C-46*7. 2. Liquid Membrane-curing compound shall be white-pigmented conforming to ASTM C309, "Type 11. J. Linseed Oil Treatment: • 1. Boiled linseed oil shall conform to ASTM 1)2(30, Type 11. 02750-4 JfI-F02750,2 SECTION 02750 _ CONCRI;'tI: PAVF;MIINI': continued 2. Mineral spirits shall conform to ASIM D235, type 11. 2.02 HANDLING AND STORAGE.. Of MA"I TRIALS: A. Aggregate Stockpiles: I. Build stockpiles in layers of not more than 3 feet in thickness. 2. Stockpile all fine ant] coarse aggregates separately. 3. Prepare and maintain stockpile foundation to prevent contamination of aggregates. 4. Completely place each laver before beginning the nest Inver. 5. Coning ofaggregates will not be permitted. B. I landling Aggregates: 1. handle aggregates in a manner to secure a uniform grading of the material. 2. Waste segregated aggregates or aggregates contaminated with earth or other foreign material. C. C'enlent: I. Store in dry weathertight and properly ventilated enclosure with adequate provisions for preventing absorption of moisture. Z. Arrange hicilitics to prevent dead storage rill(] permit easy access for inspection. 3. Store different brands and types of'cetrucnt separately. 4. Waste lumpy, caked, partially set, or otherwise contaminated cement. 5. Transport cement from storage to proportioning plant or miter by methods required to ensure: a. Cement does (lot acquire moisture from aggregates or ralll. b. None is lost during transport. C. Cement is not In contact with aggregate more than 45 minules before depositing in the mixer. d. All cement is removed from hatch truck comparullents when depositing in the ill iser. D. Reinforcing Steel: Store all reinforcing steel and accessories above ground. 2.03 L:Ol.11t'NIFINT: A. Transporting Equipment: I. Agitator Trucks: a. Equip with closed, watertight revolving drum suitably mounted, capable of discharging; concrete without segregation. b. Agitating speed of drum shall be \within a range of 2 to 6 revolution~ per minute. C, Drrtnl volunle shall he 2W" ) in excess ot'volume ofcorlcrcte in each load. (1 ) Gross volume in clihic f•ect shall be supplied by nlanufitcturer. 13. lipreading Equipment: I. Fcluipnlent shall be capable of spreading concrete in a unifOrm laver without segregation. C. Compacting and 'Transverse finishing I:quipnlcnt: I. General: Use self-propelled spreading and finishing machine of an approved vibratory type having two independently operated screeds. a. Maintain in first-class condition. h. Machine shall be capable of compacting and finishing the concrete specified without displacing the side forms from line and grade. 2. Vibratory Screed Type: a. I quip front screed with vibratory units haVilg a. frequency of not less than 3,500 pulsations per minute. JCF02750.2 02750.5 s SECTION 02750 - CONCIZ[-'f F. I'AVC?MFN'I': continued b, Provide one vibratory unit for each 8-foot length of screed surface or portion thereof. C. Front screed shall be at least 12 inches wide and have it "bull-nose" front edge built on it radius of at least 2 inches, 3. Vibratory Pan Type: a. Equip with in independent vibratory pan in addition to the two screeds specified. h. Mount pan to prevent contact with firms, and permit simultaneous vibration of the full paving lane width, C. Provide one vibratory unit for each 0-1iaot length of pan surfaee or portion thercof'. d. Synchronize vibratory units oft Individual pans at it frequency of at least 3,500 pulsations per minutc. C. Set front screed in it position to strike off concrete it sufficient height above forms to allow for proper compaction, 4. Internal Vibratory Unit Type: a. Provide number and size of units required to properly consolidate concrete without excessive vibration. h. Mount units on it frame capable of perpendicular and, when neccssar),, radial movement sufficit:nt to provide vibrator operation at any depth in the slab or complete withdrawal from the slab. C, Operate vibrators at a frequency ofat least 5,000 impulses per minutc. ( 1 ) Amplitude ofvibration shall produce noticeable vibrations at 1-1/2-foot radii when operated at the proper depth. (1, Provide sul'ficiett parts or spare vibrators at the Site to permit immediate replacement ofany vibrating units that may become defective during placing operations, C. Vibrating tubes may be mounted in either of the frtlluwing configurations: ( I ) Spaced at not more than 30 inches on centers on frame transverse to the paving little, and in it vertical position. (2) Spaced at not more than 4 inches on centers nor more than 2 inches from lin'nts, transverse to the paving lane, and in it horizontal position. 5. Other Fquipntent: a. (:)tltcr external or internal vibratory equipment may be used on it trial basis providing evidence satisfactory to Engineer of its satisfactory performance in placing and finishing concrete ol'the same duality and consistency as specific(] on other .Jobs is furnished. h. Failure to perform satisfactorily, in I?nginecr's judg►ncnt, shall be cause for removal from the job and replacement m ith approved equipment. 6. I land Vibrators: Provide hand vibrators of the size and numher necessary to provide supplemental vibration at forms,joints, and around all embedded items. 7. Longitudinal Float: ;t. Provide longitudinal finishing machine having float operated by mechanical means. h. Float may he wood or metal of required weight to prevent sinking into the concrete surface, (I) Not less than 12 inches wide. (2) Not less than 10 feet long. C. Float shall be straight, sm(wth, and readily adjustable to it true plane. 8. Straightedge: Provide straightedge 10 feet in length equipped with a handle 3 feet longer than onus-hall'the pavement width, 02750-6 ,IC F02750.2 SECTION 02750 - CONCKET17 PAVI-WENT: continued ® c). Belting Device: Belting device shall lie operated mechanically and tide cm the paving farms. a. Belt shall be rubber or fabric. (I) At least 10 inches wide. (2) At least 2 fleet longer than the width of the paving lane. 10. Burlap brag: a. Attach burlap drag to traveling bridge operated art forms with at least I foot of' burlap adjacent to the rear edge in contact with pavement. h. Burlap drag shall be ill tilt iplc-ply burlap at least 3 feet in width and equal in length to the width of the slah. 1). Membrane-Curing Applicator: I. Self-propelled nlcchanical pressure distributors shall he used to apply curing compound. 2. C?quip with spray nozzles and pressure controls required to apply a uniform f i1n1 in the firm of a fine spray to the entire slab width. 3. Shield applicator to prevent wind interference with spray. 4. Provide standby equipment required to ensure timely and efficient application of compound. I:. Concrete Saws: I. Use adequately powered circular cutting blades mounted on a sturdy frame supported an wheels designed to protect the green concrete from damage from machine operations. 2. Equip with positive control device to regulate depth of'cut. 3. provide alignment and guide devices required to cut•joints to specified tolerances. 1. Blade(s) shall be properly sized to make cut of required dimension. 5. Maintain equipment in first-class condition and provide standby equipment and blade stocks on the Site aS required to ensure against any delays in sawing due to mechanical difficulties. F. Scaling Compound I leatcrs: 1. Kettles shall lie double-wall agitator type with oil medium between \%ally for heat transfer. 2. Equip with positive temperature controls, 3. Hank or heating clement shall not be in direct contact yrith Corrlpotrnd or compound container. G. Sealant Applicator: Joint sealing ;applicator ~hall he ()t,(lie pressure type capable of filling the •Ioint front OOttonl to top without voids. 11. Forms: I, Side Forms shall he steel of,an a1)1)10wed tiection, Stt.tight. and equal in depth to the thickness ol'pavement at the edge. 2. Base width shall he adequate W assure stability, but not less than y inches wide. 3. Forms shall lie free ofwarps, hends, or kinks. Dace shall not vary from trite line in excess of I/4-inch in 10 feet. -1. Provide curved firms of an approved desif n for all curves having a radius of 150 feet and less. a. Wood forms may be used subject to Enp.incer's approval. b. Length of individual form section shall lie as required to ensure alignment during paving operations. 5. Use forms with adequate braces and pin sockets to permit anchoring forms securely in Place, IEF02750.2 02750-7 s SFIV TION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVEME'N'T: continued 1. Subgrade Planers: 1. Subgrade platers shall be designed to operate on the lornts or oil rubber tires riding ern adjacent completed pavement. 2. Planes shall have a continuous cutting edge capable of trimming subgrade or granular subbase to the cross section and slope required across the full width of'thc having lanes, 3. Planers shall be equipped with automatic control devices capable Of using erected stringlines for horizontal and vertical alignment and grade references when slipform pavers are used. .f. Scratch Template: Scratch template designed to operate on the forms shall be provided for checking grade Collowing completion ol'planing. 2.04 CONCRf TI" MIX'T'URE: A. General: Paving concrete shall he composed of coarse aggregate, fine aggiv , t )o'(land cement, an air-entraining admixture, and water. 13. Mix Design: 1. Proportion materials on the basis of trial mixes. 2. Prepare 6 cylinders and 6 test beams for each trial mix. 3. 'Test 3 cylinders and 3 beams at 7 days, and the remaining 3 of each rut 28 days. 4. Design mix to produce concrete with an average strength, based on test heams and cylinders, approximately 15% in excess ol'the design strength specified in "Mix Properties," this Article. 5. Make specimens and test conforming to ASTM C 192, AS"I'M C39, and ASTM C78. 6. Submit recommended mix proportions with certified test reports to I:rtgineer for review of the mix design. C, Mix Properties: Concrete mix shall be designed to produce maximun density, minimum shrinkage during setting, and be uniformly plastic, cohesive, and workable. I. Ultimate compressive strength at 28 days shall be not less than 5,000 psi. 2. Minirnunt modulus of rupture at 28 days shall he not less than 650 psi. 3. Minimum cement content shall be not less than 6 sacks per cubic yard. •1. Maximum water content based on saturated surface dry aggregates shall not be greater than 5.0 gallons per sack of cement. 5. Slump shall not exceed 1-1/2 inches. 6. Entrained-air content shall be 5% -r25% by volume. 1). Field Control of Mix: _ I. Tests to determine conformance with specified design mix proportions and properties Nvill be conducted during the time concrete mixtures are being produced, 2. Testing will be performed by Contractor without charge to Owner except as specified for aggregate moisture and absorption. i. Furnish all Samples of materials and mixtures as required by Engineer. 4. Determine water required for the batch with allowances for free moisture contained in the aggregates and for the moisture they will absorb by the following, tests: a. ASl'M 0127. h. ASTM C 128 ti. Consistency: Control of consistency and workability will be maintained by measuring slump confirming to ASTM C143. 6. Strength: Will be determined on the basis of sets of•I compression test cylinders for each 1,000 cubic yards or part thereof and 4 test herons fir each 2,000 cubic yards or part thereof; but not less than one set each of beams and cylinders for each day's production: a, Specimens will be prepared conforming to ASTM C31. 02750-8 Ji F02750.2 - SECTION 02750 - CON CRE 'I'I:: PAVEMENT:NT: continued h. Onc cylinder will be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days conforming to ASTM C78. C. One beam will be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days conforming to ASTM C78, 7. Cement Content: Will be determined confor-nting to ASTM C 138. 8. Entrained-Air Content: Will be determined conforming to ASTM C231. 9. Mix Adjustments: a. Make minor adjustments of relative weights of f inc and coarse aggregate wncn required by Engineer: the sum of th, weights of aggregates shall remain unchanged. h. Correct low cement content when dct%rmincd by vield tests by reducing fine and coarse aggregate batch weights by cqu tl percentages. 10. Low-Strength Concrete: a. Secure specimens from the completed pavement conforming to AASI ITO T24 at locations required by Engineer when molded test specimens indicate low-strength concrete has been placed in file Work. b. Repair or replace low-strength pavenwnt as required by Engineer. C. Pill all core holes with concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF UNDERLYING COURSE: A. Subivade or Granular Subbase: I. v Trim previously completed subgrade or granular•subbase to exact cross section required using planer specified. 2. Waste excess material outside the forms. 3. Repair low spots by loosening, adding material, recompacting, and planing. 4. Check subgradc with scratch template specified and correct any deviation. 3.02 SITTING FORMS: A. Clean and oil forms each time they are used. 13. Setting: Set and maintain to grade and alignment during entire operation of placing and finishing concrete. 1. Support on thoroughly compacted material for entire length of fiorms. 2. Set and secure with adequate devices to main rigidity ufthe forms without springing, weaving, or settling, 3. Set in a manner to preclude interference with lmal shaping, compacting, checking of subgrade, and concreting operations. 11. Provide and set sufficient forms to construct pavement as indicated. 5. Compact supporting material under firms for full length of the forms with equipment specifically designed fir• this purpose. C. Checking: I. "test lornts flu•grade and smoothness with a 10-loof straightedge. 2. Variations from et true plane at top of forms shall not exceed 1/8-inch. D. Stripping: I. Forms shall remain in place for al least 12 hours after concrete is finished, except when the temperature is below 50"F-, firms shall not he removed in less than 30 hours, 2. Remove Iorms without damaging concrete, a. Do not use crowbars or heavy tools against green concrete, JEF02750.2 02750-9 SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVEMENT: continued ^ E Other Support: Acl ccnt completed paving lanes may i e used for supporting ng rn is hung equipment. I. Concrete must be at (cast 7 clays old. 2. Mount equipment on rubber tires. 3. Inside edge of wheels shall not operate within 4 inches of the edge of concrete. 4. Surfiace of concrete-carrying finishing equipment may not vary in excess of 1/8-inch in 10 feet. 3.03 BA"i'CTIING AND MIXING: A. All measurements of aggregates and cement shall be by weight. 13. Weigh each aggregate on the specified scales. Maintain accuracy of weighing within plus or minus 1% of design in ix requirements. C. Weigh cement in a separate hopper. Maintain accuracy of weighing within plus or minus 0.5`%o of design mix requirements. D. Measure water by weight or volume. Adjust net mixing water to compensate firr water added with admixtures and free and absorbed moisture in the aggregates. 1. One gallon of water shall be considered equal to 8.33 pounds. E. Add admixture in solution form at the mixer. Maintain accuracy within plus or minus 3°/, o(' design mix requirements. F. Place materials for a batch of concrete in mixer drum only after the previous batch has been completely discharged. 1. Discharge mixing water firr hatch within tell seconds alter all aggregates are in drum). 2. Part of aggregates shall have entered drum before beginning discharge ohnixing water. G. Mixing time shall be at least the minimum) specified, and shall be increased if required to produce a mixture of mi(ornl composition and consistency, or when samples from the front, center, and hack of nlixcr vary more than 10% in sand-cement or water-cement ratio. I. Mixer shall revolve within a range of 14 to 20 revolutions per minute throughout the specified mixing time. 3.04 I RANSI'�)R'1'ING C'C)NCRI.'I I:: A. 'Transport materials From hatching plant or central nlix plant in the hauling equipment specified. 13. Agitating speed ofdrunl on agitator trucks shall he within a range ol'2 to 6 revolutions per minutc. C. Discharge concrete delivered in truck mixers or truck agitators within 60 minutes after water is added to the mix. 1). Discharge concrete delivered in nonagitating trucks within 10 minutes after water is added to the mix. 1?. Waste all concrete that is not placed within the time specified, F. Route haul units to eliminate all traffic from prepared subgrade or subbase. G. I-laul on completed pavements only alter at least seven days have elapsed since placing, or after if longer period when required by Engineer. 1. Route haul units on new pavement to prevent channeliiing of"traffic. 3.05 I'L.ACING RFINFOR(INJI NI': A. Clean reinlbrcement as required to remove dirt. scale, or other forell;n matter and rust of such degree that bond would he impaired, 13. Sequence: I. Place concrete in two layers. 02750-10 1E1"02750.2 SECTION 02750 - CONCREITI; PAWMI:NTl continued t t depth I cc t. ... Strike first layer off unrfortnlya he cplt ofrcrnfor earn 3. Place reinforcement on first layer ofconcrete. 4. Place balance of concrete in second layer within 20 minutes aficr the first layer is struck and finish as specified. C. Placement: 1. Strike concrete offto the entire width ofthe pour, and a sufficient length to permit the reinforcing sheet or mat to he laid full length without further manipulation of the reinforcement. 2. Lap steel fabric sheet at least one wire Spacing. 3. Position reinforcing to provide 2 to 4 inches clearance front lire slab edges to the extreme longitudinal members, and 2 to 4 inches clearance from all transverse expansion and construction joints. 3.06 EMBEUUI D ITI?MS: A. Construct recesses and blockouts confirming to dimensions and details indicated. 13, finish concretes in these arras to provide a smooth true surface of the same texture as surrounding area. 3.07 PLACING AND FINISHING: A. Sequence of placing and finishing Shall he as tirllows: I. Machine spreading, 2. Strikeoff and machine compacting. 3. 'Transverse machine finishing. 4. Longitudinal floating. 5. Smoothing and surface testing. G. "Texwring. 7. Burlap-drag finishing. R. Joint edging, 13. Preparation: Anchor all embedments including dowels, tichars,joint assemblies, conduit, boxes, anchor bolts, sleeves, acrd castings securely in place before placing concrete. C. Machine Spreading: Spread concrete in a uniform, unsegregated layer of the loose thickness required to produce a finished pavement of the required thickness. 1). Compacting and Transverse Finishing: Compact and finish using the equipment specified. I. Operate machine aver each section of pavement two or more times at intervals as required to produce Imished pavement of the rccluired duality. 2. Flach section of pavement shall receive at least one, but not nror•e than two, vibratory passes. a. I,inrit rbration to the amount necessary to achieve satislirctory consolidation of the concrete. h. Use hand-manipulated internal vibrator to consolidate concrete along fonts,joints, and other embedded items when external vibratory equipment is used. C. Insert internal vibrators in the concrete to the depth that provides the hest compaction. but not closer than 2 inches to the underlying course:. 3. Maintain a urriforrrr ridge ofconerete at least 3 inches in depth ahead of'tile full length of strike off screed. 4. Add concrete to all low areas and hunevcomho d spots after the first finishing machine pass and rescreed. 5. Maintain a uniform head of concrete ahcad of rescr•eeding,strike off for its fall length. JE1702750.2 02750-11 a SECTION 02750- CONCRETE I AVI:ME-NT: continued I Longitudinal Floating: I. Operate float parallel to centerlitic of paving lane, 2. Maintain contact with surface at all times. 3. Advance flora lapping previous position by at least one-fourth the float length. I'. Smoothing and Surface Testing: I, Remove minor surface irregularities with long-handled wood floats and straightedges. 2. Remove excess water and laimilce with finishing straightedge. 3. Use long-handled floats only to correct local irregularities. Do not float entire pavement surface. 4. 'test surface Im smoothness with 10-floot straightedge. 5. 1lold straightedge in successive position parallel and at right angles to centerline of paving lane. G. Advance straightedge in successive stages of not more than one-half, its length. 7. Fill depressions with fresh concrete, strike off, compact, and refinish. 8. Continue straightedge testing and finishing until a true surface conlorming to specified smoothness and elevation is obtained. G. Burlap-Drag Finishing: I. Finishing shall lie done when most of*glaze or sheen has disappeared and before concrete becomes nonplastic. 2. Carefully drat; to produce fine granular or sandy texture without disfiguring marks, 3. Drag joint edges as necessary with small hand drag after edge tooling. Leave no tool marks of any kind on finished surface. 1-1. Edging: L After burlap dragging is completed, edging shall be done at slab edges along forms and al joints and only on areas with sufficient mortar to obtain good solid edges. 2. Remove and replace soupy mortar with mortar of correct proportions and consistency. 3. Use edging tool to lornt smooth rounded surface edges. 1, Protect during removal of'Farms and patch any damaged or honeycombed areas as required. 3.08 IIAND FINISI IIN(J: A. I land finish only those areas where use of'finishing machines would he impractical. B. Obtain prior approval of*Engineer. C. Spread, compact. float. and knish Handwork areas using equipment and methods required to produce finished pavement conforming to Specifications, 3.09 COLD W-FATI I.HK CONSTRt IC fl()N: A. Temperature ol'concrcte when placed shall not be less than 01 nor more than 85"F. Subgrade shall be entirely free from frost. B. The temperature of forms, reinforcement, cmbednlcnts, or other surfaces to be in contact with the concrete shall not be less than 5"C' (10"I") of the temperature of the concrete at placement, C. I Teat mixing water and aggregates to maintain minimum temperature ol'85'T, Aggregates shall be free front ice and snow. Methods and equipment fin•heating are subject to prior approval of Engineer. 1), Provide covertly; and other means to maintain concrete at a rllllllrt uni of 50"F for not less thall 72 hours, and above freezing for the remainder of'curing period. Do not use salt, chemicals, or other additives. L. Remove concrete damaged by freezing to the nearest contraction or construction joint and replace at C'ontractor's expense. 02750-12 JE1'-02 750.2 Si?C TION 02750 - CONCRE 1 PAVI'MI NT: continued W Tiii R CONS-1'Rl1C,TION: 3.10 1101 LA _ A. )lot weather is defined its when the Cate ol'evaporatiort approaches 0.1 Ib per sq ft per hour as outlined in Fig, 2.IA ol'AC'I 305. 13. Concrete shall have it maximum temperature of 80°F when placed in force. C. Temperattirc of mix shall be Controlled by coaling the mixing water, sprinkling aggregates, or other acceptahle methods. U. Cease operations during intense hot weather ifconcretc shows excessive hairline cracking or poor finish (file to hot weather or ifrequested ire Nyriting by 1-mgincer. 3.11 JOINTS: A. General: I. Construct joints as indicated and perpendicrrla r to the patventcrtt surfiacc. 2. Surfitccs ofadjacenl slabs shall not vary in excess of 1/8-inch when tcstc(I with a 10-foot straighlcdgc placed al right angles to the joint. 3. Construct joints true to line. I loriiontal cleviation shall not exceed 6 nun (1/4-inch) from true line or from designated iosition. 11. Form keyways with metal templates sufficiently anchored, and of proper gage to ensure full keyways of,tile required dimension at the Corrccl location. 5. Set ol'isel huhs tier each transverse joint in curved paving lanes, and as required at tangent sections of patving lanes to assure accurate_Iorrtl localloo. H. Longitudina) Construction Joints: I. farm joints with keyways where indicated. 2. Install tiebars (dowels) where re(luir'ed. 3. Finish cclgcs of joints ad to other paving lanes Hush will) liirnrs. ii. Saw sealant groove In the dimensions indicalcd. U. Longitudinal C'cuter Joints: I. Darn) by sawing grooves of dimensions indicated. 2. Install lichars by Sttppartrrtg rigidly in place \`ith approved device:; or placing with equipment mounted an the transyerac finishing machine, capable ufaccurately positioning tiehars in tl)e renter ol'the slah and al the spacing indicated. 3. Keyed longiludinal consunuclion joints ntaty he used in lieu al'sawcd center joints al ('onU•aclar's option, I). I.altt;ilndinaI kxpansion .hints: I. Install at locations ;ltd canlorming to details indicated. I lnslatll premoldcd filler confornrintt 1() I1STNI 1)1752. Diller slutll extend fOr the full c�idth and required depth cll'joint. +. I accten tiller securely in position Iu rpendiculau• to Ow finished surlace with tap ol'tiller 1 ine l) below the proposed surface. 1. Protect lop of lillcr \yith metal ur \w(lden cats, Withdra\� cap •tier finishing operations and edge joint with a I `f-tnClt radius edging tool. I., "Transverse C'nnstruction .loints: I. Locatc joints at plait location oftransverse ranlractiort jollits. M. Instatll,jaims at any time planing i:, susimided far 30 minutes or more, 3. Construcl joint as detatilcd and Specificd for loll giludtnal construction joints, including keywu)', (Tiebars shall not he used.) 1'. fr:msycrsc E.x1r►nsian .taint.,: I . Install prcmoldcd filler Conforming to AS FM 1)175 2. Secure in position and protect as specified lire• "Longiludinal Expansion .loints." tills Article. .1F 02750.2 02750-13 SI'C'I'ION 02750 - CONCRFj'f: PAVFNIFN•f: continued 2. Use oiled steel plate cut to the crass section of the pavement and slotted (br dowels where required to maintain position of premolded material (luring placing and finishing, 3. Devices used tier installation of joints shall he easily removable without disttirbing concrete. d. Iteruclve joint raps ,and any concrete bridging joint filllowing finishing operations an(I edgc joint with IM-inch-radills edging tool, G. Transverse Contraction Joints: I. Construct by sawing a groove ol'the dimensions indicated. 2. Saw alter concrete has hardened and before random cracking occurs. 3. Begin sawing as soon as concrete has hardened enough to prevent excessive chipping, spalling, or waning, saw approxinuately a to 8 hours after placement. it. C'onlinue sawirag without interruption fm any reason. Saw joints at the rcgrrired sparing consecutively in the order o1'placement. 5. Locate and install all marks and guides regrrirecl to ensure acctimic location of sawed grooves. h. Wet surface of pavement cured willl Illentbrane compounds prior to sawing. 7. Limit personnel working on slab to only Ihose essential for construction of joints, Equip all personnel with rubber-soled flootwear. 8. Flush each joint and adjacent concrete surftice to remove ;all debt is frown sawing, operations immediately IIIler•sawing, O. Respray joint and any damaged membrane with curing compound as specified as soon as free water disappears Cr ml the surfaace. 10. Install dowels where required prior to placing and Imishinp. concrete. 11. Joint Accessories: I. General: Install ticb;rrs, dowels, and prefc,rnlcd filler Coll lorilliIII! to details indicated alter final testing of underlying course. 2. Supports: Ilse adequate baskets or supports to rigidly It,,\ ;all joinl accessoriL'S in position in proper location, and in pl;ules parallel or perpendicular to the pavetrlent surface. ;. Tiehars: ;t. Install at right angles to ccnierlitic of pa into lane b. Place parallel to the surface and at slid-dep►h ol'slab. C, "I iebars e\tcnding into unpaved lanes Illay he heal at I ight angles agallist the side firms at keyed lonIdtudinal consiruclion joints. f. Dowels: a. SCCllre dowels ricidly in place in the middle u(Ihe slah h� :ill approved assembly device to be Iei'l pernraacntly in lalacc. h. flssenlbl\ and support ~hall be ripicl enouldh to permil lihiral; and placing as a unit. Aligimicnt tolerance for any do\kel or assembly shall nol CxCced 118-illch per Foot, d. I:urnish an approved template lily Checking position of dowels. C. Install expansion caps on dov:els rased in expansion joints. f. faint one entire li alfol'all dowels with one eclat of red rust-irallibilive paint rat the Site ol'Ihe Work. g. •Thoroughly cunt the painted halfol the do\ccl with heavy oil .after the paint has dried, and irllrne(liately hel*orc dowel is placeoi in lxlsition in the slab. 3.12 C'(IKINC;: A. (ieneral: Cure concrete by protecting against loss ol'nloisture and action of the elements and mechanical injury. I. Curing period shall he seven days alter completion (it'paverrlent, 02750-14 ,11;1`02750,2 " r SI? 10 SE:C,nON 02750 - CONCRETE PAVEMENT: continued 5. Dust surface of joints with sand or other approved roved material or cover with tape when J pp � p required to prevent tackiness or pickup, F, Approval: I, Demonstrate that the equipment and procedures used for prcparing.joints and hcarting and application ofscalant will produce it satisfactory seal before beginning work. 2. Prepare and apply at least one small batch of each sealant proposed for use. 3. Reject any hatches of sealant that do not have a satisfactory consistency for application. 4. Replace any equipment than does not perform satisfactorily. 3.14 SMOOTf M.",SS AND GRAUI : A. Preparation: I. Remove all materials used for curing concrete, 2. Clean surface of pavement by sweeping and power blowing or as required to remove all foreign material from the surfilce, 13, Tolerance: I. Surface smoothness variations shall not exceed I/4-•inch in 16 feet. 2. Maximum absolute deviation from plats grade elevation shall not exceed 1/2-inch and distance from point of nlalximum deviation to nearest point of zero deviation shall not exceed 100 feet. 3. Remove and replace all sections that exceed the specified deviation, 4. Grind off localized bumps and high spots, Bush hammering will not be permitted. 3.15 P-ROTI CTIVE COATING (I.INSI I?1) 01[j:A, general Requirements: 1. Thoroughly clean all surfilces indicated to receive the boiled linseed coil treatment by bro(mling with a stiff bristle power broods to remove all c lrt and loose materials. 2. Surfaces sllall be dry, 3. Do not apply coating sooner than 14 days after curing period, 13. Application: I. linseed oil shall he mixed with all e(Iual volume of inincral spirits to decrease till' viscosity and facilitate spreading. a. Mineral Spirits are Flammable with a flash point of' 100 to 1401: and caution must be exercised in use of the solutions of linseed oil in this solvent. b. Apply first coat at the rate of 0.025 gallons per square yard. C. Alter the first coat is thoroughly dry, apply second coat at the rife of0.015 gallons per square yard. 2. Surfaces to receive the linseed oil coating shall be kept clear cWtraffic until the second coat is dried. The temperawre of the concrete surlilce and atmosphere shall lie 40": or above. C. Application L:quipment: 1. Equipment and tanks used I'M-storing the linseed oil mixtures shall be clean and free from any residual material. 2. Equipment shall be capable ofapplying the linseed oil mixture safely and uniformly at. the specified application rate, 02750-I6 JEF02750.2 SECTION 02756-CONCRETE PAV1.-WENT: continued 3.16 PAVEMENT PROTECTION: ,M T 7 :N A. General: Close pavement to all traffic, including Contractor vehicles, for a period of at least 20 days after concrete is placed, and a longer period when requested by Engineer, I, burnish and maintain all necessary barricades, lights, and signs required to exclude traffic from pavement. 2. Repair any damage to pavement without additional compensation. 3. Seal all joints before opening to traffic. B. Maintenance: I, Maintain pavement free of all debris from Contractor's operations by swceping, power blowing, and other methods as required. 2. Rcmove any aggregates or other foreign material forced into joints and reseal, END OF SECTION 02750 ,; JEF02750.2 02750-17 SLC'I ION 02822 - WIftC; hI;NC(;S AND (.,AILS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section covers woven-wire and barbed-wire fencing with wooden(and steel) posts. B. Related Work Specified 131sewhere: I. Concrete: DIVISION 3. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society fir Testing and Materials(ASTM): a. A47/A47M - Ferrilic Malleable Iron Castings. h. A 121 - Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire. C. A 153 - Zinc Coating(l lot-hip) on Iron and Steel Hardware, d. A392 - "Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Pence fabric. 2. American Steel Wire Gage (ASWG). 3. Federal Specifications (FS): a. RR-F-221 - General Fencing;, Wire, Fence Posts and Accessories (Woven Wire and Netting Fabric), 4. American Welding Society (AWS): a. Welding Zinc-Coated Steels(W/_S). 5. American Wood-Preservers' Association (AWPA): u. P5 - Standards fir Waterborne Preservatives. b. PR - Standards for OiI-Borne Preservatives. C. P9 - Standards liar Solvents and Formulations for Organic Preservative Systems, 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1, 13. Include, but not limited to, the following: I. Certification that woven-wire and barbed-wire fencing materials meet Specifications. 2, Certification that wood posts arc pressure-treated to conform to Specifications. 3. Fabrication and erection drawings on gate(s)and accessories. 1.0.1 DELIVFRY, STORAGE% AND I IANDLING: A. Each length of woven wire fabric or barbed wire shall be tightly rolled and f irntly tied. Tag each roll as applicable to the product: I. Type of material. 2. Manufacturer name, brand, and trademark. 3. Sire, 4. Material data. 5. Coating. G. Design (style). B. Each bundle o('posts or container ol`hardware and fittings shall be marked or labeled as appropriate: I. Manufitcturcr name, brand, atul trademark. 2. Size and count. 3. Material data. 4. Coating. JEF02822.2 02822-1 r SECTION 02822 —WIRI? FENCE?S ANT) GAT S: continued 5. Any additional data necessary to determine conformance with quality assurance requirements. C. Store all materials to protect from damage during storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Provide materials of manufeturer's standard products where such products conform to Specifications. 2.02 WOODEN POSTS AND BRACING: A. Yellow pine, pressure-treated with effective preservative in amounts acceptable for ground contact. 1. Wood shall be sound and flee of decay, excessive knots, and splits and seasoning checks which could affect serviceability. B. Line Posts: 1. Minimum length of 28 Icct. 2. Tip not less than 4 inches in diameter. C. Corner, End, Pull, and Gate Posts: 1. Minimum length of 9 feet. 2. Tip not less than 8 inches in diameter. D. Bracing: 1. Minimum Size: 4" x 4" x length as required. 2 Every 500 feet on in-line sections of('ence and at abrupt changes in grade. E. Acceptable Preservatives: I. Pentachlorophenol complying with AWPA P8, and in a hydrocarbon solvent complying with AWPA P9, Type A. 2. Ammoniacal copper arsenate(ACA) or chromaled copper arsenate (CCA)complying with AWPA Pi. 3. Copper naphthcnatc cc,neentrate Complying with AWPA P8, and in a hydrocarbon solvent complying with AWI)/\ P9, Type A. 2.03 S'I FF II POS'T'S: A. May be used instead of wooden posts. 13, Line Posts: 1. 1-3/8" x 1-3/8" x 7/6-1" tee line posts with anchor plates. 2. Minimum length of S feet. 3. Aluminum or baked-enamel finish. C. Gate Posts: I. 4.0 inches od at 9.10 pounds per fool. D. Inter•mecliate Bracing: I. Every 500 feet on in-line sections offence and at abrupt changes in grade. 2. Cross brace shall include steel line post and No. 9 galvanized twisted steel wire as indicated. 3. Provide minimum of 5/IG-inch, chromium-plated nuts and bolts for fastening. 2.04 FENCING: A. Wire fabric: 1. Confirrm to FS RR-F-221, Type 1, Woven-Wire, Style 1, No. 1 I Far•rm-Field Fencing. r 02822-2 .1E1'02822,2 SI CTION 02822-WIRE FENCUsS AND OATES: continued 2. 47-inch height with 10 horizontal wires, and stays 6 inches oc. 3. Top and Bottom Horizontal Wires: No. 9 gage. 4. Intermediate and Stay Wires: No, 1 I gage. 5. Zinc-coated, Class 3. B. Barbed Wire: 1. Conform to ASTN1 A 121, 4-point pattern, round barbs spaced 5 inches oc. 2. Strand Size: No. 12-1/2 gage. 3. Barb Size: No. 14 gage. 4. Zinc-coated, Class 3. 2.05 GATES AND AC('I:SSORIIS: A. Manual-swing. ^� B. Gate Frame: 1. 60-inch height (including end-member extensions) x width indicated. 2. 'rubular members, 1.660 inches od at 2.27 pounds per foot, zinc-coated, minimum 1.8 ounces per square 1`001. 3. Two intermediate center braces and diagonal truss rods as required to provide ample strength and free from sag and twist. 4. End members with frame extended above top members and furnished with clips for attachment of barbed wire. 5. Joints welded and zinc-coated, or watertight rigid connections. C. Manufactured steel gate section as approved by Engineer, U. Gate Fabric: I. Conform to ASTM A392, No. 9 gage, 2-inch diamond mesh chain-link firbric with minimum 1.2 OUnCCS per square foot zinc coating. 2. Barbed-wire top as indicated. E. Latches and Keepers: 1. Forked-latch type arranged for padlocking, 2. Keeper designed Im securing and supporting free end ofgrrte in full-open position. F. Hinges: 1. heavy pattern, nialleahle, and of adequate strength for gate size, zinc-coated. 2. Welded to gate frame. 3. Arranged so gate may be swung back parallel with the fence. 2.06 CONCRI TF: Specilied in DIVISION 3, I'AR'r 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INS`I'A1,L,ATION: A. Posts: 1. Set corner and gate posts in concrete as indicated. 2. Brace corner and gate posts as indicated. B. Fencing: 1. Attach woven-wire fence to outside of posts with not less than live (heavy staples to wooden post)(galvanized tics to steel line post). 2. Mount two strands of barbed wire above the woven-wire fencing; bottom strand 6 inches above top of woven wire and top strand 6 inches above bottom strand. 3. Mount one strand ol'barbed wire below woven-wire fencing as indicated. ` JI"sF02822.2 02822-3 r SECTION 02822--WIRE FENCES AND GATES: continued 4. Inatnll gates with required hardware, a. Arrange keepers to support and secure free end of gate in closed and fully opened j1 position. b. Repair damage to galvanized surface clue to welding with "repair sticks' of zinc-, cadmium alloys or zinc-tin-lead alloys per AWS WZC. END OF SECTION 02822 02822-4 JEF02822.2 SECTION 02920— LAWNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SU_MM AtiY: A. This Section includes the following areas of Work: 1. Preparation of lawn areas. 2, Seeding. 3. Mulching. Q. Fertilizing of lawn areas. 5, Maintenance. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Earthwork and Sile 1'repnration: SUCTION 02301. 1,02 Rf FURI?NCFS: A. Applicable Standards: 1, American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - Equivalent AASHTO standards may be substituted as approved: a. D977 - Umulsificd Asphalt, 1.03 SU13M117ALS: A. Certificates: I. Seed and fertilizer shall be accompanied by certificate from vendors certifying they meet requirements of tliese Specifications, stating botanical name, percentage by weight, percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed for each grass seed species. PAR'r 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL: Specified in SECTION 02300. 2.02 GRASS SEED: A. Provide fresh clean, new crop seed complving with tolerance for purity and germination established by Official Secd Analysts of North America and as required below. 13, Be labeled according to the U.S. Department or Agriculture Federal Seed Act and shall be furnished in containers with tags showing seed Mixture, purity, germination, weed content, name of seller, and date on which seed was tested: I. Seed Mixture: a. Meet the fallowing minimum percentage requirements for purity and germination: Botanical and Mix '%) Min % Min % Max % Common Nance by wt. Germination Purity Weed Seed "Derby" Rye 60 85 98 1.00 Creeping Fescue 20 85 97 1.00 Bluegrass 20 85 85 1.00 2. Moldy seed or seed that has been damaged in storage shall not be used. 2.03 F 17,RTI1,1ZER: A, Commercial fertilizer of neutral character, with some elements derived from organic sources, containing not less than 4% phosphoric acid, 2%potassium, and percentage of nitrogen • JEF02920.2 02920-1 SECTION 02920 - LAWNS: continued required to provide not less than 1.0 lb of actual nitrogen per 1,000 square feet of lawn area. Provide nitrogen in form that will be available to the lawn during initial period of growth. B. Deliver to site in labeled bags or containers. 2.04 LIMING MATERIAL: A. Shall consist of agricultural liming material or approved equivalent. B. Material used for soil neutralization, unless otherwise specified, shall be agricultural lime with not less than 90% passing the No. 8 sieve and containing not less than 650/, calcium carbonate equivalent. C. Manufacturer's certif ication shall include the minimum pounds of f:NM (effective neutralizing material) per ton of the material to be supplied. 2.05 MULCH: A. Vegetative Antierosion Mulch: Seed-free salt hay or threshed straw of wheat, rye,oats, barley, or other approved materials. B. Tackifiers: I. Asphalt Emulsion: Conform to ASTM D977, Type SS-l. 2. Organic Glue: Hydrobond as manufactured by Erosion Control Products or approved equal. C. Wood Cellulose Fiber: I. Not contain germination or growth-inhibiting ingredients. 2. Dyed an appropriate color to aid in visual inspection. 3. Be cosily and evenly dispersed when agitated in water. 4. Supply in packages of not more than 100-pound gross weight, and he marked by the manufacturer to show the air dry weight content. 2.06 I_I C.;UMf SI EI) INOC'1 PLANT: A. All leguminous seed shall he inoculated or treated with the proper quantity ofcultures " approved For the particular legume to be sown. Leguminous seed include Korcan L.espedeza, Red Clover, Marion Lespedeza, Swect Clover, White Clover, Crown Vetch, and Ladina Clover, I. The inoculant for treating leguminous seed shall be a pure culture of nitrogen-fixing bacteria. 'I lie containers of the inoculant shall be plainly marked with the expiration date for the manufacturer's directions fOr inoculating seed. 2.07 IU'1"E NI:'f'1'IN(i: A. Uniform, open, plain Wcavc mesh ofsinolder-resistant, unbleached siilgIc-jtile yarn: I. Yarn of loosely twisted construction and not vary in thickness by more than one-halfits normal diameter. B. Furnish in rolled strips and as follows: 1. Minimum width of'42 inches. 2. 5.5 wrap yarns by 3.5 filling yarns per inch. C. Staples of'No. I I gage or heavier steel wire, U-shaped and not less than 150 nun (G inches) in length. • r 02920-2 JEF02920.2 SECTION 02920 - LAWNS: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SOIL PREPARATION: A. Dispose of arty growth, rocks, or other obstructions which might interfere with Idling, seeding, sodding, or later maintenance operations. Remove stones over 1-1/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter. 13. 'Thoroughly loosen and pulverize topsoil to a depth ol*at least 4 inches. C. Grade lawn areas to a smooth, even surf?ace with loose, uni('ormly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas which can be planted within immediate future. D. Moisten prepared lawn areas beflore planting if*soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry off before planting ol'lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. E. Restore prepared areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and prior to planting. F. Spread planting soil mixture to depth required to meet thickness, grades, and elevations indicated after light rolling and natural settlement. G. Allow for sod thickness in areas to be sodded. 1-1. Preparation of Unchanged Grades: 1. Where lawns are to be planted in areas that have not been altered or disturbed by excavating, grading, or stripping operations, prepare soil for lawn planting as follows: a. Till to a depth of not less than G inches. b. Apply soil am endme rils and initial fertilizers. C. Remove high areas and fill in depressions. d. 'Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of'tine texture, free of lumps, clods, stones, roots, and other extraneous platter. 3.02 LIME FERTILIZING: A. L.inie and fertilizer shall be applied separately, but may be incorporated into the soil in one operation. 13. Lime and fertilizer shall be applied not more than 18 hours before the seeding or sodding unless otherwise authorized by Engineer. C. Contractor shall take a minimum ol*three Samples of'the topsoil stockpile and through the services of an independent laboratory have test run to ascertain the rates of applications of soil amendments required to provide at least the quantity uf'efTeetive neutralizing material and fertilizers to nourish new growl). D. Apply lime and fertilizer at the rates recommended by soil analysis in kilograms per hectare (pounds per acre) to prepared seedbeds and sodheds. I Incorporate fertilizer into the sail to a depth of'at least 3 inches by discing, harrowing, or raking, except where applied hydraulically on slopes steeper than 2 horizontal to I vertical. 3.03 LFGUMI; S EE-1) 1NOCIII,ATI0N; A. Legume seed inoCUlatiOrl shall be in accordance with the manu(ltcturer's directions fir the particular species of legume. The time lapse fir sowing the seed following inoculation shall not exceed 24 hours. 11*hydraulic slurry seeding is used, a quantity of inoculant equal to five times the normal rate required to inoculate only I.he legume seed shall be used. The inoculant shall be placed directly into the slurry and thoroughly mixed immediately be ilre seeding. If other than the hydraulic slurry method is used, the legume seed may be inoculated at the normal rate if it is to be sown alone or if the legume seed is inoculated prior to mixing with other seed. A seed mixture which contains a k-gume that was not inoculated prior to mixing JE1-02920.2 02920-3 SECTION 02920 - LAWNS: continued and is not to be seeded by the slurry method, shall be inoculated with sufficient inoculant to cover all seed. 3.04 f E-RT1L171NG: A. Apply fertilizer at the rate of'350 pounds per acre to prepared seedbeds and sodbeds. 13. Incorporate fertilizer into the soil to it depth of at least 2 inches by discing, harrowing, or raking, except where applied hydraulically on slopes steeper than 2 horizontal to 1 vertical. 3.05 SEEDING N[M LAWNS: A. Do not use wet seed or seed which is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. 13. Do not seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 miles per hour. Distribute seed evenly over entire area by sowing equal quantity in two directions at right angles to each other. C. Sow not less than rate of 300 pounds per acre. D. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8-inch of soil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray. E. Seasonal Limitations: I. Perform seeding only during the following seasons: a. Spring or Pall. P. Methods of Application: 1. Dry Seeding: Spreader or seeding machine. 2. Hydrosecding: Mix seed, fertilizer and pulverized mulch with water and constantly agitate. Do not add seed to water more than 4 hours before application: a. On slopes oft horizontal to 1 vertical or flatter, apply seed separately from fertilizer. Cover seed with soil to an average depth of 1/2-inch by raking or other approved methods. b. On slopes steeper than 2 horizontal to I vertical, seed and fertilizer may be applied in a single operation. Incorporation into the soil will not be required. 3.06 MUL.CIIING: A. Apply a mulch covering to all seeded areas. B. Apply vegetative mulch to loose depth of 1-1/2 inches by means of a mechanical spreader or other approved methods. C. Immediately following the application ofthc mulch, water the seeded area in one watering, in sufficient amount to penetrate the scedhed to a minimum depth of'2 inches. Perform so as not to cause erosion or damage to the seeded surface. D. Protect seeded areas against hot, dry weather or drying winds by applying mulcts not more than 24 hours after completion of seeding operations. 3.07 RI CONDITIONING LAWNS: A. Recondition lawn areas damaged by Contractor's operations, including storage of materials.or equipment and movement of vehicles. Also recondition lawn areas where settlement or washouts occur or where minor regrading is required. Recondition other existing lawn areas where indicated. 13. Provide fertilizer, seed or sod, and soil amendments as specified for new lawns and as required to provide satisfactorily reconditioned) lawn. Provide new planting soil as required to fill low spots and meet new finish grades. C. Cultivate bare and compacted areas thoroughly to provide a good, deep planting bed. D. Remove diseased or unsatisfactory lawn areas, do not bury into soil. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials reselling from Contractor's operations including oil drippings, stone, grave. and other construction materials. Replace with new topsoil. 02920-4 JEP02920.2 SECTION 02920 - LAWNS: continued E. Where substantial lawn remains(but is thin), mow, rake, aerate if compacted, fill low spots, remove humps and cultivate soil, fertilize, and seed, Remove weeds before seeding or, if extensive, apply selective chemical weed killers as required. Apply a seedbed mulch, if required, to maintain moist condition. F. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new grass is established. 3.08 PROTECTION: A. Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic. Maintain barricades throughout maintenance period until lawn is established. 3.09 MAINTENANCE: A. Mow grass to a height of 2 inches as soon as there is enough top growth to cut with mower. Remove no more than 40% of grass Icaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. B. Remove weeds by pulling or chemical treatment. C. Perform maintenance until the date of final acceptance. D. Seeded Areas: 1. Water as required by good practice and as necessary to obtain a flourishing cover. 2. Repair any portion of the seeded surface which becomes Bullied or otherwise damaged, or the seeding becomes damaged or destroyed. E. Apply second fertilizer application after first mowing and when grass is dry. Use fertilizer which will provide not less than 1.0 pound ofactual nitrogen per 1,000 square feet of lawn area. ® 3.10 ACCEPTANCE OF LAWNS: A. When lawn Work is Substantially Complete, including maintenance, Engineer and Owner will, upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability: I. Lawn Work may be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to Owner, provided Work offered for inspection is complete, including tnaintenalice. 13. Replant rejected Work and continue specified maintenance until reinspected by Engineer and Owner and found to be acceptable. C. Seeded lawns will be acceptable provided requirements, including maintenance, have been complied with and healthy, uniform, close stand of specified grass is established free of weeds, bare spots, and Surface irregularities. 3.11 CLEANUP: A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by lawn Work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles prior to leaving Site to avoid tracking soil onto surfacing of roads, walks, or other paved areas. 3.12 MEASURrNIFINT AND PAYMIN'T: A. Time ofCornpletion: Completion time for seeding and sodding shall not apply to provisions for liquidated damages with respect to Contract completion time. Payment for seeding and sodding will be withheld until such Work is accepted. END Of- S1:CTiON 02920 JEF02920.2 02920-5 DIVISION 3 —CONCRETE S1 CTION 03050-CONCRETE DORMS AND REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes concrete, forms, and steel reinforcement. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 304R - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing,Transporting, and Placing Concrete, b. 3058- Committee Report on Hot-Weather Concreting. C. 306R - Committee Report on Cold-Weather Concreting. d. 315 - Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing; Reinforced Concrete Structures. C. 318 - Buildings Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a, 1318.2.1 - Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Including Askew Head Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, rind Lag Screws. b. B 18.2.2 - Square and Hex Nuts. 3. American Society for'resting and Materials (ASTM): a. A36— Carbon Structural Steel. b. A82 - Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. C. A 185 - Steel W:lded NVire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. d. A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. C. A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. f. C31 — Practice for Making and Curing Concrete 'Pest Specimens in the Field. g. C33 - Concrete Aggregates. h. C39—'Pest Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. ei. C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete, t 030502 03050-1 070299 SECTION 030,.50 - CONCRETI L-OIMSAND REINFORCEMENT: continued j. C143 --Test Method I'or Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. k. C 150- Portland Cement. L C 172— Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete, m. C309 - L.iyuid Membranc-Forming Comporulds for Curing Concrctc. D. C494 -Chemical AdnrixtureS for Concrctc. 1.03 SUBMITI'ALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. 13. Include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Complete reirtl'or•cing-h;u• schedule, reinforcing-bar details, and erection drawings to conform to ACI 315. 2. Each type of reinforcing bar marked with identification corresponding to iclentil'ication tag on bar. 3. Erection drawings clear, easily legible, and to a nuniltlum scale of,: a. 1/4 inch = I f oot. b. 1/8 inch = I foot if bars in each face are Shown in separate views. 4. Size and location of all openings. 5. Lap splice lengths. C. Concrete Mix: I. Submit pr•oposcd Coneretc-nlix proportions to Engineer prior to placing concret.c. Mix proportions shall be selected preferably on the basis of field experience. 2. Submit fine- and coarse-aggregate ��radation data to [ ngineer prior to placing concrcie. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. C'enlem: Conform to A5T`I C 1511. Portland cenwill "Type 1. 13. Water: Clean arul free f-olll nrjurious ;unounts c►f oil, acids, alkalies, or c.ltller deleterious substances. Any potable chinking water will be acceptable. C. Fine Aggregates: C'leun natural Sand. Manufactured sand may be used upon written approval o('Engineer. Conform to ASTcNI C33, 1). Coarse Aggreg;.ltes: Clean crushed stone or processed gravel, not containing organic materials. Conform to AS"1'cM C33. E. Air Entrainment: 514 air shall be used ill 111 cancrc;te. that is to be exposed to the weather. 03050-2 030502 070299 • SECTION 03050 - CONCRETF.,FORMS, AND REINFORCEMENT: continued F. Water-Reducing Admixture: Conform to ASTM C494, Type A. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX PROPORTIONS: A. 4,000 psi with the following proportions and limitations: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi at 28 days, 2. Minimum Cement: 550 pounds per cubic yard. 3. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.45 4. Slump: 3 inches,±I inch. B, Ready-Mixed Concrete: 1. Concrete shall meet requirements of ASTNI C94 and of materials and proportions specified. 2. Ready-mixed concrete hlawnt shall be subject to approval of Engineer, 2.03 FORMS: A. Form Materials: I, Use one of the following: a. Exterior Grade Plywood: 5/8-inch-thick (use only plywood or steel for all exposed concrete Work). b. Steel. C. Approved wood fiberhoard. Cf. Dressed IUnlber free of loose knots. 2. Forrn Ties: Approve(] break-back type, 3. Chamfer Strips: a. Use!!-inch channfer except where otherwise indicate 1. b. Place in all forms to provide chamfer where concrete will have expose(] projecting corners. 2.04 STEEL REINFORCE-NI NT: A. Reinforcement Bars: Conform to ASTNI A615, Grade 60 for all bars No. 4 or larger. B. Tic, and all No. 3 Bars: Conform to ASTNI A615, Grade 40, C. Welded Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM} A 135, using bright basic wire conforming to ASTM A82. Wire gage. No, 1 1 or smaller shall be galvanized. • D. Bolsters, Chairs, and Accessories: Conform to ACI 315. 030502 03050-3 070299 SECTION 03050 - CONCRETE, FORMS, AND REINFORCE,.N]13NLl: continued 2.05 GROUT: A. Plain Grout: 1. VUlllme: 1 part Portland cement to 2 parts sand. 2. Keep water to a minimum as required for placing by the dry packing method, 3. Place after the mixed urout has been allowed to stand for 2 hours. B. Grout for Bonding: I. Weight: 1 part cement to 1-1/2 parts sand. 2. Keep water to a minrnllltll. 3. Place immediately. C. F lowable Nonshrinking Grout: 1. Required for setting handrrlil posts, for setting equipment recommended by the manufacturer to be set with nonshrinking grout, and in other places indicated. 2. Grout shall conform to ASTNi CI 107, Grade (A) (13') (C). 3. Grout shall be nonmetallic, as manufactured by one of the following: a. L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. - Crystex. b. live Star Products, Inc. - Five Star Grout. C. Master Builder's Company - Masterflow 555 Grout. d. SallerCiSC11 CC111CII(S Company - Sa el'ciSCI1 I*'-100. C. Euclid Chemical Company - I fi-FIcw Grout. 1'. Conspec IMarketim, & Manufacturing Company - Conspec 100. �a Sika Corporalion - Sika Grout 212 h. TZ1111111S Il)dllSll'ieS - l lor'n Non-Corrosive, Non-Shrink Grout. 4. Prepare and place conf'onning to nl;►nufacuu-er'S printed instructions. . For equipment haws, the: ccnlcrete Surfaces Shall be ilrit hlaSleel car roM--pencil with a Chipping IIa111111cl' prior to ftI'MIlillg. The I'MIndation plutCS Shall be cicanecl of any grease, oil, paint, primers, or epoxy Coatings. 2.06 ANCHOR BOLTS: A. Provide all anchor bolts required for conlple:te installation. 13. Anchor bolts and accessories Shall contornl to AS'1 M A307 usine A36 steel. C. Use Ilesa-onal head bolts and nuts conforming to ANSI 1315.'.1 and 1315.2.2. • 03050-4 030502 • 070299 M S13CTION 03050 -CONCRETE., I'ORMS ANDD RFlNEnRCE(y1EN'1_: continued U. All exposed area of anchor bolts and nuts plus G inches of embedded area Shall be hot-dip galvanized. E. Install as indicated. 2.07 _WATER STOPS A. PVC Water Stops: 1. Serrated virgin polyvinyl chloride equal to one of the following: a. Tamrits Industries— Horn Durajoint Type 13 b. Greenstreak, Inc. —Greenstreak Style 580 C. Vulcan Metal ProductS Company — VL11Co 8073 d. Vinylex Corporation — 10-38T 2. Provide factory fabricated waterstop corner transitions and intersections leaving only straight butt joint splices for the field. 3. Use for all IOCationS unless otherwise specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MELD TESTING: A. Eield"Testing of Concrete and Making of Concrete 'Test Cylinders: I. Test concrete and make test cylinders conforming to AS'Ti\M C31, C143, and 0172. ® 2. Perform shimp tests throughout any pl.acernent as required to maintain constant duality of fresh concrete, and as approved by l".nf:ineer. 3. Make not less than six test cylinders for each 150 cubic yardS „I'COIICrelC or fraction thereof for each clay concrete is placed. Deliver to testing lahoratory within 24 hours after taking cylinders. I;XCRT,C not to cianurLIC Cylinders in transit. 13. 1..aboratory 'Pest i n 1. 1_nbut'utury for (C-Still" SIM11 hr selected and paid by Ottincr. 2. l..,ahor;uury will furnish glindrr nwlds with Cap Seals or adequate means of identification. 3. Cylinders shall he tested conlOrrning, to ASTNI ('3(). average Strength of two cylinders (same age) shall he used as result of the test. Break t.wo cylinders at 7 days, two at M days, and two at 28 days. 3.02 LOW-S'TRf N(_,TI I CONCRETE".: A. Defined as concrete whose 7-dak, and 14-day test (average of two cylinders) is less than 70% and 85% respectively of the specified minimum 28-day compressive Strength. 13. Disposition of Concrete: 030502 03050-5 070299 SECTION 03050 - CONCRETE, FORMS, AND RI INFORC'ENTN'r: continued I. Concrete shall remain accessible with no other Work performed that relates to or depends upon the yucstionable concrete until a final decision as to the disposition of the concrete is given by Engineer. ?. Low-s(rength concrete shall be rcruoved and replaced ipso requested by Fi incer. 3.03 PLACING OF CONCRE'1T": A. Preparation: I. Clean bonding surfaces It•ce from laitance and foreign materials. 2. Place concrete on properly prepared and unfrozen.suhg,rade and only in dewatered excavations. 3. Do not deposit partially hardened concrete or concrete contaminated by foreign materials. 13. Placing Concrete: 1. Conform to ACI 3048. 2. Place within 45 minutes after mixing, except I nuincer may extend the period to 90 minutes (maximum) dependent upon weather•conditions. 3. Place in horizontal lavers not cxcceclill" IS inches. r 4. Vibrate or spade concrete to produce solid ntrrss without honeycomb or surface air bubbles. C. Curing Concrete: 1. Cum with liquid membrane-forming compound conforming to ASTNI C'309, Type 1. Apply according to nutnrrCacturer•'s recrrmmencl"rtions. 2. Apply curia`.; compounel to all exposed surfaces Immediately alter removing form or after finishing concrete. 3. Keep formwork WO until stril)peol. D. Cold-Weather Placing.- Conform to the practice reconuliCn Ied in ACI 3068 when [lie temperature is below 40"h or is likely to fall helow 4O(T: chi inz 24-hour period after placing. E. F lot-Weather Placing: Conform to practices recommended in ACI 15R when tell tperatUr•e is . 90"F or above or is likely to rise above 901- within 2.1-hour period after placing. 03050-6 030502 r 070299 SECTION 03050 - CONCRE"CE, FORMS. AND 1ZFINhOIZCC;MEN"1': continual 3.04 C:ONSTRUC.TION JOINTS: A. Locate where indicated. Conform to ACI 318. 13. Clean and break laitance or other foreign material from bonding Surface. Bed with 1 inch of grout for bonding in horizontal joints. 3.05 SURFACE FINISHES: A. Float Finish: 1. Compact, accurately screed, arld wood-float all slabs to a true uniform Surface, 2. 'Pest surface with straightedge-, and eliminate high and low spots of more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3. Use this finish in addition to the finishes specified below for all surfaces as indicated. 4. Use as final finish for(slabs to receive ceramic or quarry the or a finish topping.) (footing slabs not exposed.) B. Hard=Croweled Finish: I. Finish surface as in "Float Finish" and in addition, trowel with steel trowel to obtain a smooth dense finish after concrete has hardened to ring under the trowel. 2. Use this finish on r.11l floorS, slabs, and equipment bases not specifically designated fora different finish. C. Broom Finish: I. Finish surface as in "float Finish" and, in addition, draw r► stiff bristlCd broom across the previouSly Iloatcd surface. 2. Corrugations shall he uniform in appearance, not more than 1/16 inch in depth, and shall be 0Crpendicul it 10 direction of traffic. 3. Use this finish on all outcfoor slabs subject to Vehicular or pedeStrian traffic. 1). Defective Surface "Treatments: I. After removal of forms, remove ;ill fins, prc�ic'ctions, and form tics. 2. Grout and cure all voidS, darntleecl areas, and tic holes. 3.06 FORNIS: A. Treat forms with an approved oil or lacquer prior to pI,1611c; reullorcenlent. 13, Wet forms with clean, clear water prior to placing concrete. 0 C. Adequately brace and stiffen forms to prevent deflect.lon and settlement. 030502 03050-7 070299 SECTION 03050 -CONCRETE FORMS AND RFINFOItC.EMT NT: continued 3:07 STEEL REINFORCEMENT: A, Place accurately, tic at intersections, and support on chairs. Conform to ACI 313. . 13. Tic securely with 16-gage or larger annealed iron wire. C. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum length of lap for tension lap splices shall be as required for Class E splices as defined by ACI 318, D, Lap welded wire fabric not less than the length of one mesh. END OF SECTION 03050 00 03050-8 030502 070299 SECTION 03412 - PRECAST CONCREaTE SEC'T'IONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section covers precast, prestressed structural concrete conSU•uction, including Product design not shown on Contract DrawingS, manufacture, transportation, erection, and other related items such as anchorage, bearing pads, storage, and protection of precast concrete. 11. This Section also includeS cast-in-place concrete to develop connections, anchorage, and aligtlrllent itC111S as required for erection. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Concrete: SECTION 03050. 2. Steel: SECTION 05120. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AAS14TO): a. Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. 2. American Concrete InStittrtc (ACI): a. 318 - }3uilding Cock Itequircnlrnts fen Reinforced Concrete. b. SP-66 - Detailing Manual. 3. American Society for-Testing and Materials (ASTNI): a. A36 - Carbon SIRICtlIPa1 Steel. h. A-17 - Fer•ritic Malleable Iron Castings. C. A82 - Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement, d. A)53 - Zinc Coating (-lot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. e. A 167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plata, Sheet, and Strip. f. A 185 - Steel Welded Wire, Fahrtc, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. g. A283/A283M - Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, h. A307 -Carbon Steel Dolts and Studs, 60,000 psi 'Tensile Strength. i. A325 - Structural Bolts, Steel, I(cat Trcatcd, 120/105 kSi Mirlin1t1111 TenSHC Strength. j, A416/A416M - Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed C D11CretC. k. A496 - Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Rcurforcernent. 034122 03412-1 r. 060998 M ,SECTION 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS: continued I. A497 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. m. A615IA615M - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. n. A616/A616M - Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. u. A617/A617M - Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. p. A666- Austenitic Stainless Steel, Sheet, Strip, Platte, and Flat Bar. cl. A706/A706M - Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. r. C33 -Concrete Aggregates. S, C150- Portland Cement. t. C260 - Air-L;ntraining Admixtures for Concrete. I.I. C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. v. Cl 107 - Packaged, Dry Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-Shrink). 4. American Welding Society (AWS): u. D l.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. b, l)1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 5. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): u. Manual of Standard Practice. 6. Department of Defense. (DOD): a. Specification for faint. High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair DOD-P-21035, 7. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI): a, MNL-1 10 - Manual for Qualily Control fur Plants and PrMILICtIOn of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products. b. NIN1,120 - PCl Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete. 1.03 S1JBM1T"I'ALS: A. Submit as Spccil'iccl in DIVISION I. B. Shop Drawings: I. f?rectiou Drawings: u. Member piece marks in(] completely dimensioned Size and shape of each member. b. Plains and/or elevations locating and defining all materials furnished by manufacturer. C. Sections and details Showing connections, cast-in items, and their relation to the SIRICtUre. d. Relationship to adjacent material. 03412-2 034122 060998 x ,SECTION 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE SEC'PIO S: continued C. Joints and openings between members and between members and structure, f. Description of all loose,cast-in, and field hardware. g. Field installed anchor location drawings. h. Erection sequences and handling requirements. i, All dead, live, and other applicable load; used in the design. j. Drawings shall be sealed by it registered engineer licensed in the State of Missouri. C. Product Design Criteria: 1. Loadings for Design: a. Initial handling and erection stresses. b. All dead and live loads as specified on the Contract Drawings. C. All other loads specified for member, where applicable. 2. Design criteria shall state all applicable standards, codes, and specifications for which precast sections are to be designed. 3. Submit design calculations upon request. D. Perrnissible Design Deviations: ® 1. Design deviations, supported by complete design calculations and drawings, shall be submitted for approval. 2. Design deviations shall provide an installation equivalent to the basic Intent without * incurring additional cost to the Owner. E. 'Pests: Submit certified copiers of test reports including all data and results of tests performed as required by PCI MNL-1 16. Submittals shall inClude, but shall not be limited to, the following: I. Cement. 2. Fine aggregate. 3 Coarse aggregate. 4. Adnli:cures. 5. Curing materials. F. Certificates: Submit certificate stating that the nlant.rfacturer is a produce' member o1'I'CI and that the manufacture participates in file Plant Certification Program. 1.04 QUALI"PY ASSURANCE: A. Mrulufacturer Qualifications: The precast concrete manufacturing plant shall be certified by the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute Plant Certification Program. Manufacturer shall be t 034122 03412-3 060998 h SECTION 03412 - PkI CAST CONC'RF;'1'F SF C"PIONS: continual certificcl at time of bidding, Certification shall be in the following; product grotlp(s) and category(ics): I. Group C, Category C 1. 2. Group C, Category C2. 3. Group C, Category C3. li. Erector Qualifications: Regularly engaged for at Ieast five years in the erection of•precast structural concrete similar to the requirements of this Project. C. Welder Qualifications: In accordance with AWS 1)1,I. 1.). Testing: Conform with testing provisions in MNL-1 I6, Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products. 1.05 DESIGN: A. Design of units and enlhednlents shall he performed by structural analysis in accordance with ACI 318 or PCI MNL-120, whichever is customary With the nuuurfactnrer. 13. Structural analysis shall include evaluations of the CITecls of Ct)nnCCOMIS, holes, discontinuities, concentrated loads. and joints. C. Units shall be designed fur the load conditions and spans indicated, and any additional loads imposed by openings, work of other trades, concrete topping indicated, .old 111 loadin" and restaining conditions frunl fabrication, handling:, and erecton. D. 'I he suns of the immediate dellector► clue to lire foal and additional lung-term deflection shall not exceed the deflection limitations indicated. I . The design shall conlperlsate for the Weight of the additional topping; required by the camber in order to iIdIiCVC the mininlunl toppirrp thickness used in the (ICS II. 1.06 DF,LIVERY,S1QRAC;1-'AND f1AND (1NGj: A. Delivery and Handlinu,: I. Precast concrete ncnlher, shall be curc-d prior• to delivery to the jobsitc. 2. Precast concrete numbers shall be lifted and supported .luring rnanufacrtu•ing, stockpiling, transporting, and reaction operations only at the lilting or supporting point, or both, as c,hown on the Shop Drawings, and with approved lifting devices. Lifting: inserts shall have a nurlinlunl safety factor of.1, F,xterior liflirtg hardware shall have a mininimn safety factor of 5. 03412-4 034122 0(10998 r SEC TL() ( 112 - l'kf? 'AS•r CONCRE 7E S ECTIONS: continued 3. Transportation, site handling, and erection shall be performed with acceptable equipment and methods, and by qualified personnel. 4. Secure all necessary permits required by affected governing bodies for transportation rot11es and 111ethods. B. Storage: I. Stare all touts off ground. 2. Place stored units so that identification marks are discernible. 3. Separate slacked members by flattens across full width of each bearing point. 4. Stack so that lifting devices are accessible and undamaged. 5. Do not use tipper member of stacked tier as storage area for shorter member or heavy equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATFRIAL.S: A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,'Type I or I11. 13. Admixtures: I. Air-entraining admixtures: ASTM C260. 2. Water reducing, retarding, accelerating, high range water reducing admixtures: ASTM 0494, 3. Calcium chlorides or admixtures containing;chlorides shall not be used. C. Aggregates: ASTM C33. D. Water: Potable, F. Reinforcing Steel: I. Bars: a. Deformed billet-steel: ASTM Ati 15. b. Deformed low-alloy steel. ASTM A706' 2. W ire: a. Cold-Drawn ,Steel: ASTM A82. 3. Wire Fabric: a. Welded Sleel: ASTM A 185. b. Welded Deformed Steel: AST1N1 A497. C. Use mats only. ir 034122 034 12-5 060998 S:;MON 03.112 - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS: continued 1 Strand: Uncoated, 7-wire, strand shall conform to ASTM A416, Grade 250 or 270. G. Holsters, Chairs and Accessories: I. Conform to ACI SP-66 and the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. 2. Provide all spacers, bolsters, chairs, ties, and other devices necessary to properly space, place, support, and fasten steel reinforcement in place during the concrete placement. 3. ,Melarl accessories shall be stainless steel or plastic coated where legs will be exposed in Finished concrete surfaces, 11. Anchors and 111SVI'IS: I. Materials: a. Strtacitind Steel: ASTM A36. 1), Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A47. C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A666. d. Carbon Steel Plate: ASTM A283. C. Bolts: ASTM A307 or A325. I'. Deformcd liar Anchors: ASTM A496. )c• Welded I leaded Studs: AWS 1 1.1 - Type B. -'. Finish: a. Shop 111-iroc.r Manufat:turrr's standards. b. I lol l)ippetl Galvanved: ASTM A 153, c '/.int-Rich ('uartrng: I)t )I) 1' '1t13i, rlF curinf. one component, sacrificial. d t'atlninuu roarrn}�. I. (ir'om I (iroul Slrrrrttth Sl OO J)"I niiuimun). ' t 't'rut-nt t irnul ( )Itt� part poriland tcnarnr and 2-1/2 parts Sand by volume, and water "1111 wlt-nt Ian p1mvilnvnr ,aid hydralfim. t. Nonshnnl, t ii(mi Cmilmm to AN; I'M CI 107, I. Itrarmrl Pad". 1. C'hlorol)rvnt- (Nr( prrnra: C'onfc.,rru to I)i%,isWII 11, Section 25 of AASFiTO Standard Sperifrc:alaon5 Ftw l lildiway firld;ws. 2.02 A. 2h-day CmI1pu!SSitie Stwilp1h: Nlinirnurrr 411' '5000 psi. li, IleleaSa wtittrl�tli �linanuun of;i it►0 I)Si. 03.112.0 034122 ; 060998 IT 'EN '()N L --rF Sl:('Tl()NS: contimied C. Air Content: Conform to PCI MNI,-1201'able 1.3.2 for nioderme exposure. 1). Water-Cement Ratio: The water-cement ralio shall not exceed 0.50, 2.03 MANUFACTURE: A. Manufacturing procedures and iolerances shall comply with PCI NINL-116. B, Finishes: I, Unformed Surfaces: ;L screed Finish: ( I ) Use as first Stage for all •oncrew finishes. (2) 1 Jse as I inal finish on St1F1'4-1CL"- Ohit will he COVOYL-d by 1(Id1tiOM1I COVICI-ete. (3) Immediately after Screeding, use ;i wood float, darby. or hullfloat to eliminate Iligil and IOW 1,I)O(S and 10 L-111bCd 10FPC This S11,111 be (1011C ill a 111►miler 10 111(dwx even, unilorm Surl"we" SO 111ilt SUI• INCC irregularities do not exceed 3/8-inch in 10 lect when used ,is Final finish. b. Floated Finish: ( I ) Lke uS S00011d SWVV (0111-0011IL-d, 111MVICLI, or magnesium-troweled finish. (2) Use, as final finish on all stirfi-wes unless otherwise indicated or specified. (3) Float willi medianicid 110it. I land floating will he permitted only in areas inact.-essihle to Inct-liallical floal (11) ()11 S111filCt"S 1101 1() FCTV1VC 1r(MVICd OF finish. fillkll with w(lml or cm-k 114)ill illIvi, 11i • -liallical 111mim.,2 lo it (1,11C imil'01111 Surface so that Surface 11-1-C)m1milivs (10 11111 C\CVL-d 1/8-11IL'Il in 10 IL-Ct. c Bromiled Finish, ( I ) Use il-, I'mill f im,J) on (2) Allt.-I flo:lwd finish, di'm ;I -,fill 11w,11v hiomn iicw s the surface making IN-Ulk-MIK-11101' It) OW (111CCtion of traffic, not more 111,111 1/10 Inch oef.-I) 11. RCIM11' S11111ILY (1010.11, w, spcclhvd in Pilwplilph "i, Repair of I)t-festive Surfaces, this Section. b, Underside of members shall have a smooth 111wI) as derived from steel Forms. 3. Repair ('11•Defective sill-k ice,,. 034 122 03.112-7 060998 SECTION 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE SEC'T'IONS: continued a. Defined as any concrete surface showing misalignment, rock pockets, poorjoints, holes from ties, voids, honeycomb, spalls or any other defective area. b. Repairing: (1) Repair as soon as forms have been removed. (2) Prewet depression and brush with twat cement immediately before patching. (3) Patch surfaces using stiff mortar with same sand-cement ratio as original concrete and with minimum water for placing. Blend with white cement to match concrete color. (4) Compact mortar into depressions so that after curing, hole is filled and mortar is flush with surface. Use hammer and ramming rod for compacting the holes. (5) Cure as specified in the Paragraph D, Curing, this Section. (6) Owner's representative shall be notified of areas containing defects or where reinforcing steel is exposed, prior to determination of repair method. C. Openings: 1. The manufacturer shall provide for openings 10-inch round or sduarc or larger as shown on the Drawings. Other openings shall be located and field drilled or cut by the trade requiring them after the precast, prestressed products have been erected. field drilled or cut openings shall be approved in writing by the manufacturer before drilling or cutting. D. Curing: I. Cure all concrete by one of the following method` in accordance with ICI IV1NL-1 16: a. Accelerated curing. b. Curing with live steam. C. Curing with radiant heat and lnoiStUrC. d. Curing by moisture retenliOn without IlCat. C. Membrane curing compound. 2. When ambient temperatures are expected to be above MOT or helow 40T, or when required by other weather conditions. Conform to flat Weather Concreting and Cold Weather Concreting methods in accordance with PCI MNL-1 16. E. Fasteners: I. Manufacturer shall cast in structural inserts, bolts, and plates as specified, detailed, or required by the Contract Drawings, F. Welding of concrete reinforcement shall conform to AWS 1)1.4. 03412-8 034122 • 060998 SECTION 03412 - PRECAST_CONCRETE SECTIONS: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION: A. Site Access: Contractor shall be responsible for providing suitable access to the building, proper drainage, and firm, level bearing for the hauling and erection equipment to operate [order their own power. B. Preparation: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for providing true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed bearing walls and other field placed supporting nlernbers. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for placement and accurate alignment of anchor bolts, plates, or dowels in field placed supporting members. C. Installation: Installation of precast, prestressed concrete shall be performed by the manufacturer or a qualified erector. Members shall be lifted by means of suitable lifting devices at points provided by the manufacturer. Temporary shoring and bracing, if necessary, shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations. D. Alignment: Members shall be properly aligned and leveled as required by the approved Shop ® Drawings. Variations between adjacent members shall be reasonably leveled out by jacking, loading, or any other feasible method as recommended by the manufacturer and acceptable to the Owner's Representative. 3.02 FIi:LD WELDING: A. Field welding shall be done by qualified welders using;cquipnlcnt and materials compatible to the base material. 3.03 ATTACHMENTS: A. Anchor to members as indicated. No hand-- or explosive-driven inserts, pins, anchors, or drive- ins of any kind shall be used. B. All field-cut or drilled openings shall be approved by the manufacturer as to size and location prior to cutting and drilling. C. Repair damaged surfaces. 3.04 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE: A. Final inspection and acceptance of erected precast, prestressed concrete will be made by Owner's Representative. i 034122 03412-9 060998 SEC''1'1ON 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS: continued, j END OF SECTION'03412 k v t. t rid1, 03412-10 1734122 y `06U�9$ . DIVISION 4 - MASONRY SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY PART I - GENERAL RAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: I. Concrete unit masonry. 2. Split-faced concrete unit masonry. 3. Insulation in masonry walls. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. For joint sealants: DIVISION 7. C. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include the Following: I. Wood nailers and blocking built into unit masonry specified in SECTION 06100, 1.02 RI.T RFNCES: A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. B. American Society for"Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A36/A36M - Structural Steel. 2. A82 - Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. A 153 - Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 4, A 167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel I'law, Sheet, and Strip. ® S. A]85 - Steel Welded Wire, Fabric. Plain, For Concrete Reinforcement. 6. A276 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes, 7. A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi 'Tensile Strength. 8. A325 - Structural Bolts, Steel, 1-leat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum TCIlSi1C Stl-Cngth. 9. A366A/A366M - Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 10, A496 - Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 11. A526A/A526M - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the f lot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. 12. A563 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 13. A580 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Wire. 14. A615/A615M - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinibi-cement. 15. A616/A616M - Rail-Steel Delormcd and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 16. A617/A617M - Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain liars for Concrete Reinforcement. 17. A64 - Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. 18, 13117 - Salt Spray (Fog) Testing. 19. 13633 - Edectro-deposited Coatings or Zinc oil Iron and Steel. 20. C'55 - Concrete Building Brick. 2 I. C62 - Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made front Clay or Shale). 22. C67 - 'rest Methods of Sampling and 'resting Brick and Structural Clay Tile. 2:3. C90 - Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 24. 0129 - Nonload-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 25. C;140 - Method of Sampling and `Nesting Concrete Masonry Jillits. 26, C 144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. • 27. C 150 - Portland Cement, 28. C'207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes, ` JEF04200 2 04200-1 SECTION 04200— 11Nl'T MASONRY: continued 29. C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. 30. 0404 - Aggregates for Masonry Grout. 31. 0476 - Grout for Masonry. 32. 0494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 33. C744 - Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units. 34. C780 - Method Ior Pi-cconstruetlOn and Construetion EValuation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 35. CIO 19 - Method of Sampling and 'testing Grout. 36. C 1093 - Practice for the Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry. 37. C1 142 - Extended Life Mortar for Unit Masonry. 38. D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 39. D2000 - Classification System for Rubbcr Products in Automotive Applications. 40. 02287 - Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer Molding and Extrusion Compounds, 41. E488 - Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. 42. E514 - 'Pest Mcthod for Water Permanence of Masonry. 43. 1`568 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Externally Threaded Metric Fasteners. C. Brick Institute of America (13IA): 1. M l - Specifcations for Portland Cement-Lime Mortar for Brick Masonry. 2. 'Technical Note No. I - Cold Weather Masonry Construction - Introduction. D. Federal Specifications (FS): I. E111-I-1972/1 - Insulation Board, Thermal, Polyurethane or Polvisocyanuratc, Faced Aluminum Foil on Both Sides of the Foam. E. International Conferenee of Building Officials: 1. U.13.C. Standard No. 21-14 - Mortar Cement. 2. U,B.C. Standard No. 21-15 - Mortar For Unit Masonry and Reinfirrced masonry Other than Gypsum. ✓ F. National Concrete Masonry :Association (NCN1/\): I. TE-K 8-2 - Removal of Stains from Concrete Masonry Walls. G. Sled Structures Painting Council (SSPC): I. PA I - Paint Application Specification No. I. 2. Paint 16 - Paint Specification No. 16 Coal-'far Epoxy-PoIN amide Black (or Dark Red) Paint, 1.03 ITIRFORMA_NCE RHQUIREMI;NTS: A. Provide unit masonry that develops the following installed compressive strengths (f'm)at 28 days. I. For Concrete Unit Masonry: As follows, based on net area; a. f'm = 1500 psi (I0.3 ti1Pa). 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. 13. Product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product specified. C. Shop drawings for reinforcing detailing fabrication, hending, and placement of'unit masonry reinf'orcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of masonry reinforcement. 04200-2 J EF04200.2 SECi'ION 04200— UNiT MASONRY: continued 1). Samples for initial selection of the following: 1. Unit masonry samples in small-scale form showing the full range of colors and tCXtures available for each different exposed masonry unit required. 2. Colored-masonry mortar samples showing the full range of colors available. I,. Material test reports from a qualified independent testing agency, employed and paid by Contractor or manufacturer, indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of the following proposed masonry materials with requirements indicated: i. Mortar complying with property requirements o('AS'fM C270. 2. Cirottt mixes. Include description of type and proportions of'grout ingredients. 3. Masonry units. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects/engineer:. and owners, and other information specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to Engineer/Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM C 1093, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work. 13. Preconstruction 'fcsting: lannploy and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform the following preconstruction testing to establish compliance of proposed materials and construction with specified requirements: I. Concrete Masonry Unit 'Pest: For each different concrete masonry unit indicated, test units for strength, absorption, and moisture content per ASTNII C 140. 2. Prism Test: For each type of wall consU•uction indicated, test masonry prisms per ASTM 1`447, Method 13. C. Single-Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exlnosed nutsonry units of a uni(ornn texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted liar these characteristics, front one source and by a single nrrmrfacturer for each different product required. 1). Single-Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each ccmcntitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. I:. Preinstullatiun C.Ontet'CnCC: Conduct conterenee at 111'0jecl site to comply with requirements of DIVISION 1. 1.06 DFI,.1V.FRY. STORAGE. AND I IANi)LINU A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms, under cover. and in a dry location to prevent their deterioration or damage clue to moisture, tennperaturc changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other causes. if units become wet, cfo not install until (he\' arc in an �rir-dried condition. 13. Store ccmcntitious materials on elevated platforms. under cover, and ion a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can he maintained and contamination avoided. f). Store nnasonry accessories, including metal items, tip prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. .11-- 04200.2 04200-3 5f?CTION 04200 — UNIT MASONRY: continued 1.07 11RO.I17CT C.'ONDITIONS. A. Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projeclions, and sills with waterproof'shecting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. I. Fxtend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 ntm) down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where one wythc ofntuldivythe masonr;v walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 nun) down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. 13. Stain I'revention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that collie in contact with such masonry. I. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatler by coverings spread oil ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, front mortar droppings. it. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt on completed masonry. C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen subgracde or setting hods. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Colltply with the hollowing re(Iuirements: l. Cold-Weather Construction: When the ambient temperature is within the limits indicated, use the following procedures: a. 40 to 32°F (4 to 0"C); Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 12011 0 and 49"C). h. 32 to 25"1 (0 to -4"C): I Teat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 12011 (4 and 49"C). 1leat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and I20"1 (,I and 49"('►. Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. C. 25 to 2011 (-4 to -7"C): I(eat mixing u'atcr and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 12011 (4 and 49"C'). I Icat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 12011 (4 and 49"C). Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in rrtasonrv. Heat masonry units to -10"1 (4"C) ifgrouting. Use heat on both sides ofwalls. d. 20"1(-7"C) and Below: I Icat (nixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 12011 (4 and 49"C). I leat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120"1 (4 and 49"C'). Mallitain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. I leaf masonry units to 4011 (4"C). Provide enclosures and use heat on both sides of walls to maintain temperatures above 3211 (0°C) within the enclosures. 2. Cold-Weather Protection: When the mean daily temperature is within the limits indicated, provide the following proteclion a. 40 to 25'T (4 to -4"C): Cover masonry with a weather-resistant membrane for 48 hours after construction. h. 25 to 2011 (-4 to -7"C:): Cover masonry with insulating blankets or provide enclosure and heat for 48 hours after construction to prevent freezing. Install wind breaks when wind velocity exceeds 15 mi./h (25 kin/h). 04200-4 ,f EF'04200,2 SECTION 04200— UNIT MASONRY: continued C. 20T (-7°C) and Below: Provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32"p (0°C)within the enclosure for 48 hours after construction. 3. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40°F (4°C)and above and will remain so until masonry has dried out, but not less than 7 days after completion of cleaning. D. I lot-Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water front mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100°F (38°C)and above. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Concrete Masonry Units: a. Builders Block Co. b. Miller Material Co. C. Manufacturers within project area. 2. Sound Absorbing Concrete Masonry Units: a. Soundblox, Proudfoot Company, Inc. 3. Portland Cement, Mortar Cement, Masonry Cement, and lime: a. Glen.-Gory Corporation. b. Lafarge Corporation. C. Lehigh Portland Cement Co. d. Riverton Corporation ('1Thc). •1. Mortar Pigments: a. Davis Colors. b. Lafarge Corporation. C, Solomon Grind-Chem Services, Inc. 5. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and Anchors: a. Dlu'-O-Wal. Inc. b. Heckman Building Products. Inc. C. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. d. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America. C. National 1Virc Products Industries. f. Southern Construction Products. 2.02 CONCRETE: MASONRY UNITS: A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as foliows for each form of concrete masonry unit required. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners,jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners, except where indicated as bullnose. 13. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90 and as follows: 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minintunl average nct-area compressive strength indicated below: a. 1900 psi (13.) MPa). JEF04200.2 04200-5 SECTION 04200-- UNIT MASONRY: continued b. Not less than the unit compressive strengths required to produce concrete unit masonry construction of compressive strength indicated. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. 3. Cement: Low alkali content and of one brand. Units shall be rated "not effloresced". 4. Aggregates: Do not use aggregates made from pumice, scoria, or tuff. 5. 'Type: Type I, moisture-controlled units. G. Size: Manufactured to the actual dimensions listed below (within tolerances specified in the applicable referenced ASTM specification) for the corresponding nominal sizes indicated on Drawings: a. 8 inch (200 mm) nominal: 7-5/8 inch (194 nun) actual. C. Decorative Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90 and as follows: I. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength indicated below: a. 1900 psi (13.1 MPa). b. Not less than the unit compressive strengths required to produce concrete unit masonry construction ofcompressive strength indicated. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. 3. Type: Type I, moisture-controlled emits. 4. Size: Manufactured to dimensions indicated for nondecorative units, 5. Finish: Exposed faces of the following general description matching color, pattern, and texture as follows: Submit full range of colors for selection by Engincer/Architect. a. Norval-weight aggregate, split-face finish. G. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units produced nth liquid polymeric, integral water- repellent admixture that does not reduce flexural band strength. Units made with integral water repellent, when tested as a wall assembly made with mortar containing integral water-repellent manufacturer's mortar additive according, to ASTM E514, with test period extended to 24 hours, show no visible water or leaks on the back of the test specimen. a. Product: Subject to connpliance with requirements, provide units made with "Dry- Block" by W.R. Grace & Co. 1). Sound Absorbing Concrete Masonry IJnits : ASTM COO and as follows: 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with nlinimunr average net-area compressive strength indicated below: a. 1900 psi (13.1 MPa). 2. Wcight Classification: Normal weight. 3. Provide Soundblox units. "Type IZSC - 8-inch nominal. Provide left- and right-hand units as required to accommodate reinforcing'. 2.03 MORTAR AND GROAT MATFRIAIS: A. Portland Cement: ASTM CI 50, "Type I or 11 with low alkali ccnntcnt, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color(or white) cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Masonry Cement: Not acceptable for use on this Project. C. Mortar Cement: U.B.C. Standard No. 21-H. 1. For pigmented mortars, use premixed, colored mortar cements of formulation required to produce color indicated, or if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. Pigments shall not exceed 5% of mortar cement by weight for mineral oxides nor 1% for carbon black. D. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, 'Type S. 01200-6 JEF04200.2 SEC'T'ION 04200-- UNIT MASONRY: continued 1 l ~ 4 E. Aggregate for Mortar: AS fM C 1 14; except for,)ontts less than 114 arch (6.5 mm), use aggregate graded with 100% passing the No. 16 (1.18 mat)sieve. F. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404. G. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides. compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record ofsatisfactory performance in masonry mortars, 1-1. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, nom.orrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C494, Type C, and recommended by the manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. f. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with CMU, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer. .I. Water: Potable. K. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: I. Colored Portland Cement-Lime Mix: a. Glen-Gory Corporation - Color Mortar Blend. b. Lafarge Corporation - Centurion Colorbond PL. C. Lehigh Portland Cement Co. • Lehigh Custom Color Masonry Cement. d. Riverton Corporation ('The) - Flamingo Color Masonry Cement. 2. Mortar Pigments: a. Davis Colors - True Tone Mortar Colors. b. Lafarge Corporation - Centurion Pigments. C. Solomon Grind-Chem Services, Inc. - SGS Mortar Colors. 3. Cold-Weather Admixture: a. Euclid Chemical Co. - Accelguard 80. b. W.R. Grace & Co. - Morset; Grace. 4. Water-Repellent Admixture: a. W.R. Grace & Co. - Dry-Block klor•tar Admixture: Grace. • 2.04 REINFORCING STEIEL.: A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Material and grade as follows: I. Billet steel complying with ASTM A615 (ASTM A615M). B. Deformed Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A496, with ASTM A]53 Class 13-2 zinc coating. 2.05 .101NT REINFORCEMENT: A. General: Providejoint reinForcement fOrmcd from the following: I. Galvanized carbon-steel wire, coating class as follows: a. ASTM A641 (ASTM A641 M), Class 1, for interior walls. and ASTM A 15' Class B-2, for exterior walls. B. Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet (3 m), with prefabricated corner and tee units, and Complying,with requirements indicated below: I. Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1875 inch. 2. Wire Diameter for Cross Rods: 0.1875 inch. C. For single-wythe masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: I. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches (407 mm) O.C. IL'F04200.2 04200-7 a SECTION 04200-- UNIT MASONRY: continued D. For multnvythc masonry, provide type as follows: 1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches(407 mm) O.C. a. Number of Side Rods for Multiwythe Concrete Masonry: One side rod for each face shell of hollow masonry units more than 4 inches (100 mm) in width, plus I side rod for each wythc of masonry 4 inches (100 mm)or less in width. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS 'I'I1 S: A. Metal Lath Wall Ties: I. 3.4-lb galvanized diamond-mesh lath width shall be I inch less than wall thickness x length as required by specific requirement but not less than 16 inches. 2. Use in following locations: a. Under masonry cores to be filled with grout. 2.07 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS: A. Sheet-Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in DIVISION 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" and below: B. Laminated Flashing: Laminated flashing oftype Indicated below: I. Copper-Fabric Laminate: Copper sheet of weight indicated below., bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass-fiber cloth. a. Weight: 3 oz./sq. ft. (0.9 kg/sq. m). 2. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. 3. Copper-Fabric Laminate Flashing: a. AFCO Products, Inc. - Copper Fabric. b. Phoenix Building Products - Type FCC-Fabric Covered Copper. C. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc. - Copper Fabric Flashing. d. York Manufacturing, Inc. - York Copper Fabric Flashing. 2.05 ,IMISCELLANLOUS MASONRY A.'C E'SSOR1FS: A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM 1)1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade I; compressible up to 35%: of width and thickness indicat d: formulated from the following material: I. Neoprene. 13. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall, size and configuration as indicated. 1. Polyvinyl Chloride: AST M 1)2297, General Purpose Grade. 'Type PVC-65406. C. l3ond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated. organic roofing felt complying with AST'M D226, Type 1 (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. Weep Holes: I. Round Plastic Tubing: Medium-density polyetltylcrre, 3/9-inch (9-mm) outside diameter by 4 inches (100 mrrr) long. E. Cavity Drainage Material: 1-inch- (25-nun-)thick, reticulated, nonabsorbent mesh, made from polyethylene strands and shaped to maintain drainage at weep holes without being clogged by mortar droppings. I. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Mortar Net" by AA Wire Products Co. 04200-9 JEF04200.2 SECTION 04200—UNIT MASONRY: continued 2.09 INSULATION: A. Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular, polystyrene thermal insulation with closed cells and integral high-density skin, formed by the expansion of polystyrene base resin in an extrusion process to comply with ASTM C578, Type IV; in manufacturer's standard lengths and widths; and in thicknesses indicated. 2.10 MASONRY CLEANERS: A. .told-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup(0.14-L)dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in I gal. (4 L) of water. B. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: General-purpose cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry surfaces of type indicated below without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 1. For masonry not subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting ofa concentrated blend of surface-acting acids, chelating, and wetting agents. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc. - 202 New Masonry Detergent. b. ProSoCo, Inc. - Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent. 2.11 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES: A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise ® indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Add cold-weather admixture (if used)at the saute rate for all mortar, regardless of weather conditions, in order to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: 1. Comply with ASTM 0270. Proportion Specification, for types of mortar indicated below. Extended life mortar types conf'orming to ASTM C 1 142 may be used on approval by Engineer/Architect. a. For reinforced masonry and NvIlcre indicated, use type indicated below: ( I ) Type: S. C. Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. 1. Limit pigments to the following percentages of cement content by weight: a. For mineral oxide pigments and portland cement-lime mortar, not more than 10%. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C476. Use grout ofconsislency at time of placement that will completely fill spaces intended to receive grout. 1. Use fine grout in grout spaces less than 2 inches (50 mm) in horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches (50 nun) or more in least horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. 11F04200.2 01200-9 SECTION 04200— UNIT MASONit)': continued PART 3 - EXI CUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of thickness indicated. B. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installing equipment, ,:omplete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening. C. Cut nlasonr) units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full-size units without cutting, where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. D. Mix units for exposed unit masonry from several pallets or cubes as they are placed to produce uniform blend of colors and textures. E. Care shall be taken to ensure that slots in sound absorbing CMU are kept free of mortar and debris. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES: A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arises, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 nun in 3 in), nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet (10 runt in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 nun in 12 nl) or more. 1.or external corners,expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 114 inch in 20 feet (6 nun in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 nlm in 12 nl)or more. For vertical alignment of head joints, do not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 nun in 3 nl), nor 1/2 inch (12 nun) maximum. B. Variation from Level: For bedjoints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves. and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 min in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 nun in 12 m) or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch (3 nun) in 10 feet (3 nl), nor 1/16 inch (1.5 nlm) within width of a single unit. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion ofcolunlns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet(12 mill in 6 m), nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet (19 nun in 12 m) or more. D. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: I-or C01ur11r15 and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4 melt (6 nlnl) nor plus 1/2 inch (12 nun). E. Variation in Mortar-Joint 'Thickness: Do not vary from bed-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 nun), with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch (12 nlm). Do not vary bed joint thickness from bed-joint thickness ofadjacent course by more than 1/8 inch (3 min). Do not vary from head-joint thickness indicated by snore than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 nun). Do not vary head-joint thickness from adjacent hcad-joint thickness by more than 1/8 inch (3 nun). Do not vary from collar-joint thickness indicated by more than minus 1/4 inch (6 nlnl) or plus 3/8 inch (10 nun). 04200-10 JEF04200.2 • SECTiON 04200— UNiT MASONRY: continued 3.04 LAYING MASONRY WALLS: A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use of less-than-half-size units at corners,jambs, and where possible at other locations. B. Lay walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and coordinated with other construction. C. Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units with less than nominal fl- inch (100-mm) horizontal fine dimensions at corners or jambs. 1. One-half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below. D. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches (50 min). Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. E. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2-unit length for one-half running bond (or 1/3-unit length for one-third running bond); do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly if required, and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. F. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build-in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod. 1-1. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, as indicated. 1. Build nonload-bearing interior partitions full height of'story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above and as follows: 1. install compressible filler in joint between top ofpartition and underside of'structurc above. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND.IOINTING: A. Lay hollow concrete masonry' units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage im horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in startino course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with groin. 3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including: areas under cells. 4. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations ►-equired to maintain bond alignment. Knot indicated, lay walls with 3/8-inch (l0-nun)joints. 13. Lay solid brick-size masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not furrow bed joints or slush head joints. 1. At cavity walls, slope beds toward cavity to minimize mortar protrusions into cavity. As work progresses, trowel mortar fins protruding into Cavity flat against cavity face of brick. 2. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not indicated, lay walls with 1/4- to 3/8-inch (G- to 10-nun)joints. C. Set precast concrete units in full bed of mortar with vertical joints slushed full. Fill dowel, anchor, and similar holes solid. Wet stone-joint surface thoroughly before setting; for stone JEF04200.2 04200-11 i SECTION 04200 — UNIT MASONRY: continued surfaces that arc soiled, clean bedding and exposed sur•I�rccs with fiber brush and scrip powder and rinse thoroughly with clear water. 3.06 STRUCTURAL. BONDIN(i OF MUl"'fI Y'ITIF MASONRY: A. Use continuous horizontal-joint reinforcement installed in horizontal mortar joints for bond tic between wythes. B. Corners: Provide interlocking, masonry unit bond in each course at corners, unless otherwise shown. I. Provide continuity with horizontal-joint reinforcement at corners by using prefabricated "L" units in addition to masonry bonding.. C. Intersecting and Abutting Walls: Unless vertical expansion or control joints are shown at juncture, provide same type of bonding specified for structural bonding between Nvythes and space as follows: 1. Provide continuity with horizontal-joint reinforccment by using prefabricated "T" units. 3.07 CAVITIES: A. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike joints facing cavities flush. 1. Place temporary wood strips in cavity to collect mortar droppings. As work progresses, remove strips, clean off•mortar droppings, and replace in cavity. B. 'fic exterior wythe to back-up with continuous horizontal-joint reinforcing. 3.08 CAVITY-WALL. INSULATION: A. On units of plastic board insulation. place small dabs ol•adhesivc, spaced approximately 12 inches (300 nun) o.c., both ways on inside fine or attach to inside face with plastic fasteners designed for this purpose. Fit courses of insulation betwcen wall tics and other confining obstructions in cavity, with edges butted tightly both ways. Press units firmly against inside wythe of masonry or other construction as shown. I• Fill cracks and open craps in insulation with crack scaler compatible N%ith insulation and masonry. 3.09 HORI/.ONTAL-.OIN'I' RI:INFORUFINIFNT: A. General: Provide continuous horizontal-joint rcinfurcemcnt as indicated. Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of5/8 inch (16 min) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 null) elsewhere, Lap reinforcing a minnlum of'6 inches (150 mill). I. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches (406 null) o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 nun) o.c. in parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement in mortar joint 1 block course above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches (305 null) heyond opcning. a. Reinfclrcetllcnt above is ill addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control "Ind expansion joints, tnlless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricaled "L" and "'h" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement tutus as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireprooling, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.10 CONTROL AND EX['ANSiCaN JOiNTS: A. General: install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build-in related items as the masonry progresses. 04200-12 JFF04200.2 SECTION 04200— UNIT MASONRY: continued E. Dorm control joints in concrete masonry as follows: I. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of block units on one side of control _joint. bill the resultant core with grout and rake joints in exposed faces. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to Fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake joint. 4. Install temporary foam plastic filler in head joints and remove when unit masonry is complete. 3.11 LINTELS: A. install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 24 inches (610 mm) for block size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. I. Provide prefabricated or built-in-place masonry lintels. Use specially formed bond beam units with reinforcement bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Cure precast lintels before handling and installing. Temporarily support built-in-place lintels until cured. C. Provide mininlunl bearing of 8 inches (200 nun)at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 3.12 ELASHING, WEEP HOLES, AND VENTS: A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelfangles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall, and where indicated. 13. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer before covering with mortar. C. install flashing as follows: 1. At composite masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing front exterior face of outer wythe of tllasonry, through the outer wvthe, turned tip a rllininlutll of 4 inches (100 nlnl), and through the inner wythe to within 1/2 inch (13 null) of the interior face of the wall in exposed masonry. 2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing 8 I111Illnll1111 of*4 Inches (100 mill) Into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 4 inches (100 nun) at ends and tarn up not less than 2 inches (50 nlm)to form a pan. 3. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet-metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mill)or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements of SECTION 07920. 4. Cut oft'flashing fltlSh With face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed. D. Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing and as follows: I. Form weep holes with product specified ill Part 2 of this Section. 2. Space weep holes 16 inches (400 ntm) o.c. 3. In cavities, place pea gravel to a height equal to height of first course, but not less than 2 inches (50 mill), immediately above top of flashing embedded in the wall, as masonry construction progresses, to ,;platter*mortar droppings and to maintain drainage. 4. Place cavity drainage material immediately above flashing in cavities. E. In insulated cavities, cover cavity side of open weep holes with copper or plastic insect JEE04200.2 04200-1 3 SECTION 04200— UNIT MASONRY: continued 3,13 1NS`['ALLA,riON OF REINFORC[ D UNIT MASONRY: A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. I. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not r(.move forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Do not exceed the following pour heights for fine grout: a. For minimum widths of'grout spaces of 3/4 inch (19 nun)or for minimum grout space ofllollow unit cells of I-I/2 by 2 inches (38 by 51 mm), pour height of 12 inches(305 mm). b. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 2 inches (51 nun)or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 2 by 3 Inches (51 by 76 nun), pour height of 60 inches (1524 nun). C. For minimum widths of'grout spaces of 2-1/2 inches (63 min) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 2-1/2 by 3 inches (63 by 76 nun), pour height of 12 feet (3.6 m). d. For minimum widths ol*grout spaces of 3 inches (76 nun)or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 3 by 3 inches (76 by 76 mrn), pour height of 24 sect ( ee2. Do not t e exceed the following pour heights for coarse grout: a. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 1-1/2 inches (38 nun) or for minimluu grout space of hollow unit cells of 1-1/2 by 3 inches (38 by 76 nun), pour height of 12 inches (305 mm). b. For minimum widths of groin spaces of 2 inches (51 nun) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 2-1/2 by 3 inches (63 by 76 nun), pour height of 60 inches (1524 nrm). C. For•minimum widths ol'grout spaces of2-1/2 inches (63 mnr) or• for minimum grout space of hollow unit fells of 3 by 3 inches (76 I)v 76 nun), pour height of 12 feet (3.6 d. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3 inches (76 nim) or 161. minimum gr'oul space of hollow unit cells o('3 by •1 inches (76 by 101 mm), pour height of 24 feel (7.3 in). 3. Provide cleanout holes at least 3 inches (76 nun) in least dimension for grout I)OUrs over 60 inches( 1521 nun) in height. a. Provide cleanout holes at each vertical reinforcing; bar. b. At solid grouted masonry, provide cleanout holes at not more than 32 inches (8 13 mm) o.c. 3.14 RI-TAIRINCi POINTING AND CTEANINCi: A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. s 04200-14 JEF04200.2 • SECTION 04200--UNIT MASONRY; continued B. Pointing: During the tooling;of joints, enlarge voids and holes,except weep holes,and completely fill with mortar. Point-up joints, including corners,openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of sealants. C. in-Progress Cleaning;: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears prior to tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning; After mortar is thoroughly set and cured,clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleared for comparison purposes. Obtain Engineer/Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding;with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering surfaces with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces. E. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.15 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL: A. Undamaged,excess masonry materials are Contractor's property and shall be removed from the Project site. B. Remove all other masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 04200 v' JEF04200.2 04200-15 DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05120- STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes fabrication and erection of the structural steel and other steel or metal items as defined in AISC Manual,Code ol•Standard Practice. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Concrete: DIVISION 3. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (A1SQ: a. Manual of Steel Construction - Allowable Stress Design. b. Quality Criteria and Inspection Standards. 2. American Welding;Society (AWS): a. A5.4 - Stainless Steel Iaect -odes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. b. C5.4- Recommended Practices for Stud Welding:. C, D1.1 - Structural Weldiml Code. - Steel. d. QCl - Standard for ANUS Certification of Welding, Inspectors. C. QC3 - Standard for AWS Certified Welders. 3. American Society for Testing and Nlaterials (ASTNI): ct. A I - Carbon Steel Tee Rails. b. A6 - Gencral Requirements for Rolled SlrUCtural Steel 13a1-s, Plates, Shapes, and Sheo Piling. C. A36 - Carbon Structural Steel, d. A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. e. A 106 - Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperitture Service. f. A 108 - Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished, Standard Quality. g. AID - Zinc (Hat-Dip Cialvaniredj Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. h. A 153 -Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 05120.2 05120-1 082099 SECTION 05120 - STEEL: continued i. A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting, Chromimn-Nickel Steel Plate. Shad, and Strip. J. A242 - High-Strength Logy-Alloy Structural Sled. k. A264 - Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate, Sheet, and Strip. I. A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi 'Tensile St•ength rn. A312 - SealrllVNS Mid Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. n. A325 -high-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. o. A449 - QLICIIched anti 'I'entpered Steel Bolts and Studs. p. A490 - I lent-Treated, Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Nlininwni Tensile Strength. y. A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Ttibin,g in ]founds and Shapes. r. A563 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. S. A569 - Steel, Carbon (0.15 Nlaximunt, PC!'Cartt 1 I lot-Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial C)uality. t. A780 - Repair of I)arnaratt and Uncoated Areas of I lol-I)ip Galvanized Coatings. Lt. 8695 - Coatings of*Zinc NIcchanically L)eposited on Iron and Steel. V. C 1 107 — Packaged, Dry 1-lvdraulic ('ClnCnt GI-Mll (Nonshrink). W. F4.30 - 1 Ittrdenctl Steel Washers. N. I'593 - Stainless Steel IMNS, I IeN Ctrl) SLITCWs, anti Studs. V. 159.1 - Stainless Steel Nuts. Z. 1)lreC1 "I'L-nsion Indicator f,+r 1 ;,S0 with SIPUCtllr,d Fasteners. -1. The National ASSOC lilt IMI of Archncrtural Mad Manufacturcrs (,N,\,\;\-1,\,I): a. NIM; 531 - i\leml Har Ciratn;: ,,Manual. b. NJBG 53:; - Welding Slwctflcation` for I�abriL•;rtion ul'Steel, Aluntitiurn and Stainless Steei Bar C.;ratinz'. 5. Research Council on Structural t.'onncctions nl•the I;ngirtccring foundation "Allowable Stress Design Specification for tit•uctural .loints Lasing. ASTiNvi A325 Bolts or A490 1301ts" as endurscd by RISC' , 6. Society for Protective Coatings (S:yPC.'): a. S111 - Solvent Cleaning. b. SP3 - Power Tool Cleanirtl1. C. SP5 - White Metal Blast Clc.anino. 05120-2 05120.2 0,52099 5-I: 'T'1ON O(15I2I- STFIFL: Continued d. SP6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning. C. S1'10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning, G S1'I I - Po.wel-Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. 13. includes, bill not limited to, the following: I. 1 ahrication and erection clrnwings far all Work. The Contractor may use a reproduction ol'the Engineer prepared Conrracl Drawings for erection drawings such 'IS to indicate infornlrllioll on erection or to identify detail drawing references. Where tilt drawings arc revised to show this additional Contractor information, the Engineer's title block shall be replaced with a Contractor's title block and the Engineer's professional seal shall be removed from the drnwiu". The Contractor shall revise these erection drawings for suhseclurnt Engineer revisions to the Contract Drawings. 2. All necessary information for the fahrication, including filler metal for welds, of(lie • component part of tile, Structure, presumed oil drawings to conl'ornl to recognized standard practice. A1SC 1Nianual fart 5, and AWS Code. 3, Drawings indicating stud shear connector spacing regardless of'whether connectors are Shop-alpidied or l'ic1d-a11?1icd. 4. DrawingS showing cash piece including anchor bolts rnarked I'm. identil'icalior► to correspond to erection drawings. 5. [ ani facturer's literature on product~ including. hilt not limited to, grating, Stair trends, stair nosings, sled shear Connectors, grout, concrrtc anchors, and proruClive coatings. h. AWS Certified Welding Inspector Certificates. 7. Qualil'icd \VC1din1� prorechlre Specifications and procedure qualification test results it' weldini! processes differ 1'rotn those prequalified by AWS. C. High-Strength Connection Bolt and Nut Manul';ICturcr's 111spCC601IS CcrtifiCate: I. The su171rlicr Shall certify than bolls, nuts and washers I'urniShed Comply will) all of the requirements kit'the specifications, and shall prrlVldC C0111111ele 11li11nUfael111'Cn''ti null test reports (Manufaclurer's Inspections Certificate). 2. For fasteners to be accepted by the Contractor, certificate numbers roust appear on the product Container:S and Curt'cspond to the icicntil'icauotl 11LIMIM'S Oil the null test reports. 3. N,laurud'acturer's S\'nlhol and grade markings roust appear on all halts and nuts. €� t:� 1 P 05120.2 05120-3 082099 r SECTION 05120 - S'I'T;I 1.: continued 0 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:: A. Welder Qualifications: I. Welders shall be previously qualific(l by passing the tests prescribed in the AWS Standard Qualification Procedure, or by passing such other tests as the I?ngincer n]tty accept. 2. Welders shall have been tested within the past 12 n]onths and their qualification s11a11 be considered as remaining in effect rmless the welder is not engaged in a given process of welding for a period exceeding b Months. 3. Submit two certified copies of the qualification records to Engineer as evidence of qualification to the above;-mentioned code. B. Inspection: Material or workmanship may be subject to inspection n] the Shop and field. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE-, AND HANDLING: A. Handle and store all steel and appurtenances as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Store all steel and appurtenances blocked-up off the! ground and in orderly stacks. C. Protect all iten]s with shop applied protective coatings iron] corrosion, Store in an environment and manner consistent with type of coating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS: A. Steel: Conform to ASTNI AY). us designated in the AISC Nlanual, Part I, unless otherwise indicated or specified. B. Corrosion-Resistant Steel: Conform to ASTM A242. C. Rail Steel' Conform to No. I rail, ASTIM A I of the wei,.:ht indicated err specified. 1). Stainless or I Icat-kesistin', Chromium-Nickel Steel: Conform to ASTIM A 107, 'Type 316. E. Connection Bolts, Nuts, Washers, and C'ompressihle Washe r-'i'}pe, Direct `Pension Indic;rtors: I. C'onforrn to ASTNI A325, 'Type I, unless otherwise indicated or specified. 2. Be galvanized when connecting galvanized steel. 3. Conform to A325, Type 3, fur use with A2-12 steel. 4. Compressible Washer-Type, Dire'Ct-TCHSIOn lndicatC,rs: a. Type 325 for us;; with x\325 bolts. b. Type 490 for use with A490 holts. C. Galvanized for use with galvanized bolts, 05120-4 051 20.2 • 082099 d SECTION 05120=STEEL: continual R Anchor Bolts: I. Conform to ASTIM A307 using A36 steel, unICSS otherwise indicated to he stainless steel or high strength. 2. Machine Bolts: Conform to ASTNI A307. 3. Stainless Steel: Conl'orm to AS'fM F'593, Type 304, with nuts conforming to ASTNI 1594. Sleeves shall conform to ASTNl A312. 4. I ligh Strength: Conform to AS'fN1 A449 with nutS cunfcn'minL' to ASTIM A563. 5. Washers: a. For ASTIM A307 and A-149 Bolts: Conform to 1.436. h. For Stainless Steel Bolts: Conform to ASTNI A 107, 'Pyre 304, and dimensional tolerances of 143(1. G. Handrail: Conform to ASTIM A53, 'Pyre 1, or S, Gracie 1.3 or ASTNI A 106. Gracie 13. 1.1. Weldrn,,: I, For ASTM AY) steel, use 1:70 electrodes for shielded metal arc weldino, 1'7 series electrodes fot'sltbrllerged arc, 1 70T serieS electrodes 1'01- flux:-cored ilr'C welcllnl;, urld ER70S series electrodes for gas metal arc welding. 2. Select "matching" filler metal in accordance with Tahle 4.1, AWS DI.I and 'I'able 4.2 for ASTNl A242 steel. 3. Select "matching" electrodes in accordance with AWS A,;.-} for weldincy cif stainless steel. 2.02 S'I'h.lI. 1 ABI:IC�1"PION: A. l;►hricate all steel to conform to AISC Sj)CClhCatiotls, dudes, and slandar'ds. 13. Permissible varialions fur sweep, camber. length, and cross section of all steel members shall ccnlform to ASTIM A(�. AISC "Nlar114(11 of Steel Construction• fart I", AISC "Cocle of Standard Practice", and AISC "Quality Criteria and Inspection Standards" unless indicated otherwise. C. Welding: 1. All welding shall he shielded metal ar'c, suhnlers;ed arc, ur flux-cored err., or gas metal arc. For gas meta} roc welcfing, the short circ uitin;� mode of tiller metal transfer is not permitted. Other welding processes miry he uSCd provided they arc dualified by applicable tests as prescribed in the AWS 1)1.1 Code and approved by the E'ligineer prior to use. hor the use of any other welding process, the Contractor shall prepare and SUbmlt to the E-m'ineer for approval, a qualified WOO ill" procedure specification and the 05120.2 05120-5 082099 SECTION 05120 - STEI"s1.: continued plOM11.11'C (ILK11H)Catioll test results. These Submittals shall be deemed Compliance. Submittals and welding processes shall be approved for use only after receipt of*specific written approval frorn the Digincer. 2. Conform to AWS Code, RISC Manual, Part 4, and the AfSC Quality Criteria and Inspection Standards. 3. The Contractor shall perform fabrication welding inspection in accordance with AWS DI,1. This welding inspection Shall be performed by AWS Certiflcll Welding Inspector(s) (CVA11). All such Certified Weldin;, Inspectors Shall he qualified and certified in accordance with the provisions o1'A`VS QC I and QC3. Only individuals so (Iualifled shall be authorized to pesrfornl fabrication/erection or verification inspection of the welding pe for►ned under the provisions ol'this AWS I)1.1 Code and these Contract Documents. Certifications verifying the cluulificationS of welding; InSpeCt0rs shall be submitted to the Engineer as Compliance SUblllillalS prior to conunencenlent of structural welding operations or prior to we:ldin(, inspection performed by an individual welding inspector. Detective welds shall be corrected. D. Shop Connections: I. Weld or hull at Contractor's option excerpt when otherwise indicated or specified. 2. Shop portions of connections nluly he welded equivalent to any hohCd connection specified if Engineer concurs. 3. Weldcd connections shall be as indicated or in accordance \�ith acceptable alternative designs: a. Welds ol'connection anules to henni wch` shall confurnl with RISC Manual, Part 4, Tahlcs Ill and 1V with particular regard I'm. mininluln wch thickness. Provide lollgcr connection antics or reinforce web as required. b. All butt-joint groove welds skill he complete penctratiorl welds unICSS otherwise indicated a11d Shall conl'ornl to the applicable Standards in AISC Mutual, Part 4, with special emphasis oil maintaining root opening. Accomplish this for single- bevel, butt-joint welds by using backup plates or by chipping out and welding on the opposite side. c. Prepare weld bevels with a n1eCIMIliC:1IN guided cutting torch or by grinding. d. Remove all run-out tabs. 05(20-6 05120.2 082099 d SECT ION 05120 - STI._EL: C011tinucd 4. Bolted connections shall conform with RISC Manual, fart 41: a. All bolted connections shall be made with 3/41-inch bolts, nuts, and washers unless otherwise indicated or specified. b. Capacity of beam connections shall have a minimum capacity of'that specified in AISC Mrinual, Part •1,Tables II-13 for "Oversize and Short-Slotted Holes" in slip- critical connections with the number of holt tows indicated. C. Use the minimum nlrruher of rows of bolts for beam connections so that bottom row is at or below the centerline of the harm. l:. Provisions for field Connections: I. Provide with halted connections 1rnICSS otherwise indicated or SpCCified. 2. Provide for field wciclin only when do IndiCatCd Or When deuiit ClearanCCS make boltinv impractical. 3. Provide all members to be field-welded with bolted crCCtion connections adequate to resist erection stresses prior IC) field welding.;. 2.03 COL.UMN_BAS. _AND F.OU1PN1l-M1' ANC'1_1011BOLTS: A. Furnish for all columns and Cqurpnrcnt I•llrrii811C(1 and installed under this Contract. (and as required to install all equipment furnished by others for installation under this Contract unless otherwise indiCtIICd). 13. Galvanize after fahrication where indicated. 2.04 CONC.Itf:`I'I: ANCIR WS: A. Manually cxp;uuled and adhesrvr anchor types. B. 1l11•niSh sires indicated and install to conform to nranufacuacr's printed insu•uctions. C. Anchors shall he nianuf',.rcrru•ed he one of the folloWin": 1. 1 mhan Corporation. ,N'toll} Fastener I.)ivision, Temple, Pennsylvania. 2. I lilti II1C- TUISa, Oklahoma. 3. ITW karnsct RCCI 1-10,0. Wood 17a1c, Illinois, 4. WCj-it C'orp., 'I-ulna, Oklahorrur. D. Carbon steel grades and surl';rce pfatinr(or galvanizing) shall be manufacturer's standard urticsS otherwise. indic;uCd W be stainless Steel. E. Anchor's indicated to be stainless steel shall be rrlanclfacturCd from 300 scries stainless steel per • the manufaciurer's standard unICSS SPCCificallV indicated to conform tc,Type 316. 05120.2 05120.7 082099 J SECTION 05120 - SThF1.: continued F. The type of anchors shall be as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Wedge'rype: a. Hilti Kwik-belt. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt. C. Wcj-it Standard. d, Molly Parabolt. 2. Flush Type (internal plug expansion): a. Flilti I-IDI. b. ITW Rarnset/Red Find Multi-Set II. 3. Adhesi ve Type: il. Hiltl HVA SyStCITI. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head Epcon ,System. C. Molly Parabond Capsule Anchors. G. Minimum embedment of wedge-type anchors shall be as follows, unless otherwise indicated: Anchor Size NfininTluTl EnlbcdnuCnt 1/4" 3/8" 1-518" 1/2" 2-1/4" 518" 2-3/41' 3/4" 3-3/8" 7/8" 4" (4-1/2" for W j-it) 1" 4-112" (5-1/2" for Wej-it) 1-1/4" 5..1/2" I1. Self-elrilling anchors, nondrillinL flush-type,anchors, Iln(l ;ulhesive anchors other than those: specified above Shall not be used. 05120-8 05120.2 " 082099 a SECTION 05120 -STEEL: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 STEEL F"RECTION: A. Erect all steel to conform to AISC specifications, codes, and standards; RISC Quality Criteria and Inspection Standard: or any local, state or federal codes which may exceed such requirements. 13. Protect steel and anchor bolt sleeves from entrapped water that can cause damr►ge from freezing or corrosion. C. Erection Bracing: I. Contractor shall be responsible for structural adequacy, design, engineering. and construction of all erection bracing. 2. Provide all necessary temporary struts, ties, cables, temporary flooring, planking, and scaffolding, in connection with the erection of the structural steel or support of erection nnachinery. 3. Place as required to maintain proper position against loads from erection equipment, construction material, and wind. if. Leave bracing in place until s1,11116ent steel connections. concrete slabs, exterior walls, and roof decks are in place to ensure stability of the structure. 1). COnneCLIUnS; I. Unless otherwise indicated, or clearance is insufficient, connections shall be bolted slip- critical type. 2. Tighten high-strength baits to correct bolt (enSi011 in accordance with AISC IVlanual, Part 5, " Allowahle Stress Desi,n Specil'icatiOlI 1'gr Structural .10il)tS Using ASTYI A325 or A490 Bolts." a, Furnish the inspecting wrench and one man to assist the l�ngineer when inspections are performed. b. Provide Skidmore-Wilhelm Bolt-]'ensign calibrator or approved equal for adjusting inspection wrennch in accordance with AISC N1,11rtral, Print 5, "Specification for St"UCtnrtnl JOinIS Usin( AS'I'ivl A')25 or A490 Bolts", Article S. Inspection shall be in accordance with Article 9. C. Three bolt, nut and washer assemblies 1'rom each lot supplied shall be tested in a ® tension measuring device at the johsite at the beginning of the bolting strut-up to " 05120.2 05120-9 O82099 SECTION 05120-STFHL: continued clenlonstrrtte that the bolts and nuts, when used together, can develop tension riot less than that provided ill AISC Manll;ll, Part 5, "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 and A490 Bolts", 'fable 4 for-the size and (trade. The bolt tension shall be developed by tightening the nut. d. The job-inspecting torque shall bC llelel•rllirled in accordance with AISC Manual, Part 5, "Allowable. Stress I)C5ik111 Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 and A490 Bolts", Article 91). C. The minimum number of bolts inspected and any required retightening shall be per AISC Manual, Part 5, "Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A'125 and A490 Bolts", Article 91.), 3. Compressible. Washer-Type, Direct-'Pension indicators: a. The usC of coillpressible washer•--type, direct-tension indicators is an acceptable alternative to the requirements of PART 3, paragraph 21. - Connections, this Section, in determining specified nlininnull bolt tension. b. Direct-tension indicators shall be one ol'tile following: (1) J and M Turner, Inc., Bristol, Pennsylvania - Coronet Direct-Tension Indicator. (?) Approved Cgnal. C. NIanufacurre, install, and store in accordance with 111a1111flclul-er's written insu•uctions and ASTM 1959. d. Provide Skidmore-Wilhchll Bull Tension Calibrator or approved equal to allow the f;rlgineer random verification that the direct-terltii011 indicators provide proper bolt tension. 4. WherC rcquirC(I for connection fit-up, bolt holes nuly N' acfjtlstCd in c:,ne 01'1111C following manners (11,1111C cuttinu, or (Lame, cnlar•"Cnlcnl ul,holes is not allowed): a. Reamed it) AISC:' allowable illa\irlirlrll size for ovetsized holes. b. Moles play he fillet( with weld metal, ground smooth, and field-drilled. C. Other Engineer-approved method. 5. Welded Connections: a. •lake welded cc. MICCuons its inclicatCd 111(1 1CaVC all erection halts in place after coillplet loll of welding tulless otherwise indicated, b. Reinforce Connections when members requiring fillet welds are not in contact. 05 120-10 05120.2 " 082099 SECTION 05120 STEEL: continued C. Use backup bars or spacer liars on all butt welds where root opening exceeds 3/16- inch. d. Remove all run-out tahs. 13. Welding aril Welders: I. The requirements for erection weldin'c and welders Shull he the stone as specified for steel fabrication. 2. All welds shall he sta1IIlVd with a mark identifying, the welder. Remove welders front Work after two defective welds. 3. The Contractor shall pert'orm crCction-welding, inspection in accordance with AWS Dl.l. This Welding inspection Shall Ile perl'ormcd by AWS Certified Welding Inspector(s) (CWI). All such Certified Welding Inspectors shall be qualified and certified in accordance With the provisicnis of AWS QC and QC3. Only individuals so qualified shall Ile authorized to perform fabrication/erection or verification inspection of the wclLling performed under the provisions of'this AWS 1)1.1 Code and these Contract Documents. Certifications the qualifications of'welding inspectors shall be ® Submitted to the Engineer as Compliance. Suhnlittals prior to commencement Of Stl'LICtural Welding operalions or pI'io►' to wcldill" iIISpCCtiol, perl'ornled by an individual welding inspector. I)cl'eCtivr Welds shall he corrected. I', Protect pipe sleeves, other anchoraaC nlemhvrs, and Concrete bases front deleterious materials al all times, and 1'ronl water which Inav CausC lee d,lnoa.;c during frecrinr Weather. G. Handrail: I. born and weld all handrail (.;rind all wt-lds smooth and even With the surface of the hihc� Carefully fit all handrail whc'r' ChilihIC 0l'tlirl'CII0Il nI ClCVation OCClll'S. 3. Install all railS and post~ plunlh, i0\V1, su'ttil!ht and true. and in aIHOJJntent. -1. Trop rail shall clear all fixed Ob'WCtS h', m least 3 inches vertically and horizontally. 5. Furnish and install plates. IWIh, and additional itCnis as incfictaCd or required for fastcnim; to supporting mClnhc'rs. 1-1. Concrete Anchors: 1. Install ancjloj.s to Conform to nulll Ill aCllll'er's priwed instructions. 2, The hole tolerances, drill bits, ;Intl anchor IIISN111,16011 torque shall be ns per 111allllfaetlll'Cl"S lVillteif I'l'Ct,llllllc 11d�ItIt111S. END Oh SECTION 05120 " 05120.2 05 12d)-11 082099 SECTION 07552-- SRS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE; ROOFING: continued E. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 min) with insulation. I. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) ofnailers, projections, and penetrations. I'. Adhered insulation: Install each laver of insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1. Set each layer of insulation in a solid mopping of hot rooling asphalt. 3.05 BASF-S}-lF,FT INSTALLATION: A. Install one lapped course of base sheet according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, extending sheet over and terminating beyond cants. Attach base sheet as follows: B. Adhere to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. 3.06 ROOF MI.-MBRANi. INSTALLATION: A. General: Install modif ied bituminous membrane over area to receive roofing, according to manufacturer's written instructions, Extend modified bituminous membrane over and terminate beyond cants. B. Unroll sheet and allow it to relax (fir the minimum time period required by manufacturer. C. Two-Ply, Modified Bituminous Membrane: Install 2 plies ofmodificd bituminous membrane, consisting of a base ply and a finish ply, starting at low point of roofing system. I. Base- and Finish-Ply Application: a. Adhere each ply to substrate in a solid stopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at rate required by roofing system manufacturer. D. Laps: Accurately align sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps. • Stagger end laps. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. 1. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. 2. Apply granules, while asphalt is hot, to cover asphalt bead exuded at laps. I Install modified bituminous Ili emhraties with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. 1. Install modified bituminous membranes with side laps shingled in direction to shed water Oil each large area of'roofing, where slope exceeds 1/2 inch per 12 inches (1:24). 3.07 FL.ASI IiNG ANi) STRIPPING INSTALLATION: A. Install modified bituminous membrane base flashing over cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof, and secure to substrates according to rooting system manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: I. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by rooting system manufacturer. a. Base Flashing Application: (I) Adhere modified hituminous membrane hale flashing to substrate in a uniform mapping ofhot roofing asphalt, applied to substrate and back of base flashing at rate required by roofing system manufacturer. 13. Extend base flashing up the wail a niinimurn 01'8 inches (200 time) above roof membrane and 4 inches (100 nun) onto field of roof membrane. C. Mechanically fasten top ofntodified bituminous membrane base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing, D. Install modified bituminous stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on membrane roofing, according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. v a 07552-8 .IEF07552.2 A SECTION 07552 — S13S-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS NIFIVI 3RANl ROOFING: continued 3.03 GENERAL, INSTALLATION RI QUIRENJ NTS: A. Install modified bituminous membrane roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applieal)lc recommendations of NRCA/ARMA's "Quality Control Recommendations for Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing," I. Install roofing system according to applicable specification plates of NRCA's "1'hc NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual." B. Start installation ofmodified bituminous membrane roofing in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Shingling Plies: Install modified bituminous membrane roofing system with Illy sheets shingled uniformly to achieve required number of membrane plies throughout. Shingle in direction to shed water. D. Cant Strips: Install and secure preformed 45-degree cant strips at junctures of modif led bituminous membrane rooting system with vertical surfaces or angle changes greater Ihall 45", E. Cooperate with inspecting and testing agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing modified bituminous membrane roofing system. 1. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation and roofing plies are not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide cutoffs at end of each day's work to cover exposed ply sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt with joints and edges scaled. 2. Complete terminations and base fleshings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before hegimling work on adjoining roofing. G. Asphalt Heating: Heat roofing asphalt and apply within plus or minus 25"P (14T) of ' equivisexls Ic►llperaturc, unless otherwise required by roofing system manufacturer, Do not raise roofing asphalt temperature above the equiviscous temperature range more than one hour before time ofapplication. DO not exceed roofing asphalt manuf(acturer's recommended temperature limits during roofing asphalt heating. Do not heat roofing asphalt within 25'T (14"C) of flash point. L)iscard rooling asphalt maintained at a temperature exceeding 500"F (260"C) Ior more than 4 hours. Keep kettle lid closed, unless adding roofing asphalt, I, Aggregate Surfacing: I.inlit temperature of asphalt flood coat to the milllllltlrll required for proper embedment of aggregate and the maximum that will permit retention of required coating; \\eight based on slope ol'surfacc. 2. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt from penetrating substratejoints, entering building, or damaging roolim, system components or adjacent building COIISII'uCti011. II Illl.)I)pIIIL', is applied dircclly to suhstrate, tape substrate joints. 3.04 INSULATION INSTAI.I.ATIM: A. Coordinate installing roofing, system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of tile workda\, 13. Comply with roofing system nlltntlfacturcr's Wriltcn instructions for installing roofing insulation. C. Install tapered insulation under area of rooting to conli,rin to slopes indicated Itnd to Shop Drawings. D. Install one or more layers of insulation under area ofrooling; to achieve required thickness, Where overall insulation thickness; is 2 inches (50 mill) or greater, install required thickness in 2 or more layers with joints ofeach succeeding layer staggered from joints of'previous layer a nlininlunl of 6 inches (150 nun) in each direction. .11:107552,2 07552-7 SI:C'I'ION 07552— Sl3S-MODII'II D 131'1-IJMINOUS Mf;M131tAN1: SCCTI0N 07552 - SBS-MOD _lull?D BITUMINOUS MI;MBRANF. ROOFING: continued g. Hickman: W.P. I Irckman Systems, Ine. Ii. Koppers Industries, Inc. i. Performance Roof'Systems, Inc. J. Schuller Roofing Systems. k. Siplast, Inc. 1. Tamko Roofing Products, Inc. Ill. Tremco. Inc. n. Tri-Illy, [tic. o. U.S. Intec, Inc. 2. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: a. Apache Products Co. b. Atlas Roofing Corporation. C. Cclotex Corp. (The). d. GAF Building Materials Corp. C. NRG Barriers, Inc. 3. Perlite L3oard Insulation: a. C ' Building Materials Corp. b. Schuller Roofing Systems. 2.02 SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SI ll,l.'l': A. SBS-Modified Bituminous Shect, Mincral-Granule Surfaced: SBS-modified asphalt sheet, With continuous laver of mineral granules factory applied to top exposed surface: suitable for application method specified: manufacturer's standard thickness and weight: For use and of r'cinforcing type and grruurle color as follows: I. Use: a. Finish ply oft-ply, modified bituminous membrane roofing and base flashing. 2. Reinforcing: a. Glass-fiber mesh or nonwoven glass-fiber mat. 3. Gramrle Color: a. While. 13, Physical Properties: Provide SBS-modified bituminous membrane materials with the following properties when tcstcd according to ASTN/I D5147: I. Thickness: 180 mils (•1.5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength: 185 I1)17in. (32.4 Min) at 0"1: (minus I ST) in each direction. 3. I".lon gat ioit at Maximum load: 11.50/ minimum rd 0"1" (minus I8"C) in each direction. 4. Tear Strength: 150 Ibf(667 N) minimum. 5. Water Absorption: Less than 0.254, mass change. 6. Low-Temperature Flexibility: Pass at minus 101' (minus 23"C'). 7. Compound Stability. Not less than 2501: ( 121"C.'). 2.03 AUXILIARY MfAIRRANl: MA'I'I IZIAI.,S: A. General: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with SBS-modified bituminous roofing. I, burnish liquid type auxiliary materials that meet VOC limits ol'authorities having .jurisdiction. 13. Asphalt Primer: ASTNI D•11. C. Roofing Asphalt: I. ASTM D312, Type IH or Type IV, as recommended by modified bituminous membrane nuutufacturcr. JL'F07552 2 07552-5 SECTION 07552 •-SRS-MODIFIED 131'1"UIyfINOtJS MEMf31tANE ROOFING: continued 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: • A, Store roofing materials inn dry, well-ventilated, weathertight location to ensure no significant moisture pickup and maintain at a temperature exceeding roofing; system manufacturer's written instructions. Store rolls of felt and other sheet materials on end on pallets or other raised surfaces. Do not double-staek rolls. I. Ilandle and store roofing; materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid significant or permanent damage to deck or structural supporting members. 13. Do not leave unused felts and other sheet materials on the roof overnight or when roofing work is not in progress unless protected from weather and moisture and miless maintained at a temperature exceeding 50"F (10"C). C. Deliver and ,Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system nlarlulacturer. D. Protect roofing insulation materials from physical damage all(] from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing to be installed according to 111a11lIfaClUrers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.09 WARRANTY: A. General Warranty: The warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent vvith, other warranties trade by Contractor under rquirenlents of the Contract Documents. 13, Standard Roofing Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit a written warranty, without monetary limitation, signed by roofing; system manufacturer agreeing to promptly repair leaks in the roof membrane and hase fleshings resulting from defects in materials or workmanship ibr the Following warranty period: I. Warranty Period: 10 years. C. Special Project Warranty: Submit rooting Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering; Work ofthis Section, including membrane roofing, base Ilashing;, roofing; insulation, listeners, and vapor retarders, ifany, file the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: 2 years from Date ofSuhstamial Completion. PART 2 - PRODI JC TS 2.01 MANUFACI'IJRF:RS: A. Manufticturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the ti)llowirtg: I. SBS-Modified Bituminous Shcet: a. Barrett Co. b. Celotex Corp. (The), C. Firestone Building. Products Co. cl. GAF Building Materials Corp. • c. Garland Co., file. (The), f. GS Roofing Products Co., Inc. 07552-4 JE?F07552.2 SECTION 07552 — S13S-M0DIFIED 131'1'1.IMINOI(S MIM131ti\NE ROOFING: continued 1.1. Research/Evaluation Reports: Evidence of roofing system's compliance with building code ill effect for Project from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. I. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in rile nulintellance manuals specific(] in DIVISION 1. J. Warranty: Sample copy of standard roofing mamrfacim-er's warranty stating obligations, remedies, limitations, and exclusions of warranty. K. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report ofcompleted roof installation. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANC'1 : A. Installer Qualifications: Engage rill experienced installer to perform Work ofthis Section who has specialized in installing roofing similar to that required for this Project; who is approved, authorized, or licensed by the roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product; and who is eligible to receive the standard roofing manufacturer's warranty. 13, fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by Ul— FM, or another testing and inspecting regency acceptable to authorities having Jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. I. Exterior fire-Test I xposurc: a. Class A; complying with ASTM 1;101;, for application and slopes indicated. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM El 19, for fire-resistance-rated roof assemblies of which roofing materials are a part. C. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof deck construction, conduct conference at Project site. Meet with the sank participants and review the sank items listed for the preinstallation conference. In addition, reviC\%' status ol'subnlittals and coordination of\\ork related to roof construction, Notil'y participants at least 5 working days before conference. I). Preinstallation Conference' 13eliu'c installing roofing systcnr. conduct conference at Project site to comply with l'l'gUlremelltti of I)lVl!�ION 1. f�ollf�' pttl'llClpalltti at least > working(it site helore conference. 1. Meet with Owner; Engineer/Architect: Owner's insurer, il'applicahle; testing and inspecting agency representative: roofing, Installer; roofing system manulacturer's representative; deck Installer: and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of rool'accessorics and roof'-nnounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. i. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, includille flatness and attachment to structural members. 4. Review loading limitations of deck during and after rending, 5. Review flashings, special roofing details, roofdrainage, roof penetrations, equipment clubs, and condition of othel' Construction that will tlffect r'oofing'. 6. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certifications, and inspection and testing, if applicable. 7. Review roofohservation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 8. Document proceedings, including corrective measures or actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. JEF07552 2 07552-3 SECTION 07552— SRS-MODiFifI.D BITIJMINC)(JS MIW13-RAN(i, ROOFING: continued 1.03 DEFiNITIONS: A. itoormg'ferminology: Refer to ASTM D1079 for definitions of terms related to roofing work not otherwise defined in this Section. 13. I-lot Roofing Asphalt: Roofing asphalt heated to its equiviscous temperature, the temperature at which its viscosity is 125 centipoise for plop-applied roofing asphalt and 75 centipoisc for mechanical spreader-applied rooting asphalt within a range of plus or minus 25"F(I 4"C) measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately befbre application. 1.04 PERFORMANCE, RI.`,Q(JIRFMF'NTS: A. General: Install a watertight, modified bituminous membrane roofing and base flashing system with compatible components that will trot permit the passage of liquid water and will withstand wind loads, thermally induced movement, and exposure to ttieather without f;rilure. 13. FM Listing: Provide modified bituminous membrane, base flashings, and component materials that inset requirements of FM 4,150 and FM 4470 as part of a roofing system and that are listed in IN's "Approval Guidc" for Class I or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM markings. 1. Roofing systcnl shall comply with the following: a. Eire/Windstorm Classification: (1) Class 1 A-90. C. Rooting System Design: Provide a roofing system that complies with roofing system manufacturer's written design instructions and with the following: I. SPRI's "Wind Design Guide for Adhered Roofing Systems." a. E XPOSLIN Category: (I) Exposure C. b. System Design: (I) `system 1. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit is specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Product Data: For each type of roofing product specified. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work, for the I611owing: I. Base (lashings. cants, and Illembralle tcrlllinatlons. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes. 1). Installer Certificates: Signed by roofing systelll manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved. authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install specified roofing system and is eligible to receive the standard roofing mantlfactur•er's warranty. E. Manufacturer Certificates: Signcd by rooting systcnl nlauufactltrercertifying that the roofing system complies with requirements specified in the "Perforrlumee Requirements" Article. Upon request, submit CV1dCnCC Of Colllplyillg with requircnlents. E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists ofconlpleted pro jects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of engineer~/architects and owners, and other information specified. G. Product Test Reports: Based oil evaluation of tests perf'ornred by manufacturer and witnessed • by a qualified independent testing agency, indicate compliance of components of roofing y system with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current product compositions. 07552-2 JEF07552.2 DIVISION 7 - TI ICRMnL AND MOISTURE" PRUTEC'rION SECTION 07552 - SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MI'.MBRANE ROOTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: 13. Two-ply, modified bitunninous membrane roofing. C. Roofing insulation. D. Related Work Specified lasewhere: E. For wood blocking, curbs, cants, and nailers, and wood-bused, structural-use roofdeck panels: DIVISION 6. F. For metal roof penetration flashings, flashings, and counterflashings: SECTION 07620. G. For joint sealants: SECTION 07920. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for'rest ing and Materials (ASTM): I. C1289 - Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate 'Thermal Insulation Board. 2. D41 - Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproof-ing, and Waterproofing. 3. D226 - Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 4. D312 - Asphalt Used in Roofing, 5. 131079 - Terminology Relating to Roofing, Waterproofing, and Bituminous Materials. 6. D1227 - Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing. 7. 1)1668 - Fabrics (Wuvcn and Treated) for Roofing and Waterproofing, 8. D2178 - Asphalt Glass belt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing,. 9. D2626 - Asphalt-Saturated and -Coated Organic Felt Base Sheet Used in Roofing. M. D4586 - Asphall Rool'Cemunt, Asbestos-Free, 11. D4601 - Asphalt-C'oatcd Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used in Roofing. 12. D4897 - Asphalt-Coated Glass-Fiber Venting Base sheet Used in Roofing. 13. D5147 - 'rest Methods for Sampling and Testing Modified Bituminous Shect Material. 14. E108 - 'Test Methods for Firc Pests of Roof Coverings. 15, 117119 - Method for Fire rests of Building Construction and Materials. 13, Factory MLItual (FIM): I, 4450 - Approval Standard for Class I Insulated Steel Deck Roofs with 1992 Supplement. 2. 4470 - Approval Standard Class I RoofCovers with 1987 and 1992 Supplements. 3, Approval Guide. C. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRC'A): 1. The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. D. National Roofing Contractors Association/Asphalt Rooling Manufacturers Association (NRCA/ARMA): I. Quality Control Recommendations for Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing. 17. Single Ply Roofing Institute (SPRI): 1. ANSURMA/SPRI RP-4 - Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single-Ply Roofing Systems. 2. Wind Design Guide fir Adhered Rooting Systems, v JE1-07552.2 07552-1 SECTION 06100—ROUGH CARPENTRY: continued 2.02 LUMBER, GENERAL: A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. B. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 2.03 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS: A. General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative treated or is specified to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. 1. Do not use chemicals containing chromium or arsenic. B. Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb/cu. ft. (4.0 kg/cu. m). After treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15%, respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed member:, in contact with masonry or concrete. C. Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces. inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENT RAL: A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of,joints or optimum,joint arrangement. B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required f'or accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. D. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood. 3.02 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SLEEPERS: A. Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork befirre concrete placement. END Of' SECTION 06100 06100-2 .l EF06100.2 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 - ROUC,FI CARPENTRY PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood furring, grounds, nailers, and blocking. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Wood Preservers' Association (AWPA): 1. C2 - Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine Tics, Pressure Treatment. 2. C9 - Plywood, Pressure Treatment. 3. C20 - Structural Lumber, Fire-Retardant Pressure Treatment. 4. C27 - Plywood, Fire-Retardant Pressure Treatment. 5. M4 - Standard for the Care of Preservative-Treated Wood Products. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I Specification Sections. B. Wood treatment data as follows, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions f'or handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated materials: 1. For each type of preservative-treated wood product, include certification by treating plant • stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, [let amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. 2. For waterborne-treated products. include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated before shipment to Project site. C. Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment. 1.04 DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING: A. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. I. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers Subject to compliance with reyuirenlcnts, provide products by one of the following: I. Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials: a. Chemical Specialties, Inc. b. Hickson Corp. C. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. d. Osnlose Wood Preserving, Inc. " JEF06100.2 06100-1 SECTION 05500 - AL.UMINUM: continued 4. Install handrail to walls with brackets spaced not greater than 5'0" oc,except where otherwise indicated. a. For concrete, use anchors as indicated. b. For hollow masonry walls, use toggle bolts having square heads. 5. Protect aluminum after cleaning with a clear methacrylate lacquer coating. B. Grating and Treads: 1. Space fasteners as required to overcome irregularities and maintain grating contact with supports. Minimum anchorage of each panel will be two fasteners at each end and one fastener at each intermediate support. 2. Unless indicated as fixed, fasten grating with clips using stainless steel bolts. 3. Bolt stair treads to stringers with a inininu1111 of two 3/8-inch stainless steel bolts at each end of tread. 4. All grating shall be removable unless otherwise indicated, C. Tread Plates: Install as indicated and as specified in PART 2, this Section. 3.03 CLEANING: free '. A. Clean all aluminum surfaces after installation free of smudges, stains, or other deleterious substances. END OF SECTION 05500 • r 05500-6 055001 042898 SECTION 05500 - ALUMINUM: continua( C, IKG Industries. d. Reliance Steel Products Co. - Double-Lok. 2.06 TREAD PLATES: A. Conform to AA Aluminum Standards and Data, aluminum Alloy 6061-T,I, mill finish. B. Thickness as indicated with surface deformations of the 4-way type. C. Fasten in place with 1/4-inch countersunk stainless steel screws spaced 24 inches oc with a minirnum of one screw located at each corner of a panel. 2.07 ACCESS I-iATCHIES: A. Hatches shall be as manufactured by the Bilco Company, New Haven, Connecticut or equal. B. Hatches for indoor use shall be Series K unless otherwise indicated or specified. C. Hatches for outdoor use shall be Series J-AL unless otherwise indicated or specified. Install Schedule 80 PVC Piping to frame drain and route to flow channel. D. Hatches shall have stainless steel hard Ware throUr;hout. E. Clear opening shall be as indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. Conform to applicable standards of AA. B. Protect aluminum at ce.mtact with nthcr metals. Urout, and concrete by a heavy brush coat of alkali-resistant bituminous coating, or a nonlmr•cnrs tape or gasket. Coating is not required for alunlinunt in contact with stainless steal bolts. Apply hitumincrus coating at 15-mil nuninium dry film thickness and which shall he one of the following, 1. Carboline - Bitunwstic No. SU. 2. Tnemec - 1-1.13. Tncmecoi 46-465. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Aluminum Handrail and Guardrail: I. Space posts a M axinttrnl (4.5'()" oc except Where otherwise indicated. 2. Install posts as indicated. 3. Install toeboards (kick plates) and anchor to each post With clarttps and bolts. Allow 1t4-inch space between hottc.nn of toehnnrd and tap Of Moor surface. 055001 05500-5 042898 SECTION 05500 - ALUMINUM: continued 2.05 GRATINGS AND TREADS: A. Grating: 1, Conform to ASTM 11221, altlnliniun Alloy 6061-`I'4, mill finish. 2. Standard rectangular-type, pressure-locked. Swage-locked crossbar construction is not acceptable.. 3, Main Bars: 3/16-inch-thick (unless otherwise noted) and spaced not more than 1-3/16 inches oc. Depth as indicated, dovetail slotted to receive cross bars. 4. Cross I3ars: Of depth as required by plain hars, spaced not more Than 4 inches oc. Top surface shall be 11us11 with top of plain bars. 5. Top Surface of Grating: Serrated. 6. Provide with aluminum "saddle clip"-type fasteners and stainless steel bolts. B. Fabrication: 1. Main bars shall be vertical within a tolerance. of 0.10 inch per inch of depth. 2. Longitudinal bow (before fastening to supports) shall be less than 1/200 ol'tile length. 3. Transverse bow before fastening, to supports shall be less than 3/8 inch in 3 feet. 4. Crossbars shall not deviate from a straight line perpendicular to the plain bags by more than 3/16 inch in 3 feet. 5. Crossbars shall mach crossbars of adjacent sections to form a continuous pattern of straight lines. 6. Panel width and len�(Ith tolerances shall be +I/4 inch. 7. Provide all openings in gratin<< indicated and as required for installation of all piping:, wiring, and egllipnlcnt insrlllcd under this Contract. S. Band all openings 4 inches an(1 1,11"I er with a bur walc sire as main hearing, bar. Weld to each bearing bar with a 3/16-inch fillet weld. 3/4 inch Ions. "Pack weld to all crossbars. 9. Trin1-band all locations as follows: a. Open end of grating at head of a ladder. b. Grating edges that are not perpendicular or p,urallCl to the plain bars. C. Grating panels with four crossbars or less. d. Other locations as indicated. C. Manufacturer: 1. Grating shall be as 111tlnllfactured by one of the following: • v L. Blaw-Knox Grating Div., 111aw-Knox Curp. b. Borden Metal Pr'o(IaCIS (�'onlpany, DIV. of I a5ec.l !n(lustrial Products. 05500-4 055001 042898 SECTJON 05500 -ALUMINUM: CC1r11iIltlCd 3. All welding; shall be accomplished Usin" filler Alloy 4043. 4. The Contractor shall perform fahrication inspection of welds in accordance with AWS D),2 to determine the acceptability of welds. Inspection shall be performed by an ANN'S Certified Welding, 1nSpector llualif•ied in accordance with AWS Standard foi' Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors. 5. Joints found to be defective shall be repaired by rewelding. 2.02 STRUCTURAL SHAP1:S AND PLATE: A. Conform to ASTM 13209 and ASTNI 13308, 13. Conform to AA Aluminum Standards and Data. C. Shall be aluminum Alloy 0061-T6. 2.03 NUTS AND BOLTS: A. Conform to ASTM F467 and 1::468. B. Bolts shall be alurninurn Alloy 6061-TO C. Nuts shall be aluminum Alloy 6061-T6 or•0262-T9. D. Washers shall be alunlinunl-clad steel Alclail 202-4=!'=1 or approved equal. 2.04 AND LADDF'.? RAILS: A. Rails and Posts: I. Conform to ASTM 13221. 2. 1-1/2-inch nominal diameter ( 1.9-inch o(f), Schedule -1O, ;llUlnlnum Alloy 6063-T6 with clear anodized finish AA.•N13_'C 22A4I (exterior use), 3. Cope intersections of rail~ and posts. weld joints, and grind smooth to a pleasing appearance, (aking, care mit to cxcessively IVIII0yt' Weld Material. 4. Butt-weld end-to-end joint~, or use welding connectors. 5. Provide linear expansion joints a nulxinrlun of 40'0" oc. B. Fittings and Accessories: I. Floor dart("c:S whe►'C indic;ucd. 2. Wall brackets with 3-inch mininitnn clearance between handrail and finish wall surface and as indicated fen. ladder rcli1S. 3. Fasteners and anchors of.stainless �Iec:l and r,f type as required by substrate. • 055001 05500-3 042898 SECTION 05500- ALUMINUM: continued 2. Fabrication and erection drawings. 3. Caitalag cuts. 4. Structural computations and 111CUll properties. 5. Material samples. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Welder Qualifications: 1. Welders shall be previously qualified by passing the tests prescribe(] in the AWS D1.2 Qualification Section and the AA Qualification Standard for Structural Welding of Aluminum, or by passing such other tests as the E*110111cer clay accept. 2. Welders shall have been tested within the past 12 months and their qualification will be considered as remaining ill effect unless the welder has not engaged ill a given process of welding for a period exceeding b months. 3. Submit two certified copies of the qualification records to Eingineer as evidence of qualification to the above-mentioned codes. B. Inspection: Material and workmanship will lie subject to inspection in the shop and field. 1.05 DELIVERY S'r'O12AGE, AND 1- ANDLANU A. Protect alunlintull Work fronl I.lbusc. staining, or daululge during shipment, storage, erection, l and installation. 13. Store in it Hounder to prevent warping of materials. PART 2 - PRODLIC S 2.01 G1NC_RAL R1�)l�llzl�li.ti.l�S; A. Fabricate all aluminum to conform to AA specifications, codes, and standards. 13. Standard tolerances of all IllllllillLllll 111C111I 'S S11aI1 conform to AA Alunlinunl Standards and Data. C. Fabricate all materials free of blemishes, tool marks, hurry, and other defects. D. Shop-fabricate insofar as possible. L. Welding: 1. Conform to AA Specification for Aluminum Structures, Article 7.2, and AWS D1.2. 2. All welding shall be performed usil)(I inert-gas, shielded arc, or resistance welding processes. Welding processes that flux shall not be used. 05500-2 J001 • 042898 v SECTION 05500- AIJ IM1NUM Mini - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following aluminum-fabricated items: 1. Structural shapes and plate. 2. Pipe handrail and guardrails. 3, Grating and treads. 4. Tread plates. 5. Floor Access Hatches. 6. Nuts and bolts. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. Aluminum Association (AA): a. Aluminum Standards and Data. b. Specifications for ;aluminum Structures. C. Welding AI111111nUn1. 2. American Societv for Testing-, and Materials (AS'fNl): a. 13209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. [), 13221 - Aluminum-Alloy (Extruded Liars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. C. 13308 - A1u111inunl-Alloy 6061 T6 Standard StrUCtUrill Shapes, Rolled or Extruded. cf. 13632 - Aluminum-Alloy R011Cd Tread Plate 6061-'I'4. e, F467 - Nornfcrrcnls Ntlls ('or General Use. f. F4168 - Nonferrous Bolts, flex Cap Screws, and Studs for General Use. 3. American Welding Society (AWS): a. DI? - Structural Welding Code - AIII1111111IIII, 1.03 SL113M1'CI'AI.S: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. • B. Include, but not limited to, thi, following: I. Specifications. 055001 05500-1 042898 SECTION 07552— SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS Mf.MBRANE ROOFING: continued 3.08 FiE:LD QUALITY CONTROL,: A. Final Roof inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Engineer/Architect. I. Notify Engineer/Architect and Owner 48 hours in advance of the date and time of inspection. 3.09 PROTECTING AND CLEANING: A. Protect modified bituminous membrane roofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Engineer/Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove modified bituminous roofing that does not comply with rcquirements, repair substrates, reinstall roofing, and repair base (lashings to a condition free of damage and deterioration at the time of'Substantial Compaction and according to warranty requirements, C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 07552 JL'['07552.2 07552-9 SECTION 07620 - SI-IE1-7,T MF,I'AI. FLASI IING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Phis Section includes sheet metal flashing and trim in the following categories: I. Roof-drainage systems. 2. Exposed trim, gravel stops, and I)rsciac. 3. Copings. 4. Metal flashing. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Through-wall flashing and other integral masonry flashings specified as part of masonry wort:: DIVISION 4. 2. Set-on-type curbs, equipment supports, roof hatches, vents, and other manufactured roof accessory units: DIVISION 7. 3. Elastonicric sealants: SECTION 07920. 4. Flashing and roofing accessories installed integral with roofnrg membrane as part of roofing-system work: DIVISION 7. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Aluminum Association (AA): I. Designation System for Aluminum Finishes, 7th ed. September 1980. B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): I. 605.2 - High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Aluminum Extru510r1S and Panels. 2.2 606.2 - Integral Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. 3. 607.1 - Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. 4. 608.1 - Electrolytically Deposited Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. C. American Society Ior Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A167 - Stainless and I leat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 2. A526/A526M - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the I lot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. 3. A527/A527NI - Steel Sheet, 'Zinc-Coaled (Galvanized) by the I lot-Dip Process, Lock- Forming Quality. 4. A755/A755M - Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the l lot-Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil-Coating Process for [:xtcrior Exposed Building Products. 5. A792/A792M - Steel Sheet. 55°o Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process, General Requirements, 6. 1332 - Solder Metal. 7. 13101 - Coated Capper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction. 8. 13209/209M - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 9. 13221/13221M - Aluminum and Ahuninum-Alloy I-.xtruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. 10. B370 - Copper Sheet and Strip fm- Building Construction. 11. B749 - Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate Products, 12. D4397 - Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction. Industrial, and Agricultural Applications, 13. D4586 - Asphalt Roof Cement. Asbestos-Free. 14. E 154 - Methods of Testing Materials for Use as Vapor Barriers Under Concrete Slabs and as Ground Cover in Crawl Spaces. JEF07620.2 07620-1 SECTION 07620-• SHEET METAL FLASHING AND "['RIM: continued D. Factory Mutual Research Corporation (F`M).. 1. Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 Perimeter Flashing. E. Federal Specifications(FS): I. UU-13-790a - Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber: (Kraft, Waterproofed, Water Repellent, and Fire Resistant). F. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): I. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 5th ed. G. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): I. Paint 12 - Cold-Applied Asphaltic Mastic ([;xtra 'Thick Film). 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. General: Install sheet metal flashing, and trim to withstand wine[ loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failinL. B. Fabricate and install flashings at roof edges to comply with recommendations of 1-M Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 fix•the following wind zone: I. Wind Zone 1: Wind pressures of 21 to 30 psf(1.00 to 1.44 kPa). 1.04 SUE3M[TTALS: A. Submit in accordance with DIVISION 1. B. Product Data including manufacturer's material and finish data, installation instructions, and general recommendations for each specified flashing material and fabricated product. C. Shop Drawings of each item specified showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorage details. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated For this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Coordinate Work of this Section with interfacing and adjoining Work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance, durability of Work, and protection of materials and finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MI TAI.S: A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper rccommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated and with not less than the strength and durability of alloy and temper designated below: I. Factory-Painted Aluminum Sheet: ASTM 13209 (ASTM 13209M), 3003-1-114, with a minimum thickness of 0.040 inch ( 1.0 mm), unless otherwise indicated or specified. Color as selected by architect. 2.02 SHEET METAL, I LASLIING AND FABRICATIONS: A. Concealed Through-Wall Sheet Metal flashing: Specified in DIVISION =l. 07620-2 JEF07620.2 SEC°I'ION 07620—SI-iEE'i' MI TAI, FI,ASI IING ANI) '['RIM: continued 13. Shect Metal Fabrications: I. General: fabricate sheet metal items in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements but not less than that listed below for each application and metal. 2. Downspouts: fabricate from the following material: a. Aluminum: 0.0241 inch (0.6 mill) thick. 3. Conductor Heads: Fabricate from the following material: a, Alunlinunl: 0.030 inch (0.8 nun) thick. 4. Scuppers: fabricate from the following material: a. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch (0.5 nun) thick. C. Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories: I. Solder: ASTM 1332, Gradc Sn50, used with rosin flux. 2. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM 1332, Grade Sn60, used with an acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer; use a noncorrosive rosin flux over tinned surfaces. 3. Sta ill less-Stec I Welding Rods: Type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer for type of metal sheets furnished. 4. Fasteners: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer, Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. 5. Asphalt Mastic: SSI'C-Paint 12, solvent-type asphalt mastic, nominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for I5-mil (0.4-nun)dry film thickness per coat. 6. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhar'dening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. 7. Elastonleric Sealant: Generic type recommended by sheet nletal manufacturer and Ihbricator of components being scaled and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in SECTION 07020. 8. Epoxy Scam Sealer: 2-part, noncorrosive, aluminum scant-cementing compound, recommended by altnninurll manufacturer for exterior and interior nor►moving joitlts, including riveted joints. 9. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet Metal nlanufactur'er for waterproof and weather-resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. 10. Paper Slip Sheet: 5-Ili/square ((1.241 kg/sq, m) red rosin, sized building paper conforming to FS UU-I3-790, Type I, Style 11). 11. Polyethylene Underlayrnent: ASTM 1)4397, minimum 6-mil- (0.15-melt-) thick black polyethylene film, resistant to decay when tested according to ASTM E154. 12, Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation o1'Work, InalClling or COn11)allble wllh material being installed; noncorrosive: sire and thickness required for performance, 13. Roofing Cement: ASTN1 (74586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based. 1). fabrication, General: 1. Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with reconl Ili endatioils of-SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated. 2. Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered belore fabricating sheet metal. ,IEF07620.2 07620-3 SECTION 07620— SHE-EIT METAI, FLASHING AND TRIM_: continued 3. Form exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning„ buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Scams: fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock scams. Tin edges to be scanted, form scams, and solder. S. Scams: fabricate nonmoving seams in aluminum with flat-lock scums. Form scams and sea! with epoxy scam scaler. Rivet joints for additional strength. 6. Expansion Provisions: Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (610 nuts)of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 nun) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 7. Scaled Joints: form nonexpansion, but movable,joints in metal to accommodate clastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. 8. Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 9. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of sheet metal exposed to public view. 10. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices front sank material as sheet metal component being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manufacturer for application but never less than thickness of'metal being secured, b. 3.03 PREFORMED METAL, FABRICATIONS: A. Aluminum Coping System: I. Cap shall be 0.063-gage aluminum thinned to dimensions indicated, Iluoropolymer coating, color as selected from nrutufacturer's standard colors, Provide in minimum 10'0" lengths as much as possible to keep joints to a minimum. 2. Provide drainage system at Joints with concealed Joint covers or splice plates, coping chair, and galvanized steel cleats or anchor plates. 3. Provide with adhesive or anchors for anchoring system to top of wall surlace and in accordance with manufacturer's system. 4. Manufacturers: a, \V. P. 1 lickman Company - Pcrrnasnap Coping. b. MM Systems Corporation - Snap-I.ok Coping I. C. Metal-Era - Pernia-11te. PART 3 - EXi"CUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that Work may properly commence. Do floc proceed lvith installation until Unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 07620-4 JEF07620.2 Y Sl%C'I'ION 07620---SI IEC;'I' Ml."I'AI, FI.ASI-IING AND 'I'R1M: continued 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal (lashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions, and SMACNA'.s "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of Work securely in place providing for thermal expansion of metal units, conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level. Install Work with laps,joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. 13. Install exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form Items. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. C. Roof-edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone. 1). l;xpansion Provisions: Provide liar thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches(610 nun)of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not he sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 min) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 1-1. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter, Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not solder the following metals: ® a. Aluminum. h. Coil-coated galvanized steel sheet. 2. Do not use torches for soldering, Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. F. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastonleric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. Use joint adhesive for nonmoving joints specified not to be soldered. G. Scams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in aluminum with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. 11. Separations: Separate metal from noneonlpatiblc metal or corrosive substrates by coating; concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended b`• nlanull►cturer. I. Underlaynlent: Where installing stainless steel or aluminum directly on cenlentitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red-rosin paper and a course of polyethvlcne underlaynlcnt. 2. Bed flanges of Work in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance, 1. Counterflashings: Coordinate installation ofcounterflashings with installation ofassenlblies to be protected by counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. SCCUre in a walct-proof chamfer by means of snap-In Installation and sealam. lead wedges and sealant, interlocking fiolded scam, or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterllashing joints a nlininlunl of 2 inches (50 111111) and bed with sealant. .I. Roof-Drainage System: Install drainage items lahricated from sheet metal, with straps, adhesives, and anchors recommended by SMACNA's Manual or the item 111,1111daCtUrer, to drain roof in the most efficient manner, Coordinate roof=drain flashing installation with roof- • JEF07620.2 07620-5 SECTION 07620-- SHEET METAL, FLASHING AND TRIM: continued drainage system installation. Coordinate flashing and sheet metal items for stecp•slopcd roofs With roofing installation. 3.03 CLEANING AND PaurECTION: A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. I3. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and trim Work during construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07620 07620-6 JEF07620.2 w SECTION 07920 - .IOfNl' ST;ALAN'l'S PART I - GENFRAL H)I SUMMARY: A. '('leis Section includes sealants and related materials for application in the joillt locations specified in PART 2, this Section. 13. Related Work Specified fasewher•e: I. Joints Sealants in Concrete: SECTION 03300. 1.02 R I",F F,R E NCI:S: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society for"Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. C834 - Latex Sealing Compounds. b. C920 - 1:lastonlcric .loint Sealants. C. C1 193 - Guide for Use ol'Joinl Sealants. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. B. Includes. but not limited to, the following Cor each type of sealant or associated material required: 1. Product data and Specifications, including instructions for joint preparation and sealer application. 2. Color charts. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANC_I: A. Manufacturer of sealants shall have a mininlunl of 5 years of successful experience in the production of types of'sealants required, 13. Sealant installer shall be certified by the sealant manufacturer as having the necessary experience and equipment to install the materials properly. C. Obtain joint sealant materials from a single nuu111i'd turut• Im each different product required. 1.0 1)1-;LIVi R)', S'I'ORACii., AND l IANDLINIU A. Deliver all materials in original scaled containers or bundles with labels and inscriptions legible and intact, and intin•ming about nlanutucturer, product m inic and designation, color, expiration period 1Or• use, pot lilt. Curing 0111C, and mixing insU•uCtions for n11110Conlponent materials. 13. Store all materials in areas sunablC to prevent dCICt'I(lrali011 or danlagC delC to r1101S1Ur•l', high or low temperatures, contaminants. of.other Causes. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Conditions: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint scalers under the Following conditions: Lt. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the linlits permitted by joint scaler manufacturer or below 410'T (4.4°C). b. When joint substrates are wel due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint scalers where joint widths are more or less than allowed b\'Joint SCalCr 111anlllacturer• for application Indicated. C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of•joint sealers until contaminants capable of interflering with their adhesion are removed front joint substrates. J LF07920.2 07920-1 w SEC'I'ION 07920 -,IO1N'I'SBAI,AN'1'S: continued D. Proceed with application only when forecasted weather conditions arc favorable for proper cure and development of bond strength. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEI''fABI,E MANl1FAC'"1'11R1_ItS: Manulacturer listed under each type ol'material is to establish minimum quality and specific type. Equivalent products of manufacturers listed below will be acceptable subject to suitability for intended Condition. A. Sealants and Caulking: 1, Bostik Construction Products Div. 2. Dow Corning Corp. 3. General Electric Co. 4. Pccora Corporation. 5. Sika Chemical Corp. G. Sonncborn Building Products. 7. Tremco Manulacturing Company, 8. W. R. Meadows, Inc, B. Sealant Backer Rod (Closed-Cell): 1. I3ostik Construction Products Div, 2. Sonncborn Building Products - Sonofoann. 3. W. It. Meadows - Sealtight Backer Rod or Cora-Rod. 2.02 GENERAL A. Before purchase of each specified sealant. investigate its compatibility with the joint surfaces, Joint fillers, and other materials in thejoint system. Select materials for compatibility with Joint surfaces and other indicated exposures, and, except as otherwise indicated, select modulus of elasticity and hardness or grade recommended by nuinutaCttu•er for each application indicated. (`There exposed to foot traffic, select nontrac;king materials of sufficient strength and hardness to withstand stiletto heel traflic without damage or deterioration of sealant system.) 13. Provide colors as selected by Engineer/Architect 1"rom manufacturer's standard colors. 2.03 FLASTOMF.RIC SFAI.ANhS: Sealants eonlirrnting to equivalent Federal Specifications will he acceptable. A. One-Component l)rethane Sealant - Use T: I. Conform to ASTNI ("920, Type S, Grade P, sell'-leveling, Class 25. Use classification as required by locations stated helirw. 2, Mamt1'acttu•er: a. Pccora Corp. - Urcxpan NR-201. 3. Use in the following locations: a, Interior floor construction joints subject to vehicular or foot traffic. h. Expansion and control joints in concrete floors. 13. One-Component urethane Sealant - Use NT: 1. Conform to ASTM C920, Type S. (trade NS, Class 25. Use classification as required by locations stated below. 2. Manufacturers: a. Pccora Corp. - Dynatrol 1. h. Trennco - Dvnxrnic. 07920-2 JI:F07920.2 SECTION 07920 - Y)IN'f SFALANTS: continued 3. Use in the 16110%ving locations: a. Exterior and interior joints Around perimeter ot'doors, and louver frames. b• Exterior and interior joints at penetration of walls, decks, and floors by piping, conduit. and other services or equipment. C. 'Thresholds. d. I xpansioll and control joints in CMI.J. C. Miscellaneous locations as indicated. 2.01 MISC ELLANI OUS 1NIATFRIALS: A. Joint Cleaner: Type as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the joint surfaces to be clouted, which is not harmful to substrates and adjacent surfaces and which does not leave oily residues or have detrimental CtlC:ct oil Sealant adhesion or in-service performance. B. loint Prinier•/Scaler: 'Type as recommended by the sealant manufacturer fur the joint surfaces to be printed or scaled. C. Bond-Breaker'('ape: I. Polvethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by (he sealant manulactm-er for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, in(lexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at hack of joint, where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. 2, Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 1). Sealant Backer Rod: 1. Compressible rod stock, prelornled, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible, norlgassing plastic foam, nonabsorhent to water and gas, and of size, shape, and density, sealant depth, and that otherwise contributes to optinturn sealant performalice. 2. Rod shall be of size that will compress 25'/) in joint width and shape to control joint depth, break bond ofscalant at bottom ofjoint. Corin optimuni shape ot'scalant bead on hack side and provide I highly compressible hacker to minimize the possibility ofsealant extrusion when joint is compressed. �c PART 3 - I:\(:C'f)Tl0N 3.01 .IOIN'T SURFACE PRI-TARATION: A, Joint Cleaning: I. Clean joint surfiices immediately hefore application of sealant. 2. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint scaler, including dust, paints (except for permanent protective coatings tested and approved I'm Sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint scalers, oil, grease, waterprooling \�atcr repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 3. Clean concrete. masonry, 'Illd similar porultS joint surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of'dcvcloping optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above operations by vacuuming or blowing out.loints with oil-free compressed air. •f. Clean instal, glass, and olllcr nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful to substrates and do not leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint scalers. 5. Remove laitance and Form-release agents from concrete. 13. Joint Priming: Prince joint substrates as required by joint sealant nuulufacturer. Confine primers to areas of•joint scaler bond: (ic) not allow spillge or migration onto adjoining surfaces. JB1�07920.2 07920-3 SECTION 07920 - .IOIN'L' SEALANTS: continued C. Surface. Protection: Use where required to prevent contact of sealant with ad,fautmg, surfaces which would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing,joint seal. 3.02 APPLICATION: A. Conform to sealant manufacturer's printed insURuctions except where more stringent requirements apply. I. For sealant installation, comply with ASTM C 1 193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. Install joint-filler units at depth or position in joint to coordinate with other Work, including installation of bond breakers, backer rods, and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of joint fillers. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. Remove absorbent joint fillers which have become wet prior to sealant installation and replace with dry materials. C. Install scalant backer rod for sealants except where indicated to be omitted. U. Install bond-breaker tape between sealants andjoint fillers, compression seals, or hack of joints where adhesion of'sealant to back of joints would result in sealant failure. E. Install sealants by proven installation techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrat:,s, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths, which allow optimum scalant-movement capability. F. Install sealants to depths as indicated or, if not indicated as recommended by sealant manufacturer within the following limitations: I. For normal moving joints sealed with clastomeric sealants, but not subject to traffic, fill ,joints to a depth equal to 50°4o of joint width, but neither more than 1/2 inch deep nor less than 1/4 inch deep. 2. For joints scaled with nonclasiomeric scalants fill joint to a depth of 75 to 125% of joint width. s 3. For sidewalks, pavements, and similar joints scaled with clastomeric sealant and exposed to traffic and other abrasion and indentation exposures, fill joints to a depth equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than 5/9 inch deep nor less than 3/8 inch deep. G. Unless indicated otherwise, provide a slightly concave surface conforming to ASTM Cl 193. (Provide recessed or flush configuration where indicated.) 11. Igo not allow scalants or compounds to overflo%� from confines ofjoint or spill onto adjoining surfaces. Clcan the adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of spillage without damage to adjoining, surf",rces or finishes. 1. Irnntediately after sealant installation and prior to time skimming or curing begins, tool nonsag sealants to hrrm smooth uniform beads of conf figuration indicated to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides ofjoint. Do not use tooling agent which would discolor sealants or adjaccnt surf aces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer, Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. 07920--1 JEF07920.2 r SECTION 07920 -JOINT SEALANTS: continued 3.03 CURE'AND PROTECTION: A. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength, and surface durability. Cure and protect sealants in a manner which will minimize increases in modulus of elasticity and other , accelerated aging effects. Replace or restore sealants which are damaged or deteriorated during construction period. Repaired areas shall be indistinguishable from original Work. END Of SECTION 07920 IE1'07920.2 07920-5 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 081 10- STfEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes steel doors and frames. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. For building anchors into and grouting frames in masonry construction: DIVISION 4. 2. For door hardware and weatherstripping: SECTION 08700. 3, For field painting primed doors and frames: DIVISION 9, 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): I. A] 15 Series- A Collection of A 1 15.1-A 1 15.17, Specifications for Steel Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware. 2. A224.1 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel doors and Frames. 3. A250.3 - 'hest Procedure and Acceptance Criteria fir Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. B. American National Standards Institute/SICCI Door Institute (ANSI/SDI): 1. 100 - Recommended Specifications For Standard Steel Doors and Frames. C. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): I. A]53 -Zinc Coating (I lot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2. A366/A366N1 - Steel, Sheet, Carhon, Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality. 3. A525/A525M - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. a 4. A526/A526M - Steel Sheet, Zino-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. 5. A569/\569M - Steel. Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), I lot-Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial quality. 6. A620/A620M - Steel. Sheet, Carbon, Drawing, Quality, Special Killed, Cold-Rolled, 7. A642/A642NI - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated ((ialvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Drawing Quality, Special Killed. 8. A780 - Practice fir Repair of* Damaged I lot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. Q. C:236 - "test Method fin• Steady-`late 'I hcrrnal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded I lot Box. 10. C578 - Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 11. 0591 - Unlaced Preformed Ric,id Cellular Polyurethane Thermal Insulation. 12. C976 - Test Method fitr Thermal Performance of*Building Assemblies by Means ofa Calibrated Ilot Box. 1). Department of'DeFense (DOD): 1. P-21035A (SI1) - Paint, I ligh Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair. F„ Door and Hardware Institute MI 11): 1. Recommended Locations for Architecun•al I lard-ware for Standard Steel Doors and 1,ramcs, • I Federal Specifications (FS): 1. TT'-P-641 G(I) - Printer Coating, %inc Dusl %inc (:txidc ((or C;alvanired Surlares). JEF081 10.2 08110-1 SF,CI'ION 08110 —STEEL DOORS AND FRAML:S: continued G. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): 1. Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products. IT Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. 105 - Recommended Erection Instructions lilt Steel francs. 2. 107 - I lardware on Steel Doors(Reinforcement-Application). 3. 108 - Reconlnlended Selection and Usage Guide for Standard Steel Doors. 4. 1 1 1 Series: I I l A-1 I I F - Recommended Details, Steel Doors and Frames. 5. 112 - Galvanized Standard Steel Doors and Frames. G. 117 - Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and frames. I. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): I. PA 1 - Paint Application Specification No. 1. 2. Paint 20 - Paint Specification No. 20 Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type 11, "Organic"). 3. SP I - Surface Preparation Specification No. 1: Solvent Cleaning. 1.03 SUI3MITTAL.S: A. General: Submit as specified in DIVISION I. B. Product Data for each type ofdoor and frame specified, including, details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame; hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. D. Door Schedule: Submit schedule of doors and Games using sank reference numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings. I. Indicate coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requlrertlents. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ' A. Provide doors and Games complying with ANSI/SDI 100 and as specified, 1.05 DEJAVERY, S'I'ORAG1". AND 11AN1)1.ING: A. Deliver doors and fi-anles cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and Job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and GanlcS. B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages nlay be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Engineer/Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and franks at building site under cover. Place units oil minimum 4-Inch- (100- mm-) high wood blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 1/4-inch (G-nun) spaces between stacked doors to pronlote air circulation. s 08110-2 JEFO81 10.2 SI?C1'fON 081 10—S'1'Iaa. 1)OO1ZS ANI') I'IZAMI,'S: continued PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURI RS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Steel Doors and Frames: a. Amweld Building Products, Inc. b. Ceco Door Products. C. Curries Co. d. Fenestra Corp. C, Gateway Metal Products. f. Kewanee Corp. g. Mesker Door, Inc. h. Pioneer Industries. i. Republic Builders Products. j. Steelcraft. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel complying with ASTNI A526 (AS"fM A526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A642 (ASTM A642M), drawing quality, hot- dip galvanized according to AS'1 M A525, with A60 or G60 (ASTM A525M, with 2180 or ZF180)coating designation, mill phosphatized. B. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0178-inch- (1.2-mm-) thick steel sheet; 0.0516-inch- (I.3-nun-) thick galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames. C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot-dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class L. or 1.) as applicable. 2,03 DOORS: A. Steel Doors: Provide 1-3/4-inch- 04-mm-) thick doors of materials and ANSI/SDI 100 grades and models specified below, or as indicated on Drawings or schedules: I. Doors: Grade III, heavy-duty, Model 1, full flush design, minimum 0.0635-inch- (1.6- mm-) thick galvanized steel sheet laces. 2.04 FRAMES: A. Provide metal frames for doors, according to ANSI/SDI 100, and oftypes and styles as shown on Drawings and schcdlules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 0.0635-inch- (1.6-nun-) thick galvanized steel sheet. I. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners, B. Grout: When required in masonry construction, as specified in D VISION 4. 2.05 _FABRICATION: A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free From defects, warp, or buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble unit, in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at 1'rojcct site, Comply with ANSI/SUI 100 requirements, I. Internal Construction: One of the fillowing rmmulaclurer's standard core materials according to SDI or NAAMM standards: • a. Rigid polyurethauic conforming to ASTM C591 or 3 inches of compressed rock wool (exterior doors). JEF081 10.2 08110-3 SECTION 081 10— STEEL. DOORS AND FIZAMI.S: continued b. Vertical steel stiffeners (interior doors). 2. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at jambs and heads, except not more than 114 inch (6.4 nun) between non-fire-rated pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch (19 mm) at bottom. B. Fabricate exposed fsices of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from only cold-rolled steel sheet. C. "Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet. 1.. Galvanized Steel Doors, Panels, and Frames: For the following locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 0.0635-inch- (1.6-man-) thick galvanized steel channels, with channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges. Scal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 1. At all locations. F. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. G. Thermal-Rated (Insulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as shown or scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thernunl-insulating door and frame assemblies and tested according to ASTM 0236 or ASTM C976 on fully operable door assemblies. I. Unlcss otherwise indicated, provide thermal-rated assemblies with l.1-vahre rating of 0.41 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (2.33 W/sq, nn x K) or hetter. 1-I. 1 lardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable rcquirenlents of SDI 107 and ANSI A 115 Series specifications for dour and frame preparation for hardware. I. For concealed overhead door closers, provide space, cutouts, reinforcing, and provisions for fastening in top rail ofdoors or head of frames, as applicable. I. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardwarc. Lnilling and tapping for surfirce-applied hardware may he done at Project site. .I. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if'not indicated, according to the Door and I la rdwarc institute's (DI 11) "Recommended Locations for Architectural I lardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2.06 FINISHES, GF',NF;RAI.: A. Comply with NAAMh1's "Metal Finishes; Manual" for reconunnendations relative to applying and designating linishes. 13. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint ;Application Specification No. I," for steel sheet finishes. C. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fahrication. 2.07 (']ALVANIZFI') S'1'1:1*:I. SI IF FT FINISI IFS: A. Surlace Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpet•oleunl solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical comicctons. and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTIv1 A780. 1. Galvanizing Repair faint: I ligh-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than r TM) AM dust by weight, and complying with l)C)l.)-P-?10315 or SSPC-Paint 20, 08110-4 ,II?1`091 10.2 r SECTION 08110—S'I'f:EL I)OOIZS AND I"RAMI"zS: continued B. Factory Priming for Field-Painted finish: Where field painting aficr installation is indicated, apply air-dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and pretreatment. PART 3 - EXf CU'I'ION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. I3. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Except for frames located in existing concrete, masonry, or gypsum board assembly construction, place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings. 2. In masonry construction, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry'l'-shaped anchors. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer. 13. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove; protective wrappings from doors and frames. CND OF SECTION 08110 J EF081 1 U.2 08110-5 w SECTION 08331 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. 'Phis Section includes the following types ofoverhead ceiling doors: I. Insulated service doors. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. For electrical service and connections for powered operators, and accessories: DIVISION 16, 2. For disconnect switches and circuit breakers for powered operators: DIVISION 16. 1.02 RII'GRF.NCI:S: A. American Architectural Manufitcturers Association (AANIA): I. 607.1 - Voluntary Guide Specification and Inspection Methods tier Clean Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. B. American Societv for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A36/A36M - Carbon Structural Steel, 2, A 123 - Zinc (flot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. A240/A240M - I lent-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels. 4. A653/A653M - Steel Shect, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by (lie I lot-Dip Process. 5. A666 - Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat Liar. 6. 13209/13209M - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 7. 13221/8221 M - Aluminum and Aluminum-Allov Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. 8. F841) - 'test Method 161. Surf;tce Burning Characteristics of Building Materials C. National Association of Architectural Metal MallnfilCtUrCr•S (NAAMM): I. Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products. D. National l? ufi 1ectrical Mantcturers Association (NI: IA): 1 . ICS I - Industrial Control and Svstems General Requirements. 2. ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. 3. ICS 6 - Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures. •1. M6 I - Motors and Generators. 1.03 DEFI_N11'IONS: A. Operation Cycle: One complete cycle ofa door begins with the door in the closed positions. The door is then moved to the open position and hack to the closed position. 1.011 PI;RFORMANC E, REOUIRI?MEN'S: A. Structural Performance: Provide overhead coiling doors capable of'Nvithstanding the ef('cets of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation of door ccmtponents: 1. Wind Load: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) of 56.7 Ibl%scl. fi. (2715 Pa), acting inward and outward. 13. Operation-Cycle Requirements: I. Design overhead coiling door coil t poi tents and operator to operate liar' not less than 20,000 cycles. • ,I EF0833 12 08331-1 w SECTION 08331 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS: continued 1.05 SUBm I'm L,S: A, Product Data: For each typo rind size of overhead coiling door and accessory. Include details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, rind finishes. Provide roughing-in diagrams, operating instructions, and maintenance information. include the following: I. Setting drawings, templates, and installation instructions for built-in or embedded anchor devices. 2. Summary of forces and loads on walls and jambs. 3. Motors: Show nameplate data rind ratings, Characteristics; mounting arrangements: size and location of winding termination lugs, conduit entry, and grounding lug: and coatings. E. Shop Drawings: For special components and installations not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's data sheets. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems, Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring and between components provided by door manufacturer and those provided by others. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for units with factory-applied finishes. D. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is rill authorized representative of the overhead coiling door manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of runts required for this Contract. B. Source Limitations: Obtain overhead coiling doors through one source from a single manufacturer. I. Obtain operators and controls from the overhead coiling door manufacturet•. PART 2 - PRODt IC"I S 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance \%ith requirements, pi-o\ide products by one of the following: I. The Cookson Company. 2. Cornell Iron Works Inc, 3. Mahon Door Corp. •1. Overhead Door Corporation, 5. Pacific Rolling Door Co. 6. Raynor Garage Doors. 7. Southwestern Steel Rolling. Door Co. 8. Wayne-Dalton Corp. 9. Windsor Door: A United Dominion Company. 2.02 DOOR CURTAIN MATL;RIAL.S AND CONSTRUCTION: A. Door Curtain: Fabricate overhead roiling door curtain of interlocking slats, designed to withstand wind loading indicated, in a continuous fength for Nvidih of door without splices. UnIcss otherwise indicated, provide slats of material thickness recommended by door manufircturer for performance, size. and type ofdoor indicated. and as lollows: 08331-2 JEF08331.2 SECTION 08331 - OVI RI IC?,AD COILING DOORS: continual 1. Exterior Doors: a. Steel Door Curtain Slats: Structural-quality, cold-rolled galvanized steel sheets complying with ASTN/I A653, with G90 (ASTM A653M, with 7..275) zinc coating. (1) Provide manufacturer's standard flat-profile slats. b. Insulation; fill slat with rigid cellular polystyrene or polyurethane-foam-type thermal insulation complying, with maximum fume-spread and smokc-developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM F84. Enclose insulation completely within metal slat face. C. Inside Curtain Slat Face: To match material ofoutside metal curtain slat and as Follows: (I) Galvanized Steel Sheet 'Thickness: Not less than 0.028 inch. 13. Endlocks: I. Malleable-iron castings galvanized after fabrication, secured to curtain slats with galvanized rivets, or high-strength nylon. Provide locks on not less than alternate curtain slats for curtain alignment and resistance against lateral movement. 2. Marltrfacturer''s smiWard locks on not less than a1M'1111W CUr'taill slats for curtain alignment and resistance against lateral movement. C. Windlocks: Malleable-iron castings sccw'cd to curtain slats with galvanized rivets or high- strength nylon, as required to comply with wild load. 1). f3ottom Bar: 1. Consisting of 2 angles, each not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8 inch (38 by 38 by 3 mat) thick, either galvanized or stainless-steel or aluminum extrusions to suit type ol'curtain slats. a. Provide motor-operated doors with combination bottom astragal and sensor edge. E. Curtain .lamb Guides: I. Fabricate Curtain jamb guides of steel angles, or channels and angles, with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, to allow curtain to operate smoothly, and to withstand loading. Build up units \�ith not less than 3/16-inch- (5-nun-) thick, galvanized steel sections complying with ASTM A36 (ASTM A304), and ASTM A 123. Slot holt holes for guide adjustment. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel ofcurmin and a continuutis har for holding windlocks. 2.01 HOODS AND ACCI;SSORII:S: A. I load: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating ntcchanisnr at opening head and act as weatherseal, Contour to suit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for stiffness. Provide closed ends Im surface-mounted hoods and fascia for any portion of between-,jamb mounting proJecting boond wall face. Provide intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sag. I. Fabricate aluminum hoods, complying with ASTM 13209 (ASTM 13209M), allov and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and not less than 0.032 inch (0.8 nun) thick, for aluminum doors. 2. Shape: a. Round. 13. `'Jeatherseals: Provide replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-stripping gaskets fitted to bottom and at top of exterior doors, unless otherwise indicated. At (loot- head, use 1/8-inch- (3••nun-) thick, replaceable, continuous sheet secured to inside ofrurtain coil I ood. 1. Provide motor-operated doors with combination bottom weatherseal and sensor edge. .11;F083 31.2 08331-3 SECTION 09331 - OVI RHE,M) COILING DOORS: continued 2. In addition, provide replaceable, adjustable, continuous, flexible, 1/8-inch- (3-tnnl-) thick seals of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene at door jambs fora wcathertight installation. 2.04 CORN('(?Rf3AI.ANCING Mf:CHANISM: A. General: Counterbalance doors by means of adjustabic-tension steel helical torsion spring, mounted around a steel shaft and contained in r► spring barrel connected to door curtaill with required barrel rings. Use grease-scaled bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. 13. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot-formed, structural-quality, welded or seamless carbon-steel pipe, of'sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled-up curtain without distortion of slats and to limit barrel dellection to not more than 0.03 in./fi. (2.5 nim/nl) of span under full load. C. Provide spring balance of one or more oil-tempered, heat-treated steel helical torsion springs, Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain, with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Provide cast-steel barrel plugs to secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft. U. Fabricate torsion rod for counterbalance shaft of'cold-rolled steel, sired to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load. E. Brackets: Provide mounting brackets of manufacturer's standard design, either cast-iron or cold-rolled steel plate with bell-mouth guide groove for curtain. 2.05 FINISI I F,S, GENERAL.: A. General: C'oniply with NAANiM's "Metal Finishes Manual fbr Architectural anr.l Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 13. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance: of abutting or adjacent pieces arc acceptable ifthey are within one-half of the range ofapproved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece arc not acceptable. Variations in appearance ofolher components are acceptable Willey are within the range of approved Samples and ;Ire assembled or installed to - Illillimize contrast. 2.06 S'I'I:HL AND GAI.VA!JI/.I.I) SI I.I:I. f (NISI Il S: A. Powder-Coat-Applied Finish Apply powder-coat-applied finish consisting ol'printer and topcoat(s) according to coating nu►nufnctur•er's written instructions liir cic"►nint", pretreatment, application, thermosetting. and nlininlum dry film thicknes:.. I. Color and Gloss: a. As selected by t:nginco:r':yrchitect Ireml manuli►cuu•er', lull range of colons and glosses, 2,07 I.1.l:C'fRIC I)t)OR. t>PHOTORS: A. General: Provide electric door operator assembly ol'size and calmcity recommended and provided by door manufacturer for door and operational life specified. with electric Motor and Victory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear-reduction unit, solenoid-operated brake, clutch, remote-control stations, conlr•ol devices, integral gearing for lucking door, and accessories required for proper operation, B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Disconnect Device: Provide hand-operated disconnect or nlecha Ili sill for automatically engaging sprocket-chain operator and releasing brake for emergency nlanoal operation while disconnecting motor, without aftccting timing of limit switch. Mount disconnect and operator 08331-44 .1 F"1`0 8331.2 - SECTION 08331 - OVERI IF,AD COILING DOORS: continued so Ihey are accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged. D. Design operator so motor may be rcrrtovcd without disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without affecting emergency auxiliary operator. I:, provide control equipment complying with N11-'MA ICS f, NIMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6, with NFPA 70 Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-V, ac or dc. F. All electrical equipment shall be rated t:)r installation in a Class I, Division I, Groups C and D area. G. Door-Operator Type: 1. provide wall-, hood-, or bracket-mounted,jaekshaft, gear-head hoist-type door operator unit consisting of electric motor, enclosed worst-gear running-in-oil primary drive, chain and sprocket secondary drive, and auxiliary chain-hoist and floor level disconnect. H. Electric Motors: provide high-starting torque, reversible, continuous-duty, Class A insulated, electric motors, complying with NEMA MC I, with overload protection, sired to start, accelerate, and operate door in either direction, from any position, at not less than 2/3 fps (0.2 m/s)or more than I fps (0.3 m/s), without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 1 . Type: Single-phase, 120Vac induction type. 2. Service Factor: According to NEMA MG 1, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Coordinate wiring requirements and electric characteristics of motors with building electrical system. 4. Provide explosionproof type motor, 1. Remote-Control Station: Provide momentary-contact. 3-button control station with push- bulton controls labeled "Open," "Close," and "Stop." Provide both interior and exterior unit. 1. Provide interior runts, full-guarded, surface-mounted, heavy-dut\ hype, with NIMA ICS C, 'type 7 tncluSUre. 2. Provide exterior units, full-guarded, standard-duty, Surface-mounted, weatherproof type, NI MA ICS 6, Type 4 enclosure, key operated. Y ,I. Obstruction Detection f)evict: Provide each motorized door with indicated external automatic safety sensor able to protect full width of'door opening. Activation of sensor immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. I , Sensor FAige: Provide each motorized door with an automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar. Contact with sensor immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. Connect to control circuit using III ilntlfacluref s standard take-up reel or self-coiling cable. a. Provide electrically actuated auunnatic bottom bar. 1 1) Self-illonitorirrg l v pc: Provide self-monitoring. 4-wire configured device. K. Limit Switches: Provide adjumahle s\\itches, interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop dour at fully opened and fully closed positions. PART 3 - I?XI CI 11 ION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install dour and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware.jamb and head mold strips, anchors, inae►ts, hangers, and equipment supports according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified. JEF08331.2 08331-5 SCC1"ION 08331 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS: continued 3.02 ADJUSTING: A. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily; free from warp, twist, or distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter. 3.03 DEMONSTRATION: A. Start-up Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services and to train Owner's maintenanee personnel as specified below: I. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance, and procedures for testing and resetting release devices. 3. Rcview data in the maintenance manuals. 4. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days' advance notice. END Or SECTION 08331 y 08331-6 JE1�08331.2 SECTION 08700 - FINISH I-IARDWARI: VART I - Cif?NERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes hardware Cor the proper installation, operation, and control of,doors. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Hollow Mc!al Doors and Frames: SECTION TION 081 10. 1.02 RI?FI RIiNCE"S: A. Applicable Standards: I, American National Standards Instilute (ANSI): a, A 115 Series - Door and I1-ame Preparation. h. A 156 Series - Hardware. C. A 1 17.1 - Buildings and Facilities - Providing, Accessibility and Usability for Physically Handicapped People. 2. Builders I lardware Manufacturers Association (III MIA): a, 1301 - Materials and Finishes, 3, Door and I lardware Institulc (DI II): a, Keying - Procedures, Systems and Nomenclature. h. Architectural I lard%%are Scheduling, Sequence and Schedule Formal. C. Abbreviations and Symbols, d. Processing I larclw;u-c f'or Custom Aluminum Doors. e. Hardware for Labeled Fire Doors. ® f. Recommended Locations fill. Builder's I lardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. �!. Recommended Procedure for Processing I lardware Schedules and "templates. h. Wood Door Standards %V2, W5, WDI IS-2, and WDI IS-3. 4. National Fire Protection Association (NI'PA): r a. 80 - Standards lilt Firc I hull's and 1Villdow . h. 101 bile Safcty C'odc. 5. Underwriters Laboratories ((Ty a. Building Matclials Director\. h. 305 - Panic I lardwarc. 6. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA): a. 41.13 - Doors (and hardware). 1,03 SUBMITTALS. A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Includes, but not limited to, the 1',611(ming; I. Product data includes malml'llctnrcr:s' lechnical product data 1'or each item of,door hardware, rllsta11,11ioll I list ructlolls, Illanliellarlce X11 opclirling parts and fmish, and Other m1brination necessary to silo\\ Coll 1piimwe with re(luircntents. 2. Final hardware schedule coordinated with doors, I'runcs. and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, I'raiciion, and finish ohloor hardware, a, Final I lardware Schedule Content: Based on hardware indicated, organize schedule into "hardware sets" indicating; complete designations of every item required file each door or opening. 111Llnde the following: it formation: (I) Type, style, fuuction, size, and finish ol'cach hardware item. (2) Name and mamrfactul'er ol'cach item. (3) Fastenings and other pertinent information. JET08700.2 08700-1 SE:C.TION 08700 - FINISH I IARDWARF: continued (4) Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. (5) Explanation ofall abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. (G) Mounting locations for hardware. (7) Door and frame sizes and materials. (8) Keying information. b. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. C. Templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for the installation of door hardware. Chcck Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made For locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and loci: acts, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer. B. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural door hardware Supplier, with warehousing facilities in the Project's vicinity, that has a record of'successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this E'roject Mid that employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AMC:) who is available to Owner, Engineer, and Contractor for consultation at reasonable times during the course of the Work. 1. Require supplier to meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and to obtain final instructions in writing. C. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide door hardware fir fire-rated openings that complies with NFPA Standard No. 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by UL. Warnock I lersey, FM, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes ofdoors indicmed in compliance with requirements of fire-rated door and (loot- frame labels. 1.05 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND I IANDLINU A. "fag each item or package separately with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or trackage. B. Packaging of door hardware is responsibility of Supplier. As material is received by hardware Supplier from various manufacturer:,, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved har(I\tiauc schedule. Two or more identical sets may he packed in same container. C. Inventory door hardware jointly with representatives of hardwarc Supplier and hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct. I). Deliver individually packaged door hardware items promptly to place of installation (shop or Project Site). F.. Provide secure lock-up fir door hardware delivered 10 the project, bill not yet installed. Control handling and installation of'hardwar•e items that are not immediately replaceable so that completion of the wort: will not he delayed by hardware losses both before and after Installation. 08700-2 JEI'08700.2 • SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE: continued 1.06 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate hardware with other Work. B. Furnish templates and other detail matter as required to each fabricator of doors and frames, and to other Work to be prepared for the installation of hardware. C. Where Modifications to this Specification arc required duc to unanticipated conditions, make recommendations of alternative proacdures to Engineer for his consideration and approval. 1.07 MAINII NANCI?: A. Maintenance"fools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed Ilrr Owner's conlinued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware, PART 2 --PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE: PRODUCTS: A. Items of hardware are specified in Schedule - I IARDWARE SL:TS, with reference to the listing given in this Part - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: A. Hardware shall meet the respective applicable standards specified in PART I, this Section. B. Provide hardware complete with all fasteners, anchors, instructions, layout 11cl7lplates, and any specialized tools as required for satisfactory installation and adjustrlrcnt. C. Provide manufacturer's standard products meeting the design intent of this Specification, free of imperfections affecting appearance or serviceability. D. Hardware is specified in PART 2 - I IARDWARE SETS, this Section, by type and function category, cacti of which has been selected as that best meeting the application. 2.03 IIARDWARI SCHC:DI11.Li: M A. RO'cr to the Door Schedule on file Drawings to ascertain hands, sizes, and lahel conditions. 'file ' IDW SETT" column in the Door Schedule indicates the door numbers to which each set applies. Set No. I Dour No, 104 4 pr. Butts FBB 191 630 4.5 x 4.5 NRP I ca. L.ockset M521 AN 630 2 ca. Door Closer -1040 I ca. Door Coordinator COR Series 2 ca. Flush Bolts F136 626 1 ca. Threshold 890 2 ca. Door Sweep 199 NA I set Weatherstripping 137 NA I ca, Drip Cap WS 0250 (door size plus 4 inches) 1 ca. Astragal WS 2090 JEF08700.2 08700-3 r SECTION 08700 - FINISH I IARDWARl : continued Set No, 2 Door No, 101, 103 1-1!2 pr. 13utts 11.313191 630 41,5 x4.5 NRP 1 ca, Panic Device I 9-M-LE 630 1 ca. Threshold 890 1 ea. Door Sweep 199 NA I set Weatltcrstripphig 137 NA 1 ea. Drip Cap WS025C (door sire plus 41 inches) I ca, Door Closer 41040 Product Manufacturer Locks NT Falcon (cylinder shall be compatible with existing system) Butts Stanley I'xit Devices N1' Monarch I lardware Door Closers LCN Door Coordinator& Flushbolts GIvnn-.Iohnson Weatherstripping AC Thresholds National Guard Products 2.041 SC'1IF.DULGD LIAIZ[7WAItCs DGSIGNA"I'fONS; A. Requirements for design. grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware arc indicated in the "Hardware Schedule." Products arc identified by using hardware designation numbers ofthc following: I. Manulacturer's Product Designations: The product designation and name of one nutnufacturcr are listed for each hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Provide either file product designated or, where more than one manufacturer Is specified, file comparable product ofone of'the other manta acturers that complies with requirements. 2.05 KI:YING: A. Keying requirements shall he determined by cr,nsultati0II With t Avner and I:ngiucer. B. Provide keys as directed by O ncr. 2.06 ,MATI:RIA1,S AND I'AIIRI('A H0NN: A. h'IarlirfaetLlrel''S Name HMO: 1)n 1101 usC ni;lntlli cturers' products that hart manufacturer's ntmtc or trade name displayed in a v1sihlc location (omit removable nameplates) except if) conjunction with required lirc•-raledl labels and as otherwise acceptable to FAnd;ineer/Architect. I. Mamtlacturer's identif;cation will be permitted on rim of lock, cylinders only. 13. Luse Metals: Product hard\�;IIT units of basic nlct;ll using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, hilt in no case of lesser(commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI/131 MIA A 156 series standards liar each type of'hardware item and with ANSI/tit IMA A 156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods except as otherwise specified. C. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform fig published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation, Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated or specified. D. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware ileal. Provide Phillips flat-head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed screws to match hardware finish. 08700-4 .f 1 108700.2 w SECTION 08700 - FINISH I IARDWARF: continued E. Provide concealed Ctlsteners for hardware units that arc exposed when door is closed except to the extent no standard units ol'type specified arc: available with conecaled fasteters. Do not use through-bolts fbr installation where boll head or nut an opposite fact is exposed in other work unless their use is the only means of•reinfirrcing the work adequately to fasten the hardware securely. Where through-halts arc used as a means of'reinforcinfg, the work, provide sleeves for each through-bolt or use sex screw fasteners. PART 3 - I;XL;CUTION 3,01 PRI:;PARATION: A. Check all frames and doors for proper hardware cutouts and rcinforcements. 1.3. Except as specified otherwise, install articles ot'hardwarc after finishes have been completed on the substrate. Note all requirements IOr coordination with protective coating applications, C. Install hardware at such a time in the Prefect schedule so as to minimize the possibility of damage from the activity of other trades prior to acceptance. D. Check the installation directions of PART 1, paragraph 1,0 113. - Related Work Specified Elsewhere, this Section, belure procceding. 3.02 1NSTA1,1,ATI0N: A, Mount articles ofhardware at locations and in the manner prescribed in the respective DI 11 standards specified in PART I, this Section, unless otherwise specified. B. install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or fir►itihed in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the DIVISION 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrates involved, C. Set units level, plumb. and true to line and location. Adjust and reinCorce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. 1). All field preparations, such as shrilling, cutting, tapping, and countersinking shall be accurately executed to assure precise fitting and adjustment. 1'.. Ilse fasteners of correct sii.e and type with anchoring devices as required by construction Conditions, suited to the nature ol•the attachment substrate, and the duty perlormancc required. F. In the course ofinstallation, aVoid danrlt:e to hardr:a►c mechanisms, finishes, and surrounding surfaces: smearing (.0'paints. sealants, and lubricants onto sur aces not intended to receive them: and the admission of,filrcign platter into chassis and cases of unit:, and their associated prcpar•at ions. Ci. Cut and fit Thresholds to door f•ran►e profiles. I'reparC Ilu'esholds fiof,the attachment of strikes and Clearance For spindles as rcquirCd. Set Thresholds in a Continuously laid bed of'mastic sealant to completely fill \oils and exclude rtloiswre f'roln every source, 11. Scal weather-protection components attached to (lie exterior sides Ot'd001•S and 1'1•ames, such as drip caps, astragals, and Sweeps in place \\ill) clear silicone caulk in such a manlier as to ensure if continuously filled Senn► thruughl►ul the jnincry. 1. Cut and fit weatherst•ippiug accurately so as to sheet the greatest possible continuity ol'the contact clement. Where hardware cim►patihle extrusions arc specified "do not cut," adjust templatint;of soffit-mounted hardware to suit the extrusion thickness, and ntoilnt all such items rm the extrusions, I. Protection plates shall be installed on visual centers of'closed doors, Bottom edges ofall such plates shall be flush with hottotps of doors or shall meet top edges of'surface-applied door sweeps where they are specified. ,1 708700."2 08700-5 a SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE: continued K. Adjust door closers immediately upon installation. Adjust in exact conl'ormancc with manufacturer's printed instructions. Back-check shall he advanced to reduce shock at dead stop. Latching speed shall be set to assure unassisted positive latching, (readjustment of closers may be required prior to acceptance as directed by Engineer. L, Degrees of swing of doors are given for closers and overhead stops where exact dimensioning, of the installation to achieve the indicated angles, is required, 3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be acljnsted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for ti le application made.. I. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items ns necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. B. Lubricate units only as recommended by their manufacturers. C. Remove excess sealants, lubricants. and any other foreign substances, and protect all installations from subsequent damage, D. Clean units just prior to final acceptance, with only materials and procedures recommended by their manufacturers. E. Maintain the sheets of instruction, layout templates, and any supplementary literature regarding hardware in a readable condition. Transmit to Owner all such matter together with all spare parts, specialized tools, and other accessories supplied with the hardware. Also, transmit to is Owner a copy of the approved hardware schedule. Notify Engineer in wailing that such transmittal has occurred. END OF SECTION 08700 w 08700-6 JEF08700.2 DIVISION 9 - FINISI IES SECTION 09900 - PROTECTIVE COATINCIS PART I - F"N_FRA1, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes coating of exterior and interior surlaces throughout the Project and whieh are listed in PART' 2, with systems specified on "coating systcnl" sheets at the end of this Section. 13. Coating systems include surface preparation, prime coat (first coat), finish coats (second and third coats), inspection, cleaning, and touch-up of surfaces and equipment. Shop preparation, prime coat, and finish coats to he shop-applied, may be specified elsewhere or referenced to this Section so that a complete system is specified and coordinated. I. Where surface preparation and first (prime)coat are specified in other Sections to be shop-applied, such as for structural steel, hollow metal doors or equipment, only the tOLICh-up and finish coats are a part of field painting. Surface preparation is the required degree of preparation prior to application of first (prime)coat regardless if done in shop or field. 2. If materials are provided without shop primer such as miscellaneous steel or sheet metal, then surface preparation, first, second, and third coats are a part of field painting. 3. Concealed surfaces arc generally not required to have finish-coats unless otherwise specified, but prime colt should he applied and touched up prior to concealment. ® 1. Where I-quipment and Materials are provided with shop-applied finished coating system, only touch-up is a part (-,f*field painting. 5. Refer to applicable Sections to determine whether surface preparation and first coat, or complete coating system, is to be shop-applied. C'. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Shop Painting and Coatings: All applicable Divisions. 2. Factory Prclinished Items: All applicable Divisions. 1). Colors: I. Color of finish coatings shall match accepted color Samples. 2. Whell second and flllish chats of a system ,ire of saute type, tint of use ,in alternate color on second coat to enable visual coverage inspection of the third coat. When first and second coats only are specified surd ;ire of same or different types, tint or use an alternate color oil first coat to enable visual coverage Inspection of the second coat. 3. Contract. Price shall include the following ;rpproxililaw number of finish coat colors to form a hasis for bidding: a. Alkyd: Four colors, with W!,'O deep tone color's. h. Acrylic: Dour color's, with 50'%, deep tone colors. C. Epoxy: Fifteen color's, with 50'!,i, deep torte colors. d. Polyurethane: Dour colors, with 5(')"/,, deep tone colors. 1.02 IZFFFIZ NCFS: A. Applicable Standards: I American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. A)3.1 - Scheme fOr the Identification ol'Pipin„ Systems. b. 753.1 - Sal`ety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. ,I L F09900.2 09900-1 M SECTION 09900 - PRO'fEC nw., COATINGS: continued 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. D2092 — Guide for Treatment of'Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Surf,ces for Painting. b. D4258 - Surface Clouting Concrete for Coating. C. D4259 - Abrading Concrete. d. D4260 - Acid [aching Concrete. C. D4261 - Surface Cleaning Concrete Unit Masonry for Coating. 3. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) Surfilce Preparation Specifientions: a. SPI - Solvent Cleaning: Removes oil, grease, soil. drawing and cutting compounds, and other soluble contaminatits. b. S115 - White Metal Blast Cleaning: Removes all scale, rust, foreign matter, heaves surface gray-white uniform metallic color. C. SPG - Commercial Blast Cleaning: Two-thirds of every nine square inches free of all visible residue,; remainder only light discoloration. cl. SP I 1 - Power"fool Cleaning to Bare Metal. e. SP 13 — Surface Preparation of Concrete. 4. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF): a. GI - Drinking Water Treatment Chernicals - Health Effects. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Schedule of products and paint systems to be used. Schedule shall include the following information: u. Surfaces for system to be applied. h. Surface preparation method and degree of cleanliness. C. Product manufacturer, name, and numher. Ll. Method of application, ti e. Dry film nail thickness per coat ofcoating to he applied. 2. Color charts for selection and acceptance. 3. Technical and material safety darn sheets. 4. Certification by coating nlanufacturt_r(s) that all coatings are suitable for service intended ins stated oil each coaling system sheet. If inanufacturer has an equivalent product as that specified, but it is not suitable liar the intended purpose, Contractor shall submit the recommended product for approval at no increase in cost, and state reasons for substitution. S. Contractor shall ccrtily in writing to the Engineer/Architect that applicators have Previously applied ;111 the systems in this Spccif ication and have the ability and equipment to pr.tlarc the surfaces and apply the coatings correctly. C. Submittals for indusu ial maintenance coating shall be prepared by, or have assistance in preparation of, a corrosion engineer or industrial coatings technical representative of the coating nnanufileturer. 1.04 QUALI FY ASSURANC 1'.: A. Certification: Coating work shall be performed by an SSPC certified contractor having a minimum of Category QI' I certification for work without 1111M dolls paint removal, and Category QI' 2 certification for work involving hazardous paint removal. B. Include on label ofcontainer: I. Manufilcturer's name, product name, and number. 2. Type of paint and generic name. 09900-2 JEF09900.2 SECTION 09000 - PRO'fFCTIVE COATINGS: continued 3. Color narne and number. 4. Storage and temperature limits. 5. Mixing and application instructions, including requirements for precautions which must be taken. G. Drying, recoat, or curing time. C. Prepainting Conference: I. Before Project field painting starts, representatives for the Owner, Contractor, coating applicator, and coating manufacturer's technical representative shall meet with Engineer/Architect. 2. Agenda for the meeting will include details of surface preparations and coating systems to ensure understanding and agreement by all parties for compliance. D. A coating report shall be completed daily by Contractor at each phase of the coating system starting with surface preparation. These shall be submitted on the form attached at end of this Section. E. In the event a problem occurs with coating system, surface preparation, or application, Contractor shall require coating applicator and coating manufacturer's technical representative to promptly investigate the problem and submit results to Engineer/Architect. F. Stated VOC shall be unthinned maximum VOC certified by manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE., AND HANDLING: A. Delivery of Materials: I. Deliver in scaled containers with labels and information legible and intact. Containers shall also have correct labels with required information. 1.0E REGULATORY REQUIREWENTS: A. In addition to requirements specified elsewhere fir environmental protection, provide coating materials that conform to the restrictions of the local and regional jurisdiction. Notify Engineer/Architect of'any coating specified herein that (ails to conform to the requirements liar the location of the Project or location ofapplication. 13. Lead Content: Use only coatings that are totally lead free. C. Chromate Content: Do not use coatings containing zinc-chromate or strontium chromate. D. Asbestos Content: Materials shall not contain asbestos. E. Mercury Content: Materials shall not contain mercury or mercury compounds. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Proprietary names and product numbers are specified in most systems for material identification from these manufiicturcrs: I. Ameron Protective Coatings Systems Group, Amcron Corp. 2. Carboline Company, Ine, 3. Devoe Coating Company, Division of'ICI. 4, Futura Coatings. Inc. 5. International Protective Coatings. ti. Keeler& Long, Inc., Division of PPG Industries, Inc. 7. Pittsburgh Paints, 1'PG Industries Inc. 8, Tnemcc Company, Inc. 9. Equivalent coatings(on approval by Engineer/Architect) are acceptable from the following alternate companies: a. F.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc. J FF09900.2 09900-3 Sf?C'I'ION 09900 - PR01'EC'1'IVI?C'(')A'I'INC;S: continued b. [3en,Jamrn Moore Company, C. Rust-Olellm. (1, Sherwin-Williams. C. Valspar Corporation, a Division of Ameron Corporation. 2.02 GENERAL: A. Materials furnished for each coating system must be compatible to the substrate. 13. When unprimed surfaces arc to be coated, entire coating system shall be by the same coating manufacturer to assure compatibility of coatings. C. When shop-painted swfaces are to be coated, ascertain whether finish materials will be compatible with shop coating. Infirm Engineer/Architect of any unsuitable substrate or coating conditions. 2.03 COATING; SYS'I'f:M_S: A. Specified on the "Protective Coating System" sheets at the end of this Section. 2.04 SURFACES TO 131.; COATED; A. System A-5: I. Miscellaneous lintels, angles, plates, and steel plate at door jambs. B. System 13-1: I. Galvanized steel conduit (paint conduit nn painted wall only). C. System 1.3-4: 1. Miscellaneous galvanized steel, exterior exposure. 2 Hollow metal doors and frames. D. System C-1: (Shop Applied, Field Touch-up) 1. Exposed exterior and exposed interior steel aeration piping. 2. Lining for steel aeration piping. E. System F- I. Blower piping. ' P. System 1'-I: I. Interior CMU walls. 2.05 SURl'ACT"S NOT TO 131. C OA"I'I?I): A. Do not field coal any of the firllo«ing items unless specifically noted otherwise. I. Metal surfaces of alun•Iinum. stainless steel. copper and similar linished materials. 2. Underside of concrete hollrmw care panels. 3. PVC coated conduit. PART 3 - EXl".C'l!TION 3.01 SURFACE I'Rf'PARATION; A. Prepare surfaces for each coatis`; system conforming, to SSPC or AS'ffvl surface preparation specifications listed. I. If grease or oils are present. SSPC-SPI shall precede any other method specified for metal substrates. 2. Remove surface irregularities such as weld spatter, burrs, or sharp edges prior ti) specified surface preparation. 13. Depth of profile will he as specified or as recommended by the nanufacturer fir each system, but in no instance shall It exceed (Ina'-third of the total dry f ilnt thickness of complete system. 09900-4 JEF'09900.2 - SECTION 09900 - PRO"ITC"1'IVC; COATINGS: continued C. Prepare only those areas which will receive, the first coat of the system on the same day. I. On steel substrates, apply coating before rust bloom forms. D. Concrete and masonry surfaces shall be adequately cured prior to coating application. I. Use surface cleaning nicthods, followed by mechanical or chemical surface preparation as specified in SS PC SI'13. It. Acid etching(ASTM D4260)shall riot be used for vertical surfaces. h. Acid etching shall only be used where: (I) Procedures are in place for removal of acid residues and the handling, containment, and disposal of hazardous materials. (2) Measures for protection of worker health and safety are provided. F. hor new galvanized steel to be coated, ifabsence of'hexavalent stain inhibitors is not documented, test its described in ASTM D2092, Appendix X2, and remove by one of the methods described therein. 3.02 APPLICATION: A. Apply coatings in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations. B. Use properly designed brushes, rollers, and spray equipment for all applications. C. On unprimed surfaces apply first coat of the system the same day as surface preparation, 1). Dry film thickness ofcach system,shall meet the ntininium specified. Maximum dry film thickness shall riot exceed the minimum more than 20% or coating ill fill ufacturer's requirements if—less. Where if dry film thickness range is specified, the range shall not be less than or exceeded. F'. Shop art(] field painting shall remain 75nutt (3 inches) away from unprepared surlitce of any substrate such as areas to be welded or bolted. 1 . 13nvironmental (conditions: 1. Atmospheric tent pe:rattire must be 10"( (50"F) or higher during application, unless otherwise approved by coating manufacturer. Do not apply coatings when inclentem weather or freezing temperature ma) occur within coating recoat cure times. 2. Wind velocities for exterior applications shall he at a mininmin to prevent overspray or fallout and not greater than coating manufacturer's limits. 3. Relative humility must he less than 85`%, and tile tentperattire of the surface to he painted must be at least 2.8"C' (S"I:) above the dew point. 4. Provide adequate ventilation in all areas of application to ensure that at no time dues the content ofair exceed the Threshold I.intit Value given on the ntanufaeturer's Material Safety Data Sheets fur the specific coatings being applied. G. Recoat Time: In the event a coating„ such as an epoxy, has exceeded its recoat time limit, prepare the applied coating in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation%. Il. Protection: I. Cover or otherwise protect surfaces not to be painted. Remove protective materials when appropriate. 2. Mask. remove, or otherwise protect finish hardware, machined surfaces, grilles. lighting fixtures, and prof inished units as necessary. 3. Provide cover of- shields to prevent surface preparation media and coatings from entering orifices in electrical or mechanical f;quipntent. Where ventilation systems imist be kept in operation at time ofsurface preparation, take precautions to shield intakes and exhausts to prevent the materials from entering system or being dispersed. 4. Provide signs to indicate fresh paint areas. 5. Provide daily cleanup of both storage and working areas and removal of all paint refuse, trash, rags, and thinners. Dispose of leftover containers, thinners, rags, brushes, and rollers which cannot be reused in accordance with applicable regulations. • JEF09900.2 09900-5 SECTION 09900- PROTECTIVE COATINGS: continued (). Do not remove Or paint over EgUIpnlGnt data plates, code stamps on piping, or UL fire- rating h�bcls. 3.03 INSPEC'T'ION: A. Contractor shall provide and use a wet film bathes to check each application approximately every 15 minutes in order to immediately correct film thickness under or over that specified, B. Contractor shall provide and use a dry film gauge to check each coat mm (rail) thickness when dry, and the total system ruin (rail) thickness when completed. C. Use holiday or pinhole detector on systems over metal substrates to detect and correct voids when indicated on system sheet. D. Furnish a sling psychrometer and perform periodic checks on both relative humidity and temperature limits. L. Check temperature of the substrate at regular intervals to be certain surface is 2.8"C (5"F)or more above the dew point. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIRS: A. Remove spilled, dripped, or splattered paint from surflaccs. B. Touch up and restore damaged finishes to original condition. This includes surface preparation and application of coatings specified. END OF SECTION 09900 09900-6 ,f EF09900.2 COATING REPORT Contract Name: Contract No.: Coating Contractor: Foreman: Unit or Surface identification: Unit or Surface Location: Exterior: Interior: Surince Preparation: Date ; Air Temp _.._"I : Relative I lurnidity _ `4o Method of Surface Preparation: Profile achieved , nai1S(ifapplicable). Touch-Up: Date _; Tinac ; Air Temp _ „( ; Surface"temp °l: Relative I-lumidit5' _ _.__°/,-. Dew Point _ _.�. _ _ `P Coating Used : Dry Film Obtained First Coat: Date : Time _. : Aii-Teraala __...... 0 F; Surfiacc 'Temp 1- Relative Humidity 44r, Dew Point "I Coating Used .__----------_. ._.__._______._...: Dry Time Belore Recoat Dry Film Obtained _.._mils. Second Coat: Date .__...__._ __...__: 'time _._........_._..- Air'fe111) ._.....__. _.__. "I ; SUrfSlee Temp 0 1: Relative I lumidity ?,,; De%v Pedal "1' Coating Used _ _. ._._..._...._,.- --_..... .. ...._ .-_... _-- : Dry Time Bef6r•e Recant -------- firs. Dry Film Obtained .._..__. mils. 'third Coat: Date Time ; Air fenap I.• Surf lce Tellip "F Relative Humidity Dew Point Coating Used : l)ry Fihla Ublained ,mils. 09900.CR1 09900 C•R-1 021(01 t PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers —Architects— Consultants //�� Kansas City, Missouri System: /'-'r►-5 SERVICE: Steel - Moderate to Severe Expasure (Nonimmersion) Surface Preparation: Shop: SSPC-SP6 and profile depth 1.5 to 2.0 mils (0,038 to 0.051 mm). Field: SSPC-SP2 and SP3. Clean and dry. First Coat: High solids polyamine or polyamide epoxy with rninimurn 67% solids by volume, Apply at 5.0 to 8.0 mils (0.127 to 0.203 mm) dry film thickness. Second Coat: High solids aliphatic acrylic polyurethane gloss enamel with minimum 52% solids by volume. Apply at 2.0 mils (0.051 mm) dry film thickness. System Total: Minimum 7.0 mils (0.178 mm)dry film thickness. Volatile Organic Content: Maximum 3.5 lb/gal (425 g/L). COATING MANUFACTURER PRODUCT DESIGNATION FIRST COAT TOUCH UP SECOND COAT Ameron Amerlock 400 Same as first coat Amercoat 450 HS Carboline Carboguard 890 Some as first coat Carbothane 134 HG ICI Devoe Devran 224 I-IS Same as first coal Devthane 389 International Interseal 670 Same as first coat Interthane 990 Keeler & Long Kolormastic li Same as fist coat Acrythane KLYC1-Series No. 1800 Pittsburgh Paints Pitt-Guard Same as first coat Pittane 35 Gloss 97-145 Series 95-850 Series Tnemec Epoxoline II-N69 Same as first coat Endura-Shield II, Series 1074 PCSA5 0201 A PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers—Architects —Consultants p Kansas City, Missouri System: B-1 SERVICE: Nonferrous & Galvanized Metal— Normal Exposure (Nonimmersion) Exterior or Interior Surface Preparation: Shop or field first coat: Remove oil or soap film with nvulral detergent or emulsion cleaner. First(Prime) Coat: Pretreat galvanized rrietal with zinc treatment such as "Galvaprep"or as recommended by coating manufacturer. Pretreat other nonferrous motals as recommended by coating manufacturers. Second Coat: Alkyd gloss enamel with minimum 40% solids by volume. Apply at 2.0 mils (0.051 mm) dry film thickness. Third Coat: Same as second coat. System Total: Minimum 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) dry film thickness. Volatile Organic Content: Maximum 3.5 lb/gal (425 g/L). COATING PRODUCT DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCH UP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT Ameron See above Amercoat 5450 Same as second coat Carboline See above Carbocoat 139 Same as second coat ICI Devoe See above Devguard 4:348 Same as second coat International See above Interlac 820 Same as second coat Keeler & Long See above Fumeproof Enamel Same as second coat KLDG1 Series Pittsburgh Paints Pitt-Tech 90.708 Speedhide 6.282 Same as second coat Series Series rnemec See above Hi-Build Tneme Sarrle as second coat (gloss 2 hl PCSB1 0201 v PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers—Architects --Consultants Kansas City, Missouri System: B"4 SERVICE: Nonferrous & Galvanized Metal--- Moderate to Severe Exposure Exterior or Interior (Except Galvanized Handrail) Surface Preparation: Shop or field first coal: Remove oil or soap film with neutral detergent or emulsion cleaner. First Coat: Pretreat ns recommended by coating manufacturer. Second Coat: High build polyamide or polyamidoamine epoxy with minimum 50% solids by volume. Apply at 5.0 mils (0.127 mm) dry film thickness. Third Coat: High solids aliphatic acrylic polyurethane gloss enamel with minimum 52% solids by volume, Apply at 2.0 mils (0.051 mm) dry film thickness. System Total: Minimum 7.0 mils (0.178 rim) dry film thickness in addition to galvanizing. Volatile Organic Content: Maximum 3.5 lb/gal (425 g/L). COATING PRODUCT DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCH UP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT Ameron Sete above Arriercoat 385 Amercoat 450 HS Carboline See above Carboguard 890 Carbolhane 134 HG ICI Devoe See above Devran 220 Devthane 389 International See above Intergard 475 HS Interthane 990 Keeler & Long See above Kolor•Poxy Printer Neothane Hi-Solids No. 3200 KLNC1 Series Pittsburgh Paints See above HB Aquapon Pittane 35 Gloss 97.130 Series 95-850 Series Tnemec See above F.C. Typoxy Endura-Shield 74 Series 27 PcSt34 020 PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers —Architects — Consultants �+ Kansas City, Missouri System: C-1 SERVICE: Steel & Iron: Surface Temperature to 350°F (177°C) Continuous, 400°F (204 °C) Intermittent Surface Preparation: Shop or Field First Coat: SSPC-SP10 and profile depth 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). Field Touch-Up: SSPC-SP6 and profile depth 1.0 mil (0,025 min) minimum. First Coat: Silicone-alkyd, acrylic, or diffuse aluminum.Aluminum or grey color. Apply at 1.0 to 2.0 mils (0.025 to 0.051 mm)dry film thickness. Second Coat: Same as first coat. System Total: Minimum 2.0 to 3.0 mils (0.051 to 0.076 mm)dry film thickness. Volatile Organic Content: Maximum 51 lb/gal (600 g/L). COATING PRODUCT DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCH UP SECOND COAT Ameron Amercoat 894 Same as first coat Same as firs?coat • Carboline Thermaline 2966 Same as first coat Same as first coat ICI Devoe HT-4 Same as first coal Same as first coat International Inlerlherm 875 Same as first coat Same as first coat Keeler& Long Heatproot Silicone Same as first coat Same as first coat No, 2807 Pittsburgh Paints Silicone Acrylic Same as first coat Silicone Acrylic 97-710 Series UC46654 Tnemec Silicone Aluminum Same as first coat Same as first coat 39.661 Pcsc 1 0102 r. PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers—Architects — Consultants Kansas City, Missouri System: G"1 SERVICE: Steel & Iron —Nonpotable Liquid Immersion, Normal to Severe Exposure. Interior of Tank or Basin. Exterior of Steel, Piping, or Equipment in Tank or Basin. Surface Preparation: Shop or Field First Coat: SSPC-SP5 and profile depth of 1.5 to 2.5 mils (0.038 to 0.064 mm). Field Touch-Up: Same as for First Coat. First Coat: Fligh solids amine or polyamidoamine epoxy coating with minimum 67% solids by volume. Apply at 5.0 mils (0.127 mm) dry film thickness. Second Coat: Same as first coat. System Total: Minimum 10.0 mils (0.254 mm) dry film thickness. Check for voids with holiday or pinhole detector, Volatile Organic Content: Maximum 2.8 lb/gal (340 g/L). COATING PRODUCT DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCH UP SECOND COAT Ameron Amerlock 400 Same as first coat Same as first coat Carboline Carboguard 890 Same as first coat Sarne as first coat ICI Devoe liar-Rust 235 Same as first coat Same as first coat International Interseal 670 HS Same as first coal Same as first coat Keeler& Long Keelock Sarne as first coat Sarno as first coat No. 9600 Pittsburgh Paints Pitt-Guard DTR Same as first coat Sarne as first coat 97-145 Series Tnemec Epoxoline II-69 Same as first coat Same as first coat PCSE1 0201 i PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers--Architects— Consultants Kansas City, Missouri System: I—C "1 SERVICE: Concrete, Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)- Normal Exposure (Nonimmersion) Interior Surface Preparation: Concrete: ASTM D4258, clean and dry. Fill pits in concrete with patching compound as recommended by coating manufacturer. CMU: AS TM D4261, clean and dry. First Coat: (CMU) High solids masonry block filler with minimum 50% solids by volume. Apply as required to fill pores on CMU. Second Coat: Water-base acrylic epoxy gloss enamel with minimum 40 solids by volume. Apply at 2.0 mils (0.051 mm) dry film thickness, Third Coat: Same as second coat. Note Second and fhrrd coats may be applrod in one 4 Ornd(0 102 mm)coat it allowed by coating ninnu/actwor System Total: Minimum 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) dry film thickness in addition to filler, Volatile Organic Content: Maximum 2.8 lb/gal (340 g/L) for epoxy coaling. COATING PRODUCT DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCH UP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT Ameron Amerlock 40OBF Amercoat 335 Same as second coal ICI Devoe Bloxfill 4000 'I'm Glaze 4408 Same as second coat International Intercryl 320WB Intergard 735WB Same as second coat Keeler& Long Kolor-Foxy Surfacer Hydro-Foxy H-Series Sarne as second coat No. 3,100 Pittsburgh Paints Pitt-Glare 16-00 Pitt-Glaze HS Same as second coat '16-800 Series Tnemec Tite-Fill Block Filler 54-580 Tnerne-Tufcoat 114 Same as second coat PCSF1 0201 UrvlStc)N 10 - sr r•.clnl,l lla SECTION 10200 - ARCHITECTURAL I,OUVr:RS PART I - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: I. Fixed metal wall louvers. 13. Related Work Specified I:Isewhere: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: I. For sealants installed in perinnct.cr joints between louver frames rind adjoining construction: Sl C•I'ION 07920, 2. For ductwork connected to metal wall louvers: DIVISION 15. 1.02 RriFERFNC1'S: A. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): I. 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers. 2. 511 - Certif icd Ratings Program for Air Control Devices, E. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): I. 603.8 - Volunlat)- Per(ormancc Requirements rind 'I'cst Procedures liar Pigmented Organic Coatings on Extruded Aluminum. 2. 605.2 - Voluntary Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Pancls. 3. 608.1 - Voluntary Guide Specification and Inspection Methods 1i61' Electrolytically Deposited Color Anodic Finishes fir Architectural Aluminum. C. American Standard Im Testing and Materials (ASTM): J. A 167 - Stainless and 1 Icat-Resisting Chromium.-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. ». A526/A526(11 - Steel Sheet. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Ilot-I)ip Process, Commercial Quality. 3. A527/A527N,1 - Steel sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the I lot-Dip Process. Lock- Forming cj iality. •1. A780 - Practice I'Or Repair of Damaged I lot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. 5. 13209/13209M - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 6. I32»1/13221 111 - Aluminum-Alloy I",xtrudcd 13a1's. Rods. Wire, Shapes and 'I'uties. 7. 0578 - Preformed, Cellular Polvsty►•cne Thermal Insulation. 8. C'612 - Mineral Fiber 131ock Thermal Ill ion. 9. FA 13 - Classification fir Detcrnnina(ion of Sound Transmission Class. 11 American Welding Society (A\\'S): 1. D1? - Structural Welding Codc - Aluminum. 2. 1)1.3 - Structural Welding Code- Short Steel. I?. National Association ol'Architectural Metal MianulCactur•crs (NAAMNU 1. Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products, 1988. 1'. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMAC:'NA); I. Architectural Sheet Mclal Manual 1987. • J EF 1 0200.2 10200-1 SE,CTION 10200— ARCIIITHCT'URAL LOUVERS: continued 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. Louver Terrttinology: Refer to Air Movement and Control Association (AMC'A) 501 for definitions of terms for metal louvers not otherwise defined in this Section or in reti:rented standards. 1.04 PI RFORMANCH, RF(MIRI:MENTS: A. Structural Perlormance: Engineer, fabricate, and install exterior metal wall louvers to withstand the effects of loads and stresses from wind and normal (hernial movement without evidencing permanent deformation of louver components including blades, frames, and supports; noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or Iluttcr: or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. 13. Wind Load: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) ol'20 lbf•per sq. It. (960 I'a), acting inwards or outwards, C. Normal thermal movement is defined as that r•esulling from the following maximum change (range) in ambient temperattire. Base design calculations on actual surface temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky Treat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 100'T (56"C). D. Air•-Performance, Water-Penetration, and Air-Leakage Ratings: Provide louver:~ complying with performance requirements indicated as dcnlonsu•ated by testing nuulutacturer's stack units of height and width indicated. 'rest units according to AMCA 500. 1. Perform testing on unpainted, cleaned, degreased units. 2. Perform water-penetration testing on louvers without screens. 1.05 S(►I3M1'I"1'AI,S: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Product data for each type ot•product specified. C. Shop Drawings of lotiver units and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details showing nroliles, angles, and spacing of,1(.)uver blades: unit dimensions related to wall openings alld Coll structn oil. free areas fur Unit Size indicated: profiles of f•ranlcs at jambs, heads, and sills: and anchorage details and locations, I. For installed products indicated to comply with certain design loadings, include structural analvsis data scaled and signed hy talc qualilied professional engineer \\ho was responsible fir their preparation. D. Samples for initial Selection in the fora) of manufacturer's color charts showing the full range ofcolors available tin• units \�ilh laclory-applied color finishes. I.. Product test reports evidencing compliance of'units with performance requirements indicated. F. Product ccrtilicales signed by lower n)anulaclurers ccrtifving that Ow-ir products comply will) the specified requirements and are licensed to he:u•the ANIC'A seal hased on tests mrule according to ARICA 'MO and Complyin(; w itli Ili,-, C'ertilled Ratings I'ro,�ran). G. Qualification data lOr lirn)s and persons specified in tl)c "►,tualkY Assurance" Article to dcnlollstrate their Capabilities and experience, 1.06 QUAlAFY ASSURAN( I'.: A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain louvers 1'roill one source 'Illd by a Single nlanufactur•er where alike regarding type. design, and Iac►ory-applied color linish. 13. :S.MAC'NA Standard: Comply with SMAC'NA "Architectural Sheet Metal Ntinual" recommendations for fabrication, construction details, and installation procedures. 10200-2 JEF 10200.2 SECTION 10200 ARC'III"I'f',C"("IIItAL I,C)UVI;IZS: continued I.07 I RC),II:C'1'CONDITIONS: A. Field Measurcments: Check actual lotnvcr openings by accurate field measurements before fltbrication, and show recorded measurements on final Shop Drawings, I. Where field measur•cments cannot be matte without delaying: the Work, guarantee opening; dimensions and proceed with fslhricatinf, linners without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. PART 2 - PIMD1)C TS 2.01 _NIANIIFAC'"1111t1?RS: A. Mamil'aclurers: Subject to compliance with requircrlte11ts, provide products b\ one of lhv following:: I. I.nuver•s: III AiroIite Co. h. Airstream Products Div„ Penn Ventilator ('o., Inc. C. All-bite louver Co. Lt. American Warming: and Ventilating. Inc, C. Arrow hilted Industries. 1'. Construction Specialties, Inc. g. Ruskin Mfg., 'I oinkins Industries, III,.. 2,02 MA'I'h.RIAI.S: A. AlunIinunl Extrusions: AS'I-M 13221/13221 M, AIIoy 6(46- I'5 ,6r I-S2. B. Aluminum Shcet: ASTNI 13200/1320+)M, Alloy 3001 or X005 \%iIII tell tperas r•cg11ired for forming, or as otherwise recommended h\ rnl.-ud producer to produce required I'llikh. C. fasteners: Uf same basic metal and alto\ as fa,tuned metal or .100 series stainless sleet- unless otherwise indicated. Do not use 11letals that are cnrrotiivc or incompalihlc with joined M materials. I. Use types and sires to stilt unit installation rondiliore.. 2. Use 13hillips flat-head scrc\\s for exposed lastcuers, unless otherwise indicated. D. Anchors and Inserts: Of type, siic, and material reclttitccl for t)pe of loading and installation indicated. Use nonferrous metal or hot-dip papa lliml anchors and insert~ lot. exterior installations and elsewhere as required lime corrosion resistance. ( Ise toothed steel o1,expansion bolt devices for drillal-in-place anchors. F,. Bituninous faint: C'old•applicd al,phah mastic \ 1hout wdlest,6; lihcrs. 2,W 1:AIiR1CATII)_ N, (i1:N1:RA1,: A. General: fabricate louvers t;, cmlply with Icgrtircnlents indicated for design, t11111c11siorls, materials,joinery, and performance. 13. Assemble louvers in shop to minimiic field splicinuu and assc11lbly, Disassen161c units as necessary for shipping and 11a11tllill'u, limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. C. Maintain equal louver blade sparing, including, separation belween blades and frames at heat) and sill, to produce unifol-111 appcartncc. 1). Maintain equal louver Matte spacing to produce 111111,61,111 appea alice. F. I abricate 1•11MIC5, including integral sills, to lit in openings oI-sixes indicated, with allowances made liar luhrication and installation tolerances ol,louvers. adjoining construction, and perimeter sealant joints, .1 EF 10200.2 10200-.3 tiN';hION 10200 -- ARCI WITCH jRAI—l,01IVEA": continued I . Include, supports, anehonages, and accessories required for complete assembiy. G. Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacirlf;s indicated hilt not more tduln recommended by manlfacturer, or 72 inches; (1 930 roil) mc., whichever is less. M horizontal joints between louver units, provide horizontal mullions except where continuous vertical assemblies sire indicated. 11. .loin frame members to one another and to fixed louver blades as foilows, unless odlerwisc indicated or sire of louver asserrlhly slakes bolted connections hetween f'ranle members rlccessssrv: I, \WiIII fillet welds, concealed from view. 2, \Vilh fillet welds, concealed from view', Or mechanical fosslencrs; or, it combination ()I, these methods; as standard ,vilh louvcr nl;ulcrlacturer. 2.0.1 I_I\FO, I:(11tR'tV�O-MI.::l'AI. 1WAIA, H)t„IVl RS: A. I lorizontal, I)rainable. Fixed-1lladc Louvers Frunes and louver blades lilbricatcd frond metal of kind and ill form indicated below, cicsigl1Cd to collect and drain \wa►er to exterior at sill h\ means of h=utters in front edges of blades :Intl cllsuulels in jambs and 111111how,, conlpl\isle will) the l'ollowinp reyuirr111e11ts; I. Blade Metal and Thickness: sheet, (1.(140 inch 1 1.11..' 111110, 2. Frarne Metal and Thichless: `;;Huse as louver Wilde!, miless u►11er\vise indicated. 3. Franc Mail and Thickness: F,xtruded aluminum, 0,081 inch (2.00 nun 1. it. Lotivvi- I)cpth: 6 inc tics ( I;-)U min), S. Made Angle: •If5l". 0. 1'crforrn;sncc Requirements: /V, 101lo\ws. determined bw testiuq•. unit, .18 inches ( 1220 111111) Wide h�• 118 inches 1 1""I1 sous) hi1,h per 1111( �1 `,U(1. a. Free Area: Not less; than ►1.011 std. It.. (1 TI 3 ,(f. ill), h. Sl;tlic I'resslnc Loss: Not rtlorc Ihan 0.08 111.11 \\It {'1► 1',11 at all airllo\w of 800 I'pnl (.1.110 Ill/s) free art"i inuike \'elm it\. c \Voter PencinoiOw Not more than () M I'v. per std, Ii. ( ),I ,W"'l. nl I of free arc's at all H ;sirlimt. oI,M fprsl (.1. ;2 IA's) 1'ree area vclt)cit\ \than tested lia 15 111111u1c"i. 7 AINICA Svill: marl. unit, \\1111 the r\\11',1 t errslied kat1111t.', 1t•al. A. (iencrll: I'rowidc lollwct . \\ills srret•a'• ill It W01 tndWilit•d. 13. (icnem1. P1 o,, Ide vac I) extt•rit,r It It ' \\iI 1 1011\c1, scrce11S consul\IIIV \\it (I A.- (i)liu\\IIIg rctluirc11Ie its : I, Scr't'e11 I.oc,ssiun 101 1'1X01 1 MI",,AS 11)1ci-ior )ace. 11111css othcr\wise iud It.ated 2. Scree I I n g 1 ape. In,ct's r,clersonl:, 1111 less o►I lei\\ise iIld Wit cd C. St:curc screens to louvcr Hanle~ \\I,h ,I;unit s,-steel 11 achinc scrc\ws, �,p;lccd n inches ( 1:10 rttm) nlaxinlunl from ca •h cornet Mid ;I1 I.' ittcheti (:;(1(► mill) o C. hem-c-ell. I). Louver Se1,ct.11 Fransc,;: I•ishIM11e W1,ee11 h;nnes \with mitered corners Io louvcr sizes indicated and to coulply \wit the follm',inn! rcy1111crlrn►•,' I. Metal: Same kind and 101,111 of 11uetal as indicated IM. fouwer I'ranscs ►0 which screens arc atlachcd. IZc1111'orcc cx(ruded-alunl11uu11s scicvll f'ranlcs al corners with clips. 2. Fislish: Sarre linush as IOuvet bonne: t0 \which l(luvcr stitch: arc attached, vpe: !dc\\ire,lhlt: 1r;unes \\iuh a dr1\'en spinle 111 insert fin' securinf! screen mesh. F. Louver Scrcenkq,, for Aluminum Lotive►s Fit aluminum louvcr screen frames with screcning cu\crinl louver openings and Complying will) the I'ollo\wi11g. retluiresncuts: I, Irrsecl Scrccninl,: 18 by )6 ( 1.11)% 1.0 mm) mesh lOrmcd mill 0.012-inch- (11.30-n1►n-) diameter stlurninunl wire, 102011-4 ,1 FA 10200,2 SFC'•I'ION 10200 — ARCI IITI;C'Tl.JRAI, LOINFRS: continued 2.06 VINISIIFS(ifiNliRAL: A. Comply with NAANIM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations rclalive to applying and desiplialing finishes. I, Finish luuvrrs after rrsscnlhly, 2,07 A1,1)NIINI I I-*INISI IF,S: A. Finish designations prefixed by AA confirm Io the sysicttl established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. li. Baked-FnameI Finish: AA-CI 2('42R Ix ( )rganic Coaling: Its speciIled beIo\w). A Ill)IN' hakcd enamel complying with paint Inllrnrfacltn'cr's specifications for cleaning, conversion coaling, and painting. I. Organic Coating: Thernloselling, modified-acrylic enamel pruner/topcoat s'N'slem complying \with AAMA 603,8 except \with mininitnn dry film thickness of 1.5.S Iris (0,038 111111), nlc(liurn gloss, 2, Color: As selecle(I by I:IIl(incct!Architcet front manufircturer's full range of colors. PART 3 - F.XI"C'l t H N 3.01 1)1Z1 1)ARATION: A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages that are to he enlbcddcd in concrete or masonrw construction. Coordinate delivery ol'such items it) Project Site, 3.11: INS"I'AI,I,A"PION: A. Locale and place louver ullils 111un1h, level, and at indicated alignment \\ith adjacent work. Ii, 11se concealed anchorages \\here possible, Provide bra SS o Ica(I \washers fitted to screws where required to protect I11eta1 surfltces and to nrnke a \vratllcrtigbl COIlll 'ctlo11. C•. Form closclN' fitted joiills \with exposed conneclions accuratcl\ located and secured. 1). Provide perimeter rc\vals and openings of unik)III1 \\idill for sealatwi attd joilll lillrrs. as indicated. F. Repair finishes damaged by culling, \\riding, soldcrnlg, and operaliolls Iquircd li)r lilting and joining. Restore finishes so there i, ski ewi,lcn(:c ((f cor►ccliwe \vork. Return items that cannot he refinished in the field In the ~boll, slake re(luired Illlrratiruls, rind refinish entire unit, or provide new units. I-, holect galvanized and lionlcrrous 111ctal sill faces f'ronl corrosion or galvanic action h\ appl\ing a Ilc'm coating of biluminolIs paint kill sill-l}tccs that \\ill he in contact will) concrcle, nlasonr•\. or dissinl1lar metal,. ti. Install concealed gaskets, Ilashings, joinl tillers, and 111tiulali('11, I), louver Installation progresses, \\berc required to slake Iou\cr joints \\e;ubertlgbt. C omplY \vrrh SI".(' I'ION 07020 I'm sealants applied chain; 111slallatiki ) of lomcr. 3.03 AI),I()S"I IN('i AND PROI R"I ION: :\. Protect louvers and vents front dantage ofnny kind during construction period including; use of temporary protective covcr•IngS \\here needed Mid approved by louver manufitclurer. Remove protective covering at tittle ol•Suhstailtial (.'ontplelikin. 13. Restore louvers and \eats da11mged during installmion and construction period, so that no evidence remains ofcorrection work. 11'resnlls of remoralion are unsuccessful, remove damaged units and replace with ne\w units. (.'Iran and touch-up minor abrasions in lirlishes ,JIT 10200.2 10200-5 SECTION 10200— ARCHITECTURAL LOL►VERS: continued with air-dried coating that matches color and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating. C. 'test operation of adjustable wall louvers and adjust as needed to produce fully functioning units that comply with requirements, 3.04 CLEANING: A. Periodically clean exposed sm-fiaces of louvers and vents that rune not protected by temporary covering to remove fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil accumlllntc Until final cleaning. 13. Before Final inspection, clean exposed Surfaces with water and a mild soil)or detergent not harmful to finishes. Rinse surfaces thoroughly and dry. I:ND OF SECTION 10200 10200-1 JEI:10200.2 ' DIVISION I I - EQUIPMENT SECTION 11050 - SC:REI:N AND COMPACTOR PART I - CiF NERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the fabrication, delivery, installation, and placement into successful operation of one fully automatic screening/compacting unit for collecting and removing debris from the incoming wastewater flow. The unit will be located ill a channel prior to entering the aeratcd lagoons. 13. Related Work Specified EIsewherc: 1. Site Work: DIVISION 2. 2. Electrical: DIVISION 16. 1.02 REFERF..NCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society For Testing Materials (ASTM). 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association (AF13MA). 41. National Electrical Code (NEC), 5. National iacctrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). G. Institute of Electrical and F,Iectronie Engineers (IEE1:). 7. American Gear Manufacturer's Association (AGMA). 1.03 QUALITY ASSl1RANCE: A. The manufacturer shall he experienced in the design and manufacture of screening/compacting units for a minimum period of five (5) years. 13. The manulacturer shall be experienced in the design, manufacture, and cornmercial supplying screening/compacting units Itlr correctional facility applications, with tell (10) or more units operating successfully lm at least three (3) years. 1. Certification ofdesign and manufilcturer experience supported with the following information: a. Name of installation. h. Name of person that may be contacted at installation with operating knowledge of units. C. Size of units. d. Number of unit~. e, Manufacturer's statement of per(orniance of units during the three-year period. C. Factory'Pests: I. The unit shall be assembled, shop tested, and adjusted as required by the manufacturer, prior to shipment to the Job site. 1.041 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13 Inchtdes, but not linlited to, the following information: I. Catalog bulletins describing construction, dimensional sketches, list of materials used for construction and performance data for the screening/compacting units. 2. An orientation drawing showing recommended operating location. JEF 11050,2 11050-1 f SECTION 11050 - SCIZI: IN AND COMPACTOR: continued 3. Four(d)operating and maintciumce manuals including InStallatlOn UtiSI'nll)I)', maintenance instructions, disassembly, and repair instructions. 4. Details ofaccessory equipment necessary to meet specifications. 1.05 WAIZIZANITY: A. The manufacturer shall warrant that all the equipment shall be free of defects caused by Caulty material or workmanship and shall replace those parts liar a period of two (`')years from the date of start--up. 13. Multiple warranties for individual components will not he acceptable. PART 2 - PRO1)l1C"I'S 2.01 AC'C `P*VA 131,1: M_AN_I,1;AC' HJRI"RS: A. One of the following: -.^-..�...�.._��.-------' I. Parkson Corporation. 2.02 Gf:NI:IZAI, R 1;0 1 j I R F M F NTS: A. Furnish, install, and place into successful operation one fully automatic scrcening./cuntpacting unit. 13. Include with the screening/compacting unit the following: 1. All items necessary for complete assembly. 2. All appurtenances and saltily devices required for proper operation. 3. All manuals. drawings. parts list. and special tools required for assembly. maintenance. and operation. 4. Lubricants (if-required) for start-up procedure specified. C. The screening/compacting unit shall be delivered completely assembled or in convenient sections as permitted by common carrier. 1). All equipment shall he desit,ned and built ('()r 24-hour intermittent ur continuous service and fitr nnoclerafe shock %%ithuut overheating. excessive vihrrtion or strain. 2.03 01T RATING C'ONDITI( )N':. A. The equipment furnished shall positively ciean and remove debris from the incoming wastewater Ihy 111cm)" of a Iiltcr screen, installed in a concrete channel designed to re►ain dchris. 13, The filter screen shall he designed to capture scrcenint.'s i'runt the: waste streann 11(m, transport the screcning" to a discharge chute and to automatically unload the screenings into a screenings dtnntpster. C. A screenings compaction unit shall he provided to VCIhICC the organic content, moisture content. and volunnc of screening=s material front the filter screen. D. The screenings Contpactiou unit shall transport, dc-water, and compact file screenings removed by filter screen. The minimum design capacity of the screenings compaction unit shall be 20 cubic fleet per hour and 50 'n to SW AO sereeninngs volume rMuction. F- The design parameters to he used for design of the screening/compacting units include: I. Number of units: ()lie 2. Maximum floe: 21.4.1 M(d). 3. Glow channel width: 3 Icet. 4. Flow channel depth: 2A feet. 5. Channel bottom to operatillg floor: 43 feet. • 6. Screen discharge height above operating floor: 5 feet. 11050-2 JI:FI 1050.2 SEC"('ION I I(150 - SCRt?h.N ANU CC)M('AC'I'OCt: continued 7. Maximum water level: 2A feet. 8. Screen clear opening: 1/4-inch. 9. Angle of screen: 60 10. Maxintunl allowable hcadloss: I Pilot. 2,04 I)( SICIN Itl;t)111ftI:MI?N'('S: A. System consists of one screenilig/conlpacting unit located as indicated. B. The unit shall be designed to provide rnaximunl solids filtration and thus maximize capture of debris and minimize rate of headloss increase through the screen. C. The screen shall be mounted either by fastening to the. channel side waffs, O. Routine service, repair. or replacement of damage parts shall be possible with the screen in the channel. I:. Mechanism shall he designed to alllonlatically shut down during an overload condition such as may be caused by an object jammed in the screen. 2.05 SCREENING: A. The screening of debris shall he accomplished by using a filter Screen system, 13. The filter screen system shall consist of, hilt not be limited to, the following components: I. Screen Belt: Each filter screen shall include a traveling licit comprised of vertically oriented, ABS Resin, 1/8-inch thick filter elements. The Iilter belt shall he continuous and travel in one direction within the .wreen 1'ranle. A flange shall be provided on the bottom of each filter element to limit the separation at any point between adjacent elements to the thickness o1 the clement material. Filter elements shall be interchangeable, one with the other. (Tear spacing between adjacent filter elements, as meastiml in the horizontal direction, shall he 1/4-inch. 1:ach filler clement shall he supported on two (2) filter hell shafts, on 4-inch centers, each shat't minimum 3/4-inch diameter. to he fabricated o1'304 stainless steel construction. I he screen shall he autounaticalk, sell dcaning through the interaction ol'the filter elements with or without external mechanical devices such as gleaner brushes. File driving fin-ce must he transmitted to clean, trash-free components to avoid mistracking or bindlllg which render (Ile screen inoperable and requires manual cleaning and realignment. Also no auxiliary cleaning devices which cause trash to be dropped into the interior of the filtration belt will he allowed as this would tend to require periodic cleaning ol'trash frcan this area and may lead to jamming of the filtration hall, The Screening rollers shall he minimum I-3/4-inch diameter and shall ride oil 1/2-inch thick 304 stainless steel rails, A submerged curved 1/2-Inch thick stainless steel rail shall he provided at the foot of'(lie screen. No submerged bearings or sprockets are allowed in order to eliminate maintenance required on submerged components. ?. I raise Assembly: F,ach filter screen frame sliall he fabricated of 30.1 stainless steel plate, minimum 3/16-inch thickness, and shall be provided with cross-har supports as required to ensure a structurally sound assembly for the anticipated operation conditions. Jf:l'1 1050.2 11050-3 r SI?CTION 1 1050 - SC'REF'N AND COMPACTOR: continued 'file tension of the moving screen belt assembly shall be completely supported by a stainless steel link chain. The chain must connect tilt filter shaft ends un both sides of the belt assembly so that no weight is supported by the filter elements. The chain assembly shall provide a minimum cross-section of 0.144 in.' at the weakest point of any complete, individual link. The portion ol'the screen which is above the channel shall be fitted with 14-gage covers constructed of 3 H) stainless steel. The covers shall be hinged liar unobstructed access to the screening belt and any affected maintenance items. A manual lubrication system shall be provided with lubrication lines and grease fittings extending, from all grease points to a centrally located area accessible front the operating fluor to facilitate lubrication of the equipment. All proving wetted parts, all wetted parts on which the moving:, parts ride, or all filter belt components under guiding, bearing or driving loads including, but are not limited to, the shafts, links, guide rails shall be filly corrosion-resistant and shall he made of30.1 stainless steel or wear-resistant heat treated 400 series stainless steel except ns noted helow: a. The roller and bushings shall be of400 series heat treated stainless steel with a rnininruna Rockwell ol'39C hardness liar reduced wear and long life. b. The side seals Shall lie made of neoprene rubber with 304 stainlcss steel backing plates. C. All nuts and bolts will be 304 stainless steel. d. The discharge chute shall be 304 stainless steel. C. The take-up screws shall lie constricted of 316 Stainless steel. 1'. The brush shaft shall be 3041 stainless steel. 3. Screen Drive unit: The unit shall be driven by a 460 volt, 3-phase, 60 113 TFIFC motor connected to a reducer equipped with ant ifi•iction hearings and designed in accordance with A(ihlA recommendation liar 24-hour, Class 11 service. The motor shall he no larger than 2.0 111). Overload protection shall he provided by an electrical overload device that senses motor current draw (Tsubaki Shock Relay Model TSB50 rat e quaf f. 1, Controls: One ( I ) main control panel, NFAIA 7, with separate Off-On power selector S\\itch and controls for the filter screen. The train control panel shall he totally enclosed, front access type with top/side/bottom entry. The control panel shall contain the li�lluc�ing logic devices for proper screen operation: a. Relays, timers and alternator as required to monitor the screen mounted limit switches and level Switch and perform necessary logic fuuclions. b. Cmil rtl pu\ycr "Off-On" selector switch, C. "forque Overload" alarm light (amber) to Indicate failure due to a torque overload (1.011dltlon. d. "Screen Forward" run indicating light (green). C. "Reset" pushbutton. Tvro solid-stale timers shall he provided to ,automatically Initiate operation of the filter screen. One ( I ) 1'regtuency of rum timer adjustable li-ona 10 l0 10230 seconds (in 10- second incret:11e111(s), one duration liner adJustable from I to 1,023 seconds (in I-second increments). 11050-4 .11.:FI1050.2 " 0 SECTION 1 1050 - SCRC�j;N AND COMPACTOR: continued All components shall conform to DIVISION 16, The control panel shall he designed to accept one 180V, 3-phase power feed for the entire package. 2.06 COMPAC'FIN Ci: A, A compacting unit shall be provided to the jobsite complete with the drive assembly, local wiring, valves, controls, spare parts, anchor bolts, and other appurtenances as specified and its required for a complete operating installation. 11, The compacting unit shall be provided to reduce file organic content. moisture content, and volume of screening material from the screens. C. The compacting unit shall be capable of handling up to 60 cubic feet per hour of wet screenings with a minimum feed concentration of 5% to 10% dry solids and compress the screenings to achieve up to an approximate 80% reduction in volume. 1). The compacting unit shall consist of, hilt not be limited to, the following; components: I. fillet Hopper: The inlet hopper shall be designed to direct screenings material into the screw housing. The hopper shall be attached to the screw housing via it flanged connection. The inlet (topper shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. All attachment hardware shall be of 304 stainless steel. 2. Screw Housing: The screw housing shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. The interior of the housing shall incorporate guide bars for the screw and perforations to allow For drainage. The inlet to the dewatering zone shall he mounted on a removable cover. The bottom of tllc housing shall contain a section for drainage. The wedge wire or perforated plate section shall have minimum 1/8-inch openings. The entire housing shall be supported by 304 stainless steel legs. All attachment bolts and anchor bolts shall be 304 stainless steel. 3. Drive Assembly: The drive assembly shall be a shaft mounted gear motor assembly. "Pile motor shall he 3-phase, 60-cycle, 460 volt, 1800 rptn, explosionproot'construction. The gear reducer shall he a parallel shaft helical gear, ALMA Class II service with 94% efficiency. The gear and hollow shalt screw shall have ;r close-coupled connection. The motor shall he no larger than 2.0 hp. 4. Press Screw: The press screw shall he constructed of304 stainless steel. The flights shall be cold Cormed in sections from steel har with i► minimum thickness of 1/4-inch and he concentric to within 1/16-inch. The distance between the flights shall he arranged to allow transportation into the dewatcring zone. 5. Drain Pan: A drain pan shall he mounted to the bottom of the screw housing along the full length of'thc housing. The pan shall he provided with a flushing nozzle and a drain pipe and shall he sloped towards the drain. The pan shall incorporate a resilient seal along its top edge to form a watertight seal with the screw housing. 6. Discharge Pipe: The discharge pipe shall be mounted to the pipe flange on the press holy and designed to transport the washed, dewatered and compacted screenings to the appropriate receiving device. The discharge pipe shall he consU•uctl'd of 304 stainless steel pipe. The pipe extension shall be inclined and have an inside dianrcter of 10 incites expanding to 12 inches to maximize discharge distance. Field route discharge piping to intended container, 7. The controls for cite press shall he included in the control panel for the screen, with indicating devices and switches mounlcd oil the front door, 8. Main control panel wiring,shall he neatly cabled and supported in nonflammable wiring raceways. 1 1 0 1050.2 1 1050-5 Si:C'fm 11050 - SCREHN AND COMPACTOR: continued 9. The main control panel wiring shall contain all power atJd contra) devices shown on the Drawings (wiring diagrams), or as specified, which shall include, but not lie limited to, the following: It. ()tie (1)control power On-Off'selector switch. b, One (I) Forward-Off-Reverse selector switch. C. One (I) white pilot light for control power. d. One ( I )red pilot light for "Press Forward" run status. C. One (I) red pilot light for "Press Reverse" run status. f. One (I ) amber pilot light for "Over 'Torque" indication. g. One ( I ) rnomentary "reset" push bLlttOI) for over torque reset. It, One (I ) full voltage reversing starter. i. Onc (I )current sensitive relay. 2.07 PR0Tl1-'C-l"lVI" C'OATIN(i: A. All nonstaiit less steel surfaces shall be completely factory painted with protective coating according to manudacturer's recommendation, B. Color shall he standard of the manufacturers. C. Stainless steel or aluminum components shall not be painted, I), Moving parts of operating; units, mechanical and electrical parts, linkages, sensing devices, motor and fin shafts, etc., will not require Finish painting. E. Miscellaneous accessories such as gear boxes, motors and controls may he Imishcd with mamrflicturer's standard paint finish. PART 3 - E-X IT I ITI0N 3.01 1NSTAI.I,ATI0 N: A. Contractor shall construct influent channels as required to install one automatic bar screen. B. Contractor shrill field verify all dimensions and elevations prior to construction, C. Manufacturer's Field Services: ~ 1. Manufacturer's held services; shall be as required during installation shall he as specified in I)IVISR)N I. 2. Manufacturer's representative shall he on site during start-►lp and testing and shall provide a n;ininnnlr of 8 hours of training to operating personnel. 3. Manufacturer shall certif, in writing that (lie equipment has heen properly installed prior to initial start-up. 1). Fhe automatic bar screen shall be factor.v assembled and operated before shipment to assure proper operation ol'thc mechanism. 3.02 1:11"I n 01 JAI TIN C()NTROI.: A. Manufacturer's field Services: Provide as specified in F)IVISION 1. 13. Field Tests: I. . F(juiprrJcnt tests shall be performed as Billows: a. Check liar proper installation performance ofall functions. b. All tests shall he conducted in the presence of authorized representatives of the Owner and Engineer. C. The field acceptance test shall include demonstrating that the bar screens operate continuously without vibration,jamnJing, or overheating and perform its specified fU11CUa11 SAt1SfaCl(11'll)'. 11050-6 dI F11050.2 SECTION 1 1050- SCREE;N AND COMPACTOR: continued 2. If the equipment tncchanism exhibits any problems chic to defects in materials or manufacturing workmanship, the tests will be halted and the problem corrected by the Contractor and/or manufacturer, and the test period started over again, 3. All labor, materials, and test apparatus necessary for conducting the Field acceptance test shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 1 1050 w' JEC11050;2 11050-7 SECTION I 1 100 - DIFFI..TSED AERATION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIP'T'ION: A. This Section includes the design, manufacture, installation and start-up of a diffused aeration system and blower assemblies to be furnished by a single manufacturer. The aeration system and blowers shall be designed as a complete operating system. Aeration system supplier shall also supply the air header line, as shown, including all necessary connections to laterals. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Pressure Pipe: SECTION 02510. 2. Electrical: DIVISION 16. 1.02 REFERENCTIS: A. All welded parts and assemblies shall be fabricated from sheets and plates of Type 304L stainless steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A240. Finish shall be a No. 2D as specified in ASTM A480. Welds shall conform to requirements of ASTM A774, Part 4. 13. All tlonwelded parts and assemblies shall be fabricated from sheets and Plates of'Type 304 stainless steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A240. Finish shall be a No. 2D as specified in ASTM A480. C. All stainless steel pipe shall be fabricated from Type 3041, material conforming to the requirements of ASTM A240. Stainless steel pipe fabrication shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A530, ASTM A554, and ASTM A778. D. All stainless steel pipe fittings shall be fabricated from Type 304L material conforming to the requirements of ASTM A240. Stainless steel pipe fitting fabrication shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A774. E. Stainless steel bolts shall be 18-8 stainless steel. I-. Stainless steel nuts shall be 18-8 stainless steel. G. Stainless steel washers shall be fabricated from 'Type 304 material conforming to the requirements of AS M A240. 1-1. Field welding of stainless steel pipe, fittings, fabrications or assemblies will not be permitted. 1.03 Sl)T3MFFFA1 S: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Submittals shall include. but not be limited to, the following: 1. Detailed layout of aeration equipment and accessories. 2. Detailed listinu, of n►aterials of construction. 3. Details of distribution piping and supports. 4. Operations data from at least three existing installations with names and telephone numbers of plant design engineer and plant operator. 5. Certified Oxygen Transfer Performance Curve: a. Certified data for oxygen transfer efficiency in percent versus air flux rate defined as scfill per active diffuser surface area in tap water at 14.7 Asia, 20°C. and zero dissolved oxygen at the specified submergence. b, The certified data shall be based on aeration test results from a full scale test facility at the design water depth or the system. Millinl1.1111 acceptable tan size is 200 square feet with a maximum length to width ratio oi'3.5. C. Certified data results shall be prepared and sealed by a professional engineer. G. include complete air headloss calculations for the aeration equipment from the inlet flange connection on the lateral to the farthest diffuser bubble release point. ,IEF11100.2 11100-1 SCCTION 1 1 100 - DIFFUSF,D AERATION SYSTEM: continued o 7. Design calculations, showing uniform air distribution (+10% maximum variation) downstream of manual airflow control valving. 1.04 SI 101' PERFORMANCE TEST: A. The membrane diffiser elements to he incorporated into the project shall be sampled and tested for air distribution uniformity, dynamic unit pressure, and dimensional tolerances. 13, Sampling and testing shall be conducted in the suppliers shop. C. Dynamic wet pressure and dimensional tolerance test samples shall be drawn from the sample lot selected for uniformity testing. D. Test samples shall be selected from the membrane lots to be used on the project. A minimum of 1% random samples shall be selected per lot. E. Test diffuser elements for dynamic wet pressure by submerging test diffuser unit at least 2 inches in tap water and operate at an air rate of 3.1 scfm per square foot. DWI'values shall be with +10%of average value. DWP is defined as the pressure to operate at the specified conditions minus submergence and flow control losses. 1.05 ENDURANCE TEST: Certified endurance testing while submerged 12 inches in clean water through at least 1 million cycles on/off shall be supplied. Cycles shall be at least 10 second duration. Membranes shall retain initial hcadloss, dimensional tolerances, SOTS and visual characteristics. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Experience: 1. The supplier shall have experience in the design, manufacturing, supplying and commissioning of Ime bubble flexible membrane aeration equipment of the type specified for this project. 2. The equipment quoted shall be ofa proven design and shall be referenced by at least three installations of similar size, having been in sUCCOM111 operation fora period of not less than five(5) years. " 3. During the extended three-year period the supplier shall repair, modify or replace the air diffusers in a manner acceptable to the (honer, if the operation of the air diffusers is unsalisfactory. 4. Normal wear or malfunctions due to neglect or abuse will not be considered justifiable reasons for unsatisfactory operation. B, Guarantee: I. All equipment and worknumship furnished under this Contract shall be guaranteed to be free ofclefccts in materials and workmanship fora period ofthree (3) years from and after the date of*shipment, and any such defects which appear within the stipulated guaranty period shall he repaired, replaced or made good without charge. 2. This guarantcc shall include the capacity and integrated performance of the components parts. 1.07 ACCE PTA 13LL: MANUFACTURERS: A. Parkson Inc, 13. f:nvironmental Dynamics, Inc„ Columbia, Missouri. )H00-2 AT 1 1 100.2 ° SECTION I 1 100 - DIFFUSED AERATION SYSTEM: continued PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DESIGN PARAMETERS: A. "I'he diffused aeration system shall be designed to meet the following: I. Temperature: 20°C. 2. Barometric Pressure: 14.39 psis. 3. Beta factor: 0.95. 4. Flow(Avg.): 0.80 MGD. 5. BODS Concentration: 330 mg/I. G. Oxygen per BUD: 2.0 lbs 02/lb BOD. 7. Total Air Requirement (Min.): 2300 scfn. 8. Diffuser Depth: 9.00 fl. 2.02 DIFFUSERS: A. The Contractor shall furnished and install new factory assembled diffuser assemblies. B. The diffuser membrane shall be fully supported over full length and circumference with a PVC membrane support frame. C. Each frame shall have a full diameter mounting connection. D. Diffuser membrane shall be held in place by two 304 stainless steel clamps. E. 'The diffuser assembly shall be supported of the floating air lateral at a water depth of 9 feet. F. 'The air laterals shall be submerged 2' below the water surface required. G. Each diffuser unit shall be provided with a removable end cap(for ED1 only). I. This end cap shall be full diameter and be completely removable (retainer ring and cap) to facilitate flushing of a diffuser assembly should cleaning be required. 2 End cap shall be designed to mount internal to support frame to reduce the cperating weight of the diffuser assembly. 3. Each end cap shall insert into a retainer groove machined inside the membrane support tube. Caps may not be glued inside PVC support. 1-1. Support frame and diffuser membrane shall be designed with an external triple check valve capability to prevent entry of mixed liquor into diffuser or air piping on shutdown or interruption ofair supply. I. Membrane slits shall close when air supply is interrupted. Membrane shall be elastic and allow openings to close. 2. During shutdown conditions,the membrane shall contract and close around PVC support frame. 3. The section of nernbrane over the PVC support franc air distribution orifices shall be solid without perforations to provide positive hackflow prevention. 4. Backflo%% prevention capabilities shall be employed to allow intermittent operations and/or decanting. 5. Use of independent or internal check valves are not acceptable. 1. Diffuser assemblies are constructed to allow individual units to be retrieved and raised to the lagoon surface for inspection or maintenance. Full retrieval and maintenance shall be possible without lowering the liquid level of the basin, without taking the basin out of service, and without distributing or impairing operation of the process or other units. J. EDI's shall be ballasted using submerged concrete supplied by the Contractor in the field. Parkson's diffusers shall be ballasted using an internal weight. The units shall have a submerged weight sufficient to offset any buoyant force under all conditions of operation, I. Concrete ballast shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the aerator unit manrrfacturer's instructions using maxinunt aggregate sire of 3/4-inch. Q JEF11100.2 11100-3 SECTION I 1 100 - DIFFUSED AERA'r1ON SYSTEM: continued ... Heavy polyethylene ballast forms shall he supplied by the manufacturer for ease of fabrication of the concrete ballast. 3. Ballast forms shall be proper geometry to assure stability of the unit when in operation. Volume and geometry of this ballast firm is important and shall demonstrate satisfactory stability as well as negative buoyancy. 4. The heavy polyethylene ballast form shall be designed to protect fabric or plastic liners. The polyethylene fonn shall be slick and smooth to allow installation and prevent damage to liners or earthen floor system. K. All metal components used in the aeration-mixing units or accessories shall be 304 stainless steel. 1. Typical stainless steel components shall include anchor bolts, straps, eye anchors, hose clamps, caps, washers and miscellaneous components. 2. Galvanized metal or carbon steel is not acceptable for ballast or ballast components. 3. The stainless steel anchor bolUballast frame assembly shall be an integrated welded assembly including anchorage bolts, spacer guides, and reinforcing steel. Frames shall be factory assembled to allow proper placement of the assembly into the ballast form. 2.03 IZIJ13BER MEMBRANE: A. Membrane material for the diffuser shall be EPDM rubber. 1. EPDM rubber shall be extruded into a one-piece flexible membrane. 2.04 SUBMERGED FIDPE AIR SUPPLY LATERALS WITH SUSPENDED DIFFLISI IZS: A. The air piping and air distribution system shall be designed to allow easy regulation of airflow to each lagoon and/or basin air supply lateral. Polyethylene submerged lateral piping shall supply suspended assemblies. B. Air piping shall be steel from the blowers, through the headers. 'rile first section of each lateral including the isolating/balancing valve shall be stainless steel. I. This metal lateral pipe terminates below the lagoon water level and converts to HDPE: laterals by means of a flange adapter fitting. Terminal point for the metal lateral stub 1 foot below the water level. C. The submerged HDPE lateral piping shall be sized to allow a normal airflow variation of 0- 20Mo of the design airflow. D. Underwater laterals for the system shall be high density polyethylene of SDR-35 wall thickness. E. All high density polyethylene lateral pipe to be field butt fusion welded to assure maximum strength and structural integrity. Mechanical inserts or connectors are NOT acceptable. I . Each diffuser unit shall receive air from the submerged HDPE lateral by a I IDPE flexible airline. I. Install each diffuscr at 9.0 feet water depth and provide sufficient flexible I-ID13E airlines. 2. Each diffuser assembly shall be fitted with a polypropylene rope from the diffusers to a float at or on the water surface. Float and rope to allow full retrieval of individual diffuser units Without accessing the lateral piping or interrupting lagoon operation. G. The outlet fitting from the submerged lateral to the HDPE: airline shall be side fusion welded to the airline. These units shall be fitctory side fusion Welded to assure joint integrity and prevent long-term fatigue and stress Factor of the unit when operating in the field. Systems which employ drilling of the lateral piping and mechanical outlet fittings shall not be acceptable. 1. The I II)PE tee assembly at the air lateral is a major stress concentration point and shall be factory installed for maximum strength and integrity To assure this strength and 1 1 100-4 J EF 1 1100.2 c r SECTION 1 1 100 - DIFFUSED AERATION SYSTEM: continued integrity, the branch fitting shall have a welded contact area on the side of the lateral pipe equal to at least 2.1 square inches for maximum strength and service. 2. Tee assemblies shall be factory welded to a section of HDPE lateral pipe. The Contractor shall butt fusion weld this tee segment into the air lateral at the location of each diffuser during the field installation procedure. I-1. 'The HDPE tee assembly at the air lateral is a critical item and shall be 1-1/flinch and be factory assembled for maximum strength and integrity. 1. No system will be considered that uses 1-1/4-inch pipe to create a tee junction in HDPE lateral pipe. J. Systems that weld 1-1/4 or 2-inch HDPE pipe to main lateral to create a lee or branch Fitting without the use of side wall fission welded Fittings are NOT acceptable. K. For Flexible airlines, small airline sinkers shall be provided to prevent excess movement of airline and prevent loops or water traps. Sinkers shall be attached with all stainless steel components. L. Ballasting and control of thermal expansion/contraction of HDPE air laterals is essential to long-term performance of the aeration drawings. I. Underwater air laterals shall be held in place by specially designed stainless steel pipe support. brackets. 2. Pipe supports shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and installed into concrete blocks to provide approximately 200% of net piping buoyancy force. 3. Design of the pipe support assembly and ballast block must allow unrestrained expansion of the underwater air piping without mechanical damage or stress on piping or accessories over a temperature range of 100"17. Systems which restrict expansion or contraction of air laterals by clamping ballast to the air lateral shall NOT be approved. 4. Pipe support for 3-inch or smaller laterals shall be designed to allow installation or removal of ballast block without use of clamps or straps. 5. Larger diameter piping systems require stainless steel straps anchored to blocks or basin floor. Straps shall be larger diameter than air laterals to allow freedom of expansion/ contraction. 6. Systems using plastic able tie straps to anchor piping to ballast are not acceptable. 7. Fixed anchoring connections which restrict free pipe movement. result in stresses for the piping system and forces ballast blocks to move on lagoon bottom or liner causing damage to system. Systems clamping ballast blocks to the air laterals are NOT acceptable. 8. Only ballast systems providing unrestrained pipe expansion and contraction are acceptable. 2.05 BLOWER ASSEMBLIES: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: I. Sutorbilt. 2. Spencer. 3. (loots. B. 'File manufircturer shall provide three (3) positive displacement rotary-lobe type blowers having inlet and discharge in horizontal position and all specified accessories and controls assembled into a blower package. C. The blower package shall be designed as dictated by the diffuser system. D. Capacity: Each blower shall have capacities indicated at the following inlet conditions: I. Elevation: 600 feet above sea level. 2 Inlet air temperature: 01F to 1001' at 50% RI-I. ° JEF11100.2 11100-5 SECTION 1 1 100 - DIFFUSED AERATION SYSTEM: continued 3. Maximum motor HP 0 }4 . 5 P. 4. Maximum brake 1-111: 41 1111. 5. Motor rprn: 1800 rprn. 6. Blower rprn of maximum speed: 90%. 7. inlet volume: 1,150 scfm. 8. Inlet connection size: 8 inches. 9. Discharge connection size: 8 inches. E. Each blower shall have two dynamically balanced multi-lobe rotors constructed of high-strength cast iron. i . Blower casings shall be one piece with separate head plates and shall be made of close-grained cast iron. The casings shall be suitably ribbed for maximum strength and to prevent distortion under the operating conditions. inlet and discharge connections shall be flanged. G. Rotor bearings shall be of anti-friction type having a minimum L.-10 life expectancy of 60,000 hours in accordance with AFBMA Standard 9. 1-I. Timing gears shall be helical type, forged and heat treated with a minimum ALMA quality rating of 10. 1. Timing *ears and gear end bearings shall be oil-splash lubricated from an oil•tight housing. Drive end bearings shall be grease lubricated through grease fittings. Oil level sight glass shall be provided. Positive oil seals consisting of lip type shaft seals and labyrinth type seals shall be provided. Positive oil seals consisting of lip type shaft seals and labyrinth type seals shall be provided to prevent contamination of air. A vented air space between the shalt seals shall be provided. J. Blower noise rating at the stated conditions shall not exceed 90 dI3 at 3 feet from machine. K. Construction: 1. Each blower and the associated motor and drive shall be mounted on a rigid adjustable motor base. 2. Blowers shall be designed for continuous service providing specified pressure while operating without internal rotor contact. L. Electric Motor and Drive: i. The blower manufacturer shall provide the electric muter and drive with each blower. 2. The motors shall be horizontal, TEFC, 460/3/60 in accordance with DiVISION 16. 3. Belt drive shall be sized for full rated horsepower of the blower and shall include a drive guard. 4. Provide belt sizes to run the blower at 65. 80 and 100% capacity. M. Accessories: Provide for cash blower accessories as indicated and as follows: I. Inlet and Discharge Silencers: Provide silencers designed at the design blower speed. The silencers shall be of the chamber absorption type with matching flanges and shall be of all welded steel construction. Inlet silencer shall be mounted in the vertical direction, and discharge silencer shall be mounted in the horizontal direction. 2. inlet Filter: Provide a cartridge type inlet filter as indicated and specified. Housing shall be carbon steel with an epoxy coating. The connection shall be flanged in accordance with ANSI 1316.1 for sizes 4 inches and greater and threaded for less than 4 inches. Inlet filter shall be of the pleated paper type, having a minimum removal efficiency of 99.5% on particles 2 microns and larger and 97% efficient on i micron particles. Provide a filter restriction gauge which indicates the filter media loading. Gauge shall be capable of monitoring differential pressures up to 20 inches of water, and shall lock tip at.the point of highest reading to allow gauge readings when the blowers are shut off. 1 1 100-6 JEF 1 1 100.2 SECTION I 1 100 - DIFFUSED AERAnON SYSTEM: continued 3. Combination Filter/Silencer: A combination filter/silencer may be provided to lieu of separate filter and silencer. The combination unit must meet performance specifications in Paragraphs I and 2 above. 4. An integral rainhood shall be provided for filters, silencers, or filter/silencers for installation outdoors. 5. Check Valve: Shall be wafer type, cast. iron body, aluminum or stainless steel internals, resilient seat capable of operating with 250"F discharge air. E. Flexible Connectors: Furnish spool-type rubber expansion joints with flanged ends at both inlet and discharge of each blower. 7. Discharge Pressure Relief Valve: A spring type pressure relief valve shall be provided on each blower package discharge. The valve shall be sized for at least 120% of the full specified airflow and set at 0.5 prig above the specified discharge pressure. 8. Intake and Discharge Butterfly Valves: Wafer style, cast iron body, stainless steel stern, resilient seat, lever operator, capable of operating with 250"F discharge air. 9. Pressure Clauge: 4-1/2-inch liquid filled 0-10 psig. 10. All interconnecting piping for unit and accessories provided. 11. Structural steel base designed to support all operating loads and of sufficient sire to hold the blowers, all associated accessories, and the control panel. 12. Vibration isolation pads of the cork/neoprene sandwich type designed to bear the weight of the entire blower package assembly without degrading. 13. Spare Parts: Provide the following spare parts with each blower supplied: a. One spare filter element. b. One set spare V-belts. 14. Factory coat assembly with system E-1 of Protective Coatings, SECTION 09900, Provide I quart of touch-up paint. N. Manufacturer's Field Services: Field services shall be provided by an experienced factory-based representative ofthe equipment manufacturer specializing in start-up and training with expertise in controls capable of minor or major Field adjustment of electrical, electronics or mechanical components of blowers, in accordance with DIVISION 1. Manufacturer's local sales representative is not acceptable. O. Installation: I. Install and align blowers and motors in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and provisions of SECTION 15050. 2. Make all electrical and control connections. 3. Complete all piping and supports, and install all indicated and spccif ied gauges and instrumentation prior to start-up. 4. All aeration diffusers shall he installed and basins filled with water prior to start-up of blowers. 5. Provide all necessary lubrication for initial start-up, testing and final acceptance. 1'. Performance Tests: I. As specified in SECTION 15950. 2. Blower vibration including the motor shall not exceed 1.2 mils per second. 2.06 LATERAL ISOLATION VAI.Vi S: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: L Delurik, a unit of General Signal Corporation. 2, Henry Pratt Company MK I I Wafer Stylc. B. Design: 1. Conform to AWWA C504, and as specified. JEF1 1 100.2 1 1 100-7 SECTION 1 1 100 - f)IhFUSC?D AERATION SYSTEM: continued ... Suitable for type of installation specified, 3. Conform to criteria indicated in Design Data and Valve Schedule Tables. 4. All valve end flanges shall conform to the flowing: a. Stainless steel. S. Valves with a stop or lug cast integrally or mechanically secured to the body for the purpose of limiting disc travel will not be acceptable. C. Design Data: I. Valve shall be rated for a maximum temperature of 285°F. 2. Valve shall be designed to withstand an air flow of 2,300 sef n. D. Materials and Construction: 1. Body shall be cast steel (ASTM A216). 2. Shafts shall be ASTM A 126 Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 3. Disc shall be ASTM A351 stainless steel Type 304 or 316. 4. Scats shall be f;IDM rubber and be body mounted. Mating scat surfince shall be stainless steel. Sprayed or plated mating surfaces are not acceptable. E. Actuators: I. Manual Actuators: a. All valves shall open counterclockwise. b, Provide indicators to show position ofdisc except on buried actuators. Provide handwheels with raised cast arrow and word OPEN on Hill oriented to specified opening direction. C, Actuators shall be oil or grease-lubricated, totally-crlclosed compound lever, traveling nut type to provide characterized closure. Actuator shall be self-locking at all variable opening positions. cf. 'Travel limiting stop nuts or collars installed in the actuating mechanisms shall be field adjustable and shall be locked in position by means of a removable roll pin, cotter pin, or other positive locking device. Clamps or setscrews are not acceptable. C. Actuators and handwheels shall he located in positions indicated or as otherwise determined when manufacturer's drawings are submitted. F. Testing: Furnish certified copies of'results ol'perlormance, leakage, and hydrostatic tests pertornled in compliance with Section 5, AWWA C504. G. Valve Schedule: Valve Shaft No. Size Location Installation Inds Position_ Lagoon Berm lxterior Lugged Vertical or Flanged *Number and size to he determined by Diffused Air Manufacturer, 1.1. Shop Painting: Paint exterior surface ofvalves in compliance with AWWA 0504 for installation as noted. Apply interior coating conforming to AWWA 0550 to exposed ferrous metal surfaces, Provide: affidavit or certificate ofcompliance per AWWA C550. 1 1 100-8 JEF 1 1100.2 SFCi'ION 1 1 100 - DIFFUSEI) AF.RATION SYSTEM: continued PART'3 - EXiCUT ION 3.01 INSTALL,ATiON: A. All work shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations and file requirements of DIVISION I. 13. Air piping system including header, laterals, and ('ceder airlines must be clean prior to starting tip the systcm. C. Contractor shall be responsible for cleanliness of piping and may be required to either manually clean pipe, or air or water flush piping as required. D. Contractor shall provide all valves, air maid piping, and supports as necessary to complete the system its shown oil the plans. E, The Contractor shall receive, inspect, store and install aeration equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations. F'. 'L'he dif'fiiser assemblies shall be installed level to within +I inch along the length of the lateral itself. _ G. Lateral piping shall be installed level to within 4-one pipe diameter along the length of the lateral. _ 11. Following installation of'the air piping and diffuser airlines, the diffuser assembly shall be installed. 3.02 START-UP: A. After installation is completed, the Contractor shrill perform the following field tests in the presence of the Engineer and the Owner. 1. Perform it uniformity test by operating, the blowers at the design air rate and observe air release and air distribution patterns. 2. Inspect all components for proper function and unilorm air distribution. Correct any nonuniform air release and/or coarse bubbling and reinspect system. 3.03 MANUI-AC"1'flRlal'SS1:RVIC'I'S: A. The aeration equipment mamitacttirer shall provide services of factory/field service engineer for 2 period(s) totaling 2 working days) at site. The first trip is to deliver equipment and provide preliminary installation instructions to Contractor and Owner. Subsequent trips are to inspect the overall aeration and blower system as well as to oversee the blower service and start-up with the diffusers underwriter. Operator shall be instructed on proper start-up, operation and maimcnanee procedures. S. 13. A written report by the aeration systcm manuldclurer covering manufacturer's factory/field service engineer's findings and installation approval shall he supplied to the Engineer covering sill inspections and oullining in detail any deficietrcics noted. C. Field inspection and start-up ServlceS shall be provided by the equipment manufacturer for a period oft trips, 2 clays total. 3.04 SPARE*. PARTS: A. The C;'ontractor shall furnish the 101lowing shire parts and store its directed: 1. 20 diffuser assemblies. 2 50 spare membranes and stainless steel membrane clamps. • .l EF 1 1 100.2 1 1 100-9 SECTION 11 100- DIFFUSED AERATION SYSTEM: continued 3 3.05 PERFORMANCE'1'ESTS: :A. Blower vibration including motor shall not exceed 1:2 mils Per second: END OF SECTION 11100 : 11100-10 •JEF11100.2 • SECTION 1 1 120 - SYNTFIETIC CURTAIN WALLS PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. This Section includes floating baffle walls and accessories. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Site Work: DIVISION 2. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society of Testing and Materials(ASfM): a. D471 - Rubber Property- Effect of Liquids. b. D 1 149 - Rubber Deterioration - Surface Ozone Cracking in a Chamber(Flat Specimen). C. 132136 - Coated Fabric - Low-Temperaturc Bend Test. 2. Federal Standard: a. 191 A/5306 - Abrasion Resistance of Cloth; Rotary Platform, Double-l-lead (Taber) Method. b. 191 A/5872 - Temperature, High; Effect on Cloth Blocking. C. 191 A/5970 - Adhesion of Coating; Adhesive Method. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: I. Therma Fab, Inc. 2, L'•nvironctics, Inc. C. Experience: 1. Experienced in the design and manufacture of floating baffle walls for a minimum of 3 years. 1.03 COMPLIANCE SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Include the following information: 1. Material of construction. 2. Shop drawings ofbaffle wall and opening. 3. Connector details. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL. RFQLIIRf::M1 N1'S: A. Furnish and install 2 floating baffle walls, each 500' long with a 10' skirt depth (Contractor shall field verify baffle wall dimensions). 13. Include with floating baffle walls, the following: 1. All items necessary to attach baffle lvall to mooring posts. 2. Bottom anchor chain and surface floats necessary for installation of the baffle wall. 3. Mooring post design. C. Baffle walls shall come assembled in one piece or in easily attached pieces. D. The baffle wall shall contain two flow ports as indicated. 2.02 OPF3RATING CONDI'T'IONS: • A. Baffle walls shall be designed for exposure to direct sunlight and to exposure to correctional center sewage. JEF11120.2 11120-1 SECTION 1 1 120- SYNT1-II TIC CURTAIN WAILS: continued 13. Baf flc walls shall be designed to withstand the weather conditions that may be experienced at the site location. C. Baffle walls shall be designed to withstand wind and wave action that may be experienced at the site location. 2.03 BAFFLE: WALL MATERIAL: A. Material shall be Ethylene Interpolymer Alloy-XR-5'". 2.04 _PHYSICAL PROPER'I'II S: A. Ethylene Interpolymcr Alloy-XR-51m shrill have file Following physical properties: Physical Properties Test Method Value Base - Type -- Polyester Fabric - Weight (oz./sq, yd.) -- 6.5 Finished Coated Weight (oz./sq. yd.) ASTM D751 30-+-2 Trapezoid "fear (lbs. min.) ASTM D2263 35 x 35 Grab Tensile (lbs, min.) ASTM D751, Grab Method 550 x 550 Strip Tensile (lbs. min.) ASTM D751, Cut Strip Method 400 x350 Adhesion (lbs./in. min.) ASTM D751, Adhesion Para. b 15 Hydrostatic Resistance(psi min.) ASTM D751, Method A, Proc. 1 800 Puncture Resistance (lbs. min.) FTMS 10113, Method 2031 250 Dead Load (lbs. min.) Mil-T-43211 GL Rnom Temp. 210 Para, .1.4.4, 4 hours 1601: 105 Bonded Seam Strength ASTM D751, Sean strength As Modified Fly NSV 54, lbs. min. 550 Cold Crack ("I ) ASTM 1.)2136. 1118: mandrel 4 hrs. Pass -30 Weathering Resistance (hours ruin.) Carbon-Arc Atlas Weather-t)-Meter 8,000 No appreciable changes or stiffening or cracking of coating Dimensional Stability (ntax. '/, chaMge) ASTM D120-1, 212"F, 1 hour. each direction I Water Absorption (kg/m') ASTM D-171, 7 days id 701: 0.025 (i' 2121- 0.14 Abrasion Resistance Taher Method, Method 5306, Fcd SId, 19 1 a. 1 1-18 %t heel, 1 I Og load K)VIes befol'l fabric exposure) 2000 (Max. weight loss/100 cycles, in mg) 50 2,05 . CHAIN BALLAST: A. The baffle wall shall contain chain ballast, sealed and enclosed in the hottont of the unit. 13. "I he chain shall be of low carbon steel, electric welded and hot galvanized, with a material diameter of 1/4-inch. C. The chain links shall have an inside length of 1.01 inches and an inside width of 0,48-inch and shrill contain 12 links per foot. 2,06 CA13LF" SLEI'VF: A. A dielectrically welded sleeve shall be provided hencath and adjacent to file flotation collar. A 114" 304 stainless steel cable shall he supplied in the sleeve. 11120-2 JF I1120,2 SECTION 11120 - SYN'fl-IETIC CLJR'1 AIN WALLS: continued 2.07 FLOTATION LOGS: A. The baffle wall shall contain foam lobs, sealed and enclosed in the top of the unit. B. The logs shall be made of Dow Ethafoam closed cell foam and have a buoyancy of 60 lbs. per cubic foot(minimum). C. The logs shall measure 6 inches in diameter(minimum). 2.08 MOORING SYSTEM: A. The mooring cable shall be designed by the manufacturer and be made out of 304 stainless steel. B. The baffle wall ends shall consist of 304 stainless steel plates that will sandwich the doubled back fabric ends and shall be secured to each other by not less than four 3/8-inch 304 stainless steel hex head bolts with lock washers. C. Stainless steel plates will be constructed of 2-1/2" x 3/8" 304 stainless steel bar of appropriate length. D. 304 stainless steel plates shall be cham('ered and drilled with 3/4-inch holes to facilitate attachment of mooring thimbles and cables. E. The baffle wall will provide 3/4-inch brass grommets at the ends of each flotation segment to facilitate the intertwining of the strain relief cable which will terminate at mooring posts. PART 3 - PERFORMANCE 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. All Work shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of DIVISION 1. 13. Install baffle walls in basin as indicated and secure in place. C. Install in such a way as not to damage baffle wall during installation. D. Attach to the mooring;posts using stainless steel straps sized per manufacturer's recommendation. M 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Installation: Services of an experienced representative of the nuunit;acturer are required and ~hall be in accordance with DIVISION 1. F,ND OF SE"C"TION 1 1 120 JEF 1 1 120.2 1 1 120-3 a SECTION 1 1 150 - SLIDE GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes slide gates, manual operators, and accessories. B. Furnish the number and type of gates and operators as specified. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. B1.1 - Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form). 2. American Society for Testing and materials(AS'rw a. A 126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings. b. A 167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. C. A276 - Stainless and I-lent-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. 3. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): a. SP5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Catalog data or illustrations showing principal parts and materials. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Assembly and disassembly or repair instructions. 4. Detailed layout dimensions. 5. Protective coating system. 6. Leakage testing procedures. 7. Loads transferred to supporting structures during operation. " 8. Installation, operation and maintenance manuals. C. Certificates and Affidavits: 1. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 2. Furnish prior to shipment. 3. Include the following. a. "lest cerlificates. b. Certification of design and manufacturing experience. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:: A. ManulaCtUrers shall be experienced in the design and manufacture of equipment and accessories fora minimum period of 5 years. 1.05 DELIVERYLSTORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Shipment Preparation: Prepare equipment and materials for shipment in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling, and to protect against damage or unnecessary exposure in transit and storage. Include: 1. Crates or other suitable packaging materials. 2. Covers and other means to prevent corrosion, moisture damage, mechanical injury and accumulation of dirt in motors, electrical equipment and machinery. 3. Suitable rust-preventive compound on exposed machined surfaces and unpainted iron and steel. ,IEF 11150.2 1 1 150-1 a SECTION 1 1 150 - SLIDE GATES: continued 4. Grcasc packing or oil lubrication in all bearings and similar items. B. Marking: 1. Tag or stark each item of equipment or material as identified in the delivery schedule or on Submittals and include complete packing lists and bills of material with each shipment. Each piece of every item need not be marked separately provided that all pieces of each item are packed or bundled together and the packages or bundles are properly tagged and marked. 2. Mark partial deliveries of component parts of equipment to identify the equipment, to permit easy accumulation of parts, and to facilitate assembly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Slide Gates: 1. Leopold Division/Sybron Corporation. 2. Rodney Hunt. 3. Washington Aluminum Company, Inc. 4. Waterman Industries, Inc. 5. Whipps, Inc. 6. Hydro Gate Corp. 7. Fontaine. 2.02 SLIDE GATES: A. Design: I. Size, seating and unseating heads, and gate centerline elevations in accordance with Table 1: TABLE 1 SLIDE GATES " Opening Disc Max. 1-Ieadsl Size C.L. E1. Seating, Unseating Designation N'� /xl-t) ft msl ft (ft) - SLG-I 3'03 560.8' 2.2 1.2 SLG-2 3'x3.8' 561.1' 1.9 0.5 SLG-3 3'x3.8' 561.1' 1.9 0.5 SLG--1 3'x3,3 560,8' 2.2 1.2 1 Seating and unseating, heads measured from centerline of disc. 2. Self=contaitied frame, flat franc type, rising,stets with top-mounted wheel operator. 3. Flush bottom closure and embedded type as indicated. 13. Materials: 1. Slide Gate, Reinforcing and Frame: Aluninun. 2. Stem: Stainless steel, ASTM A276, "Type 304. 3. Seal: Neoprene, 4. Fasteners and Anchor Bolts: Stainless steel, ASTM A 167, 'Type 316. 5. Wheel Operator: Aluminum. 6. Seats: I-ligh-molecular weight polymer having an intrinsic viscosity of at least 14. 1 1 150-2 JEF 1 1 150.2 SECTION 11150- SLIDE GATES: continued C. Construction: 1. Integral gate, seat and frame unit. 2. Guide extrusions shall act as guides for the slide and shall have high-density polymer seats securely fastened to the guide on both sides of the gate. 3. Self-contained frame of sufficient strength to withstand the thrust developed. 4. Deflection of slide tinder full load head shall be limited to 1/360 of the span. Reinforce slide with structural shapes, if required. a. Provide a connector welded to the slide assembly to receive the stem. b. Design connector pocket to take the full thrust developed during gate operation. 5. Provide sold-neoprene seals anchored to each side and bottom guide: a. 'Type "P" and "J." h. Gate slide shall make unifoml contact with seal when it is closed without damaging seal surface. 6. Provide a solid-neoprene seal at the invert of the channel: a. Design the seal to be flush with the invert of the channel. b. Gate slide shall make uniform contact with seal when it is closed without damaging seal surface. 7. Size stem to be of adequate diameter to safely withstand twice the force created by a 40- pound pull on the handwheel. a. Provide Acme-type or rolled threads on stem. b. Supported by guides spaced to provide an 1/r ratio of less than 200. C. Provide single stem. 8. Top-mounted handwheel operator on the head frame: a. The wheel shall operate the gate with no more than a 40-pound effort. b. Furnish grease fittings. C. Provide stop nut to limit the downward travel of the stem and slide. d. Provide a solid-rim wheel with an arrow to show direction of opening. e. Centerline of operator shall be located 60 inches or less above the concrete floor " elevation. If the furnished gate cannot meet this requirement, then a chain operator shall be provided with the bottom of the chain located no more than 48 inches above the concrete floor. Centerline of handwheel shall be approximately 48 inches and a minimum of 36 inches above the concrete floor elevation. D. Painting: I. Exposed and enclosed machined or bearing surfaces shall be coated by the manufacturer With water-resistant grease or rust-preventative compound standard of the manufacturer. 2. Coat all aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3. Wheel operator shall be primed and painted in accordance with AWWA C501. PAR'I'3 - MECI I"PION 3.01 INSTAL l.A'I'ION: A. Comply with provisions of AWWA C501 and as specified. B. Provide manufacturer's field services as specified in DIVISION 1. C. Perform equipment tests during and after start-up to determine if equipment is performing as specified. D. Furnish and dispose of water required for leakage tests in a manner approved by Engineer. ® E. Lubricate all bearings and gears before placing gates in operation. JEF 1 1150.2 1 1 150-3 o . SECTION 11150 - SLIDE GATES: continued F. Leakage Test: Perform field leakage test and submit certified test results per.DIVISION 1, Leakage shall not exceed the limits established by AWWA C501. Furnish bulkheads as required. 2. Minimum seating and unseating head shall be as specified. 3. Minimum test duration shall be two hours. 3,02 FIELD PAINTING: A. Finish Coating: As specified in SECTION 09900. END 01. SECTION 1 1 150 11150-4 , JEF 11150.2 DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMEN'r SECTION 14600 - MONORAILS AND I IOIS'I'S PART I - GENERAL 1,01 _SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the fbIlowing types of Equipment: 1. Monorail. 2. "Trolley hoist, 13, General recluirements lm each crane and hoist required are defined on the Data Sheets at end of this Section. 1.02 RI?IFI;RENC'IiS; A. Applicable Standards: 1, American Institute ot'Steel Construction (RISC); a. Code oI*Standard Practice for StecI Buildings and Bridges. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI/ASME): It. 1330.11 - Monorail and I lnderhung Cranes. 3. American Society Cor'I'esting and Materials (ASTM): a. A36 - Structural Steel. b. A48 - Gray-Iron Castings. C. A 1,18 - Steal Castings, I ligh-Strength, fen• Structural Purposes. (l. A536 - Ductilc-Iron Castings. C. A668 - Steel Forgings, Carbon and Alloy, for General Industrial Use, f. 13766 - I Icctrodcposite(I Coatings ofC'adnliunl. 4. Crane Manufacturers Association ol*Rnlcricil ((.'1v1AA): a. No, 70 - Specifications for Flect'ic Overheat( Traveling Cranes. b. No. 74 - Specification for Top-Rtntning and Linder-Running Single- Girder Electric Overhead 'traveling Cranes. 5. I loist Manufacturers Institute (I IN11): a. I lMl 200 - Standard Specification for I land-Operated Chain I Ioists. 0. ForE.ing Industry Association I landhook. 7. Master Car Builder (NWB), 8. Societe ol'Automotirc higineers(SAID. 1.031 S I I1,M I'l"I'A I.S: R. Submit as specilied in DIVISION I . 13. Include. but not limited to, the I611u(6y: I. Product Data: il. Specifications and Illilllllfiletllrl'rti data. 1), ("atidog cuts. C. fabrication and erection Drawings, and details. d. Operation and nlaiiuenilnce nuuluals. 1.041 QI 1 AI.I'1'Y ASST IRAN(T: A. Provide the Services o (l faetory represcot(ltive to plug cr mes and hoists 111 service 111 the event it does not function in an acceptable manner, or in the event of erection difficulties requiring expert advice from the mantiflieturcr. • JE 14(100' 14(100-1 SECTION 14600—MONORAILS AND HOISTS: continued B. When more than one trolley hoist is furnished under this Contract, all trolley hoists shall be supplied by one manufacturer only. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Store and handle crane(s) to prevent warping or racking of members. B. Protect till components from damage by weather and operations on the Site. 1.06 DATA SLIEE'rS: A. For design criteria of each type crane, trolley, and hoist, see Data Sheets at end of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCT'S 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANU ACTURI RS: A. Subject to compliance with requirements specified, provide products orone of the following: 1. Monorail: a. Acco Babcock. b. Cleveland Tramrail. C, Gorbel. d. T.C. American 2, Trolley Hoists: a. Cofting. b. Lift-Tech International Inc. C. P&1-1. d. Robbins and Meyers. e. Shepard Niles Inc. f. Wright. g. Yale. Ii. Acco Babcock. 2.02 UNDERHUNG MONORAIL.: A. General Requirements 1. Conform to ANSI 1330.11 except as otherwise indicated. 2. Conform to requirements for individual monorail as indicated on Data Sheets at the end orthis Section. 3. Trolley and hoist ('or use with moncwail shall be provided as indicated in Data Sheets and conform to specifications for "'Tolley-I loists" herein. 13. Structural Design: I. Monorail track shallbc as indicated on the drawings. Monorail shall have safety stops on the ends to prevent overtravel of trolley. Stop shall be of sufficient distance from wall to prevent collision of hoist with wall. 2. Track suspension shall be provided to allow for vertical adjustment of the track both before and after the system has been put Into operation to maintain level conditions. Lock nuts or other means shall be provided to prevent nuts from backing off rods. C. Mechanical Design: 1. Trolley shall be 4-wheel drop forged with prelubricated and scaled bearings. "(Tolley shall be provided by monorail manufacturer. I). Protective Coatings: Reference SECTION 09900. 14600-2 JEF 14600.2 SECTION 14600—MONORAILS AND HOISTS: continued 2.03 TROLLEY HOIST(S): A. General Requirements: I. Conform to ANSUASME 1330.16 except as otherwise indicated. 2. Conform to requirements for individual cranes and trolley hoists as indicated on Data Sheets, this Section. 3. Paint system shall be standard of manufacturer. 4. Rated capacity shall be permanently marked one each side of unit. B. I land-Operated Trolley Hoists: I. Type: Geared-type trolley as indicatc(I with hand-chain operated hoist similar to the following: a. Lift-Tech International, Inc. - 13udgit Fli-Cap. 2. General Construction: a. Conform to FIMI 200 and as indicated herein. b. Aluminum army type, integrally built trolley, and spar-geared chain block-hoist Combination. C. 'Trolley section shall have side plates of extra-heavy rolled steel and forged alloy steel wheels with ball bearings. d. Gears, pinions and shafts shall be alloy steel. e. Wheel flanges on one side shall be geared and meshed with pinion drive by hand wheel and hand chain. f. Provide with safety hook latch. g. Chain shall be cadmium-plated. h. Suitable for operation on beam size specified. ® i. Provide with chain bucket. 3. Operation shall be from floor elevation indicated. a. Flook shall extend down for Iliad pickup to elevation indicated. b. Operating chain shall extend down to within 3 feet of floor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Inspect all areas and surfaces for conditions detrimental to proper installation, Do not proceed with installation until conditions are satisfactory. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Provide a complete installation including all Materials and Equipment necessary for operation of the Equipment. Place all specified Equipment into operation, including machinery lubrication. 13. Adjust Equipment to operate properly!, including adjustment of stoles to prevent overtravel, and tension to prevent travel when not in use. C. TOLIC11-up damaged paint surfaces with matching paint system same as used in the shop. D. Lubricate all bearings, gears, and other items requiring lubrication before placing crane in operation. 3.0� 'TESTING: A. Prior to initial use and at other intervals until date ofacceplance, test crane(s)as required by Occupational Safety and Health Administration Part 1910.179. • • JLP14600.2 14600-3 SECTION 14600—MONO_RAILS AND HOISTS: continued B. Send copies of test report to Engineer and Owner and place on file at Projeet Site, 1, Testing shall be performed by Contractor or under direction of authorized persons. END Ol' SECTION 14600 14600-4 'JEF I'4600,2 : .: : SECTION 14600—MONORAILS AND HOISTS: continued MONORAIL/TROLLEY HOIST DATA SI•IIsET Monorail No. 1 Locatioti: Blower Room Type: Close headroom cross-mounted monorail hoist Capacity: 1 ton Required I-look Lift: FL EL 563'-6" Type and Size of Monorail Beam: W14 x 43 Duty Scrvice/Class: B/1-12 Trolley Drive: Hand chain I-foist Type: Hand chain r �: ` JEl 14600.2 14600-5. :MONORAIL DATA. SHEET LOCATE PER Al BOTTOM OF ROOF SLAB EL. 576._2.. :o b o . .a ; • �''�---- MONORAIL BEAM (W14 X 43) TROLLEY & HOIST wF-- z z 0 0 z z 00 i FIN. FLOOR, EL: '5631_6 BLOWER ROOM, DIVISION 15 - MF.C'IIANICAI. SECTION 15050 - MI?CI IANIC'A1, GI Nl RAI, Rl.(1111RFAIFN I"S PART I - Gf;NI RAI, 1.01 SL.JNIMARY: A. This Section includes gcncral administrative and procedural requirements fir mechanical equipment, ductwork and accessory installations, 1.02 R} hERENCES: A. All Sections in DIVISION I and DIVISI()N 15. 1.03 SUBMITTAL: A. General: When any material is specified to comply with applicable standards, codes or laws, manufacturer's submittal must clearly stale such compliance. 13. Submittal Descriptions: 1. Contractor shrill prepare submittals in an orderly, logical format. Provide the information requested in each section. A general description ol*cach subtrnittal type is listed below. Refer to individual sections Cllr additional requirements. C. Data: I. Manufacturer's catalog data shall be included with the detailed drawings Cor the following items: ® a. Gans. b. Make-up Air Units. 2. Data shall include calculations, computer performance selections, descriptions. corrosion resistance charts, photographs or tabulated ratings. The data sli all he clearly marked with an arrow to clearly show the model number, sire, Options. etc. Cor all equipment intended For consideration. A highlighter is not acceptable. D. Drawings: I. Contractor shall submit in('urmation which graphically depicts the relationship ofthe various components ol'the work including schemmic diagrams, fabrication drawings and details, layouts ol'rclated elements, utility connections and other relational aspects of the work. The drawings shall he specific to the actual equipment intended for installation. General diagrams and schematics that do not specifically apply to the project are not acceptable and they should be nn7dified appropriately liar the specific project. Instructions: I. Contractor shall submit preprinted nnaterial that describes the installation, operation and handling procedures ol'the product as outlined by the mane facturcr. The material shall include special notices, material safety data sheets and any concerns regarding clearances, hazards or safety precautions. Contractor shall also submit written procedures Ior testing and balancing for approval prior to performing the work. Operating; instructions shall contain all information as described in DIVISION I. F. Statements: I. Includes written acknowledgment ol'the specifications such as certified repair facilities and previous related project work. G. 'Pest Reports: I. Contractor shall submit written report; for the inspections and tests specified. Each report shall be. typed in English and shall be properly laheled to identify the associated JI:1*.15050.2 15050-1 SUCTION 150511 - M1;CI-IANlCAI, (JUNFRAL_IZI.(l1►lltl_ WNTS: continued inspection or test. The report shall describe all appropriate nlcthnds, uluipntcnt and results including suggestions for corrections or acknowledgment of conformance with the plans and specifications. Test results shall he tabulated in an case to react format, Contractor shall prepare a written report for all qualitative type tests that clearly identify all prohlenis or deficiencies encountered and tic corrective nrratsures impicmellml. II. Records: I. Contractor shall sob►nit ,ill official signed authorization certifying the product, system and/or matcrials conform to the specifications, The statement must he signed and dated after the award of this Contract, must slate the name of the project, the name of the Contractor and list the specific items tieing certilied. I. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: I. The Contractor shall submit all data required by DIVISION I lm inclusion in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 QUALI'T'Y ASS1JKANC *,,: A. Maulfacturer'sQualifications: 1. Firms regularly engaged in marnlfactme of'proclrrcts specified herein and whose products and services have heen in satisfactory use life not less than five years unless specified othenvise, 13. General: 1. Provide materials and equipment that are standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufhcture of'such products, which are of at similar materials, design and workmanship. Standard products shall have been in satisl;lctory commercial or industrial use for five (5)years prior to hid opening unless specilled otherwise, The 5-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The product shall have hCCll for sale tm the commercial market through advertisements, nmnufacturer':; catalogs. or brochures during the 5-year period. C. Service Support: I. The equipment items shall he supporrecl by seI•vice organizations. Submit a certified list of,dualificd permanent sea icc organizations f„r support ofthc equipment which inciudes their addresses and qualifications. these service organizations shall be treasonably convenient to the equipment installation and ahlc to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and enlerge•ncv basis during the warranty period of the contract. 11. iManufacturcr`s PIamepkuc: I. Hach item of'equipment shall have a nameplate haring the nrutufilcturer's name, address, Model number and SCI-MI IIIIIIII)LT sLTIJI' lv alti.eel in a conspicuous place: the 13a1)1el71ate (11,111C distributing agent \�ill not he acceptable. I:. Modification of References - I. In cash of'the publications referred to hcn;in, consider the advisory provisions to he mandatory, as thought the word, "shall" had been substituted lilt "S1101-Ild" wherever it appears. Interpret refcrences Ill these pllblicarlolls fit the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of similar n�caning, to mean tilt F. Welder's Oualifications: I. Include certified in triplicate of the qualification test records as evidence that the procedures have been qualified in accordance With the Iatcsl revisions ofthe f011owing codes: 1, \\'elder Perlormmnce Ouglification Oualification Test Certificates: a. Furnish welder perf6rnlalice qualification test certificates for positions 2G and 5G ntz►de in strict compliance with the above codes. Submit qualification test records 15050-2 JFFl5050.2 • SECTION 15050 - MECHANICAL GENERAL, REOUIRIMENI'S: continued For each welder on the project and keep record files current. Welder qualification test certificates shall be submitted to the Owner before the welder shall be permitted to work on the project. Welders shall lie certified for the type of'pipc material welded. Welders and welding operators shall be qualified with and without the use of backing rings for all welding. 3. Costs incident to procedure, and welders qualification tests shall be paid by the Contractor. 1.05 L)EL.IVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials to prevent damage before and during installation in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and as approved by the Owner. Replace damaged or detective items. 1.06 WARRANTY: A. As specified. 1.07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. As indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCT DESIGN TABLES: A. Contractor shall provide ductwork, dampers, insulation and equipment for each system on this project as outlined in the Duct Dcsign 'Tables and as detailed in the Specifications. 2.02 LAMENT MARKERS: A. Provide identification markers for all major pieces of'cquipment, piping, and valves as described below. Permanently install in easily visible melamine plastic with white center core, matte finish and square corners. 3/4-inch-high lettering on I-1/2-inch plate or as required for multiple lines shall be accurately aligned and engraved into the. white. Normal Gothic style letter and numbers. Provide the following: I, fans. 2. Make-up Air Units. 2.03 VIBRATION ISOLATION: A. Vibration isolation shall be provided integral it) the equipment. 2.04 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE:: A. Contractor warrants that all equipment, devices, items, and systems provided shall be Year 2000 compliant, meaning that they shall properly function and accurately process data and time data (including without limitations: calculating, comparing, and sequencing) on and after December 31, 1999, including leap year calculations. This warranty supersedes anything in the Specifications or other Contract Documents which Wright be construed inconsistently. This warranty is applicable whether the equipment, device, item, or system is specified with or without reference to a manufacturer's name. make, or model number. JEF 15050,2 15050-3 IIIM SECTION 15050 - MF.C!-.CI Gl;NERAI, MiQUIREWNTS: continued PART 3 - EAT:CIJTION 3.01 INST'ALLA'TION: A. Receive, unload, check and store in suitable facilities all equipment and material. 13. Examine equipment and material for conecaled damage and report any damage to the Owner. C. Be responsible for the safety and protection from loss or damage of all equipment and material received until the work is complete. D. Learn of the design loading of the various floors in the building and do not overload any floor. I Protect all equipment vu1 material during storage and prior to start-up which shall include the coverings of all openings, protection against rust and other damage, etc. equipment may be stored outdoors only when approved. B. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to make it complete installation as indicated and specif is d, G. Provide all necessary supports, brackets or 1bundations fur properly installing all equipment. 11. Coordinate with the other trades before installation of'materials. No extra charges shall be approved for interlcrences duc to lack of coordination. 1. Property align, adjust and lubricate all equipment before final acceptance. J. Spot paint all equipment where the shop paint has been damaged or flaked off. Finish painting ofall mechanical equipment as specified in SEC'T'ION 00900 unless otherwise specified. K. Furnish all bolts, stud,, nuts and gaskets for makeup of all connections to the equipment and replace all gaskets damaged during storage, inspection, cleaning or placing into service. L. Contractor shall be responsible for all added expenses due to his/her choice of equipment. M. Blower room and screen room shall be provided with corrosion resistant fasteners, steel angle struts, etc. for use in ltvdrofen sulfide environment. 3.02 TESTING: A. Personnel: i. Burnish the services ofexperienccd fiactory service engineers fur all services recommended in manufacturer's written installation instructions and as required to peribrm and/or supervise the erection. start-up, testing and placing into successful operation all equipment and to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation of equipment. Services of it sales representative is not acceptable unless certified in writing by the nand acturer to be an authorized factory service representative. Travel and living expenses shall be paid by the C'ontraeror. 13. Instruments and F(juipment: I. Furnish all instruments. thernnortteM'S and eauges required for testing. If the accuracy or completeness of'installed instrumentation is not sufticient, provide additional instrumentation. C. Reporting: 1. Prepare it typewritten report ofthe test and submit six copies of all test log sheets and reports to the Engineer-is specified. 3.03 'T'RAINING: A. When specified in other sections, furnish the services of competent instructors to give full instruction to the designated Owner personnel in the adjustment, operation, and maintenance. including pertinent saFety requiremernts, of the specified equipment or system. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts ofthe installation and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation rind maintenance work. The nunnber of than-days (eight (8) hours • per day)of instruction furnished shall he as specified in the individual section. When more 15050-4 JEB 1 5050.2 SECTION 15050 - MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: continued than four(4) man-days of instruction are specified, use approximately lialf of the time for cltissroom instruction. Use other time for instruction with the equipment or system, When significant changes or modifications in the equipment or system are made.under the terns of the contract, provide additional instruction to acquaint the operating personnel with the changes or modifications. CND OF SECTION 15050 " JEF 15050.2 15050-5 Duct Design Table Service:Screen Room Equipment:EF-1 Pressure Class: +/-2"w.g. Seal Class:B _ Tom erature:55°- 105°F Rectangular _ Round Duct FRP N/A 50°Elbows R/D=1 N/A Control Damper FRP N/A Insulation (Duct Location: None Required N/A Interior Exposed) _ Jacketing (Duct Location: None Required N/A Interior Exposed) _ Insulation (Duct Location: N/A N/A (Interior Concealed) ® Jacketing (Duct Location: N/A N/A (interior Concealed) _ Insulation (Duct Location: NIA N/A (Exterior of Bldg.) _ Jacketing (Duct Location: N/A N/A (Exterior of Bldg.) _ Liner None Required N/A Coating None Roquirod N/A Flex Connector None Required N/A Flex Duct Norio Roquirod N/A • M Duct Design Table Service:Screen Room Equipment:MAU-1 Pressure Class:+-/-2"w.g, Temperature:550- 105°F Round Rectangular Duct N/A FRP 90°Elbows N/A 3 Gore Elbow Control Damper N/A FRP Insulation (Duct Location: N/A None Required Interior Exposed) _ Jacketing (Duct Location: N/A None Required Interior Exposed) Insulation (Duct Location: N/A None Required (Interior Concealed) Jacketing (Duct Location: N/A None Required (Interior Concealed) Insulation (Duct Location: N/A 2"Fiberglass board insulation (Exterior of Bldg.) Jacketing All-service jacket (Duct Location: N/A Aluminum sheet metal jacket (Exterior of Bldg,) Liner N/A None Required Coating N/A None Required Flex Connector N/A Ventfabrics Flex Duct N/A None Required Gaskets N/A EPDM • r i S3ldWVS X X x _SlynNVW W RO AlueJaeM :SC]80038 X X X aPOO VOWV :S31V01311N30 aPOO 3WSV :S31VOIJUJ30 suodaa lsal :SDJOd3tJ su011ellelsul snnlnaJd :S1N3W31V1S sajnpaaoJd lsal :SN0110f1H.LSNl 6upejad0 :SN01.Lon&LSNl uollellelsul :SN0110(1?11SN1 X x x IaauoO 'a 6uIJIM :SON0MJCI AlgwassV +g uogeoljgeJ :SONIWJCI X X X sa/un0 ainssaJd V MOO :SONIMV2i0 uolsuawla PaI111JaO .SJNIMVHCI saJey0 uOlsoji00 :Viva eleCl aoupwJOJJad :V1VG X X X ® uogdljosaa 6olele0 :Vlv(7 X x x z 0 0 g (n ., U) ° c a) :z U) E ro N `t u? v) U r c� Z r_ `L U Q s o W U 2 C N c u O co Q) O � u� r C O q Z (6 L U w O O O u O) N N N CL ro �) a_ N z v -- c ro o � �v V) a c Z CD m � ~ f' SECTION 15080- MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENI"RAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. General: 1. This Section includes specifications for insulation common to mechanical and air- handling systems. Not all insulation included in this Section is included on the project. Contractor shall refer to the Piping Design Tables and the Ductwork Design Tables, included in SECTION 15050 or indicated on the drawings, for specific insulation identification and thickness. 13. This Specification includes the following: I. Duct Insulation. 2. Jackets. 3. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Codes and Standards: 1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASI-IRAE): a. 1993 Handbook of Fundamentals. b. 62-89 - Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. B209-95 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. b. C 195-95 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement. C. C 196 - Specification for Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Thermal Insulating Cement. d. C449- Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. C. C552 - Cellular Glass Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. I'. C553-92 - Specification For Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. g. C612-93 - .Specification For Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. h. 0916 - Specification F'or Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation. i. C 1136-95 - Specification for Flexible, Low Permcance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. j. F96 - Test Nilethod For %ater Vapor"Transmission of Materials. 3. Midwest Insulation Contractors Association (MICA): a. National Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards. -1. North Anrer ican Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) a. Al 1124 - Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard. 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. b. 9013 - installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. 6. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors (SMACNA): a. I-IVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flex - Duct Liner Application. 7. Underwriters Laboratories (IJL): a. 181 - Factor\ Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Submittals: SECTION 01330. 2 Mechanical General Requirements: SECTION 15050. • JEF 15080.2 15080-1 •r SECTION 15080 - Ml-,Cl IANICAL. INSULATION: continued 3. Joint Sealants: SECTION 07920, 1,03 SUBMITTALS: A. Contractor shall submit information in accordance with the requirements of SC?C•f1ON 01330, All information shall be clearly marked with an arrow to show the model number, size, options, etc. For all cquipmcnt intended for consideration. A highlighter is not acceptable For marking. All information shall be submitted in a complete package which addresses each item of the specification and demonstrates adequate compliance. A general description of the information required to be submitted is detailed in SEC'T'ION 15050. Specific requirements are listed below. Contractor shall provide infbrn►ation for each item listed in Table 15080-I. B. Items for Submittal: I. Catalog Data. 2. Performance Data. 3. Drawings - Not Applicable. 4. Instructions. 5. Statements - Not Applicable. G. Reports - Not Applicable. 7. Certificates - Not Applicable. 8. Records: a. Warranty Inlbrnmtion. 9. Samples. 10. Operation & Maintenance Manuals- Not Applicable. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer Oualilications: Firms regularly engaged in mamifacture of insulation as specified which arc used in the indicated services and whose products and services have been in satisfactory use For not less than five years. Submit a list ol'at least three (3) previous projects of similar nature where the manulacturer's equipment was installed. The list shall include name, address, phone number and fax number. 13. Codes and Standards. 1,05 DFLIVI:RY, S'FORAGE, AND I,IANDLING: A. Protect materials against damage during storage and through all stages of installation, All damaged insulation materials shall be removed from the job site and disposal of in a lawful manner. R. Contractor shall exercise extreme caution in the storage and handling of flammable adhesives and coatings. 'these materials shall not be used or stored n any area where open (lames or welding sparks may occur, C. Store insulation inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate well above grade and cnclo�,, with durable waterproof wrapping. Protect material not suitable Cor outdoor storage to prevent damage during periods of inclement weather, including subfreezing temperatures, precipitation, and high winds, Store materials susceptible to detcrioration by direct sunlight under cover and avoid damage due to high temperatures. Do not store materials directly on ground. Insulation that becomes wet shall be replaced. D. If special precautions are required, prominently and legibly stencil instructions for such precautions on Outside ol'equipn►ent or its crating. E. Protect all materials from dirt and dust, or other contaminants. I . Carry and do not drag materials. 15080-2 JEF15080.2 v SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL. INSULATION: continued 1.06 WARRANTIES: A. The manufacturer shall warrant the proper operation of the insulation and all its components For the intended service for a period not less than one year following the date of substantial completion. Contractor shall purchase any and all extended warranties, as necessary, to comply with the specifications. 1.07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following or approved equal: 1. Ductwork Systems: a. Fiberglass Board Insulation: (1) Johns Manville. (2) Knauf. (3) Owens-Corning. (4) CcrtainTeed. b. Blanket Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: (1) Johns Manville. (2) Knauf. (3) Owens-Corning. (4) CcrtainTeed. 2. Jackets! a. Aluminum: (1) Childers. b. Foil-Scrim-Kraft Jacket: (1) Johns Manville. (2) CcrtainTeed. (3) Owens-Corning. C. All Purpose Jacket: (1) Johns Manville. (2) Certain'reed. (3) Owens-Corning. 3. Insulation Accessories: a. Adhesive: (1) Pittsburgh-Corning. (2) Johns Manville. b. Lagging Adhesive: (1) Childers. C. Insulation Cement: (1) Fibrex. (2) Rock Wool Manufacturing. (3) Ramco. d. Staples: (1) Bostich. C. Insulation Bands: (1) Pabco. (2) Childers. r. Anchor fins and Speed Washers: (1) Cemco. JEF15080.2 15080-3 SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL, INSULATION: continued g. Fibrous Glass Cloth and Tape: (1) Alpha Associates. h. Wire. i. Sealing Compounds. (1) Pittsburgh-Corning. (2) Johns Manville. J. Heat Transfer Compounds: (1) Johns Manville. k. Canvas Wrapping. I. 'Thumb 'Tacks: (I) Johns Manville. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK INSULATION: A. Fiberglass Board Insulation: 1. Must conform to AS'TM 0612,NFPA 90A and NFPA 908. 2. Thermal Conductivity: 0.24 average maximum, at 75"F mean temperature. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: 25/50. 4, Maximum Terri crature: 150°F for faced side. 5. Density: 3 Ib/fr. 6. Vapor Retarder Jacket: All Purpose or Foil-Scrim-Kraft,jaeket. 7. Adhesive and Sealant: Childers CP-321 or as reconuncndcd by the manufaeturer. B. Blanket Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: I. Insulation shall be blanket type composed of glass fibers bonded together with a thermosetting resin. a. Insulation shrill conform to ASTM 0553, NFI'A 90A and NFI'A 9013. b. Density: 0.75lb/fC. C. Thermal Conductivity (at 1-1/2 inch labeled thickness): 0.29 at 75"F " d. 'Thermal Conductivity (at compressed thickness): 0.27 at 75"I.. e. Temperature Range: 351' to 250"1 , f. Vapor Retarder Jacket: Foil-Scrim-Kraft. g. Water Vapor Transmission: 0.02 perms. h. Surface Burning C'haractcristics: 25/50, i. Adhesive and Sealant: Childers 01-82 Chil-Stix FRN or as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.02 13LO\A'FR PIPING INSULATION: A. Cellular Glass Insulation: 1. Material: Inorganic, foamed or cellulated glass, annealed, rigid, hermetically scaled cells, incombustible. 2. Form: The following as indicated: .r, Blocks: ASTM 0552, Type I. b. Boards: ASTM 0552, 'Type IV. C. Preformed Pipe: ASTM C552, Type 11, Class 2 (jacketed). d. Special Shapes: ASTM C552, Type III, in shapes and thicknesses as indicated. 3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.38 average maximum at 75°F mean temperature. #. Minimum Density: 7 pcf. 5. Maximum Density: 9.5 pef. I 15080-4 JEF 1 5080.2 f SECTION 15080- MECHANICAL INSULATION: continued 6. Pittsburg Corning Corporation. 7. 'Thickness: 2 inches. 8. Aluminum jacket. 2.03 JACKC;TS: A. Aluminum: 1. Aluminumn Jacket: ASTM 13209, 3003 Alloy, H-14 temper, smooth finish, 0.010-inch thick. 2. Elbows: Preformed 45-degree and 90-degree, short and long-radius elbows, same material, finish and thickness as jacket. B. Foil and Paper Jacket: 1. FSK (foil-Scrirn-Kraft): Laminated glass-fi her-rein forced, flame-retardant kraft paper and aluminum foil. a. Water Vapor Pernicance: 0.02 perm maximum, when tested according to ASTM E96. b. Puncture Resistance: 50 beach units minimum. C. All Service Jacket: 1. The All Service Jacket shall be a white kraft. paper bonded to aluminum foil reinforced with fiber glass yarn. The kraft paper shall be treated to enhance fire safety and minimize corrosion of the foil. 2. The water vapor permeance shall be 0.02 perm max. 3. The jacketing shall conform to ASTM C1 136. D. Pittwrap Jacket with Vapor Barrier. 2.04 INSULA'T'ION ACCESSORII:;S: A. Adhesive: 1. Insulation and Vapor Barrier Adhesive - as recommended by the insulation manufacturer or as specified herein. Adhesive shall conform to ASTM C916. ?. PVC Jacketing and Fitting Cover Adhesive: a. Schuller, Zeston Perna-Weld Adhesive: Solvent welding adhesive for use with PVC jacketing and fitting cover installation. 13, Lagging Adhesive: I. Lagging Adhesive: Childers CP-52 Chil-Lag or as recommended by the manufacturer. Lagging adhesive shall be suitable to be used with canvas and glass cloth over all insulations. C. Insulation Cement: I. Mineral Fiber: ASTM C 195. a. Thermal Conductivity: 1.0 average maximum at 500°F mean temperature. b. Compressive Strength: 10 psi at 5';'o deformation. C. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite: ASTM 0196. (1) Thermal Conductivity: 1.10 average maximum at 500T mean temperature. (2) Compressive Strength: 5 psi at 50/0 deformation. d. Mineral Fiber. Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C449. (I) 'l-hernial Conductivity: 1.2 average maximum at 400T mean temperature. (2) Compressive Strength: 100 psi at 5% deformation. fa. Startles: Clinching staples as recommended by the manufacturer. 1?. Insulation Bands: As recommended by the manufacturer. . F. Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: As recommended by the manufacturer. • JEF 1 5080.2 15080-5 SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL INSULATION: continued G. Fibrous Glass Cloth and Tape: 1. Glass Cloth and 'rape: Woven glass Fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 ounces per sq yd. Fl. Wire: I. Wire: 14-gage nickel copper alloy, 16-gage, soft-annealed stainless steel, or 16--gage, soft-annealed galvanized steel. I, Scaling Compounds: 1. Vapor Barrier Compound: Water-based, fire-resistive composition. a. Water Vapor Pernneance: 0.08 perm maximum. b. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to 180T. 2. Weatherproof Sealant: 1-1exible-cIastomer-based, vapor-barrier sealant designed to seal metal,f oints. a. Water Vapor Pernncance: 0.02 perm maximum. b. rcniperature Range: Minus 50 to 2501'. C. Color: Aluminum. J. Heat Transfer Compounds: I. zeston I-ITC. K. Canvas Wrapping. L. Thumb Tacks: 1. Annular serrated stainless steel thumb tacks Im use with installation of PVC fitting covers. M. Duct Liner Pins: I. Duct liner pins shall meet the requirements of NAINIA AH-124. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: I. All ductwork insulation or piping insulation installed in ductwork, air chases, plenums, etc, shall comply with NI-TA 90A. 2. Apply in accordance with nuuurfacturcr recommendations, MICA Standards and as specified herein. 3. Apply in firmed sections witlr joints butted. 4. Apply insulation only on clean and dry surface free from grease and rust. 5. Install insulation continuously through all nonfirc rated walls, floors and sleeves. 6. Apple specified adhesives, mastics and coatings at the manufacturer's recommended minimum coverage per gallon. 7. Apply insulation on all cold surfaces (60"P or below) with a continuous, unbroken vapor seal. a. Seal laps of jackets and butt joints with a 3-inch ill ininnaI wide strip of,jacketing material securely sealed in place with a vapor-barrier adhesive recommended by the insulation manufacturer. b. Adequately insulate and vapor seal hangers, supports, anchors, etc., that are secured directly to cold surfaces to prevent condensation. 8. Seal penetrations for hangars, supports, anchors, and other projections in insulation requiring a vapor seal. 9. Seal ends. except for flexible elastomeric insulation, taper ends at 45"angle and seal with lagging adhesive. 10. Keep insulation dry during applicatiOn and finishing. 15080-6 JEF15080.2 A SECTION 15080- Mf:CHANICAL INSULATION: continued B. Duct Systems: I, Fiberglass Board Insulation for Use on the Fxterior ofthe Duct: III Adhesive and Band Attachment: Secure block and board insulation tight and smooth with at least 50 percent coverage of adhesive, Install bands spaced 12 inches apart. Protect insulation under hands and tit exterior corners with metal corner angles. fill joints, scams, and chipped edges with vapor barrier compound. b. Speed Washers Attachment: Secure insulation tight and smooth With speed washers and welded pins. Space anchor pins 18 inches apart each way and 3 inches from insulation joints. Apply vapor barrier coating compound to insulation in contact, open joints. breaks, punctures, and voids in insulation. C. Installation shall be in conformance with National Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards and manufacturers recommendations. 2, Blanket Insulation: Install tight and smooth. Secure to ducts having long sides or diameters as follows: a. Ifinsulation jacket is not manufactured with a stapling lap, prepare a 2-inch stapling lap by removing approximately 2 inches of insulation front facing. b. Wrap the insulation around the duct with the facing to the outside, The 2-inch stapling flap shall completely overlap the jacketing. C. Scams shall be stapled C inches on center With outward clinching staples and sealed with pressure-sensitive tape matching the facing and designed for use with the duct insulation. d. For ducts 241 inches and larger in diameter: Anchor pins spaced 12 inches apart ;,tell way. Apply bonding adhesive to prevent sagging of the insulation. C. Snugly butt adjacent sections of insulation. f. Seal joints with pressure sensitive tape or vapor retarder mastic. g. Scal breaks and punctures with vapor barrier compound. h. Installation shall be in conformance with National Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards and manul•atcturers recommendations. i. Insulated duct installed otildoors shall have wcalhcrproo( protcctivc jacketing installed. C. Glower Piping Insulation: I. "Tightly hull longitudinal scams and end joints. 13und with adhesive. 2. Stagger joints on double layers of insulation. . Apply insulation continuously over fittings, valve~. and specialties, except as otherwise indicated. 11, Apply insulation with it minimum num1wr ol'joints. 5. Apply insulation with integral.jackets ati 1'011mvs: a. Pull,jatcket tight and sntoodi. h. Cover circunrfcrential joints with hull strips, at least 3 inches wide, and of'santc ntateriatl as insulation jacket. Secure with adhesive and oulw;tad clinching staples along both edger; of butt strip and space it inches un center. C. Longitudinal Scums: Overlap scams at least I-1/2 inches. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom ofpipe, Clean and dry surlace to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 41 inches on center, (I) L xception: DO 1101 staple longitudinal laps on insulation applied to piping systents with surlhce temperatures at or below 35°I: d. Vapor Barrier Coatings, Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply on scams and joints, over staples, and at ends butt to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings. • ELF 15080.2 15080-7 A SF,CTION 15080 - MITI IANICAL. INSI II,A'1'ION: continued C, At pr.netrations in jackets For the.rmoincters and pressure gauges. fill and seal voids with vapor harrier coating. E Repair damaged insulation jackets, except metal jackets, by apply jacket material around damaged jacket. Adhere, staple, and seal, Extend patch at least 2 inches in hoth directions beyond damaged insulation jacket and around the entire circun►Icrcncc of the pipe. 6. Roof'Penetralions: Apply insulation lily interior applications to a paint even with the top of the roof'flashing. Seal with vapor barrier coating. Apply insulation for exterior applications hutted tightly to interior insulation ends. Extend rectal jacket Cor exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of'rool'Ilashing. Seal metal Jacket to roof flashing with vapor harrier coating. 7. Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below grade exterior walls, terminate insulation flush with mechanical sleeve seal. Seal terminations with vapor barrier coating. 8, Extcrinr Wall Penetrations- For penetrations of below grade exterior walls, extend metal jacket tier exterior insulation through penetration Io a point 2 inches from interior surfi►ce of wall inside the building. Seal ends of metal jacket with vapor harrier coating. Secure metal jackcl ends with metal band. At point where insulation metal jacket contacts mechanical sleeve seal, insert cellular glass preRrrmed pipe insulation to allow sleeve seal tightening against metal jacket. Tighten and seal sleeve to jacket to I6i'm a watertight seal. 9. Interior Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions. Apply an altrrninuru jacket with fitctory-applied moisttnre barrier over insulation. Extend 2 inches from both sum-Faces of wall or partition. Secure altimimun jacket with metal hands at both ends. Seal ends of Jack-el with vapor harrier coating. Seal aromid pcnetr►tion with joint scaler. Refer to SV.CTION 07920 - JOINT SI:AI.ANTS. 10. Fire-Rated `'fulls and Partitions Penetrations- Terminate insulation at penetrations through fire-rated walls and partitions. Scal instillation ends with vapor harrier coating. - Seal around penetration with firestopping or fire-resistant joint scaler. Reno to I)1V1S1ON 7 fir Firestopping and lire-resistant joint sealers. 11. Tloor Penetrations: *Lern►inate insulation underside 01'11001- assen►hly ,old at 11001- support at top of floor. 12. Flanges. Fittings, and Valves - Interior kxposed and Concealed: Coat pipe insulation ends with vapor harrier coating. Apply premolded, precut, or field-fiabrrcated segments of ins(dation around Ranges, unions, VOk 1-s, and 111111)(x. N1a)%c joints tight. 13011d with adhesive. a. IJse Saute Inalerlal and thickness w, adjacent pipe instdatID11. h. Overlap nesting insulation h\ 2 inches or I-pipe diameter, whichever is greater. C. Apply materials with adhcsivc, fill voids with mineral fiber insulating cancan. �;ecure with wire or tape, d. Insulate elbows and Ices smaller than 3 inches pipe sire with premolded insulation, V, losulate elbows and tees 3 inches and larger with premolded insulation o1- insulation material segments, Use at least three segments For each elbow. 1'. Cover insulation, except for metal jacketed insulation, with PVC fitting covers and seal circumferential joints with butt strips. g. Cover insulation, except for metal jacketed insulation, with two layers of lagging adhesive i0 a n►inirrn.rrn thickness of 1/16 inch. Instal! glass cloth between layers. 151180.8 J F-T 15080.2 SECTION 15080- MECHANICAL INSULATION: continued Overlap adjacent insulation by 2 inches in both directions from joint with glass cloth and lagging adhesive, 13. Hangers and Anchors: Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. Install saddles, shields, and inserts as specified in SECTION 15145 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, a. Inserts and Shields: Cover hanger inserts and shields with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation, 14. Secure insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, Seal joints with manufacturer's recommended joint sealer. 15. Secure inner layer of multiple layer installations with glass fiber reinforced tape. Secure outer layers with two metal bands for each insulation section. 3.02 TESTING: NOT APPLICABLE. 3.03 TRAINING: NOT APPLICABLE. CND OF SECTION 15080 JEF 15080.2 15080-9 SECTION 15145 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 -.GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical systems piping and equipment. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Materials for attaching hangers and supports to building structure: DIVISION 5. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(AMSE): a. B 18.10 - Track Bolts and Nuts. b. 831.9 - Building Services Piping. C. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A36/A36M - Structural Steel. b. At 83 - Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts. C. A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for Fligh Temperature Service. d. A780 - Repair of Damaged I-lot-Dipped Galvanized Coatings. C. C 150 - Portland Cement. f. C1 107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink). g. F844 - Washers, Steel. Plain (Flat), Unhardened for General Use. 3. American Welding Society (AWS): a. DI.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 4. Factory Mutual (FM). 5. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS): a. SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, and Manufacture. b. SP-69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports- Selection and Application. C. SP-89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. d. SP-90 - Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hanger.,; and Supports. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70 - National Electric Code. 7. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): a. PA-I - Shop. Field, and Maintenance Painting. 8. Underwriters Laboratories 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. Terminology used in this Section Is defined In MSS SP-90. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit the following in accordance with SEICTION 15050 - GhNERAL REQUIREMENTS. I. Product data including; installation instructions for each type of support and hanger. 2. Submit pipe hanger rend support schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size, location, and features for each required pipe hanger and support. 3. Welder certif icates, signed by Contractor, certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under "Quality Assurance" Article. • JEF 15145,2 15145-1 SECTION 15145 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: continued 4. Shop drawings for each type of support and hanger indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances,and methods of component assembly. 5. Licensed Engineer's hanger and support drawings specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article, 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS DI.I. 1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. B. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." C. Listing and Labeling: Provide hangers and supports that are listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. 1. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Vesting Laboratory" (NR,rL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. D. Licensed Operators: Use operators that are licensed by powder-operated tool manufacturers to operate their tools and fasteners. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Hangers and Support Components: Factory flbricated according to MSS S11-58. I. Components shall have galvanized coatings where installed for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. 2. Pipe attachments shall have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. 3. Hanger and support components for FRP duct shall be aluminum or SST. 13. "Fhernull I langer Shield Inserts: 100 psi (690 kPa) average compressive strength, waterproofed calcium silicate, and encased with a sheet rnetal shield. Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of the pipe and shall be of length indicated by nitlnulacturer for pipe size and thickness of insulation. C, Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments with pull- out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. Fasteners for fire protection systems include 111. listing and FNI approval. D. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachrllent5 With p1111-(lilt and shear capacities appropriate For supported loads and building; materials where used. Fasteners for fire protection systems include ill. listing and Fn1 approval. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36N,I, steel plates. shapes, and bars, black and galvanized. B. Bolts and Nuts: ASMI: 1318.10 or ASTINI A)83, steel, hex-head, track bolts ;,nd nuts. Where indicated, AISI "Type 304 stainless steel, semifinished heavy hex head, ASTM A193 Grade 138 Class 2, strain-hardened, UNC threads. C. Washers: ASTM F844, steel, plain, flat washers. D. Grout: ASTM Cl 107, Grade 13, nonshrink., nonmetallic. 1. Characteristics include past-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry hydraulic-cement-type grout that is nonstaining, noncorrosive, nembaseous and is recommended for both interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5 NINO, '8-day compressive strength. 151.15-2 JE1`15145.2 • STsCTION 15145 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: continued 3. Water: Potable. 4. Packaging: Premixed and factory-packaged. PART 3 - ",XECU11ON 3.01 T IANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS: A. Specific hanger requirements are specified in the Section specifying the equipment and systenls. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 lm pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in Piping specilication Sections. 3.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION: A. General: Comply with MSS SP-69 and SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. 13. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping supported together on field- fabricated, heavy-duty trapeze hangers where possible. C. Install supports with maximum spacings complying with MSS SP-69. D. Where piping ofvarious sires are supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe as specified above for individual pipe hangers. F. The following figure types given in Figure I of MSS SP-69 will not be acceptable: "Types 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 16, 17, 20, 23, and 25. 1 Install building attachments within concrete or to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS S1'-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts befbre concrete is placed; fasten insert to forms. Install reinforcing bars through openings at top of'inserts. G. Install concrete inserts in new construction prior to placing concrete. If. Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete alier concrete is placed and completely cured. Install according to fastener ma ntilacturer's written instructions. DO not use in lightweight concrete slabs or in concrete slabs less than 4 inches ( 100 mm) thick. I. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install according to fastener manufacturer's written instructions. Do not use in light weight concrete slabs or in concrete slabs less than 4 inches ( 100 111111) thick. I. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, halts, rids, nuts, washers, and other accessories. K, Fleavy-Duty Steel Trapezes: Field-lahricated from ASTM A36 steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D.I.I. I.. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping system to permit freedom of' movement between pipe anchors and to facilitate action of'expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. M. load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from nioveinent will not be transmitted to connected equipment. N. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASMT; 1331.9 is not exceeded. O. Insulated Piping: Comply with the Following installation requirements: I. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (ifany), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASMI: 1331.9. • JEF 15145.2 15145-3 tl SE=CTION 15145 - IJANCLFRS AND StIPPORTS: continued Saddles: Install protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insert Material: Length at least as long its the protective shield. 4. 'thermal f-(anger Shields: Install with insulation ofsame thickness its piping. 3.03 MBTAL FABRICATION: A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications f«r pipe and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS 1)1.1 procedures for manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds methods used in correcting welding work. and the following: I. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so that no roughness shows after finishing and so that contours of welded surti►ces match adjacent contours. 3.04 ADJUSTING: A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. 3.05 PAINTING: A. Touching-Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas ofshop paint and paint exposed areas immediately alter erection of hangers and supports. Use same material as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA I requirements Cor touch-up of field-painted surfaces. I. Apply by brush or spray to providr a Minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds. bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply - galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A790. 3.06 FIELD QtIAI_ITY C QNTROL: A. Licensed Engineer's Report: Prepare hanger and support installation report. Include seal and signature of Registered Engineer. licensed in.iurisdicticrn where Project is located, certifying compliance with specifications. END OF SECTION 151.15 15145-4 JLF15145.2 • s SECTION 15720 - AIR-HANDLING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY_: A. General: B. This Section includes the following types of units: 1. Electric Heat Make-Up Air Unit (MALI-1), 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Codes and Standards: I. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): a. 210 - Laboratory Methods of'Testing Fans and Ratings. b. 261 - Directory of Licensed Products, C. 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. d. 301 - Method for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings fi-om Laboratory Test Data. C. 2408 - Operating Limits for Centrifugal Fans. 2. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute(ARI): a. 410 - Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air Ideating Coils. b, 430 - Central-Station Air-Handling Units. 3. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA): a, 9 - Load Rating and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. b. 1 I - Load Rating and Fatigue Life tcrr Roller Bearings. 4. American Society of Heating. Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): a. 52.1 - Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter, b. 90A - E',nergy Conservation in New Building Design. 5, National Electrical Manutacturers Association (NEMA): a. Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volt, DC. h. MG-I - Motors and Generators. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70 - National Electrical Code, b. 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 7, Underwriters Laboratories 01L): a. 586 - Iligh Efficiency, Particulate, Air Filter Units. b. 1995 - I leating and Cooling Equipment, 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: SI I ION 15050. 2. Electric and L:lectronic Control: SI?CfION 15915. 3. Testing, Adjusting, and Balanciq,: SECTION 15950, 4. Electrical: DIVISION 16, 1,03 SUBMI'l-I'ALS: A. Contractor shall submit information in accordance with the requirements of SECTION 01330. All information shall be clearly marked with an arrow to show the model number, size, options, etc. for all equipment intended for consideration. A highlighter is not acceptable for marking. All information shall be submitted in a complete package which addresses each item of the specification and demonstrates adequate compliance. A general description of the information required to be submitted is detailed in SECTION 15050. Specific requirements are listed below. Contractor shall provide information (car each item listed in "fable 15720-1. JEF 15720.2 15720-1 n SECTION 15720 . AIR I IANDLING UNITS: continued !3. Data: 1, Catalog Data. 2. Performance. Data. a. Certified fan-performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. b. Certified fan-sound power ratings. c, Certilied coil-perlornumcc ratings with system operating conditions indicated. 3. Drawings: a, Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power and control systems and differentiating between manufacturv:r-installed and field-installed wiring. 4. Instructions. 5. Statements. G, Reports. 7. Certificates. S. Records. 9. Samples. 10. Operation & Maintenance MMIL els. a, Safety Precautions, b. Maintenance Procedures C. Repair Procedures d. Preventive Maintenance Schedule C. Spare Parts List f', Information submitted in part 1.03.13.1 thru 1.03.13.7 shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:: A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture ofair handling units as specified which arc used in the indicated services and whose products and scrvices have been in satisfactory use for not less than five years. Submit a list of at least (3) three previous projects of similar nature \shere the manufacturer's eeluipmcnt was installed, 'The list shall include name. address, phone number and fax numher. 13. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. C. NITA Compliance: Central-station air-handling units and components shall be designed, lubricated. and installed in compliance with NFPA 90A. U, UL Compliance: Electric coils, alum; with complete central-station air-handling unit, shall be listed and labeled by U1.. I:. ARI Certification: C'cntral-station air-handling units and their component~ shall be factory tested according to the applicable portions of ARI -130 and shall be listed mid hear the label of the Ali-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institule (ARI). F. UI-, and NI MA Compliance: Provide ►nutors required as part of air-handling units that are listed and labeled by LII, and comply with applicable NFN4A standards. G. Comply with NPPA 70 for components and installation, 1-1. Listing and Labeling: Provide cicctrically operated components specified in this Section that are listed and labcicd. I. The 'Terms "Listed" and "Labcled": As defined in the National L?Icctrical Code. Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized 'Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 15720-2 JL?I 15720.2 SFCTION 15720 - AIR I IANDLING UNITS: continued 1.05 DI•.I,IVERY, SIORAGF., AND HANDLING: A. Deliver air-handling unit as a factory-assembled module with protective crating and covering. B. Handle units and components carefully to prevent damage, Follow manufacturer's written instructions for rigging, Replace damaged units or components. Lift and support units with munufi►cturer's designated lilting or supporting; points. C. Store units and components in clean dry place off the ground. Protect from weather, water, and physical damage. 1,06 WARRANTII:S: A. General: 'Yhe manufacturer shall warrant the proper operation ofthe unit and all its components for the intended service (or a period not less than one year following the date of substantial completion. Contractor shall purchase ally and all extended warranties, as necessary, to comply with the specifications, 1,07 MANUFACTIIRI:RS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements. provide products by one of'the following: I. Make-I.Jp Air Units. a. Wehco. b. Engineered Air, U. Enginecr-approved equal. 1.01 F,XTIZA MAT RIALS: ® A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, arc packaged with protective covering liar storage, and are identified with labels describing, contents. 13. Filters: Furnish I set for each central-station air-han(lling unit. C. Fan Belts: Furnish I set for each ecntral-station air-handling unit Ian. D. Gaskets: Furnish I for each sectional Joint o!'cach central-station air-handling unit. PART 2 - P'RODUC'TS 2.01 ELFC-FRIC'AL %VORh: A. I lectrical equipment, motors, motor efficiencies, conduit, and wiring shall he in accordance \�ith DIVISION 16 and shall be of material or protection reconuMended Cor use in hydrogen sulfide atmosphere. All conduit, electrical components, wiring, and motors within the air handling; unit shall he acceptable Cor Class I, Dig ision 2. (iroup C; and D environments. Electrical motor driven equipment specified shall he provided complete with motors, motor starters, and controls. FdCh motor shall conform to NFINIA N16 I and be of'sufficient size to drive the equipment at the specified capacity without exceeding the nameplate rating of the motor. All motors shall he continuous duty With the enclosure specif icd. Motor starters shall he provided complete with thermal overload protection and other appurtenances necessary Cor tits motor control indicated. 2.02 CC)�11'ON1N'I'S: A. Fans: I. General: Bell-driven centrif lgal fans consisting,ol,housing, wheel, fan shaft, hearings, motor, drive assemblY, and accessories as indicated. Provide fans that are fmory fabricated and assenthled, factory tested, and factory (finished, with indicated capacities • and characteristics. • .11, - 15720-a 1 5720,2 SI C'1 ION 15720 - Alit HANDLING UNITS: continued 2. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA Standard 301 "Method for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings From Laborator;y 'test Data." 'Pest fans in accordance with AMCA Standard 300 "'Pest Code ('or Sound hating." Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Sound Ratings Scai and shall be listed in AMCA 261. 3. Fan Performance Ratings: (.;stablish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by li►ctory tests all(] ralings in accordance with AMCA 210. Fans shall be licensed to beat-the AMCA certified air performance rating and shall be listed in AMCA 261. 4. Fans and Shafts: Statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous; operation at the maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower. a. Fan Sllaft: Designed to operate at no more than 70% of the first critical speed at the lop cif the speed range of the fun's class. Fan shafts shall be constructed of the material indicated. 5. Belt Drives: Factory mounted, with final alignment and belt adjustment made after installation. a. Service Factor: 1.4. b. Belts: Oil-resistant, monsparking, and nonstatic. 6. Motors and Fan Wheel Pulleys: Adjustable pitch for use with motors through 5 LIP, fixed pitch for use with motors larger than 5 1-1I1. Select pulley so that pitch adjustment is at the middle of the aldjustment range at fan design conditions. a. Belt Guards: Provide steel belt guards for motors mounted on the outside of the fan cabinet. b. Motor shall be TF FC and rated for Class I, Division 2 Group C and D environment. 7. Shaft Bearings: Provide type required for service, having a median life "Rating Life" • (A13MA (1-,50)) 01'200,000 hours, calculated in accordance with A13MA Standard 9 for ball bearings and ABMA Standard I 1 for roller bearings. a. Prelubricated and sealed, self-aligning;, pillow- block-type ball bearings for fans 15 inches and smaller. h. Grease-lubricated, self*-aligning, pillow-block type, tapered roller bearings with double-locking collars and one-piece housing for fans larger than 1.5 inches. S. Provide centrifugal fans in accordance with AMCA 2108. Furnish the lollowing classes for the tabulated static pressures: Class Static Pressure 1 0" to 3'" W.C. 11 t�} 6" W.C. Ill 6" W.C. and urealer 9. Materials: a. I lousings: Fabricated 1'rom aluminum to lorm curved scroll housings with coll(illu l(s seams and access doors or panels to allow access to Internal parts and Willponcllts. h. Wheel: Aluminum 1vheel, hub and inlet cone with huh keyed to the shaft. C. Shalt: 'turned, ground, and polished stainless steel, keyed at both ends. 10. Blade/wheel Shall be as indicated: a. Single-width, single-inlet wheel. b. Dol.tble-width, double-inlet wheel. (1) Made Type: Forward-curved, airfoil type. 15720-4 JLF15720.2 SECTION 15720 - AIR HANDLING UNITS: continued E. Filters: 1. Filters: Comply with NI'TA 90A. 2. Disposable Filters: a. 2%thick, cotton and synthetic media encased in fiberboard cell with perforated- metal media support, clean airflow resistance of 0.10 inch wg at face velocity of 300 fpm and ASHRAE 52.1 filter-arrestance efficiency of 25 to 30%. C. Coils: 1. Electric explosionproof coil shall be INDEECO or Engineer-approved equal, of the kW rating, voltage, and phase specified in the schedule. They shall be Factory Mutual and CSA approved for: a. Class I, Division 2, Groups C and D, Ignition Temperature Code T2A. 2. Coil shall have automatic and manual reset thermal cutout for redUndant overtemperattire protection, de-energizing controlling and backup magnetic contactors, 24-volt control circuit transformer, terminal blocks for field wiring and supplementary fusing if over 48 amps. Controls shall be housed in a NEMA 7, 9 cast aluminum enclosure. 3. Coil shall consist of industrial grade stainless steel finned tubular electric heating elements mounted in a heavy-gauge aluminized steel frame. 4. Coil shall be furnished with the control option indicated below: a. Solid-state control with built-in zero-cross switching SCR and field installed room sensing thermostat rated for use in Class I, Division I, Groups C and D environment. 5, The following options are to be included: a. Built-on airflow switch in place of the fan relay. b. Supplementary fusing for heaters drawing less than 48 amps. C. Disconnecting magnetic contactors. d. NEMA 4, 7, 9 gasketed control box for wet locations. G, Coil-Perlormance Tests: Factory-test heating coils for rating according to ARI 410, ' 2.03 NOT USED, 2.04 NOT USED. 2,05 NOT (1SED. 2.O6 NOT USI:I). 2.07 MAK1:: SECTION 15720 - AIR HANDLING UNITS: continued C, Location and Application: Factory applied with adhesive where necessary and mechanical fasteners to the internal surfaces of the walls rind ceiling rend to the bottom of the floor of each section handling conditioned air. d. No insulation edges shall be exposed to the airstream, 3. Access Panels and Doors: Double wall construction having they same materials and finishes as casing and complete with hinges, latches, handles, and gaskets. a. Fan and Iilter sections shall have inspection and access panels and doors sized and located to allow periodic maintenance and inspections. 4. Outside-Air Intake: Provide outdoor make-up air units with an outside air intake hood constructed of the sannc material and finish as the casing. Provide a birdscreen over inlet. C. Fan Section: 1. Fern-Section Construction: Belt-driven centrifugal funs, consisting of housing, wheel, fall shall, bearings, motor and externally mounted pre-wired fused disconnect switch, drive assembly, and support structure, equipped with formcd-steel channel base with 2 part epoxy for integral mounting of fan, motor, and casing panels. Mount fan scroll, wheel, shaft, bearings, and motor on two-part epoxy-coated structural-steel frame, with frame mounted oil base with vibration isolation. 2. Funs: Provide aluminum forward curved fan and motor in accordance with FANS, this Section. Fan shall be of spark resistant construction. 3. Vibration Control: Install tans on vertical rubber-in-shear type isolators with leveling bolts, 4. Fan nnotor shall be rated (or Class 1, Division 2 Group C and D environment. I). I leating Section: 1. SCR control electric heater in accordance with coils, this Section. 1-1. Dampers- 1. Dampers and damper motors shall he as follows and as specified in SI-.CTIC)NS 15810 and 15915. Dampers shall have I leresite VR500 air dry coating. Dampers shall he low leakage. F. Filter Section: • 1. Filter Section: Provide aluminized steel filter media holding frames arranged for flat orientation, with access floors oil one tilde of ►Intl. '. Filter shall he a 30°i�, ellCll'nl disposable in accordance with C'C)MI'C)Nf;N"1 S, this Section. G. Controls: I. Door safety s%%itch: Provide a door safety switch which shall prevent or terminate unit Operation when m) access door is opened at fan section. Shall he rated for Class I, Division 2 Group C and I) enyironnlent. 2. Motor, coil, and control w irim, shall he in flex-tite conduit to and from Control Panel. i. Provide with I leresite coated sensors. -1. Unit mounted control panel shall include control tratlsfOrmer, motor starters and other features as shown in the Contract Drawings. After installation, provide a nlinirin(rrn of Iwo coats of'coil formul coating:on all exposed metal conductors and contacts. Provide with I loffnlan Vapor Action Corrosion Inhibitor sized for panel volume. Panel shall lie rated for Class 1, Division 2 Group C and 1) outdoor environment. 5. Provide two normally open contacts which will close when unit is running. 6. Additional controls are specified in SECTION 15915. 7. Provide \\ith explosionproof disconnect switch for unit, 15720-6 .I l:F 15720.2 ■ SECTION 15720 - AIR HANDLING UNI'T'S: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: ION: A. Install make-up air unit level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Arrange installation of unit to provide access space for service and maintenance. 3.02 CONNECTIONS: A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other DIVISION 15 Sections, The Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connections. 13. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements of DIVISION 16 Sections. 1. Connect fan motors to wiring systems and to ground. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values ire not indicated, use those specified in Ul, 486A and Ul, 48613. 2. Temperature control wiring and interlock wiring is specified in Section 15915. 3.03 CI,fiANING: A. After completing installation, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris, and repair damaged finishes including chips, scratches, and abrasions. 13, Clean fan interiors to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Vacuum clean fun wheels, cabinets, and coils entering air face. 3.04 COMMISSIONING: A. Manufacturer's field Inspection: l.;ngage a factorN-authorized service representative to perform the fullowmg: 1. Inspect field assembly of components and installation of central-station air-handling units including piping, ductwork, and electrical connections. • 2. Prepare a written report on findings and recommended corrective actions. 13. Final Checks before Startup: Perform the following before startup: I. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verily that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections for griping, ductwork, and electrical are complete. Verify that proper thermal overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnects, 3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section. J. Disconnect tan drive 1rr,m motor, vcrifj proper motor rotation direction, and verify free fan wheel rotation and smooth hearings operations. Reconnect fan drive system, align belts, and install belt guards. . Lubricate hearings, pulleys, belts. and other moving parts with factory-recommended lubricants. 6. Set zone dampers to fully open position for each zone. 7. Set lace-and-bypass dampers to full face flaw. 8. Comb coil fins fir parallrl orientation. 9. Install clean filters. 10. Verify that manual and automatic volume control dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. C. Starting procedures for air-handling and make-up air units include the following: 1. [.nergize motor, verily proper operation of motor, drive sysaen, and Can wheel. Adjust Can to indicated rpm. ,1EF1 5720.2 15720.7 M SECTION 15720 - AIR HANDLING UNITS: continued a. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions. 2. Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage. 3. Manually operate dampers from fully closed to fully open position and record fan performance. D. Refer to SECTION 15950 for air-handling systein testing, adjusting, and balancing. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION: A. Engage the services of a Rectory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance. I. Review data in the operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Schedule training with Owner, through Engineer, with at least 7 days' advance notice. END OF SECTION 15720 15720-8 JEF15720.2 S3ldlNdS sivnNVN W'EO x x x x x Aluenum :SaH003H x x x x x aPOO ` oVgv :S3ldoIdilH3o x x IUV :S31VOlJlIH30 x suodaH lsal :SlHOd3H x x x suollellelsul snolnaJd :S1N3W31b1S x x x x sainpaooad )sal :SNOIlof1H1SNl x x x x 6ulleaad0 :SNOIlof1H1SNl x x x uollelle)sul :SNOIlof1H1SNI x x x Ioaluo:D IR 6u!a!M :SJNIMNHa x x x AIgwessy V uopeolageJ :SJNIMVUC7 x 1XI so/uno ainssaid '?mold :SJNIMbYHa x x x uolsuawla Pa!)!uaO :SONIMVHCI x sliego uolsojjoo aliVC] elet7 aouewaoPad :Villa x x x x o N uolldlaosaa 6oleleo :ylHCl x x x x x LO r I- 7 Q • ti D E h U� S? U) CC M z O s < J O _m 0 LL Z o U- U Q O 2 0 U CL W Q Y � ll Q r LO C O O Z L v O O N r Q c0 N C-I N N D_ C � E O N C O V m O .0 C Z N Cn ~ A SECTION 15810 - DUCTS AND ACC[L RII-S PART I - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A, General: This Section includes specifications for ducts and accessories common to mechanical systems, Contractor shall refer to the Duct Design "fables included in SECTION 150:)0 for specific duct identification. 13. This Specification includes the following: I. Ductwork, 2, Dampers. 3. Grilles and registers, 4. Flexible duct connections. 1.02 RI FERENCES: A. Codes and Standards: 1, Air Diffusion Council (ADC): a. 1062 - Equipment Test Code. 2. Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. (AMCA): a, AMCA 500 - Louvers, Dampers and Shutters. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ('582-95 - Standard Specification for Contact. Molded Reinforced Thermosetting Plastic (RPT) Laminates for Corrosion-Resistant Equipment. b, D790-95A - `rest Method for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Elcctrical Insulation Material. C. D638 - 'rest Methods for Tensile Properties of Plastics. d. D2583 - 'Pest Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impressor. e. D2584 - 'Pest Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins. f'. D4385 - Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Thermosetting Reinforced Plastic Pultruded Products. 4. National Bm-cau of Standards (NITS): a, PS 15-0) - Voluntary Product Standard, Custom Contact-Molded Reinforccd- Polyester Chemical-Resistant Process Equipment. 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a, 90A - Air-Conditioning. and Ventilating Systems. h. Shect Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA): a. I IVAC Duct Construction Standards. 7. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL): a. 214 - 'rests Im Flanc-Propagation of Fabrics and Fihns. 13. Related \York Specified Elsewhcre: I. Submittals: DIVISION I. 2, Duct Design Tables: SL'.C'rl(:)N 15050. 3, Mechanical Electrical and Electronic Control Systems: SECTION 15915. • .1EF 15810.2 15810-1 SEICTION 15810 - DUCTS ANI) ACCI;SSORII S: continued 1.03 SUBMirrALS: A. Contractor shall submit information in accordance with the requirements of DIVISION 1. All information shall he clearly marked with in arrow to show the model number, size, options. etc. for all equipment intended for consideration. A highlighter is not acceptable for marking. All information shall be submitted in a complete package which addresses each item of the specification and demonstrates adequate compliance. A general description of the information required to he submitted is detailed in SETTION 15050. Specific requirements are listed below. Contractor shall provide information for each item listed in `fable 15810-1. 13. Items for Submittal: 1. Data: a. Catalog Data. b. Performance Data. C. Corrosion Charts, 2. Drawings: a. Detailed Ductwork layouts (Fabrication Drawings). 3. Statements: a. Previous Installations. 4. Reports: a. Test Reports, 5. Certificates. 6. Records: a. Warranty Information. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCF.: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: firms regularly engaged in manufacture of ducts and accessories as specified which are used in the indicated services and whose products and services have been in satisfactory use for not less than five \,cars. Submit a list of at least (3) three previous projects of'sinlilar nature where the manufacturer's equipment was installed. The list shall include name, address, phone number and fax number. 13. Codes and Standards: I . SMACNA Compliance: All ductwork hangers, and supporting systems shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA I IVAC Duct Construction Standards. 2. FRP duct shall he nuulufacturcd in accordance with NBS I'S 15-69. 1.05 DI:I,IVI" RI'. STORMA."', AND I IANDLING: A. Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of-duct. Maintain end-caps in place through shipping, storage and handlini! to prevent damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of duct. 13, Where possible, store duct, fittings and equipment inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate well above grade and enclose with durable waterproof wrapping. Protect material not suitable for outdoor storage to prevent damage during periods of inclement weather, including subfreezing temperatures, precipitation, and high winds. Store materials susceptible to deterioration by direct sunlight under cover and avoid daillage due to high temperatures, Do not store materials directly on ground. C. If special precautions are required, prominently and legibly stencil instructions for such precautions on outside of equipment or its crating. D. Protect all materials from dirt and dust, or other contaminants. E. 1 landle equipment in such a manner as I ensure delivery to final Iocation in sound, undanlaQCd Clllditioll. Make satisfactory repairs to damaged material(s) at no cost to Owner. 15810-2 .1 E-F 15810.2 SECTION 15810 - DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES: continued F. Carry and do not drag materials. 1.06 WARRAN'T'IE:S: A. Contractor shall warrant ducts, fittings, and accessories submitted for this project in the intended service fora period not less than one (1)year following the date of substantial completion, Contractor shall purchase any and all extended warranties, as necessary, to comply with the specifications. 1.07 ACCEPTABLE. MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one cif the following or approved equal: A. Dampers: 1. Ruskin. 2. Hartzell Fan, Inc. B. Diffusers and Grilles: I. Tints. 2. Price. 3. Krueger. 4. Metal Industries, Inc. C. Ducts: 1. Viron International Corp. 2. ATS Products, Inc, 3. Vanaire. 4. Augusta Fiberglass. D. Flexible Duct Connections: 1. Flexmastcr U.S.A., Inc. 2. PEPCO. 3. Vcntfabrics, Inc. " PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 1-)11C"T WORK: A. General: I. Construct all ductwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Construct FRI' ductwork in accordance with SMACNA recommendations. Hangers and supporting systems shall be constructed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and SMACNA 11VAC DUCt Construction Standards. Construct all ducts of shape and materials as indicated. 2. Duct dimensions indicated refer to air opening dimensions. 3. Provide volume control balancing dampers wlicre indicated and where required to balance the system. 4. Provide access doors as specified and where indicated. B. FRP Contact Molded Duct and Fittings: I. Materials: a. Resin: Brominated 13isphenol - Epoxy Vinyl Ester. Reichhold, DION FR-9300 or approved equal. b. Reinforcing Material: Commercial - grade glass fiber as manufactured by Owens- Corning, John-Mansville, or equal, ® C. Fillers: Up to 5% by weight of thixotropic agent for viscosity control and 3% antimony trioxide as fire retardant agent to conform to ASTM E84 Class 1. 4 JEF15810.2 15810-3 SECTION 15810 - Ut fCTS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 2. Laminate: a. Inner Surface: Free ofcracks and crazing with smooth finish. Resin rich (90% resin, 10% glass) to avoid exposure of glass fibers. Glass or synthetic veil shall be used to provide surface thickness of 0.03 inch. b. First Interior Layer: I-I/2-ounce chopped strand mat impregnated with resin to a ratio of 2/3 resin to 1/3 glass fiber. C. Second Interior Layer: 3-ounce strand mat impregnated with resin to a ratio of 2/3 resin to 113 glass fiber. d. Exterior Layer: Smooth with no exposed fibers, providing necessary additional strength to meet tensile and flexural requirements. C. Exterior Gel Coat: Polyester resin, pigment for color, and Ultra-violet light inhibitor. 3. "Pests: FRP contact molded duct testing shall be in accordance with the following standards: a. Glass Content: ASTM D2584. b. Tensile Strength: ASTINI D638. C. Flexural Strength: ASTM D790, Procedure A, 'fable 11. d. Flexural Modulus: ASTM D790. C. Hardness: ASTM D2583. 4. F R P contact molded ducting as manufactured per NBS PS 15-69 by Viron International Corporation, Vanaire or approved equal. 5. All cut edges shall be coated with resin so that no `Mass fibers are exposed and all voids filled. Structural elements having edges exposed to the chemical environment shall be made with chopped strand glass reinforcement only. 2.02 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS: A. Fleavy glass fabric, recommended for installations exposed to sun and weather, air-tight, water- tight, fire-retardant. U.L. 214. NFPA 90A. Ventfabrics Ventlon or equal. 2.03 DAMPERS: A. Volume Dampers (VDI: Damper materials ol'construction shall match the ductwork materials of construction when dampers are used in ductwork. 1. Aluminum: a. Dampers furnished shall he fabricated by a IM-1111.1facturer specializing, in the Fabrication ofdampers. Dampers shall be gang!-operated 211tlrllillUm blades as indicated \\ith C\colov 800 or DuPont "Delrin Al"' bearings. Provide completed with extruded aluminum hat channel, side stops, end stops, and structural shapes required to support the dampers. Size dampers as required to fit openings and as indicated. Coordinate with equipment furnished. Damper blade shall be welded, pinned, spfined, or belted to the shaft. Set screws are not acceptable. Mark damper Made position permanently on duct and end of damper shaft. 2. FR P: a. Damper housing and flanges shall be manufactured per N13S PS 15-69 with a minimum interior resin rich veil thickness of 30 mils. The penetrations in the damper housing shall have molded PTFE bearings to support the axle. All exterior surfaces of the damper housing shall be furnished with gel coat for UV protection. Damper shall hear the AMCA seal. 15810-4 ,IIF 15810.2 SECTION 15810- DUCKS AND ACCF,SSORIES: continued B. Control Dampers (CD). I. Control dampers shall be as specified for volume dampers (VD) with electric actuators. See SECTION 15915. 2. CU-I shall be of i RP construction. CD-2 and CD-3 shall be of aluminum construction. 2.04 TURNING VANES: A. furnish turning vanes in supply air duct elbows in accordance with duct manufacturer's recommendations. Use single thickness only for vatic lengths not exceeding 24 inches. 2.05 ACCESS DOORS: A. Furnish access doors in ducts of the hinged type in accordance with duct manufacturer's recommendations. Access doors shall be of the same material as ductwork and shall be provide for automatic dampers, volume dampers, coils, thermostats, temperature controllers, valves, filters, and other concealed apparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct systems. 2.06 OUTLETS: A. General: 1. Furnish air distribution devices with factory standard finish. 2. Opposed blade volume dampers shall have removable adjusting key or wrench. 3. Air distrilwtion device air flow and sound ratings shall be certified and tested in accordance with Air Diffusion Council 'Pest Code 1062. B. Duct Mounted: 1. Supply Diffuser(Type SA-A): a. Single deflection, 3/4-inch blade spacing, aluminum construction. Front blades parallel to long dimension. Price 610 DAL. Provide with aluminum opposed blade damper. R PART - I'd XECIITION 3.01 INSTAL LATION: A. General 1. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to make a complete installation as indicated and specified. �. l)o not instttll equipment or material until compliance submittals are approved. 3. Provide all necessary supports or brackets fir properly installing all equipment. 4. Coordinate with the other trades before installation of materials. No extra charges shall be approved For interferences due to lack of'coordination. 5. All equipment shall be properly aligned and adjusted before final acceptance. 6. Be responsible for all added expenses due to choice of equipment. 7. Install all material at times necessary to avoid delays in construction. S. Provide sleeves and (lashings for all ductwork penetrating walls or the roof. Provide all raluircd openings in walls and floors. Sleeves and Ilashings shall be aluminum in all areas. 9. Perform air system testing and halancing as specified in SEC'T'ION 15950. JEF 15810.2 15810-5 :SECTION 15810 =DUCTS AND ACCFSSORJES: continued r • f0 Installation of the FRP ductwork shall be performed by certified personnel. Personnel shall either be the ductwork manufacturer's employee or shall be trained and certI ccl by the manufacturer in fhe installation of the ductwork. END OF SECTION 15810 w : 15810-6 : JGF15810:2' . 4 S3ldNvS ® s-IdnNdw woo /lueaaeM :Sad003d x x x x VddN 'in :S31HOId11830 x w1Sd 'O(7d :S31VOIdIIU30 x x spodad lsal :SjUod3H x x x x suopellelsul snO)nand :S1N3W3iV IS x x x sainp000ad isal :SN0117nd1SNl 6ulleaado :SNoaon>d1SNl x uorlellelsul :SNOI.L7nlJiSNl x x x IOJIuOO g bulalM :SJNIM HCI Algwessy -q uolleouged :SJNIMVUCI x x x sanano aanssaad 'S Mold :SJNIMHda x uolsuawla p8ll.lp80 :SJNIMdldo x x x x spew uolsaaaoo :v vc] r elea aouewiopad :t/lda x x o uopolaosea boleleo :ylyn x x x x LO r m v .fl Fc- w O Cl) S S _' o d ? p CL v < N S O U o = u c D U g 0 CL U T U) CC) Q LO T oz V Q_ m O O O CCD N N N N CL ro Ua o E o 0.1 Va O L) O U m � y SECTION 15830 FANS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. General: This Section includes specifications for fans and their general arrangements, mountings, and drive types. Specific Can arrangements, mountings, and drive types are indicated in the schedules. 13. This Section includes the following types funs: 1. Upblast fans. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Codes and Standards: I. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): a. 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans and Ratings. b. 261 - Directory of Licensed Products. C, 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. d. 301 - Method fix Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data. e. 2408 - Operating Limits for Centrifugal Fans. 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE): a. 51 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Ratings. 3. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA): a. 9 - Load Rating and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. ® b. I I - Load Rating and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. a. 112 - Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 5, National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. MG-1 - Motors and Gcnerators, 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA.): a. 70 - National Electrical Code, 7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 1.3, Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Mechanical General Requirements: SECTION 15050. '. Mechanical Electric and Electronic Control: SECTION 15915. 3. 'Nesting, Adjusting, and Balancing: SECTION 15950. 4. Flectrical: DIVISION 10. 1.03 SUI3MITTA1,S: A. Submit information in accordance with DIVISION 1. All information shall be clearly marked with an arro\� to show the model number, size, options, and related criteria for all equipment intended for consideration. A highlighter is not acceptable for marking. All information shall be submitted in a complete package which addresses each item of the Specification and demonstrates adequate compliance. A general description of the information required to be submitted is detailed in SECTION 15050. Specific requirements are listed below. Contractor shall provide information for each item listed in Table 15830-I. 13. Data: I. Catalog Data. 2. Performance Data. a. Certified Ian performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. JEF 15830.2 15530-1 a SECTION 15830_FANS: continua! b. Certified Can sound power ratings. C, Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and fail accessories. 3. Drawings, 4, Instructions. 5. Statements. 6. Reports. 7. Certificates. 8. Records. 9, Samples, 10. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: a, Safety Precautions, b. Maintenance Procedures. C. Repair Procedures. d. Preventive Maintenance Scllalule. C. Sparc Parts List. f. Information submitted in subparagraphs 1.03,13.1 thru 1.03.13.7 shall he included in the operation and maintenance manual. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCI-': A. Manufacturcr;s Qualifications: Finns regularly engaged in manufacture of fans as specified which are used in the indicated services and whose products and services have been in satisfactory use for not less than five years. Submit a list of at least (3) three previous projects of si►rlilar nature where the nuuwtacwrcrx ecluipnlent was installed. The list shall include Owner's name. address, phone number and fax number. B. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with N1. MA standards. C. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NI-PA 70 "National Electrical Code." 1). Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA Standard 301. 'rest fans in accordance with AMCA Standard 300, E. Fan Pertbrmancc Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and cflicicncy by factory tests and ratings in accordance with AMCA titandard 21 WAS IRAI Standard 51. 1.05 D171-1\11-110 . STORAGE., AND I-IANf)L.IN(;: A. Lift and support units with the manufacturer's designated lifting Or points. 13. Disassemble and reassemble units as required lilt• nun•Cn1CIII into the final location following manufacturer's written Instructions. C. Deliver fall units as a factory-assembled unit to the extent allowable by shipping limitations. with protective crating and COVCI'IIl_". 1.06 WARRANTIES: A. General: The manufacturer shall warrant the proper operation ol'cach fan and all its components for t!le intended service for a period not less than one year following the date of substantia! completion. Contractor shall purchase any and all extended warranties, as necessary, to COIllpIV With the specifications. 158:30-2 JEF15830,2 SECTION 15830 - FANS: continued 1.07 MANUI-ACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following;or approved equal: 1. Upblast Fans: a. Greenheck Fan Corp. h. Loren Cool: Company. C. Twin City Fall Companies. d. Penn Ventilator. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS: A. Furnish one additional complete set of belts for each belt-driven fan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL WORK: A. Electrical equipment, motors, motor e1'lleicnries, conduit, and wiring shall be in accordance with DIVISION 16. Electrical motor driven equipment specified shall be provided complete with motors, motor starters, and controls. Each motor shall conform to N1: Ok SECTION 15830- FANS: continued G. Vibration Isolation: Provide vibration isolators as specified in SECTION 15050 and as indicated in Part 3, this Section. 1.1. Centrifugal Fans: Provide centrifugal fans in accordance with AMCA 2408. Furnish the following classes for the tabulaled static pressures: Class Static Pressure 1 0" to 3" W.C. 11 3" to 6" W.C. 111 6" W.C. and greater I. Sound: Fan sound pressure level shall be less than 83 dBA at 5 feet. 2.03 NOT USED. 2.04 NOT USED. 2.05 NOT USED. 2.06 NOT USED. 2.07 NOT USED. 2.08 NOT USED. 2.09 NOT USED: 2.10 NOT USED: 2.11 UPBL,AST FANS: A. General: Belt-driven or direct-drive, consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor, drive assembly, curb base, turd accessories as indicated. Provide fans as indicated in Ian schedule. 13. Materials: I. [-lousing: a. I-lea%ry-gage, spun-alunlinum discharge baffle to direct discharge air upward, hinged alunlinunl base with Venturi inlet cone. ? Wheel: a. Aluminum hub and wheel. C. Blade/Wheel: 1. Backward-inclined centrifugal blades. D. Drive: 1. Belt Driven: a. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable pitch. h. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently scaled, self aligning ball bearings. C. Fan shaft: Stainless steel drive shaft keyed to hub. d. Motor for Screen Room shall be explosionproof and isolated from exhaust air stream. C' Static resistant belts. 15830-4 .IEF 15830.2 SECTION 15830 - FANS: continued E. Arrangement: 1. horizontal. F. Mounting: 1. Wall. G. Accessories: The following items are required: 1. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal overload protection mounted inside fan housing, factory-wired through an internal alunnintlnn conduit. Explosion proof for EF-1. NEMA 4X for ET-2. 2. Bird Screens: Removal 1/2-inch mesh. 16-gage. aluminum wire. 3. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, alunlinunl backdraft dampers mounted in wall, factory set to close when fan stops. 4. Mounting Plate: Prefabricated, heavy gauge. alunlinunl mitered and welded corners, attached and seal to wall before mounting unit. Size as required to suit wall opening and fan base. 5. Coatings: Sec Fan Schedule in Contract Drawings. I-1. Fan shall be of spark resistant construction. 2.12 NOT USED 2.13 MOTORS: A. Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to accelerate the driven loads satisfactorily. B. Motor Sizes: Minimum sizes and characteristics as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so that the driven load will not require the motor to operate in the service factor range. C. Temperature Rating: 50"C maximum temperature rise at 40"C ambient for continuous duty at full load (Class A Insulation). D. Service Factor: 1.15 for polyphase motors and 1.35 for single-phase motors. Provide permanent-split capacitor classification motors for shaft-mounted fans and capacitor start classification for belted fans. • F. Motor Construction: NE;MA Standard MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design 13. 1. Bases: Adjustable. 2. Bearings: "fhe tollO%VillL, features are required: a. Ball or roller hearings with inner and outer shalt seals. b. Grease lubricated. C. Designed to resist thrust loading where belt drives or other drives produce lateral or axial thrust in motor. 3. Overload protection: Built-in, automatic reset, thermal overload protection for 12OV motors. 4. Noise rating: Quict. 5. Efficiency: Energy-efficient motors shall have a nlininlum efficiency as scheduled ill accordance with II:EI Standard 112. Tust Method 13. If efficiency not specified, motors shall have a higher efficlency Than "average slandard industry motors" Ill accordance with IEEF Standard 112, Test Method B. 6. Nameplate: Indicate the full identification of manulacturer, ratings, characteristics, construction. and special features. F. Starters, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specified ill Division 16. « JEF15830.2 15830-5 SECTION 15830 - FANS: continued PAR 13 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. install fans level and plumb, in accordance with manuf'acturer's written instructions. Support units as described below. 1. Support wall-mounted units on manufacturer provided mounting plates. 13. Arrange installation of units to provide access space around units for service and maintenance. C. Make all electrical and control connections in accordance with DIVISION IC.,. 3.02 TESTiNG: THE FOLL.OWiNG FACTORY Ti:STS ARE REQUIRED: A. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA Standard 301. Test fans in accordance with AMCA Standard 300. Q. Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings in accordance with AMCA Standard 210. 3.03 FiEL,D QUALITY CONTROL: A. Manufacturer's Field Inspection: Arrange and pay fora factory- authorized service representative to perform the following: 1. Inspect the field assembly ol'components and installation of fans including piping, ductwork, and electrical connections. 2. Prepare a written report on findings and recommended corrective actions. 3.04 COMMISSiONiNG: A. Final Checks Before Start-Up: Perform the following operations and checks before stars-up: i. Remove shipping, blocking, and bracing, 2. Verify unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections for piping, ductwork, and electrical are complete. Verify proper thermal overload protection is installed in motors, starters. and disconnects. 3. Perform cleaning, and adjusting specified in this Section. f. Disconnect fan drive from rttotor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verily fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearings Operations. Reconnect tan drive system, align belts. and install belt guards. 5, lubricate bearings, pulleys, bells, and other moving parts with factory-recommended lubricants, G. Verify manual and automatic yolumc control dampers in connected ductwork systems are in the full-open position. 7. Disable automatic temperature control operators. B. Starting procedures for fans: I. f;nergize motor; verity proper operation of motor, drive system, rind tan wheel. Adjust fan to indicated RPM. a. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions. 2. Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage. C. S11111 unit down and reconnect automatic temperature control operators. D. Refer•to SLCTION 15950 For procedures for air-handling-system testing„ adjusting, and balancing. 3.05 TRAINING: A. Training Services: Arrange and pay !or a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel on the following: 15830-6 JIF15830.2 • SECTION 15830 - FAN continued 1 Procedures and schedules related to start-up and.shutdown, troubleshooting,serviemg preventive maintenance, and how to obtain replacement parts. 2...... Familiarization with contents or Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified .SECTION 15050. B. Schedule training with at least 7 days' advance notice. END OF SEC'T'ION 15830 h JEF.15830.2 15830-7 S37cl V4VS sivnNdW INVO x x AlueaaeM :Sad0038 x x aPOO dONV :S31d01311830 x aPOO 3WSd :S31 VOIdIIH30 spodad isal :SI)JOd3d x suoliellelsul snolnaad :S.LN3W31d1S x saanpaoOad lsal :SNOi.Lond1SNl x 6ulleaadO :SNOI.LOf1d1SNl x x u011ellelsul :SNOI1.onUiSNl x x IO4uOO V bulalM :SONIMVHG x x Algwassy V uolleoljged :SJNIMVHO x samn0 ainssald 19 mOld :SJNIMdda x x uOlsuawlO PallllaaO :SJNIMda x x slaey0 uolsOJJOO :H.LdO x eleU aouewJOlaad :V-LdO x o co uolidljosao 6olele0 :` jVa x x L r Q� (V C I— .AC cn { �c C (_ w ro •ro LL o .c _n CL w q C U U) p 4 Z d Q. LL ai co o_ Z US_ _ CL Cl- N V ` N C U) ro CL O z0 U — O U) C O U c Z •V C �, ro Cn ~ v SECTION 15915 - MECHANICAL ELECTRIC AND ELEC'T'RONIC CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL M)I SUMMARY: A. General: This Section includes the following: I. 'Thermostats. 2. Damper Operators. 3. Sensors. 1.02 REI'ERE?NC[ S: A. Codes and Standards: 1, American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME): I [340,1 - Gauges, Pressure Indicating Dial 'type. Elastic Element. 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NENIA): a, 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Iquipment. 3. National fire Protection Association (NPI'A): a. 70 - National Electrical Code, b. 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Submittals: DIVISION I. 2. Mechanical General Requirements: SECTION 15050. 3. Air handling Units and furnaces: SECTION 15720. 4 Ducts and Accessories: SE(:'1'ION 15810. 5. Fans: SECTION 15830. 6. 'Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: SECTION 15950, 7, Electrical: DIVISION 16. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Contractor shall submit information in accordance with the requirements ol'DIVISION 1. All inlbrrnation shall be clearly marked with an arrow to show the model number, sire, options, etc. for all equipment intended for consideration. A highlighter is not acceptable for marking. All information shall be submitted in a complete package which addresses cacti item of the specification and demonstrates adegUate compliance. A general description of the information required to be submitted is detailed in SECTION 15050, Specific requirements are listed . below, Contractor shall provide information for each item listed in Table 15915-I. 13. Data: I, Catalog Data. 2. Performance Data. 3. Drawings: a. Schematic flow diagram ofsystem showing flans, coils, dampers, and control devices. b. Label each control device with setting or adjustable range of control. C. Indicate all required electrical wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are firctory-installed and portions to be field-installed, d. Provide details of faces of control panels, including controls, instruments, and labeling. C. Include verbal description of sequence ofoperation. 4. Instructions, 5. Statements. JEf 15915.2 15915-1 r SECTION 15915 - MECHANICAL ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL: continued 6. Reports. 7. Certilicatcs. 8. Records. 9. Samples. 10. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: a. Safety Precautions. b. Maintenance Procedures. C. Repair Procedures. d. Preventive Maintenance Schedule. C. Sparc Parts List. f. Information submitted in Paragraphs 1.03.13.1 thru 1.03.133 shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electric and electronic control systems as specified which are used in the indicated services and whose products and services have been in satisfactory use for not less than five years. Submit a list of at least (3)three previous projects of similar nature where the manufacturer's equipment was installed. The list shall include name, address, phone number and fax number. B. Electrical Standards: Provide electrical products which have been tested, listed and labeled by UL and comply with NL'MA standards. All work shall be in accordance with NFPA 70. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards pertaining to components and devices for electric control systems. D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90.A where applicable to controls and control sequences. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE: AND HANDLING: A. Provide factory shipping cartons for each piece of equipment, and control device. Maintain cartons through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent equipment damage, and to eliminate dirt and moisture from equipment. Store equipment and materials inside and protected from weather. 1.06 WARRANTIES: A. General: The manufacturer shall warrant the proper operation of the control systems and all its components for the intended service Im a period not less than one year following the date of suhstantial completion. Contractor shall purchase any and all extended warranties, as necessary, to comply with the specifications. 1.07 ACCEPT ABLE MANUFACfIJRERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements. provide electric control systems of one ofthe following: 1. Barber-Colman Co.; C;nergy Management Div. 2. Honeywell, Inc. 3. Johnson Consols, Inc. �4. MCC Powers Process Controls; Unit of Mark Control Corp. 5. TCS Basys Controls, 6. Units manufacturer's controls. 15915-2 JEF15915.2 M SECTION 15915=MECHANICAL EI-EurRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL: continued f1 2 - PRODUCTS 1 R i 2.01 MATERIALS ANT)CQUIPMENT,_GENERAL: A. General: Provide electric control products in sizes and capacities indicated, consisting of dampers, thermostats, sensors,controllers, and other components as required for a complete installation. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard control system components as indicated by published product information, designed and constructed as recommended by manufacturer. Provide electric control systems with following; functional and construction features as indicated. R. Switches, relays, control panels and wiring shall be in accordance with DIVISION 16. 2.02 DAMPERS: A. Control dampers shall be as specified in SECTION 15810. Damper motors shall be as specified hereinafter. 2.03 DAMPER MOTORS: A. Size each motor to operate dampers or valves with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or 2-position action as specified or indicated. 1. Provide permanent split-capacitor or shaded pole type motors with gear trains completely oil-immersed and scaled. Furnish entire spring return mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer. 2. Equip motors for outdoor locations and for outside air intakes with weatherproof construction. The motors shall have normal operation to -40T and to+200T. 3. Furnish non-spring return motors for dampers larger than 25 sq. ft., sized for running torque rating of 150 inch-pounds, and breakaway torque rating of 300 inch-pounds. Size spring-return motors for running torque rating of 150 inch-pounds, and breakaway torque rating of 150 inch-pounds. 4. CD-1 motor shall be rated for installation within a Class 1, Division 2, Group C and D areas. 5. Provide CD-2 and CD-3 motor with NEMA 4X enclosure. G. Provide limit switch with CD-I to close contact to start MAU-I fan when damper is opened. 2.0.1 SENSORS: A. Electronic Sensors: Vibration and corrosion resistant: for wall or duct mounting as required. I. T'hermistor temperature sensors as lollows: a. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.51' at calibration point. b. Wire: Twisted. shielded-pair cable. C. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft. d. Construction: Closed-end stainless steel tube with thermistor sensor mounted in tip. Teflon insulated leads. C. Sensor shall be rated for Class 1, Division 2 groups. C and D use. f. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting;, shielded from direct sunlight. 2,05 THERMOSTAT: A. Electric Line Voltage Type Thermostats (Blower Room): I. Tin-plated copper capillary sensing element, mounted externally. IEI-15915.2 15915-3 w SECTION 15915 - MECHANICAL F.I.,ECTREC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL: continued ti , �. Enclosed snap action 5I DT contact with adequate ampere rating for the application. 3. Provide with 2"F differential and 35"F to 10010 range as indicated. 4. Provide subbase and mounting base as required. 5. T'hcrmostats with automatic changeover shall have a positive dcadband to separate heating and cooling circuit switching points. h. NF-MA 4X enclosure with clear plastic cover. 7. Comply with NEL. Article 5117-4 and UL listed. 8. 110 11 cywe11 T6 311 . 2.06 STATIC PRESSURE GAGE: A. Gage shall be diaphragm actuated type with pointer zero adjustment and an adjustable range of approximately 0 to 2 inches water column differential pressure. 13. Furnish complete with mounting brackets, two pressure tips with integral compression fittings, two 5-foot lengths of 1/4-inch aluminum tubing and two molded plastic vent valves, C. Static pressure gauge shall he F. W. Dwyer Magnehelic with 0.05 minor divisions. D. Gauge shall be suitable fora Class 1, Division 2 Group C and D environment. L. Gage shall be all stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install sys(ems and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and roughing-in drawings, and details on drawings. Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with requirements of applicable Division-1 G sections of these specifications. Mount controllers at convenient locations and heights. B. Control Wiring: The tern "control wiring" is defined to include providing of wire, COMILllt and miscellaneous materials as required fi)r mounting and connecting electric control devices. C. Wiring System: Install complete control wiring system For electric control systems. Congeal wiring except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping, are exposed. 1 Provide Ill ulti-COnductOr instrument harness (bundle) in place of'single conductors where number of conductors can be run along common path. Fasten flexible conductors bridging cabinets and doors, neatly along hinge side, and protect against abrasion. Tie and suppot•t conductors neatly. D. Number-code or color-code conductors, excluding those used for local individual room controls, appropriately for future idenlification and servicing ofcont'ol system. 1;. Reset Limit Controls: Install manual-reset linlit controls to be independent of power controllers. 1 Unit-Mounted f:quipnlCm: Where control devices arc indicated to he unit-momited. ship electric relays, electric switches, valves, dampers, and damper motors to unit illanutacturer for mounting and wiring at factory. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CL.L:ANING: A. Start-Up: Start-up, test, and ad.jUSt CICCIr'IC COMI.01 S1'SICmS in presence of manufacturer's authorized representative. Demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment, 13. Cleaning: Clean factory.-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint. C. final Adjustment: After completion of installation, adjust thermostats, control valves, motors and similar equipment provided as work of this Section. 15915-4 JEF 15915.2 • tl SECTION 1 5915 - MECHANICAL ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL: continued I' Final adjustment shall be performed by specially trained personnel in direct employ of manufacturer of primary temperature control system. 3.03 TRAINING: A. ' Training Services: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for one 8-hour day to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of electric control systems. 1. Schedule instruction with Owner, provide at least 7-day notice to Contractor and Engineer of training date. END OF SEC'T'ION 15915 JEF15915.? 15915-5 831dWdS sivnNVVY W'8O x AluejjeM :S02j0038 x x aPoO`dOVYV :S31VOIJ11830 9po0 3WSV :S31dOldl1d30 slioda3lsal :SlHOd33 x suol;elleasul snolnaJd :SJLNBV431V.LS x sainPGOOJd lsal :SNOIlOnWLSN1 6ullejad0 :SNOIlOn8lSN1 x x uollel;elsul :SNO110n8iSN1 x x loJIuo0 12 6ulJlM :SONIMVWI x x Algwessy 1p uol-jeoljged :SJNIMV8(l sa/un0 ainssaJd V MOIJ :SJNIMb'aa wuolsuawla P991IJ80 :SONIAMR] x U) >- sliey0 uolsoaio0 :Vi`d0 x oO elea aouewJoPad :`d1d0 ,n x r' zo uoladljosap 6ole;e0 :d1ba x x 0) LO U � Z O E f-- w U cn cn E o w o 0 o6 — o E a o E U G m ~ w - J CL W ` U r U Ln r c O o Z m CL m c c`v o 0 N N N CL �- cn M LL o v z m u) c ro o Z U C � N CL �- U) s SECTION 15950-TESTING, ADJUSTiNG, AND BALAi'JCiNG PART i - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Tbis Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing IIVAC systems to produce, desig.i objectives, including the following: I. Balancing airflow within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. 2. Adjusting total biVAC systems to provide indicated quantities, 3. Measuring electrical performance of I-IVAC equipment. 4. Setting quantitative performance of bIVAC equipment. 5. Measuring sound and vibration. 6. Reporting restilts of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are included in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment. 2. Field quality-control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): a. 201 - Fans and Systems. 2. Associated Air Balance Council (AA13C): ® a. National Standards for Testing and Balancing bleating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems. 3. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (N1 1313): It. Procedural Standards 1,61-Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Envircn mental Systems: Section i1, "Requirement Instrumentation for NE1313 Certification." 4, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMAC'NA): tr. I 1 VAC Systems- Duct Design. b. I IVAC:' Systems- Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing, 1.03 DEFINiTIONS: A. Adiust: To regulate Iluid HOW rate and air patterns it the terminal equipment, such as to reduce Can speed or adjust a cfanrper. 13. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals. according to design c{uantities. C, Draft: A current ofair. when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of" high air velocity, low ambient teutperuture, Or directic.rri of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. D, PrOCCCIUre: An approach to and execution of a sequence o{ work operations to yield repeatable results. E. Report Forms: 'Pest data sheets for recording test data in logical order. F. System T?ffect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of"I systetn. Ci. System Etiect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of'tile performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. .{EF 15950.2 15950-1 SECTION 15950--TESTING, ADJUSTiNG AND BALANCING: continued Ff. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. 1. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment. .I. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. K. AAi3C: Associated Air Balance Council. L. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association. M. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. N. SMACNA: Shect Metal and Air Conditioning; Contractors' National Association. 1.04 SUBMi'iTALS: A. Contractor shall submit information in accordance with the requirements of SECTION 01330. All information shall lie submitted in a complete package which addresses each item of the specification and demonstrates adequate compliance. A general description of the information required to be submitted is detailed in SEui-10N 15050. Specific requirements are listed below. Contractor shall provide information for each item listed in "fable 15950-1. B. Data: 1. Catalog Data. 2. Performance Data. 3. Drawings. 4. instnictions. 5. Statements. G. Reports: a. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified In Part 3 of this Section. b. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the testing, adjusting, and balancing Strategies and step- by-step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article below. Include a complete set of report ideas intended for use on this Project, C. Certified Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing; Reports: SLlhllllt 2 copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, and halancing Agent. d. Sample Report Fortes: Submit 2 sets of sample testing, adjuStilrg, and balancing report forms. C. Warranty: Submit 2 copies ofspecial warranty specific(] in the "Warranty" Article below. 7. Ceitificaics: u. Within 30 days from the C'ontractor's Notice to Procced, submit 2 copies of evidence that the Icsting, adjusting„ and balancing Agent and this Project's testing, adjusting, and balancing learnt Incillbel-S Ineet the qualifications speciled in the "Quality Assurance" Article below. S. Records. 9. Samples. 10. Olieration <<. Maintenance Manuals: :1. Information submitted in part 1.03.13.1 tI1rLI 1.03.13.7 shall be Included ill the operation and maintenance manual. 15950-2 REF"l 5950.2 SECTION 15950 —TCa'ffNG, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: continued 1.05 QUALITY ASSURA.NCI:: A. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by NEBB or AABC. 13. Testing, Adfustmg, and Balancing Conference: Meet with the Owner's and the E'ngineer's representatives on approval of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategics and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure the participation of testing, adjusting, and balancing team members, cquipnlelt manufacturers' authorized service representatives, FIVAC controls Installer, and other support personnel. Provide 7 days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. I. Agenda Items: Include at least the following: a. Submittal distribution requirements. b. Contract Documents examination report. C. Testing, adjusting, and balancing plan. d. Work schedule and Project site access requirements. C. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. f. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. C. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. ?. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. ® D. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from AABC or from NEBB's ® "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." E. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described by AABC or in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting. and Balancing of Environmental Systems," Section 11, "Required Instrumentation for NEBB Certification." I . Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instru111ents at (cast every 6 months or more frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Dull Owner Occupancy: 'file Owner will OCCtlpy the site and existing building (1111-ing the entire testing, adjusting, and balancing period. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize Conflicts with the Owner's operations. 1.07 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate the ef(Orts of factory-authorized scrvicc representatives for systems and equipment, I IVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist testing, adjusting, and balancing activities. 13. Notice: Provide 7 clays' advance notice tier each test. Include scheduled test dates and times, C. Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure test on air distribution system has been satisfactorily completed. E08 WARRANTY: A. General Warranty: The national project performance guarantee specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and 11,111 concurrent Nvith, other warrnnties made by the C011MIC(Or under requirements of the Contract Documents. JEh15950.2 15950-3 SECTION 15950 .--Ti STlNC.;, ADJUSTING, AND 13ALANC'INO: continuer) 13. National Pro eel 11crlonnance Ouirantee: Provide a guarantee on AABC:' firms staling that AARC will assist in completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if*the testing, adjusting, and balancing agent tails to comply with the Contract Documents. Ouarantec includes the 1611mving provisions: I. Special Cimirantec: Provide a guarantee on NIi1313 firms stating that NFBB will assist in completing the requirements (it'tile ConU-act Ir,d:trntents iI'file testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent fills to comply with the Contract Doc till rents. Guarantee includes the Following provisions: a. The certified Agent has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. b. Systems are balanced to optimum perlornrance capabilities within design and installafion limils. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine Contract DOCunlents to become familiar with project requirements ;Ind to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing. adjusting, and balancing of systclns and Cquipntent. I. Contract Documents arc defined in the Oeneral and Supplementary Conditions Of the COnl l-act. 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow- control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. are required by the Contract Documents. Verily that quantities and locations of these balancing (it-vices are accessible and appropriate tier effective balancing and loll-efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data ol'I IVAC systems and equipment. , C. Examine project record docantents described in DIVISION I. l). Bamine Architect's and 1:111,inCCr'S design data, including IIVAU system descriptions, statements of'design assumptions fir environmental conditions and systems' output, �utd statements ol,Philosophies and assumptions about I IVAC SvstCm and Cquipmenl CoatrOls. F. Examine equipment perfirrnutnce data, including fan curves. Relate performance data to project conditions and requirements. including system ellects that can create undesired or unprediClCd conditionS that crlusc reduced capacities in all or pan of a system. Calculate system cllect factors to reduce fhe performance ratings of I[VAC' equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system eflecls fire au'Systems, uSC tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10, Or in S;IMACNA's "I]VAC' Sv.tems-- Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, CICaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified tit individual Specification Sections have been performed. G. Examine system and equipment test reports. If. Fixaminc HVAC system and equipment Installations to verily that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, Ilow-control devices, balancing valves and 15950-4 .11.,'.1'-15950.2 s SI?,CTION 15950--TE.STING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: continued ittin s, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. 1. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. J. Exarninc air-handling equipment to ensure clean filters have hcen installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. K. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. L. Examine equipment for installation and tier properly operating safety interlocks and controls, M. Examine automatic temperature systcnl components to verify the following: I. Dampers and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers arc in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity or dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. 4. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 5. Sensors are located to sense only tilt intended conditions. G. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 7. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record systern reactions to changes In conditions. Record default set points if different front design values. 8. Interlocked systems are operating. N. Report deficiencies discovered before and during pullormance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. ® 3.02 PItIPARA"PION: A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. 13. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the fallowing: I. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. A 2. Amomatic lemperature-clniml systems are operational. 3. F:quillnlent and thtct access doors are securely closed. -1. Balance dampens arc open. 5. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can he met. 3.03 (UNERAI. TESTING AND BALANCING PROCH)t O"IS: A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each systcnl according to the procedures contained in NEA313's "Procedural Standards tit Testing. Adjusting,, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" or according to the procedures contained in AABC and this Section. li. Cut insulation, ducts, and equipment cabinets file installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate perliu'mance of procedures. Aker testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. C. Mark equipment settings will) paint or other suitable, permanent identification material. including damper-control positions and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. 3.04 HINDAMFNITAL AIR SYS_'1-T.MS' BALANCING PROC'I DI1RI;S: A. Prepare test reports for both files anti outlets. Obtain nutllufactLINI"S outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumcs with required tan volumes. • B. Prepare schematic thagr'allls of S1'SlCIIIS, "as-built" duct layouts. C. Determine the best locations in main altd branch ducts file accurate duct airflow measurements. . JEr 15950.2 15050-5 w SE?CTION 15950—TESTING, ADJUSTING. AND BALANCING: continued D. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air to r ers and npers •uu) t e rctt r rn- and exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge. E. Locate starl-stop and disconnect switches. electrical interlocks, and rnotor starters. 1'. Verify that motor starters ru•e equipped with properly sized thermal protection. G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. 1.1. Check for airflow blockages. 1. Check condensate drains flrr proper connections and functioning. ,1. Check I'm proper scaling of air-handling unit components. 3.05 CONSTANT-VOL,UMF AIR SYSTFMS' BALANCING PROCI DUREIS: A. The procedures in this Article apply to constant-volume supply- and exhaust-air systenns. These additional procedures arc specified in other articles in this Section. 13. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the tan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the tan outlet or through the flexible connection. C. Measure inlet static pressure of'single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstreamn from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions. 2. Measure static pressure across each air-handling unit component. a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters. 3. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system clTect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. -1. Adjust I'an speed higher or lower than design with fire approval of the E=ngineer. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to A accommodate fan-speed changes. 5. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about liar-speed safety factors, Modulate dampers and nnrrsure tan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. NICIIsure amperage in full heating anode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. C. Adjust volume dampers for main duel, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure static pressure at a print downstream from the halancing damper and adjusl volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. rr. Where sul'ticient space: in subnmins and branch ducts is unavailable fir Pilot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for Ihat zone. Renicasur•e each suhrnain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust subm sins and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. 1). Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making udjustnents. I. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or the outlet manufircturer's written instructions and calculating (actors. E. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets fur each space to design airflows within specified tolerances oNlesign values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at the air terminals. 15950-6 .If:F 15950.2 e SECTION 15950 —TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING: continued 1. Ad'ust each outlet in the saute room or ace to within specified tolerances of design _ .1 P g quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.06 MOTORS: A. Motors, 1/2 1-111 and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: I. Manufacturer. model, and serial numbers. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating if high-efficiency motor. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. G. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating. 3.07 TEMPERATURE" TESTING: A. During testing, adjusting,and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature-control system. 133. Measure indoor dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2 successive 8-11our(lays, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of final temperature settings. C. Measure outside-air dry-bulb temperatures. 3.08 T'1MPEIZATl1ItE-CON'T'ROL VERIFICATION: A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. ® 13. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely afTect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. 1). Verify operation of limiting controllers(i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers). a 1:. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators. F. Verifv sequence of operation of control devices. Note device positions and correlate with airflow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. G. Confirm interaction ofelectrically operated switch transducers. If. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems. 1. Verify main control supply-air pressure. .I. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine il'the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. K. Note operation ofelectric actuators using spring return (or proper fall-safe operations. 3.09 TO1,ERANCI:S: A. Set I IVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances: I. Supply and EXIMUSt Fans: Minus 5 to plus 10%. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10%. 3,10 REPORTING: A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination ol'the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article above, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to I-I'VAC JE'F15950.2 15950-7 SECTION 15950—'TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING: continued systems ant general construction to allow ac e esr for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systcros being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.11 FINAL REPORT: A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in 3- ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and scaled by the certified testing and balancing engineer. I. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following: I. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment perforniance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the Final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. S. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. S. Report date. �5 9. Signature of testing„ adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 10. Summary of contents, including;the following: a, Design versus final perlonrtance. b. Notable characteristics of systcros. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 11. Nomenclature sheets for each Item of'equipment. 12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size. and fittings. 13, Notes to explain why certain final data in the bode of reports vary from design values. 14. 'Kest conditions for funs performance forms, including the following: a. Settings liar outside- and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage Of maximum pitch diameter. d. Sotting;s for supply-air, static-pressure controller. e. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts ofair•and hydr•onic distribution systems. Present with single-line diagrams and include the following: I. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct, Outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. "Terminal units. 4. Balancing stations. 15950-8 JEF15950.2 ro SF:C'fION 15950 w TESTING ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: continued F. Make-Up Air Units'rest Re oits: For air-handlinb units with coils include the following: I. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. C. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches(min),and bore. i. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches (mill). j. Number of belts, make,and size, k. Number of filters, type, and size. 2. Motor Data: Include the following: a. Make and frame type and size. b: Horsepower and rpm. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. C. Sheavc make, size in inches (min),and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches(inm). 3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg(Pa). ® Fan rpm (1 . d. Discharge static pressure in inches.vg(Pa). C. Filler static-pressure differential in inches wg(Pa). f. Heating coil static-pressure differential in inches wg(Pa). g. Outside airflow in cfm (L/s). R h. Outside-air damper position. G. Apparatus-Coil Test Reports: For apparatus coils, include the following: I. Coil Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Coil type. d. Fin spacing in fins per inch (nun o.c.). C. Make and model number. f. Face area in sq. ft. (sq, in). g. Circuiting arrangement. 2. 'nest Data: Include design and actual values fbr the following: a. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Average face velocity in fj)m (m/s). C. Air pressure drop in inches wg(Pa). d. Outside-air, dry-bulb temperatures in °F(°C). C. Leaving-air, dry-bulb temperatures in T(°C). I I. Fan Test Reports: For supply and exhaust fans, include the following: I. Fan Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location, C. Make and type. JEF15950.2 15950-9 R SECTION 15950 —TESTING. ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: continued d. Model number and size. C. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches(mm). and bore. Ii. Sheave dimensions,center-to-center and amount of adjustments in ineltes Omni). 2. Motor Data: Include the following: a. Make and frame type and size. b. I•lorsepower and rpm. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. C. Sheave make,size in inches(nun), and bore. f. Sheave dimensions,center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). g. Number of belts, make, and size. 3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfin (L/s). b. "rotal system static pressure in inches wg(Pa). C. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg(Ila). e. Suction static pressure in inches wg(Pa). I. Round, flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct"Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: Include the following: a. System and air-handling unit number. b. Location and zone. C. Traverse air temperature in 'T("C). d. Duct static pressure in inches wg(Pa). e. Duct size in inches(mm). 1. Duct area in sq, ft. (sq. m). g. Design airflow rate in cfin (Us). A h. Design velocity in Ipm (m/s). i. Actual airflow rate in cfin (L/s). j. Actual average velocity in fpm (m/s). k. Barometric pressure in prig(Pa). 3.12 ADDITIONAL TrSTS: A. Within 90 days ofcompleting testing, adjusting, and balancing,perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. 13. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing,adjusting, and balancing procedures were not peribrmed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near-peak summer and winter conditions. E:ND OI- SECTION 15950 15950-10 JEF 15950.2 w S3ldlN`dS SldnNVIN W'8O AjuejaeM :S02l00321 aPoO VONV :SBIVOIJIDJ30 uoaleollllen0 :SS1dOIJI.W30 x sliodaH lsal :SiHOd3�1 x suollellelsul snolnaJd :SiN31N31d1S sainPaooJd isal :SNOIIon8iSNI 6ullejad0 :SNOIIomJiSNI uoalellelsul :SNOI.LonHJ.SNI laluoo )q 6ulalM :SJNIM210 Algwessy +g uolleoljged :SJNIMVHCI sanano ainssaJd �?nnold :SJNIMbHIO uolsuawlp P96WaO :SJNIMV8(l z sliego uolsoi.ioo :VIVO] U � z elep aouewJoPad :dld4 � o m a)uollduosap 6oleleo :VibQ Un z z z E 2 � .n �. U) in z U n d Q - m � a z z o F � o C7 w z U U) O V W }- C ZQ.' ro ECl m U Q7 CL Cn Q vz i ° V) z U c N (n Lj t DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - GENERAL REQUIREMEN'T'S PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. DIVISION 16 includes the complete installation of power, control, instrumentation, wiring, lighting, and other electrical systems, SE=CTIONS 16010 to 16950. In general, work includes, but is not limited to, the following: I. Electrical work associated with the Jefferson City Algoa Regional Wastewater"Treatment Facility Improvements. Includes, but not limited to, lighting, power, grounding, control and instrumentation installation. 2. Installation of wiring connections to Equipment specified in this and all other Specification Divisions, unless indicated otherwise. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. All Sections this Division. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. As specified in each applicable section, this Division. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 - National Electrical Code. I.03 SUBMITTALS: A. As specified in each applicable Section, this Division. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GI NI?RAL: A. All Equipment and Materials shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC). 13. All Equipment conductor termination provisions shall be UI, listed for 75'C' conductors. 2.02 SYSTE=MS TO 131". INSTA111"l): A. 2081'/120-V, 3-phase, till-hertz. 4-wire lighting. convenience and small power system. B, 480-V, 3-phase, 60-hertz. 3-wire power system. C. Grounding systems. D. Control systems. E. Underground conduit systen'i. F. "Temporary lighting and convenience power facilities during construction. G. Instrumentation systems. 1.1. SCADA radio sestet,,. PAR'r 3 - I XEC'I ITION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. As specified in each applicable Section, this Division, B. All work shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC:). C. Equipment motor horsepower sizes and kilowatt sizes indicated are approximate. II' • Equipment of a different size is furnished, the Contractor shall furnish and install the proper JEF 16010.2 16010-1 A SEC'rm 16010 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: continued motor starter, fuses, circuit breaker, disconnect switch, wire, and conduit required for the Equipment furnished, at no additional cost to Owner. 3.02 TESI'1NG; A. Test all electrical Equipment upon completion of installation to ensure that the Equipment operates satisfactorily and to conform to Contract Documents. E. Furnish temporary power source of proper type for testing purposes when normal supply is not available at the time oftesting. 3.03 COORDINATION AND SCI-Il..:DULING: A. Coordinate electrical installation with other trades to avoid interference of exposed conduit, lighting fixtures, or ether equipment until all piping, pipe hangers, ducts, and Equipment which are above or behind have been installed, unless release is given in specific cases by Engineer. B. Coordinate installation of Equipment and wiring with the established construction schedule. END OF SECTION 16010 r 16010-2 JEF 16010.2 , k SECTION 161 1 1 - CONDUIT, FIT'T'INGS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section includes all conduit, fittings and accessories, 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): a. C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated. b. C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, 'Zinc-Coated. 2. American Society For Testing and Materials(ASTM): a. A 123 - Zinc(Hot Galvanized)Coating on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. b. A 153 - Zinc Coating(Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. C. B241 - Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube. 3. National Electrical Code (NEC). 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. FBI - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. b. RN I - Polyvinyl-Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. 5. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (Ul.): a, 1 - Flexible Metal Electric Conduit. b. 6- Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit, ® C. 263 - Fire 'Pests of Building Construction and Materials, d. 514A - Metallic Outlet Boxes, Electrical. C. 51413 - Fittings for conduit and Outlet Boxes. f. 514C - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush Device Boxes and Covers. 6. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): a. SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning. b. SP I - Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. 1.03 SU13MIT'['ALS: A, Submit as specitied in DIVISION 1. 13. Includes, but not limited to, the following: I. Samples ol'explosionproof'littings, couplings and boxes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2,01 ACCEPTABLFi MANUFACTURERS: A. Rigid Steel Conduit: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. 2. Occidental Coating Company. 3. Robroy Industries Incorporated. 4. Triangle PWC Incorporated. 13. Rigid Steel Conduit with Bonded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Jacket. 1. OCAL Inc, 2. Robroy Industries. 3. Pernta-Cote Industries, JEF1611l,2 16111-1 A SECTION 161 1 1 --CONDUrr, Frl-PINGS AND ACCESSORIES: continued C. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. lalectri-Flex Company. 3. Carol Cable Company, 4. Flcxi-guard Inc. O.%./Gcdncy Company. D. Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Conduit: 1. Kraloy Plastic Pipe Company. 2. Certain-"feed Products Corporation, 3. Carlon Products Division, Continental Oil Company. E. Rigid Steel Conduit Fittings: 1. I-leavy-(Iuty East Malleable Iron i*ittings: a. Appleton Electric Company. b. Crouse Ifinds Company. 2. Conduit Expansion and Deflection Fittings: a. O.Z./Gedney Company, F. Rigid Steel Conduit Boxes: 1. Indoor and Outdoor Boxes: a. Hoffman Engineering Company of'Anoka, Minnesota. 2. Conduit Flubs: a. Appleton Electric Company. b. Myers Industries, Inc. wri'). C. Crouse-Hinds Company. G. Supports: 1. 13inklcy Company. ? Midland-Ross Corporation. 3. Unistrut Products Corporation. 4. U.S. Gypsum Company. 5. Van-Fluffel "I'ubc Corporation. 11. Wall Entrance Seals: O.'/../Gedncy Company I. Fiberglass Boxes: I. Crouse-I linds Company, Krydon type. 2. Square 1) Company, Krydon type, 3. Floffman Engineering Company of Anoka, Minnesota. ,I.. [:xplosionprool'i-ittinf,s: I. Crouse•i-linds Company. 2. Appleton llectrie Company. 2.02 DESIGN (tEQUI1ZF:iy1[;N"I'S: A. Each length of threaded conduit furnished with coupling on one end and metal or- plastic thread protector on other end. B. UL listed and labeled conduit, on each length, fittings and accessories. C. Sizes of conduit, Fittings and accessories as indicated, specified or as required by l;lectrieal Codes and Standards. 2.03 RIGID STEEE, CONDUIT: A. Conform to ANSI C80.1. B. Mild ductile steel, circular in cross section with uniform wall thickness sufficiently accurate to cut clean threads. C. Each length threaded on both ends with threads protected. 16111-2 JEF16111.2 mom m SECTION 161 1 1 —CONDUIT, F1171NCYS AND ACCESSORIES: continued U. All settle, grease, dirt, burrs and other foreign matter removed from inside and outside prior to application of coating materials. E. Galvanized by the hot-dip process as follows: 1. Interior and exterior surfaces coated with a solid, unbroken layer of 99% virgin zinc by dipping. 2. Coating not to show fixed deposits ofcopper after 1'our 1-minute immersions in a standard copper sulfate solution. 3. One coat ofzinc chromate finish on inside and outside surfaces to prevent oxidation and white rust. 1'. Couplings and elbows fabricated, coated and finished by the same process as conduit. 2.04 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT wlTl f BONDED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) JACKET: A. Conform to hot-dipped galvanized rigid steel conduit as specified in RIGID STEEL CONDUIT, this Section, and as follows. B. Prior to application of PVC coating, clean interior and exterior surfaces to remove contaminates to provide a suitable surface for bonding. C. Bond the PVC coating to the conduit. Extruded PVC jackets are unacceptable. D. Coated externally with PVC to a nominal 40 mils, 0.035-inch to 0,045-inch. I Uniformly coat around outside diameter and full length of the conduit. I'. Coat the prethreaded ends with a urethane coating having a nominal thickness of 2 mils (0.002- inch). C3. Coat the interior surfaces of all conduits and feed-through fittings(except where prohibited by design) with a two-part, chemically cured, urethane coating having a nominal thickness of 2 mils(0.002-inch). 1-1. Exceed the tensile strength of coating with bond between metal and jacket. I. Couplings, elbows, and other conduit fittings treated and coated with the same process as conduit. ,I. Each coupling and fitting to include a PVC sleeve that overlaps the conduit. K. length ofthe overlapping sleeve equals diameter ol'the conduit or 2 inches, whichever is least. L. final cured PVC coating capable of withstanding a nuininnunt electrical potential of 2000V. M. All conduit accessories, clamps, and hardware that are uncoated shall be stainless steel. N. All rigid conduit installed shall he PVC coated rigid steel unless noted otherwise. 2.05 LIOOID-TIGI I-I' FL.I:XII IJ: METAL CONDUIT: A. Liquid-tight conduit with flexible galvanized-steel core and a synthetic rubber, polyvinyl chloride, or thermoplastic covering. 13. Spiral encased copper honding conductors for conduit in sizes 1-114 inches and smaller, C. External grounding jumper as required. U. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)jacket, Type I IA or Type O.R. "Seal-Tito" for oil-resistant applications. 2.06 RIGID POLYVINYL CI- LORIDF, (PVC) CONDUIT: A. fabricated f-onn self-extinguishing high-impact polyvinyl chloride designed for aboveground and underground installations. 13. Type 1-11-IC Schedule 80 heavy-,wall rigid conduit. C. fittings and accessories fabricated from same material as conduit. • D. Sol vent-ceinent-type joints as recommended by manufacturer. ,IEFI6111.2 16111-3 M SECTION 161 1 1 —CONDUIT FI'T'TINGS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 2.07 RIGiD STEEL FITTINGS: A. Heavy-Duty Cast Malleable Iron Fittings: 1. Mogul type for conduit sizes 1-1/2 inches and larger. 2. LBD or roller action type LB for right angle fittings for conduit sires 2 inches and larger, 3. Full-threaded hubs and rubber-gasketed covers. 4. Zinc, cadmium-plated or bronze hardware bolts and screws for assembly. 5. Finish with cadmium-plated or galvanizing. 6. Standard and junction fittings. B. Conduit Expansion Fittings: I. Line of Conduit Type: a. Galvanized expansion fittings for rigid conduit movement tip to 4 inches. b. Insulated metal bushing on ends of the conduit, bonding jumper, and with expansion head scaled with a high-grade graphite packing. C, 02./Gedney Company, Type AX with Type AJ bonding jumper. 2. End Type: a. For conduit terininating in a junction box. b. O.Z,./Gedney Company, Type EXE with Type BJ-E bonding jumper, C. Conduit Expansion and Deflection Fittings: 1. Provide for movement of 3/4-inch from normal in all directions between two rigid conduits. 2. Integral bonding jumper. 3. O.Z./Gedney Company, Type DX. D. Conduit Wall Entrance Seals: I. Provide where required or indicated. 2 O.Z./Gedney Company Type FSK. E. Conform to NEMA Type 4X enclosure in all nonhazardous areas except as specified or indicated otherwise, F. Conduit Fire and Smoke Stop Fittings: 1. Fitting rating shall equal or exceed the fire rating of the wall, floor or ceiling in kvhich it is installed. 2.08 EXPL,OSIONPROOF FITTINGS, COUPLINGS AND BOXES FOR RiGiD STEEL CONDUIT: A. Fittings: 1. Explosionprool. 2. Cast malleable iron. 3. Threaded cover to conform to N1:;C. �l. Full thread hubs. 5. Seal compound well for seal. 6. Drain seals as indicated or required to provide a continuous automatic drain of water. 7. "Chico" compound for all scaling fittings. B. Couplings: 1. Explosionproof. 2. Flexible. 3. Conform to NEC. 4. Threaded, steel or bronze end fittings securely fastened to the core and braided to ensure electrical continuity, 5. Vinyl plastic coating in severely corrosive locations as required. 16111-4 JEF16111.2 ; R SECTION 161 1 1 —CONDUIT 171171NGS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 2.09 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT BOXES: A. Indoor Boxes: I. Hot-dipped galvanized steel. 2. Galvanized steel covers. 3, Cadmium-plated or bronze sews and bolts. 4. For special boxes where it is not possible to provide hol-dip galvanizing, apply organic zinc-rich primer at 3 mils dry film thickness after SSPC-SP3 flower Tool Cleaning, 5. Minimum gauge requirements: No surface No single Area exceeds dimension exceeds Gat me steel 1000 sq in 40 in 14 1500 sq in 60 ill 12 over 1500 sq in over 60 in I U 6. Minimum of 14-gauge steel. 7. Conform to NEMA Type I enclosure in all nonhazardous areas except as specified or indicated otherwise. a. Junction boxes may he standard type with knock-outs except as indicated otherwise. 8. Include piano-hinged, gasketed cover, and interior mounting panel where oil-tight AC boxes are used for enclosing terminal blocks and control relays. 9, Waterproof hubs in areas subject to moisture as indicated. B. Outdoor Boxes: I. 1 I-gauge milliInUlll galvanized steel with drip lip and galvanized-steel covers fastened with bronze or cadmium-plated screws or bolts. or crest Iron with galvanized finish and flanged bolted covers. 2. For special boxes where it is not possible to pro\ide ho(-dip galvanizing, apply organic • zinc-rich primer at 3 mils dry film thickness after SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning, 3, Threaded conduit entrances or rigid conduit hubs on all boxes. 4. Rubber or neoprene gasket for cover. 5. Conform to NFNIA Type 4X enclosure in 1111 outdoor installations unless indicated otherwise. 6. Include piano-hinged, gasketed cover, and interior mounting panel when used for enclosing terminal blocks and control relays, C. Metallic Barriers: 1. Designed nol to separate phases of it power circuit. 2. Provide as indicated for the isolation of power circuits from other type circuits. D. Box size as required, or as indicated, fur each particular installation. E. Include provisions for mounting cable supports �\fiere indicated, specified or as required by NEC. F. Provide where indicated or as required for cable pulling.junctions, (erminals, and For mounting of switches, outlets and control devices. 2.10 SUPPORT SYSTEM: A. Fabricated from structural ~feel or manufactured framing members equal to "Urlistrut" P-3000 series as manufactured by Unistrut Corporation. 13. Construct as required to rigidly support all conduit runs and boxes. IEF16111.2 16111-5 • SECTION 161 1 1 --CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: continued C. I lot-dip galvanized steel or cast-aluminum conduit clamps, sized for the specific conduit size, n I to support all exposed metallic conduit. 1). Nonmagnetic clamps to support nonmetallic conduits. E. Provide stainless steel rods, anchors, inserts, bolts, washer, and nuts with all other support hardware electrogalvanized steel. F. (•lot-dip galvanized members. G. Manufactured Framing Members: 1. Dry Locations: a. Channel galvanized prior to forming by the hot-clipped process. b. Channel dipped in Zinc chromate solution after galvanizing to prevent the need tzar an acrd trash process prior to painting. 2. Wet Locations: a. Channel hot-dipped galvanized after all manuffncturing operations are completed, b. Galvanizing zinc weight of'2 ounce; ner square FOOt on surface to conform to ASTM A 123 and AST'M A 153, I.I. All support hardware shall be designed for unistrut installation. PART 3 - I?XI;CUTION 3.01 PREPARA'T'ION: A. Provide suitable protection firr conduit risers against damage during construction. E. Cap ends of all conduits before concrete is poured. C. Cap all conduits after cleaning where conduits are to be left empty by this contract. D. Carefully ream ends ofall conduit lengths after cutting to eliminate sharp burrs, E. Clean out all conduit before pulling wire. 1 C'Ican out all conduits immediately after concrete work is finished. 3.02 1NSTA1,LATI0NI: A. General Requirements: I. Location: a. Install conduit as near as possible to the routing indicated. b. Shill locations as required to avoid interference with other equipment ;urd piping being installed. C. Where rooting ofconduil is not indicated, such as for lighting home run circuits and other systems requiring small conduit runs, route conduit as specif id subject to approval by kilgineer. 2. Do not Ilse conduit in sires smaller than 3/4-inch, except 1/2-inch may be used liar connections to control devices and thermocouples where nccessary. 3. I loles and Sleeve:;: a. Provide through floors, walls and rooks as necessary for conduit rims, including approved flashing and weather proofing at outside walls and on roofs. h, Install sleeves or forms for all openings in new work. C. Provide the required inserts and (toles, completely sleeved, bonded, curbed, flashed and finished off in an approved manner, whether in concrete, steel grating, metal panels or roof.~. d. Place nonshrinking grout or Dow Corning 3-.65.18 Silicone RTV (or equivalent General Electric RTF 762) f6am as specified, in the following locations: (I) All holes in concrete, walls, floor and roof slabs after installation of conduit. (2) All unused holes and sleeves as approved by Engineer. • 16111-6 Jf.;l'1611 1,2 SECTION 16111 —CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: continued ® e. lmaall wall entrance seals where conduit enters the building or vaults from exterior underground. 4. Make connections to boxes, panels, and other equipment as follows: a. Double locknuts, one inside and one outside. b. Bushings: (1) 'threaded malleable iron or steel. (2) Insulated with Bakelite, molded and bonded into the bashing. (3) Placed on end of conduit in addition to locknuts. (4) Install with integral grounding connector and conductor where all conduits pass through multiple concentric panel knockouts and where the conduit must he bonded to equipment it is not attached to. 5. Running threads will not he permitted. 6. Coat all field cut threads in galvanized conduit with aluminum paint. 7. Comply with applicable requirements of NI'-'C pertaining to installation ofconduit systems. 8. Place drainage fittings or weep holes at unavoidable low points where moisture can collect. 9. Install an entire conduit system that is electrically continuous with bonding jumpers provided as necessary to conform to NI:C. 10. Install expansion fittings at all building expansion joints and every JU feet ofcontinuous conduit. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: I. f:xposed: ;►. Install in building interior spaces where specified or indicated. h. Install horizontal runs as high above floor as possible, and in no case luWer than 7 feet above floor, walkway. or platform m passage area. C. Run conduit parallel or perpendicular to walls, ceiling, beams, and ColumnS UnICSS indicated otherwise. (1. Route to clear all doors, windows, access wells, and openings. C. Group parallel runs in neatly aligned banks where possible with minimum of 1-inch clearance between conduits. f. Maintain 6-inch clearance between conduit and coverings on all heat limes; steam, hot water, etc. g. Do not exceed a distance of S feet between supports on horizontal or vertical runs. 2. Concealed: a. Conceal conduit 1,)I. lighting, C(mvenicnCC outlets, and other Circuits in walls, ceiling and flours where possible, b. Do not install conduit in concrete where conduit outside diameter exceeds one-third of concrete thickness. C. Install parallel runs with a minimum spacing ofthree conduit diameters between conduits. d. USC Cxpansion and dCflcction fitting with bonding jumpers at all concrete expansion joints. C. Tie securely in place to prevent movement when (;oncrete is poured. f. Install in floor Slabs in as straight a run as possible. Conduit crossovers are not permitted unless conduit total outside diameter is one-third of the concrete thickness or less. g. Use long radius elhows except on risers where curved portion of elbow would extend above the linished floor or foundation. J ET, 16111.2 16111 SECTION 161 1 1 --CONDUIT. FITTINGS AND ACCI?SSORIES: continued h. Make till joints watertight after installation b coating all finished 'dints with coal J b Y b ,I tar solution applied at 15 mils minimum dry film. (1) Kop-Coat- No, 50. (2) Tnenlce - 46-449. 3. 13uricd: a. Place Where indicated. b. Use PVC jacketed conduit unless note otherwise. C. Use PVC conduit where indicated. d. Make all joints watertight by field-applied coat of vinyl plastic compound furnished by the conduit manufacturer. C. Use bender one size larger for conduit sized I inch or Icss and conventional bender for conduit sized above I inch. f. Use strap wrench to tighten conduit. Repair damaged coating with liquid patching compound recommended by conduit manufacturer. g. Install in as straight a run as possible between termination points of exact routing to be determined in the field and subject to approval by Engineer. h. (fury conduits a minimum of 30 inches bclow finish grade unless indicated otherwise. i. Slope conduit away from conduit risers where possible. j. Maintain 6-inch separation from underground piping. k. Use long radius bends at all risers unless indicated otherwise. I. After trench bottom has been finished to grade, lay conduit. Backfilling shall be as specified in DIVISION 2. ill, Cap ends of all conduit risers before backfilling. n. Provide watertight seal around wires where conduit terminates in pull box. o. Where rigid PVC conduit is installed all elbows and stub-ups shall be PVC coated rigid steel. C. Liquid-'fight Flexible Metal Conduit. I. Use between rigid conduit and motor terminal boxes except where conduit rims down 1'rom above and cannot be conveniently supported by a floor flange. 2. Place between rigid concluit or conduit box and control device uses where direct connection is not desirable for reasons of equipment movement, vibration, or for ease of maintenance. 3. Install at all points of connection to equipment mounted on supports to Allow for expansion and contraction. 4, C'unfornl to NEC with installation ofconductors. 5. Install at locations where rigid concluit connections are impractical. 6. USC illinillll1111 1Cllgtll COl1SiSlCllt With 111ar1llfacturer's standard lengths, the acceptable bending radius, and with required movement ofequipment. 7. Maximum length of 3 feet unless otherwise approved by i'ngincer. 8. Install an external bonding juniper to conform to NEC on conduit sized 1-1/2 inches and larger. fa. Conduit Fittings: 1. Install as required. 1;. Boxes: I. Install special boxes as indicated of size required for conduits and cables entering and leaving box. 2. Install where required for pull or junction boxes rind for mounting or connecting to switches, outlets, intermediate terminal blocks or control devices. 161 1 1-8 JEf'16111.2 SECTION 161 1 1 —CONDUIT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 3, Provide 1/4-inch weep holes in interior boxes where conduits enter from exterior or buried installation. F. Supports: 1. Construct with sufficient rigidity to hold all mounted equipment and rnatcrial in permanent acid neat alignment. 2. Design to provide 1/4-inch space between equipment housings and walls or columns upon which they are mounted. 3. Do not exceed load requirements in NEC and NEMA standards. 4. After Power Tool Cleaning SSPC-SP1 1, paint all welds, field cuts and damaged areas Nvith organic zinc-rich primer at 3 mils dry film thickness. It. Ameron - 681-IS. b. Carbolinc- Carbozinc 858. C. Porter- Zinc-Lock 308. d. Tncmec-Trierne Zinc 90-93. 5. Use electrogalvanized steel conduit clamps and nonmagnetic conduit clamps to support eleetrogalvanized steel conduit and nonmagnetic conduit respectively. 6. Provide stainless steel rods, anchors, inserts, bolts, washers and nuts with all other support hardware electrogalvanized steel. G. Explosionproof Fittings: I. Install explosionproof fittings in the rigid steel conduit system as required by NEC. 2. Install necessary fittings where not indicated but required by code. END OF SECTION 161 1 1 J El'16111.2 16111-9 SECTION 16120 - WIRE;, CABLE. AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes furnishing and installing (including terminations)of all electrical wire, cable, and accessories. 13. Definition: I. Burns & McDonnell type designations, such as "SVN3," "CEV l," and 13C I" indicated or specified, arc for identification purposes only and are not intended to correspond to any trade designation. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. lighting: SECTION 16500. 2. Grounding: SECTION 16450, 3. Field Testing: SECTION 16950. 4. Instruments and Controls: SECTIONS 16900-16910. 1.02 EFERENCT:S: A. Applicable Standards: I. American Society f'or Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. 133 - Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. b. 138 - Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, I lard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. C. B33 - Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for laectrical Purposes. d. 13172 - Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors. Having Bunch Stranded Members, for facctrical Conductors. ® C. 11189 - Lead-Coated and Lead-Alloy-Coated Soft Copper Wire fir Electrical Iurposes, 2. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA): a. 5-19-81 - Rubber Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of • Flectrical Energy. b. 5-61-402 - "I"hermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. C. 5-66-524 - Cross-Linked "Thermosetting-Polyethylene-insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of L;Iecrrical Energy. d. 5-08-516 - HAhylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable fir the Transmission and Distribution of I'lectrical Energy. 3. Institute of Electrical and Flectronic Engineers (11.1:I:): a. 48 - "Test Procedures and Requirements for High Voltagc Alternating-Current Cable "Terminations, 4, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70 - National Electrical Code (NE('). 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (LIL): a. 44 - Rubber-Insulated Wires and Cables. b. 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. C. 263 - Fire 'Pests of Building Construction and Materials. Cl. 854 - Service Entrance Cables. C. 1277 - L;IectricaI Power and Control 'Tray Cables with Optional Optical fiber Mernbers. JEF16120.2 16120-1 SECTION 16120 - WIRE CABLE AND ACCESSORIES: continued 1,03 SUBMITTALS: A, Submit as specified in DIVISION I. B. Includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Data sheets for each wire and cable type specified. 2. Data sheets for wire and cable accessories. 3. Cable manufacturer's approval of splicing and terminating materials. 4. Cable manufacturer's approval of pulling compounds. 5. Cable manufacturer's installation requirements such as maximum pulling tensions, sidewall pressures, minimum bending radii, and other considerations. 6. Other equipment and materials to be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Wire and Cable: Acceptable manufacturers for each wire and cable type will be manufacturers that have been manufacUrring the specified cable fora minimum of five years and meet all the requirements listed on the Wire and Cable Specification Sheets, B. Wire and Cable Accessories: 1. Cable Connectors for Control and Instrument Cable: a. AMP Special Industries, 1). Hollingsworth Solderless Terminal Company. C. Panduit Corporation. d. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing(3M). C. Thomas find Betts Company, Inc. 2. Cable Connectors for Power Cable: a. AMP Special Industries. b. "Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. C. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing(3M). d. Panduit Corporation. s 3. Termination and Splice Kits: It. Min11C501a Mining and Manufacturing(3M). b. Raychem. d. Tape and Insulation Putty: Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing(3M). 5. Cable Tics: a, AMP Special Industries. b. Dennison Manufacturing Company. C. Panduit Corporation, c1. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing(3M). C. Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. 6. Cable Supports: If. O. %./Gedney Company, b, 1 lubbell, Kellens Grips, 7. Terminal Blocks: a. Allen Bradley. b. Buchanan, C. Phoenix Contact. d. SquarC U Company. C. Weidnu.rller. 16 120-2 J EF 16120.2 � M SECTION 16120 - WIRE CABLE AND ACCESSORl1 S: continued 8. Cable Identification Tags: a. Allen Marking Products, Kansas City, MO. b. hloy'I'ag and Manufacturing Co., Seattle, WA. C. I'anduit Corporation (11anduit). d. Specialty Products Company, Rock Hill, SC. c. 'Thomas and Betts Company, Inc. ('Thomas and Betts). 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE: A. Wire and cable shall be furnished in accordance with the specification sheets at the end of this Section. 2.03 C:ONNEC"TORS: A. General Requirements: 1. Designed and sized for specific cable being connected. 2. Solderless, pressure-type connectors constructed of noncorrodible tin-plated copper. 3. Rated current-carrying capacity equal to or greater than the cable being connected. 4. Application tooling flor connectors shall contain die or piston stops to prevent over-crimping and cycling or pressure relief to prevent under-crimping. Dies of all application tooling shall provide dot or wire size coding for quality control verification. All tooling shall be nuututacttired by the connector manufacturer. B. Power Connectors (10 AWG and Smaller) 600V and Below: 1. "Scotchlok" preinsulated spring wire connectors. 2. Buchanan open-end copper splicing caps, applied with "Lok-Seal" tool, with nylon snap-on insulators. C. Power Connectors (sizes 8-4 AWG) 600V and Below: I. Noninsulated ring-tongue type. 2. Ring tongue sized to match terminal stud size. 3. Brazed barrel scam. 4. Application tooling designed to crimp the wire barrel (conductor grip) with it one-step crimp. 5. Acceptable manufacturers' cross-reference chart is listed at end of this Section. 17. Power Connectors (sizes 2 AWG - 750 MCNI) 600V and Below: I. Noninsulated one-hole rectangular tongue for sizes 2 AWG through 3/0 AWG and two-hole rectangular tongue for 4/0 AWG through 750 MCNI. 2. Application tooling shall be hydraulically operated. 3. Acceptable manulacturcrs' cross-reference chart is listed at end ol'this Section. T'. Control, Instrument, and Specialty Cable Connectors: I. 'Tin-plated copper. 2. Vint'i or nylon preinsulated ring-tongue type. Spade lugs will not be permitted. 3. Sized to match terminal stud sire. 4. 1lave insulation grip sleeve to firinly hold to cable insulation. 5. Insulation grip sleeve shall be funneled to lacilitatc wire insertion and prevent turned-back strands. 6. Application tooling designed to crimp the wire barrel (conductor grip) and the insulation grip sleeve with it one-step crimp. 7. Acceptable manulacturcrs' cross-reference chart is listed at end ofthis Section. JIh16120.2 16120-3 SECTION 16120 - WIRL: CABLE: AND ACCESSORTES: continued 2.04 MO'T'OR 1,1?AI:)'1'L:RMINATION/SPLICE(LOW-VOLTAGE, 600V AND IIE.LOW, i'OWr R CAI";L F A. Splices shall be made using compression-type connectors halted together, The compression-type connectors shall be properly sized for the cables. Reference acceptable connector manufacturer's cross-reference chart. 13. Spline to be covered with heat-shrinkable tubing connector insulators or slip-on rubber boot or sleeve. C. Splicing shall be done in accordance with the instructions provided with the Raychem brand MC'K Motor Connector Kit or 3M Company 5300 Series Motor Lead Splice Kit. 2.05 CABLE: SUPPORTS: A. Cable supports for cables in vertical conduit risers shall be 0, %./Gedney 'Type "R" wedging plug type or approved equal. 2.06 CABLE TIES: A. Nylon self-locking type. 13. Have a normal service temperature range of-40"C to 85°C. C. Be weather-resistant tyre for outdoor use. D. Meet requirements of Military Specifications MIL-S-231901). 1 AMP Special Industries "AMP-TY," Dennison Manufacturing Company "BAR-L,OK," Panduit Corporation "PAN-TY," "Thomas & Betts "TY-RAP," or Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing 3M Brand cable ties. 2.07 'TERMINAL BLOCKS: A. For Mounting in terminal boxes ("113s): 1. Designed and sized for the cables being terminated. 2. Block rated 60OV. 3. Binding screw-type terminals For power cables and strap screw or tubular clamp terminals firr control and instrument cables. 4. Rated current carrying capacity equal to or greater than the cable being terminated. 5. Marking strip. 13. For Mounting in Cabinets. Panels, Control Boards, etc.: I. Designed and sized for the cables being terminated. ?. Block rated 600V, 3. Binding screw type terminals (or power cables and current transformer circuits and strap screw or tubular clamp terminals firr control and instrument cables. 4. Rated current carrying capacity equal to or greater than the cable being terminated. 5. Marking strip on blocks for power,cables and control and instrument cables. 6. Short-circuit strips with one shorting screw for each terminal for current transformer circuits. 2.08 CARLI: IDI N'1'IFICA'TION TAGS: A. Designed to provide at permanent wire and cable identification system. 13, Show complete cable number. Cable numbers are defined in the Cable Schedule and/or Contract Drawings. C. Cable nunthers may he hand-lettered, stamped, or typed, but shall he legible and permanent. D. Character size fm cable numbers shall be a nninintunn of 3/I6-ineh if hand-lettered or 1/8-inch if stamped or typed. f:. Material shall he nonmetallic and impervious to moisture. 16120-4 J(? SECTInN 16120 - WIRE CABLE, AND ACCESSORIFS: continued F. Be securely attached to cables and accessible for inspection. G, Cable identification tags, marking and attachment methods shall be subject to approval of Engineer. PART 3 - FXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Wire and Cable: I. General Requirements: a. Install in conduit or direct burial ns indicated. b. Do not subject cable to pulling tensions or sidcwall pressures in excess of manufacturer's recommendations. C. Attach pulling grips over the cable sheath to prevent slipping of the insulation. d. Do not subject cable to bending radius less than those recommended by the cable manufacturer or as noted bclow(whichever is greater)during or after installation: (1) Eight times the cable outside diameter For 600V or lower rated cables, e. Install intermediate splices only as indicated or as required to avoid subjecting cable to excessive pulling tension or sidcwall pressures. Cable splicing locations shall be approved by Enginecr prior to cable installation, f. Support cables at connections or termination points such that any strain on cable will not be transmitted to the connection or termination. g. Install cable supports in vertical runs of conduit, at bores and at terminations in equipment, and as required to meet intermediate support requirements of National ® Electrical Code (N EC). h. All pulling compounds shall be approved by wire and cable manufacturer as being compatible with cable materials. i. Attach a cable identification tag to each cable at all termination or end points. 2. Power(600V and Below). Control, Instrument, and Specialty Cable: 4 a. Install metallic barrier in all tray and boxes to separate power, control, and instrumentation from low-level signal (50V or less) instrumentation circuits where run in the same tray or box, b. Tie together with cable ties all single conductor cable on each individual circuit in each junction box, equipment or manhole at intervals not to exceed 6 feet. c. Attach a cable identification tag to each cable, (I ) At each terminal to identifv the circuit and cable. (2) Attach liber tags with cable tics. (3) Use nylon tics and identification tabs color code(] as Follows: (a) 4180V circuits - Red. (b) 277 or 208Vac circuits - Orange. (c) 120V circuits - White. (d) Control cables - Natural Nylon, d. Tag each individual conductor or wire with wire markers as follows: (I) With terminal designation indicated (m schematic diagrams or given on manufacturer's equipment drawings, (2) At each terminal. (3) In addition to specified circuit tags. e. 'Terminate and ground, control, instrument, and specialty cable shields as indicated and recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment being connected. In JEF 16 12 0,2 16120-5 M SECTION 16120 - WIRr:, CABLE, AND ACCESSORIES: continued general, ground the shields at the control boards for control cables and at the receiving; end equipment for instrumentation and specialty cables. f. Control, instrument, and thermocouple cable splices shall be as follows: (1) Made only in junction or terminal bones. (2) Made on terminal blocks with marking strips. (3) Conductor color coding shall be maintained. (4) For shielded cables, shield continuity and isolation shall be maintained. (S) 'Thermocouple cable splices to be made only on terminal blocks which correspond to thermocouple type used. g. Power cable(600V or below)splices and motor terminations shall be as follows: (1) Made only injunction or terninal boxes. (2) Splices shall be made using compression type connectors bolted together. (3) Splice to be covered with a heat-shrinkable connector insulator. h. Lighting Cable: Install its specified in this Section. i. Ground Cable Install as specified in this Section. B. Table I: 1. Insulation Color Coding for Phase Identification: 2. Color code 600-volt insulated, service entrance, feeder, and branch circuit conductors with factory-applied colored insulation for No. 8 AWG and smaller(except: No. 6 AWG and smaller for green ground wire); I-inch band of colored tape at all splices and terminations for No. 6 AWG and larger(except: No. 4 AWG and larger for green ground wire) as follows: 208Y/120 Volts Phase 1180Y/277 Volts Black A Brown Red 13 Orange Blue C Yellow White Neutral Gray Green (bound (green p 3. Cable Connections and Terminations: a. ;Make up clean and tight to assure a low-resistance joint. b. Make only in terminal boxes, equipment or other accepted enclosures and not in conduit. C. Install all comiectors with tooling nlanulitcttired by the coma ctor manufacturer and as specified. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY t:'ONTROL: A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide as specified in DIVISION I. B. Field Testing: Specified in SECTION 16050. END OF SECTION 16120 16120-6 .IEF16120,2 SECTION 16120 ; W1RE, CABLE, AND ACCESSORIES: continued REFERENCE INFORMATION /lcceptable Connector Manufacturers' Crass-Reference Chart Size Amp Special 'Thomas K Panduit Type (AWG or MCM) Industries Betts Hollingsworth Lore, 3-M Control 22-18 III DG RA 18 XR 18 P N18 D-01-5 16-14 PI DG RB 14 XR 19 P N14 C-01-5 12-10 PIDG RC 10 XR51 P N 10 D-01-5 Power 12-10 Solistrand CIO -- P 10 D-01-2 (600V and 8 Solistrand D8 -- 118 E-01-2 Below) 6 Solistrand E6 -- 06 F-01-2 4 Solistrand F4 -- IN G-01-2 2-2/0 Ampower 54100 Series -- LCA 30000 Series ® 3/0-750 Ampower 54200 Series -- LCC 31100 Series A ,� JEF 16120.2 16120-7 WIRE AND CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET, Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers-Architects- Consultants p1/^t Kansas City, Missouri B&McD TYPE: NEC TYPE: BARE COPPER GROUND CABLE GENERAL 111,'0IUIRI,MI:NTS: Annealed, uncoated, hart copper(AS'rM [33) SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: I. Solid in sizes 4 AWG and smaller. 2. Class 13 stranded in sizes 2 A WG and larger(ASTM 138). ItCI.IX)C WIRE AND CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers- Architects- Consultants �� �� Kansas City, Missouri B&McD TYPE: NEC Tl'PI:: 601) VOLT- UNSHIELDED MULTI-CONDUC'T'OR CONTROL CABLE: GENERAL IIEQIJIRF.NIEN'I'S: C:ONDLJC'OR: Class 13 or C stranded annealed copper(IJ1.A4 farts 5.10). INSULATION: Cross-linked polyethylene "XLPIi"(01..44 fart I M and rated w,Type X1-IHW. Color coding shall he Method I (ICI'A 5-66.52.3 Appendix K, Para. K:3.1.1)using color pigmented compounds with colors as designated by'I able K-2. CA131-I:JACKET: Polvvinyl chloride "PVC"'(M.1 277 Parts 15 & 16) and rated I'm outdoor use. IDI:N`I'[hIGA'fION: Surface, printing on the cable shall show nnuwfacturer's name, cable type(TC), insulation type(XI-11-M, number anti size of conductors, voltage rating,find Irnderwriters Laboratories label (UL). SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: 'I'EMl'. IZA'I'INC;: Cable shall be suiuthle for nl)cration under the 1ollowmg maximum conductor tentpertures: ()O"C --- Continuous, dry locations 75"C --- Continuous, wet locations CONDUCTOR. SIZE: 11 l-1 AING INS UL.ATION'I'II IC'KNI SS: Insfdation Conductor Sizc 'Thickness (Mils) a It 14 :3O JACKET 1'IIICKNI-"SS: Jacket C'alclihited Diameter Thickness(Mils) o1'Cahlc Under (U1.1277 .IVicket (inches) fable 7 0,125 or Icss 45 0,426-0 1 700 6O 11.701-1.500 SO 1.301-2'.500 1 I O 2.501 i)r larger 140 I"AC'1'MY '1'IiS"I'S: All cable shall he tested in accordance with requirements o1'UL1277. CF"101FICITION: Cables shall he certified to he in conformance with all applicable requirements of'. 111.1277, 4/1/97 WIRE AND CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET w Burns S: McDonnell Engineering; Company Engineers - Architects- Consultants ��lr TII �/T �Vlo1 Kansas City,Missouri 1 , mmici)TYPE: NEC TYPE: 600 VOLT - UNSHIELDED SINGLE CONDUCTOR - CONTROL CABLE GENERAL RSQUIRENIE.N'rS: C:ONDUCTOIZ: Claus 1; stran(led anncaled copper(U1..83 Parts 4-10). INSULATION: Polyvinyl chloride "PVC"'(UI..83 Part 14). CONDUCTOR JACKFT: Nylon (U1,83 fart 28). IDL:NTIPICATION: Surface printing: on the cable shall show manul'acttiter's name, insulation type (1111-IN/l'I IWN), VW I, conductor sire, conductor type, voltage ratting,and thiderwrilers kiboramries label (UL), !;PI:CIFIC Rh,UUIRENWNTS: '1'13-Ml', RA'Z'ING: Cable shall be suitable for operation under the following: maximum conductor temperatures: 90'C --- Continuous, dry locations 75`C--- Continuous, wet locations CONDUCTOR SIZ[:: #14 A WG INSULATION THICKNCSS: Insulation Jacket Conductor Size "Thickness(Mils) 'Thickness(Mils) (AWC'; or MC'M) (UI,K? 'fahlr 21.5) LULK3 -jrable 21.5) Id-11 IS 4 I U 20 4 A FACTOR1"11IiSTS: All cable shall be tested in accordance with requirements of U1,83. CFR'TII-ICATION: Cables shall he certified to he in conformance with all applicable requirements of U 1.,8?. CVNI.I)OC 4/1/97 • WIRE AND CABLE,SPECIFICATION SHEET Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company ~ Engineers- Architects- Consultants ��"� ►/1�� Kansas City, Missouri Y B&N1c1)'i'YPE: NF.0 TYPE: 601) NIOL'1'- S111ELDED INS'1'RUNII NT CA1.1 LE' (NVIT111 SMELD1 D TIVIS'ITED PAIRS) GENERAL RI?011iRF.N ENTS: CONDUCTOR: Class B stranded annealed copper(NI NIA WC55/ICI:A S-82-552 Part 2), INSULATION: Polyvinyl chloride "I'VC"' (NEMA W(.'55/ICL'A S-82-552 Parr 3). Color coda shall Ilse pigmented compounds as follows ortc conductor coded white, the second conductor coded black,and il'the cable is fora triad, the third conductor shall he coded reel. Flach pair or triad will he sequentially numher by surface printing. CONI)C1CTOR JACKI.:'1-: Nylon (NIHNIA W(.'55/I(.'IiA S-82-552 Part 3) PAIR SHIELD: Aluminized mylar or polyester lope with tinned copper drain wire. SHIPA.l) ISOLATION TAPE: Nlylar or polyester tape, CABLE S1IIE D: Aluminized ntylar or polyester tape with tinned copper drain wr►'c. CABLE- JACKET: Polyvinyl chloride "IM"' (NI?NIA WC'55ACFA S-82-552 Part•1). IDENTIFICATION: Surface printing on the cuhle jacket shall show manul'ncturer's name, cable type ('1'C), insulation type, conductor type. volnagc rating. and Undcl writers Laboratories lahel S11FCIFIC REQIIIRF,NIF,NTS: 'I-I:NII'. RATING: Cahle shall be "llltoll1c. for operation under the following nm.r'rnrlan conductor Irn)peralures: oO,C C'ONOUC."I'OR SV.Ii: it 16 A G INS(.1I.e\'I'I()N '1'11I('KNI'SS. All condllcloj� it) have 2i olds nominal omilatron (NINA \VC'55/IC'I:A S-92-552, '['able 1 1 t JAC'Kli'I 'I II1('KNI:SS: Jacket :'alcularcd I)runclel 'Thickness (Mils) of Assrn)hly 11ndcr (NFNIA \VC55/1C'1"?A S-82-552, kick-[ -1 1� 0.•125 or less .15 (J,1110-(J.70) 60 11.701-1,5(JO SO 1.501-1500 110 501 or larpel 140 FACTORY 'I F'S'I'S: 1\11 ruble shrill he ICtiled in accord;utce with requirement,of NI:MA WC55/ICF:iA S- S -55'? Putt 6, IC'I:A 210,00 BTU flame lest (IC'C?A 'I'-29-520), and 111..1277. CERTIFICATION: Cabics shall he certilled to he n) c•on(ornuuu:c with ;ill app1IcuhlV rc(Iuuren)ents of NINA \VC'55 1[('F'A S-82.552, IC'l"'A 'I'-'t1-52O, and LJL12.77, F V 1.1)(K.' I:/I I/pI WIRE AND CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company Engineers- Architects- Consultants c y� u 1<1111Sas City, Missouri . SE2 XHHW II&MCI)TYPE: NI C"I'YPE: 600 VOLT - SINGLE CONDUCTOR- POWER CABLE; GENERAL REOUIitI:MENTS: CONDUCTOR: Class II stranded a nneaded copper(M.44 farts 6.13). INSULATION: Cross-linked polyethylene"X1 IT" (UL4.1 Parts 14-10), IDENTIFICATION: Surface printing on the ethic shall show mantililcturer's nmalc, insulation t1'pe (XI II IW), conductor sire, conductor type, voltage ranting, and Underwriters Laboratories lathcl (UL). SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: TEMP, RATING: Cable shall he suitable liar operation under the following ma mmum conductor temperatures: 75T ---Continuous, wet locations 90"C' ---Continuous, dry locations MATI?RIAI. 'I IIICKNI:SS: Insulation Conductor Sire thickness (Mils) (MYS.i o r Lvl C; U (1.11.14—LI—tA I 14-a) 30 8-2 45 1-4i0 55 250-500 65 550.1000 80 1100-2000 95 F \C'TORY 1:STS; ,111 cahle shall he tested in accordance it requirements of l 11.44. CE tIFIC'ATI0N: Cahles Shall he certified to he in conformance with all applicable requirements of PIA-1, qi Ue7 • WIRE. AND CABLE SPECIFICATION SIMET 11ttr•►►s & McDonuvil Emgincering Con►pany Engincers - Architects - Constillnnts ' (� v N� ' HHN/T.IIWN Kanss►s City, Missourl ►J 1 I;&McD TYPE: ( NEC TYPE: 600 VOLT - SINGLE' CONDUCTOR - POWER C:ARLE CI; ERAL REOU1RI:Ml?N' :ti, CONDUCTOR: Class 14 su•anded annealed copper(1,11,83 farts-I-10). INSULATION: Polyvinyl chloride"I'VC, (111.83 fart I'll, CONDUCTOR .IAC'KET: Nylon (1,11,83 fart 28) IUIiN'I'lI ICA'I'IC)N: Surlfsee printing on the calla shall show manufacturer's came, insulation type (TI 11 IN),conductor; size, conductor type, voltage rating, and Underwriters Laboratories, label (()I.), SPECIFIC REQUIREMI?NTS: TI:MI', RATING: Cable shall he suitable for operation wider the lidlowing maxitnunl conductor temperatures: 90"C'--- Continuous,dry locations 75 ' ' - CominUMIS, Wel locations INSULATION T IICKNI-IS: Insulation Jacket Conductor Sire Thickness (Mils) 'Thickness(Mils) ICI-II IS �I IU, Q '0 1 ,{-i Z() S •1-2 40 6 Y 1-4 0 jU 7 i50-10011 70 �) FAC I OR TESTS. All cable shall lie ta:tited in accordance ccuh rrcluirenuna of 111,83. CHRTIPICATION; C';ihlc,, ~hall he certified to hem conli,rmancc with ;III applicahlc realuirements of • WIRE AND CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET Burns &McDonnell Engineering Compony Engineers• Architects-Consultants ����� �I�I,LA►.X� Kansas City, Missouri ,[1 B&McD'I'YPE: NEIL TYPE: COAXIAL CABLE— 1/2" IIELIAXm (;ENURAll REQI.IIREN 1, TS: INNI31z CONDUCI'OIZ: Copper(I)iameter 0.189 inches) 1)II31AICTIZIC MATUAZIAL I"'oum SlilEl.l): Solid Copper(I)iametcr 0.55 inches). JACKET: Black Polyethylene (Weatherproof and UV stabilized), 11)EN'l'1FICATI0N: Surface printing on cable jacket shall show mane facturer's name,cable type. SPECIFIC Rh. UIRI"sMh,N'1'S: (MllrDANCE: 50 44-1 ohms CAPACITANCI3: 23.1 pl'/I't, nominal, ® 1NDl1CT'ANCE: 11.058 µF1/11 MAXIMUM I71ZEQUENCY: 8.8 C11.1z VI LOCI'l'Y: 88% 1'I AK 110W1:1Z RATING;: 40 kW AC(:h1''l'Alil.h.AIANUFAC'I'UIZI:RS: Andrew Corporation L DFA-50A or 13nginecr Approved Equal. ,u?io2 T SECTION 16150- MOTORS AND ACCESSORIES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This section includes the following: 1. Motors for all mechanical equipment or other equipment, 2. Motors 1/2-horsepower or smaller shall be single phase. 3. Motor 3/4-horsepower or larger shall be polyphase. 1.02 R1 FER17NCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (A1713MA). 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(IEEE). It. 112 - Test Procedures for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. b. 519 - I larmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of'Static Power Converters. 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): It. MG I - Motors and Generators. 5. National Safety Council. 6, Shect Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): III Low-Velocity Duct Manual. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. B. Include, but not limited to, the following: I. Nameplate information consisting of the following: It. Manufacturers name and serial number. b. Horsepower output. C. 'Temperature rise and method indicated. d. Maximum ambient temperature. C. Insulation class, t'. Rpm at rated load, g. Fre(luency. h. Number of phases. i. Voltage, ,I Rated load amperes. k, Locked rotor amperes or code letter. I. Service factor. m. Maximum noise level of pump/motor unit (d13A), n, l fficieney, determined in accordance with IEEF, Standard 112, Method 13, 2. Dimensions for enclosure and shafts. 3, Weight. 4, Bearing information, PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABIT' MANUFACTURERS: A. Motors: I. General Electric Company. JEFI6150.2 16150-1 r SF,CTION 16150- M�n'I ORS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 2. Marathon Electric Manufacturing Corporation, 3. Reliance Electric. 4. Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc. 5. U.S. Motors Division, Emerson Electric Company. 6. 13aldor Electric Company, L3, Couplings: I. 'Thomas Coupling Division of Rex Chainbelt, Inc. 2. Waldron-Hartig Machinery Division, Midland-Ross Corporation. 2.02 HORIZONTAL SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS: A. Rated for 40T ambient temperature and continuous operation. B. Voltage: 115V or 1 15/230V, 60 hertz. C. RPM: 1750. D. Minimum service factor: 1. 1.15 for open, drip-proof enclosures. 2. 1.0 for totally enclosed enclosures. E. Permanent split capacitor designed for low starting torque loads and applications requiring silent operation. 1:. Capacitor start designed for high starting torque loads. G. Adequate to drive equipment over the full operating range without using service factor. 1-1. Bearings as specified in HORIZONTAL POLYPHASE MOTORS, this Section. 1. Open drip-proof enclosures for clean, dry atmospheres and totally enclosed enclosures for wet or dirty atmospheres. J. Nameplate data on enclosure with all lubrication and electrical data. 2.03 VERTICAL POLYPHASE MOTORS: A. Rated for 460-volt, 3 phase, 60-hertz operation. 13. Squirrel cage, induction type. C. Solid or hollow shaft design (with nonreversing ratchet). D. NEMA Design 13: 1. Minimum starting torque 100% of Ilrll load. 2. Maximum torque greater than 200% of till load. 3. Maximum starting current 650% of full load. C. NEMA Class 13 insulation except fir installations where NENA Class F is recommended by the nuuurfircturer for the application. F. 'TIFC.: enclosure unless specified otherwise. G. I lorsepowcr Rating Requirements: I. Ambient Tennperature: 40°C. 2, T'ennperattire Rise Per Table: Continuous Rated Class 13 Class P Class 1-1 Motors Insulation Insulation Insulation all enclosures 1.' eraturi Rise by Resistance - °C S.F. 1.0 80 105 125 S.F. 1.15 90 115 --- 3. Service factor of 1.0. 4. 1800 rpm unlc5s specified or indicated otherwise. 16150-2 JEF16150,2 SI.:C'1'ION 16150 - MOTORS ORS AND ACCESSORIES: continued 5. Adequate to drive equipment over the full operating range without using service factor 1 p 1~ t^ 6 except in crnergency conditions. 11. Bearings: 1. Designed for static and dynamic, and continuous and momentary thrusts as required by the driven equipment. 2. Grease- or oil-lubricated bearings with relubrication fittings and flushing system. 3. Antifriction or Kingsbury type. 4. Visual level indicator Imoil-lubricated bearings. 5. Minimum L I0 bearing life for continuous operation of 100,000 hours to conlbrm to AFBMA. I. Provide one thermocouple per bearing, including thrust bearings as follows: I. Factory installed in contact with stationary part of the bearing. 2, Iron-constantan (Type .1) end sensitive, metal sheathed monitoring thermocouple, L&N or I lonevwell. 3. "terminate thermocouple wire extensions in a box on the side of the motor enclosure. .1. Screened openings or other suitable means for safety (and protection front rodents or other animals). K. Stainless steel nameplate with all electrical and lubrication information. L. Drip covers and lifting lugs. M. Accessories: 1. Motor conduit boxes shall lie oversized to permit solderless connection ofex(ernal leads. 2. Motor leads permanently identified and ofsufficient length to allow cosy connection of external leads. 3. Provision for grounding motor frame. 2.04 HORIZONTAL POLYPHASE MOTORS: A. Rated for 460-volt, 3 phase, and 60-hertz operation. 13. Squirrel cage induction type I'm across-the-line starting. M C. NFMA Design: 1. NFNA 13: Normal starting duty applications. 1). NL?MA Class 13 insulation except floc installations where NFMA Class F is recommended by the manulacturer for the application. E, TF, C enclosure unless otherwise specified. F. I lor'sepower Rating Requirements: I. Ambient 'temperature: 10°C'. 2. 1800 rpm unless specified or indicated otherwise. 3. Open dripproofmotors with 1.15 service factor through 200 hp. •1. l Inity service factor for totally enclosed. G. llearinf;s: I. I'rclubricated ball bearings shielded to prevent entrance to foreign materials. 2. Relubrication fittings and flushing system. 3. Minimum L10 hearing life liar continuous operation of 100,000 hours to con('orin to A I'll MA. 1-I. Nameplate with all electrical and lubricating information. 2.05 C'OUPLINGS: A. 'Type as required for specific application as acceptable to Engineer. I3. Protective guard to conform to National Safety Council Code, JEF16150.2 16150-3 SECTION 16150 - MOTORS AND ACCESSORIES: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IFFICIENCY: The manufacturer shall provide a certified test report stating; that the motor design or the actual motors to be provided were tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 112, Method B (if the bearing construction permits) and found to have efficiencies equal to or exceeding;the values shown in the following table: Guaranteed Minimum Florsepower Efficiency, Percent 1 78.5 1-1/2 & 2 81.5 3 84 5 85 7-1/2 & 10 88 15 & 20 90 25 90.5 30 91 40 91.5 50, 60 & 75 93 100, 125 & 150 94 200 94.5 3.02 INS'T'ALLATION: A. Install to conform to manufacturer's instruction. B. Lubricate all bearings, gears and items requiring lubrication before placing equipment in operation. 3.03 MANUFAC'TURER'S FIELD SFAVICI S: A. Provide as specified in DIVISION 1. r 3.04 FIELD TI;S'T1NG: A. Provide as specified in SI-CTION 16950. END OI' SECTION 16150 16150-4 JEF 16150.2 SI-'-,ur N 16180 - STARTE RS, CONTACTORS, RELAYS, SWIT A 1)CIRCUIT BREAKE=RS PART I - GENERAL 1,01 SUMMARY: This Section includes starters, contactors. relays, switches, circuit breakers, and surge suppressors. 1.0: RE,EItENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. National hire Protection Association (Nl'I'A): It. 70 - National Electrical Code(NEC). 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NENA). Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards: a. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000V maximum). 1,. KS - Enclosed Switches. C. A131 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, d. ICS - Industrial Controls and Systems. 3, Underwriters Laboratories (UL.). Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards: u. 50 - Electrical Cabinets and Boxes. b. 98 - Enclosed and Dead-front Switches. c, 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit l3rcaker Enclosures. d. 508 - Electrical industrial Control E=quipment. e. 869 - Electrical Service Equipment. 1'. 894 - Switches for Use in Hazardous (elassified) Locations. g. 977 - Fused Power Circuit Devices. 1.03 SU13MITTALS: A. Submit as spceified in DIVISION I, 13. Includes, but not limited to, the 161lo wing: I, Enclosure details. 2. Schematic diagrams. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPT'AI111; MANUFACTURE-RS: A. Allcn-Bradley Company. 11. Square D Company. 2.02 DF.SlGN RE QUIR11-MI NTS: A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide equipment with the following NEMA enclosures: NE:MA Location TTvvpe of Service Enclosure Indoors and Explosionproof 7 Outdoor Corrosive Areas 4X - 304 Stainless Steel Where Indicated 4 13. Phenolic nameplate on cover of each unit with wording as approved by [;nginaer, t JEF16180.2 16180-1 SECTION 16180 - STARTERS.CONTACTORS, RELAYS, SWITCI_;_ICS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS ; continued 2.03 MAGNETIC STARTERS: A. Full-voltage, nonreversing, reversing or two speed with disconnect switch, thermal-magnetic circuit breaker or motor circuit protector circuit breaker as specified or indicated. 13. Three overload heaters in 3-phase units to match motor nameplate data. C. Built-in 480/120V control transformer on 480V units of adequate capacity for all control devices as indicated on wiring diagrams. 1). Necessary auxiliary contacts as required by means of starter or relay. 1 . Low-voltage protection. I . NEMA style. 2.04 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: A. Provide as required by NEC, specified or indicated. B. Positive quick-make, quick-break mechanism, visible blades, and line terminal shield. C. Fused type where indicated with time delay fuses. D. Coordinate fuses with the ratings of the switch and the overload relays in the magnetic starter. I . Furnish heavy-duty type. P. NEMA style. G. Lockable in the "OFF" position and defeatable in the "ON" position. 2.05 CONTACTORS: A. Magnetic contactors as indicated. 13. Rated 600Vac nonreversing type. C. Number of poles: as indicated. I). NEMA size as required for the loads served. E. I land-off-automatic selector switch in cover. l"'. Fused control transformer with secondary voltage as indicated with adequate capacity fir all control devices. G. Auxiliary control devices, push buttons, and indicating: lights as indicated. M 2.06 CIRCi11T 13RIAKrRS: A. Rated 480V, 3-phase, 60-hertz., with interrupting rating of 22,0011-A RMS Symmetrical minimum. B. f xtetnal handle which clearly indicates when breaker is )N. "C)IT," or "TRIPPED" lockable in the "OFF" position and defeatable in the "ON" position. C. Molded-case, manually-operated, 3-pile. I). Tril•,-free from handle. I". Inverse tinge thermal element overload protection. F. Instantaneous magnetic short-circuit protection on all poles. G. Coordinate trip ratings with magnetic starter ratings and Overload relays. 2.07 PUSH BUT'T'ONS AND SILf:CTOR SWITCHES: A. 1 Ieavy-duty oiltight type. 1.3. NEMA Style 30 null or larger. 2.08 AUXILIARY RELAYS: A. Coils rated 120 or 240Vae. 13. Contacts rated 6 A up to 300V. C. Contacts as required for control of associated equipment. 16180-2 ,I EF 16 180.2 SECTION 16180 - STARTERS, CONTACTORS, RELAYS, .5WITCHE-S AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS continued D. General Electric CRI20A 300V industrial or CR2810 600V machine-tool type relays. PART 3 - f'XECUTION ' _f 3.01 INS'T'ALLATION: A. Install starters, combination starters, contactors, relays, switches, and circuit breakers at locations indicated or as follows: I. Surface-mount on walls or columns approximately 4 feet to center line above the floor when possible, 2. Arrange with proper clearances from other equipment and material to obtain accessibility for operation and maintenance. 3. Provide engraved phenolic nameplates on cover of each device identifying the loads connected. 4. Ground all neutral buses to the ground system. 3,02 FIELD TESTING: Specified in SECTION 16950. END OF SECTION 16180 1 JET'16180,2 I fi 180-3 SEC"ION 16450- GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERLXL 1,01 SUMMARY: A, This Section includes the following: I. Building ground grid and ground rod system. 2, Ground riser extensions to structural steel, electrical equipment, mechanical equipment, and manholes, B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Field 'resting: SECTION 16950. 1,02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society For Testing and Materials(ASTM): a, B8 - Concentric-Lay Stranded-Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 2, National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), 3, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70- National Electrical Code. b, 78 - Lightning Protection Code. 4, Underwriters' Laboratories (UL): a, 467 - Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in DIVISION I. B. Includes, but not limited lo, catalog cuts for the following: 1. Ground Rods, 2. Cable. 3. Grounding Lugs. " PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURi RS: A. Ground Rods: I, Joslyn Manufacturing and Supply Company, 2. Copperweld Bimetallics Group. 3. Knight-Metalcraft, [.division of Whitaker Cable. 4, ITT Blackburn Company, a Division of International Telephone and "Telegraph Corporation. 13. Cable-to-Equipment Ground Lugs: I. Burndy Corporation (Burndy), 2. Knight-Metalcraft, Division of Whitaker Cable. 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE: A. Type BC l as specified in S(-CTION 16120. B, Conductor Sizes: 1. As indicated for specific connections. 2. I or required connections not indicated, use conductor size not less than No. 2/0 AWG if 0 buried in earth or cast in concrete, or No. 6 AWG at other locations, JEI-16450.2 16450-1 FA SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING: continued 2,03 GROUND RODS: A. Copper-clad steel or copper-alloy sectional-type rods. B. One end pointed to facilitate driving. C. 3/4-inch diameter x 10 feet long with diameter nud length stamped near top of rod, 2.04 CONNECTION MATERIALS: A. Cable-to-cable and cable-to-rod cable-to-connector connections ofexothermic-welding-type process, 13, Cable-To-Equipment Ground Lugs: I. Of exothermic-welding-type process. 2. Bolted to equipment housing with silicon bronze bolts ;utd lock washers. 2.05 COATINGS: A. Coal "far: 1. Carboline— Bitumastic No. 50. 2. `fnemec - 46-449, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Do not cover up connections before they are inspected by Engineer. 3.02 114 STA L LATION: A. Wire and Cable: I. Install using as few joints as possible. 2. Protect against abrasion by several wrappings of rubber tape at all points where cable leaves concrete in exposed areas, 3. Suitably protect cable against damage daring construction. 4. Replace or suitably repair cable ifdanr►ged by anyone before final acceptanee. 5. In Exposed Installations: a. Route runs as indicated, h. Route along the webs of columns and beanns, and in corners \\here possible for nnaxinnurn physical protection. C. Support at intervals of 3 feet or less with nonmagnetic clamp-type supports. (i. In Buried Installations: a. L.av in hotton► ol'trench or in ether excavations at least 18 inches below finished grade. b. Maintain clearance ol'at least 12 inches fron► all uiidergrountl n►eta 1 piping or structures, except where connections thereto are specifically indicated. C. Backfifl as specified in DIVISION 2. 13. Ground Rods: 1. Install rods as indicated by driving and not by drilling or jetting, 2. Drive rods into unexcavated portion of the earth where possible, 3. Where rods must he installed in excavated areas, drive rods into earth after compaction of backfill is completed, 4. Drive to a depth such that top ol'rods will he approximately 18 inches below lira) grade or subgrade, and connect main grid ground cable thereto. C. Connections: 1, Conform to manufacturer's instructions. 2. Chemically degrease and dry completely before welding, 16450-2 JE-F 16450,2 e SIC 11,ION 16450 - GROUNDING: continued 3. Apply one coat of'coal tar coating at 15 mils dry film thickness to al exothermic-welded connections to be buried. 4. Make connections to equipment as follows: It. Make up clean and tight to assure a low-resistance connection with resistance not exceeding 1 ohm. b. Install so as not to be susceptible to mechanical damage (tiring operation or maintenance ol'equipmcnt. C. Provide direct copper connection to buried ground grid system, 1). Metallic Conduit Grounds: I, Adequately and properly ground at all terminal points and wherever isolated from equipment or grounded steel. 2. Where extending into switchgerr or other floor-mounted equipment rrom below, connect to equipment ground bus or frame. 3. Where extending into a manhole, handholc or cable trench, connect to the ground riser or cable at that structure using grounding bushings. 13. Manhole Grounds: 1. Ground all hardware to ground rod extensions in manholes with No. 6 A\VG bare copper unless indicated otherwise, 2. Connect manhole ground rods to the underground duct system ground conductors. F. Box Grounds: Unless grounded by conduit system, ground all boxes by direct copper connection to the buried ground grid system. G. Grounding Bus: Insulate and support grounding hits at intervals not to exceed 2 feet on eenters or as indicated, 1-I. Ground all motors with "identified" ground conductor in addition to conduit system. Route in conduit with phase conductors unless external ground is indicated. 3.03 I'II;Ll)_ITFSTING: Specified in SECTION 16950. FIND OF SECTION 16450 .II?F16,150.2 16450-3 A SECTION 16480 - MOTOR CON'T'ROL CENTERS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: I. Motor control centers and all necessary parts for complete assembly. 2. Coordination of motor horsepower and starter size, including overload protection, as required by the final designed horsepower submitted. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Field Testing: SECTION 16950. 2. Protective Coatings: SECTION 09900. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. C39.1 - Electrical Analog Indicating Instruments. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A 123 - line (Hot-Galvanized)Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. b. A 153 - Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware, C. B5 - Electrolytic Tough Pitch Copper Refinery Shapes. d. B 187 - Copper Bus Bar, Rod and Shapes. C. B 188 - Seamless Copper Bus Pipe and 'Pubes. I'. B211 - Aluminumn-Alloy Bars, Rods and Wire. g. B2j6 - Aluminum Bars for Electrical Purposes(Bus liars). h. B317 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded liar, Rod, Pipe and Structural Shapes for Electrical Purposes (Bus Conductors). 3. American National Standards Institute/Institute of Eectrical and Electronic Engineers x (ANSUIEEE): a. 057.13 - Instrument Transformers. b. C37.20 - Switchgear Assemblies, including Metal-l.;riclosed Bus. 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NI-MA): a. A131 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. b. ICS Complete Set - Industrial Controls and Systems. C. 11132 - Dead-Front Distribution Switchboards. d. ST20 - Dry-Type Transformers for General Application. 5. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (t.11.): 50 - I lectrical Cabinets and Boxes. b. =189 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures. C. 508 - Electrical Industrial Control Iyuipment. d. 845 - Electric Motor Control Centers. C. 857 - Electric Busways and Associated Fittings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as speeitied in DIVISION I. E3. Includes, but not limited to, the 10110%Ving: 1. Fabrication and erection c1rawings. ® 2. General outline drawing. 3. Detailed equipment installation drawings, JEF 16480.2 16480-1 sEC'rm 16480 - MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS: continued 4. Schematic ia rams . 5. Bill of materials. 6. Complete loading diagrams covering static and dynamic loadings for all conditions of operation and structural steel details. 7. Complete unit and internal wiring diagrams. 8. External connection diagrams. 9. Instrument transformer peri'ormance curves and data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. factory Tests: I. Conduct on all system components and subassemblies to assure that all devices and systems are in proper working order before delivery to jobsite. 2. Simulate actual system operation. 3. Submit test reports as specified in DIVISION 1. 1.05 SYSTEM COORDINATION: A. Plot time-current characteristic curves showing selective coordination on a single sheet of log- lob paper. 13. Include all protective devices from power company primary 1'11se through main, feeder and motor circuit protective devices. C. Include a one-line diagram on the coordination sheet showing all protective devices with recommended device trip settings and fuse sizes. D. Include 6 copies of composite coordination plot and individual time characteristic curves for all devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AC'CEPTA131,17 MANUFACTURERS: A. Minor Control Centers: 1. Allen-Bradley Company. i 2. A1313 Group. 3. Square I)Company, 2.02 MOTOR CONTROL CENTF'R ASSI?Mf3LY: A. Conlorm to ANSI/lITE 037.20 and applicable ASrM. I1 EL" NEMA and UL, standards specified in PART 1. REFS-IRENCES. 13. Rated 480-volt, 3-phase. 3-Wire and 60 1-11.. C. Busing braced to withstand without damage, fault currents of22.000-A RMS symmetrical. D. Main horizontal and vertical buses of tin-plated copper with minimum rating 600-A continuous. F. Vertical buses of tin-plated copper rued 300-A continuouS, except main vertical bus. 2.03 INC'LOSURG: A. Assemblies of vertical metal-enclosed sections, cash nominally 20 inches wide, 20 inches deep, and 90 inches high,joined together to form totally enclosed freestanding units, designed to permit easy addition and removal of sections in the field. 13. NIMA Class 11, Type 13 wiring construction. C. NEMA Type I enclosure construction. • 16480-2 JEF 16480.2 SIiCTION 16480 - momiz CONTROL Cl"NI'T RS: continued D. Ground bus provided for full length of the motor control center with lug for grounding the unit. F". Section Arrangement: 1. Minimum individual motor starter height: 12 inches. 2. Front-mounted or arranged For back-to-back mounting as indicated. 3. Arrange units to obtain best fill ofeach vertical section for minimum overall length, including spare spaces. 4. Mount larger starters and transFormers at bottom of each section. 5. Locate operator's panel at a convenient operating height. F. Construction: I. Six-inch horizontal Wiring tray at bottom of unit. 2. Complete accessibility from front to all buses, starters, control devices, and all other components for wiring and maintenance. 3. Front-mounted starter units, air circuit breaker units, and other equipment in separate compartments isolated by steel barriers. 4. Guide rails, separator bars, cover plates, and other provisions necessary for installation of a future starter unit in all future spaces and blank spaces remaining in the units after all required components are installed. 5. Permanent base channel sills having closure strip at each end of units. G. Finish: 1. Paint system with manufacturer's standard coating systcm and color suitable for service intended. Inside and outside coatings shall include surface preparation, one coat rust- inhibitive primer and two coats enamel. 2. Submit with submittals the type, color and nianufircturer of paint system used. 1-I. Nameplates: 1. Wording as approved by Enginecr. 2. F,ngraved phenolic nameplates for each starter unit, (used disconnect and circuit breaker unit and other items of*equipment. 3. Targraved phenolic "master" nameplate for each motor control center. 2.04 INCOMING LINT'.-SECTION: A. Incoming Power Feeler: 1. Cable entering at bottom section as indicated. 2. Necessary lugs, clamps, supports, space and <ill items to terminate cables as indicated(. B. Incoming Protective Device: I. Molded case circuit breaker. 2. Rated 300-A continuous. 480-volt, 3-phase, 60-1 ai.. C. Provide Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor(I VSS) With a surge capacity of 160 kA per phaw and designed fir instaflation within the MCC. The TVSS shall he connected directly to the busbar and have an integral disconnect. Manufacturer shall he approved by MCC manufacturer for installation within the MCC'. Indicating lights shall be mounted on the face ol'the MCC. The maximum continuous operating voltage shall he 1 15°/, or greater of'the noininal system operating voltage. The unit shall provide modes of'protection at line to line (L-L.) and line to ground JEF"16480.2 16380-3 SECTION 16480- MOTOR CONTROL, CENTERS: continua! 2.05 INSTRUMENTATION AND RELAYS: A. Control Stations and Indicating Lights: 1. Oiltight push buttons as indicated for cacti control scheme. 2. Number and type of buttons, contact blocks and indicating lights for cacti push button indicated. 3. Oiltight red or green color pilot lights to indicate ON or OFF respectively, and other pilot lights as indicated. 4. Pilot lights shall be 120V cluster U.-D type. 5. Oiltight selector switches and control power transformers as indicated. E. Control Relays: I. Industrial type rated 300-volt, 60-1-lz. 2. Coil voltage: 1 15-volt, 60-1-lz. 3. Plug-in 8-pin tubular style. 4. Number of normally open and normally closed contacts as required. 5. Auxiliary contacts as required by wiring diagrams. C. Metering: 1. Provide three-phase multi-function, digital meter. with true RMS metering accurate to 31st harmonic and 1% accuracy class. Meter shall have six-digit LED display and touch- pad that selects meter function, phase (A, 13, C, Neutral), plus minimum, maximum and alarm mode of c,ach meter function. Meter rated for 120V inputs and 5-ampere current inputs. Meter (unctions shall consist of the following: a. Ammeter. b. Phase-Phase Voltmeter. C. Phase - Neutral Voltmeter. d. Wattmeter. C. Varmeter. f. Power Factor Meter. g. Frequency Meter. h. Demand Ammeter, r i. Demand Wattmeter. J, Demand Volt-Amperc Meter. k. Watthour Meter, I. Varhoul' Meter. ni. Current Waveform Total i larmonic Distortion Percent Meter. n. Voltage Waveform "Dotal I larntonic Distortion Percent Meter. o. K-factor Meter. 2. Provide Square l) Class 3020, CM20 50 or approved equal. 1). Potential Transformers: I. Dry-type insulated for 600-volt service. 2. Primary 480-volt and secondary 120-volt. 3. Accuracv to conform to ANSUIEI;E' C57.13 classification 0.3 W, X, Y, with burdens corresponding to actual meters connected. C:. Current Transformers: I. Dry-type, toroidal bushing or wound-type. 2. Ratio as indicated or required by application. 3. Accuracy conforming to ANSUIEL:E 057.13 Classification 2.511 or 2.51.. for relaying and 0.3 for metering. 4. Thermal and mechanical ratings corresponding to equipment with which applied. 5. Secondary terminals connected to short-circuiting-type terminal blocks. 16480-4 JEF 16480.2 SECTION 16480 - Ni0'I'OR CONTROL,C'(;NIT'.RS: continued 2.06 COMBINATION STAR'1'FRS: A. General: 1, Factory-mounted interchangeable-lype 12 inches or larger vertical modular units, with hinged doors. 2. Drawout type with drawout load and control connections where applicable. 3. Circuit breaker as fellows: a. hull voltage as indicated. b. Single speed as indicated. C. Nonrcversing type as indicated. d. Three overload relays. C. EAter•nal manual reset of overload relays from outside the unit enclosure. 4. Suitable sized, fused, individual control transformers for supplying 120- of 240-volt, as required, ac control power to each motor starter coil, and its associated equipment as indicated. 5. NEMA style lockable handles, and interlocks to prevent opening door or drawing out the starter unless breaker or switch is open except when defeat mechanism is used. 6. Temperature compensated heaters sized fir actual full load currents of the motors being protected. 7. Starters and starter spare spaces as indicated. 8. Each starter sized according to horsepower rating, of molar furnished. One-line diagrams as indicated show approximate motor horsepower ratings and sizes of spare starters and spare starter spaces. 9. Minimum starter size NEMA Size 1. ® 10. Sparc auxiliary contacts: C.)ne normally open and one normally closed, unless indicated othel'wisr. 11. Momentary or maintained start-stop push buttons. selector switches, control switches, time delay relays, and indicating lights for motor starters as indicated. B. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers: 1. Rated 480-volt, 3-phase, 60-1 Iz with interruption ratings of 22,000-A RMS Symmetrical minimum. 2. External handle which clearly indicates \0en breaker is N)N." "OFF," or "TRIPPI•:D" and lockable in the "OFF" position. 3. Molded-case, manually-operated, 3-pole. 4. 'Drip-free from handle. 5. Inverse time thermal clement overload protection. 6. Adjustable Instantaneous magnetic short-clrcnit plolection on all poles. 7, C'ooidinalc trip ratings with magnetic starter ratings and overload I-Idays. C. Incoming control power disconnect device fin•starters as required. 2.07 N'lAIN ANI) 'I'l1: C'IRC(II-F I)E'.VIC' S: A. Air Circuit Breakers: I, Molded-(:'ase Circuil Breakers: a. IVIOldell-case, manually-operated, 3 pole. h. Trip-free from handle. C. Inverse time thermal clement overload protection. d. Instantaneous magnetic short-circuit protection on all poles. C. Rated 480-volt, 3-phase, 60-1 lz with interruption rating of 22,000-A RN1S • Symmetrical minimum. JE I6480.2 16480-3 SECTION 16480 - MOTOR CONTROL CI N'1'I RS: continued f. External handle which clearly indicate=s when breaker is "ON," "011 " or "TRI I'll E1)," and lockable in the "OFF-11 position. 2.08 1"11 ED I:R DCVICf,S: A. Molded-Case Cir•ctrit Breakers: 1. Manually operated, 3 pole. 2. 'Trip-Irec handle. 3. Inverse-time thermal-overload protection, with adjustahle instantaneous magnetic trip setting. 4. Rated 480-volt, 3-phase, 60-11z, with interrupting rating of 22,000-A RMS symmetrical minimum. 5. External handle Nvhich clearly indicates when breaker is in "ON," "OFF," or and lockable in the "OFF" position. 2.09 CON'TAC'TORS: A. Rated 600 volts. B. 3 pole. C. Coil designed to operate at 115 V and 60 l lz. D. Correct NEMA size with contacts rated for the specific load. 2.10 PANELBOARDS: A. Rated 208Y/120Vac, 3 phase and if wire with solid neutral and bus rating as indicated. 13. Hinged door with lock and catch combination in the front trim. C. I00-A frame-size feeder breakers with minimum symmetrical interrupting rating of 10,000 A at 240V. D. Circuit directory in each panelboard filled in by INped leltcring identif;ving the loads connected to each breaker. E. Provide required compoucnts as indicated. F. Phenolic nameplate approximately 1 inch by 3 inches on front of'panel engraved with the panelboard vohage and dcsignation as indicated. 111 TRANS1:0RMI;RS: A. Number as indicated for 208Y/120-volt power supplies. 13. Open-core and coil type provided motor Control center Cnclosure meets requirements of` NI MA S•I'20. C. Rated as fbilows: I. 480-208Y/120-volt, 3-phase, 60 Ili, with two S"") I CBN taps. 2. kVA rating as indicated. 3. Insulation with temperature rise not to exceed the 101lowing in 40"(' ambient under continuous operation: Three Phase Transformers Transformer Size—kVA ivlax lase - dei,rccs C 15.0 and below 115 30.0 and above 170 D. UL listed and labeled where standards are available, 16480-6 .f FT-16480.2. SECTION I6480 - MOTOR CONTROL, CENTERS: continued 2.12 ACCESSORIES: A. One set of special wrenches, removable hand cranks. 13. One pint of touch-up paint f'or each color. C. One standard carton of spare indicating lamps. I.). Two spare indicating light assemblies. I:. Ten Sparc control fuses of each voltage and current rating used. PART 3 - EXICl Fri 0N 3.01 1NSTAI.,LAT I0N: A. Install complete as specified, indicated, or required for operation and continuous service at the locations indicated. 13, Confirm to manufacturer's recommendations. C. Provide all openings in floors, walls, roofs, and other structures necessary for complete equipment installation, unless such openings are specifically indicated as being provided by others. Include openings through floors for future cables to ccmnect to spare breakers and to spaces provided in equipment For future breakers and controls. D. Place Dow Corning 3-6548 Silicone RTV, General Electric R'I'1'762, or Chase-Foam CTC PR-855 foam in the following locations: I. All holes in concrete walls, floor and rool'slabs afier installation of conduit. 2. All unused holes and sleeves as approved by [�nginccr. 1, Level, shim, and anchor to floor or structure with bolts or concrete anchors, and grout all floor- mounted equipment. F. Install all necessary wiring or interconnections as required. G. Make all internal and external connections as required. 11. Check all internal and external connections, especially current transformer secondary short circuiting jumpers, and tighten as required. 0 3.02 FIELD PAINTING: A. Preparation of'surfaces and painting ofnongalvanired steel supporting material is specified in SF,CfION 09900. 13, Preparation of surfaces and touch-up of scratched or damaged painted surfaces is specified in SEC"I ION 09900, 3.03 IjF.1,D 011ALITY CONTROL: A. Manufacturcr's Ficld Services: I. Provide as specified in DIVISION 1. 13. Field Testing: Specified in SI.:C TION 169-50. I?NI) 01: 1i1 lC"I'lON 16,180 .1EF'1 6480.2 1 6,180-7 o, SI?CTIQN 16500 - LIGHTING DEVICES, SWITCI IES. AND RECEPTAUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: I. Interior and exterior lighting. 2. Receptacle outlet power systems. 3. Luminaires. 4. All necessary mounting, wiring and accessories required. 13. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Starters, Contactors, Relays. Switches, and Circuit Breakers: SECTION 16180. 2. Field Testing: SECTION 16950. 1,02 RLIFERENCE.:S: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): IL C73 Series- Plugs and Receptacles. b. C78 series: (1) Incandescent Lamps. (2) Electric Discharge Lamps (Fluorescent). (3) Electric Discharge Lamps C. C81 Series- Electric Lamp Bases and I lolders. d. C82 Series - Lamp Ballasts. 2. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM)- Ballasts. 3. Illuminating Engineering Society ol`North America (II;SNA). 4. National Electrical Code(NEC). 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 6. Reflector and Lamp Manufacturers (RLM) Standards Institute - Industrial Lighting Units. 7. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (1JL). 8. Federal Specification (Fed. Spec.): a. W-C-596 - Connector. Electrical Power. h. W-S-896 - Switches. 'toggles ("Toggle and I-ock), Flush Mounted, 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as spccified in DIVISION I. 13. Includes, but not limited to, the following information for each luminaire for the lamp specified: I. Detailed construction drawings. 2. Ballast information. 3. Photometric data. 4. Catalog data. 5. Lamp type and color. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURI RS: A. Fluorescent and H.I.D. Lamp Ballasts: 1. Advance Transformer Company. JEF 16500.2 16500-1 .• SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING DEVICES SWITCI IES AND RECEPTACLES: continued 2. General Electric Company. 3. Jefferson Electric Company. 4. (.Universal Man u(ircturing Company. B, Lamps: I. General Electric Company, 2. Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. 3. Philips Electronics Company. C. Luminaires: Acceptable manufacturer for each luminaire is specified in LUMINAIRES, this Section. D. Switches: 1. Bryant Electric Company (Bryant). 2. Daniel Woodhead Company(Woodhead). 3. Hubbell, Inc. (Hubbell). 4. Leviton Mfg. Co. 5. Pass & Seymour, Inc. E. Receptacle Outlets: 1. Bryant Electric Company. ((Bryant). 2. Daniel Woodhead Company. (Woodhead). 3. Hubbell, Inc. (Hubbell). 4. Lcviton Mfg. Co. 5. Pass & Seymour, Inc. F. Explosion-Proof Receptacle: 1. Appleton. 2. Crouse-Hinds Company. 3. Russell & Stoll. G. Light Sensitive Control Devices: 1. Crouse-Hinds. 2. Fischer-Pierce Division Siama Instruments, Inc. 2.02 GI:NI:IZAI- REQ111IZFMI:N'I'S: A. All equipment and materials to bear Ul. label. 1.3. I;(juil)ment and materials to be designed to meet the quality and level of illumination established by specified luminaires. C. Provide all necessary wiring and accessories as required for complete installation. 2.03 SYS'T'EMS: A. 208Y/I20-V, 3-phase, -1-wire system with identified grounded neutral and separate ground wire For lighting receptacles, and small power. 2.04 BALLASTS: A. General: I. Conform to ANSI and Ul, Standards regarding light output, reliable starting, radio interference, and dielectric rating. 2. Carry C13NI and UI. labels. B. Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts: I. UL, listed Class "P." 2. Power factor correction capacitor to provide not less than 0,9 pt'. 3. 'total Harmonic distortion shall not exceed 32%. 1 6500-2 JEF16500.2 SECTION 16501 - LIGHTING DEVIC F-S SWITCHES, AND 11 CETTAC L S: continued C. LI.I.D. Vapor Lamp Ballasts: 1. lndoor or outdoor•application as indicated. 2. Rated for operational -29"C (420"1"). 2.15 LAMPS: A. Type, rating, color rind quantity as indicated or specified for each luminaire. 2.16 IAJM INA1_RI,S: A. General: I. Interior luminaires to operate in the following maximum ambient temperatures: a. 48"C (1 17°1-), for mechanical equipment and electrical equipment rooms. h. 40"C (1041'), for all roams other than those listed above. B, Furnish luminaires in accordance with the specification sheets at the end of this Section. 2.07 SWITCFIIS : A. All single-pole, 3-way, and 4-way switches as indicated. 13. Flush-Mounted, Tumbler, Self-Grounding, I leavy-Duty Switches: 1. Rated 20A at 120 or 277Vac. 2. Quiet type. 3. "Specification" grade, Fed. Spec. W-S-896. a. Color oftoggle and "Specification" grade plastic wall plate with matching screws to be selected to match wall colors. 4. Back- and side-wired. 5. With grounding lug. C. Surface-Mounted, Tumbler, Self-Grounding, I Ieavy-Duty Switches: I. Rated 20A at 120V or 277Vac,. 2 "Specification" grade (Fed. Spec. W-S-896) switch with gray toggle. 3. IS and FD single or multiple pang boxes. 4. 302 Stainless steel cover plates and matching countersunk screws. 5. Locations indicated. D Flush-mounted and surface-mounted Crousc-I linds 'Type FFS or FFD explosion-proof switches rated for service in the following! arcas: I. Class 1, Division 1 and 2, Groups C and D. 2. Class 2, Divisions I and '. Groups F, F, and G. 3. Class 3, Divisions I and 2. �1. Locations and mounting, as indicated. 2.08 RFC'1;P1'A('LF. OUTLFTS: A. SUrfaCe-Mounted. ^� 1. Rated 20A at 125 Vac, 2. Duplex, arc-resistant, hack- and side-wired, and 3-wire grounding type. (Nf;MIA Reference 5-20R) 3. 302 stainless steel wall plates and matching countersunk screws. a. Color of receptacle and "Specification" grade plastic wall plate to he selected to match wall colors. 4. "Specification" trade type 5362, Fed. Slice. \1'-('-596 compliant. 5. FS and FC) single or multiple gang hazes, 6. Locations as indicated. • JF'T16500.2 1000-3 f SECTION 16500- 1,1G1-1'rING DEVICES, SWITCHF,S, AND RECEPTACLES: continued E. Surface-Mounted Explosion-Proof Receptacle: 1. Rated 20A, 125V 2-pole, 3-wire grounding type Simplex Receptacle in the locations indicated (NEMA Reference 5-20R). 2. One matching plug for each Outlet. 3. Crouse-l-linds type FSQ interlocking safety switch with gaskcted spring door, and type BP plugs, rated for service in the following areas: a. Class I, Divisions I and 2, Groups C and D. b. Class 2. Divisions 1 and 2, Group G. C. Class 3. 2.09 CONTROL.. DEVICES, A. Light Sensitive Control: I. Rated for multiple control of incandescent and MID lighting as indicated. 2. 'Turns lights "on" at 3 Rootcandles, "oft" at 12 footcandles. 3. Plush-mounted, weatherproof cell rated 1000-watts at 120Vac. 4. Operates from -40"C to 49°C (-40"1' to 120"F). 5. Crouse-!finds Catalog Number DS-60 with special stainless-steel coverplatc. 6. PD box. 7. Locations as Indicated. 13. Contactors: Specified in this Division. PART 3 - EXECI)TI ON 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Luminaires: ! I. Install after pipe, conduit, air ducts and other equipment above luminaires arc installed, unless otherwise acceptable to Lngincer. 2. Place accurately as to line and level, and at elevations indicated. 3. Shift location if required to avoid interference with plant piping or other apparatus or material. 4. Clean and fully lamp with new lamps. 5. Complete with all required accessories just prior to final accepttutce. (). Install as indicated. 13. Switches: I. Mount .1 ('ect above floor, walkways, or finished grade unless indicated otherwise. 2. Install close to trim on lock side when located near doors. C. Receptr►cic Outlets: I. Mount receptacles 18" above floor in tiro all arras except as indicated otherwise. D. Light Sensitive Control Devices: 1, Direct toward the north sky where possible. 2. Set the adjustable control to operate at the required footcandle level. 3. Install as indicated. 4. Install in lighting; fixture as specified. 5. Connect to control lighting; fixtures indicated. F. Wiring Circuits: 1, l ionic Run Groupings: a. 208)/1211-volt, 3-phase, 4-wire systems. Group in home runs with not more than three-phase wires with suitable sized neutral and ground wire in one conduit. 16500-4 Jfaf 16500.2 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING DEVICES, SWITCIdES, AND RI?CEP'TACLES: continued b. Circuits which are protected by ground fault interruption (GFC1)devices shall use their own separate and isolated neutral between the GFCI device and load, C. All neutral conductors shall be suitably sized to carry the fundamental plus any harmonic currents present, 2. Use circuit numbers as indicated. 3. Use type SVN3 wire for lighting and receptacle circuits unless indicated otherwise. 4. Do not install wire smaller than No. 12 AWG. 5. Install larger size wire as indicated or required to conform to requirement of NEC. 6. Install in concealed and exposed conduit systems as indicated. 3.02 FIELD 'TESTING: A. Specified in SECTION 16950. END OF SECTION 16500 JE{'16500.2 16500-5 q .. LUMINAIRE SPECIFICATION SHEET LUMINAIRE TYPE: L-I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: TYPE: Industrial Fluorescent 8' MOUNTING: Suspended from ceiling. CONSTRUCTION: Heavy-duty channel Of code gauge, die-formed steel, solid top reflector. LAMPHOLDERS: Spring-load. FINISH: Porcelain reflectors. CLASSIFICATION: U.L. Listed. r SI) CII'IC REOUIRI:MI NTS: LAn1P: 2 - 96T8 BALLAST: 120\/, HPF, Class P. CBM certified, rapid start electronic ballast. ACCEP"I'ABL1 l,ithonia Catalog No. I J 2 96 120 GIB I l) or approved equal. MANUFACTURI:R: LUMINAIRE SPECIFICATION SHEET LUMINAIRE TYPE: L-1 A Cii Ni RAL REQUIREMENTS: TYPE: Satrle a:; type L-1. Except as follows: MOUN'T'ING: CONSTRUCTION: LENS: ACCESSORIES: Self-Contained Emergency Fluorescent Power Pack. Initial light output of 350 lumens or greater. Illumination time of 60 minutes or greater. High temperature, Maintenance-free, Nickel Cadmium. Bodine B 100 or approved equal. CLASS C 'I'1 ON: } f A O r S1'h.C'll�l(' Rf:OUIRI:I�11:N'T'S; BALLAST: ACCIaP'l'Al31.A L,ithonia Catalog No. 17.1 2 96 120 GEB 10 EL or approved equal. MANUI~ACTURL;R: LUMINAIRE SPECIFICATION SHEET LUMINAIRE 'rYPE: L-2 (il;Nl?RAI, REQUIREMENTS: TYPE. Explosion Proof Flourescent MOUNTING: Suspended from ceiling CONSTRUCTION: Formed entirely of 20ga. 304 stainless steel. Lens frame has continuous silicone gasket for positive seal. L.INS: Heat tempered and impact resistant glass lens. CLASSIFICATION: U.L. Listed for Hazardous Locations, Class I. Division 2 OP til'I.c 'II I(' IZI,(il IIRI:�1I N I_5: 3214', 'I'S FIOUrescent, Rapid start. 120V operation, Thermally protected. Resetting Class 11. 111T. Noi-PC13, U.L. listed, CSA-certified Fullast. Sound rated A, Energy saving. KMark Catalog No,. SSI-I/..-42=408-B I or approved equal. MAN11I-,\C' I'IHUR: b LUMINAIRE SPECIFICATION SHEET LUMINAIRE TYPE: L-2A QYEN:RAL REQUIRI MINTS: TYPE: Saute as type 1,-2, Except as follows: MOUNTING: CONSTRl.1CTiON: LENS: ACCESSORIES: Self-Contained Emergency Fluorescent Power Pack. Initial light output of 350 lumens or greater, Illumination time of 60 minutes or greater. High temperature, N9aintenance-free, Nickel CIO III illm. Bodine 13100 or approved equal, CLASSII1CAT'ION: SPI CIFIC Rf, UIR INIENTS: LAMP: BALLAST': ACCEP'I'ABI.I'. Killark Catalog No. SSI V-4241OR-13 1 w/emergency ballast option or approved MANUFACTURER: equal, s LUMINAIRE SPECIFICATION SHEET LUMINAIRE TYPE: E-3 GENERAL 11E01AREMI:NTS: TYPE: Rectangular HID exterior wall mount light MOUNTING: Surface mount to wall CONS'T'RUCTION: Aluminum dic cast housing with neoprene sponge gasket on back of housing FINISH: Epoxy primer and bronze acrylic powder topcoat LENS: Injection molded acrylic lens CLASSIFICATION: U.L. Listed for wet locations P ' SPECIFIC REQUIRI-MENTS: LAMP: 70`1 I-IPS lamp BALLAST: 120V. I-IPF ballast ACCEPTABLE Ruud Catalog No, MANUFACTURER: E4507 1 1-1 13S or approved equal. e s LUMINAIRE SPECIFICATION SHEET" LUMINAIRl" TYPI?: L-4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: TYPE: High Pressure Sodium Area Light MOUNTING: Suriacc mount to wall CONSTRUCTION: One-Piece aluminum housing die-cast. stainless steel hardware with field adjustable dual lx)sition lamp holder scaled and psketed optics LENS: Impact-resistant prismatic borosilicate glass reliacta' CLASSIFICATION: U.L. Listed for wet locations P SPEC'II�IC' R[ QUIR1��11N'1'S: BALI.AST: 120V High Power Factor, I, M 'I empel'atm•c Ballast LAMP: I - I i0\V 1 ligh Pressure Sodium ACCEPTABLE Cooper Lighting (Lumarl:) t! HP-\\'1=150-120 or Approved Equal. MANUFACTURER: Provide 150 watt lamps as indicated s SECTION 16750 - RADIO SCADA SYS'I'EM RADIO EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section covers the furnishing of a remote radio and related equipment for the radio SCADA system. The radio supplied shall be compatible with the existing radio SCADA system. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1, Programmable Logic Controller: SECTION 16924. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. The Contractor shall furnish equipment which conforms in all respects to applicable industry standards and sound engineer practice, 2. The Contractor shall furnish equipment which is FCC type accepted for the frequency band in which the equipment is to be applied. 3. The Contractor shall design, fabricate, assemble, and test equipment so as to conform with the latest revision of all applicable codes and standards including but not necessarily limited to the following: a. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE): (1) ANSI/IEEE Standard 100 - Dictionary of Electrical and Electronic Terms. (2) ANSWEEE C37.90a- Guide for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests. (3) IEEE No. 281 - Standard Service Conditions for Power Systems Communications [.Equipment. (4) IEEE No. 587 - Guide of Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. b. Electronic Industries Association (I;IA): (1) EIA-RS-310-A - Racks. Panels, and Associated Equipment. (2) LEIA-RS-329-A - Land Mobile Communications Antenna Part 1: Minimum Standards for Base or Fixed Station Antennas. (3) EIA-IZS-232-C: - Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Communications Fquipment Employing Serial Data interchange. (4) EIA-16-422-13 - Electrical Characteristics of l3alanced Voltage Digital Interface Circuits. (5) EIA-222-1) - Structural Standards for Steel Antenna Towers and Antenna Supporting Structures, C. Code of Federal Regulations, FCC Rulcs, Part 94. d. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA): (l) NEMA No. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. e. Underwriters' Laboratories ((Jl.): (1) 50 - Electrical Cabinets and Boxes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Compliance Submittals: 1. Submit as specified in DIVISION 1. 2. Includes, but not limited to, catalog cuts for the following: a. Radios and power supplies, b. Antennas. C. Coaxial Cable. JEF 16750.2 16750-1 • SECTION 16750 - RADIO SCADA SYSTEM RADI!) F!2UIPMEN`E': continued d. Lightning Arresters. 3. Provide a factory test and certification report with cash radio shipped. The radios shall be factory aligned and tested on the frequency specified and meet the specifications herein. This shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following: a. RF Power Output. b. Final Adjusted Frequency (ml-lz). C. Modulation Deviation (kl-lz). d. Receiver Sensitivity (12 (113 Sinad)(dl3m). e. Squelch Point (Men). 4. Provide operations and maintenance manual after checkout to include final equipment and system inforination. 1.04 TRAINING: A. Provide qualified fitctory trained personnel to provide a training session at the Owner's facility to train the Owner's personnel in the configuration, operation and maintenance ofall hardware provided. The training session shall be sufficient content and duration to provide a basic understanding of the hardware in general and specific instruction on the site-specific implementation. This training shall be a minimum of one (I) day in duration. The training session shall be coordinated with the Owner and Engineer. B. The bidder shall provide in his proposal a price for the number of days requested for on-site training.. C. The Owner will videotape all on-site training; fior future use. Any charges for this videotaping shall be included in this proposal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AC'CE PTA 131.E MANI11:AC"1'111:1:RS: A. SCADA Radios: I. Microwave Data Systems, Inc., (Microwave I)ala). E. Lightning Arrestors: I. PolyPhaser Corporation (PcolyPhaser). 2.02 RADIOS: A. General: The SCADA radios shall meet the following general requirements. I. System acquisition time shall not exceed 10 ins. This time shall be defined as the maximum tine delay required for receipt cof'dala at the master after the remote radio is keyed. 2. Emission shall be 12k5 1:11) FCC). 3. Data rate shall be 9600 baud 4. SCADA radios shall meet full specification requirements in the tcmperaturc range of- 30"C to +60"C. and in 95% humidity at +40T. 5. The radios shall use solid-state switching; with no relays. 6. AN radio inputs and outputs Fliall be fully protected from damage by transients and voltage surges. 16750-2 JEF16750.2 • SECTION 16750 - RADIO SCADA SYSTI?M RADIO EQUIPMENT: continued 2.03 RESMOTE SCADA RADIO: Complete 'l'rrursnlitter/Receiver with power supply(Microwave Data Systems, Model 971013). A. Transmitter: I. Modulation Deviation: 13 kHz maximum. 2. frequency Stability with AFC,: :t 0.00015%. 3. Power Output: 5 watts maximum adjustable down to 0,1 W. 4. Spurious and Harmonic [;missions: -60 Db maxinlurn. 5. Output Impedance: 50 ohms. 6. Frequency: Programmable in 6.25 kl Iz increments and set to 928.031250 MI-I•z,. 7. Duty Cycle: Continuous. 13. Receiver: I. Receiver Sensitivity: 0.3 Uv(nrax)at 12 Db SINAI). 2. Selectivity: 70 Db(EIA), 25 kl lz spacing. 3. Spurious Rcjcction: -85 Db minimum. 4. Intermodulation Ikejection: -75 Db minimum. 5. Frequency Stability with AFC: 30.00015%. 6. Frequency: Programmable in 6.25 kl-Iz increments and set to 952.031250 MHz. C. Data Characteristics: 1. 'file radio shall be equipped with an internal modem to permit asynchronous digital data communications at speeds up to 9600 baud. 2. The data port shall be RS-232 and shall include file following data and control lines: a. TxD - Transmit Data. b. RxD - Receive Data. C. R'fS - Request to Send. d. CTS - Clear to Send. C. DCD - Data Carrier Detect. D. Environmental: I. Temperature Range: a. Full Performance: -30"C to i 60"C'. b. Operational PertMinance: -40"C to +70°C. 2. Humidity: 95�,S, maximum at +-40"C. E. General: I. Primary Power: 105 to 130Vac. 2. Provide a matching power supply (Or the radio. 3. Antenna Connector: Type N fcniale. 4. Mount the radio, power supply and any interface in the same enclosure as the PLC. I . Remote Maintenance. Diagnostics and Loopback: 1. The radio will be equipped with a renlote maintenance and diagnostic module which will permit retrieving the following information cither on a terminal connected to a diagnostics port or from a master radio: a. Transmitter Power Output. (Rernotcly adjustablcj h. Receiver Signal Strength Indication (ItSS1). C. Transmit and Receive frequencies. (Remotely adjustable) d. Primary Supply Voltage. C. Internal Regulator Voltage. f. Phase Lock Loop lock Voltage. g. Radio model number, serial number and date of rnanufacturer. 2. The diagnostics part shall be Serial RS-232 configured as DCE, 1200 baud asynchronous. .1 IT 16750.2 16750.3 SECTION 16750 - RADIO SCADA SYSTF M RADIO) I QUIPMI:NT: continued 3. The radio will be equipped with a half-duplex loop back module which will pemlit a suitably equipped master station to retrieve diagnostic data as well as ascertain the received signal strength of the remote at the master and the deviation of the remote. G. Programmability: The radio shall allow the user to program the radio as follows: 1. "Transmit Frequency. 2. Receive Frequency. 3. Loopback Code. 4. Enable, disable and set the period of the transmitter time-out-timer. 5. Squelch tail eliminator setting. 6. Soft Carrier dekey setting. 7. Transmitter power output. 1-1. Programmer: Provide one (1) hand held programmer with one(1) set of all necessary interconnecting cables. 1. Power Backup: A UPS system shall be supplied as part of SECTION 16923, such that in the event of the loss of the ac power, operation shall be automatically sustained for a minimurn of 2 hours. J. Provide one (1)20 watt "dummy load", suitable for 960 hertz operation with "N" connectors to match the radio antenna connector. 2.04 LIGHTNING ARRESTOR: A. Provide an antenna Lightning Arrestor for the master SCADA and each remote radio. B. Model IS-1350LN-C2, by Po)yphaser, 'Type N connectors. 2.05 ENCLOSURE: Provide a NEMA 4, lockable, freestanding or wall mounted enclosure, size as required to mount the following, radio, lightning arrester, modem. PLC. field terminal strips and UPS. 2.06 COAXIAL, CABLE AND CONNECTING HARDWARE: A. Provide complete cable assemble from radio to the antenna. The assembly shill include but not be limited to: 1. 1/2" Heliax coaxial cable, 2. Hoisting grips. 3. Hanger kits. 4. Grounding kits. 5. Type "N" male/female connectors as required. (i. Any juniper cable as required. 7. Any other incidental item required by the radio supplier fora complete Installation. B. Acceptable manufacturer shrill be: I. Andrews. 2. Engineer approved equal. 2.07 ANTENNAS: A. Provide radio antenna for radio as describer.) below: I. Antennas shall be factory tuned to the transmitter frequency. 2. burnish mounting kits suitable for mounting to a 1.25-inch U.D. pipe mast on a tower. 3. The remote antenna shall be Yagi type wish 10 (113 gain for the licensed frequency. 13. The acceptable manufacturers arc: I. Scala, RY-900 (YAG1). 16750-4 JEF 16750.2 i SECTION 16750 - RADIO SCADA SYSTEM RADIO EQUIPMENT: continued 2.08 ANTENNA WALL, MOUNT: A. Provide a wall mount for the antenna where indicated. 1. Provide a 15-foot, 1-1/4-ineh mast (hot-dip galvanized) attached to the pump station walls, as required, with stainless steel hardware, for antenna attachment. 2.09 SPARE PAR'I'S: A. SCADA Radio Spares: I. Fuses: Ten of each type used. 2.10 TEST EQUIPMENT: Any special test kits, programmer, cables, software, or other test accessories that are unique to the manufacturer equipment used in the operation or maintenance of this equipment, shall he provided. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL,: A. The installation of the SCADA Radio System shall be performed only by an experienced radio technician with the appropriate FCC Radio License. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Mount the Radio, lightning; arrester, PLC, power supplies, field terminal strips and Ul'S in the NEMA 4 enclosure, B. Prewire all components in the enclosure to provide a complete package. C. Install the enclosure and perform all field wiring;. D. Install all coaxial cable, mount Yagi antenna with vertical polarization and provide proper grounding. E. Provide start-up services. 3.03 FIELD QUAl'xn, CONTROL: A. If,nuuiufacturer services ire required they shall he in accordance with SECTION 01640 - MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVIC11"S. 13. RF Perlormance: I. Each station checked for antenna VSWR, transmitter power output and receive signal strength. i. Antenim VSWR less than 1.2:1. h. 'Transmitter Power output greater than 4 watts. e. Receive Signal Strength greater than -90 dBm remote to master, ivaster to remote. END OF SECTION )6750 JEF 1 6,750.2 16750-5 SECTION 16900- GENE,RAI, REQUIREMC?NTS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Division includes instruments, meters, control devices, and control panels as specified in each Section, B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Interconnections and control of equipment: All applicable Divisions, C. The system integrator performing all Instrumentation and Control wort: shall be R.E. Pcdrotti Co., file., 5855 Beverly Avenue, Suite A, Mission, KS 66202, (913) 677-3366, 1,02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. Instrument Society of America (ISA): a. S20 - Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, Primary Elements and Control Valves. 2. Others as specified in applicable Sections. 1.03 CONFERENCES: Conform to DIVISION 1. 1.04 WORK PROGRESS RF;POR'TS AND PHOTOGRAPHS: Conform to DIVISION 1. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specific(] in DIVISION I, L3. Manufacturer with prime responsibility shall assume responsibility for all Compliance Submittals. C. Includes, but not limited to, the following: I. Fabrication drawings, front elevation, wiring diagrams, and bills of material for control panels. « 2. Engraving:;chcdule and physical dimensions for nameplates and phenolic overlays. 3. Electrical and mechanical connection diagrams for all separately mounted instruments. 4. Individual specification or descriptive sheets fir instruments, annunciators and similar major system components to conform to ISA S20, 5. Instruction Books: a. For all instruments, annunciators, transducers, and similar major system equipment. b. In addition to the requirements as specified in DIVISION 1, submit single-page specification sheets 161.each instrument which lists the type, model number, function, scale, Inp►ll, actuatlOrl, output and other specific features ofthat instrument. 1.06 SYSTEM RESPONS1 Ill 1.1'TY: A. System may use Equipment of different manufacturers but one manufacturer or authorized manufacturer representative is to assume prime responsibility for the complete system, PART 2 - PRODUCTS Specified in SECTIONS 16900-16930. J EF 16900.2 16900-1 SECTION 16900 - GENERAL. IZE0.UIREMENTS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS: continued PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FACTORY TESTS: A. As a inininitim, the manuficturer's standard tests and calibration procedures shall he conducted cn all instruments. 3.02 LIGHTNING AND SURGE PRt)TT?CITON: A. Provide lightning and surge proteclion to all instruments, power supplies, electronic equipment, and input and output control and signal lines specified in this Section. This protection shall be in accordance with the applicable standards and shall be suitable to protect the Equipment during electrical storm which occur in the area of the Project. 3.03 INSTALLATION: Specified in SECTIONS 16900-16910. 3.04 MANUFAC"I'URER'S 1,*II;1.D SERVIC'!?S: A. Provide as specified in DIVISION I. -- f3. Provide supervision fora minimum ofone working day, with days in excess of this as required during the test and start-up period by the prime responsibility manufacturer. C. Test and start-up supervision shall continue until the system is in proper operating condition as determined by Engineer. U. Provide manufacturer's supervision during Work to correct deficiencies in Equipment manufactured by them and to correct deficiencies in the installation and wiring of Equipment. Corrections shall be at no increase in the Contract Price. E. Also provide supervision for a minimum of one working day to instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of'the Equipment. Instruction shall take place after I.-quipment start-tip is complete. F. Manufacturer's field services required for all instruments, control devices, and other devices furnished as a part of'the control panel, or instruments and associated control devices separately mounted to assure proper installation, setting, connection, and functioning. 3.05 FIELD TT STING - INSTRI IMI?NT :\NI-) C'ONT'ROL. SYSTEMS: A. General Requirements: I. Conform to requirements as specified in DIVISION I. 2. Conduct all tests in the presence of Engineer or Owncr under the supervision of* Equipment manufacturer's field engineer. 3, Notif'v Engineer two weeks prior to the commencement of all tests. 4. InCltidC all teats reconnnnended by the Equipment manufacturer unless specifically waived by I:ngineer. 5. Ineltiole all additional tests recommended by l:;ngineer that he deems necessary because of field conditions, to determine that I?9uipnnent and Materials and systems meet requirements of'Contract Doctiments. 6. Be responsible for al damage to Equipment and Materials due to improper test procedures or test apparatus handling. B. 'Pest Reports: I. Submit as specified in (DIVISION 1. 2. Maintain a written record in quadruplicate of all tests showing date, personnel making tests, equipment or material tested. tests performed, and results. 16900-2 JFT 1 6900,2 SECTION 16900- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS:.continued 3.06 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING: Coordinate installation of Equipmcnt:and Matetials with construction schedule. ,,END OT' SECTION 16900 , JEP 169010.2 16900-3 SECTION 16901 - CONTROL PANELS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes control panels and related equipment. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Electrical: DIVISION 16 Sections. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society Liar Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. D 1248 - Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. ICS - Industrial Controls and Systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submit as specified in SECTION 16900. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Prefabricated Control Panel and Console Enclosures: 1. Hoffman Engineering Company(Hoffman). B. Wire Terminals and Connectors: 1. Alpha Wire Corporation (Alpha). ® 2. Amp, Inc. 3. Belden Corporation (Belden). 4. General Electric Company (General Electric). 5. Thomas and Betts. C. Wire Markers: 1. Brady. 2. Electrovert. 3. Floy'I'ag & Manufacturing. Inc. (Flog'I'ag). 4. Panduit Corporation. D. Terminal Blocks and Test Switches: I. Allen-Bradlee. 2. Buchanan. 3. Marathon Special Products. 4. Phoenix Contact. 5. Square D. 6. Weidmullcr. E. Circuit Breakers: I. Airpax, 2. Heinemann (Electric Company (1-leinemann). 3. Potter-Brumlield, 2.02 CONTROL PANELS: A. Prefabricated Panel Design Requirements: 1. NEMA Type 4h 304 stainless-steel enclosure with gasketed hinged door, padlock hasp • and screw-type door clamps. JEF 16901.2 16901-I SECTION 16901 - CONTROL PANELS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS: continued 2. interior steel mounting panel. 3. Sized to house thermostat, strip heater, and other equipment required. 4. Freestanding or wall-mounted design as required. 5. Watertight termination fittings for all pipes and conduits entering enclosure. 6. Interior of box insulated with 1-inch-thick noncombustible stvrofoam board insulation with foil facing. 7. Chrornalox Type S strip heater sized for enclosure and a Chrornalox WR-90 thermostat wired to power supply terminal block through a 5-A cartridge type fuse. 8. Manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Company. 9. Provide a corrosion inhibitor product manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Company inside each panel and sired for the panel. 10. When installed in or connected to hazardous areas seal all conduit entrances with "Chico" compound to prevent transfer of corrosive gases. 2.03 CONTROL PANEL, AND RECORDING AND INDICATING INS'I'RLIMENTS NAMEPLATES:r A. Fabricate from laminated phenolic sheeting with white core and satin finish melamine overlay. B. Thickness: 1/16-inch nominal. C. Bevel edges to expose white core on perimeter. D. Engraved legend through overlay to expose core. E. Attach to panels and instruments with contact cement or double-faced tape. 2.04 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: A. Wiring: I. Alpha or Belden GOOV, 105°C, UI, Style 1015 wire or Houston wire and cable Si-56257, SIS Vulkene insulated switchboard wire. Dc signal wiring shall be as specified in DIVISION 16. 2. Wire Sizes: a. No. 14 AWG, 41 strand, for all convenience outlets, interior lighting, and other similar loads. b. No. 16 or 18 AWG, 16- to 41-strand, for low power load:;of 115V or lower voltage. 3. Wire Markers: a. Hot-stamped tube-type, Brady T,. grip, EIcctrovert slip-on Type 7_, or Floy Tab FT200C wire markers sized for snug, tit for wire size. b. identify both ends of wire with the same unique wire number. C. Assign %%,ire numbers where specific designations are not indicated. 4. Wiring Methods: a. Route main groups of wires in plastic nonflammable wiring duct. b. Smaller groups of wire shall be cabled and secured with nylon cable clamps and ties or plastic spiral wraps. C. Route instrument do signal wiring in separate ducts or groups from ac power and control wirim, d. Equipment and Terminal Block Connections: (1) Make all connections with insulated locking spade, lug terminals except where devices specified are available only with solder type terminals, or tubular clamp terminals. (2) install terminals with tool as recommended by manufacturer to apply • required amount of pressure correctly. 1 6901-2 JEF 16901.2 ,i 4 SECTION 16901 - CONTROL PANELS - INS'rRUMENTS AND CONTROLS: continued e. Solder Connections: Soldering iron used shall not exceed 100 W. f. Provide terminal blocks for all external connections. B. 'Terminal Blocks: I. 600V, sectional type polypropylene or polyamide blocks. 2. Tubular clamp contacts. 3. Slide-in vinyl marking strip for terminal identification. 4. Provide a minimum of 10% spare terminals. C. Switch Action Fuse Blocks: 1. Rated 600V, 20A. 2. Sectional type polypropylene or polyamide blocks. 3. Tubular clamp contacts. 4. Pressure sensitive marking tape for terminal identifications. D. Circuit Breakers: 1. Heineman Series CF, Curve 2, E-frame breaker for each instrument system, annunciator, lighting circuit, control system or similar major device requiring 24 or 115Vac power. 2. Heineman Series CF, Curve 3, for devices or systems requiring 26V, do power. 3. Trip rating as indicated or recommended by manufacturer of equipment being protected. 4. Necessary space on panel for a minimum of five future circuit breakers. 5. Mounted on a panel inside control panel in a readily accessible location. E. Push Buttons and Selector Switches: 1. Heavy-duty oiltight units with contacts rated 10-A continuous at 120Vac. 2. Provide the number of contacts and contact development as indicated. 3. Start or On push buttons shall have a green operator. 4. Stop or Off push buttons shall have a red operator. 5. NEMA Style 30 mm or larger. 6. NEMA 4X. 1'. Illuminated Push .Buttons: 1. Heavy-duty oiltight units with contacts rated 10-A continuous at 120Vac. 2. Provide the number of contacts and contact development as indicated. 3. 120\1 cluster LED type. 4. Color caps as indicated. 5. NEMA 4X, G. General-Purpose Control Relays: I. Potter& Brumfield Series KRP. 2. Provide with coil voltage as indicated with a neon coil energization indicator on 120Vac coils. 3. Number of contacts required rated at 10-A at 120Vac. 4. Provide plug-in relay with socket. 5. , 8-pin tubular style. 1-I. Time Delay Relays: I. Agastat SSC Series. 2. Solid-state timing relay, plug-in type with matching socket. 3. 8-pin tubular style. 4. 'rime range and voltage as indicated. 5. Contact rating of 10-A at 120Vac. 6. Contact action as indicated. I. Pilot Lights: I. Heavy-duty oiltight units. 2 120V cluster LED type. JEF 16901.2 16901-3 SECTION 16901 - CONTROL PANELS - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS: continued 3. Color caps as indicated. 4. Push-to-test type. 5, NEMA 4X. J. Convenience Outlets: 1. 20-A duplex three-wirc grounding type outlet, handy box, and sheet metal cover plate. 2. One mounted inside and near the rear of the control panel. K. Mounting of Relays and Control Devices: 1. Complete accessibility to all tenninals, relay sockets, and other devices without dismantling of panel equipment. 2. Do not block access to any instruments or control devices mounted on face sheet, 3. Installed on swing-out panels if necessary. 4. Mount all diodes, resistors and similar equipment between terminal points on terminal blocks. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Control Panels: 1. Install all necessary openings cast or drilled in the concrete. 2. Bolt to the floor or pad using expansion type concrete anchors. 3. Shim plumb and level. 4. Install all electrical connections to remote mounted controls as specified. 5. Close all unnecessary and unused openings in the floor with Dow Corning 3-6548 silicone RTV, General Electric RTF762, or Chase-Foam CT;C IIR-855 foam after piping and wiring are installed to prevent dirt from entering the panel. 6. Provide a minimum two coats of conformal coating on all exposed metal conductors. B. Electrical Connections: 1. Install wire and cable as specified in SECTION 16120. 2. Install circuits to field-mounted equipment as indicated and required. 3. Ground all lightning and surge arresters to panel ground. 3,02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Mamlfiiclurer's Field Services: Provide as specified in DIVISION 1. B. Factory Tests: Specified in SECTION 16900. C. Field Tests: Specified in SECTION 16902. END OF SECTION 16901 16901-4 J EF 16901.2 SECTION 16902 - MEASURING AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS AND LOOPS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: I. Velocity and depth flow transmitters. 2. Instrument loops. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: I. Gravity Pipe: SECTION 02530. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. B16.1 - Cast-Iron Pipe I langes and Flamed fittings. 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), 1,03 SUBMITTALS: Submit as specified in SECTION 16900 and 01330. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Velocity and Depth Flow Transmitters: 1. American Sigma - Danaher Corporation. ® 2.02 GENERAI. A. Transmitters shall have an output signal of 4 to 20 mA do into a minimum load range of 0-600 ohms at 24Vdc. B. Provide all mounting brackets, pipe stands and accessories required to install all field-mounted instruments. C. Furnish and install all accessories required for complete and working systems as specified and indicated, 2.03 VELOCITY AND DEPTH FLMAI TRANSMITT'E'RS: A. System shall consist of a flow sensor and a separately mounted transceiver and transmitter to measure flow through a partially filled or full pipe flow conduit B. System accuracy shall be within 4-20/o ofcalibrated span. C. Flow Sensor: I. Combination electromagnetic sensor that correlates sensed velocities to the mean velocity of the flow conduit. and a submerged pressure transducer that measures water depth. 2. Shall be completely encapsulated polyurethane housing with a stainless steel mounting band for mounting inside a pipe as indicated, D. Pipe Diameter: 1, Supply for pipe diameter specified. 2. Provide information required to convert level information to a signal representative of the area of flow in the conduit. E. Transceiver and Transmitter: I. Microprocessor-based digital design. 2. Provide signal conditioning required to provide a linear isolated output signal proportional to flow. J E 16902.2 16902-1 • SECTION 16902 - MEASURING AND CONi'ROL.L.ING INSTRUMENTS AND LOOPS: continued F3, Field Mounted Devices: i. install as follows: a. Mount on floor or wall as required. b. Mount plumb and level. C. Mount on walls with bottom of box or instrument four feet above floor unless indicated otherwise and instrument case spaced at least 1/2-incli away from wall, d. install supports as specified this DIVISION 16. C. Install floor-mounted instruments on pipe stands. 2. Connect inputs and outputs as indicated on the manufacturer's shop drawings and as follows: a. Transmitters requiring electric power are supplied from the control panels. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: As specified in SEC'T'ION 16900. 3.03 HELD TESTING: A. instrument Tests and Adjustments: 1. With each system variable transmitter disconnected From its normal source of input signal, apply an input with manometer, instrument potentiometer, or other device and adjust span and zero on all instruments transmitting, receiving, or retransmitting the resulting variable current, voltage, time duration or pneumatic signal and on all final control devices. Check instruments and final control devices at several points over the instrument measuring or control device span. 2. Apply manually adjustable time duration or current signals directly to receivers where ® required to adjust zero and span and to check operation of the instrument over the measuring span. 3. Accurately measure variable current, voltage, time duration and pneumatic signals as required to adjust all receivers, transmitters, transducers, and final control devices. 4. Check operation of each instrument with system in actual operation. 13. Functional Testing of Controls: I. Perform before equipment is placed in service. 2. Include operating control system from each control point. 3. Completely check each annunciator point and equipment alarm. 4. Operate by hand all relays, pressure switches, limit switches and other System components that cannot be operated in normal manner with plant not in service, 5. Repeat with plant in operation. END OF SECTION 16902 JEF16902,2 16902-3 • SECTION 16906 - POWER SUPPLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following power supplies for instruments and control systems. I. Dr, supplies. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: Submit as specified in SECTION 16900. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Power Supplies: 1, De Power Supplies: a. Lambda, b. Power/Mate Corporation. C. Sofa Electric Company. d, Astron Corporation. 2.02 GENERAL: A. Dc power supply for control circuits where not supplied from power supplies furnished as a part of major items of equipment. 2.03 DC POWER SUPPLIES: A. Rated as follows: I. Input voltage: 105 to 125Vac. 2. Output voltage: 12 or 24Vdc(as required), 3. Output current: 1.0 A (minimum). 4, Line regulation: 50 mV for+IOV line change. 5. Load regulation: 0.15% for full load current change, 6. Ripple: 15 mV rms, 7. No overshoot or turn-on, turn-off or power ('ailure. B. Open frame construction designed for surface mounting. C. Overload and short circuit protection, PART 3 - EXF,CI,ITION 3,01 INSTALLATION: A. Mount in panel interior as specified or indicated. B. Wire output terminals to terminal blocks so that field soldering will not be required, END OF SEC'T'ION 16906 JEF 16906.2 16906-1 SECTION 16923 - UNINTERRUPTIBLA POWER SYSTEM (UPS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Contractor shall furnish UPS systems as specified and indicated. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. PLC: SECTION 16924. 2. Control Panels - Instruments and Controls: SEC'T'ION 16927. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: I. National Fire Protection Association (NI-13A): a. 70 - National Electrical Code. 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): a. C62.41 - Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. b. 944 - Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Flower Supplies for Power Generating Stations. 3. Federal Communications Commission (FCC): a. FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class A. 4. Underwriters Laboratories (1JL) Listed. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit as specified in SECTION 16900. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANLJFACTURIRS: A. Uninterruptible Power System (LJPS): 1. Best Power Technology, Inc. 2. American Power Conversion Corp. (APC). 3. Liebert Corp. 2.02 UPS: A. Computer grade, on-line. uninterruptible power system completely self-contained module with continuous line conditioning, inverter, batteries and control system. B. Provide a unit that will produce its full rated output continuously. C. The unit shall utilize a ferroresonent transformer to continuously clean the power in either normal or emergency mode to protect against spikes, sags, surges, noise, lightning, and brownouts. D. Input Voltage: 120Vac + 10%, 60 hertz, single phase. E. The unit shall automatically switch to battery inverter backup upon loss ofpower and retransfer on return of normal power. These transfers shall have no effect on the output waveform and shall be transparent to the connected equipment. F. The output voltage shall be 120Vac nominal regulated to+ 3% to unit-mounted receptacles. Minimum number of receptacles is two(2). G. 'file output waveform will be 60 hertz + 0.5-hertz sine wave with less than 5%total harnlonic distortion (TI-ID). 1.1. Surge withstand shall exceed C62.41. 1. Noise rejection - common mode better than 120 dB; transverse mode greater than 60 dB. J E F 16923.2 16923-1 k SECTION 16923 - UNiNTERRUPTIBLE POWER SYSTEM (UPS): continued J, Output shall have an isolated neutral. K. Electromagnetic interference shall be minimized to ensure that computer systems shall neither effect nor be affected by the UPS. RFI filtering will be provided on the input and output to minimize high frequency noise interference. L. The batteries shall be sealed, maintenance-free type. M. The batteries charger shall be full automatic capable of recharging the batteries within 12 hours. N. The unit shall automatically disconnect from tile. batteries and shutdown, preventing damage to the batteries due to a deep discharge. O. The battery capacity shall be such to be able to sustain a power outage of 20 minutes at 100% rated wattage output, and to maintain 50% of rated wattage output for a period of 60 minutes. P. Ambient Environment: 0°C to 40°C at 95% relative humidity, Q. Status indicators should indicate normal, transfer to inverter, battery charging and overload, or failure alarm. A switchable audible alarm shall be available as well as alarm contacts to indicate transfer to inverter and unit failure. R. Electrical Capacity: As indicated. S. AC Input Service: Shall include 6-foot lino cord with 5-15P plug. 2.03 SPARE PARTS: A. Provide one spare for each type of board, module, or subassembly provided with each unit. B. Fuses: Ten of each type used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Uninterruptible Power System. I. install inside SCADA/RTU cabinet as indicated. 2. Provide access for maintenance. 3. Put in operation per the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Field Testing: Specified in SECTION 16950. END OF SECTION 16923 16923-2 JEF16923.2 �r e SECTION 16924 - PROGRAMMABL.E LOGIC CONTROLLER(PI,Cj PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Contractor shall furnish the PLC systems as specified: B. Related Work Specified F,Isewhere: I. Radio SCADA System Radio Equipment: SECTION 16750. 2. Control Panels - Instruments and Controls: SECTION 16901. 1.02 REFL,RENCES: A. Applicable Codes and Standards: 1. Contractor shall furnish h.quipment which conforms in all respects to applicable industry standards and sound engineering practice. 2. Design, fabricate, assemble, install, and test I quiprnent to conform to the applicable provisions of the following standards: a. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (1) 472 - Surge Withstand Capability Test. (2) 518 - IFEE Guide for the Installation of f.?Iectrical (Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources. b. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): (1) 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC). C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NIMA): (1) ICS - Industrial Controls and Systems. d. Underwriters Laboratories(UL,): (1) 508 - Industrial Control L:quipment. C. Scientific Apparatus Manufacturer's Association (SAINIA). 1'. Instrument Society of America (ISA). g. National I.:lectrical Safety Code (NESC'), 1.03 SUBMIT"I'ALS: A. Submit as specified in SECTION 16900. 13. Specific Submittals to be lirrnished for F[juipment shall include at (cast the following: I, Device list and bills ofmaterial. 2. System architecture drawing(Control System Block Diagram) showing all input/output cabinets, communications interfaces controller cabinets, operator interface devices, data storage devices, prefabricated cables and interfaces to other systems, and related components. This drawing shall represent the physical composition ofthe system. 3. Program documentation for all sofiware operating systems, editor:;, compilers, utilities, application, control and logic programs, both for the control, data acquisition, and processing functions. 4. Instruction manuals. 5. Description ofoperation ofcontrol I:qulpnlen►. 6. Description of power failure and restoration mode. 1.04 QUAISFY ASSURANCE: A. Experience: 1. All Equipment and Materials furnished shall have an acceptable history of satisfactory reliable service in similar use fora period of at least two years. 0 J E F 16924.2 16924-1 SECTION 16924 - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CON'rROLLER (PLCI: continued 2. Equivalent newly developed Equipment with less than two years' actual service will be considered from established manufacturers, if it has been adequately tested, meets the requirements of this Contract, and is approved by Engineer. Such Equipment shall be noted in the proposal for review. 1.05 DATA TO BE SU13M['f"1'I"D WITH BID: A. Product Descriptive Data: Provide a complete description of all items furnished (manufacturers catalog or product data sheets are acceptable). B. System Manuals: Provide a complete set of manuals covering installation, configuration, set- up, operation, and maintenance for the hardware/software being furnished (standard manuals and application notes are acceptable). C. Field Services: Provide rate schedule, including per diem and round-trip, for manufacturer's field service on-Site, if required. D. Table of Conformance: Provide a complete and detailed indexed bible of conformance to the Specifications. Fully explain any and all exceptions and alternates in sufficient detail for a complete evaluation of Contractor's offering. 1.06 TRAINING: A. Provide qualified fiactory trained personnel to provide a training session at Owner's facility to train Owner's personnel in the configuration, operation, and maintenance of all hardware/software provided, The training session shall be of'suff icient content and duration to provide a basic understanding of the hardware/software in general and specific instruction on the Site-specific implementation, (Training shall include implementation and development of control and monitoring schemes specific to control of Owner's Equipment.) This training shall be a minimum of I day in duration. 'file training session shall be coordinated with Owner and Engineer. 13. Contractor shall provide in his proposal a price tm the number of days requested for on-Site training alone, C. Owner may videotape all on-Site training for future use. Any charges for this videotaping shall be included in this proposal. ` PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEII,TABLF MANUFACTURERS: A. PLC's: _ 1. Allen-Bradley - SLC.' -500 Scr ics, 13, Remote 1/0 Mo(IuiC5: 1. Allen-Bradley - I-,Icx IM 179M-119.1 Series. 2,02 GENERAL: A. Contractor shall provide a PLC system complete with all l/O, Coil]ill uni.cations modules, processors, memory, racks, power suppliers, and other necessary items to meet the functional requirements ofthis Part. 13. The PLC system shall consist of at least the following: 1. Processor, 2. Communication hardware. 3. Input/output hardware, 4. Racks, 5. Power supplies. 16921-2 .I EF 16924.2 I SECTION 16924 - PROGRAMMABLE, LOGIC CONT'ROLLE,ft (PI,C): continued 6, Cables. 7, Memory. 8. Spare parts. 2.03 PROGRAMMABLE A. General: 1. The programmable controller shall receive status intelligence, perform logic functions, issue control commands, and provide alarms and status information for the systems described in these Specifications. 2. The programmable controller Lquipment shall consist of a solid-state control system which has user programmable memory for storage of instructions to implement specific functions. 3. The PLC Equipment shall be purposely designed as an industrial control system which can perform functions equivalent to a relay panel or a wired solid-state logic system. 4. All PLC Equipment provided shall be capable of operation in ambient temperatures of 0°C to 55°C, and 5 to 95% relative humidity(non-condensing;), without fans or other cooling equipment. 5. All external connection points shall be capable withstanding the ANSI surge withstand capability(SWC)test as defined in ANSI C37.90a. 6. The PIX's shall operate without damage according to IEEE Standard 281. 13. Processor: 1. The processor shall be of solid-state design on modular printed circuit boards. 2. The processor shall have user-prog:raniniable memory with provisions to prevent unauthorized changes. ® a. The complete memory capacity specified shall be available for use by the user. b. All memory shall be Battery-backed RAM, with an external alarm contact to indicate when the battery needs to he changed. C. The memory shall be expandable without replacement of the processor. 3. The processor shall continuously perform diagnostics analysis with a predetermined r failure mode in file event of a fault. a. Exlel'nal contact output shall indicate a processor fault. 4. The ladder diagram logic shall lie scanned and solved at a rate not to exceed i milliseconds per kilobyte of logic. 5. All 1/0 including analog shall he scanned and updated at a rate not to exceed 200 milliseconds for all 1/0. 6. The ladder logic programming shall include support for subroutines. 7. ']'tic processor shall include: a real time clock ;out calendar accessible for use By the user program. 8. The processor shall have at least three (3) operating modes: Run, Program, and Test. These operating; modes shall be user changeable via front panel switches and over the PLC communications network. 9. The processor shall allow the logic to be modified, in ladder logic format, while the processor is in the Run mode without aflccfing the operation of those portions of the logic not being modified. 10. The processor shall allow disabling and forcing on and off of individual input and output when the processor is in the Run or Tcst modes. 11. The processor shall provide selectable timed interrupt capabilities Im the user to incorporate; into the ladder logic. 12. The processor shall provide user defined fault routine capabilities. • JEP16924.2 16921-3 SECTION 16924 - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC : continued 13. The processor shall automatically clear all output and update all input on power-up and prior to scanning and solving any logic. 14. The processor shall provide the user with a status bit for use in tite ladder logic for initialization purposes. This status bit sliall be set/reset based on the indicating the first ladder logic scan. 15. The processor shall provide a comprehensive instruction set including: a. Relay Contact Input: (1) Normally open. (2) Normally closed. (3) Transitional. b. Relay Coil Output: (1) Standard. (2) Retentive. C. Timers: (1) On delay. (2) Off delay. (3) Duration. (4) Retentive (5) Time bases of 1.0 sec, 0.1 sec, and 0.01 sec. d. Counters: (1) Count up. (2) Count down. C. Arithmetic: (1) Single-precision. (2) Double-precision. (3) Integer. (4) Add. (5) Subtract. (6) Multiply. (7) Divide. (8) Square root. (9) Less than. (10) Greater than. (1 1) Equal. f. Logical: (1) And. (2) Or. (3) f:xclusive or. (4) Compare. g. 1)11). C: Coin inunications Hardware: 1. The PLC shall he capable of communicating with each operator station and with each other via a PLC communications network. a. All data within a PLC shall he accessible to any operator station. b. Programming ('unctions shall be possible over the PLC communications network. C. Unloading and downloading of programs shall be possible over the PLC Conlml!!'llCatnons network, d. The operating mode of the PLC shall be changeable over the PLC communications network. 16924-4 JEF 16924.2 .e SECTION 16924 - PROGRAMMABLE, LOGIC CONTROLLER 1111.Cl: continued 2. Provide a PLC communications network interface module and required software driver for each operator station and the PLC. 3. Provide all special devices required for PLC communications network installation (i.e., termination resistors, connectors, and related items). 4. Provide remote 1/0 scanner modules as required for communications to remote 1/0 devices. D. Inputs and Outputs: 1. Inputs and outputs shall be electrically isolated front other 1/0. 2. Input cards for contact inputs shall have visible indications of the status of each input. 3. Each input shall be separately fused. 4. Status lights shall be provided for each output. S. Input signals to the system or output signals from the system shall be isolated and either current limited or fused from the internal circuitry so that shorting, grounding or opening the circuit at the receiving or transmitting equipment will not affect control system performance. 6. Each analog input signal shall have a dedicated analog to digital converter(A/D), 12 bit, isolated type. 7. 4-20 mA de analog output control signals from the system cabinets to final control devices shall be 2-wire, powered and isolated, individually fused or current limited in the control systern. Fuses shall be easily accessed without card renloval. 8. Inputs to the system or outputs from tyre system shall be solid state dry-contact type. Outputs shall be individually fused in the control system and inputs shall be individually current limited. Include de-bounce filtering. 9. The system shall be capable of receiving pulse inputs for accumulation in the system or• Providing pulse outputs for accumulation external to the system. 10. Digital inputs and outputs shall be isolated from the system to protect against 120Vac or I50Vdc. 11. Every 1/0 module shall have it mechanical keying or electrical isolation scheme to prevent improper module placement in the 1/0 rack. 12. The PLC system shall allow removal and insertion of 1/0 and communication cards while the system is under power in the Run mode without damaging, the cards, rack, and related itcnls, and without causing spurious operation of the ladder logic. 13. The hard-wired input/output requirements of the PLC systems are as indicated. 14. Provide appropriate 1/0 Swing Arm for each 1/0 module. E. Memory: I. The nlcnlory provided with the processor shall be the same type and size. 2. The memory required shall be calculated for the PLC based on the 1/0 as indicated. 3. Increase the largest memory requirements calculated above by 50%. This becomes the "base" ntininlunl required memory for the 111.C. 4. The program memory for the PLC shall be expandable to twice the "base" memory. I'. Power Supplies: I. The PLC equipment shall operate from 120Vac, 60-hertz, single-phase power. 2. All power supply equipment required to rectify. transform or otherwise condition the power for use by the PLC equipment shall be furnished by Contractor, 2.04 REMOTE 1/0 DEVICI',S: A. Provide remote 1/0 devices \vith number of inputs as indicated. e JEF'16924.2 16924-5 b SECTION 16924 - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CON'rROLLER (PLC): continued B. The Contractor shall P rovidc all components such as, but not limited to, power supply, terminal blocks, lightning arrestors and other miscellaneous components to make the remote 1/0 devices function as indicated and required. 2.05 SPARE PARTS: A. Provide at least one (1) spare for each piece of PLC I"'quipment provided, including but not limited to: 1. Processor. 2. Processor rack. 3. Processor power supply. 4. 1/0 rack. 5. 1/0 rack power supply. 6. 1/0 communication modules. 7. Pre-fabricated cables. S. Memory cards/modules. 9. PLC communications network interface modules. 10. One of each type of 1/0 swing arm assembly. B. Provide spare 1/0 cards in quantities corresponding to 10% (rounded up) of the total quantity of each type of card provided. At least one (1) spare shall be provided for each type of 1/0 card. C. Provide tcn (10)spare fuses of each type used including those used in power supplies, processor and all 1/0 cards. PAR"I'3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Programmable Logic Controllers: 1. Install as tcquired. B. Remote 1/0 Devices: I. Install as required to ensure reliable connection between Master PLC and the remote 1/0 device. 3.02 FIELD TESTING: Specified in S1:CTION 16950, END OF SGC'1"ION 16924 16924-6 J EF 16924.2 SEC" ION 16926 - CONTROL, SOT-TWARI; PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Modifv the control software filr the existing water SCADA System to accommodate the monitoring of points at pump Station "A", Punlp Station "l3", and the Blower Building. The new screens shall be developed or existing screens modified to acconlnlodate all monitored points of Punlp Station "A" Pump Station "13", and the Blower Building. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Programmable Logic Controller(PL Q: SECTION 16924. 1.02 SUBMIT'I'A1,S: A. Submit as specified in SEC'T'ION 16900. 13. Specific Submittals to be furnished shall include at least the following: I. Program documentation for all software operating systems, editors, compilers, utilities, application, control, and logic programs, both for the control, data acquisition, and processing functions. 2. Instruction manuals. 3. Description of operation of control Equipment. 4. Description of power failure and restoration mode. 5. Product Descriptive Data: Provide a complete description of all items furnished (manufacturers catalog or product data sheets are acceptable). 6. "fable of Conformance: Provide a complete and detailed indexed table of conformance to the Specifications. Dully explain any and all exceptions and alternates in sufficient detail ® For a complete evaluation or Contractor's offering. 1.03 'i-RAINING: A. Provide qualified factory trained personnel to provide a training session at Owner's facility to train Owner's personnel in the configuration, operation, and maintenance of all software * provided. The training session shall be or sufficient content and duration to provide a basic understanding ofthe software in general and specific instruction on the Site-specific implernentatr(ln. rraining in this Section shall be a rllltlillll1111 of I day in duration. 'file training shall as a nlininlunl, but not be limited to, the following: I. Print reports on the screen and printer. 2. Display data on CRT screen. 3. Alarm display on CRT screen, control board and printer. 4. Addition of new points. 5. Modification ofcxistinc.: points. 6. Instructions for revision of printed reports. 7. Instruction for revision elf(.'R'I' display. S. Instruction for utilizing program for required calculations. The training session shall be coordinated with the Owner and Engineer. B. Owner may videotape all oil-site training for flUllrC Ilse. Any charges for this videotaping shall be included in this proposal. PAR'r 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable. I1:1'16926.2 16926-1 D SECTiON 16926 - CONTROL SOFTWARE: continued PART 3 - EXE QJTION 3.01 CUSTOMIZED PROGRAMMING AND SCREEN DEVELOPMENT: A. The System Integrator shall program the Computer System to be able to monitor Punlp Station "A", Pump Station "B", and the Blower Building from any operator station at the Water Treatment Plant. All access shall be password protected. B. The System integrator shall also perform all the control and monitoring functions indicated, specified and required. Programming shall incorporate all discrete and analog signals indicated on the control diagrams, instrument loop diagrams, and PLC 1/0 Diagrams, such as alarms, status signals, flow rates, levels, speed, etc., and display on the appropriate relevant PLC workstation screens, alarm managers, historical trending, etc. All indication, totalization, recording (trending), loop controls, etc., indicated on the P&iDs shall also be incorporated into the programming. All automatic control such as start/stop, speed control, flow control, etc. shall be programmed into the local most PLC processor. Provide run time totalization for all equipment in the local most PLC processor and display on the PC workstation. All alarm/interlock set points shall be operator adjustable from the operator workstation and password protected. C. All control shall take place in the PLC with the PC maintained for operator interface for monitoring, data logging, changing set points, etc. D. 'file System Integrator shall also be responsible for the screen development of the PC workstations. The System Integrator shall provide for all the necessary meetings at the Owner's facility to properly coordinate all work to be done which best meets their needs and desires for operating the facility. I. The Graphic Screens shall be developed in color, animated and linked to remote sites and field devices. Operator control monitoring shall allow movement through the graphic screens by the "point-and-click" method. 2. 'The system "overview" screen shall show all sites colder control by the Plant, including Pump Station "A", Punlp Station "B" and the Blower Building. The screen shall be organized in a hierarchical order and by a by "pointing-and-clicking" the operator can move from the "overview" screen to an�'specific site selected. The"overview" screen �+ shall be directly accessed from any screen as well as the alarm screen. a. The screens shall show equipment status, levels, flow, totals and other process parameters. Create the screens in logical process groups working with the Owner. 3. The screen symbology shall show pumps running or not running which should match tile color and action of the pump symbols used on the e%isting system. -1. The systerll shall monitor. display and report the accumulated run time of'each pump being monitored. The system should have the capability to alarm after so many hours of Operation for' tllaintenanCC purposes. S. Each alarm, as indicated on the drawings shall he displayed on the alarm screen, alert the operator, and print out on the system "log" printer, with a date-time stamp. 6. Each alarm point shall have the provision for time delay(provided first at PLC) and logic interlock to prevent "nuisance" or, false'` larnls to be displayed or logged on the alarm printer. E. Emergency Generator Monitoring: 1. Provide remote monitoring ol'the generator functions and transfer scheme that are connected at Punlp Station 13". 16926-2 JIFF 16 92 6.2 SECTION 16926—CONTROL SOFTWARE: continued 3.02 SYSTEM REPORTS: A. Modify the existing reports to include the Blower Building, Pump Station "A"and Pump Station "B" as is appropriate. These reports shall be designed with input by the Owner. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Control Software: 1. Make all necessary programming changes to the software and operating system utilities. 2. Provide programming, checkout.,training, and start-up as specified and indicated, END OF SECTION 16926 . ' p JEF 16926.2 1 6926-3 SEC'T'ION 16950 - FIELD 'ITESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A, This Section covers field testing of all wire, cable, and electrical equipment. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Grounding: SECTION 16450. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Applicable Standards: 1. American Society For Testing and Material (ASTM): a. D877 - Dielectric Breakdown Voltage of Insulating Liquids Using Disk Electrodes. 2. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ILEA): a. 5-19-81 - Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable forthe Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. b. 5-66-524 - Cross-Linked Thermosetting Polyethylene - Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy. C. 5-68-516 - Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. 3. American National Standards Institute/Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (ANSI/IEEE): a. C37.20 - Switchgear Assemblies, Including Metal-Enclosed Bus. 4. National Fire Protection Association (NITA): a. 70- National Electrical Code(NEC). 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Test Reports: 1. Submit as specific(] in DIVISION 1. 2. Maintain a written record of all tests showing date, personnel making tests, equipment used, Equipment or Material tested, tests performed, and results. 3. Notify Engineer two weeks prior to commencement of all testing except for megger tests. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLI: MANUFACTURERS: A. Ground 'Pest Set: 1. Associated Research, Inc. 2. James G. Biddle Company. B. Multimeter: I. Simpson Electric Company. C. Insulation Test Set: I. Associated Research, Inc. 2, James G, Biddle Company. 2.02 PROVIDE ALL TESTING (EQUIPMENT REQUIRED WHICH INCLUDES ALL OR SOME OF THE FOLLOWING: A. Wet- and dry-bulb thermometer. JEF16950.2 16950-1 SECTION 16950 - FIELD TESTING: continued B. 500V me sg ers. C. Battery-powered portable telephone sets and portable radios. D. One Multimeter(Volt-Ohm-M illiantmeter) rated 20 K ohms per volt(dc) or better, or digital readout multimeter. E. One phase rotation meter, 60-1.1z. F. Commercial model three-point ground test set,James G. Biddle Company "Megger" Ground Tester or Associated Research, Inc., "Vibroground" tester. G. Miscellaneous cable, test lights, buzzers, bells, switches, receptacles, plugs, and other equipment as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENI:RAI_ REQUiRI.;MEN'I'S: A. Test all wire, cable, and electrical equipment installed or connected by Contractor to assure proper installation, setting, connection, and functioning as indicated or to conform to Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions. B. Conduct all tests except megger insulation testing in the presence of Engineer or Owner and under the supervision of Equipment manufacturer's field engineer. C. include all tests recommended by the Equipment manufacturer unless specifically waived by Engineer. D. include all additional tests issued by Engineer that he deems necessary because of field conditions to determine that Equipment and Material and systems meet requirements of Contract Documents. E. Be responsible for all damage to Equipment or Material due to improper test procedures or test apparatus handling. 3.02 EXECUTION: A. Molded Case Circuit Breaker Tests: I. Visually inspect and manually operate each breaker. 2. Check ad•Iustable magnetic trip settings against values furnished by Engineer. 3. Megger each pole for freedom from grounds. 4. For breakers provided with shunt trips, check operation of•shunt trip circuit. 5. Check all connections. 6. Check for proper current rating for circuit to which breaker is connected. B. Dry-Type Transformer 'Nests: I. Check Equipment ground to assure continuity of'connections, as specified in this DIVISION i6. 2. Check electrical neutral of the transformer. This connection shall be a copper wire connection to the ground bus. 3. Megger between high-voltage winding and low-voltage winding, high- voltage winding and ground, and low-voltage winding and ground. if readings are below 50 megohms (at 77"17), notify Engineer before energizing transformer. d. Ratio test the full winding and all taps. Set transformer on tap as acceptable to Engineer. 5. Check connections for tightness and clean out dust. C. Motor Tests on All Motors: I. Check Equipment ground to assure continuity ofconnections as specified in this DIVISION 16. 16950-2 JEF 16950.2 r d SECTION 11950 - FIELD TESTING: continued ?. Measure the insulation resistance of the stator winding before applying voltage. Compare this measured value against the manufacturer's value. If there is no insulation resistance value furnished by manufacturer, use the following: Motor Volt_ Insulation Resistance 600 volts and below 5 megohms If measured resistance values are lower than above, record roorn temperature and humidity and submit readings to Engineer before energizing. Dry out motors as required by accepted method of application of external heat, and do not apply voltage to motor until substandard resistance condition is corrected. Megger readings are to be one-minute duration, using a 500V megger for all motors 600V and below. 3. Prior to final Equipment alignment, disconnect motor from driven Equipment where necessary to check lubrication, starter, and control circuits. If motor is free of dirt and dust. rotate rotor by hand to determine that motor turns freely. Clean out motor if necessary. Apply voltage momentarily and note direction of rotation. Correct rotation if necessary. Reconnect motor to driven equipment. 4. After the motor is placed in operation, observe the motor for heating at the bearings or windings. If the motor appears to be running hot, notify Engineer. Note: General purpose motors may reach temperatures tip to 1761P with a room temperature of 1041'. 5. Take motor full-load amps readings (on all three Icgs of three-phase motors). Submit results to Engineer. D. Tests on Motor Starters, Contactors, and Industrial Relays: 1. Check Equipment ground to assure continuity of connections. 2. Remove all blocking used for shipment. 3. Check overload relays for proper current range with motor nameplate full Todd amperes. Adjust relays for manual or automatic reset. 4. Check magnet coil for proper operating voltage. 5. Clean all contacts and magnetic surfaces. 6. Check air gap between moving and stationary magnets with manufacturer's clearances. 7. (..'heck all auxiliary contacts for correct arrangement with coil de-energized; i.e., normally-open or normally-clnsed. 8. Megger each pole of starter for freedom from grounds or shorts. 9. Check all fuses or air circuit breakers for proper rating. 10. Check connectors for tightness. 11. With motor disconnected, energize control circuits and test for correct functioning. 13. For industrial-type timing relays, adjust the timing cycle for proper equipment operation as furnished by nianufacturer. 13. Check secondary fuses on motor Starter control power transformer supply. E. Control and Instrument Switch Tests: 1. Inspect all contacts and shunts, cleaning contacts if required. 2. Operate switeh, and note that all design functions are performed in proper sequence. F. Power Switches (Disconnects and Safety): I. Inspect contacts and clean if required. 2. Inspect arc chutes if provided on switch. 3. Inspect fuses for proper rating if furnished on switch. 4. Operate switches (de-energized) for proper functioning. J E'16950.2 16950-3 4 SECTION 16950 - hf ELD TESTING: continued G. Instruments: I. Ammeters: a, Check connections from current transformers. b. Check ammeter scale for agreenlent with current transformer ratio, C. Set pointer on zero seale with no load. 2. V01tnleter Tests: a. Check voltmeter range with corresponding potential transformer ratio. b. Set pointer on zero scale with no voltage. C. Check voltmeter reading with test voltmeter when energized. 1-1. Instrument Transformer Tests: 1. Inspect polarity mark orientation on all CTs and rrs to confcirnl to manufacturer's drawings. L Wire and Cable Tests: (Feeders and Control Circuits Only) 1. Megger all 600V insulated wire with a 500V megger for one minute, and values must be approximately as follows: Conductor Capacity Resistance Amperes Ohms 0-24 1,000,000 25-50 250,000 51-100 100,000 101-200 50,000 201-400 25,000 501-800 12.000 Over 800 5,000 Determine the values with all switchboards, panelboards, lose holders, switches, and overcurrent devices in place. Do not connect motors and transformers during ineggering. Megger wire and cable after installation and not on the cable reel. 2, Check all control cable by nlegger tests similar to those described for 600V insulated � wire, Check all control wiring for tightness of'terminal contacts and continuity (especially ofcurrent transformer leads) through each "run" of'control circuiting. Thoroughly verify all wiring by means of battery-powered lights, buzzers, bells, or telephones. After completing tlicse checks and tests oil a given control circuit, attach a temporary cardboard tag on each end of cable tested which bears date and name of Contractor's representative responsible for checking. Follow this procedure tear each control circuit cchle. Provide all phasing tests and make all changes necessary to assure Proper rotation of all motors, the correct phasing;and phase seduence of all circuits susceptible to being paralleled, the proper polarity on all instrument transtornlcr•wiring, and such other phasing tests as may be required for• the cquipnlerlt being connected under this Contract. J. Control Schemes Tests: I. Test all electrical controls by trial operation of•control equipment after all wiring is conlpletc•d to see that each interlock and control function operates; to conform to the description of'operation, as indicated oil the schematic diagrams, as well as with the manufacturer's operating instructions, K. Miscellancous I"quipnlcnt Tests: Test all miscellaneous equipment furnished by equipment rllanufacturer•as recommended by manufacturer. • 1 6950-4 JFIT16950.2 W AL SECTION 16950 - FIELD TESTING: continued L. Lighting Tests: I Test all systems for proper operation and correct phasing prior to final acceptance, M. Grounding Tests' 1. Measure resistance of ground system at each ground riser. 2. Record results and notify Engineer if any reading exceeds 1 ohm. 3. Test at least three of each type of ground connections and not less than 25 percent of all ground connections, 4. 'Pest by one of the following methods for resistance measurement: a, Three-point method using an ammeter and voltmeter with ac or do power supply. END OF.SECTION 16950 M JEF16950,2 1 6950-5